Ah ANA al oF han ne
ee

es
Epeaeaaeie eine ee re

ofan tage nin he
Foil oct Ael hn se

ROeA NOAA Eben wth? nantinBAtir MES nltyn > Ata ACNaleM oeiel ener ny
“stinainth nhs Richa nein tnwttiato ln asl ainhnnne, a cow oneh een
PPA Or ORO seen Rn tetra 00 emit ne nC AP oMerner nd
Se ET

ot Rnd rien Roa pomeatntin Patent antares

wo ad ene gnn tytn PML erat F otme

Pe ata’ man bng pantie Aho ati nin tT
ee er ee

Pn ROAMoae MP inn A attitnknbngie ome oraie
ttt PRO e arte Hen KeP ne at PO Pee e

he SoBe Soe Deke Le
PENMAN STR reT IRM tenes Ret Rene Aen
Se SWANN me Ne cm ARAUIAD Ae MASP, Qa re ee
Ae Neninenngatotanne
hs te Rt

ar APM Ne Masten Ae nnn A AmM han BAMA ne me nun
Te tik tant on soe sot

erate aes

Pe

Ae Seton nertame com ines

. MAA AM NORA RN RAT EMNS eine 1aN8 1 he,
Meet RAADNAER AN s AAAS NNT A foltind Nat BAAN EA Od atime Aone
er eeiibenin nen aoe PET nen ererers
‘

SEPM NS RDA n tn aR NN MR tS RAR Ma

Mont Amana Oe,

Sora nttetgeescmem, ake ememe,
unelana deteien ete ao ee
Sh the ea De teens

an i " i 1¥

ee ; vi

nN as , y
if en Oly -°

ay ny Oe

i Ae

i
Wed He fe
Wi

ot Ch eee

a : . vidal i:

®
j 7
f %,
é
'
i
” he
Ame
a
%
'
-)
ee hd
4 ;
oe |
wer)
yp Valy
¥ i.
‘
ct
rv
i

Ca ae

ari Mit

“ hin?
‘ ’ 4 ¥ t
mae
\ y é
ae? iv \
‘ 7
~ , s
fi ee] iwwd vA ar} i,
' i 4
s i
pHs » ALE 4 PRA A
a
P ) li im)
ay '
i ek i
AN
i
4
J i
ded
ag
Pal: pay + f
jets
int as
Se vias)
wiry : . ths a
. i
a ,
a 5 Ay 5
Pir Lyne 3
vy 4 We wah ‘ i
t Uunkeeee
mn ache

an } Te

Bigs ia) he

1 PHYTOLOGIA

An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication

Vol. 59 December 1985 No. 1

CONTENTS

7 4

MENDOZA-GONZALEZ, A. C., HUERTA-MUZQUIZ, L., & FLORES

GRANADOS, C., Estudio floristico de fitoplancton del Lago

Zirahuen, Michoacan, TE Eee amp) Sed DRM Rai REARS 9 Se Ra plc 4 eee pe 1
MENDOZA- GONZALEZ, A. C., & MATEO-CID, L. E., Contribucion

al conocimiento de la flora marina bentonica de las Islas Sacrificios

remem. Weracruz, (MexdcO) 0.350. 6022 Sige ss cng ds ack ede s omy eensnbnlemns bvnes 9
MENDOZA-GONZALEZ, A. C., & MATEO-CID, L. E., Contribucion

al estudio floristico ficologico de la costa occidental

de Baja OSH ES SN FEL 0 I aaa a Oe ae eee 17
GALVAN- VILLANUEVA, R., Un nuevo registro de Juncus (Juncaceae)
para el Valle Be ee kN se We Ree on ROS as dy Dice ak wtb shiek 0 34

AUERTA- MUZQUIZ, L., & MENDOZA- GONZALEZ, A. C., Algas
| marinas de la parte sur de la Bahia de Ia Paz, Baja California Sur..... 35
30MEZ P., L. D., Microphlebodium, un nuevo nombre genérico

(Polypgdiaceae) we aah CR ii SER ae RS PE SAITO Fe RE OO PE Oe SRR AS eR 58
\RREGUIN- SANCHEZ, M. de la L., & AGUIRRE- CLAVERAN, R.,

Nuevos registros de pteridofitas para el estado de Nuevo Leon,

LSS poe SS SPY Tn OPO See RENE Ons LAAT A Gen Ga Re Sak FO yee te eee Creme 59
2>ALACIOS- CHAVEZ, R., QUJROZ- GARCIA, D. L., RAMOS-

ZAMORA, D., & ARREGUIN- SANCHEZ, M. de la Loe

Flora palinologica ae? Valle. de ‘Mexico «i452... 5-20 oie ta ne ed ll senate 65
?»ALACIOS-CHAVES, R.., ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L.,

QUIROZ- GARCIA, D. L. , & RAMOS-ZAMORA, D.,

Morfologia de los granos de polen de las especies del

genero Berberis del Valle de Mexico.................:60j:00seseeteeeeeeeeenees 67
\RREGUIN- -SANCHEZ, M. de la L., PALACIOS- CHAVEZ, R.,

QUIROZ-GARCIA, D. L., & RAMOS- ZAMORA, D.,

cover uoerwe-

TE. FRPP PER ee,

J

= Morfologia de los granos de polen del genero Linum (Linaceae)

: RPP ET IONE RT EOL. FO. 8 oa = NT) Le uh day a Sorte Teoh chee d na WB ate winks 72
j "ERRELL, E. E., New combinations in Houstonia and

5 Penner ial MPC UI CAC) t.) = USeec ues tk ee adie city bos oh week ee a 53 79
= THOMAS, R. D., LESLIE, S., & HOOKS, S., Seymeria

< cassioides (Walt.) Blake: New to Arkansas...............2000cccceseeeeeeeees 81
s Mere Es Lt sGOk FEVICUIS 15200. odoch eu eth an ney vobdehstesygecersaceees 83
r

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
590 Hemlock Avenue N.W.
Corvallis, Oregon 97330 U.S.A.

rice of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00
ifter close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domes-
ic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers
ost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next follow-
ing number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is

recaiwad aftor a ualiumo ic clacod

ae

x 2 Oe
. a a +2)
hd

“> i 5

w

ESTUDIO FLORISTIOCO DEL FITOPLANCTON DEL LAGO ZIRAHUEN, MICHOACAN
MEXICO.

A.Catalina Mendoza-Gonz4lez

Laura Huerta Mizquiz *

Celia Flores Granados

Laboratorio de Ficologia

Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6gicas
Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11340

México, D.F. - io de COFAA

Los lagos se pueden considerar camo ambientes lénticos muy impor-
tantes para algunos asentamientos humanos, debido no s6lo al suminis
tro Ge agua sino también a las diversas formas de vida que se desa--
rrollan en sus aguas, una de las cuales son las algas que forman el
fitoplancton y dan la productividad primaria siendo ésta la base de
las cadenas alimenticias que llegan hasta el hambre, en Michoac4n --
existen cuatro lagos que son: Cuitzeo, Patzcuaro, Zirahuén y parte -
de Chapala. De ellos Zirahuén, es considerado el m&4s joven debido a
sus aguas limpias, azules, transparentes y mas profundas.

Este lago se encuentra en el municipio de Villa Escalante entre -
las coordenadas geograficas 19°25" 17" y 19°27'19'' de latitud Norte
y 101°41'32"* y 101°44'* 10'' de Longitud Oeste,(Fig. 1)a una alti--
tud de 2080 m.s.n.m.

El lago es una cuenca cerrada con una superficie aproximada de -
985 Ha el cual recibe agua fmicamente por el escurrimiento de arro--
yos temporales y unos pequenos manantiales intemos que hay enel -
borde noreste. Tiene una longitud m&xima SE-NW de 4.5 km y ancho ma-
ximo de 4.1 km la profundidad media estimada es de 18.4 my la pro--
fundidad m&xima de 35 m. (Fig. 2)

El clima del Grea segiin la clasificaci6n de Koppen, modificada -
por E. Garcia (1973) es C(WZ) b (e) g, el m&s himedo de los templa--
dos subhGmedos con lluvias en verano, extremoso con oscilaci6én témmi
ca de 7-14°C y con una precipitacién pluvial que vA desde 0.0 mm en
marzo hasta 350.2 mm en julio, encontr4ndose dentro de la isoterma -
de 18°C.

Las muestras fueron obtenidas estacionalmente durante 1978 y --
1979, por medio de arrastres superficiales haciendo un recorrido cot
mo se muestra en el mapa 2, a 3,5 y 14 m de profundidad. Dichas —
muestras se fijaron en formol al 4 %, para su posterior identifica--
cién en el laboratorio de Ficologfia de la ENCB, para &sto se utiliz6
bibliografia de diversos autores como son: De Buen (1943), Osorio -
Tafall (1941), Prescott (1962), Smith (1920 y 1924), Tiffany & —
Britton (1952), Whitford & Schumacher (1973) y Bourrelly (1966, 1969
y 1970). Se emple6 el método de Edmondson (1969) para obtener la —
abundancia relativa calculando los porcientos de las especies de ca-
da estacién del ano.

En el cuadro 1 se puede observar el total de especies encontradas
asi como la abundancia relativa de cada una de ellas en porciento -
para las cuatro épocas del ano.

1

2 el fel (Oy TOI E i ais Vol. 59, Noy

En la primavera se encontraron 73 aco and s con respecto a su

abundancia est4n primero Staurastrum St. limmeticum v. -
comutum, Closterium aciculare y St. y St. furcigerum; después se encon--

traban Ceratium hirundinella, | ee =a G. planctonica, —

Botryococcus occus braunii entre otras y algunas de las especies raras -
son; Mephresyee tium agardhianum, N. lunatum, Arthrodesmis maximus, —-
A. convergens, Quadrigula lacustris y Rhi: y Rhizochrysis imnetica.

Durante el verano se localizaron 61 especies y la mas abundante
es Peridinium bipes y le siguen en abundancia Gloeocystis vesele,
Sa, Staurastrum leptocladum, St. adoxum, St. contortum, Chlo.
Ila vulgaris y Closterium aciculare despies de éstas especies se en
Cuentran St. johnsonii vai var. bifurcatum, Microcystis incerta, Gloeo-
cystis ampla, Crucigenia aris y Botryococcus protuberans, -
entre las especies raras estan; Botryococcus braunii, Euglena, Mi-——
crasterias radiata var. dichotama, Palmella mucosa y Onychonema —
laeve entre otras.

En el Otomo se registraron 44 especies, las mas abundantes fue--
ron: Gloeocystis ampla, Staurastrum leptocladum, St. paradoxum, --
Closterium aciculare, St. limeticum var. cormutum, le Siguenen -
importancia St. St. johnsonii var. bifurcatum, Coelastrum microporum, -
Chroococcus minimus, St. furcigerum y las 23 restantes se encuen---
tran en forma muy escasa por ej. Melosira italica var. tenuissima,
Micrasterias radiosa, Microcystis incerta incerta, etc.

~~ En Inviermo encontramos 31 especies de las cuales la m&s abundan
te fué Closterium aciculare, le sigue en importancia ae
globosa, Chroococ: Chroococcus minimu: minimus, Boer yosoeeus | braunii y las restantes
sOn muy escasas como: " Staurastrum parad , St. leptocladum, St. -
furcigerum, Coelastrum microporum microporum, easeiat pine hirundinella, Palmella
mucosa: Hyalotheca mcx mucosa, etc.

Camo podemos ver en el cuadro 2 de los porcentajes obtenidos que
incluyen el total de especies durante el ano se observa que el gru-
po mejor representado es el de Chlorophycophyta con 54 % y dentro
de éstas las Zygophyceae son las m&s importantes tanto en nfmero de
especies camo en abundancia y frecuencia.

Chrysophycophyta tiene 29 % y de éstas las m&s importantes son -
las Bacillariophyceae con 22 $%.

Xantophyceae se encuentra con 4 3, ium majus y 3 espe--
cies de Botryococcus que son frecuentes t el ano.

Chrysophyceae tiene 3 % y de éstas la especies a lim-
netica es frecuente todo el amo y en otono aumenta consider, lemen-
te su cantidad.

Pyrrophycophyta est4 en un 7 % de las cuales Dinophyceae tiene -
5 % y la especie Peridinium bipes es frecuente todo el ano y abunda
en verano.

Euglenophyceae fué la menos representada de toda la flora yA que
s6lo se encontraron a Euglena acus y Trachelamonas hispida en forma
escasa.

Cyanophyta est4 en 10 % y de éste grupo Chroococcus minimis es
abundante y las demas especies son escasas.

1985 Mendoza-Gonzalez & al., Estudio floristico 3

Encontramos un total de 100 especies durante todos los mestreos
de las cuales 73 fueron registradas en Primavera, 61] en Verano, 44 -
en Otono y 31 en Inviermo. De éstos datos se observa que en inviero
hubo menos especies presentes y en primavera el fitoplancton se en--
cuentra mas diverso que en las dem4s estaciones del ano.

Las especies mas abundantes en cada estaci6n del ano fueron; en -
primavera, Staurastrum paradoxum con 34 % en verano Peridinium bipe
con 23.19 %, en otono Gloeocystis ampla con 20 .9 % y en inviernmo -
las especies que se encontraron fueron muy escasas y s6lo est4 bien
representada Closterium aciculare con 91 %

Durante el estudio se identificd un total de 100 especies fito---
planct@nicas, por lo que consideramos que el lago Zirahuén presenta
una gran diversidad.

Cuadro 1

CYANOPHYTA P Vv O I
Anabaena sp. * *
Aphanocapsa elachista W. & W. : * *
Chroococcus minimis (Keissl.) Lem. - 3.25 37 1.8

Dactylococcopsis acicularis Lem. =
Lyngbya major Meneghini ~

Merismopedia punctata Meyen = 7 is =

Microcystis incerta Lenn. = 4.44 i

Oscillatoria limetica Lem. =

O. prolifica (Grev.) Gon. *

Rivularia sp. be .
CHRYSOPHYTA

Botryococcus braunii Kutz. ‘ = Lez
B. protuberans v. minor G.M.Smith
B. sudeticus Lem.

Cyclotella bodanica Eulenstein

C. kuetzinghiana Twaites i
C. meneghiniana Kutz. fe *
Cymbella turgida Grégory =

C. sp. = =
Ephitemia sorex Kutz. = Ss

E. turgida (Ehr.) Kutz.

* * 1 NO
WwW
e
N
wn
*

E. zebra (Ehr.) Kutz. “4 "
Fragilaria sp. “
Gomphonema acuminatum Ehr. =
G. Olivaceum (Lyngb.) Kutz. a
Gyrosigma acuminata (Kutz.) Cleve a

Mallomonas acaroides Perty = = -

4 PBS Y, TeOel es OrGal 4A

Melosira italica v. tenuissima (Grun.) Mull.

Navicula platystoma Ehr.

N. sp.

Ophyocytium majus Naegeli
Pinnularia nobilis Ehr.
Rhizochrysis limetica G.M.Smith
Stauroneis p’oenicentrum (Witzch) Ehr.
Stephanodiscus sp.

Synedra acus Kutz.

S. rumpens Kutz.

S. ulna (Nitzsch) Ehr.

Synura uvella Ehr.

Terpsinoe musicae Ehr.

PYRROPHYTA

Ceratium hirundinella Muller Schrank
Dinophycis caudata Seville-Kent
Euglena acus Ehr.

Gonyaulax sp.

Peridinium bipes tein

P. claudicans Paulsen

Trachelamonas hispida (Perty) Stein

CHLOROPHYTA

Closterium aciculare T.West

C. Kutzingii De Brébisson

Coelastrum microporum Naegeli

C. reticulatum (Dangeard) Senn.
Cosmarium contractum Kirchner

C. dentatum f.spinosum Scott & Gronbl.

C. pseudoconnatum v. pluriradians Nordtedt

Crucigenia irregularis Wille
Chlamydomonas globosa Snow.

Chlorella vulgaris Beyerinck
Desmidium elegans (Racib.) Gronb.

D. schwartzii C.A.Agardh

Euastrum glaziovii Borgesen
Gloeocystis ampla Kutzing

G. vesiculosa Nageli

G. planctonica (W.& G.S.W.) Lemn.
Haematococcus lacustris (Girod) Rostaf.
Hyalotheca mucosa (Mertens) Ehr.
Kirchneriella obesa (W. & W) Schmidle
Micrasterias laticeps Nordstedt

*

+ + + + + & % I

13.04

*

mw
nw

*

4.73

*

4.33

9:9

4.2

*

1.8

1985 Mendoza-Gonzdlez & al., Estudio floristico

Micrasterias radiata v. dichotoma (Wolle) Cushm. = “
M. radiosa Ralfs
Mougeotia sp. 3
Nephrocytium agardhianum Nageli - s =
N. lunatum W.West
Oedogonium sp. *
Onychonema laeve Nordstedt
Oocystis naegeli A.Braun “i
Palmella mucosa Kutzing *
Pandorina morum Bory = =
Pediastrum boryanum (Turp.) Meneghini *
P. duplex Meyen .
P. duplex var. clathratum (A.Braun)Lagerh. - x =
P. simplex v. ducdenarium (Bailey) Rabenh. :
Pleurotaenium trabecula (Ehr.) Nageli *
Quadrigula lacustris (Chodat) G.M. Smith -
Spirogyra sp. o
Staurastrum arachne Rafls =
St. contortum G.M. Smith 4
St. ellipticum West = i
St. furcigerum De Brébisson 8
St. johnsonii v. bifurcatum W & W. 4
St. leptocladum Nordstedt 6.
St. limeticum v. cormutum G.M. Smith 34
Ulothrix zonata (Weber & Mohr) Kutz. x
Xanthidium antilopeum f.breviaculeatum

(Scott.—Gronbl .) i
X. cristatum v. pustulatum Scott-Gronbl. i by
Zygnema sp. *

*

Simbologfa: escasa = -, rara = *, los ndimeros est4n en &%.

Cuadro 2

PHYLUM ORD. FAM. GEN. ESP. %

CHLOROPHYTA 54 Chlorophyceae 5 Al 17 23 **23
Zygophyceae if 2 14 sa Ok
Xantophyceae 1 2 2 4 4

CHRYSOPHYTA 29 Bacillariophyceae 2 P| 13 22 = 22
Chrysophyceae 2 3 3 3 3

PYRROPHYTA 7 Dinophyceae 2 4 4 524. 5
Euglenophyceae EE 1 2 2 2

CYANOPHYTA 10 Cyanophyceae 1 4 9 ig 10

TOIAL 15 34 64 100 100
Nora; Hacemos patente nuestro agradecimiento al M. en C. R.Cortés
* A. por la donaci6n de algunas mestras de fitoplancton.

6 P. HY TO by O) Ged ik ¥Yo!. 59, Mort
BIBLIOGRAFIA CONSULTADA

De Buen, F., 1943 Los Lagos Michoacanos, Rev.Soc.Mex.Hist.Nat.
IV (3-4): 211-232.

Bourrelly, P. 1966 Les Algues D'Eau Douce. Tome I Edit. N. Boubée,
511 pp. Paris.

1969. Les Algues D'Eau Douce. Tome II Edit. N. Boubée,
439 pp. Paris.

1970. Les Algues D'Eau Douce.Tome III Edit. N. Boubée,
512 pp. Paris.

Osorio Taffall, B.F., 1941, Materiales para el estudio del micro-—
plancton del lago de Patzcuaro (México). An.Esc.Nac. Cienc.
Biol. II (2-3): 331-383 + lams. 28-33.

Prescott, G.W., 1962. Algae of the Westem Great Lakes Area --—-
Britisch Co. Publisch. Iowa, U.S.A. XIII + 977 pp.

Smith, G.M. 1920. Phytoplankton of the Inland Lakes of Wisconsin -
Part. I. Wis.Geol.Nat.Hist.Surv. 57 (13): 243 pp.

1924. Phytoplankton of the Inland Lakes of Wisconsin. -
Part. II. Bol.Univ. Wisc. 1270 (1048): 227 pp.

Tiffany, L.H. & M.E.Britton. 1952 The Algae of Illinois. Univ. -—-
Chicago Press. XIV + 407 pp.

Whittford, L.A. & G.J. Schumacher. 1973. A Manual of Fresh Water
Algae. Sparks Press N.C. U.S.A. 323 pp.

1985 Mendoza-Gonzdlez & al., Estudio floristico

101°44'10'"

ZIRAHUEN

Fig.1

10) 500 1000 s000
_—

1:50,000

= ee ae i boral

Fig.2

Algunas especies fitoplanct6nicas del Lago Zirahuén

1.- Staurastrum leptocladum, 2.- Euastrum glaziovii, 3.- Arthro-
desmus maximus, 4.- Pediastrum simplex, 5.- Kirchneriella obesa,
6.- Staurastrum limeticum var. comutum, 7.- Staurastrum parado
xum, 8.- Crucigenia irregularis, 9.- Gloeocystis planctonica.

CONTRIBUCION AL CONOCIMIENTO DE LA FLORA MARINA BENTONICA DE LAS
ISLAS SACRIFICIOS Y SANTIAGUILLO, VERACRUZ, MEXICO.

A. Catalina Mendoza-Gonz4lez
Luz Elena Mateo-Cid

Laboratorio de Ficologia
Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6égicas
Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11340

Uno de los primeros estudios sobre algas realizados en el litoral
de Veracruz fue el de J.Agardh (1847) el cual trabaj6 sobre mate-—
rial colectado por Liebman en 1846, Huerta (1960) estudia las islas
Sacrificios y Enmedio asi como Montepfo y Tuxpan en su trabajo "Lis-
ta Preliminar de las Algas Marinas Bent6énicas del estado de Vera----
cruz", Humm y Hildebrand (1962) en su trabajo "Marine Algae fram the
Coast of Texas and Mexico" incluyen especies colectadas en esta re—
gi6én, Huerta y Garza (1964) hacen un estudio de la Barra de Tuxpam y
los arrecifes La Blanquilla y Lobos; De la Campa (1965) en su traba-
jo "Notas preliminares sobre un reconocimiento de la Flora Marina de
Veracruz" revisa la Isla Sacrificios, Tuxpam, Barra de Chachalacas y
varias lagunas costeras, S&nchez-Rodriguez (1967) realiz6 un estu--
dio en Montepfio, cabe mencionar el trabajo de Taylor (1960) sobre -
las algas de las costas Tropicales y Subtropicales de América en don
de menciona algunas especies para la zona, como se abserva, la vege-
taci6n marina de este estado ha sido parcialmente estudiada, la ma—
yorfa de los trabajos conocidos no tienen continuidad y aunque se co
noce parte de la flora ficol6gica afn faltan mas estudios parael -
litoral y las islas del estado. En general la zona costera y las is-
las son variadas y se pueden encontrar diferentes tipos de sustratos
desde el francamente limoso que carece casi totalmente de algas mari
nas hasta los ambientes caracterizados por arrecifes coralinos cuya
flora es muy notable y sobre estos filtimos se basa el presente traba
jo.

Isla Sacrificios e Isla Santiaguillo son parte de los arrecifes -
coralinos de Veracruz, la primera de ellas se localiza a los 19°10'
27" N y 96°05" 31" W est4 a 1 milla al NE de Punta Mocambo tiene una
superficie de 0.37 Km? la vegetaci6n insular est4 constituida por -
Duna Costera (DETENAL 1984); es de tipo coralino con praderas de -
Thallassia y fondo arenoso, entre la arena hay escasos guijarros.a -
medida que se aproxima al nivel infralitoral el sustrato es rocoso y
con guijarros, en éste lugar se colect6 en las zonas infralitoral e
infralitoral superior y en el melle en febrero de 1983. La segunda
se encuentra a los 19°09" 32" N y 95°48' 27" NE tiene 2.43 m de alto
y 400 m de longitud est4 a 11 millas al NE de Punta Ooyol, ésta isla
es de tipo coralino desprovista de vegetaci6n terrestre, la mayor -
parte de ella tiene sustrato de tipo pedregoso constituido por guija
rros y fragmentos de coral principalmente Porites porites con escasa
arena; las rompientes son de grandes rocas y corales como Acropora

ta y A. cervicomis en este lugar se colect5 en las zonas in—
fralitoral superior e infralitoral en mayo de 1984. Mapa 1.
9

10 PHY TOLGG.DA Vol. 59, No. 1

Segin Taylor(1960), la flora marina del Golfo de México es tropi
cal el ambiente est4 influenciado por las corrientes que vienen —
del Ecuador, que pasan por el caribe y entran al golfo por el canal
de Yucat4n, todo el golfo est4 banado por corrientes c4lidas y la -
flora es tipicamente tropical.

Las islas presentan un clima calido-hGmedo con lluvias en verano
correspondiente al A(W, '*") (W) (i) Koeppen modificado por E.Garcia -
(1973).

En el cuadro 1 se mestran los resultados obtenidos y observamos
que el grupo mejor representado es el de Rhodophyta con 38 especies,
le siguen en importancia Chromophyta con 30, Chlorophyta con 18 y -
Cyanophyta con 9 especies.

En isla Santiaguillo en la zoa infralitoral en el lado barloven
to sobre los guijarros y fragmentos de coral se desarrollan princi-
palmente especies de la familia Gelidiaceae como Gelidiun, Pterocla-
dia y calcareas costrosas como Porolithon y Lithophyllum - las cuales
son las mfis abundantes en esa zona. Asi mismo en los guijarros donde
se depésita el limo y en otras algas de ese nivel se encontraron nu
merosas diatameas bent6émicas como: Cocconeis, Lic mophora, Melosira,
Nitzchia, Pleurosigma, etc. las cuales también se hallaban epifitas

© asociadas a diferentes algas como Herposiphonia, Sphacelaria, Wrar

gelia, etc.
Avanzando hacia la rompiente en el infralitoral e infralitoral -

superior abundan Ceramium nitens el cual forma prados y hay ejenpla-
res hasta de 25 cm de alto; en este mismo lugar existe una asocia—-
ci6én de las m4s importantes y conspicuas entre Amphiroa rigida, Vv. -
antillana, Jania adherens y Laurencia nana, estas 3 especies tapizan

el lugar y Sirven ademis como sustrato a Otras algas asf mismo son -
formadoras de suelocexcepto Laurencia) junto con Halimeda opuntia la
cual es la mis abundante en todo el lugar y forma prados encontrando
se en todos los niveles.

En la rompiente donde est4n =e pees a en los corales ya mertos
encontramos principalmente B Wrangelia y Halimeda, cabe men-
cionar que la topograffa de > oe numerosas Oquedades y -
hoyos profundos y muy fee y accidentada.

Las cianoffceas prosperan sobre otras algas o forman masas flotan
tes en todo el lugar siendo abundantes.

Las cloroficeas se desarrollan como epifitas, sobre unicel, sobre
guijarros o asociadas a otras algas y el nGmero y abundancia no es -
grande.

La flora es tipica de lugares pedregosos expuestos a protegidos y
de zonas tropicales.

En la Isla Sacrificios encontramos Playas arenosas que en el ni—
vel infralitoral superior presentan prados de diversas algas que son;
varias especies de Caulerpa, Cymopolia barbata, Halimeda discoidea,
H. Opuntia, Ulva lactuca, Enteromorpha compressa, etc., pS Age guija-
rros a Sphacelaria tribuloides, Avent roa fragilissima, A. ida v.
antillana, etc., en el mismo nivel encontramos praderas a a-——
ssia testudinum que nS un ambiente semiprotegido para diversas —
algas que crecen entre ella 6 camo sus epffitas y son: Dictyota -——

1985 Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La flora marina a

bartayresii, Dictyopteris delicatula, Galaxaura lapidescens, Polysi-
phonia gorgoniae, Eudesme zosterae, Giffordia mitchelliae, Champia -

a, Cocconeis placentula, Fosliella farinosa, etc., avanzando -
hacia el nivel infralitoral entre los corales 6 sobre ellos y quija
rros encontramos, Galaxaura squalida, Ceramium nitens, Laurencia —
obtusa, etc.

En ambas islas observamos que parte del sustrato est4 constitui-
do por corales, principalmente Acropora palmata, A. cervicomis y -
Porites porites, guijarros y rocas. k& Santiaguillo los corales —
estan muy fragmentados y constituyen una porci6n importante del sus
trato ademfas hay guijarros con escasa cantidad de arena por lo que
la vegetaci6n difiere un poco con el que encontramos en la época -
que se colect6 en Sacrificios, como ejemplo tenemos a las Chloro---
phyceae, pues mientras que Isla Sacrificios posee un habitat ideal
para las especies psam6filas como Ripochephalus y varias especies -
de Caulerpa asi como Neameris, Cymopolia, Acetabularia que se desa-
rrollan en guijarros entre la arena , en Santiaguillo el tipo de -
sustrato no favorece mucho el desarrollo de estas especies, también
se observ6 que solo Isla Sacrificios presenta pastos marinos,Ceiba-
dal, sobre las cuales prosperan comunidades interesantes.

De acuerdo a los datos obtenidos la ficoflora es caracteristica
de zonas tropicales y aunque la revisiGn no fue exahustiva ni esta-
cional vemos que la flora es my interesante y probablemente la zo-
na de arrecifes sea de las mfs ricas en flora del Edo. de Veracruz.

BIBLIOGRAFIA

Boergesen, F. 1913-1920. The Marine Algae of the Danish West Rep. as.
Vol. 1 (1), Chlorophyceae pp 4+1-158, figs. 1-126; Vol. (2)
Phaeophyceae, pp.6 + 159-228, figs. 127-170, 1913-1914 Vol.
2. Rhodophyceae, pp. 2+1-504, figs. 1-435 + map. 1915-1920.

Campa de Guzm&n S. de la. 1965 "Notas Preliminares sobre un reconoci-
miento de la Flora Marina del Edo. de Veracruz "An. Inst. -
Nac. Inv. Biol. Pesq. 1:7-49

Cupp, E.E. 1943. Marine Plankton diatoms of the West Coast of North
Arérica University of Cal.Press. Berkeley,Cal. 237+5pl.

Huerta,M.L. 1962. Lista Preliminar de las Algas Marinas del Litoral
del Estado de Veracruz. Bol.Soc.Bot.Mex. 25:39-45.

Humm.H.J. and Wicks S.R. 1980. Introduction and Guide to The Marine
Bluegreen algae A.Wiley-Interscience Publ. John Wiley and
Sons U.S.A. 194 pp.

Joly, A.B. 1965. Flora Marinha do Litoral Norte Estado de Sao Paulo
e regioces circunvizinhas Bolm. Fac.Filos.Cienc.Univ. S. -
Paulo Sér.Bot. 21. Sao Paulo: 1-393,pl.1-69+4 mapas.

Oliveira Filho, E.C. 1969 Algas Marinhas do sul do estado do Espi—
ritu Santo (Brasil) 1.Ceramiales. Bolm.Fac.Filos.Cienc. —
Univ.S.Paulo,ser bot. 26 Sao Paulo:1-277,pl.A-D.1-29 1 mapa.

Taylor, W.R. 1960 Marine Algae of The Eastem Tropical and Subtropi—
cal Coast of The Americas. Univ. of Mich. Press. Ann. -——-
Harbor Mich. 870+70 lams.

12 Pry? Te Osi Orgel on Vol: 595 Nasr

Escala 1:200,000

Mapa 1. Localizaci6n de los arrecifes cercanos a Veracruz yel -
Area de estudio.

1. A. galleguilla, 2.A. Gallega, 3.A. Blanquilla, 4.A.Anegada de -
adentro, 5. I.Verde, 6. A.Pajaros, 7. I.Sacrificios 8. A.Chopas;
9. A.Rizo, 10.A e I. de Enmedio, 11.A. Cabezo. 12.A.Anegada de --
afuera. 13. A. Santiaguillo, 14.A. Anegacilla.

13

Mendoz-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La flora marina

1985

CUADRO1
CYANO PHYTA
1 Anacystis dimidiata(Kiitz) Drouet&Daily
2 Calothrix crustacea Schous.&Thuret
3 Coccochloris stagnina(Drouet) Daily
4 Microcoleus lyngbyaceus (Kiitz)Crouan
5 Oscillatoria lutea C.Agardh
6 Schizothrix arenaria(Berkeley)Gom.
7 S. mexicana Gomont
8 Spirulina subsalsa Oerstedt
9 Entophysalis deusta Drouet & Daily
CHLORO PHYTA
10 Acetabularia polyphysoides Crouan
11 Bryopsis hypnoides Lamouroux
12 Caulerpa cupressoides (West)C.Ag.
13 C. racemosa(Férss.)J.Ag. v.macrophysa
(Kiitz) Taylor
14 C.racemosa v.uvifera(Turner)Weber van
Bosse
15 C,sertularioides .f.brevipes (J.ag.)
Svedelius
16 C.vickersiae Borg.v.luxurians Taylor
17 Cladophoropsis membranacea(C.Ag.)Boérg.
18 Cymopolia barbata (L.) Lam.
19 Derbesia marina (Lyngbye)Kjell.
20 Dictyosphaeria cavernosa(Forss.)Borg.
21 Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev.
22 Halimeda discoidea Decaisne
23 H.opuntia (L.) Lamouroux
24 Neomeris annulata Dickie

ISLA
SACRIF.

a

+

++ +++

ISLA
SANTIAG.

+++ +

+++ + +

FACIES

oo”

.

Pa ee ae P

> oe

nv
m

© a © aS? BL © a © Hla © I >)

ie} e 20) a ESTADO

ooaQ OoOO000

)

e)

QAoo00nagcg0dc97d

HABITAT
ASOCIADA
A

psa
epf s/78,80 6,8
epl s/g 52), 6
f,,s/g,ept s/
IDO wASZ 25S, 7/6
s/g 52,76
epf s/82
epf s/8l 255
epf s/8l 2,8
epf s/8l 2,6,8
s/g 24
epl 95
psa
psa,s/g 38
psa
psa
psa,s/g 35,36
s/g
psa
s/unicel 94
epl
epl
psa
epl,psa,s/g
s/g 10

Vol. 59, ‘No. 1

Pa YT OoLeOrG HUA

14

25
26
27

28

29

30
31
32
33

34

35
36
x i
38
39
40

41
42

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

Rhipocephalus phoenix(Ellis &Sol) Kutz
Ulva lactuca Linnaeus
Valonia ventricosa J.Ag.

CHROMO PHYTA

Amphora coffeaeoformis Ag.
Asterionella kariana Grunow

Biddulphia aurita(Lyng.)Breb.& God.
B.pulchella Gray

Cerataulina bergonii H.Peragallo
Cocconeis placentula Ehrenberg

Colpomenia sinuosa(Roth)Derb.& Sol.

Dilophus guineensis(Kutz)J.Ag.
Dictyota bartayresii Lamouroux

D. divaricata Lamouroux
Dictyopteris delicatula Lamouroux
Eudesme zosterae(J.Ag.)Kylin
Giffordia mitchelliae (Harv. ) Hamel

Licmophora abbreviata Ag.
L. flabellata (Carm.)Ag.

Melosira moniliformis (Miill.) Ag.
Nitzchia closterium(Ehr.)W.Sm.
N. longissima (Breb.)Ralfs
Padina vickersiae Hovt

P. gymnospora(Kiitz) Vickers
Pleurosigma elongatum W.Sm.
P.normanii Ralfs

Rhizosolenia delicatula Cleve

+
+
+

+

++ ++

+

Is
Is
Is

Is

ig

Is
Is
Is
Is

Is

Is
Is
Is
Is
Is
Is

Is
Is

Is
Is
Is
Is
Is
Is
Is
Is

oo 6 ' CRE

Ait

a

CoOCETSS'

awa oowmo

oO Oo0oO°0

ea) (a) (ote)

ie)

Lome)

O001+70 OO 4

psa
s/g
epl

s/g
s/g

s/g
s/g
s/g
epf, s/Th
s/l

epf s/35,

46
s/g
s/g
s/g
s/g
epf s/Th

epf s/Th,

s/g
s/g

epf s/Th,

s/l,s/g
epf s/7l
s/g,s/1l
s/g
s/g
s/g
s/g
s/g
s/g

41,47,
42, 53
41,48, 52,

33,05
41,47, 54,
76

95

40,41,44

46

38
37
40
33,39 ,41,
44
28,52, 53
33,40,44
36

33,40,42
95

35,43

33

52,53
76,61

33

uw

Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La flora marina

1985

=i
52

53

54

= y)

56
57

58
et |
60
61

62

63
64
65
66
67

68
69
70
ia
te
73
74
a3

Spatoglossum schroederi (Mertens) Kiitz
Sphacelaria furcigera Kiitzing

S. tribuloides Meneghini +
Striatella unipunctata(Lyng.)Ag.

Surirella fastuosa v.recendens(A.Schm.)
Cleve

S.ovalis Brebisson

Tropidoneis antartica v.polyplasta Grant
& Angst.

RHODO PHYTA

Amphiroa fragilissima (L.)Lam

A. rigida Lamouroux v.antillana Borg. +

Asterocytis ramosa(Twaites) Gobi i.

Centroceras clavulatum(C.Ag.)Mont. +

Ceramium gracillimum v.byssoideum
(Harv. )Feldmann-Maz.

C. nitens (C.Ag.)J.Ag.

Champia parvula(C.Ag.)Harvey

Digenia simplex (Wulfen)C.Ag.

Erithrotrichia carnea(Dillw.)J.Ag.

Fosliella farinosa(Lam. ) Howe +

+++ +

Galaxaura lapidescens(Ellis&Sol.)Lam. +
G. squalida Kjellman +
Gelidium corneum (Hudson) Lam,

Gelidiella trinitatensis Taylor
Gigartina acicularis (Wulfen) Lam.
Goniolithon accretum Foslie & Howe
Goniotrichum alsidii (Zan.)Howe ae
Gracilaria cervicornis(Turner)J.Ag. +

+

+

++ +++ +

Is

Is

Is

Is

mies

i is

Pe Pp
Pe P
R,Pe P,E
Pe P
Pe P
Pe P

- P
Pe SE
Pe,R SE,P
- P
Pe,R SE,P
- P
R,Pe P

- P
Pe P

- E

- P, SE
Pe,R P, SE
Pe P, SE
Pe,R E
Pe E
Pe SE
Pe E

- P
R P

RQRoORRQOR oOORBR

RORORQRAOCO

s/g
s/g

s/g

s/g

s/g
epf

s/g
epl
epf
epl

epf
82
epl,
epf
s/g
epf
epf
s/Th
epl,
s/g
s/g
s/g
s/g
s/g
epf
epl

28,29,41
47,53

epl,s7q 28,299,411,

47,52,54,
28,29,41,
47,52,53
29,47, 52,
53,54
61,76

s/95

s/g 53,79,81

s/92 74,80

s/g 30,41,56,
68,76

s/77,

s/g 46
s/Th

s/91l
s/94 64

a/q. -617>77,94

s/92 60,80

Volic 599 Noo A

PERT: T OVL -O0GMiA

16

76 Herposiphonia secunda (C.Aj.) Ambronn + Ig P SE g s/g 31,42,49
56,61

77 Hypnea cervicornis J.Ag. + Is R P fe) epl 68

78 H. musciformis (Wulfen) Lam. as Is Pe P G sfg 87

79 Jania adherens Lamouroux oD Pe P G s/g 59,81

80 Kylinia crassipes (BoOrg.)Kylin - i, P O epf s/92 60,74

81 Laurencia nana Howe ee Pe P g s/g 59,79

82 L.microcladia Kiitzing , = Pe P s/g

83 L.obtusa (Hudson) Lam, + + &§ Pe,R 5 epl,s/g 85

84 L.papillosa(Forsskal)Grev. 7 Is Pa,R P G epl,s/g

85 L.poitei (Lamouroux) Howe ' Is Pe,R P G epl,s/g 83

86 Liagora ceranoides Lamouroux + * Sg Eee BP Sk g “erg

87 L.farinosa Lamouroux 1s Is Pe P Q s/g 78

88 L.valida Harvey ce Pe SE s/g

89 Lithophyllum erosum Foslie be Pe E 5 s/g

90 L.intermedium(Foslie)Foslie +" he Pe SE 29 s/q

91 Ophydocladus herposiphonioides ? Joly

& Yam. * Tee" Pe E OF “s7/q

92 Polysiphonia gorgoniae Harvey + Is - P @ epf s/Th 67

93 Porolithon pachydermum (Foslie)Foslie Te Pe E G sfg

94 Pterocladia americana Taylor + fg Pe SE G s/g 68

95 Wrangelia argus Montagne t Tp.e Rh, eee @ @pl,s7/g *1i,19, 30;
45,50,57

SIMBOLOGIA

Presencia: + ,Piso:Infralitoral superior Is,Infralitoral I;Facies:Arenosa A,Rocosa R, Pe-
dregosa Pe,Limosa L;Modo; Protegido P,Expuesto E,Semiexpuesto SE;Estado:Vegetativo O,Te-

trasporas %,Gametocistos Chlorophyta G,gametangios Phaeophyta g,Cistocarpos y carpogo--

nios Rhodophyta y oogonios Phaeophyta 9, Asexual As,Heterocistos H;Habitat:psaméfila psa,
epifita epf,epilitica epl,sobre guijarros s/g, Thallassia Th.

CONTRIBUCION AL ESTUDIO FLORISTICO FICOLOGIOO DE LA COSTA
OCCIDENTAL DE BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXIOO.

A.Catalina Mendoza-Gonz4lez

Luz Elena Mateo-Cid

Laboratorio de Ficologfa

Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6égicas
Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11340
México, D.F.

Las algas marinas, como todos los seres vivos, est4n expuestas a
diferentes influencias de los factores ambientales tales como; luz,
temperatura, exposici6n, salinidad, tipo de sustrato, movimiento del
agua, etc. dando por resultado una zonacién en la distribuci6n de las
algas que puede ser muy clara y marcada en algunas 4Greas o bien ser -
espaciadas y no distintivas en otras. La peninsula de Baja Califomia
con su extensa variaci6n latitudinal y clim4tica posee un ambiente ma
rino muy diverso y las algas ocupan un lugar importante dentro del =
gran potencial de recursos marinos de este lugar, algunas de ellas se
encuentran en cantidades susceptibles de ser aprovechadas por el hom
bre y para utilizar racionalmente este recurso es necesario efectuar -
diversos estudios de la sistemftica y ecologfia de la ficoflora que -
nos indiquen la presencia, distribuci6n y abundancia de dicha flora -
en Baja California.

Asi mismo las condiciones ambientales son influenciadas por surgen
cias y aportes de aguas frfias de la corriente de Califomia que bana
la costa pacifica de esta peninsula lo cual favorece el desarrollo de
una flora ficolégica abundante y variada. Dawson (1944). El presente
trabajo pretende contribuir al conocimiento de esta flora, por lo que
con este objetivo se efectuaron mestreos en Ensenada B.C.N. y Bahfa
Tortugas B.C.S. durante octubre de 1982 y junio de 1983 respectiva—
mente. Ensenada B.C.N. se encuentra en la parte norte de la Bahfa -
de Todos Santos, la cual se localiza entre los 31°43" y 31°54'N y en-
tre los 116°36" y 116°43' W, el clima que predomina en este lugar es
BS s K (e) seco, templado con verano c4lido, con temperatura anual -
entre 12 y 18°C la del mes mfis frfo entre- 3 y 18°C y la del mes m&s
caliente superior a 18°C, extremoso con oscilaci6én entre 7 y 14°C; en
esta zona se colect6 haciendo un recorrido de la Escuela de Ciencias
Marinas hasta Punta Morro, en el Muelle y Tres Hermanas; la mayor —
parte de estas playas son rocosas, con numerosas pozas de marea de -
modos expuestos y semiexpuestos en donde encontramos una flora varia-
da y abundante, hay algunas playas arenosas my 4ridas que no ofre—-
cen un sustrato adecuado para la fijaciém de las algas ya que el olea-
je es fuerte; también se observaron playas con cantos rodados y afin -
cuando este sustrato es m&4s susceptible de servir de base a las algas
el fuerte movimiento del agua provoca una acci6n abrasiva que impide
la fijaciém y crecimiento de ellas por lo que en estas playas las co-
lectas de material fueron muy escasas, frente a Ensenada existen man-
tos de Macrocystis pyrifera los cuales san cosechados periodicamente

7

18 Pein ¥? THO), LoOsGs TAA Vol. 59,°No. 1

Bahfa Tortugas B.C.S. se localiza entre los 27°43' y 27°54' N y -
114°59' y 115°55' W predominando el clima B W x'(S) h (e) muy seco,
semicalido con verano fresco, temperatura media.anual entre 18° y -
22°C la del mes m&s frio inferior a 18°C y la del mes m&s caliente -
superior a 24°C. En esta localidad las playas rocosas tienen fuerte
oleaje y numerosas pozas de marea como en Punta Eugenia, las playas
de la Estaci6m de Pesca y en los Morros que son formaciones rocosas
aisladas y se encuentran frente a Bahfa Tortugas éstos Gltimos no es
t&n habitados y s6lo son utilizados por las personas del lugar cam
sitio de reuni6én cuando salen a bucear o pescar, ofrecen un sustrato
adecuado para la fijaci6n de las algas y constantemente hay arribazo
nes de ellas por el fuerte movimiento del agua que las desprende de
las cercanfas; entre estos morros y las playas de Bahia Tortugas --
existen mantos de Macrocystis pyrifera que no son utilizados, abunda
también Gelidium cartilagineum var. robustum el cual es cosechado y
secado al sol para venderlo como materia prima. Mapa 1.

Con los datos obtenidos, se puede determinar que en ambas zonas —
est&n mejor representadas las Rhodophyta con 99 especies, le siguen
en importancia Chromophyta con 34 especies, Chlorophyta con 19 espe-
cies y las mas escasas fueron Cyanophyta con 13 especies, también es
conveniente mencionar que dentro de las Rhodophyta las algas calcaé--
reas de la familia Corallinaceae en sus formas costrosas y articula-
das fueron las mas notables en nimero de especies, la mayorfia de --
ellas se present6 en fase reproductora con tetrasporas y son las mas
frecuentes en las diferentes zonas de colecta del nivel infralitoral
superior y litoral. En el nivel infralitoral inferior las m&s carac-
teristicas son las Phaeophyta cuyo desarrollo es exhuberante com -—-
por ejemplo: Egregia menziesii, Eisenia arborea, Halydris dioica, -
Laminaria farlowii, Pelagophycus porra y Cystoseira osmundacea, algu

nas llegan a formar mantos como los de Macrocyst:s ifera en Ense-
nada y Bahia Tortugas, rodoficeas como Gelidium cartilagine um var. -
robustum crecen de manera muy abundante en el piso infralitoral infe
rior frente a Bahfa Tortugas. Por otro lado mencionaremos que de las
165 especies encontradas estan presentes 50 en ambas zonas, la flora
encontrada para Ensenada est4 constitufda por 102 especies, 59 de -
ellas son Rhodophytas, 21 Chromophyta, 12 Chlorophyta y 10 Cyanophy-
ta, en Bahfa Tortucas encontramos 113 especies de las cuales 66 son

Rhodophyta, 27 Chromophyta, 13 Chlorophyta y 7 Cyanophyta. La grafi-
ca 1 mestra el total de las especies encontradas asi com la canti-
dad que corresponde a cada grupo de algas en Ensenada y Bahia Tortir
gas. En el Cuadro 1 se observa la fenologia de las especies.

La similitud de los datos obtenidos en porcentaje para las dos lo
calidades puede ser debido a que la mayorfia de los mestreos fueron
efectuados en habitats similares de sustrato rocosos con numerosas -
Oquedades y pozas de marea en modos expuestos, semiexpuestos y even-
tualmente en modos protegidos; as{ como a los diversos factores -—
ambientales con eventos de surgencias y corrientes que dan una gran -
diversidad en la flora algal. Huerta, M. in Rzedowski (1978) menciona
que en la Costa Occidental de Baja Califomia la zona es templada y
la mayor parte de la flora es caomfin oon California pues el agua es re
lativamente frfa casi todo el ano y existen cuatro zonas de surgen-

1985 Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental 19

cias de aguas profundas frias por lo que la vegetaci6n es exhuberan-
te y abundante y se va volviendo mas pobre y escasa a medida que se
avanza hacia el sur",

Si consideramos que ambas localidades solo fueron visitadas en -—-
una sOla ocasi6én identificandose un total de 165 especies esto nos -
ratifica la riqueza floristica de las costas de Baja Califormia; co-
mo es bien sabido las diferentes especies encontradas presentan va--
riaciones estacionales en presencia, distribuci6n, abundancia y fre-
cuencia por lo que es recomendable hacer estudios estacionales y de
esta manera tener un conocimiento mas preciso de la flora del lugar.

Bibliograffia:

Abbot, I, and G.J. Hollenberg, 1976. Marine Algae of California --
Stanford Univ. Press. Califormia, 1-827

Aguilar, R.L.E., 1982. Ocurrencia de Algas Cafés (Phaeophyta) en la
Bahia Todos Santos, Baja California. Univ.Aut.de B.C. --
Cienc. Mar. (MBx.) 8 (2) :24-34

Aguilar, R.M.A. 1982. Un Estudio Sobre las Algas Marinas Bent6nicas
de Baja Califomia, México. Tesis Esc. Sup. de Cienc. Mar.
U.A.B.C. 137 pag.ilus.

Aguilar, R.R., 1982. Identificacién y Distribuci6n de las Algas Mari
nas del Estero de Punta Banda, Baja California, México. --
Inst. de Inv. Ocean. Ens., Cienc. Mar. 8(1) :78-87

Dawson, E.Y. 1953 a. Marine red algae of Pacific México. I. Bangiales
to Corallinaceae subf. Corallinoideae. Allan Hancock Paci-
fic Expeditions, 17:1-239. 33 pls.

- 1954 a. Marine red algae of Pacific México. II. Cryptone
miales (cont.). Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, 17:241-
397. 44 pls.

- 1958. Notes on Pacific coast marine algae VII. Bull.So.
Calif. Acad. Sci., 57:67-80. 5 pls.

. 1960. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico. III. Cryptone-
miales, Corallinaceae subf. Melobesioideae. Pacific Natura-
List,.. Z(1) :1-125. 50 pls.

. 1961 a. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico, IV. Gigarti-
nales. Ibid., 2(5): 191-341. 61 pls.

- 1962. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico. VII. Ceramia—
les: Ceramiaceae, Delesseriaceae. Allan Hancock Pacific —
Expeditions, 26: 1-207. 50 pls.

. 1963 a. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico. VI. Rhodyme-
niales. Nova Hedwigia, 5:437-76. 19 pls.

- 1963 b. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico. VIII. —_
Ceramiales. Dasyaceae, Rhodomelaceae. Ibid. 6:401-81. 46 -
pls.

Feldmann, J. 1937 Recherches sur la Végétation marine de la Medite-—
rranée, La Cote des Alberes. Rev. Algol. 10, 1-339.
Hollenberg, G.J. 1961. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico. V. The —

Genus Polysiphonia. Pacific Naturalist, 1(8):3-1l. 5 pls.

20

Petre Or LO arate Vot".. 595. Noe)

Johansen, H.W. 1971 b. Bossiella, a genus of articulated corallines

Rhodophyceae, Cryptonemiales) in The easter Pacific. -
Phycology 10:391-396

Setchell, W.A. and N.K. Gardner. 1919. The Marine Algae on the Paci

fic Calif. Public. in Bot. 8(1): 1-138. 8 pls.

. 1920 The Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of North
America. Part. II. Chlorophyceae Univ. of Calif. Public.
in Bot. 8(2): 139-386. 9-33 pls.

. 1925. The Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast. of No
North America. Part. III. Melanophyceae Univ. Calif. —
Public. Bot. 8:387-898. 34-107 pls.

Silva, P.C. 1951. The Genus Codium in Califormmia with Observations

on the Structure of the walls of the utricules Univ. Calif.
Press. 25(2): 79-114

Taylor, W.R. 1945. Pacific Marine Algae of the Allan Hancock Expedi—

tions to The Galapagos Islands. Allan Hancock Pacific. —
Expeditions, 12: 1-528. 100 pls.

Esp.

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

Cianof. Clorof. Chromof. Rhodoph.

Grafica 1: No. de especies y porcentajes

Ensenada (€] B.Tortugas @ Total C)

1985 Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental 21

Ls

©

Mapa 1: Localizaci6n de los sitios de muestreo
A: Ensenada B.C.N.; B: Edo. de Baja Califomia
C: Bahia Tortugas B.C.S.

22 Petey Te eae ah Vol". 59, iNoc =i

CHLOROPHYTA

1 Chaetamorpha anteninna (Bo: Kutz. +
2 Ch. linum (Moll.) Kutz.
3 Ch. spiralis Okam.
4 Cladophora columbiana Coll.
Cl. microcladioides Coll.
6 Cl. sericea (Huds.) Kutz.
Codium cuneatum S. & G.
8 C. fragile (sur.) Harv.
9 C. magnum ? Dawson
10 C. setchellil Gardner
11 Derbesia marina (Lyngb.) Kjell.
12 Enteromorpha acanthophora Kutz.
13 E. compressa (L.) Grev.
14 Halimeda cuneata ? Hering
15 Rhizoclonium hieroglyphycum (C.Ag.) Kutz.
16 R. implexum (Dillw.) Kutz.
17 Ulva californica
18 U. lactuca L.
19 U. rigida C.Ag.

RRR SSRIRRT ER

COREA GA EEO Ts
LETT TT eT

Seen a

it TTT TT TT TT
ATL SP ty eh]

CYANOPHYTA

20 Brach ichia quoyi (C.Ag.) Bomrmet
21 Calothrix crustacea Schousboe & Thuret

22 Chroococcus turgidus (Kutz.) Naegeli
23 Dermocarpa prasina (Reinsch) Bomet
24 Lyngbya aestuarii (Mert.) Liebman
25 L. meneghiniana (Kutz.) Falk.

6 Microcoleus chtonoplastes Thuret

2/7 Oscillatoria nigra Vaucher
28 O. margaritifera Kutz.

29 Phormidium faveolarum (Mont.

lel ||

Gon.

23

Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental

1985

SEE
; ae

S
O40
WY] a

24 PSH RYO SOM Gril Viol’. 59), SNe.

30 Plectonema tomasinianum (Kutz.) Bomet a

31 Scytonema myochrous (Dillw.) C.Ag. Para aE

Xenococcus kermeri Hansg. moaika

crac B's

33 Colpamenia peregrina (Sauv.) Hom. Paz
eee

37 Cystoseira osmundacea (Turm.) C.Ag.

38 Desmarestia ligulata var. ligulata
(Lightf.) Abbot
39 Dictyota flabellata (Coll.) S. &G.

40 Dictyopteris undulata Holmes Be
41 Ectocarpus parvus (Saund.) Holl. faa
42 E. siliculosus f. subulatus (Kutz.) S. & G.| |
43 Egregia menziesii (Tumer) Aresch. = =,
44 Eisenia arborea Aresch. ime
45 Giffordia mitchelliae (Harv.) Ham. ae
46 Grammathophora marina (Lyngb.) Kutz. nana

48 Hesperophycus harveyanus (Decne.)S. & G. =e
ne

49 Hydroclathrus clathratus (C.Ag.) Howe
50 Laminaria farlowil S. & G.

6 Nitzschia closterium -) E.Smith
Pachydictyon coriaceum (Holm.) Qkam.
8 Padina durvillaei Bo

a
Ree eee OET Ee redbeen eevet alo edeabra sont grvuneat ct ceadia 2
Wa SSE Ie Dee eee

i

25

Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental

1985

J 2)
labo
0) 0.) 0) 2
cl) ce) ci) Viv |v oy Ko) Op Tt) Vv |v vt) .T) v v)

.
fy jem) 2) Y
a a a a
4
Yj) Nin) > ‘J ‘Al NIN NPata; ni nin O [OPA OA} n n n

Pet folelets [es [Tet TT LE Tele PT TTT iL TTT

ei aC al se Te eel al pT ee WD sata

2 to ie no nl a de ll
SUBSE PEs is a Se EB SHE
Ee eels EPEC Ce Saal
SEE) Me a PUPAL PIE

PoHie¥e Te Ori by On.G: de A Vo}. 59, No.

Pelagaphycus porra (Lem.) Setch.

6C Pelvetiopsis limitata f. lata Gardn.

Sargassum johnstonii S. & G.
S. muticum (Yendo) Fesch.
S. Sinicola L.

osiphon dotyi e
Tribonema utriculosum (Kutz.) Hazen
Zonaria farlowii S. & G.

RHODOPHYTA

Acrochaetium thuretii (Bom.) Coll. &
Harv.
Acrosorium uncinatum (Tum.) Kylin

Ahnfeltia plicata (Huds.) Fries
Amphiroa mexicana Taylor
A. zonata Yendo
Bossiella chiloensis (Decaisn) Johan.
B. orbigniana spp. dichotama (Manza
Johans.
B. orbigniana (Decne.) Silva spp.orbignia:--
na.
B. plumosa (Manza) Silva
Botryoglossum farlowianum var.
farlowianum Abbot
on tuberculosum (Post. & Rup.)
Dawson
Callithamion acutum Kylin
C. paschale Borgesen

BO Callophyllis violacea J. Ag.
81 C. violacea v. violacea J. Ag.

82 Centroceras Clavulatum (C.Ag.) Mont.
83 Ceramium codicola J. Ag.
84 C. equisetoides Dawson

27

Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental

1985

eet ! i H:
© a oo |~
7 iS
ate ka 2 lalate Ma Me Me Aved ed Ps E cl z|
sit nd lie o Oyo d| a ml pepe meade 4 NM
‘e QO onge Ou) OQ,
vb) cH) o OV}O} VU o o
e (dp) e'
y SSC ECEENP
‘d1O]M [Mn [HM |O;Al on ‘ddd bd ]n] alo YIN}, ad} ninin| valn jn
HIJA TH JA IAI HHI IH IAI HAIR} A] HIRAI] AIR IH
ee ee ee ee

=e 9 a YN | PL

ine)
jee)

Pah ¥ EO. b1O Gatch Vol 59)> Nov

85 C. serpens S. & G. 2 ot:
86 C. Sinicola v. sinicola (S. & G.) Daws. a) ae Pe et ee
S7IC. “uy ce8 lale ? Dawson aoe ee ee
88 C. viscaionense Dawson ee Ss ee Es
89 Champia parvula (C.Ag.) Harvey ae Sek aaa
90 Chondria califormica (Coll.) Kylin we) es ee
91 Corallina gracilis Lamouroux | | ia,
92 C. gracilis v. verticillata (Lam.) Daws. [| *{| *{[+] | |
93 C. janioides Dawson Et SS Se
94°C. Officinalis v. echitensis (Dec.) Kutz,; [i 3} i FF PI
95 C. pinnatifolia Manza ri a Oe
96 C. pinnatifolia v. pinnatifolia (Manz. homer
Daws. aE
97 C. pinnatifolia v. digitata Dawson 6) 7) oe ee
98 C. polysticha Dawson Ce a) ee
99 C. vancouveriensis Yendo re aes as
100 Cryptonemia borealis Kylin 7) ae ee ae
Ol Dasya sinicola v. califomica (Gard.
ficniens fs coin a | ea
102 Dermatolithon dispar (Foslie) Foslie | | * | | |
as OS ai ee aca THU AOR | Ba
104 Erythrocystis saccata (J.Ag.) Silva et 7 ae
105 Fosliella paschalis (Lemoine) S. & G. Ea ee
106 Gastroclonium coulteri (Harv.) Kyl. La ee
07 Gelidium cartilagineum v. robustumGardn. | | [+ | |+ |

08 G. coulteri Harvey
09 G. johnstonii S. & G.

N10 G. polystichum Gardner
nll G. pusillum (Stackouse) Le Jolis

fl Bala
eu
ba

fall IS HIE elia

e

:

5
CRICHICE
CCA

114 G. tepida Hollenber

f
;
F
8

Howe

B
pe)
E
a
ey
beeaek

29

Mendoza-Gonzdlez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental

1985

-_v
~
sim
~ |e

aAld\|a4 G4
OI Vi aia

epl
epl

30 Rai 0 BO BaleR Vol. 59, No.

117 G. sjoestedtii Kylin
118 G. tepocensis Dawson
119 G. textorii v. cunninghamii (Farl.) Daws.

0 G. textorii v. textorii (Sur.) J.Ag.
121 Grateloupia filicina (Lam.) C.Ag.
22 Griffithsia pacifica Kylin

BUSEREE SRE

130 H. Ag

132 Laurencia hancockii Dawson
133 L. johnstonii S. & G.

134 L. pacifica Kylin

135 L. papillosa v. pacifica S. & G.

36 L. peninsularis Taylor

37 L. sinicola S. & G.

38 L. spectabilis v. tenuis Dawson
139 L. bopposita (J. Ag.) Setchel

=

40 Leptocladia binghamiae J.Ag.

E
»
E
R
;

142 Lithophyllum samoense Foslie

N43 Lithothamion pacificum (Foslie) Foslie
044 Lithothrix aspergillum Gray

45 Melobesia membranacea (Esper.) Lam.

46 M. polystromatica Dawson

47 Microcladia coulteri Harve

48 Plocamium pacificum (L.) Kylin

31

,

Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental

1985

32 PANTO b HOOG oP VOT... 53. Nore I

149 Polysiphonia johnstonii v. concinna
Pols ) Holl.

152 P. pacifica ve] pacifica Hol
153 Porolithon pa dermim (Foslie) Fosl.

55 Prionitis australis
156 P. linearis Kylin
157 Pterocladi@a capillacea (Gel. otek

J.Ag.

SIMBOLOGIA

MODO: Protegido - P, Expuesto - E, Semiexpuesto - SE

FACIES: Rocosa -R, Arenosa-A

PISO: Supralitoral - S; Litoral - L; Infralitoral superior - Is.,

HABITAT: Epi{fita - epf, Epilitica - epl, Epizoica -epz, Psamfila
como: pilotes de madera, pldstico, cuerdas, cascos de

ESTADO; Vegetativo - O, Tetrasporas - %, oogonios: Pnaeophyta, cis-

tocistos: Chlorophyta - G, gametangio Phaeophyta - g, Mono-
LOCALIDADES: ENSENADA; LAS PLAYITAS — I, MALECON - II, ESC. CIEN.
ESC. CIENC. MAR. a PTA.MORRO - VII, BAHIA TORTUGAS: PTA EU-
LA ESTACION DE PESCA - XI.
No reportada anteriommente para estas localidades *; Ensenada - En

318.

Mendoza-Gonzalez & Mateo-Cid, La costa occidental

1985

a ie

-— psa , Qiijarros s/g, Pozas de marea— Pm, diversos sustratos

lanchas, etc. - d/s, Phyllospadix torreyi - Ph.

Infralitoral inferior - Ii.

gonimoblastos y carpogonios: Rhodophyta - are

tocarpos ,

’

MUELLE —VI

Cyanophyta - H.

— Mo, heterocistos

Rhodophyta
MAR. — III; DOS ARSOLITOS - IV, TRES HERMANAS - Vv,

GENIA - VIII, LOS MORROS — IX, MUELLE — X, MUELLE A PLAYAS DE

sporas

Tortugas - T; m — reportada por Aguilar, R.M.A. en tesis prof.

UN NUEVO REGISTRO DE JUNCUS (JUNCACEAE)
PARA EL VALLE DE MEXICO

Raquel Galvaén-Villanueva
Laboratorio de Bot&anica Fanerog4mica
Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas
Instituto Politécnico Nacional
11340 México, D.F.

En el estudio de la familia Juncaceae para el Valle de Méxcio se
determino la presencia de los géneros Luzula (con tres especies) y -
Juncus (con once especies y siete variedades). Durante la revisi6én -
bibliogr&fica se encontr6é que Juncus xiphioides E. Mey. ha sido cita-
da errone4mente por Conzatti (1947) de los Morales, D. F., de acuer -
do con Hemsley (1879-1888) y Balslev (1982) esta localidad est& ubi -
cada en el Estado de San Lwis Potos{ y corresponde a una colecta de
Schaffner. Por tal motivo los sitios que m&s adelante se indican co -
rresponden en realidad al primer registro de la especie parala zona.

J. xiphioides solo ha sido colectada en la parte SE del Valle en
la regi a Sierra Nevada. Prospera en el fondo u orillas de arro
yos sameros o en sitios encharcados enclavados en praderas hfimedas. ~
Se distribuye en el Oeste de los Estados Unidos y México.

La especie alcanza hasta 65 cm de altura, se caracteriza por sus
hojas ensiformes y aplanadas de 3 a 7 mm de ancho, vainas no auricula
das o con aurfculas inconspicuas, son especialmente estos caracteres —
los que la delimitan de J. liebmannii Macbr., tax6n menos robusto con
el cual suele convivir.

Material examinado:

ESTADO DE MEXICO: Alrededores del Llano Grande, arriba de San Ra
fael, municipio de Tlalmanalco, alt. 3000 m, 7.1X. 1983, J. Rzedowski
38265 (ENCB). La Ciénega, regi6én de Pefas Cuatas, cerca de la cabeza
del Ixtaccfhuatl, alt. 3650 m, 14.1.1981, R. Galvan 738 (ENCB). Ibid.,
17.VII.1982, R. GalvGn 1228 (ENCB). Ibid., 17.VII.1982,R. Galvan
1228 (ENCB). Vertiente NW del Popocatépetl, cerca de Paso de Cortés,
alt. 3500 m, 30.1X.1969, J. Rzedowski 26793 (ENCB).

Literatura citada:

Balslev, H. 1982. A systematic monograph of the neotropical Juncaceae.
Ph.D. Thesis, City University of New York. 495 pp.

Conzatti, C. 1947. Flora taxonémica mexicana II. Sociedad Mexicana de
Historia Natural, México, D.F. 220 pp.

Hemsley, B.W. 1879-1888. Botany. In Godman F.D. and O. Salvin. Biolo-
gia Centrali-Americana. R. H. Porter, London. Vol. I: 397-400.

34

ALGAS MARINAS DE IA PARTE SUR DE IA BAHIA DE LA PAZ,
BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR.

Laura Huerta-Muzquiz *
A.Catalina Mendoza-Gonz4lez

Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol&égicas 11340
Instituto Politécnico Nacional, México, D.F.

Presentamos los resultados obtenidos de un estudio estacional —
efectuado sobre la flora marina de la parte sur de la Bahfa de la -
Paz. El Dr. Oscar Holguin Quiftones, realiz6 dicho estudio present4n
dolo camo tesis de licenciatura en 1971. La Bi6l. Ma. Luisa Chavez
empez6 otro trabajo en la misma regi&m en 1978-1979, pretendfa efec-
tuar una apreciaci6én comparativa de sus resultados con el estudio —
anterior. Debido a que el trabajo de Holguin se qued6 sin publicar y
a que Ma. Luisa falleci6 cuando lo estaba elaborando consideramos —
pertinente terminarlo para su publicacién. Para ello efectuamos 4 co
lectas estacionales también, en 1981-82.

Se obtuvieron los siguientes resultados: Total de especies, las -
mas abundantes en las diferentes estaciones, las mas frecuentes aun-
que en biomasa no dan una cantidad considerable, las escasas y llama
mos ocasionales de las que encontrams solo un ejenplar.

La Bahfa de La Paz pertenece a Baja California Sur y se encuentra
dentro del Golfo de Califomia, entre los 24°06' y 24°47' Latitud N.
y los 110°18' hasta los 110°45' Longitud W. La regi6n estudiada esta
localizada entre Calerita ubicada en el canal de San Lorenzo frente
a Isla Espfritu Santo hasta Ensenada Ampe. Presenta varios acciden—
tes geograéficos, que son pequenas bahfas, puntas rocosas, islasy -
algunas playas tendidas salpicadas de rocas y termina en una ensena-
da baja con sustrato de arena y limo que en grandes extensiones est4
bordeada por manglar.

La Bahfa de la Paz est4 sujeta a cambios anbientales muy marcados
por estar en la parte sur del Golfo de Califormia tiene la influen—-
cia de las caracter{sticas que proporciona la fisiograffia de este —
golfo. Las variaciones de temperatura ambiental entre verano e in-—
viermo, son de 29°C pramedio del mes mas cAlido, a 20°C promedio del
mes mas bajo, lo que se refleja en las temperaturas del agua que de-
berfan ser mucho mas estable, alcanzando cambios de 29,8°C en verano
a 20°C en inviermmo con una diferencia de 9.8°C que, para el agua de
mar, es elevada.

La salinidad presenta mayor estabilidad, los cambios van de 35.9
a 36.4, es decir sm de 0.5 % unicamente. La precipitacién pluvial
es baja de 200 mm, y se presenta principalmente en verano, lo que -
deb{a bajar un poco la concentracién salina del mar, pero sucede lo
contrario, es decir en estos meses es cuando se presenta m4s eleva-
da, probablemente se debe a que el ambiente terrestre tiene vegeta-
ciém de matorral xer6filo con una cobertura entre 10 a 15 % unica-——-
mente y cas{ sin aportes terrestres de agua dulce; lo que no produce

35

36 PORT YT OL O-GMIAA var? 59, No. 1

ninguna influencia para aminorar la fuerte insolaci6n en esa &poca,
y la evaporaci6n superficial marina debe ser mayor, a lo que podria
neutralizar la precipitaci6n, por lo que la concentraci6n salina --
aumenta en primavera y verano en varias décimas de orado, siendo --
muy claro éste fen6émeno.

TEMPERATURA Y SALINIDAD DEL PROMEDIO MENSUAL DE TEMPERATURAS

AGUA. EN EL AGUA
(Estaci6n mareogr&éfica, Inst. BAHIA DE LA PAZ, B.C.
Geof. U.N.A.M. La Paz, B.C.)
Cuadro No. 1 Grafica No. l
30
MES TEMP.PROM. SAL.PROM. 28
=¢ S Joo
ENE 20.0 35.9 =
FEB 20.5 35.9 °C 24
MAR 21.6 36.4 22
ABR 23). 1 36.4
MAY 24.6 36.4 20
JUN 2532 36.3 18
JUL 27.4 36.4
AGO 28.7 36,1 E Sram Al MJ JeAS SHON D
SEP 29.8 36.0
ocT 28.4 Tomado de Holguin Quifnonez
NOV 25.1 35.9
DIC 21.9 35.9

Las localidades de mestreo se presentan en el mapa 1 y se mencio-—
nan por su ubicaci6n de norte a Sur:

1.- Calerita. Playa de rocas y arena, con abundantes algas de sus-
trato rocoso, a 2 6 3 m de profundidad existe un lecho de rocas, pe-
ro adem&fs se encuentran algunas especies psamSfilas.

2.- Balandra. Pequena bahfia que en los margenes de la entrada pre
senta rocas, pero la mayor parte es sustrato de arena y en la narte
del fondo manglar con limo.

3.- Isla San Juan Nepamoeno: sustrato arenoso calcareo en la pla
ya este. Pedregoso en la playa este y sur, rocoso y pedregoso en la
playa oeste. (0.H.Q.)

4.- Bahfa Falsa. En las puntas de la entrada es pedregoso, en el
interior es arenosa-calc4rea y con manglar en el fondo, (0.H.Q.)

5.- Punta colorada. Sustrato rocoso y arenoso calc&reo (0.H.Q.)

6.- Playa enfermerfa. Arena, guijarros, pedregoso y algo de man-
glar en el fondo.

7.- Punta Prieta. Con rocas, arena y guijarros.

8.— Coromel y Adyacentes. Playa tendida salpicada de rocas.

9.- El Malecén de la Ciudad de La Paz. Fondo de arena con algunos
guijarros y piedras, con barda de mamposterfa y cemento.

10.- Parte sur del Mogote. El Mogote es una peninsula de arena que
forma un canal angosto que desemboca en la Ensenada Ampe. En su parte

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas 37

24°30
MAPA 1

1.- Calerita

Balandra

Isla San Juan Nenamuceno

- Bahfa Falsa

-- Punta Colorada

Playa Enfermeria

Punta Prieta

-- Coromel

-- Malecén de la Cd. de La Paz

-- Mogote

-- Ensenada Ampe

FOUDMDWIHNUW &WNH
|

a

Santo

Localizaci6n de las Estacio-
nes dq Colecta y la UbicaciG
de la/Bahfa de La Paz en el
Edo. de B.C.S.

11y° 442° 410°

38 PU, YOTROsEIORGHIVA Vol. 59, No. 1

sur, el mogote esta bordeado de manglar con algunos esteros por lo -
que presenta fando de arena y limo con guijarros y conchas,

11,-— Ensenada Ampe. Laguna costera baja, de boca angosta y un ca-
nal que la commica al mar, damina el sustrato arenoso, pero tiene -
manglares con lim.

12,.- San Juan de la Costa. Playa de rocas y guijarros, situados -
aproximadamente a 50 Km al NW de La Paz,

Cuadro No, 2 Cuadro No, 3
TOTAL DE ALGAS TOTAL EN LAS ESTACIONES
Fam. Gen. Esp. Esp.%| P Vv O i

CHLOROPHYCOPHYTA 10 = 16 44 20,46.| 31.16, 25 31
PHAEOPHYCOPHYTA 7 Ag 33 13.35} 27 20 Jf 19
RHODOPHYCOPHYTA 21 50 128 59.53 | 65 42 _.54 62
CYANOPHYTA 4 9 10 4.65 4 7 2 6

TOTALES a5 92 118

TOTAL EN % 59.06 39.53 42,8 54.88

La lista de las especies se presenta en el cuadro No. 4

De los datos anteriores podemos deducir que en primavera se presen
ta una mayor floraci6n, la cual disminuye considerablemente en vera--
no, quedando en una proporci én de un 66.9 % o sea a dos tercios de la
anterior, lo que podrfa interpretarse como aumento de la temperatura
de el agua, que podria actuar directamente o sobre alguno de los pa--
rametros en los que interviene dicho aumento com es la disminuci6n -
de la solubilidad de 02 en el agua, lo que abatirfia la velocidad de -
los procesos respiratorios de las algas.

En otono, al comenzar el descenso en la temperatura de el agua, --
empieza a recuperarse la flora y en inviermo ya Se presenta alta sien
do en primavera aGn mas elevada.

Holguin habfa enconttadouna diferencia afin mas marcada entre prima
vera y verano bajando hasta un 47.5 % de la flora de primavera. El -
total de especies que 61 encuentra es de 125. Al aumentar considera--
blemente el n&mero de colectas obtuvimos mayor nfimero de especies y -
al escoger unas regiones rocosas con abundante vegetaci6n como Cale--
rita, el tipo de flora varfa y los resultados aunque son parecidos -
ya no son iguales.

Para las cloroficeas y rodoficeas en verano es cuando estan mas -
escasas, para las feoficeas es otono cuando se presenta mayor dismi--
nuci6n.

En cuanto a las facies en que se encuentran las algas podemos de--
cir que a veces correspande al sustrato pero en otras casos no es asi
por ejemplo, la facies es el caracter daminante del lugar que puede -
ser roca, arena, guijarros, conchas o limo o diferentes combinaciones
de ellos. Para las ep{fitas el alga en la que est4n implantadas es el
sustrato,

Con respecto a las cloroffceas podemos mencionar que la mayor par-
te de los géneros Enteromorpha, Ulva, Chaetamorpha anteninna, varias
especies de Cladophors, Bryopsis, Cadium, Caulerma racemosa, etc. —

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas 39
son de facies rocosa y el lugar expuesto o semiprotegido y las enoon

tramos en Calerita, I. San Juan Nepamuceno, Punta Colorada, etc, Ace
tabularia, Cladophorapsis, Bryopsis, etc. pertenecen al infralitoral
superior, sobre guijarros 0 conchas a veces en rocas y de lugar pro-
tegido o semiprotegido com en algunos lugares de la ensenada Ampe -
y la parte sur del Mogote. Caulerpa sertularioides y sus variedades
son psamSfilas, forman prados en la arena a poca profundidad yen -
sitios protegidos como en Ampe, en las bahfas Balandra, Falsa y En--
fermerfa. Algunas Cladophora y Enteromorpha pueden ser epifitas o -
estar mezcladas a otras algas,

Chlorophyta se encuentra todo el ano y con mayor abundancia a fi-
nes de invierno y primavera, Enterommrha es un género muy abundante
sobre todo las especies E. intestinalis, E. acanthophora y E, car--
pressa, le siguen en abundancia Canlerpa sertularioides y sus diver-
sas variedades las que habitan lugares protegidos en la arena de fon
dos de bahfias, Ulya puede ser abundante en algunos sitios, Codium -
también es frecuente,

Sargassum, Dictyots crenulata, Chnoospora minima, algunos Ectocar
pus, etc, se encuentran en facies rocosa y expuestos a fuerte oleaje.
Otras especies de Sargassim, Colpomenia, Sphacelaria pertenecena -
rocas expuestas pero en lugar semiprotegido. Padire, Dictyota e Hy—
droclathnmis son de guijarros y oconchas entre la arena en el infrali-
toral superior, gregarias formando pequenos prados. Como especies —
epifitas con frecuencia encontramos a Ectocarpus, Giffordia, y oca--
sionalmente Padina y Dictyota.

Durante todo el ano podemos observar diversas especies de feofi—
ceas camo Sargassum, Padina, Rictyota, etc. pero se vé un claro flo-
recimiento de primavera en el que abundan Colpomenia, Hydroclathmuis,
Chneospors, Rosenvingea, Ectocarpus, etc. las que poco a poco desa—
Parecen durante verano y otono y s6lo se encuentra algGn ejemplar de
ellas ocasionalmente,

Sobre las Rodofficeas podemos mencionar que Liagora, Galaxaura, --
Asparagopsis, Gelidiim, Pterocladia, etc. son del infralitoral supe-
rior, sobre rocas guijarros 0 oconchas. Gelidiella acermsa, Gelidium
pusillim, etc. del piso litoral expuestas al oleaje ej. en Calerita,
I. Sn, Juan Nepamiceno, etc. Demmonema frappierii es del piso supra-
litoral en pequenos grupos sobre rocas salpicadas por el romper de
las olas,

De las Melobesioideae unas forman cuerpo grueso oon protuberancias
se encuentran sobre arena en el infralitoral superior. Otras forman
una capa que cubren a diferentes substratos principalmente rocas —-
guijarros o conchas en el litoral o infralitoral superior expuesta a
veces a fuerte oleaje, Las corallinaceae articuladas de numerosos -—-
artejos como Amphirosa y Corallina son escasas en la regién pero tam-
bién estan presentes. La que es frecuente es Jania, generalmente epi
fita de algas mayores.

Gracilaria, Hypnea, Gratelauwpia, Prionitis, etc., en rocas, gene-
ralmente del infralitoral, s6lo algunas se encuentran en el Litoral
y en lugar expuesto. Hypnea spinella y H. pannosa forman tapetes cu-
briendo extensiones sobre rocas, Hypnea gervicomis y H.valentiaeco-

40 Pr) YOO: Gd Mol... 59. Nasr 1

munmente mezcladas a otras algas. ’

De los Ceramium, Callithamnion, Griffithsia, etc.que
en su mayor parte son muy pequenas, generalmente est4n
ep{fitas aunque algunas forman tapices sobre rocas, solas
© asociadas a otras algas pequenas. A &ste grupo pertene
ce Spyridia filamentosa, de tamano regular 15 a 20 cm.de
alto, que en este lugar presenta gran abundancia y fran-
ca dominancia, pues en todo lugar protegido como son las
Bahfas y la Ensenada Ampe, sobre todo guijarro, concha,
piedra, madero, raf{z de mangle, etc, se le encuentra.En
octubre esta presente por todas partes, pero se encuentra
todo el ano. Dawson habf{fa mencionado que en Bahfa de San
Quintf{n, el alga mas abundante era Spyridia filamentosa
y en un estudio bromatol6égico efectuado por Tapia LT57A)
en los 3 vegetales m&s abundantes de las Lagunas Yavaros
y Huizache y Caimero, est4 en primer lugar; Spyridia fi-
lamentosa. A su vez, Ruiz C4ardenas ( 1977 ), en un estu-
dio de la vegetaci6n de la Laguna de Agiabampo, hace men
ci6n a ella como el alga m&s abundante. En la Bahfa de
Panam& también es una de las algas mas frecuentes.

La familia Rhodomelaceae siempre esta presente en nues
tras costas, Polysiphonia es abundante en invierno y pri
mavera, con ejemplares mas Oo menos grandes hasta de 10cm.
de alto, P. johnstonii y P. pacifica son las mas frecuen
tes, en forma de motas de fibrillas negras Herposiphonia
tapiza con fieltros a conchas y guijarros sola o asociada
a Taenioma, Ceramium, etc. Bostrychia radicans sobre rai-
ces de mangle.

Chondria es frecuente y algunas especies de Laurencia
johnstoni, pacifica, papillosa, etc, son comunes aunque
no forman gran biomasa.

Para numerosas de las especies mencionadas La Paz cons
tituye una nueva localidad.

AGRADECIMIENTOS

Deseamos expresar nuestro agradecimiento a todas las
personas que contribuyeron de alguna manera a la realiza
ci6n de este trabajo y particularmente a Celia Flores G,
por su colaboraci6n en la colecta, a Luz Elena Mateo Cid
por la identificaci6n del material, al personal de CICIMAR
por su amable y desinteresada ayuda, al Dr. Oscar Holguin
Quinones por habernos proporcionado los datos de su traba
jo el cual esta incluido casi en su totalidad.

Este trabajo fue parcialmente subvencionado por la Di-
recci6n General de Graduados del I.P.N.

BIBLIOGRAFIA
Abbott, Isabella A. y George J. Hollenberg.1976 Marine Al
gae of California. 1-827pp. Stanford Univer-
sity Press.

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzélez, Algas marinas 4)

Dawson, E.Y. 1944 The Marine Algae of the Gulf of Califor
nia, Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions. 3(10):
189-453 pp. The University of Southern Califor-
nia Press.

Dawson, E.Y. 1953. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico.Part.
I Bangiales to Corallinaceae subfamilia Coralli
noideae. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions.17(1):
1- 239pp. The University of Southern California
Press.

1954.Ibid. Part. 2. Cryptonemiales( Cont.)Ibid. 17(2):
241-397pp.

1960.Ibid.Part.3. Cryptonemiales,Corallinaceae subf-
Melobesioideae Pacific Naturalist 2 (1) :1-125pp.
Contributions From The Beudette Foundation For
Biological Research.

1961. Ibid.Part.4. Gigartinales.Ibid. 2 (5-6) :190-343

PPp-

1963.Ibid.Part VI Rhodymeniales. Nova Hedwigia, V(3/4):
437-476, Tab. 77-95.

1962 Ibid.Part. 7 Ceramiales:Ceramiaceae,Delesseria---
ceae. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions.26(1): 1-
207pp.

1963. Ibid Part. 8 Ceramiales:Dasyaceae, Rhodomelaceae,
Nova Hedwigia V (3/4): 401-484, Tab. 126-171

Holgufn Quinonez O.E. 1971 (tesis profesional)Estudio flo-
rf{stico estacional de las Algas Marinas del Sur
de La Bahfa de la Paz B.C. 1-115pp. Escuela Na-
cional de Ciencias Biol6égicas I.P.N.

Hollenberg,G.J. 1961 Marine Red algae of Pacific Mexico.
Part. 5. The genus Polysiphonia .Pacific Natura
1165¢€.,: 2(5=6) 2345-75

Rufz Cardenas,N.J.1977 Estudio parcial de la vegetaci6n su-
mergida de la Laguna de Agiabampo, Son.Sin.

Setchell,W.A. and N.L. Gardner.1920 The marine algae of --
the Pacific cost of North America. II. Chlorophy
ceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 8:139-345. 25pls

1925. The marine algae of the Pacific coast of North
America. III. Melanophyceae.Proc.Calif.Acad.Sci.
4th ser. ,8:383-739. 73pls

1930. Marine algae of the Revillagigedo Islands Expe
ditions in.

1925. Proc. Calif.Acad.Sci.4thser.,19:109-215,12pls.

Smith,G.M. 1944. Marine Algae of the Monterrey Peninsula,
California Stanford.Calif. 622pp.98pls.

Tapia,R.C. 1972. Estudio Quf{mico preliminar de tres vege-
tales de las Lagunas de Yavaros,Son.Huizache y
Caimanero, Sin.Tesis de la Facultad de Ciencias
U.N.A.M.

Taylor,W.R. 1945. Pacific marine algae of the Allan Hanco-
ck Expeditions to the Galapagos Island.Allan Han
cock Pacific Expeditions, 12:1-528, 100pls.

42

PE HPVeT ORL ORGRIeA Voie59); "No. #)

F &
CHLOROPHYCOPHYTA
a as

Fam. Chaetophoraceae
Entocladia viridis Reinke I
Fam. Ulvaceae
Enteromorpha acanthophora Kutz Pie O |P
E. micrococca Kutz. IP
E. intestinalis (L.) Link P f{[PVOI|P I
E. compressa (L.) Grev. I
E. flexuosa (Wulf.)J. Ag.
E. prolifera (Mill.) J.Ag. Pp
E. tubulosa (Kutz.) Kutz.
Ulva lactuca L. I pv Ii
U. lactuca V. rigida (C.Ag.) Le Jolis PV I

U. dactylifera Setch. y Gard.
U. califomica Wille ‘sil | Sate
U. expansa (Setch.) S. y G. P i
Fam: Cladophoraceae

Chaetamorpha antennina (Bory) Kutz. P OI
Ch. linum (Mull.) Kutz. I
Ch. minima&oll. y Herv.
Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harv. Pia:
R. implexm Dill. Kutz. Pit
R. hierogl phicum (C.Ag.) Kutz PV
Cladophora hesperia S. y G.
C. insignis (Ag.) Kutz
C. glamerata (L.) Kutz.
CC. crispata (Roth.) J. Ag.
CC. microcladioides Coll.

- trichotama (C.Ag.) Kutz. I

. bertolonii V. hamosa (Kuntz.) Ard.

ime]

. pusilla (Howe) Coll.

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzalez, Algas marinas

SUR DE IA BAHIA DE IA PAZ

PUNTA
COLORADA
PLAYA
ENFERMERIA
PUNTA
PRIETA
COROMUEL Y
‘ACENTES
PARTE SUR
DEL MOGOTE
AMPE
SN.JUAN DE
LA COSTA
PISO
FACIES
MODO
ESTADO

Ip P I PVOl P OI I : L-Is} Goc
PV I OI PVOI P vo Is | @C

aie @ ae tof Sinks I? bBo?

I pvi Is | Epl

: 2 Ot leek © Ts | Gee

e<<e¢c cee <

P OI Is

RSS A a oY
edecdcdccccccc <<

Be PORPRRORORR F

4
ad
~

Sf
~

—“
®

=
<

PRESENCIA

REGRET E o

m hy
Hn

43

44 Pwr @mo co @ IMR Vols

Fam. Valoniaceae

Valonia macrophysa Kutz P
Ernodesmis verticillata (Kutz.)Borg fe) Oo
Struvea sp. Sonder P

Cladophoropsis membranacea (C.Ag.) Borg.
Fam. Derbesiaceae

Derbesia marina (Lyngb.) Kjellman
Fam. Bryopsidaceae

Bryopsis hypnoides Lamx.

B. pennatula J.Ag. O
Fam. Codiaceae
Codium cuneatum S. y G. PVOT ay,

C. magnum Dawson
Fam. Caulerpaceae
Caulerpa peltata Lamx. OF sv |r
C. racemosa V. turbinata (J.Ag.) Eubank
C. racemosa V. chemnitzia (Esper.)

Webervan Bosse Vv
C. sertularioides(Gm.) Howe VOI |PVO
C. sertularioides F. longiseta (Bory)
Sved. PVO
C.arenicola Taylor V
Fam. Udoteaceae
alimeda discoidea Decaisne OI P
XANTHOPHYCEAE

Fam. Vaucheriaceae
aucheria sp. De Candolle

PHAEOPHYCOPHYTA

Fam. Ectocarpaceae
Ectocarpus bryantii S. y G. V
E. breviarticulatus J.Ag.
IE. corticulatus Saund.
iffordia mitchellae (Harv.) Ham.
Fam. Sphacelariaceae
Sphacelaria brevicornis S. y G. PV
S. furcigera Kutz
S. tribuloides Meneg P

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas

font
P
(@) PV
OL) V Ti as
if
P vo
P V
P O| PVO PVO PVOIPVOI
VOI} P I
i}
vo vo I |PVOI
O
P P P
O O
Ij} O1
PV Pi ie (OF
P P PV V PI
PV | PV P
PV

Ils
Is

Is

Epl
G

Ma

GoC

Ma

Goc
Epl

SEp1l

Ep

Goc
Goc

GoC
Ps

Ps
Ps

Epl

Ps

Epf
Epl
Epf
Epf

Epf
Epf
Epf

<<<<

Ce I a a ya pm CoH pal ep) Sk fae] st

Es

Fr
Fr
Es
Fr

Fr
Es
Fr

46

PH Vet OGEROHG cA

Fam: Dictyotaceae
Dictyota crenulata J.Ag. O
D. dichotoma (Hud.) Lamx. vol

Dp. tlabeliata:'(Goll.) 5S. y!G.
D. volubilis (Kutz.) sensu Vickers

D. divaricata Lamx. PV I
Padina durvillaei Bory P OL
P. mexicana Dawson V

P. vickersiaeHoyt O

Dictyopteris delicatula Lamx.
Fam: Ralfsiaceae
Ralfsia sp. Berkeley V
Fam: Spermatochnaceae
Nemacystus brandegeei (S. y G.) Kyli
Fam: Scytosiphonaceae
Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derb. y SolPV
C. tuberculata Saund

Rosenvingia intricata (J.Ag.) Borg. O
Hydroclathus clathratus (C.Ag.) Howe | V
Chnoospora minima (Her.) Papen. V

Fam: Sargassaceae
Sargassum camouii Dawson
S. horridum S. y G.
S. lapazeanum S. y G. Pry
S. macdougalli Dawson
S. palmerii Grunou
S. Sinicola S. y G.
S. sinicola V. sinicola Dawson
S. liebmannii J. Ag.
S. pacificum Bory
S. howellii Setch I

RODOPHYCOPHYTA

Fam: Goniotrichaceae
Asterocytis ramosa (Twaites) Gobi
Goniotrichum alsidii (Zanard.) Howe
Fam: Erythropeltidiaceae
Erythrocladia subintegra Rosenv.
E. recondita Howe y Hoyt
E. irregularis Rosenv.
rythrotrichia carnea (Dillw.) J.Ag.

<<<

P'I}P
P
ee
2
P |e
P
e
P
P
P P

1985

PV

Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas

PV

PV

FON
HH

vu '0 ae)
HH

uu
H

~'U

V

I

-Is|Epl| E Vv
Is |GoC| Se] Vv
-~Is|Epl| Sp| Vv
Is |GoC} Sp/| Vv
Is |GoC] P Ga
Is |Goc]| P Ga
Is |GoC} Se] Ga
Is |GoC| Se] Vv
Is |GoC} P V
L Epl Eje
Is |Epl| Sej|v
L Epl E | Ga
L Eplj| Se | Ga
Is |GoC] Sp] Ga
Is jEpl; Sp| Vv
L Epl E|V
L: , \(spl.t) Erte
Is |Epl]| Sp Ga
Is |Epl]| Sp | Ga
Is jEpl | Sp Ga
L D = V
L-IgEp1l | Se | Ga
EL. tepl. | Eo Lv
L Epl| E Ga
L-IgEpl | Se | V
L Epl| E V
Is |Epf | P Vv
Is |Epf | P V
Is |Epf | P V
Is |Epf | P V
Is |Epf | P Vv
P ¥

47

48

ray TOL OG A

E. tetraseriata Gardner
Fam: Bangiaceae
Porphyra perforata J.Ag.
Bangia fuscopurpurea (Dillw.) Lyngb.
Fam. Acrochaetiaceae
Acrochaetium hancockii (Daws.) Papen.
A. pacificum Kylin
A. pectinatum (Kyl.) Ham.
Fam: Helminthocladiaceae
Liagora magniinvolucra Daws.
L. farinosa Lamx.
L. abbottae Dawson

Dermonema frappierii (Mont. y Millard)Borg.

Fam: Chaetangiaceae
Galaxaura arborea Kjell.
G. squalida Kjell.
G. veprecula Kjell.
Fam: Bonnemaisoniaceae
Asparagopsis taxiformis (Delile) Trevisan
Fam: Gelidiaceae
Gelidium pusillum (Stack.) Le Jolis
elidiella hancockii Dawson
- acerosa (Forssakal) Feld. y Ham.
Pterocladia capillaceae (Grel.)Borm.y Thur.
Fam: Wurdemanniaceae
demannia miniata (Drap.) Feld. y Ham.
Fam: Squamariaceae
Peyssonnelia sp. Decaisne
Oriella hancockii Daws.
Fam: Hildenbrandiaceae
‘Hildenbrandia prototypus Nardo
Fam: Corallinaceae
ieteroderma minutula )Fos.) Fos.
Lithothamnion australe (Fos.) Fos.
Lithophyllum diguettii (Harriot) Heydrich
L. lithophylloides Heydrich
L. marqaritae (Harriot) Heydrich
L. pallescens (Fos.) Heydrich
L. trichotamm (Heydr.) Lemoine
L. veleroae Dawson

Vol. 59, No.

|

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas

On

mo
mo
mo
V
os
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V

1)

vcuvUUvUUU ww

&

Hoon ah

49

50 Ba Ve Te On OG: Tal

L. imitans Fos.

F. farinosa (Lam.) Howe
A. mexicana Taylor

A. subcylindrica Daws.
Jania adherens Lam.

J. mexicana Taylor

J. tenella (Kutz) Grun.
J. subpinnata Dawson

C. pinnatifolia (Manza) Daws.

Fam: Grateloupiaceae

Prionitis kinoensis Dawson
P. abbreviata S. y G.
Fam: Hypneaceae

Hypnea cervicomis J.Ag.
H. Spinella (C.Ag.) Kutz.
H. valentiae (Turm.) Mont.
H.pannosa J. Ag.

Fam: Gracilariaceae
Gelidiopsis tenuis S. Y G.
Gracilaria crispata S. y G.
G. andersonii (Grun.) Kylin
G. veleroae Dawson
G. verrucosa (Huds.) Papen
G. sjoestedtii Kylin
G. textorii (Sur.) J.Ag.

G. pachydermatica S. y G.
ida Dawson

G. turgida

Fam: Phyllophoraceae
Gymnogongrus leptophyllus J.Ag.
Fam: Gigartinaceae

igartina papillata (C.Ag.) J.Ag.
. tepida Hollenberg

Fosliella paschalis (Lem.) S. y G.

J. decusato-dichotoma (Yendo) Yendo

Corallina graciliis var. verticillata Daws.

C. pinnatifolia var. digitata Daws.

Grateloupia filicina (Wulf.) C.Ag.

1)

joke)

Vol.

ie)

~

59, No. 1

a2]

1985

Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzalez, Algas marinas

P
ip
Oo
P
P
V
PY it
iP
i Vie
PP ot TP On P Oy} V
P O
oO
oO
I | PVOl| Pvol
P i Ff
Pl
1

L-Is |Goc P V
L {Epf | Se e
L fEpf | Se Vv
Is | Epl]| Sp Vv
L Epl E Vv
L Epl | Se e
Is Epf |} P Vv
E \spe| | %
LIs|Epf]| Se Vv
L Epf| E V
L Epl |E V
Is |Epl |/P V
Is |Epl|Sp e
Is GoC | Se Vv
i, }Epit £ V
L-Is] Epl | E Vv
Is |G@C]} P e |Ab
L-Is| Epl E V Ab
L-Is| GC | Se V |Ab
Is | Epl | Se V |Es
Is |G P Vv O
Is |GoC |P V {Es
L |Epl jE V |Es
Is |G P (esl O
Is |GoC |P e-Ci] Fr
Is Ps |P ci Fr
Is | GC |P V {Es
L |Epl |{E V {Es
P V |Es
P Vv

i

<<
Be

Pa: YS TOME OriGene Vol. “59° Noe 1

Fam: Champiaceae

Champia parvula (C.Ag.) Harvey
Fam: Ceramiaceae
Anthithamion sp. Naegeli
Callithamion marshallense Dawson
C. ramosissimum Gard.
C. breviramosum Gard.
Ptilothamion codicolum (Daws.) Abbott
Spyridia filamentosa (Wulfen) Harvey
Griffithsia tenuis C. Ag.
Ceramium codicola J. Ag.
camouii Daws.
equisetoides Daws.
fimbriatum S. y G.
serpens S. y G.
sinicola S. y G.
clarionense S. y G.
gracillimum V. byssoideum (Harv.) Feld.
Mazoyer
affine S. y G.
procumbens S. y G.
taylorii Daws.
paniculatum Okam.
mucronatum Segi.
caudatum S. y G.
Centroceras clavulatum (C. Ag.) Mont.
Fam: Delesseriaceae
Taenioma perpusillum (J. Ag.) J.Ag.
Hypoglossum attenuatum abyssicolum
(Taylor) Daws.
Fam: Dasyaceae
Dasya pedicellata V. stanfordiana
(Farlow) Daws.
D. sinicola V. sinicola (S. y G.) Daws.
Fam: Rhodomelaceae
Tayloriella dictyurus (J.Ag.) Kylin
Polysiphonia hancockii Daws.
P. johnstonii V. johnstonii S. y G.

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Algas marinas

PVOI| PV_ | PVOI| PVOI| PWI| PVOI
PV

PVO

P
Se
P
P
Se
Se
P
P
Se
Le
P
Se
P
Se
Se
P

(88 BEER

Ci} Fx

ona qannonon canaccrndcdc

oc <0
OF FR PROS FRPP ERR A ASR T Tae

3

54 Pow Vo Te 0: Lee Dotly ad

johnstonii V. concina (Hollenb.) Hollenb.

mollis Hook. y Harv.

- bifurcata Hollenb.

- scopulorum V. villum (J.Ag.) Hollenb.

homoia S. y G.

hendryi Gard.

beaudetvei Hollenb.

simplex Hollenb.

- pacifica V. delicatula Hollenb.

pacifica V. gracilis Hollenb.

- decussata Hollenb,

. pacifica V. pacifica Hollenb.

igenia simplex (Wulf.) C.Ag.

trichia radicans (Mont.)Mont. f. radicans
-. Yadicans f. moniliforme Post.

Herposiphonia tenella (C.Ag.) Ambron

HH. Secunda (C.Ag.) Ambron

ia dasyphylla (Woodw.) C.Ag.

- Califormica (Coll.) Kylin

- repens Borg.

urencia hancockii Daws.
subcorymbosa Daws.

Sinicola S. y G.

- johnstonii S. y G.

pacifica Kylin

papillosa V. pacifica S. y G.
- Masonii S. y G.

decidua Daws.

lajolla Daws.

CYANOPHYCOPHYTA

Fam: Chroococcaceae
lium thermale (Kutz.) Drouet. y Daily
Fam: Oscillatoriaceae

arenaria (Berk.) Gom.
ira neapolitana (Kutz.) Drouet.
icrocoleus lyngbyaceus (Kutz.) Crouan

1985 Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzalez, Algas marinas

P PVOI |PVO I Is| Epf
P |PVO I|PV I|PVOI|P I L-Is| Epf

Reocceho

Ah odd<<i

PRRERPEOPR Poets Peo BPP PPP ee

EP IE HOHIH NHHoy UDO DYDD HH ww
149)

<<a0 0 c¢0 << atthe

P Vv |Es
P P Vv Es
P V Fr

P V Es

P Vv Es

ig P Vv Ab

55

56 Pin. TRO te a eh ¥ol:. 59, Wo. 1

Fam: Nostoccaceae
othrix crustacea Schous. y Thur.
toc spumigena (Mertens) Drouet.

Fam: Stigonemataceae
ftigocoleus testarum Langer.
achytrychia quoyi (C.Ag.) Bom. y Flah,

SIMBOLOGTIA

ESTACIONES PISO
P = Primavera L = Litoral
V = Verano Is = Infralitoral superior
O = Otono Sl = Supralitoral
I = Inviemo
ESTADO
BT Eee V = Vegetativo
P = Protegido e = Esporas
= : Ci = Cistocarpos
= to
Se = Semiexpues oe pictes
Pr= Propagulos
Ga= Gametocistos

= Femeninos
O = Masculinos

1985

Huerta-Muzquiz & Mendoza-Gonzdlez, Alaas marinas

FACIES

Epl = Epilitico 6 en rocas
Epf = Epifitico 6 sobre otras plantas

Epz = Epizoica
G = Qiijarros
C = Conchas

D = Dragado por las olas
Mf= Motas flotantes
Ma= Mezclado a otras algas

PRESENCIA
Es= Escaso
Fr = Frecuente
Ab = Abundante

O = Ocacional

57

Microphlebodium, un nuevo nombre genérico (Polypodiaceae)

por Luis D. Gomez P.
Museo Nacional de Costa Rica
POB 749 1000 San Jose C.R.

En 1903 H. Christ describid una especie oaxacana de polipodio muy
peculiar con el nombre Polypodium mUnchii, cuya distribucidén hacia
el sur ahora se conoce hasta El Salvador. Por sus caracterfsticas,
Copeland (Amer. Fern J. 43: 15. 1953) la asigné al género Microgra-
mma y en 1975 A. R. Smith la combino como especie de Pleopeltis (P.
Calif Acad. Sci. 40:230. 1975). En 1976 (Brenesia 8: 46. 1976) in-
diqué la afinidad pleopeltfdea de P. mUnchii y lo inadecuado de su
posicion entre las especies de Polypodium. El examen de varias co-
lecciones, asf como las observaciones de campo, me conducen a la erec-

a oe. ta . .
cion de un nuevo genero para esta especie de Christ:

Microphlebodium gen. nov., planta epiphytica rhizomate pruinosus,
paleaceus, reptans. Laminae pinnatisectae, 2-3(raroplures)-lobulata,
segmentis lanceolatis apicem rotundatis vel obtusis, basim pauciter
constrictis adnatis, paleis dimorphiceis pauce vestitae. Venatio
Phlebodio(B6r))Sm.similiter sed simpliciter, subphlebodioide vocamur.
Microphlebodium mUnchii (Christ)L.D.Gomez comb. nov. (Polypodium
mUnchii Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ii. 3: 147. 1903) sp. unica est.

Holotypus: Oaxaca, MUnch 90 P (! US 2256278). Otros materiales:
Oaxaca: Mickel 1141; Chiapas: Webster et al. 11734; Carlson 1680;
Breedlove 6692, 7811; Guatemala: Williams et al. 27357, 23161;
Standley 62713, 84560; Molina et al. 16354; Williams 14275. El Sal-
vador: Tucker 1070, 1118. Todos en United States Nat. Herbarium.

Una de las mds salientes caracterfsticas de la especie es la vena-
Fie a. . .
cion, mucho mds simple que la de Phlebodium:

ee

Microphlebodium Phlebodium (R.Br.)J.Sm.

58

NUEVOS REGISTROS DE PTERIDOFITAS PARA EL ESTADO DE NUEVO LEN,
MEXIOO.

Ma. de la Luz Arreguin-S&nchez
Laboratorio de Botanica Fanerogdmica
Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas
Instituto Politécnico Nacional

México, D.F. Becario de OOFAA.

Rodolfo Aguirre-Claver&n

Instituto Nacional de Estadistica
Geografia e Informatica. Direcci6n Regio
nal Noreste, Monterrey Nuevo Leén. am
Av. Eugenio Garza Sada 1702 Sur

Col. Nuevo Repueblo. 64000 N.L.

Como resultado de la investigaci6én sobre la pteridoflora del Es-
tado de Nuevo LeGn iniciada en 1975, fué posible detectar algunas -
pteridéfitas que no se encontraron en la literatura para éste objeto
revisada y tampoco en los herbarios de la Escuela Nacional de Cien-
cias Biolégicas (ENCB), Instituto de Biologia de la Universidad Na--
cional AutGnoma de México (MEXU) y el herbario de la Facultad de --
Ciencias Biolégicas, Universidad AutGnoama de Nuevo Leén (UNL).

Tales hallazgos, han sido posibles gracias a una serie de colec--
tas realizadas en Nuevo LeGn, fundamentalmente en los municipios de
Allende, Garza Garcia, Guadalupe, Monterrey, Santa Catarina, Santia-
go y Zaragoza, asi cam a la revisién exhaustiva de los herbarios -
arriba citados.

Cheilanthes marginata H.B.K.

Planta herbacea de 15 a 25 cm , se caracteriza por presentar el -
margen reflejo ciliado y decurrente sobre los ejes. Se conocfa de —-
Durango (?) Guanajuato, Michoac&an, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras,
Colombia, Venezuela, Bolivia, Perf, Ecuador a Uruguay y Argentina.

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO: ESTADO DE NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIO GENE-
RAL ZARAGOZA: El Salto; 27-VII-1982, alt. 1500 m, bosque caducifo---
lio. S.Favela 52 (ENCB,UNL.)

Cheilanthes villosa Davenp.

Planta herb&acea de 15 a 30 am, con pfnnulas orbiculares, pubes---
centes sobre ambas superficies. La distribuci6m conocida de este —-
taxa es del oeste de Texas al sureste de Arizona y Chihuahua.

Ejemplares examinados: MEXICO: ESTADO DE NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIOS
SANTA CATARINA Y MONTERREY: Trayecto del Canén de la Huasteca al Ca-
nén del Diente 25-26-VIII-1976, alt. 750 m, matorral submontano y —
bosque de Quercus-Pinus, R.Aguirre s/n (ENCB). MUNICIPIO DE SANTIA—
GO: Puerto Agua Frf{a, 3-4-XII-1976. alt. 2000 m. Bosque de Pinus-
Quercus, R.Aguirre s/n (ENCB).

59

60 PH Yor 0. 0G lA Vol. 59, No. 1

Cheiloplecton rigidum (Sw.) Fée

Planta herb&cea de 15 a 40 am, ldmina deltoide, coriacea, venas
conspicuas, margen reflejo continuo, rizoma suberecto. Se ha colec-
tado en San Iwis Potos{, Jalisco, Colima, Michoac&n, México, Hidal-
go, Puebla, Veracruz, Guerrero, Oaxaca, Chiapas, Guatemala y El Sal-
vador.

Ejemplares examinados: MEXICO: ESTADO DE NUEVO LEON; MUNICIPIO --
SANTIAGO: Trayecto Cola de Caballo a Las Adjuntas, 26 a 28-Ix-1975,
alt. 900 m, bosque de Quercus-Pinus, R.Aguirre 500 y 510 (ENCB, --
UNL).

Diplazium lonchophyllum Kunze

Planta herb&acea de 50 a 70 cm, lamina pinnada-pinnatifida, pinnas
inequilaterales, pinnulas con 4pice obtuso a subagudo, indusio li---
near, doble. La distribuciénconocida de esta especie era San Luis —-
Potos{, Jalisco, México, Michoacan, Veracruz, Oaxaca, Chiapas, Guate
mala, El Salvador, Nicaragua y Costa Rica. i

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIO SANTIA--
GO: Cola de Caballo, 8-VII-1979, bosque de encino, E.Gonzalez No. -
herb. 010206 (UNL.)

Elaphoglossum pilosum (Humb. & Bonpl. ex Willd.) Moore

Planta herbacea de 15 a 33 cm, lamina estéril escamosa con pelos
estrellados, escamas del rizama de color naranja a café rojizo. Su -
distribuciGén conocida comprendfia Chihuahua, Sinaloa, Nayarit, Jalis-
co, Michoacan, México, Puebla, Guerrero, Oaxaca, Veracruz, Chiapas,
Guatemala, Costa Rica, Colombia y Venezuela.

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIO GENERAL
ZARAGOZA: Canada La Clarabona "La Escondida", 27-VII-1982, alt. -
2210 m, bosque de pino, S.Favela 13, planta litofitica (ENCB, --
UNL) .

Notholaena greggii (Kuhn) Maxon

Planta herb&acea de 15 a 25 cm, lamina deltoide a deltoide-lanceo-
lada, bipinnada a bipinnada-pinnatifida, indumento blanco-ceroso, -
escamas del rizama con una banda central negra, peciolo y raquis sur-
cado. Se le conocfa de Texas, Chihuahua, Coahuila y Durango.

Ejemplares examinados: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEQN, SANTA CATARINA
y MONTERREY: Trayecto del Canén de La Huasteca al Canén del Diente,
25-26-VIII-1976, alt. 750 m, matorral submontano y bosque de Quer--
cus-Pinus, R.Aguirre s/n (ENCB). MUNICIPIO SANTA CATARINA: Trayecto
Canén del Pajonal y Canén de La Sandia, 26-VIII-1976, alt. 1500 m,
matorral submontano, R.Aguirre s/n (ENCB).

1985 Arreguin-Sdnchez & Aguirre-Clavardn, Nuevos registros 61
Notholaena incana Presl

Planta herbacea de 15 a 40 cm, lamina deltoide, tripinnada en la
base, indumento blanco-ceroso, eScamas del rizoma lineares, filtimas
pinnulas articuladas. Se ha colectado en Sonora, Chihuahua, San --
Luis Potos{, Jalisco, Michoacan, México, Distrito Federal, Morelos,
Puebla, Guerrero, Oaxaca, Chiapas, Guatemala y RepGblica Dominicana.

Ejemplares examinados: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEQN, MUNICIPIO SAN-
TIAGO, Trayecto de Las Adjuntas a Potrero Redondo, 6-XII-1976., -
alt. 900 a 1400 m, bosque de Pinus-Quercus, planta abundante, ---
R.Aguirre 1068, 1118, 1119 y 1152 (UNL), 1068, 1090, 1092, 1093, -
1094, 1097, 1099, 1102, 1123 y 1124 (ENCB).

Pellaea temifolia (Cav.) Link var. temifolia

Planta herbacea de 20 a 45 cm, lamina linear, pinnas inferiores
temadas, las superiores enteras. Esta variedad se ha colectado en
el sureste de Arizona y Texas, Baja California, Sonora, Chihuahua, -
Coahuila, Sinaloa, Durango, Zacatecas, San Luis Potos{, Guanajuato,
Jalisco, Michoacan, Guerrero, Hidalgo, Queretaro, México, Tlaxcala,
Morelos, Puebla, Oaxaca, Veracruz, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Repfblica
Dominicana, Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peri, Bolivia, Argentina
y Chile.

Eejemplar examinado: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIO SANTIA-
GO: Trayecto de Las Adjuntas a Potrero Redondo, 6-XII-1976, alt. -
900 a 1400 m, bosque de Quercus-Pinus, R.Aguirre 1205 (UNL )

Phlebodium aureum (L.) J. Sm.

Planta herbacea de 15 a 50 cm, lamina pinnatifida, glabra, venas
anastamosadas, soros alimentados por dos venillas. Esta especie se -
conocia de Chihuahua y San Inis Potos{i a Chiapas, Guatemala a Pana--
mai, Colambia y Bolivia, Brasil y norte de Argentina.

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO: ESTADO NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIO DE SAN--
TIAGO: Cola de Caballo, 15-V-1979, D.E. Rodriguez A. No. herb. -——-
010205, ripario, nombre comin "helecho macho". (UNL).

Phyllitis scolopendrium (L.) Newm. var. americana Femald

Planta de 40 a 45 am, lamina entera con soros lineares, venas li-
bres. Esta variedad se conocia de New Brunswick, New York, Ontario y
Tennessee.

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIO GENERAL
ZARAGOZA: Km 16 Camino a La Encantada, 8-III-1983, bosque de Pinus-
Quercus, S.Favela 217, planta terrestre (ENCB, UNL).

62 PH VORTORE VO TG TTA Vol. 59, No. 1

Polypodium fallacissimm Maxon

Planta de 3 a 7 cm, lamina entera a pinnatifida, con solo 3 lo
bulos, envés con escamas densas. Esta especie se le conocia s6lo -
del Canén de San Lorenzo en Saltillo, Coahuila.

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEQN, MUNICIPIO SANTIA-
GO: Cafén El Alamo’ 1-ITI-1980. E. Ramirez No. herb. 015026, --
planta saxicola (UNL).

Polypodium hartwegianum Hook.

Planta herbacea de 30 a 40 cm, lamina pinnatifida, pilosa, vena-
cién libre. Esta especie se ha colectado en Chihuahua, Durango, Ge
rrero, Michoacan, Oaxaca, Hidalgo, México, Distrito Federal, More--
los, Puebla, Veracruz, Chiapas, Guatemala y El Salvador.

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEON, MUNICIPIO GENERAL
ZARAGOZA: Segunda Cafiada del Agua de San Nicolas "La Encantada", -
25-VI-1982, bosque de encino, S.Favela 33 (UNL).

Woodsia mollis (Kaulf.) J.Sm.

Planta herb&cea de 20 a 40 cm, lamina pinnada-pinnatifida a bipi-
nnada, pilosa, soros envueltos por un indusio en forma de copay --
glaboso. La distribuci6n conocida de ésta planta era Baja Califomia
Sur, Chihuahua, Durango, Sinaloa, Nayarit, Jalisco, San Luis Potosi,
Guanajuato, Hidalgo, Tlaxcala, Morelos, Puebla, México, Distrito Fe-
deral, Michoacan, Guerrerp, Oaxaca, Veracruz, Chiapas, Guatemala y -
Nicaragua.

Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO, ESTADO NUEVO LEN, MUNICIPIO GENERAL
ZARAGOZA: El Salto, 27-VII-1982, alt. 2100 m. S.Favela, No. herb. -
014486 (ENCB, UNL).

Consideraciones generales.

1) Para Nuevo Le6n, encontramos 13 taxa que no se han citado para el
Estado, pertenecientes a 10 géneros, 13 especies y 2 variedades.

2) Resulta particularmente importante los siguientes hallazgos: ---
Diplazium lonchophyllum especie reportada fundamentalmente de zo-
nas tropicales y ocasionalmente en bosque de pino-encino, en Nue-
vo LeSn se colect6 en la "Cola de Caballo", mpio. Santiago en --
bosque de encino y la distribuci6én ms al norte conocida era San
Luis Potosi y Jalisco.

Phyllitis scope var. are aca especie conocida en loca-
Titniss restringl Canada y Estados Unidos de Norteamérica,
éste es el primer reporte conocido para México. El hallazgo de és-
ta variedad en la RepGblica Mexicana resulta particularmente inte
resante, por lo que, en un préximo art{iculo se comentara mfs de -

ésta planta. En Nuevo Le&m es una planta muy escasa, colectada en
el mpio. de General Zaragoza.

1985 Arreguin-Sdnchez & Aquirre-Clavardn, Nuevos registros 63

3) Los nuevos registros para Nuevo Ledn, provienen fundamentalmente
de los municipios de Santiago y General Zaragoza, 6sto se puede
explicar por lo poco exploradas que se encuentran estas zonas.

4) Creemos importante continuar con un programa intensivo de colec-
tas, pues podrian existir otros taxa no conocidos para el Estado.

Resumen:

Especies citadas por primera vez para el Estado de Nuevo Le6n, -
México: Cheilanthes marginata H.B.K., Cheilanthes villosa Davenp., -
Cheiloplecton rigidum Sw.) Fée, Diplazium Ionchophyllum Kunze, --
Elaphoglossum pilosum (Humb. & Bonpl. ex Willd.) Moore, Notholaena
greggii (Kuhn) Maxon, Notholaena incana Presl, Pellaea termifolia -

(Cav.) Link var. temifolia, Phlebodium aureum (L.) J. Sm., Phyllitis

scolopendrium (L.) Newm. var. americana Fernald, Bo er alla---
cissimum Maxon, Polypodium hartwegianum Hook. y ia mollis ---

(Kaulf.) J. Sm.

Summary

The following species are cited for the first time from Estado de
Nuevo Le6én, México: Cheilanthes marginata H.B.K., Cheilanthes villo-
sa Davenp., Cheiloplecton rigidum (Sw.) Fée, Diplazium Tonchophyl1um
Kunze, Elaphoglossum pilosum (Humb. & Bonpl. ex Willd.) Moore, No--
tholaena incana Presl, Pellaea termifolia (Cav.) Link var. termifo-—-
lia, Phlebodium aureum (L.) J. Sn., Phyllitis scolopendrium (L.) --
Newm. var. americana Fernald, Polypodium fallacissimm Maxon, Polypo-
dium hartwegianum Hook. and Woodsia mollis (Kaulf.) J.Sm.

Bibliografia consultada:

Aguirre, C.R. 1983. Contribuci6én al conocimiento de la pteridoflora
del Estado de Nuevo Le6n, México. Tesis profe--
sional, Fac. de Cienc. Biol. Universidad de Nue-
vo Leon.

Clausen, R.T. 1950. Ferns of the Monterrey regi6én, México. Am. Ferm.
Jour. 40 (1): 89-97.

Favela, L.S. 1983. Estudio de la flora pteridol6égica del municipio
de General Zaragoza, Nuevo Le6n. Tesis profesio-
nal, Fac. de Cienc. Bi6l. Universidad de Nueyo -

Fernald, M.L. 1935. Critical plants of the upper Great Lakes region
of Qntario and Michigan. Rhodora 37: 197-222.

Knobloch, I.W. & D.S. Correll, 1962. Fers and fer allies of Chihua-
hua, México. Texas Research Foundation. Renner, -
Texas, 198 p.p.

Knobloch, I.W. 1976. Morphological characters in Cheilanthes together
with a Key to North and Central American species.

64

Pade ¥, Tends Ot Gudiek Nak; 58, os i

Flora Bd. 165: 507-522.

Love, A. & D. Love. 1973. Cyvtotaxonomy of the boreal taxa of --

Maxon,

Rojas,

Smith,

Tryon,
Tryon,

W.R.

M.P.

A.R.

R.M.

A.F.

1915.

1965.

1981.
1956.

1957.

Phyllitis, Acta Bot. Acad. Sci. Hung. 19:201-
206.
Studies of tropical american Ferns No. 6. Contr. -
U.S. Nat. Herb, 10 (7): 542-600.
Generalidades sobre la vegetaci6n del Estado de --
Nuevo Le6én y datos acerca de su flora. Tesis docto
ral UNAM, México.
Flora of Chiapas Part. 2 Pteridophytes. The Calif.
Acad. of Sciences 370 p.p.
A revision of american species of Notholaena. --
Contr. Gray Herb. Harvard Univ. 179-:1-106.
A revision of the fer genus Pellaea section --
Pellaea. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 44 (2): 125-193.

FLORA PALINOLOGICA DEL VALLE DE MEXICO

PRESENTACION

Rodolfo Palacios—Chavez*

David Leonor Quiroz-Garcia

Delfina Ramos-Zamora

Ma. de la Luz Arreguin S&nchez *
Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Bioldégicas,
Instituto Politécnico Nacianal, Dpto.
Botanica, 11340, México D.F.

* Becarios de COFAA.

Dentro del Proyecto Flora y Vegetacién del Valle de México, se -
han venido realizando investigaciones ecolégicas y florfisticas. Los
resultados de estas filtimas se presentan en forma de descripcianes y
claves para familias, géneros, especies y variedades de las plantas -
Ssilvestres del Valle de México.

Como camplemento a los estudios de la flora, se ha considerado -
necesario emprender las investigaciones palinolégicas tanto para pro-
porcionar mas informaciGn de interés taxonémico como por su utilidad
en la identificacién de palinomorfos en el registro fésil, en la eco-
logia de la polinizacién, en la alergologia y en la melisopalinologfa.

Los granos seran acetolizados con la técnica de Erdtman (1943) -
levemente modificada, el montaje ser& en gelatina glicerinada y las -
preparaciones seran depositadas en la palinoteca del Departamento de
Botanica de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas del I.P.N.

Las descripciones morfol6gicas del polen se har&n en base de los
taxa incluidos en la Flora Fanerog&mica del Valle de México de Rzedows
ki & Rzedowski (1979), la Secuencia descriptiva sera fundamentalmente —
la de Hyde 6Adams (1958). La terminologfa utilizada ser& basicamente
la de Erdtman (1966) y la de Faegri & Iversen (1964).

Se incluir&n claves dicotémicas para separar los diferentes taxa
en caso de que ésto sea posible y se propocionar&n datos sobre aspec-
tos taxonémicos, evolutivos o paleopalinolégicos.

Todas las descripciones iran ilustradas con fotomicrograficas en
blanco y negro al microscopio de luz a exepcién de aquellos taxa que
no sean posibles diferenciarlos con éste aumento, entonces se recurri
ra al microscopio electrénico de barrido.

Las descripciones de las familias 0 de los géneros se ir&n publi
cando, no necesariamente en el orden establecido por Rzedowski & Rze-
dowski (1979). Una vez que se camplete el conocimiento de los granos
de polen de las especies que se encuentran en el Valle de México, se
elaboraran claves generales para todos los taxa.

Las muestras de polen estudiadas provendran de preferencia de -
los ejemplares de herbario en que se han basado los estudios floristi
cos.

65

66 PAH) OY RO aL 10) "Gr ara Vol. 59, ‘No.

RESUMEN

El proyecto Flora y Vegetacién del Valle de México, ha estado -
auspiciando la realizaciém de investigaciones ecolégicas y floristi
cas. Dentro del mismo marco se ha considerado necesario ampliar la
investigacifm a aspectos palinoldgicos. El objetivo de la serie de -
publicaciones que se inicia es conocer la flora palinoldégica del Va
lle de México.

SUMMARY

Within the scope of Flora y Vegetaci6én del Valle de México, -
different floristic and ecological topics are being carried on, It -
has been considered necessary to expand the research with palinologi-
cal aspects. The main objetive of this series of publications is to
do a palinological study of the Flora of Valle de México.

BIBLIOGRAFIA CITADA

1) Erdtman, G. 1943. An introduccion to pollen analisis.
The Ronald Press Co. New York. 239 pp.

2) Erdtman, G. 1966. Pollen morphology and plant taxqnony.
Angiosperms (An Introduction to Palynology I). Hafmer Publishing
Co. New York and London. 553 pp.

3) Faegri, K. & J. Iversen. 1964. Texbook of pollen analysis. Hafner
Publishing Co. New York. 273 pp.

4) Hyde, H. A. & F.F. Adams. 1958. An atlas of airborme pollen
grains. The Mac Millan Co. Ltd. London. 112 pp.

5) Kremp, G.O.W. 1968. Morphologic Encyclopedia of Palynology. The
University of Arizona Press. Tucson. 263 pp.

6) Rzedowski, J. & G.C. Rzedowski. 1979. Flora Fanerogamica del
Valle de México. Vol. 1. 401 p.p. CECSA, México.

MORFOLOGIA DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN DE LAS ESPECIES DEL GENERO
BERBERIS DEL VALLE DE MEXICO

Rodolfo Palacios-Chavez *

Maria de la Luz Arreguin-S&nchez *
D. Lemor Quiroz-Garcia

Delfina Ramos-Zamora

Departamento de Bot&nica

Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolé-
gicas.

Instituto Politecnico Nacional 11340
MB6xico, D.F. * Becarios de COFAA

Berberis es un amplio género Asiatico de aproximadamente 175 es
pecies de las cuales 50 especies, 8 variedades y una subespecie se -
citan para Amrica del Norte; 32 de estas especies existen en Méxi
co y para el Valle de México se conocen solo 2 especies, B. moranen-
sis y B. Schiedeana,

Dentro de la familia Berberidaceae. los géneros Berberis y --
Mahonia son muy cercanos, sin embargo algunos autores camo - -
Ahrendt (1961) los considerantaxa diferentes separ4ndolos fundamen -
talmente por los tipos de hoja, simples en Berberis e imparipinnado-
compuestas para Mahonia, asimismo, la presencia ncia de espinas en los ta
llos es propio para el | primero y la ausencia de ellas del segundo,
pero autores como Marroquin (1972) considera a Mahonia como un ae =
género de Berberis.

El criterio de delimitacién de los taxa seguido por Rzedowski &
Rzedowski (1979) fué el de Marroquin (1972) y la diferencia fundamen
tal entre las 2 especies de Berberis del Valle de México es el nime-
ro de folios; ambas especies son arbolitos bajos o arbustos que se -
encuentran en altitud que varian entre los 2400 y 4000 m, en bosques
de Pinus, Abies o Quercus.

~ Los propésitos fundamentales de este trabajo, son dar a conocer
la morfologia de los granos de polen de las dos especies anteriormen
te referidas. Hasta ahora no hay evidencias que el polen de Berbe -
ris,se halla encontrado en el registro f6ésil.

Entre SARE Tos diversos autores que han descrito el polen de Berbe -
ris, Sse encuentran Faegri e Iversen (1964), quienes lo incluyen en -
tre los granos sincolpados, con surcos en forma de espiral y con la
exina superficialmente perforada o perfosulada. Erdtman (1966) lo -
describe como espiroaperturado, con la sexina m&s gruesa que la nexi
na y con la omamentacién levemente reticular. Kapp (1969) en su des
cripci6n indica que existen aperturas que tienen la apariencia de -
ser 4, unidag’ en espiral y con la superficie verrugosa y hace la -
aclaraci6n que algunos granos de polen tienen la exina dividida en

67

68 PHYEOLGaGLA Vol. 59, No. }

6 6 m&s placas hexagonales, lo que puede ser un estado de maduraci6én
tardia o bien el polen es dimorfico. Gonzalez (1969) describe dos es
pecies del Valle del Mezquital camo granos sincolpados, tectados y =
fosulados. Heusser (1971) en su estudio palinolégico de la flora de
Chile, hace la descripcién del polen de seis especies, con las si -—-
guientes caracteristicas; monadas, apolares, sincolpadas con abertu -
ras espiraladas, perforadas o perfosuladas.

Markgraf & D'Antoni (1978) para tres especies argentinas de Ber-
beris, encuentran que su polen es sincolpado, variando en su omamen-
tacién de perforado a perfosulado y Newicke y Skvarla (1981) en un es
tudio mis profundo de la familia Berberidaceae, consideran que el po—
len de Berberis es semejante al de Mahonia y las aberturas de ambos -
géneros pueden ser clasificadas como irregulares o espiraladas y su -
perficialmente la exina puede ser fosulada o perforada (punteada).

DESCRIPCION DEL POLEN DE LAS ESPECIES DE BERBERIS DEL VALLE DE MEXICO

Berberis moranensis Hebenstr. & Ludw.
Sta. Catarina del Monte
Texcoco, Mex.
Ventura 754 (ENCB)Figs. 1 a5

Polen sincolpado, espiralado, tectado, esferoidal, de 40 (42.6)
48.1 X 39 (42.1) 45.5 micras. Exina de 2 micras de grosor con la se-
xina macho m4s gruesa que la nexina y superficialmente es punteada o
fosulada. Colpos irregularmente espiralados, con las m4rgenes denta
das y membranas escabrosas. En algunos granos los colpos dividen al
grano en 5 6 7 pequefias placas y no parecen ser espiralados.

Berberis schiedeana Schl.
Desierto de los Lemes, D.F.
Paray 590 (ENCB)Figs. 6 a 10

Polen sincolpado, espiralado, tectado, esferoidal de 39 (42.1)
45.5 X 37 (41.6) 45.5 micras. Exina de 2.6 micras de grosor, con la
sexina mAs gruesa que la nexina y superficialmente es punteada o fo-
sulada. Colpos irregularmente espiralados, con las m4rgenes denta -
das y membranas escabrosas. Al igual que en la descripci6n anterior,
las aberturas en algunos granos se disponen de tal manera que divi -
den a estos en 5 6 7 pequenas placas.

DISCUSION Y CONCLUSIONES

De acuerdo a las abservaciones y descripciones que se incluyen
en este trabajo, el polen de Berberis puede presentar dimorfismo,
puesto que en algunos granos las aberturas son espiraladas y en otros
las aberturas se disponen de tal manera que dividen al grano en 5 6
7 pequefias placas, caracteristica que ya ha sido observada también
por otros autores. Salvo el grosor de la exina que eS un poco mayor
en el polen de B. schiedeana no existen otras diferencias en las mi-
crosporas de ambas especies.

1985 Palacios-Chdves & al., Genero Benbenrnis 69

Nowicke y Skvarla (1981) llegan a la conclusi6én que el polen de
Berberis eS muy semejante al de Mahonia y no puede ser diferenciado
can el microscopio de luz ni con el microscopio electrénico de barri
do o el de transmiciG@n y consideran que tanto en Berberis camo en Ma-
honia existen granos inaperturados pero presentan rompimientos que —
pueden ser clasificados en irregulares y espiralados. La categoria
de irregular se aplica a los granos que presentan grietas o ronmpi --
™mientos y Ocasionalmente los surcos delimitan la superficie del gra-
no en pequenas Areas camo placas. La abertura en espiral puede ser
considerada como preformada (se forma en un estadio temprano de la -
meiosis), pero la configuraciGén en los surcos no es uniforme. Esta
semejanza entre los granos de polen de Berberis y Mahonia apoya el -
criterio de algunos autores de considerarlos camo el mismo género.

Por lo que respecta a los granos de polen de B. moranesis y B.
schiedeana que se estudian en este trabajo, se puede inferir que las
Caracteristicas de dichos granos coinciden con la mayor parte de los
autores que han descrito el polen de otras especies de este taxa -
exceptuando a Erdtman (1966) y a Kapp (1969) quienes consideran res-
pectivamente, que la omamentacién es levemente reticular y verruga-
da, pero probablemente esto se deba a errores en la interpretaci6én
de la superficie de la exina.

Cabe agregar que el polen de las dos especies que se estudian
en este trabajo no han sido descritos en la bibliografia palinolégica.

RESUMEN

En este trabajo se estudian los granos de polen de dos especies
del género Berberis, que se encuentran en el Valle de México, (B. -™mo-
ranesis y B. schiedeana) los cuales resultaron ser sincolpados, “espi
ralados y esferoidales. El polen de ambas especies presenta dimor -
fismo, los colpos generalmente son espiralados, pero en algunos gra-
nos se agrupan de tal manera que pueden dividir al grano en 5 67 pe
quenas placas. La Omamentacién puede ser fosulada o punteada. Muy
pocas diferencias existen en el polen de ambas especies.

SUMMARY

In this paper are studied pollen grains of Berberis moranensis
and B.schiedeana from Valle de México, which are syncolpate, Spirala
te and spheroidals. Pollen grains of both species can show - - - -
dimorphism, the colpi usually is spiralate but some grains can be -
divided for the furrow in 5 or 7 small plates. The omamentation is
fossulate or punctate. Few differences there are in pollen grains
of both species.

70 PAH! YViowOas OG A Vol .-59," Now od

BIBLIOGRAFIA CONSULTADA

Ahrendt, L.W.A. 1961. Berberis and Mahonia. A taxonomic revision
Joum. Linnean Soc. of London 57 (369): 1-410

Erdtman, G. 1966. Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy Angiospemns.
Hafner Publishing Co. 553 pp.

Faegri, K. & J. Iversen. 1964. Textbook of pollen analysis.
Hafner Publishing Co. 237 pp.

Gonzalez Q., L. 1969. Morfologia polfinica: la flora del Valle del
Mezquital, Hidalgo. I.N.A.H. Paleoecologia 3: 1-185.

Heusser, C.J. 1971. Pollen and spores of Chile. The University of
Arizona Press. 167 pp.

Markgraf, V. & H. L. D'Antoni 1978 Pollen flora of Argentina. The
University of Arizona Press. 208 pp.

Marroquin, J.S.A. 1966. Notas sobre la distribuci6n geogr&fica de
dos especies de Mahonia (Berberidaceae) en el Norte de
México. The Southwestem Naturalist 11(2): 238-244.

Marroquin, J.S.A. 1972: A monographic study of the genus Berberis
L. in México. Northeastem University. Ph. D. Thesis.
ined. 177 p.p.

Nowicke, J.W. & J.J. Skvarla. 1981 Pollen Morphology and phylogenetic
relationships of Berberidaceae. Smithsonian Institutions
Press, | (503, 1-83.

Rzedowski, J. & G.G. de Rzedowski. 1979. Flora Fanerogamica del Valle
de México. Compania Editorial Continental S.A. 1: 207-208.

1985

Palacios-Chavez & al., Genero Benrbenris 71

Berberis moranensis: 1) Vista superficial mostrando

la ormamentacién X 1200. 2) Vista superficial mos~
trando la abertura X 1200. 3) Vista superficial
mostrando el rompimiento de las aberturas X 1200. 4)
Colpo espiralado X 1200. 5) Corte Gptico X 1200.
Berberis schiedeana;: 6) Vista superficial mostrando
la ormamentaci6én X 1200. 7) Vista superficial mostran-
do omamentacién y abertura X 1200. 8) Vista superficial
con la abertura dividiendo al grano en pequenas pla-
cas X 1200 9) Vista superficial donde se aprecia el

rompimiento de las aberturas X 1200. 10) Corte dp-
tico X 1200.

MORFOLOGIA DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN DEL GENERO
Linum (LINACEAE) DEL VALLE DE MEXICO *

Ma. de la Luz Arreguin-Sanchez **
Rodolfo Palacios-Chavez **

David Leqnor Quiroz-Garcia

Delfina Ramos-Zamora

Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas
Instituto Politécnico Nacional

Dpto. Botanica, 11340, México D.F.

INTRODUCCION

El género Linum incluye plantas de flores azules y de flores amari -
llas; estas filtimas han sido segregadas por algunos autores dentro del
género Cathartolinum;en este género también se inclufa C.digynum (Gray)
Small taxa que actualmente ha sido considerado como un Se ee
monoespecifico Sclerolincm digynum (Gray) Rogers. Se conocen en la ac—
tualidad alrededor de 25 especies de Linum con flores amarillas y 5 de
flores azules para Norte y Centroamérica. En México se han citado 4 es
pecies con flores azules y 19 de flores amarillas. Para el Valle de M
xico se conocen 4 de flores amarillas y 2 de flores azules. A

El propésito fundamental de éste trabajo, consiste en dar a conocer
la morfologia de los granos de polen del género Linum en el Valle de Mé
xico y por medio de una clave se pretende separar las especies.

ANTECEDENTES

Entre los trabajos que tratan la morfologia polinica de Linum, encon
tramos el de Saad (1961), quién estudio 44 especies, dando especial --
atencién a la estratificacién del esporodermo, ademis marcdé algunas ten
dencias evolutivas del género basandose en los caracteres palinoldégicos
y sugiri6 se realice una reclasificaciGén tamando en consideracién el po
len. Xavier & Rogers (1963), estudiaron 14 especies y 6 variedades del
género Linum, e incluyen’ una clave para separar los taxa por medio -
del polen, breves descripciones y reunen las especies estudiadas en cua
tro grupos en base a la morfologfa del polen, ubicando en el grupo I --
las especies primitivas y en el grupo IV las mas avanzadas. [km la bi -
bliografia revisada se han encontrado descripciones del polen de L. usi
tatissimum, especie muy comin en America introducida del Antiguo Mundo;
de L.rzedowskii, especie muy localizada en el mpio. de Ixtapaluca, Edo.
Méx., ademas de algunos datos polinicos de L. schiedeanum, del resto de
las especies no se tienen descripciones.
MATERIALES Y METODOS

Los qranos de polen fueron tratados mediante la técnica de Erdtman
(2943) levemente modificada y las medidas se hicieron tomando en consi-
deracién por lo menos 29 granos de polen, en las descripciones se pro -
porcionan las medidas extremas y la nedia entre un parentésis; las pri-
meras corresponden al eje polar y las segundas al eje ecuatorial.

* Trabajo parcialmente subsidiado por el Consejo Nacional de Ciencia
y Tecnologia, México.
** Becarios de COFAA del I.P.N.
72

1985 Arreguin-Sénchez & al., Polen del genero Linum 73

CLAVE PARA DIFERENCIAR LAS ESPECIES DEL GENERO Linum DEL VALLE DE
MEXICO.

J.— Polen periporado. ....sccccc ccc c ee L. australe var. glandulosum
Eigse. , 273
1.- Polen tricolpado

2.- Ormamentaci6én con procesos piloides o baculados o bien con
baculos y verrugas

3.- Granos de polen esféricos con omamentaci6n formada por
BeOS 7) CPETUOIAS s aise aa.c.cc ssw nic ciadslas vleais L. mexicanum
Figs. 4,5,6

3.- Granos de polen esférico o semiangular con omamentaci6n
Pilada o baculada

4.- Polen menor de 45 micras de diametro, indice area -

joollkte jy asbieing Gan QU On COC OOH OGDEUO IE L. schiedeanum
Figs. -

4.- Polen mayor de 50 micras de diametro, indice area -

POTATR GUAGE sremeleve ciateleteseicl stole siclevere ste L. usitatissimm

Figs.15,16,17 y 18
2.- Ommamentacién con procesos verrugados o gemados

5.- Nexina de m4s o menos 1 micra de grosor, ornamen
taci6n de 1.5 a 2.5 micras de largo, indice area
polar grande .....ccecccccvccccce L. rzedowskii

Figs.10,11 y 12

5.- Nexina de 1.5 a 2.5 micras de grosor, Omamenta-
cién menor de 1.5 micras de largo, {indice area -
POLlAY AUSENTE.. cc crccccvccccccccccse L .orizabae

DESCRIPCION E ILUSTRACIQN DE LOS GRANOS DE POLEN

Linum australe var. glandulosum Rogers
Cerro del Pino, Ixtapaluca, Méx.

M.L. Arreguin 346, XI-1972
(ENCB). Figs. 1,2 y 3

Polen periporado, intectado, esferoidal de 51.5(63) 70 micras por
52 (62.5) 69 micras; indice P/E = 1.01. Exina de 4 a 5 micras de gro
sor, sexina de 3.5 a 4 micras de grosor con la superficie baculada -
de 1 a 2 micras de largo, nexina menor de 1 micra. Poros diez, de -
8.5 a 12.5 micras de diametro.

74 Pury. 0 OG «bh Wil. 59, Now»)

Linum mexicanum H.B.K. Cerca de San Andrés
Pedregal de San Angel, D.F.
J. Rzedowski 1661, 31-VIII-1952
(ENCB). Figs. 4,5 y 6

Polen tricolpado, intectado, esferoidal de 56(61) 66 micras, {indi
ce P/E = 1.01. Vista polar circular de 56.5 (65) 72 micras por 61 ——
(67) 77 micras de diametro. Exina de 4.5 micras de grosor, sexina de -
3.5 micras, Ormamentaci6n formada por baculos y verrugas de 1 a 2 mi
cras de largo, nexina de ms o menos 1 micra. Surcos de 33.5 a 46.5
micras de largo por 3.3 a 7 micras de ancho. Indice del 4rea polar
0.73, grande.

Linum orizabae Planch. 3 km al E de San Rafael,
Mpio. Tlalmanalco, Méx.
J.Rzedowski 19848, 27-V-1965
(ENCB). Figs. 7,8 y 9.

Polen tricolpado, intectado, esferoidal a suboblato de 50.5(54) -
59 micras por 49(53)63.5 micras; indice P/E = 1.02. Vista polar cir-
cular de 50.5(57)63.5 micras por 51.1 (57.5) 62.5 micras de diametro.
Exina de 4 a 4.5 micras de grosor, sexina de 2.5 a 3 micras y la su-
perficie con verrugas o gemas de 1 a 1.5 micras de largo, nexina de
1.5 micras. Surcos de 23 a 27 micras de largo por 1.5 a 2.5 micras -
de ancho. Indice del 4rea polar 9, ausente.

Linum rzedowskii Arreguin Llano Pinahua, 8 km al SW de Rio
Frio, Mpio. Ixtapaluca, Méx.
J. Rzedowski 37283, 24-V-1981
(ENCB). Figs. 10, 11 y 12

Polen tricolpado, intectado, esferoidal de 52(58)59 micras; {indi-
ce P/E = 1.07. Vista polar circular de 54(58)65 micras por 56(58) 72
micras de didmetro. Exina de 5 a 6 micras de grosor, sexina de 4a5
micras y la superficie con gemas 0 verrugas de 1.5 a 2.5 micras de -
largo, nexina de mas o menos 1 micra. Suroos de 17 a 34 micras de -
largo por 4 a 6 micras de ancho. Indice del 4rea polar 0.60, grande.

Linum schiedeanum Schl. & Cham. Cerro del Tigre al NW de Atizap&n,
México.
J.Rzedowski 32045, 4-VIII-1974
(ENCB). Figs. 13 y 14.

Polen tricolpado, intectado, vista ecuatorial poco frecuente, =
oblato de 35.5(41.5) 47 micras por 33(37.5)42 micras; indice P/E
= 1.10. Vista polar circular o semiangular de 33.5(40.5)45 micras por
34.5(40) 45 micras de difmetro. Exina de 3 micras de grosor, sexina -
Ge 2 micras con la superficie pilada de menos de 1 micra de largo,
nexina de m&s o menos 1 micra de grosor. Surcos de 20 a 25 micras de
largo por 2 a 4 micras de ancho. Indice del 4rea polar 0.36, media.

1985 Arreguin-Sénchez & al., Polen del genero Linum 75

Linum usitatissimum L. 2 km al S del Guarda, D.F.
M. Villegas 626, 25-IxX-1966
(ENCB). Figs. 15,16,17 y 18

Polen tricolpado, intectado, suboblato de 53(56) 61 micras por 53
(56.5)57.5 micras, indice PYE=0.99. Vista polar circular o semiangu-
lar de 54(57)60 micras por 55(57.5)60 micras de diametro. Exina de -
3.5 micras de grosor, sexina de 2 a 2.5 micras con la superficie pila
da, Omamentaci6n de menos de 1 micra de largo, nexina de mAs o menos
1 micra. Sucros de 29 a 36 micras de largo por 3.5 a 14 micras de -
ancho. Indice del 4rea polar 0.51, grande.

DISCUSION Y CONCLUSIONES

1) Small (1907) segreg6 las especies norteamericanas de flores amari
llas dentro del género Cathartolinum, mientras que las de flores
azules las conserv6 en Linum. morfologia del polen no confirma
la validez de esta segregaci6n, pues las especies con flores azu-
les presentan el mismo tipo polinico que algunas con flores amari
llas.

En el caso particular de las especies estudiadas, L.schiedea-
num y L. usitatissimum palinolégicamente son muy semejantes, Sin
embargo, la primera eSpecie tiene flores amarillas y la segunda -
azules, lo mismo sucede con L. rzedowskii de flores azules y L.
Orizabae de flores amarillas, cuyos granos de polen son muy seme-
jantes.

2) Rogers (1968), no reconoce la segregacién hecha por Small (1907),
desconoce al género Cathartolinum considerando sus especies como
miembros de Linum, y las plantas de flores amarillas las ubica en
dos grandes grupos a los que llama el complejo de "L. schiedeanum"
y complejo de "L. rigidum" .

El primer grupo lo considera como un grupo primitivo por pre-
sentar un amplio espectro de caracteres as{ como una gran varia -
cién, la mayorfa de las especies de éste complejo se encuentran -
en el este y centro de México. Puesto que esta zona fue coloniza
da por plantas desde el Cretdcico, Rogers (op. cit.) cree que pu-
do ser el sitio de establecimiento y diferenciaci6n temprana del
género en Norteamérica. Las especies aqui inclufdas presentan po
len tricolpado.

El complejo "L. rigidum" segin el mismo autor es wn grupo muy
evolucionado por su morfologia uniforme y la capacidad de muchas
de las especies a hibridizarse. Las especies aguf{ incluidas pre-
sentan polen periporado, en nuestra 4rea el representante de éste
complejo es L. australe var. glandulosum.

76

Pay ae OMe ae TA

1985 Arreguin-Sdnchez & al., Polen del genero Linum 77

L. australe var. glandulosum: 1) exina X 400. 2) detalle exinay -
poro X 1000. 3) vista superficial xX 400. L. mexicanum: 4) vista po-
lar, exina y Oramentacién X 1000. 5) vista ecuatorial, exina y or-
namentacién X 1000. 6) vista superficial y colpo X 1000. L. orizabae:
7) vista polar, exina y ormamentacién X 1000. 8) vista superficial

X 1000. 9) vista ecuatorial con colpo X 1000. L. rzedowskii: 10) vis
ta ecuatorial, exina X 1000. 11) superficial X 1000. 12) ecuatorial
con colpo X 1000. L. schiedeanum: vista polar, colpos y grosor de la
exina X 1000. 14) detalle colpo y ornamentaciGn X 1000. L. usitati-
ssimm: 15) vista polar, exina X 1000. 16) superficial X 1000. vista
ecuatorial y colpo X 1000, 18) detalle colpo y exina X 1000.

78 Poly i Ob 8 G61 A Vo, 58,. No. 1

3) Los resultados de este trabajo confirman la opini6n de Saad (1961)
as{ como la de Xavier y Rogers (1963) de que en el género Linum se
pueden diferenciar las especies por la morfologia de sus granos de
polen, ya que fué posible separar los 6 taxa estudiados.

RESUMEN

El género Linum en el Valle de México camprende seis especies. De
acuerdo con el analisis realizado se observa que los granos de polen
son periporados y tricolpados. Fué posible distinguir cuatro tipos de
ornamentaciGn: baculada, pilada, gemada y verrugada.

Se elabordé una clave para separar las especies de acuerdo a la mor
fologia de los granos de polen y los principales caracteres que se uti
lizaron para separar las especies fueron: aberturas, Omamentaci6én, _
forma, tamano del grano, grosor de la nexina e {indice del 4rea polar.

SUMMARY

The genus Linum in the Valle de México is represented by six _—
species. Pollen grains are periporate and tricolpate Four types of -
ornamentaci@n were observed; baculate, pilate, verrucate and gemmate.

A key to separate species based on pollen characters is included -
and the principal characters useful for identification are: apertures,
Omamentation, form, size, nexine thickness and polar area index.

BIBLIOGRAFIA CONSULTADA

1) Arreguin-Sanchez, M.L. 1985 Una nueva especie de Linum
(Linaceae) del Valle de México. Phytologia 57(4): 261-266.

2) Erdtman, G. 1943. An introductim to pollen analysis. The Ronald
Press Co. New York. 239 p.p.

3) Erdtman, G. 1966. Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy
Angiosperms (An Introduction to Palynology I). Hafmer Publishing
Co. New York and London 553 pp. ,

4) Faegri K. & J. Iversen 1964. Texbook of pollen analysis. Hafmer
Publ. Co. New York, 237 p.p.

5) Kremp, G.O.W. 1968. Morphologic Encyclopedia of Palynology. The
University of Arizona Press. Tucson. 263 p.p.

6) Rogers, C.M. 1968 Yellow-flowered species of Linum in Central
America and Western NorthAmerica. Brittonia 20(2): 107-135.

7) Rogers, C.M. 1966. Sclerolinon a new genus in the Linaceae.
Madrono 18: 181-184

8) Rzedowski, J. & G.C. Rzedowski. 1979. Flora Fanerogamica del Va-
lle de México. 1:368-371. CECSA, México.

9) Saad, S.I. 1961 Pollen morphology and sporoderm stratification in
Linum. Grana Palynol. 3: 109-129.

10) Small, J.K. 1907. Linaceae in North Amer. Flora 25: 67-87.

11) Xavier, K.S. & C.M. Rogers. 1963. Pollen Morphology as a
taxonomic tool. in Linum. Rhodora 65: 137-145.

NEW COMBINATIONS IN HOUSTONIA AND OLDENLANDIA (RUBIACEAE)

Edward E. Terrell
Department of Botany, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742

Recent studies of North American Houstonia and Oldenlandia
have shown that the following new combinations are needed.

Houstonia greenei (A. Gray) Terrell, comb. nov.

Oldenlandia greenei A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 19: 77.
1883. Lectotype: Pinos Altos Mountains, New Mexico,
1880, E. L. Greene 149 (GH!); syntype: Ramsey's
Canyon, Arizona, 1882, Lemmon 2719 (GH!, PH!).

Hedyotis greenei (A. Gray) W. H. Lewis, Rhodora 63: 222.
1961.

This species is native to southern Arizona and southern New
Mexico. It is closely related to Houstonia arenaria Rose,
which occurs in Baja California.

Houstonia nigricans var. floridana (Standley) Terrell, comb. nov.

H. floridana Standley, N. Am. Fl. 32(1): 36. 1918. Type:
Cocoanut Grove, Biscayne Bay, Florida, July 1895,
A. H. Curtiss 5484 (Holotype, US!; isotypes, FLAS!, NY!)

Hedyotis | purpurea - var. floridana (Standley) Fosberg, Castanea
19: 36. 1954.

Houstonia nigricans var. pulvinata (Small) Terrell, comb. nov.

H. pulvinata Small, Bull. N.Y. Bot. Garden 1: 289-290. 1899.
Lectotype: sandy soil, St. Augustine, Florida, July
1876, Mary C. Reynolds (NY!; isotype, NA!); syntypes:
same locality and date, A. P. Garber (NY!, US-2!)

Hedyotis nigricans var. pulvinata (Small) Fosbeve: Castanea
19: 37. 1954.

These two varieties are the result of a detailed study of
Houstonia nigricans in the southern United States and will
be discussed further in a separate paper.

79

80 PHBH TY STRORLMORG FT RA Vol. 59, No.
Oldenlandia drymarioides (Standley) Terrell, comb. nov.

Houstonia drymarioides Standley, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 18:
162. 1928. Type: Mexico. Mountains south of Victoria,
Tamaulipas, alt. 1000 m., 9 April 1926, Robert Runyon
870 (Holotype: US!; Isotype: F:). Paratype: same
locality and date, Robert Runyon and B. C. Tharp 4039
GTEX!,. US?)

Hedyotis drymarioides (Standley) W. H. Lewis, Rhodora 63:
221. 1961.

This species is known only from the collections cited. Seed
and all other morphological characteristics indicate that it
is closely related to Oldenlandia ovata S. Watson (Hedyotis
watsonii W. H. Lewis) and 0. microtheca (Schlechtendahl &
Chamisso) DC., which are native to northern and central
Mexico.

Seymeria cassioides (Walt.) Blake: New to Arkansas
by

R. Dale Thomas, Sherri Leslie, and Susan Hooks. The NLU
Herbarium, Stubbs Hall 232, Dept. of Biology, Northeast
Louisiana University, Monroe, 71209-0502.

Recent field work in southern Arkansas has produced
several interesting species. One of these, Seymeria
cassioides (Walt.) Blake, is nes to the state. The only
species of this scrophulariaceous genus given by Smith
(1978) is S. macrophylla Nutt. Correll and Johnston
(1970) give the range of S. cassioides as being from the
Bahamas and from pinelands of east Texas, Florida, and
Louisiana and north to Virginia, Tennessee and Alabama.

It is scattered in pine woods in Louisiana and was collected
during a recent survey of the plants of nearby Union Parish
in Louisiana (Moore 1984).
During August, 1984, Thomas, Leslie, and B. E. Dutton
collected this species from Bradley County, Arkansas
while doing a survey of the plants of that county for
Leslie's M.S. thesis study at NLU. The citation is:
BRADLEY, ARKANSAS: Johnsville Prairie, 5.9 miles
south of Johnsville and Ark. 189, off unnamed dirt
county road in pine woods, Sec. 22, T16S, R9W,
5 August 1984, Thomas 90268 and Leslie 295.
The population was visited and collected from again
on 21 August 1985 (Thomas 93437 and Leslie 1238) and
again on 28 August 1985 (Leslie 1430).
While doing field work for the survey of plants of
Ashley County, Arkansas for the M.S. thesis project of
Susan Hooks, two of the authors found a large population
of Seymeria cassioides near the Ouachita River in that
county. The citation is:
ASHLEY, ARKANSAS: Along roads in pine woods south of
U.S. 82 and east of the Ouachita River in Felsenthal
National Wildlife Refuge west of Crossett, Sec. 18,
T18S, ROW, Thomas 93193 and Hooks 1199, 2 August 1985.
The site was collected from again on 14 August 1985
(Thomas 93377 and Hooks 1357) and again on 10 October
1985 (Hooks 1405).

Both these populations are large and well established.

Vouchers are deposited at NLU and are available for study.

81

82 Pony FOE OG PR Vol. 59, No. -1
LITERATURE CITED

Correll ".D.“S: and Mle.” Johnston: 1970*"~ Manual“of ‘the
Vascular Plants of Texas. Renner: Texas Research
Foundation. 1881 p.

Moore, D. C. 1984. A Preliminary Survey of the Vascular
Plants of Union Parish, Louisiana. Unpublished
Masters of Science Thesis, Northeast Louisiana
University, Monroe. 118 p.

Smith, E. B. 1978. An Atlas and Annotated List of the
Vascular Plants of Arkansas. Fayetteville: The
University of Arkansas Book Store. 592 p.

ANNOUNCEMENT

NORTHEAST LOUISIANA UNIVERSITY publishes a series of
articles about the Flora of Louisiana entitled "Contri-
butions of the Herbarium of Northeast Louisiana University."
To date six numbers have been published as follows:
1. 1980. A Checklist of the Vascular Plants of Morehouse,
Richland, and West Carroll Parishes of Northeast
Louisiana. Now out of print.
1981. A Checklist of the Woody Plants of Louisiana.
Now out of print.
A Preliminary checklist of the dicotyledons of Louisiana.
39. 080.,,rubiishea in. tgp .
A Preliminary checklist of the Pteridosperms, Gymnosperms,
and Monocotyledons of Louisiana. 3.00. Published in 1984.
A Preliminary Checklist of the Vascular Flora of Allen
Parish, Louisiana. 2.00. Published in 1984.
. A Preliminary Checklist of the Vascular Flora of
Washington and St. Tammany Parishes, Louisiana.
3.00. Published. in 1985.

CN AO Ee ih

The last four publications are available from Dr. R. Dale
Thomas, Director of the NLU Herbarium, Department of
Biology, 232 Stubbs Hall, Northeast Louisiana University,
Monroe, La. ~_ 71209-0502.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

“RANCHO LA BREA: TREASURES OF THE TAR PITS" edited by John M. Harris
& George T. Jefferson, vii & 87 pp., 69 color & 10 b/w pl., 4
color maps, & 3 color & 2 b/w tab.. University of Washington
Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1985. $9.95 paperbound.

This very attractive, informative book was prepared by the in-
volved scientific staff of the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles
and of the Page Museum of La Brea Discoveries in Hancock Park, a new
satellite facility of the former in Los Angeles, California. Here
is both an important tourist and study site for these tar or asphalt
pit-caught animals and plants that, when restored, provide a detailed
picture of life in North America during the closing phases of the
last great Ice Age in the Pleistocene. It is much more than a sou-
venir because it explains how the area was previously used, “how the
asphalt deposits were formed, how the fossils came to be preserved.
and how they were later discovered and excavated. Each group of
fossils is described, illustrated, and placed in context," including
the mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians (all topheavy with carni-
vores over herbivores), fish, invertebrates and plants -- some even
stuck between fossil teeth.

"PLANET EARTH 2000" by David Lambert in Your World 2000 Series
edited by Isaac Asimov, 64 pp,, 59 color photo., 22 fig., 12
maps, 2 tab, 1 b/w map & 5 b/w photo. Facts on File Publica-
tions. ine. NewYork, N. Y< 10016. 1985... ~$9).95:.

With very effectively and colorfully illustrated chapters on
mankind's increasing numbers, profligate and abusive treatment of
our air, water, land and energy supplies during the last few cen-
turies we human beings have certainly changed the face of the
earth! The famous editor of this book series for easy reading
states that “we must look squarely at the dangers and problems.....
There are a number of things that can be done, so this is a book of
hope as well as of warning."

"TECHNOLOGY 2000" hy Peter Evans in Your World 2000 Series edited
by Isaac Asimov, 64 pp.» 71 color photo, 20 cplor draw., 3 b/w
draw & 1 b/w photo. Facts on File Publications, Inc., New York,
Nov. TO0163" 1985. $9.95:

In this easy reading. effectively and copiously illustrated book
we are told "what the technological world of the year 2000 might be
if we proceed in a sensible way" for the welfare and comfort of human

83

R4 Rote Ve he OE OG: 1A Vols 59° No.

beings in terms of expansion of information, transportation and com-
munication, health and medicine, work and leisure, education and
space.

“MUSKEG AND THE NORTHERN ENVIRONMENT IN CANADA" edited by N. W. Rad-
ford C. 0. Brawner for the Muskeg Subcommittee of the NRC As-
sociate Committee on Geotechnical Research. xi & 399 pp., 192
b/w fig. incl. 65 photo. & 28 maps, 40 tab. & 3 color maps.
University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S1 A6
or Buffalo, New York 14203. 1977. $35.00.

Muskeg is an Algonquin Indian term for peatland covered mainly
with Sphagnum mosses, tussocky sedges and sometimes scrubby trees
covering over a million sq. km.. This book is composed of 14 papers
discussing man's present and projected uses from simple peat fuel or
soil fertilizer to more elaborate agricultural and industrial utili-
zation and to access to oil and gas fields by road or rail which
are proven more destructive than properly constructed pipelining.

If destroyed, muskeg with its nutrient and moisture sources is

irreplaceable and adversely effective upon adjacent land and water-
ways. The last chapter considers conservation, wildlife viewing and
preservation, and naturalist and simple pleasure oriented recreation.

"MEMBRANE BIOCHEMISTRY - A Laboratory Manual on Transport and
Bioenergetics" edited by Ernesto Carafoli & Giorgio Semenza, x
& 175 pp., 50 b/w fig. incl. 4 photo., & 10 tab. Springer-
Verlag, Berlin & Heidelberg, Germany & New York, N. Y. 10010.
1979. $14.80 paperbound.

These topics and techniques are still valid for today's univer-
sity classes and can be synchronized well with some of the better
companion texts. These exercises are based on 4 advanced courses
in the Swiss Federal Institute nf Technology requiring relatively
unsophisticated instrumentation. Some of the 17 programs include;
transport of sugars in bacteria, calcium transport in resealed
erythrocytes and in sarcoplasmic reticulum vescicles, anion and
calcium transport in mitochondria and the function of the purple
membrane in Halobacterium halobium. I sincerely hope that no staff
members lecturing or in the lab would attempt to assign students
to this important work involved without actually doing the experi-
ments first themselves. This statement is meant not only for this
clearly stated book, but for all kinds of sets of laboratory
direction texts.

197
b/’ PHYTOLOGIA

" international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication

Voly5% = January 1986 No. 2

JAN 20 1986

Is vad .
BOTANICA) caeney.
rer CONTENTS

SPENCER, L. B., Six new species of North American Zephyranthes. . .85
TURNER, B. L., A new species of Senecio (Asteraceae) from

ME MREMIIING Pf) Geta ATO LO oe LL Rc rok rake avilable ere 89
TURNER, B. L., A new species of Galinsoga (Asteraceae-Heliantheae)

MENS RSMAS. FN hE Ry, Sc, 6S ka Woe ess kaw oa le a es 91
ALLORGE, L., & TEO, L. E., A New Kopsia from Malaysia

ee a IE lest, Fat OO ae Se RO Ma SC a eee SR 93
HERRERA ARRIETA, Y., Nuevos registros de gramineas para el Estado

8 SN USE Ser eg oer GPUs ar ule Spee 4a angi Ales tk ae aE 95
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum

( Verbenaceae). eh ates ye pee Ot RES Shae ts air NED I A 3 100
CARVAJAL, S., Notas sobre la flora fanerogamica de Nueva

RE SESSA BE AD Gat Sls Sit es Na gs a 127
ee 1S Gok reviews. =)... oe SE OV Ee os 22 es 148

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma I.. Moldenke
590 Hemlock Avenue N.W.
Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00
after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and
domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for
numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the
next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if
payment is received after a volume is closed.

SIX NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN ZEPHYRANTHES

Lorraine B. Spencer
Wake Forest University*

Zephyranthes, indigenous and limited to the Western Hemi-
sphere, is an entirely American genus of the Amaryllidaceae.
Some sixty species occur in warm temperate to tropical areas,
from near sea level to plateau and mountainous regions. Although
several North American species have been reported in recent
years, other accessions have not been described. Of these taxa,
one is from Guatemala, three from Mexico, one is a natural
hybrid found in Panama by the late Ira Nelson, and one is a green-
house volunteer seedling hybrid.

Zephyranthes guatemalensis L. B. Spencer, sp.’ nov. Bulbo
globoso 2.2 cm diametro, collo 3.5 cm longo; foliis ad 35 cm

longis, 4-6 mm latis, primo erectis, concavis, subviridissimis;
scapo 14-18 cm longo, prope basin rubello; pedicello 4-7 m
longo; ovario 1.5-3 mm; spatha 2-2.3 cm longo, bifida in dimidio
superiore; perianthi tubo 1.7-2.5 cm longo; perianthio albo 5 cm
longo. segmentis oblanceolatis, sepalis 1-2 cm latis, petalis

9 mm latis; filamentis 3 cm longis; antheris 1 cm longis; stylo
4 cm longo; stigmate trifido, antheras superanti. Chromosomatum
numerus: 2n-36 (Flagg unpub.).

Bulb globose, 2.2 cm diam, neck 3.5 cm long; leaves to 35
cm long, 4-6 mm wide, erect at first, concave, very light green;
scape 14-18 cm long, reddish near base; pedicel 4-7 mm; ovary
1.5-3 mm; spathe 2-2.3 cm long, bifid 1/2 way; perianth tube
1.7-2.5 cm long; perianth white, 5 cm long; segments oblanceo-
late, sepals 1-2 cm wide, petals 9 mm wide; filaments 3 cm long;
anthers 1 cm long; style 4 cm long; stigma trifid, exceeds anthers.
Chromosome number: 2n-36 (Flagg unpub.).

Type specimen: Antigua, Guatemala, O. E. White, 1 Jul
1947; brought to BEF 4 Oct 1947, BEF 11433-47-54, spec. from cult.,
12 June 1962, rof (WFU). Holotype (WFU); Isotype (WFU).

* Present address: St. Augustine's College, Raleigh, NC 27511

85

86 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, No. 2

Zephyranthes latissimafolia L. B. Spencer, sp. nov. Bulbo
ad 2.5 cm diametro, collo 3.5 cm longo; foliis plerumque quinque,
8-19 cm longis, 7-9 mm ad basim latis, 3-4 mm ad apicem obtusum;
scapo 7 cm longo, tenuissimo, ad 16 cm fructifero; ovario sessili
7 mm longo; spatha 2.5 cm longa, bifida; perianthi tubo |] cm
longo; perianthio albo externe rubescenti; segmentis 3 cm longis,
1 cm latis; filamentis in duobus collocationibus; antheris
surrectis; stigmate trifido antheras subtendenti. Chromosomatum
numerus: 2n-48 (Flagg, unpub.).

Bulb 2.5 cm diam; neck 3.5 cm; leaves usually 5, 8-19 cm
long, 7-9 mm wide at base, 3-4 at obtuse tip; scape 7 cm long;
very delicate, elongates to 16 cm in fruit; ovary 7 mm sessile;
spathe 2.5 cm, bifid; perianth tube 1 cm; perianth white with
pink flush without; segments 3 cm long, 1 cm wide; filaments at
2 levels, anthers sub-erect; stigma trifid, subtends anthers.
Chromosome number: 2n-48 (Flagg, unpub.).

Type specimen: Mexico: Mexico 45, 11 mi S of Mexico 80 in
Jalisco, near Guanajuato state line, bulbs collected 4 June
1961, BEF 15289-61, Flory and Flagg 48, spec. from cult., 6 Jul
1962 (WFU). Holotype (WFU); Isotype (WFU).

Zephyranthes katheriniae L. B. Spencer, sp. nov. Bulbo
ovoideo ad 2 cm diametro, collo ad 1.5 cm longo, tunicis umbrinis;
foliis erectis 25-35 cm longis, 2-3 mm latis; scapo 18-25 cm
longo; spatha rosea, bifida, 2.7-3 cm longa; pedicello 2.8-3.8 cm
longo; ovario 4 mm; perianthi tubo gracili, 2 cm longo; peri-
anthio ‘(cum tubo) 5.5-6 cm longo, flavo et profunde rubescenti;
segmentis obovatis, acuminatis; staminibus dimidio quam segmentis
brevioribus; stigmate breviter trifido, antheras subtendenti.
Chromosomatum numerus: 2n-48 (Flagg, 1961).

Bulb ovoid, 2 cm diam; neck 1.5 cm long, dark brown tunics;
leaves erect, from 25-35 cm long, 2-3 mm wide; scape 18-25 cm
long; spathe pink, bifid, 2.7-3 cm long; pedicel 2.8-3.8 cm
long; ovary 4 mm; perianth tube slender, 2 cm long; perianth
5.5-6 cm including tube, yellow heavily flushed with red;
segments obovate, acuminate; stamens 1/2 length of segments;
stigma shortly trifid, subtends anthers. Chromosome number:
2n-48 (Flagg, 1961).

1986 Spencer, Six new species

Type specimen: Mexico: near Jacala, Mrs. Morris Clint
M 618, 30 Sep 1957, bulbs BEF 14164-57, 27 Dec 1961, spec. from
cult., (WFU). Holotype (WFU); Isotype (WFU).

Zephyranthes subflava L. B. Spencer, sp. nov. Bulbo sub-
globoso 8-12 cm diametro, collo 5-6 mm longo; foliis 27 cm
longis, 2-3 mm latis, aliquantum tortis; scapo 21 cm longo;
spatha bifida aut fenestrata, 2.2 cm longa; pedicello 3.5 cm
longo; ovario 4 mm; perianthi tubo 1.2 cm longo; perianthio
eburneo 5 cm longo; segmentis acutis, sepalis 10-11 mm latis,
petalis 9 mm latis; filamentis eiusdem coloris quam perianthio,
13 mm longis; antheris flavis, 1 cm longis; stylo 2.7 cm longo;
stigmate trifido antheras superanti. Chromosomatum numerus:
2n-24 (Flagg unpub.).

Bulb subglobose, 8 mm diam; neck 5-6 mm long; leaves 27 cm
long, 2-3 mm wide, somewhat twisted; scape 21 cm long; spathe
bifid or fenestrate, 2.2 cm long; pedicel 3.5 cm long; ovary 4
mm; perianth tube 1.2 cm; perianth ivory-yellow, 5 cm long;
segments acuminate, sepals 10-11 mm wide, petals 9 mm wide;
filaments color of perianth, 13 mm long; anthers yellow, 1 cm
long; style 2.7 cm long; stigma trifid, exceeding anthers.
Chromosome number: 2n-24 (Flagg unpub.).

Type specimen: Mexico: State of San Luis Potosi, in valley
E of El Naranjo (Maiz Road), Mrs. Morris Clint M-550, 15 Oct
1961, bulbs BEF 14182-57, spec. from cult., 27 Dec. 1961 (WFU);
Isotype (WFU).

Zephyranthes x flaggii L. B. Spencer, sp. nov. Bulbo
subgloboso ad 2.2 cm diametro, collo 12-13 mm longo; foliis

12-15 cm longis, 2-3 mm latis; scapo 8-12 cm longo; pedicello
1.5-2.1 cm longo; ovario 2 mm; spatha subrosea, bifida, plerumque
quam pedicello longiore, 1.8-2.1 cm longa; perianthio pallide
roseo (cum tubo) 2.5-3.5 cm longo; segmentis oblanceolatis, 6-8
mm latis; filamentis binatim 1.2 cm longis; antheris 6-8 m
longis, flavis; stylo 2-2.5 cm longo; stigmate penitus trifido,
antheras multo superanti. Chromosomatum numerus: 2n-21 (Flagg
unpub.).

Bulb subglobose 2.2 cm diam, neck 12-13 mm long; leaves
12-15 cm long, 2-3 mm wide; scape 8-12 cm long; pedicel 1.5-2.1
cm long; ovary 2 mm; spathe pinkish, bifid, usually longer than
pedicel, 1.8-2.1 cm long; perianth delicate pale pink, 2.5-3.5

87

88 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59\:4Nor-

cm long including tube; segments oblanceolate, 6-8 mm wide;
filaments in 2 sets, 1.2 cm long; anthers 6-8 mm long, yellow;

style 2-2.5 cm long; stigma deeply trifid, far exceeding anthers.

Chromosome number: 2n-2] (Flagg unpub.).

Type specimen: (apparently natural hybrid between Z. albi-
ella and Z. rosea), described on wrapping "No. 8-2-A; pink

Zephyranthes from Panama." BEF 13302-56, spec. from cult.,!14
Dec 1961 (WFU). Holotype (WFU); Isotype (WFU).

Zephyranthes x floryi L. B. Spencer, sp. nov. Bulbo 1.9-
2.5 cm diametro, collo 2.0-2.8 cm longo, libere prolificanti;
foliis 37 cm longis, 4 mm latis; scapo 16 cm longo; spatha
rosea, bifida, 2.6 cm longa; ovario 4 mm; perianthio roseo
(cum tubo) 4.3-5 cm longo; segmentis oblanceo latis; filamentis
2 cm longis; antheris 1 cm longis; stylo 3-3.2 cm longo; stig-
mate trifido antheras superanti. Chromosomatum numerus: 2n-45
(Flagg unpub.).

Bulb 2.5 cm diam, neck 2 cm long, proliferates freely;
leaves 37 cm long, 4 mm wide; scape 16 cm long; spathe pink,
bifid, 2.6 cm; ovary 4 mm; perianth pink, 4.3-5 cm long includ-
ing tube; segments oblanceolate; filaments 2 cm long; anthers
1 cm long; style 3-3.2 cm long; stigma trifid, exceeds anthers.
Chromosome number 2n-45 (Flagg unpub.).

Type specimen: BEF 14589-59, found by W. S. Flory in
1947, as a volunteer seedling in pot containing Z. x Ajax and
Z. grandiflora; self incompatible (WEU). Holotype (WFU).

Reference Cited
Flagg, R. O. 1961. Investigations in the Tribe Zephyrantheae

of the Amaryllidaceae. Ph.D. thesis, Alderman Library,
Univ. Va.

2

A NEW SPECIES OF SENBCIO (ASTERACEAE) FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO
B. L. Turner
Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin TX 78713

Routine identification of Compositae from northeastern Mexico
has revealed the following novelty. I am grateful to Ted Barkley
for his evaluation of the taxon and to M. C. Johnston for the Latin
diagnosis. Linda Vorobik provided the illustration.

SENECIO BARKLEYI B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Fig. l.

S. arizonicus accedens sed foliis parvioribus, petiolis
brevioribus, capitulescentiis magnioribus, ligulis longioribus,
achaeniis glabris. '

Perennial, stoloniferous herbs 6-20 cm high. Stems at first
flocculose but soon glabrate. Leaves mostly basal, clasping, 3-5
cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, flocculose but soon glabrate; petioles
winged, 5-10 mm long; blades oblanceolate to oval or somewhat
deltoid, pinnately veined, irregularly serrulate; stem-leaves much-
reduced, remote, lanceolate. Heads terminal, 1-2 per stem, the
peduncles 4-8 mm long (from upper-most, bract-like, leaf).
Involucre broadly campanulate, 9-10 mm high, 10-14 mm wide; bracts
ca 1l, sparsely flocculose, but soon glabrate, acute and somewhat
tufted at the apex. Ray florets 11; corollas yellow, the ligules
ca 12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Disk florets numerous; corollas
yellow, glabrous, tubular, 7-8 mm long. Achenes glabrous, ca 1.5
mm long; pappus of numerous white bristles, 6-8 mm long.

TYPE: MEXICO. TAMAULIPAS: Cerro Pena Nevada, exposed open areas,
limestone-derived soils, 1 Jun 1974, T. F. Patterson 1522
(holotype, TEX).

According to Ted Barkley (pers. comm.), for whom it is named,

the Senecio is unfamiliar to him "and apparently is a member of the
Lugentes assemblage, perhaps a cousin to S. arizonicus".

89

90

1S

eb.
tS

pene y OL OrG, 1A Vol. 59, No.

Fig. |. Senecio barkleyi, from holotype.

F-, NEW SPECIES OF GALINSOGA (ASTERACEAE-HELIANTHEAE )
FROM DURANGO, MEXICO

B. L. Turner

Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin TX 78713

Routine identification of recent collections from northern
Mexico has revealed the following novelty:

Galinsoga spellenbergii B. L. Turmer, sp. nov.

G. longipes accedens sed achaeniis compressis ad marginem
ciliatis, paleis linearibus, receptaculis valde conicis, etc.

Erect slender annuals 15-20 cm high. Stems striate, pubescent
with glandular trichomes. Leaves opposite, ovate, 1.5-2.5 cm long,
0.7-1.0 cm wide; petioles 2-5 mm long; blades 3-nervate from the
base, glabrous or nearly so, the margins remotely deticulate.
Heads 1-3 to a branch, borne terminal or axillary, the ultimate
peduncles glandular-pubescent, 1.5-4.5 cm long, usually bearing but
a single bract. Involucre glabrous, hemispheric 3.0-3.5 mm high,
5.5-6.5 mm across, 2-seriate; bracts (outer) ovate, somewhat
keeled, the inner bracts broadly oblanceolate, somewhat scarious.
Receptacle conical, ca 4.5 mm high, ca 2 mm across, the chaff
linear and unlobed, seemingly persistent. Ray florets 5; corollas
white, the tubes ca 1.5 mm long, pubescent, the ligules 4-5 mm
long, 3-lobed, the sinuses ca 2 mm. Disk florets numerous;
corollas yellow, ca 2 mm long, the tube ca 0.7 mm long, the throat
campanulate, ca 1.3 mm long, the lobes ca 0.5 mm long, reflexed.
Anthers ca 1.1 mm long, the appendages eglandular. Ray and disk
achenes similar, ca 3.5 mm long, ca 2 mm wide, broadly obovate,
decidedly flattened and incurved, glabrous with striking hyaline
ciliate margins, the latter ca 0.3 mm wide; pappus of 8 membranous
erose scales ca 1] mm long, orepappose.

TYPE: MEXICO. DURANGO: 106 road mi NW of Santiago Papasquiaro,
on road to Topia, 1 mi W of Cienaga Nuestra Senora, ca 2200 m, R.
Spellenberg & J. Zimmerman 6652 (holotype TEX; isotypes, according
to label data, CIANOC, MEXU, NMC, NY).

Galinsoga spellenbergii superficially resembles G. longipes
Canne and was so identified by Cronquist. It will key to that

species in Canne's (1977) revision of Galinsoga. It is different
in possessing conical receptacles, unlobed linear pales,
campanulate corollas, flattened, incurved, broadly obovate, achenes
with strikingly ciliate margins. Indeed, because of the achenal
characters, it is difficult to position in any of the several
sections of Galinsoga recognized by Canne. It has the receptacle
and pales of Sect. Stenocarpha, the elongate peduncles of Sect.
Elata (which appears to be as well situated in the genus Sabazia as

9)

92 PEHMYOT OLE O°, Ava Volpe 59:5, Noe 2

in Galinsoge), and the ray florets of Sect. Galinsoga. But the
flattened, incurved, marginally ciliate, achenes are unique (The
width of the ciliation is considerably exaggerated in Fig. l,
below). Nevertheless I would position the species in Galinsoga as
currently circumscribed (Canne, 1978), but the genus has certainly
become a very heterogeneous grouping and perhaps should be combined
with the earlier Sabazia, for the sect. Elata of Galinoga would sit
with equal equanimity in the latter genus, as perhaps would
Alliospermum, as noted, but not favored, by Robinson (1979). If
all three were united, oh woe, the earliest generic name would
become the recently resurrected Alliospermum (Robinson, 1979). But
it might come to that given a rigorous reappraisal.

The present species was collected in an "overgrazed opening in
canyon bottom with fir, pine, oak." It is named for the first
listed collector, a sound systematist, and prolific collector of
the desert southwest who is a Professor of Biology at New Mexico
State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico.

LITERATURE CITED

Canne, J. 1977. A revision of the genus Galinsoga (Compositae:
Heliantheae). Rhodora 79: 319-389.

Canne, J. 1978. Circumscription and generic relationships of
Galinsoga (Compositae: Heliantheae), Madroano 25: 81-93.
Robinson, H. 1979. Additions to Alliospermum, Galinsoga and

Tridax. Phytologia 44: 425-435.

Fig.l. Detail of disk floret.

A NEW KOPSIA FON MALAYSIA (APOCYNACEAE)
* “x
L. Allorge et L.E. TEO

*
Laboratoire de Phanérogamie, 16, rue Buffon, 75005, Paris, France
xs
Department of Chemistry of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.

F. Markgraf's revision of the genus Kopsia (Apocynaceae)
includes 16 species in Melaysia (1972). While determining new
material collected by J-R. Deverre for chemical studies, I noticed
the occurence of a new Kopsia species among it. This is described
below.

Kopsia deverrei L. Allorge, sp. nov.
rbuscula circa 8m alta. Rami oppositi vel quaterni vertici-
llati, internodio defecto. Folia opposita, integra, membranacea,
coriacea, 7,5-l2cm longa, 2,5-4cm lata, 6-7 paribus secondariorum
nervorum arcuatorum munita, margine aliquid revoluta. Acumen cani-
culatum, 0,5-lcm longum, apice glande prominenti triangulari
munitum. Petiolus 1,3cm longus.

Inflorescentiae multiflori terminales, pedunculo 0,6-1cm longo,
gracillimo. Florescencia annua per circa 15 dies.

Bracteae calycesque margine pubentes, Imm longi. Corolla alba
dextrorsa fauce purpureo-rubra. Lobi corollae diaphani vix asymme--
trici, margine tegenti ciliati, 1,25cm longi ; 0,6cm lati. Tubus
corollae 2-3cm longus, gracillimus fauce inflata stamina gerenti.
Stamina antheris omnino fertilibus, filamentis 1mm longis supra
clavunculam. Ovarium pubens ; carpella duo cum duabus brevioribus
sterilisque squamis alternantia. Stylus gracillimus, 2-3cm longus.
Clavuncula cylindrica hirsuta, pilis inferioribus longioribus tubum
faciantibus. Appendices clavunculae duae minutae.

Typus (Holo-,P) Deverre 25, Malaysia, Johor, road from Mersing
to Johor-Bahra, milestone 87. Primary exploited forest on sandy soil
near a stream, on flat ground 2km from seashore.

Further material : Stone and Chew. 6230, Johore, N.E. of
Lombong, Kota Tinggi Gunong Panti, West Ridge. 4.4.1966 (fl.) L. ;
Corner (SFN 2B6B0). Sungei Kayu Area, 12 th m.s., Mayai, Jamaluang
road, 20.1.1935 (f1.) L. ; Corner (SFN 37067), Bukit Tinjau Laut E
of Johore, 1000 ft, 6.8.1939 (fT.) L.

Kopsia__singapurensis Ridl., although it shares Kopsia
deverrei's flower color, differs in its longer corolla tube and
lobes, and its leaves 14-l6cm long by 7-llcm wide, with prominent
veins, among them 12-14 pairs of secondary ones. Kopsia lancifolia
Markgraf differs in its sessiles leaves and white proucre. Kopsia
tenuis Leenh. and van Steenis, in its two times smaller flowers.

Literature Cited :
Markgraf, F., 1972, Florae Malesianae Praecursores LIII. Apocynaceae
I]. 6. Urnularia, 7. Willughbeia, 8. Kopsia. Blumea 20 (2) : 407-
425. Deverre, J-B., 1985, Contribution a T'étude de la Flore
Ma laysienne ; Recherche de substances naturelles d'origine végétale
et d'intérét biologique. 19.6.1985, n° 298/83. Paris XI.
93

<=
a
o
oO
=/
oO
—
>
=
a

NUEVOS REGISTROS D= GRAMINEAS PARA EL ESTADO DE DURANGO

Yolanda Herrera Arrieta
Herbario CIIDIR-IPN, Unidad Durango, Zarco 113,
Vicente Guerrerc, Durango, Mexico, C.F. 34890

INTRODUCCION:

£1 Centro Interdisciplinario de Investigacién para el Desarro-
llo Integral Regional, del I.F.N., Unidad Durango, iniciéd en 1984
como parte de su programa del Estudio y Aprovechamiento de la Flo-
ra y Fauna del Estado, el proyecto "Agrostologia de los pastizales
de Durango".

De la revisién bibliografica y de ejemplares de herbario reali-
zada para los antecedentes del mencionado proyecto, as{ como de
las colectas recientes de material botAanico con motivo del estudio
floristico en desarrollo, se encontraron 15 taxa de la familia Gra
mineae cuya localizacién en Durango ampifa su distribucién conoci-
da. Asi también se encontré que existen otras 11 especies que tan-
poco han sido definitivamente citadas de Durango en la literatura
para este objeto revisada, uo obstante su esperada existencia en
el 4rea, ya sea por su amplia distribuci6én en México o porque se -
conoce de otras localidades del NW de México.

Los taxa de esta familia han sido citados en general para Mexi-
co por: Hitchcock (1913 y 1951), Beetle (1977), varios autores eu
North American Flora (1909-1939) y para algunas 4reas en particur:
lar como: McVaugh (1983), Wiggins (1980), Gould & Moran (1981), -
Shreve & Wiggins (1964), Johnston (1943) y Gould (1975).

Andropogon pringlei Scribn. & Merre Durango: mpio. de Pueblo -
Nuevo, 4 miles E of El Salto, 2710 m, area of pine-oaks-junipers,
lo. Oct. 53, Reeder & Reeder 2560, (ENCB). 2- miles E of El Salto,
2560 m, pine-oak region, 28 Jul. 58, Reeder & Reeder 3131, (NCB).

Se conoce segun McVaugh (1983: 49) de Jalisco, Michoac4n y Dis-
trito Federal; y segtin Beetle (1977: 322) de las montafias del cen-
tro de México en Puebla, Veracruz y Oaxaca.

Brachypodium mexicanum (Roem. & Schult.) Link. Durango: mpio.
de Pueblo Nuevo, 5 miles E of £1 Salto, 2560 m, in shady canyon,
28 Jul. 85, Reeder & Reeder 3132, (ENCB). About 28 miles E of Sta.
Lucia, road from Mazatlan to Durango, 2195 m, in rather dry ledge,
28 Sept. 53, Reeder & Reeder 2491, (ENCB). La Laja Victoria, cerca
del Salto, 2560 m, bosque de confiferas, 25 Ag. 69, Agustin May Nah
2227, (ENCB).e El Salto, 2390 m, bosque de pimo, 2 Age 69, Ae May -
Nah 2328, (ENCB)e

Esta especie se distribuye en bosque himedo de pino segun Mc—
Vaugh (1983: 98) en Baja California Sur, Aguascalientes y Nuevo -

Leén al N de Sudamérica.
95

96 Pen yn OF Lear Ge: THA Vol. 59. "No. 2

Bromus unioloides HB. Durango: mpio. de Nombre de Dios, 2 km al
S de Nombre de Dios, pastizal con nopalera, 25 nbril 85, Herrera
599 y 602 (CIIDIR, ENCB).

Maleza introducida, se distribuye segun Soderstrom & Beaman (--
1968: 487) en Coahuila, Hidalgo, Distrito Federal, Guatemala y Cos-
ta Rica. Valdés, Beetle & Gonzalez (1975: 53) y Beetle (1977: 336)
la mencionan de Chihuahua.

Cyclostachya stoloni{fera (Scribn.) Je & Ce Reeder. Durango: mpio.
de Penon Blanco, 12 miles Sw of Yerbanis, in thorn savanna, 1980 m,
5 Oct. 74, Reeder & Reeder 6493, (ENCB). Mpio. de Santa Clara, 9 mi
les N of Zacatecas state line along Hwy. 49, 1980 m, Acacia savanna
with nopal cacti, 4 Octe 74, Reeder & Reeder 6473, (ZNCB).e Mpio. de
Guadalupe Victoria, 47 km NE of Durango on Mexico # 40 to Torreon,
2 000 m, Bouteloua-Sporobolus grassland, 15 Sept. 78, Iltis & Lassa
igne 186, (=NCB). Mpio. de Poanas, Bancho El Ojo, pastizal de nava-
jita, 23 Oct. 85, Herrera 810, (CIIDIR).

Planta conocida de Zacatecas y San Luis Potos{ segin Reeder &§ —
Reeder (1963: 198); de Aquascalientes segun McVaugh (1963: 127) y
de Hidalgo y Mexico segun Beetle (1977:342).

Digitaria patens (Swallen) Henr. Durango: mpio. de Rodeo, 6 km
al NW de las Higueras, 1470 m, matorral espinoso con Brahea-—Cnidos-
colus, 4 Septe &3, Torrecillas 150, (CIIDIR, MEXU). Mina La Amparo,
15.7 km al W de la desviacién de las Migueras, 4 Sept. 83, Torreci-
llas 191, (CIIDIR, MEXU).

Henrard (1950: 527) lo cita de Texas. Beetle (1977: 345) lo reco
noce de Texas; Sonora, Coahuila y Nuevo Leon.

Digitaria termata (Rich.) Stapf. Durango: mpio. de Canatlan, 11
km al N de Benjamin Aranda, pastizal en el limite del bosque de en-
cinos, 18 Sept. 83, Herrera 298, (CIIDIR, ENCB).

Planta de los trépicos y subtrépicos del viejo mundo, introduci-
da como maleza segun McVaugh (1983: 146) en Aguascalientes, Guana—
juato, Jalisco, Estado de Mexico, Michoacan e Hidalgo.

Elymus riparius Wiegand. Durango: mpio. de Villa Unién, Los Moli
nos, 15 km al Sw de Villa Unién, 9 Dic. 80, maleza en orilla de ca-
nal, Gonz4lez & Herrera 1554, (CIIDIR, ENCB).

Especie escasa en la orilla de canales de riego, el tipo es: Mac
Daniels 3567, New York. Se distribuye segun Hitchcock (1951: 261)
en Quebec, Maine a Wisconsin y Nebraska, Caroline, Arkansas y Kan--
sas. Los recientes hallazgos de esta planta en Durango, quiz& son
los primeros que se mencionan de Féxico.

Hordeum arizornicum Covas. Durango: mpio. de Poanas, Los Molinos,
15 km al SW de Villa Unién, a la orilla de canal de riego, 17 Jun.
80, Gonzalez 1175, (CIIDIR, ENC3).

Especie escasa en la orilla de canales de riego, el tipo es: -
Thornber 536, Arizona. Wiggins (1980: 926) lo cita de campos irriga
dos y canales de riego de Arizona; tiel NE de Saja California y N de
Sonora.

1986 Herrera Arrieta, Nuevos registros 97

Lasiacis nigra Davidse. Durango: mpio. del Mezquital, 3 km al N
de Temohaya, 1400 m, bosque tropical caducifolio, 20 Oct. 84, Ye He
rrera 455, (CHAPA, CIIDIR, ENCB, MEXU).

Esta especie se encuentra en barrancas y laderas con pastizal,
matorral de Bursera, Karwinskia e Ipomoea arborescente en bosque se
co de encino o encino-pino, entre los 1000 y 2000 m de altitud. Se
conoce segun McVaugh (1983: 207) de Nayarit y Guanajuato a Puebla y
Guerrero, y de Tamaulipas a Chiapas; Centro América; Sudamérica.

Muhlenbergia brevivaginata Swallen. Durango: mpio. de Suchil, po
trero La Tinajita a 2 km al NE de San Juan de Michis, 2050 nm, pasti
zal en claros del bosque de encino, 13 En. 81, Ye Herrera 19, (CII-
DIR, ENCB). Mpio. del Mezquital, alrededores del rancho La Escondi-
da, bosque de encino-pino, 15 Jun. 85, Y. Herrera 662, (CIIDIR).

Especie escasa de bosque seco de encino o encino-pino. Entre -
1800 a 2500 m de altitud. Conocida segun mcVaugh (1983: 234) del S
' de Zacatecas y W de Jalisco. El tipo: McVaugh 13671, Jalisco.

Muhlenbergia diversiglumis Trin. Durango: mpio. del Mezquital; w
de Santa Ma. de Ocotan, vegetacién riparia en mediqdel bosque de pi
no-encino, 16 Oct. 84, GonzAlez y Acevedo 1498, (CIIDIR, ENCB). —~

Esta especie ha sido reportada (M¢Vaugh, 1983: 238), Sinaloa a -
Michoacan, México, Morelos y Chiapas; Centro América.

Paspalum crinitum Chase. Durango: mpio. de Sichil, 2 kn al NW de
Sichil, orilla de ojo de agua, 25 Jul. 84, S. Gonz&lez 2862 y 2875,
(CIIDIR, ENCB).

Reportada por McVaugh (1983: 312) de reas separadas: Coahuila,
San Luis Potos{, Puebla y Jalisco.

Paspalum notatum Fltigge. Durango: mpio. del Mezquital, 31 km de
La Guajolota por el camino a Charcos, 2000 m, estanque en medio del
bosque de encino-pino, 8 Oct. 84, S. & Me Gonzalez 2705, (CIIDIR, -
ENCB).

Especie conocida segun McVaugh (1983: 319) del Sz de EUA; Naya--
rit, Aguascalientes al S hasta Oaxaca, y de Tamaulipas y Nuevo Leén
hasta Chiapas; Sudamérica. Este registro constituye el primer repor
te del Nw de Mexico. ae

Paspalum tinctum Chase. Durango: mpio. de Durango, 10 km al E de
Durango, pastizal con Acacia schaffneri, 6 Sept. 84, Y. Herrera 445,
(CIIDIR, ENCB). Mpio. de Nombre de Dios, El Saltito, matorral xer&-
filo, 25 Abril 85, Y. Herrera 608, (CIIDIR, ENCB). Mpio. del Mezqui
tal, cerca de la Escondida, por el camince a Charcos, bosque de pino,
19 Sept. 84, Jimenez & Acevedo 60, (CIIDIR).

Especie muy escasa, Citada por Cnase (1929) de 4 localidades: Ja
lisco, Guanajuato, Morelos y Michoacan.

Velpia myuros (L.) k.C. Durango: mpio. de Sichil, 4 km al Sw de
Piedra Herrada, bosque de pins, 2 May. 81, Se & M. Gonzalez 1624 y
1639, (CHAPA, CIIDIR, ENCB).

98 Pony eG O8Gr yA

Maleza ampliamente distribuida en Norte América desde sleska y
Columbia Brit&nica a Mexico; segin Valdés y Hatch (1954: 260) se co
noce de San Luis Potos{, Hidalgo, México, Puebla, Morelos, Michoa-

c4n y Chiapas.

Especies cuya existencia se esperaba en el frea de estudio pero
que no se han encontrade definitivamente citadas para Durango en la

literatura:

Bromus porteri (Coulte ) Nash

Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koel.

Digitaria panicea (Swartz) Urban.

Eriochloa lemmonii (Vasey) Scribn.

Hackelochloa granularis (Le) Kunth

Lolium perenne Le

Muhlenbergia confusa (Fourn. )
Swallen

Paspalum humboldtianum Flugge

Polypogon monspeliensis ({L.) Desfe

Sorghastrum nutans (L.) Nash

Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench.

Distribuida de Sonora a Nuevo
Leon al S hasta Campeche y -
Chiapas.

Maleza comin a través de Mexi-
CO.

Maleza de los trépicos del vie
jo mundo citada en América de:
N de Mexico, Guatemala, Cuba,
Jamaica y Triniaad.

Maleza conocida de Arizona; -
Chihuahua, Coahuila, Sinaloa,
Jalisco y Colima.

Maleza pantropical de amplia
distribucién en México.

Planta escapada de cultivo am-
pliamente distribuida en Mexi-
CO.

Distribucién conocida del N de
Mexico hasta Guatemala.

Bosques de pino de México (-
excepto Yucatan) a Panama y -
Argent ina.

Planta introducida de Beja Ca-
lifornia Norte a Coahuila y
Pueblae

Flanta native de pastizales, ci
tada de Canada al S hasta Mexi
co; Sudamérica. 5n México cono
cida de Baja California, Sono-
ra, Zacatecas, Guanajuato, Ja-
lisco y Michoacan.

Planta introducida como forra-
je y escapada de cultivo a tra

1986 Herrera Arrieta, Nuevos registros 99

ves de Mexico.
LITERATURA CITADA:

Beetle, A.A. 1977. Notheworthy grasses from Mexico V. Phytologia -
Vol. 37(4): 317-407.

Chase, Ae 1929, The North American species of Paspalum, Contr. U.S.
Nate Herb. 28(1): 310.

Gould, F.W. 1975. The grasses of Texase College Station, Texas A. &
M. Univ. Presse 653 pp.

Gould, F.W. & R. Moran. 1981. The grasses of Baja California, Méxi-
coe San Diego Society of Nat. Hist. Memoir 12. 140 pp.

Henrard, J.M. 1950. Monograph of the genus Digitaria. Leiden. 999

PPe

Hitchcock, A.S. 1912. Mexican grasses in the United States National
Herbariun. Contre U.S. Nate Herb. 171: 121-389.

1951. Manual of the grasses of the United States, U.
S. Dept. Agre Misc. Publ. 200 ed. 2, revised by Agnes Chase.
Washington, D.C. 1051 pp.

Johnston, I.M. 1943. Plants of Coahuila, Eastern Chihuahua and ad—
joining Zacatecas and Durango II. Jour. Arne Arb. 24: 375=-
421.

McVaugh, Re 1983. Flora Novo-Galiciana. Vol. 14 Gramineae. Univ. of
Michigan. 1032 pp.

North American Flora. Vol. 17 Gramineae. 1909-1939. The New York Bo
tanical Garden. 8 parts.

Reeder, Je & C.G. Reeder. 1962. notes in Mexican grasses. II. Cyclos
tachya, a mew dioecious genus. Bull. Torre Bot. Club. Vol.
90, Noe 2: 193-201.

Valdés, Je, Ae Beetle & Me Gonzdlez. 1975. Gram{neas de Chihuahua.
Boletin pastizales, Rancho-Exp. La Campana, INIF=-SAG. Vol.
VI Now 3: 1-6.

Valdés, R.J. & S.L. Hatch. 1984. New Grass (Poaceae) Distribution
records for Mexico. SIDA 10(3): 259-262.

Soderstrom, T.R. & J.H. Beaman. .1968. The genus Bromus (Gramineae)
in Mexico and Central America. Publice of the Museum Michi-
gan State Univ. Biological Series Vole 3. No. 5: 465-520.

Wiggi..s, I.L. 1980. Flora of Baja California. Stanford University
Press. 1025 pp.

NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). X11

Harold N. Moldenke

CLERODENDORUM Burm.

Additional & emended bibliography: L. in Tornmer, Cent. Pl. 2: 23. 1756;
Osbeck, Dagbok Ostind. Resa [Itin.] 92, 215. & 228. 1757; L., Amoen. Acad.
4: 320. 1759; Osbeck, Voy. China E. Indies 1: 369, pl. 11. 1771; Pers., Sp.
Pl. 3: 362--366. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207--208, 578, &
889--890. 1821; Lind]., Edwards Bot. Reg. 11: pl. 945 (1826) and 12: pl. 956
& 1035. 1826; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy. 205. 1836; Hassk., Flora 25:
Beibl. 27. 1842; Hance in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 238. 1852; Lem., Jard.
Fleur. 4: Misc. 47--48. 1855; Seem., Bot. Voy. Herald 405. 1857; F. Muell.,
Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 3: 144--145. (1863) and 9: 5. 1875; F. Muell., Descrip.
Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 1, 5: i771 & 90--91. 1875; F. Muell., First Census
103. 1882; F. M. Bailey, Syn. Queens]. Fl. 381. 1883; F. M. Bailey, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Queens]. 1: 71. 1884; Palmer, Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales 17: 108.
1884; Henriq., Bol. Soc. Brot. 3: 144, 1885; F. M. Bailey, Queens]. Woods
93. 1888; TATE, Handb. Fl. Extratrop. S. Austral. 156 & 254. 1890; Moore,
Handb. Fl. N. S. Wales 357. 1893; Tepper. Bot. Centralbl. 54: 260. 1893;
Sims, Sketch Check-list Fl. Kaffr. 63. 1894; Tate in Horn, Sci. Exped. Cent.
Austr. 3: 175. 1896; Schinz, Abhand1]. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell. 21: 90.
1897; Durand & DeWild., Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 37: 124. 1898; F. M. Bai-
ley, Queens]. Woods 106. 1899; Banks & Soland., Illust. Austral. Pl. 2:
[Bot. Cook Voy.] 75, pl. 239. 1901; Voeltzkow, Abhandl. Senckenb. Naturf.
Gesell. 26: 552. 1902; F. M. Bailey in Meston, Expl. Bell.-Ker (Parliam.
Rep.) 14. 1904; DeWild, Ann. Mus. Cong. Belg. Bot.. ser. 5, 3: 122, 131--
138, & 255, pl. 11 & 23. 1909; F. M. Bailey, Oueensl. Agric. Journ. 27: 67.
1911; Hemsl., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1919: 128. 1919; Galpin, Bot. Surv. S.
Afr. Mem. 7: 13. 1925; Domin, Bibl. Bot. 22 (89): 1112. 1928; E. D. Merr.,
Sunyatsenia 1: 30. 1930; Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk, Med. Poison. Pl. S. East
Afr., ed. 1, 154--155 & 230. 1932; W. F. Hoffm., Lingn. Sci. Journ. 16: 301.
1937: J. Hutchins., Botanist S. Afr. 339, 363, & 672. 1946; R. O. Williams,
Useful Ornament. Pl. Zanzib. 61, 63, 66, 95, & 358. 1949; Backer, Blumea 6:
359. 1950; Menninger, 1950-1951 Offering 300 Diff. Flow. Trop, Trees [3].
1950; Wild, Rhodes. Agric. Journ. 49: 289. 1952; Wild, Veg. South. Rhodes.
Term. 11. 1952; Menninger, 1953 Cat. Flow. Trop. Trees 33. 1953; Menninger,
1954 Price List [2] (1954) and 1956 Price List [4]. 1955; Pardy, Rhodes.
Agric. Journ. 52: 414. 1955; Wild, Observ. Veg. Sabi 8. 1955; Wild, Rhodes.
Agric. Journ. 52: 538. 1955; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind.
1955: 63. 1956; Menninger, 1959 Price List [2]. 1958; Killick, Bot. Surv.

S. Afr. 32: 50, 70, & 112. 1959; Martin & Neal. Fl. Albany Bathhurst 92.
1960; Menninger, Flow. Trees World 282, 283, 313, 314, 317, 320, & 325.
1962; ~. White, For. Fl. North. Rhodes. 365 & 367. 1963; J. S. Beard, Des-
crop. Cat. W. Austral. Pl., ed. 1, 91. 1966 R H. Compton, Journ. S. Afr.
Bot. Supp]. 6: 66 & 156. 1966; C. A. Sm., Comm. Names S. Afr. Pl. 106, 439,
469, 498, & 600. 1966; Moll, For. Trees Natal 139. 1967; J. M. Watt, Lloydia
30: 2, 4, & 12. 1967; Moll, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 34: 75.1968; Wild, @Kirkia
7: 29 & 53. 1968; Gledhill, East. Cape Veld Fis. 201, fig. 2. 1969; Richards

100

1986 Moldenke, Notes on Cécrodendrawm 10)

& Morony Check List Fl. Mbala 236 & 237. 1969; Stearn, Notes Rec.
Roy. Soc. Lond. 24: 83. 1969; Van der Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl.
Kruger. Natl. Park 81. 1969; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (1): v
& titles 13561, 14758, & 15121. 1970; Fosberg, Atoll Res. Bull. 136:
109. 1970; Fosberg & Renvoize, Atoll Res. Bull. 136: 64, 109, & 152.
1970; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 46. 1970; Stoddart, Ben-
son, & Peake, Atoll. Res. Bull. 136: 127. 1970; D. R. W. Alexander,
Hong Kong Shrubs 25 & 28. 1971; Chippendale, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales 96: 256. 1971; Fosberg, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B.260: 218 &
225. 1971; Renvoize, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B. 260: 230. 1971; Pal-
mer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr., ed. 2, 3: 1963--1965 & 1967. 1972;
Venter, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 38: 231. 1972; Altschul, Drugs Foods 247
& 248. 1973; Jacobson, Kirkia 9: 172. 1973; Moriarty, Wild Fls. Ma-
lawi 139 & 140, pl. 70, fig. 1--4. 1975; Renvoize, Kew Bull. 30:
151. 1975; Venter, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 42: 216 & 230. 1976; Lebrun &
Stork, Ind. Cart. Repart. Pl. Vasc. Afr. 32. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt,
Bot. A.30: 419--421. 1978; Isaacson, Flow. Pl. Ind. 1:335. 1979; F.
Muell., Descrip. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 2, 5: 90--91 & iii. 1979,
Fosberg & Renvoize, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 7: [Fl. Aldabra] 7 & 219--
222, fig. 35 (3 & 4). 1980; Pal, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 22: 96--99.
1980; Ahmed, Chander, & Pereira, Int. Pest Control 23: 170--175.
1981; Francis, Austral. Rain-for. Trees, ed. 4, 367. 1981; Anon.,
Biol. Abstr. 75: 4154 & 9495. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 58: 432--462.
506, 507, 509, 511, & 512. 1985: Thompson & Morgan, Seed Cat. 1986:
5h 1985 Tinujitto.. Ennstia 035% 18." 1985.

CLERODENDRUM ANAFENSE Britton & P. Wils.
Additional bibliography: Grey & Hubbard, List Pl. Atkins Inst.
59; 1933; Mold., Phytologia 57: 476--478. 1985.

CLERODENDRUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM (Poir.) Spreng.

Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2,
1: 382. 1840; Mold., Phytologia 57: 482--484. 1985.

The CLerodendrum angustifolium R. A. Salisb. (1796), which ap-
pears at first glance to invalidate the C. angustifolium (Poir.)
Spreng, does not do so because Salisbury's use of the epithet was
superfluous (being merely a substitute name for C. fortunatum of
Linnaeus) and therefore was illegitimate and invalid.

CLERODENDRUM BUCHANANT (Roxb.) Walp.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 283--294, 339, &
345. 1985.

A key for distinguishing this species from some other cultivated
taxa is given under C, bethunianum Low in this present series of
notes.

CLERODENDRUM BUCHANANI var. GLABRUM (H. J Lam) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 291 & 293--294.
1985.

A key for distinguishing this taxon from some other commonly cul-
tivated taxa in this genus is given under C, bethunianwm Low in the
present series of notes.

102 PROT OO LO Voi". 59, Nos 2

CLERODENDRUM BUCHHOLZITI Gtirke j

Additiona! bibliography: A. Cnev., Etud. Fl. Afr. Cent. Franc. 1:
245. 1913; Mold., Phytologia 58: 294--300. 1985.

Chevalier (1913) lists an unnamed "var." of C£enodendnon schifferr
A. Chev., based on Chevalier 10905, from lower Ubangi in the Central
African Republic, which may belong here.

CLERODENDRUM BUCHNERI Glurke

Additional bibliography: Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 61
(1921) and imp. 2, 61. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 58: 330, 426, & 435.
1985.

CLERODENDRUM BUNGEI Steud.

Additional & emended bibliography: Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 87--89, 108, 109, iii, & viii. 1921;
Mold., Phytologia 58: 332--348, 407, 416, & 460. 1985.

CLERODENDRUM CALAMITOSUM L.

Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Pnan., ed. 2,
1: 382. 1840; Mold., Phytologia 58: 401--409 & 460. 1985.

A key to distinguish this species from some other commonly cul-
tivated taxa in this genus may be found under C, bethunianum Low in
the present series of notes.

CLERODENDRUM CAPITATUM (Willd.) Schum. & Thonn.

Additional synonymy: Cfenodendron fnancayilleanum “Buchinger ex
Baker" apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3,
3: 86 & 109 in syn. 1921. CLenodendron francivikleanum Buch. ex
Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: viii in
syn. 1921.

Additional & emended bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll.
3: 105 & 502. 1858; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz.,
ser. 3, 3: 75, 86, 109, & viii. 1921; Mold., Phytologia 58: 432--
442. 1985.

The CLerodendron capitatym var. subdentatum DeWild., included in
the synonymy of C. capitatum by me up until now, proves, instead, to
belong in the synonymy of C. {autectonum S. Moore.

A key to distinguish C. capitatum from some other commonly cul-
tivated taxa of this genus may be found under C. bethunianwm Low in
the present series of notes.

CLERODENDRUM CAPITATUM var. CEPHALANTHUM (Oliv.) J. G. Baker
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 432--436. 1985.
A key to distinguish this taxon from other commonly cultivated
species and varieties in this genus will be found under C. bethuni-
anwn Low in the present series of notes.

CLERODENDRUM COLEBROKIANUM Walp.

Additional synonymy: C£erodendron glandulosum "Colebr. ex 0.
Ktze." apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3,
37-109 h-synesl9212

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendraum 103

Additional & emended bibliography: Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Janda) Bot.« Buntenz.s1 Serin3s (3) 755.87). 885.1085, 1:09... .8ovt iin, 1:921,;
P'ei, Mem,.Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 125 & 158--159. 1932; Fletcher,
Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 405, 425, & 430. 1938; Mold., Phytologia
58: 454--462. 1985.

A key to distinguish this species from some other commonly culti-
vated taxa in this genus is given by me under C, bethunianwm Low in
the present series of notes.

CLERODENDRUM COMANS Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 58: 462. 1985.

Midrib very slender, flat above, prominulous beneath; secondaries ©
very slender. 7--10 per side, arcuate-ascending, usually indiscern-
ible above, subprominulous beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation
mostly indiscernible on both surfaces; cymes aggregated at the tips
of the branchlets, few-flowered, persistently bracteate, densely
fulvous-tomentelious throughout; peduncles slender, about 1.5 cm.
long, densely fulvous-tomentellous; pedicels slender, 2--3 mm. long,
densely fulvous-tomentellous; bracts numerous, persistent, conspicu-
ous, foliaceous, elliptic-obovate, to 1 cm. long and 4 mm. wide,
short-pubescent on both surfaces; bractlets and prophylla compara-
tively large, linear or oblong, more or less foliaceous, densely
short-pubescent on both surfaces; calyx membranous, obconic-tubular,
brunnescent in drying, 1.4--1.7 cm. long, to 1 cm. wide, rather
dendely puberulent on the outer surface, the rim distinctly 5-lobed,
the lobes ovate, about 3 mm. long and wide, apically acute; corolla
infundibular, its tube gradually ampliate from base to apex, about 2
cm. long, externally obscurely and irregularly pulverulent-puberu-
lent, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes 1--1.5 cm. long, apically rounded;
fruiting-calyx and fruit not known. ;

This species is based on Richand Baron 5909, collected somewhere
in Madagascar and deposited in the Paris herbarium. A key to dis-
tinguish it from the other known taxa in Madagascar is given by me
under C, banonianum Oliv. in this present series of notes. Thus far
it is known only from the original collection.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Banon 5909 (E--photo of type, F--photo of
type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type, P--
type):

CLERODENDRUM CONDENSATUM Miq.

This taxon, included among the accepted taxa in my 1980 "Sixth
Summary", 1S now regarded by me as a synonym of C. baacteatum var.
Sumatranum Ridl., which see.

CLERODENDRUM CONFUSUM H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 65--
66. 1918.

Synonymy: CLerodendraum ingortunatum Miq. ex H. Hallier, Meded.
Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 65 in syn. 1918 [not C. infontunatum Auct.,
1935, nor Dennst., 1959, nor Gaertn., 1778, nor Hassk., 1918, nor L.,
1753. nor Lind]., 1918, nor Lour., 1935, nor Retz., 1772, nor Vent.,
1821, nor Wight, 1918, nor Willd., 1976, nor C£enrodendraon infortuna-
tum Auct., 1963, nor Blume, 1918,, nor Bot. Reg., 1895, nor Dennst.,

104 Pony. Po LO Gel A Vol. 59), ‘Noi i2

1893, nor L., 1858, nor F.-Vill., 1882, nor Gaertn., 1885, nor Lam.,
1947, nor Lour., 1793, nor Schau., 1847, nor Walp., 1843, nor Wight,
1850]. C£enrodendron confusum H. Hallier apud H. J. Lam, Verbenac.
Malay. Arch. 290 & 363. 1919.

Bibliography: H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 65--66.
1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 290 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in
Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 90, 108, iii, &
viii. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Sunpl. 6: 49. 1926; Bakh., Journ.
Arnold Arb. 16: 70--71 & 472. 1935: Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 63, 64, 68, 72, & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit.
1: 16 (1946), 3: 941 (1949), and 4: 987. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 143, 144, 150, 158, & 180. 1949; Mold.,
Résumé 187, 189, 190, 204, 215, & 449. 1959; T. C. Whitmore, Guide
For. Brit. Solom. Isls. 173. 1966; Altschul, Lloydia 33: 195--198.
1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacoq. Titles 5 (10): vii & title 11888 (1970)
and 5 Cum. Gen. Ind. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 322, 340, & 358
(1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot.
Bull. 5: 63. 1972; Altschul, Drugs Foods 247. 1973; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 313, 330, 348, & 535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 253 (1982)
and 58: 291 & 353. 1985.

A shrub or tree, to 20 m. tall; trunk to 35 cm. in girth; bark
pale-brown, inner bark pinkish; sapwood soft, pale-yellow; branch-
lets rather slender, 3-5--6 mm. in diameter, obtusely tetragonal or
terete, rather densely appressed-puberulent witb short, cinereous or
brownish, strigose hairs, often somewhat flattened at the nodes;
nodes obscurely annulate; principal internodes 5.5--9 cm. long;
leaves decussate-opposite; petioles stout, 2--19 cm. long, appressed-
puberulent like the branchlets, mostly collapsing basally in drying;
leaf-scars not borne on spurs; leaf-blades thin-chartaceous, dark-
green above, light-green beneath, ovate or obcordate, 9--20 cm.
long, 6--14 cm. wide. apically abruptly acuminate, marginally en-
tire or obsoletely and irregularly repand-dentate, basally varying
from acute (on smaller leaves) to truncate, very sparsely scattered-
pilose or -strigillose above, more densely so on the larger venation,
more densely strigillose beneath, especially on the larger venation,
with cinereous hairs, prominently palmate- and clathrate-veined and
minutely glandular-punctulate beneath and usually marked with a few,
rather large, crateriform glands near the base and along the larger
veins, the base slightly bullate; midrib slender, flat or subprominu-
lent above, rounded-prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 5--7 per
side, ascending, not much arcuate, obscurely joined in many loops at
the very apex or else not joined, mostly flat above, prominulent be-
neath; tertiaries numerous and conspicuous, issuing at right angles
to the larger veins and connecting them, parallel, flat but plainly
visible (rarely obscure) above, prominulent beneath; veinlet reticu-
lation rather sparse, iNdiscernible above; inflorescence terminal,
paniculate, the panicles 15--19 cm. long, 9--10 cm. wide, with 3--5
pairs of opposite, rather distant branches, each branch rather few-
flowered and widely divergent; peduncles elongate, 5.5--7 cm. long,
along with the rachis densely appressed-puberulent like the branch-
lets, the sympodia 1.5--4 cm. long, usually elongate; bracts usually

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendrum 105

| pair at the base of the lowest pair of inflorescence-branches or a
pair subtending each pair of branches, the lowest largest, foliace-
ous, to 6 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide, long-stipitate, similar to the
leaves in all respects or more elliptic, the upper ones usually much
smaller; pedicels about 2 mm. long; calyx cyathiform, green or light-
areen, externally cinereous-pubescent, basally marked with rather
large discoid nectary glands 5-fid to 1/3 or 4% its length, the tube
about 5 mm. long, the lobes about 4 mm. long, apically acuminate,
with a rather inconspicuous median vein; corolla hypocrateri form,
white, the tube about 1 cm. long, slightly surpassing the calyx-
lobes, externally cinereous-pubescent, the lobes 6--8 mm. long, dor-
sally cinereous-pubescent; stamens about 3 cm. long, long-exserted;
style long-exserted; fruiting-calyx much enlarged, coriaceous, ven-
ose, partly enclosing the fruit, the tube 6--8 mm. long, the lobes
6--10 mm. long; fruit drupaceous, globose, about 8 mm. long and wide.

Hallier's description of this much misunderstood species is "Prae-
cedenti [C. infonrtunatum L.] arcte affine, sed notis compluribus bene
distinctum. Ramuli teretes vel obtuse tetragoni, brevissime cinereo-
puberuli. Foliorum petiolus longus, lamina ovata vel cordata, acum-
inata, integerrima vel obsolete et irregulariter repando-dentata,
Subtus prominenter palmato- et clathrato-nervosa, utrinque in nervis
pubescens et praeterea ubique pilis sparsis patulis scabra, subtus
ubique minute glanduloso-punctulata et imprimis prope basin et ner-
vos robustiores glandulis pezizaeformibus quam in sp. praecedente
rarioribus et multo majoribus praedita, basi haud bullata. Calyx
Cyathiformis, usque 1/3 vel % longitudinis tantum 5-fidus, extus
Cinereo-pubescens et praeter basin glandulis discoideis sat magnis
obspersus, lobis acuminatis, nervo mediano quam in sp. praecedente
multo minus conspicuo, circa fructum tantum magis prominente, in
fructu valde auctus, coriaceus, nervosus, coloratus, drupam (globo-
sam) subinvolucrans. Corollae tubus calycis lobos parum excedens,
extus sicut lobi cinereo-pubescens. Genitalia longe exserta. Ramu-
1i 3,5--6 mm crassi. Foliorum petiolus 2--19 cm longus, lamina 9--
20 cm longa, 6--10 cm lata. Pedicellus 2 mm, calycis tubus c. 5 mm,
lobi 4 mm, corollae tubus 1 cm, lobi 6--8 mm, stamina 3 cm longa.
Calycis fructigeri tubus c. 6--8 mm, lobi 6--10 mm longi. Drupa c.

8 mm diametro."

The species is based on Boenfage 4.n. from Buitenzorg, Java, col-
lected on December 19, 1888, Boenfage 4.n. from Kampong Baruh [=Neu-
dorf ] near Buitenzorg, collected October 27, 1888, a Co£ecton unde-
termined 4.n. from Karimandjawa, and a Tecjsmann 4.n. sent in 1867
from the Buitenzorg botanical garden and said to have originated in
Sumatra. Hallier (1918) records. the vernaculat name "kembang
bugang" and classifies the species in Schauer's Section Paniculata.

Collectors have encountered this plant at the edges of forests and
Kajewski states that on Bougainville island it is common’ in rain-
forests. His no, 1687 has especially elongated calyces. The spe-
cies has been collected from sealevel to 1200 m. altitude, in anthe-
sis in March,July, and October, and in fruit in March, October, and
November. Whitmore (1966) cites Brass 2919 & 3403 from the Solomon
Islands, while Foreman (1972) -- whose publication was issued in

106 Pati Vik Orb: Ob Giak 0A Voll. 59), Nol 2

1972, not "1971" as stated on the titlepage -- cites Kajewski 1687,
1925, & 1978 from Bougainville.

The corollas are uniformly described as “white” (viz., Kajewski
1687, McKee 1606, Petrus £ Patrick SAN.90643).

Kajewski lists the vernacular names "“kaka-fair" and “koru-kopu",
and tells us that on Bougainville the natives us this plant medicin-
ally -- the wet sappy part of stripped bark is applied to sore spots
on the body, the leaves are boiled in water and the decoction is then
applied to sore legs, and body sores and skin diseases are treated
with a mash made from leaves that have been allowed to rot in water.

In the synonymy listed above the C£erodendron/CLerodendwum in-
fortunatum accredited to “Auct." [auctorum or unidentified authors ],
to Blume, and to Schauer is a synonym of C, viscosum Vent., while
that credited to Dennstedt, to Hasskarl, to Walpers, and to Wight
is C. vilLosum Blume, that credited to Lindley and "Bot. Reg." [Bo-
tanical Register] is C. speciosissimum Van Geert, to Fernandez-
Villars is C. minahassae Teijsm. & Binn., to Lamarck is C, petasites
(Lour.) S. Moore, to Retzius and to Ventenat is C. infontunatum L.,
to Linnaeus is in part C, infonrtunatum L. and in part C, viklosum
Blume, to Loureiro is in part C, kaempfenri (Jacq.) Sieb. and in part
C. viscosum Vent., and to Gaertner and to Willdenow is in part C, ©
Anfortunatum L. and in part C, viscosum Vent.

Baknuizen (1935) cites Kajewski 1687, 1925, & 1978 from Bougain-
ville, Kajewski 2341 from Malaita, Kafewski 2502 from Gaudalcanal,
Brass 2919 from San Cristoval, and Bnass 3403 from Ysabel in the
Solomon Islands, recording the vernacular names there "“ambus-gor-le-
le", "e-ya-papor", "fuho", "kaka-fair", and “koru-kopu". He comments
tha "This species is closely related to C. busuanum Miq. which dif-
fers in the much longer corolla-tube and also to C. infonrtunatum L.,
which has a glabrous corolla and a longer corolla-tube. Neverthe-
less all these species may perhaps be considered as only extreme
forms of C. infortunatum L."

It seems probable that the Koonders 6.n. Cited below is actually
the Coffecton undesignated 4.n. collection referred to by Hallier
among his cotypes (syntypes) of this species, although in 1893 the
sheet containing this specimen was annotated by Hallier himself as C..
bLumeanwn SChau.

Material of C. confusum has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as C, b&wmeanum Schau. (a very different species) and
as the very closely related C. infontunatum L. and C. viscosum Vent.,
while Backer has suggested that Backer 22055 and Hallien 4.n. [14.
VII1.1896] may represent a natural hybrid between C, infortunatum and
C. villosum Blume. On the other hand, the Brass 2919 & 3403 and Ka-
femski 1925 & 1978, distributed as and cited by some authors (above)
as C. confusum, are actually C. burzuanum f. Lindawianum (Lauterb.)
Bakh.

Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Backer 22055 (Bz--19072,
Bz--19073, Bz--19074, Bz--19075, Bz--19076. Bz--25496, K, Ld--photo,
Mi--photo. N, N--photo, Ut--63768); Bakhuizen 6311 (Br, Bz--19064,
Bz--19065, Bz--19066, Bz--25493, Ca--301398, Ut--80177); Franssen

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 107

$.N. (Bz--19078); H. Hallier 4.n. [17.111.1893] (Bz--19070, Bz--
19071), o.n. [14.V111.1896] (Bz--19067, Bz--19068, Bz--19069); S£oo-
ten 560 (Bz--19062, Bz--19063, Bz--19077, K); Van Steenis 587 (Bz--
19061). Karimandjawa: Karta 192 (B, Bz--19083, Bz--25492); Koonders
41242b (Bz--19079), 41466b {108*] (Bz--19080), 4.n. (Bz--19081--co-
type, Bz--19082--cotype, Ld--photo of cotype, N--photo of cotype).
Kemoedjan: Kanta 391 (Bz--19083, Bz--25492). Sabah: Petaus & Pat-
nick SAN.90643 (Ld). Sumatra: Jacobson 3013 (Bz--19085). SOLOMON
ISLANDS: Bougainville: Kajewski 1687 (£1, Bz--19087, Bz--19100).
Malaita: McKee 1606 (Ng). CULTIVATED: Java: Tecjsmann 2646HB (Bz--
19059--cotype, Bz--19060--cotype), 4.n. [Hort. Bogor. 1867] (Ld--
photo, Le, N--photo, S--photo), 4 n. [Hort. Bogor. 1868] (K).

CLERODENDRUM CONGOLENSE GUrke ex Vergiat, Journ. Agr. Trop. Bot. Ap-
pliq. 17: 335 [as "C£enodendron” | 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
ANS OAL

Synonymy: C£erodendron congofense Girke ex Vergiat, Journ. Agr.
irop. Bote Appliguedses Sonu 19/0:

Bibliography: Vergiat, Journ. Agr. Trop. Bot. Appliq. 17: 335.
1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 218 & 535. 1980.

The original description given by Vergiat (1970) is: "Sous-
arbrisseau dressé de foret, taille 1 ma41,50m a trés larges
feuilles, tige ligneuse et tubulaire. Floraison: gros capitules 4
bractées violettes, fleur blanc creme a tres long tube, de 15 cm
minimum." He also reports that a decoction of the seeds is poisonous,
producing symptoms of intoxication, nervous trembling, cold chills,
vertigo, and swooning. As an antidote he recommends a decoction of
the bark of Benlinia acuminata, a Caesalpiniaceous legume.

Nothing else is known to me of this taxon and it is not listed in
the Index Kewensis. Possibly it may be an error for C. congense
Engl. [now known as C, umbelfatum var. congense (Engl.) Mold.]J, al-
though the description and the use of the authority "GUrke" render
this unlikely.

CLERODENDRUM CONSORS S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit. 57: 248 [as "CLero-
dendron"]. 1919; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.
Clerod.] 39, 68, & 92. 1936.

Synonymy: C£erodendron consons S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit. 57:
248. 1919. Ckenodendron fupakense S- Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit. 57:
247--248. 1919. C£erodendrwm Lupakense S. Moore apud B. Thomas,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 68 in syn. 1936.

Bibliography: S. Moore. Journ. Bot. Brit. 57: 247--249. 1919; A.
W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 39, 68, & 92. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
18. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 48 & 89
(1942) and ed. 2, 115 & 180. 1949; Mold., Résumé 141, 266, & 449.
1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228 & 450 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 218 & 535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 200. 1985.

A shrub; branches leafy, at first softly pubescent, later glab-
rescent; leaves decussate-opppsite; petioles to 2.5 cm. long, pubes-

108 PHS Tr ark Gr. A Vols 595 Nas 2

cent, basally articulate; leaf-blades membranous, paler beneath,
ovate or oblong-obovate, about 11 cm. long and 6 cm. wide, gradually
diminishing in size upwards, the floral ones about 3 cm. long and

1.5 cm. wide, all apically cuspidate-acuminate with an obtuse acumen,
marginally undulate, basally sometimes somewhat oblique and subro-
tund or obtuse, glabrous and shiny above, sparsely pubescent on the
venation beneath; inflorescence terminal, in all 7.5--10 cm. long

and 4 cm. wide, pubescent; cymes short, few-flowered, supra-axillary,
forming a thyrsoid, often foliaceous panicle; bracts linear, about 3
mm. long; pedicels 2--4 mm. long; calyx cylindric-infundibular, in
all 7--8 mm. long and 2--3 mm. wide, externally sparsely pubescent,
the tube broadly cylindric, the lobes deltoid, scarcely 2 mm. long,
shorter than the tube, apically acute; corodlla-tube about 1.4--1.5
cm. long, surpassing the calyx, basally 1.5--2 mm. wide, apically
attenuate, ampliate below the limb to 3 mm., glabrous, the lobes
suborbicular to broadly ovate, subequal, 3--4 mm. long and wide,
apically obtuse; stamens exserted about 5 mm. beyond the corolla-
mouth.

In order to compare the characters of Moore's supposed two. separ-
ate species (1919) his descriptions are given herewith: C, Lupaken-
ge 1S described as "Ramis foliosis molliter pubescentibus deinde
glabrescentibus; foliis oppositis ovatis vel oblongo-obovatis apice
Cuspidato-acuminatis ipso obtusis basi interdum aliquantulum obli-
quis subrotundatis vel obtusis margine undulatis. petiolis pubescen-
cvibus basi articulatis insidentibus membranaceis supra glabris niti-
disque subtus in nervis sparsim pubescentibus; cymis brevibus pauci-
floris supra axillas foliorum diminutorum affixis paniculam thyrsoi-
deam foliaceam efficientibus; floribus submediocribus pedicellatis;
calycis sparsim pubescentis tubo late cylindrico quam lobi deltoidei
acuti plabe longiore; corollae tubo calycem facile siperante basi
dilatato inde attenuato ipso sub limbo ampliato glabro lobis inter
se Subaequalibus suborbicularibus; staminibus usque circa 5 mm. ex-
sertis. Belgian Congo, Lupaka river; Kasenen, 2458 in part. Foli-
orum limbus usque 11 x 6 cm., superiora vero gradatim dimminuta;
folia floralis + 3 x 1.5 cm.; folia omnia pag. inf. pallidiora; peti-
oli summum 2.5 cm. long’ Inflorescentia tota circa 10 x 4 cm.,
pubescens. Bracteae lineares, + 3 mm. long. Pedicelli 2--3 mm.
long. Calyx in toto 8 mm. long., 3 mm. lat.; lobi soli vix 2 mm.
long. Corollae tubus 14 mm. long., basi 2 mm. lat., mox usque 1 mm.
subito constrictus, sub limbo 3 mm. lat.; lobi 4 x 4 mm."

C. consons iS described as "Ramulis foliisque praecedentis [C.
fupakense}] ; floribus pedicellatis cymosis cymis in paniculam termin-
alem quam folia breviorem foliis floralibus carentem digestis;
calyce cylindrico-infundibulari pubescente quam lobi deltoidei acu-
ti longiore; corollae tubo calycem bene excedente attenuato sub lim-
bo dilatato glabro lobis inter se subaequalibus late ovatis obtus-
issimis; staminibus usque 5 mm. exsertis. Belgian Congo, Lupaka
river; Kassner, 2458 in part. Inflorescentia 7.5 x 4 cm. Bracteae
lineares, + 3 mm. long. Pedicelli summum 4 mm. long. Calyx 7 mm.
long., 2 mm. lat.; lobi vix 2 mm. long. Corollae tubus 15 mm. long.,
ima basi 1.5 mm. fere usque ad limbum 1 mm.- ipso sub limbo 2 mm.
lates. lobgies ox shinies

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 109

He comments that "The affinity of both the above is with C. Ban-
teri Baker, but probably still more close with C. Bequaenté de Wild.
From this latter both are separated by the not denticulate-runcinate
leaves, the larger calyx and corolla, glabrous outside, and with
broader lobes. As between themselves the chief points of distinc-
tion are the inflorescence, the cymes mixed with floral leaves in
the one case and without them in the other, and the longer and
broader calyx of C. fupakense. To_judge from the description in
Fedde, Rep. xiii. 144, the inflorescence of C. Bequaerts is that of
C. Lupakense." Under C. bingaense S. Moore he notes that that this
species "Differs from C, Lupakense Chiefly in foliage and corolla."

Thomas (1936), citing only Kassner 2458, comments: "Hier sind 2
Arten auf denselben Typus begriindet worden; die angegebenen Unter-
schiede beziehen sich auf variable Verhdltnisse, wie sie an ein und
demselben Zweig auftreten, und sind sehr qering; es ist mir unver-
stdndlich, welche Grinde den Autor veranlassten, hier aus einer Art
zwei neue Spezies aufzustellen."

Nothing is known to me of this controversial taxon beyond what is
stated in the above bibliography.

CLERODENDRUM CORBISIERI DeWild.. Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 13: 144
[as "C£Lenodendron" ]. 1914; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 47, 84, & 92. 1936.

Synonymy: CLerodendron conbisieri DeWild., Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. 13: 144. 1914.

Bibliography: DeWild., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 13: 144 & 145.
1914; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 252. 1920; Prain,
Ind. Kew. Suppl]. 5, imp. 1. 61. 1921; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 47, 84, & 92. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
tribe Verbenac..4med:. 4.) 48.8 8921942: H. wNewh Als Molds, «Pl.
Life 2: 54. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 115
& 180. 1949; Mold., Résumé 141 & 449. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl.
5, imp. 2, 61. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 5 & 6. 1965; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 228 & 242 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
Cm 2B s 232,384) 8535 1980.

A many-stemmed, erect, perennial herb, 25--40 cm. tall, with a
woody basal rhizome, the remainder annual; stems greenish-brown;
branches erect, to 35 cm. long, not re-branched, shortly velutinous,
slightly scabrous; leaves opposite or in whorls of 3 or 4, sessile;
leaf-blades lanceolate-obovate, 5--10 cm. long, 0.8--1.5 cm. wide,
apically long-cuneate, marginally subentire or irregularly undulate,
basally more or less long-attenuate-narrowed, velutinous-Sscabrous on
both surfaces; inflorescence loosely paniculate, very leafy; peduncles
about 2.5 cm. long; cymes ramose, bracteolate, composed of 3-flowered
glomerules; bractlets about 2.5 mm. long, velutinous; pedicels 2--3
mm. long, velutinous; calyx about 5.5 mm. long, externally sparsely
velutinous, ciliate, the lobes cuneate, not rounded; corolla blue or
violet; fruit at first green, later blue.

The species is based on Conbisienr 592 (actually collected by
Homble’) from Welgelegen in Upper Katanga, Zaire, deposited in the
Brussels herbarium. The type collection is also sometimes cited as

110 PLR aT eOSPCONGSL TA Vol .-59, ‘NovlZ

Conbisienre & Fkonent 592, while Fedde & Schuster (1920) cite it as
HombLé 592.

DeWildeman (1914) correctly notes that this species is related to
C. erectum DeWild., C. Luembense DeWild., C. mynicoides (Hochst.) R.
Br., and C, ningoeti DeWild. in the Subgenus Cyclonema.

Leistner reports finding the plant growing on gray sandy flats
with open:savanna. It has been collected at 665 m. altitude, in
flower in February, March, September, and December, and in fruit in
December. Thomas (1936) cites only Conbisienr 592 and Pogge 1102a
from Zaire.

Citations: ZAIRE: Caffens 2262 (N), 3017 (N), 4063 (Ld); Conbis-
4en 592 [Homb£e 592] (Br--type, Br--isotype, Ld--photo of type, N--
fragment of isotype, N--photo of type); DeGiongi 4.n. [Envir. Elisa-
bethville 1923] (Br); Lecatnenr 1459 (Mu); Ringoet 2 (Br), 489 (Br);
pence 16092 (Br, Br). ANGOLA: E, J. Mendes 1897 (Ld, Ul); Torre
8790 (Ul).

CLERODENDRUM CORDIFOLIUM (Hochst.) A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2: 170
[as "C£erodendnon" ]. 1851; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 34, 56, & 93. 1936.

Synonymy: VoLkameria condifolia Hochst., Flora 25: 227. 1842.

CLerodendnon condifolium (Hochst.) A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2:

170. 1851. C&enodendron condifolLimm A. Rich. apud Jacks. in Hook. f.

& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893. VoLkamenia cordifolia

var. microphylla Schimp. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 53

in syn. 1940. C£enodendaum condifolium A. Rich., in herb.

Bibliography: Hochst., Flora 25: 227. 1842; Walp., Repert. Bot.

Systeute/ 100.0 1845.) Schany “insA; DE, ..Prodr.:.ac 657... 1847, AS Kish.

Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2 [Voy. Abyss. 3 (5)]: 170. 1851; Buek, Gen. Spec.

Syn. Candoll. 3: 502. 1858; Kotschy, Sitzungsher. Kais. Akad. Wiss.

51: 8. 1865; Aschers. in G. Schweinf., Beitr. Fl. Aethiop. 278. 1867;

Oliv., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 29: 132. 1875; Engl., Hochgebirgsfl.

Trop. Afr. 357. 1892; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1,

1: 561. 1893; GUrke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 341. 1895;

Jacks: iin! Hook. f.. & Jacks. , dind.: Kew. ,aamp. Jiji22) 1219. 189535.) G.

Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 294 & 304. 1900; Glrke,

Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 292. 1900; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser.

5, 3: 132. 1909; Wernham, Journ. Bot. Brit. 54: 231. 1916; Chipp,

Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1929: 185 & 193. 1929; E. A. Bruce, Kew Bull.

Misc. Inf. 1934: 306. 1934; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.

Clerod.] 14, 34, 56, & 93. 1936; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv.

Names 53. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 56. 1942; Mold., Known

Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 45, 49, 50, & 89. 1942; Jacks. in

Hooke-f.48 Jacks<selnd)., Kewss amp. 2.5) W561) (S46)rand amp+ 2... 2

1219. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 835 8 901. 1949; Mold., Known

Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 109, 110, 116, 118, & 180. 1949;

Snowden, Grass Comm. Mt. Veg. Uganda 20. 1953; Tarr, Fungi Pl. Dis-

eases Sudan 64 & 118. 1955; J. K. Jacks., Journ. Ecol. 44: 350. 1956;

Mold., Résumé 133, 134, 140, 141, 143, 146, 391, & 449. 1959; Jacks.

in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561 (1960) and imp. 3,

2: 1219. 1960; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 582. 1961; Cuf.,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwm an

Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 798. 1962; Lind & Tallantire, Some
Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda, ed. 1, 147 & 238. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
9: 3. 1964; Drar, Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb. 3: 110. 1970; Lind & Tal-
lantire, Some Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda, ed. 2, 147, 238, & 243. 1971;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 210, 212, 226--228, 233, 242, & 442 (1971) and
2: 733 & 864. 1971; Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav.
Univ. Off. Bujumb. Fac. Sci. C.20]: [230]. 1972; Mold., Phytologia
28: 441 (1974) and 31: 388. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 201, 203,
PUN ALB A222 234) 20 Loe ce & (535141 980i

A small, often climbing subshrub or shrub, 0.4--1.5 m. tall,
sparingly branched, growing in tufts, usually evergreen; stems soft-
ly pubescent; branchlets terete, unarmed, pubescent; leaves decus-
sate-opposite, petiolate; leaf-blades subcoriaceous, obcordate-ovate,
7.5--10 cm. long, apically acuminate, marginally entire, basally
cordate, glabrous above when mature, softly and finely pubescent be-
neath, especially on the venation; inflorescence terminal, amply pan-
iculate, brachiate, its branches pubescent, the cymes lax; pedicels
about 8 mm. long or as long as the calyx; calyx whitish or rose,
turning claret or purple, about 8 mm. long, externally softly pubes-
cent. not inflated, 5-fid to beyond the middie, the tube campanulate,
the lobes ovate or ovate-lanceolate, apically acute, about as long
as the tube; corolla white or cream-color, often tinged with rose in
the throat, the tube slender, 1.6--2 cm. long, the lobes subequal,
oblong, about 8 mm. long; stamens 4, about 2.5 cm. long, much exser-
ted, ascending; fruiting-calyx accrescent, red-violet or purple;
fruit small, drupaceous, at first green or greenish-bronze, turning
black when ripe, ovoid, apically obtuse, externally smooth, often 1-
seeded by abortion.

This species is based on Schimper 1132 from the mountains near the
Tacazze river, Ethiopia. Collectors have encountered it on savannas
and wooded savannas, along roadsides, in Cymbopogon afnronardus grass-
lands, in fire-swept grassy woodlands, forest edges, and patches of
scrub, as well as in dry places in general, at altitudes of 750--
2000 m., in anthesis in February, April, and July, and in fruit in
January, February, and April.

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Benrgdyck 17 and by
Lind & Tallantire (1962), “white, the center red" on Van den Gucht
287, “white with scarlet base" by Chipp (1929), "white, tinged rose
in base of throat" on Lebrun 3544, “greenish-cream, the throat rose-
red" on Genmain 511, and "petals-red, white at base" on Liben 209.

The species is said to be "well represented in the herbaceous lay-
er on savannas" in Zaire. Chipp (1929) avers that it is “confined
to East Africa, not reaching farther south than Tanganyika", citing
his nw. 46 & 49, Kotschy (1865) cites Binder &0 from about 7° N.
lat. in Ethiopia; Lewalle (1972) cites Lewakle 4668 from Burundi.
Cufodontis (1962) cites only Schimper 1132; Drar (1970) cites his
nos. 1084, 1085, 1155, 1415, 1510, 2099, & 2399 from the Sudan; Eng-
ler (18925 cites Dillon 4.n. and Schimper 19, these apparently being
the unnumbered Dillon and Schimper collections cited by Richard
(1851) when he transferred the species from VoLkamenia to CLenoden-
drawn. He notes that "J'avoue que je ne vois aucune difference de

dlr PSHEYS TONE JONG *A Vol= 5959Now 2

quelque importance entre les deux genres VoLkameria et Cherodendron.
En consequence, j'ai cru devoir rapporter l'arbuste abyssin désigne
par M. Hochstetter sous le nom de VoLkamenia cordifolia au grand
genre C£enodendron. Dans le §4 Densiffona, auquel elle me paratt
appartenir, par son inflorescence et la figure de ses feuilles, je
n'en vois aucune dont elle ne se distingue trés-facilement."

Tarr (1955) reports that in the Sudan this species is attacked
by the fungus Cercosporekka sp., Causing leaf spotting.

DeGraer affirms that the plant has medicinal properties [cfr.
Rev. Congo Fev.-Mars 1929]. Bergdyck reporte that the Azande tribes-
men in Zaire use the leaves medicinally against snakebite and regard
them as very efficacious.

Vernacular names reported for the plant are "mbisibaso", "nongowo",
"nungao", "yat-kwong-ubim", and "“yazakum".

Wernham (1916) claims that C. subpeftatwm Wernham has similar
leaves as those of C, condifoLium but much larger flowers; GUrke
(1900) avers that C. subneniforme Girke is probably related to C,
condifolium, Bruce (1934) asserts that her C. grandicalyx, now known
as C. fudscum Gtirke, is "very similar to C. condifokium A. Rich., but
may be distinguished by its conspicuous calyx".

Baker (1900) cites Kotschy 497 from Senner (Sudan), Schimper 1132
from Ethiopia, and Pethendick 4.n., Schweinfurth 1369 and Speke &
Grant 567 & 676 from Kenya-Uganda-Tanzania. DeWildeman (1909) cites
Magis 4.n. from Zaire.

Thomas (1936) cites Schweingurth 1317 & 1530 from Sudan, Neumann
155 & 156 and Schimper 19 from Ethiopia, Baker 198, Dummer 3728, and
Nigele 268 from Uganda, Grant s.n. and Tnrotha 23 from Tanganyika,
and Jessen 411 from Angola. For some reason unknown to me he desig-
nates "Grant--9.62" as the type of the species -- this is clearly in-
correct and inappropriate.

Material of C. condifolium has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C. umbe£éatum Poir. and as C. umbellatum var.
asperifolium (Thomas) Mold.

Citations: SUDAN: Bahr El Ghazal: Daan & Mahdi 1084 (Gz), 1085
(Gz), 11755 (Gz), 1415 (Gz). Dafur: Dnan & Mahdi 2099 (Gz), 2399
(Gz); Ibrahim s.n. [1958] (Gz); Lynes 1 (W--1348910), 568 (W--
1349042); Schweinfurth 1369 (S). Nubia: Prince Pauk of WUrtemberg
&.n. [1819] (Mu). ETHIOPIA: Quantin-Dillon & Petit s.n. (L); Schir
per 1132 (L--isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, N--photo of isotype, S--
isotype, S--isotype), 7677 (L). CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC: A. Chevag-
den 6742 (Br, N). ZAIRE: Becquet 95 (Br, Br, Br, Br); Belot 39 (Br,
N); Bergdyck 17 (Br); Blommaent 82 (Br); Bnredo 1326 (Br), 1490 (Br);
Chaessens 1495 (Br), 1937 (Br, N); Collector undetermined 135 (Br);
DeGanen 18 (Br, Br, Br); Delpienne 4.n. [Uele 1904] (Br); Germain
511 (Br, Br), 708 (Br, N); Gillet s.n.[Region de Kisantu 1907] (Br,
N); Lathowwenrs 111.6 (Br, Br); Lebrun 3544 (Br, Br); Liben 209 (Mu);
Magis 4.n. [Durumu 1907-8] (Br); Mearns 2857 (W--632851), 2864 (W--
632858); Pitteny 616 (Br, N), 878 (Br, Br, N); Scops 96 (Br); Van
der Gucht 287 (Br, N); Vandernyst 27563 (Br, N). BURUND]: Reekmans
3627 (Mu). UGANDA: Buydo£g s.n. [17/10/1965] (Gz); Mearns 2942 (W--
632939), 3028 (Br, W--633032).

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendraum 113

CLERODENDRUM COSTARICENSE Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 1002--
1003 [as "C£enodendron" ]. 1938; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 22 & 89. 1942.

Synonymy: CLenoderdron costaricense Stand|., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
18: 1002. 1928.

Bibliography: Stand]., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 1002--1003. 1938,
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 22 & 89. 1942; Mold.,
Alph. List Cit. 1: 58. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10:

55. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 344 & 352 (1948) and 3: 945.

1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 39 & 180. 1949;

Mold., Résumé 46 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 87 (1971) and 2:

864. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 80 & 535. 1980.

A scandent shrub, 5 m. tall, glabrous throughout except for the
inflorescence; branches slender, subterete, ochraceous; bark light-
brown; internodes elongate; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles
rather stout, about 1.5 cm. long; leaf-blades subpapyraceous or semi-
rigid, oblong-elliptic or broadly elliptic, 11--14 cm. long, 6--9 cm.
wide, apically abruptly and obtusely short-acuminate, marginally en-
tire, basally obtuse, green and moderately shiny above, almost sim-
ilarly green and shiny beneath, glabrous on both surfaces; midrib
and larger venation only subprominulent above, decidedly prominent
beneath; secondaries about 6 per side, broadly ascending, arcuate;
veinlets prominulous, loosely reticulate; inflorescence axillary, 3-
flowered; peduncles slender, 3--6 cm. long; bracts foliaceous, nar-
rowly oblong-lanceolate, 1.5--2.5 cm. long, apically attenuate-
acuminate; pedicels to 7 mm. long; flowers tetramerous; calyx (in
closed bud) externally sparsely and minutely strigillose toward the
base, otherwise glabrous, ellipsoid, 10--12 mm. long, obscurely
costate, shortly lobed, the lobes broadly ovate, apically shortly
caudate-apiculate; corolla hypocrateriform, very pale greenish-
yellowish when opening, fading to brown, glabrous, the tube about 12
mm. long, cylindric, about 2 mm. wide, apically not dilated, the limb
4-lobed, the lobes spreading, oblong, equaling the tube in length,
apically obtuse; stigma bilobed, the lobed curling.

This species is based on Austin Smith H.5&& collected in the
Caribbean cloud-forest, where it was climbing over vegetation at the
edge of woodland at La Pena de Zarcero, at 1650 m. altitude, Alajue-
la, Costa Rica, in April 1938, and is deposited in the Field Museum
herbarium in Chicago. Standley (1938) cites also Brenes 6147.

Smith notes: "fl. expanding to.35 mm."

There are some features about this plant that remind one strongly
of Aegiphifa costanicensis Mold. from the same general region.

CLerodendrum costanicense has been collected in anthesis in April
and material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria
as Melastomaceae.

Citations: COSTA RICA: Alajuela: Brenes 6147 (F--1063097); A.
Smith H.58& (F--919527--type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type,
N--photo of type).

CLERODENDRUM COSTATUM R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 1, 511.
1810.
Synonymy: C£Lenodendron costatum R. Br. apud Spreng. in L., Syst.

114 Pin YoT6.O5 27 O1G. A Volta 59 9 Nose

Veg., ed. 165/22 °759. 1825.

Bibliography: R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 1, 511 (1819)
and imp. 2 [Isis 1819:] 153. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1,
207. 1821; Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 2: 127. 1822; Loud., Encycl. Pl.
522. 1829; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit.,
ed. 2, 416. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 247. 1832; G. Don in
Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 247. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit.,
ed. 3, 550. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382. 1840; D.
Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 617. 1843; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 105.
1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 671. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 61 & 64.
1870; F. Muell., Second Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. 1: 173. 1889; F. M.
Bailey, Cat. Indig. Nat. Pl. Queens]. 36. 1890;, Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; F. M. Bailey, Queens).
Fl. 1182 & 1184. 1901; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queens]. Pl. 386.
1913; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3:
89, 108, & viii. 1921; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
2, 1: 561. 1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 152
& 180. 1949; Mold., Résumé 208 & 449. 1959; R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov.
Holl., imp. 3, 5117. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 345 (1971) and 2: 864.
1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 334, 348, 384, & 535. 1980.

Brown's original (1810) description of this plant is merely "fol-
iis ovatis obtusiusculis subtus tomentosis costatis rugosis, corymbis
terminalibus axillaribusque trichotomis". The species is supposed
to be endemic to Queensland and was introduced into cultivation in
England, according to Loudon and Sweet (1830) in 1823 from New South
Wales. The only common name recorded is the book-name "ribbed-
leaved clerodendrum".

Bentham & Mueller (1870) describe and discuss the species as fol-
lows: "?C. costatum, R. Br. Prod. 511. A tall shrub. Leaves very
broadly ovate, obtuse, 4 to 5 lines long, reticulate-rugose and
velvety-tomentose underneath. Inflorescence a terminal corymbose
panicle, not exceeding the leaves but longer than in C, tomentoésum.
Flowers not seen. Fruiting calyx enlarged and drupe of C. ¢£ortbun-
dwm. -- Schau. in DC. Prodr. xi. 671. Queensland. Endeavour river,
Banks and Solander. The foliage is that of Gmekina Leichhardt,
but the fruit undoubtedly that of C£enodendron, and not of Gmekina."
Their statement that the leaves are only "4 to 5 lines" [8--10 mm. }
long is amazing and doubtless is a misprint for "4 to 5 inches", es-
pecially since those of Gmelina Leichhandtii (F. Muell.) F. Muell.
are 7--14 cm. long.

Blake describes the plant as a shrub, 1.5--2.5 m. tall, with dull-
green leaves which are paler beneath, and white flowers which are
fragrant only at night. He encountered it on sand dunes, in anthesis
in May. I have not seen the original Banks & Solander specimen, and
await with keen interest the disposition of this taxon that will be
made by my friend and colleague, Dr. Abid Ahmad Munir, who is now en-
gaged in a thorough revision of the Australian Venrbenaceae.

Citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: S. T. Béake 23310 (N).

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 115

CLERODENDRUM CRUENTUM Lind]., Gard. Chron. 1860: 456 [as "C£enoden-
dnon" ]. 1669; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 72
& 89. 1942.

Synonymy: C£Lerodendrzon crauentwm Lind)., Gard. Chron. 1860: 456.
1860.

Bibliography: Lind)., Gard Chron. 1860: 339 & 456. 1860; Anon.,
Floral World 6: 215. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 317 & 363.
1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 94,
108, & viii. 1921; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 72
& 89. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561.
1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 158 & 180. 1949;
Mold., R&sumeé 215 & 449. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 358 (1971) and 2: 864.
1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 348 & 535. 1980.

Lindley's original (1860) description of this species is: "foliis
inflorescentia habitu C£enodendri macrophylli Blumii; pedicellis
glanduloso-tomentosis, calyce angusto colorato nec foliaceo herbaceo
punctato, staminibus inclusis, corolla cruenta. This is the plant
which was exhibited a few weeks since by Messrs. Veitch (see ante, p.
339) and a noble species it is. The leaves are deep green, oblong,
10 inches in length by 4 in breadth, and there is a fine branching
panicle of blood red flowers; so that it will stand in the front
rank of stove shrubs. But it is in some respects so much like
Blume's CLenodendron macrophyllum (now called CL. phyllomega), that
it may be a question whether it is botanically distinct. The flow-
ers however are a very rich red, not a dirty white, the stamens do
not project but are hidden in the corolla, the flower stalks are
clothed with a short glandular fur, and the calyx instead of being
green, dilated, and dotted, consists of five very narrow crimson
lobes on which no dots are perceptible. It is therefore at any rate
distinct enough in a gardening point of view. It was found by Mr.
Thomas Lobb in some part of tropical Asia."

Lam (1919) comments: "Allied to C. macnophy£fa B1., but different
in the shape and colour of calyx and corolla". He lists it among
his "Imperfectly known or doubtful species". Bakhuizen (1921) also
includes it in his "Species unknown to me or doubtful".

Nothing is known to me of this plant beyond what is stated in its
literature. If it truly has included stamens it would certainly be
@ most unusual taxon in this group of red-flowered species.

CLERODENDRUM CUBENSE Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 658 [as "C£enroden-
dnon" ]. 1847; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 15 & 20. 1939.

Synonymy: C£enodendnron cubense Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 658.
1847. CLenodendron braachypus Urb., Fedde Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 347.
1924. Cenodendnron cubensis A. Rich. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List
Inv. Names 19 in syn. 1940. C£erodendron pendufum C. Wright ex
Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 2] in syn. 1940. C£erodendraom
brachypus Urb. apun Alain, Contrib. Acas. Mus. Hist. Nat. Coleg. La
Salle 7: 78 sphalm. 1946. C£enodendron cubense Urb. ex Mold., Alph.
List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6 in syn. 1947. C&enodendnon cubensis

116 PHYTO OG TA Vol. 59, No. 2

Schau. apud Roig, Dicc. Bot. Nom. Vulg, Cub. 496 sphalm. 1953.

Bibliography: Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 658. 1847; A. Rich. in
Sagra, Hist. Fis. Polit. Nat. Cuba 11 (2): 146--147. 1850; Buek,
Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; Sagra, Icon. Pl. Fl. Cub. 41.
1863; Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cuba 216. 1866; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f.,
Gen. , Pili. 20(2)i=: 156s. 1876;5daeks..ineHooks Ff. &Jdacks.4,.Ind: Kew. .
imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Brig. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam.,
ed. 1, 4 (3a): 175. 1895; Urb., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 347.
1924; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1072. 1932;
Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 15 & 20. 1939; Mold., Prelim.
Alph. List Inv. Names 18, 19, & 21. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 16, 17, & 19. 1940; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed.
1, 24 & 89. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 98. 1945; Alain, Contrib. Oc-
as. Mus. Hist. Nat. Coleg. La Salle 7: 29, 78, & 113. 1946; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561. 1946; Mold., Alph.
List, Cit. 16450635 64,%665°1305.1695..1875 4188, 9221), 86316. 1946
Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 5--7. 1947; Mold., Alph. List
Cit. 2: 418, 486, & 652 (1948), 3: 695, 867, & 889 (1949), and 4:
1034, 1038, 1094, & 1144. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
ac., ed. 2, 43, 45, & 180. 1949; Roig, Dicc. Bot. Nom. Vulg. Cub. 2:
496, 607. 715--716, & 1005. 1953; Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba,
imp. 1, 4: 319 & 321. 1957; Mold., Résumé 51, 53, 259, 260, 262,
268, 271, & 449. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
35 1395615 19603sMold.; Fifth Summ. 1s 95, -98;°438,5440, 442, 24435
452, & 460 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Aleman Frias, Ezcurra Ferrer,
Gutiérrez Vazquez, Horstmann, Lopez Rendueles, Rodr{guez Graquitena,
Roquel Casabella, & Schreiber, Die Kulturpfl. 19: 422. 1972; Farns-
worth, Pharmacog. Titles 8 (8): vi. 1973; Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 319 & 321. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 88, 91, &
535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 52: 20 (1982) and 57: 478. 1985.

A shrub, to 2 m. tall; branches very irregular and apparently
gnarled; branchlets and twigs often irregular, gray or buff in color,
very obtusely tetragonal, lenticellate, verrucose, minutely puberu-
lent to strigillose or sometimes glabrous and shiny on shoots; nodes
not annulate; principal internodes 1.3--4.4 cm. long; leaves decus-
Sate-opposite, mostly relatively few clustered only on the young
twigs, Or approximate; petioles slender and to 3 mm. long or obso-
lete, glabrous; leaf-blades very firmly membranous or subcoriaceous
to coriaceous when mature, gray-green or rather dark-green above,
pale beneath, oblanceolate or obovate to subpanduriform, the younger
ones sometimes oblong- or obovate-elliptic, 3--16 cm. long, 1.5--4.8
cm. wide, apically abruptly acute or very shortly acuminate or cus-
pidate to obtuse or rounded, marginally entire or subdentate, basal-
ly rounded or cordate, sometimes slightly asymmetric, glabrous and
more or less impressed-punctate on both surfaces, shiny beneath;
midrib slender, flattened above, prominent beneath; secondaries very
slender, 5--7 per side, short, arcuate, joined near the margins, flat
or subimpressed above, prominulent beneath; vein and veinlet reticu-
lation slender, usually obscure above, the larger parts slightly
prominulent beneath on mature leaves; inflorescence axillary or
terminal, cymose, 2--5-flowered, mostly much shorter than the sub-
tending leaf, the peduncles practically obsolete or sometimes to 3.5

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£ernodendium 117

cm. long, the sympodia and cyme-branches obsolete or to only several
mm. long and puberulent; pedicels very slender and elongate, 2--5
cm. long, basally puberulent, apically usually glabrous, often bear-
ing a pair of minute subulate bractlets toward the middle, from
which point another pedicel and flower may sometimes arise; bract-
lets linear, 1--3 mm. long, puberulent; flowers often pendulous;
calyx Campanulate, about 4 mm. long, the rim somewhat spreading and
entire or very shortly denticulate; corolla white, 2.5--4 cm. long,
the lobes oblong, about 1 cm. long; stamens long-exserted; fruit
drupaceous, globose, 6--7 mm. long and wide, green (when immature?).

This species is based on several collections made by Ramon de la
Sagra in Cuba in 1833 and deposited in the DeCandolle Herbarium in
Geneva, there labeled as nos. 208, 215, & 595, plus an unnumbered
collection. Urban's C, baachypus was based on Ekman 16673 from En-
~ senada de Vega Cuchilla, Pinar del Rio, Cuba, deposited in the Ber-
lin herbarium, now destroyed.

Collectors have encountered C, cubense in woods, coastal thick-
ets, and ravines, on limestone cliffs, hillsides, and wooded 1ime-
stone plains, as well as in wet depressions, from sealevel to 700 m.
altitude, in flower in March and April and in fruit in April and May.
Cremata reports that its wood is used by natives as firewood.

Vernacular names reported for the species are "hiel de gallina",
"hiel de perro", "maglira cimarrona", "“oviedo amarillo", and "“oviedo
de flor blanca".

Material of C. cubense has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as C, gnandig¢fonum (Hook.) Schau. On the other hand,
the Alain & Killip 2008, distributed as-C. cubense, really is C.
grandiffonum (Hook.) Schau. and Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. 140 is not
verbenaceous.

Citations: CUBA: Havana: Acuna 17679 (Es); Sagna 595 (B--fragment
of cotype, Dc--cotype, Dc--cotype). Oriente: Afain 3157 (Es); CLe-
ment 4961 (Ha); Leén, Victonin, & Akain 19614 (N). Pinar del Rfo:
Acuha & Roig 10873 (Es, Es); Britton, Britton, k Gager 7403 (N);
Britton & Cowell 9996 (G, K, N, W--696103); Ekman 16673 (B, E--photo,
Ld--photo, Ld--photo, N--photo, $), 186726 [Herb. Roig 3112] (B, Es,
N, S); Ganganelli 4.n. [Herb. Roig 2061] (Es). Province undetermin-
ed: Sagna 208 (X--cotype), 215 in part (Bm--cotype, X--cotype), 4.n.
[Cuba; Macbride photos 33933] (F--photo of cotype, Kr--photo of co-
type, Ld--photo of cotype, N--photo of cotype, P--cotype, V--cotype,
W--1706395--cotype); C. Waight 3175 in part [1860-1864; Herb. Sau-
valle 1779 in part] (B, Bm, Cb, E--118926; G, Hv, Hv, K, L, Oa, P, X).
ISLA DE PINOS: Britton & Wilson 14859 (N), 15229 (Cm, F--459834, N,
W--793538); Cnemata 28 (N), 4.n. [Herb. Roig 2020] (Es); Curtiss 4.
n. [April 1904] (N, N); Manie-Victonin & Alain 28 (Es--7517, Ha, Vi,
Vi, W--1955333). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Urb., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
20: 347. 1924 (W).

CLERODENDRUM CUMINGIANUM Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 666 [as "“C£er-
odendnron" ]. 1847; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 69.
1918.

Synonymy: C£enodendron cumingianum Schau. in A, DC., Prodr. 11:

666. 1847. C£enodencnon cumingti Schau. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv.-

118 Perr TO-6 O G8 A Vols 599 -Nos *2

Names Supp]. 1: 6 in syn. 1947.

Bibliography: Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 666. 1847; Buek, Gen.
Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 875. 1858;
Naves & Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 160.
1880; Vidal y Soler, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 67, 87, & 135. 1885;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Briq.
in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 175. 1895; E. D.
Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 98. 1912; H. Hallier, Meded.

Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 69. 1918; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard.
Bot. Burtenz., Sere" so; 0. 76,90, 96,108, & viii orSZl; MER. Merr.,
Enum. Philip. Flow. Fl. 3: 401. 1923; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 11 & 20. 1936; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern.
Names 27. 1939; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 &
89. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 98. 1945; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1:
136. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Supp]. 1: 6. 1947; Mold.,
Alphe List Gite 72294625 719485 HEN. 8CAS Ie Mold: Pl stiite ts 05"
1948; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 848. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 141 & 180. 1949; Mold., Résumé 183, 262, &
449. 1959; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 694. 1961;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 21. 1962; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 315, 349, &
443 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 306 & 535. 1980.

A shrub or treelet, 2--5 m. tall; stems 4--10 cm. in diameter;
branchlets tetragonal, villous; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles
2.5--4 cm. long, villous; leaf-blades membranous, subobcordate-ovate,
10--15 cm. long, 7.5--10 cm. wide, apically acuminate, marginally
entire or irregularly dentate, hirtellous above, softly villous (es-
pecially on the vein reticulation) beneath and here and there
glandular-punctate beneath the pubescence; inflorescence terminal,
paniculate, subfastigiate, compact, many-flowered, villous; bract-
lets minute; flowers fragrant; calyx oblong-tubular, about 1 cm.
long, often reddish, externally long-pubescent, 5-fid, the lobes api-
cally very acute and often purple; corolla white or rose, often with
a lilac throat, infundibular, twice as long as the calyx or less, the
tube externally pilose-subvillous, the limb 4 times as wide as the
tube; stamens long-exserted; filaments white; anthers black; style
white; stigmas green; fruiting-calyx reddish, somewhat shiny; fruit
drupaceous, white or violet. Schauer (1847) refers to the pubescence
as “strigose-villous".

This endemic Philippine species is based on Cuming 1761 from Cebu,
Philippine Islands, deposited in the Berlin herbarium with a dupli-
cate in the Herb. Lucae. Schauer (1847) notes that the species is
related to C. infonrtunatum l. It belongs in the Subgenus Euckenro-
dendron Schau. and Section Densiffona Schau. -- in Thomas' classifi-
cation (1936) in Section Eurycalyx Thomas, Subsection Paniculata
Thomas.

Fernandez-Villar (1880) found this plant growing on Luzon and
Panay islands. Other collectors report encountering it in damp
places near cultivated areas, while Merrill (1921) affirms that it
occurs chiefly in secondary forests along streams at low altitudes.
Hallier (1918), however, found it growing "im Busch an Rande des
Hochwaldes". It has been collected at altitudes to 665 m., in an-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 119

thesis from January to November, and in fruit from January to June
and August to October.

The corollas are described as having been “white" on Ebafo 1140,
Edan Phil. Bur. Sci. 46105, Ramos Phil. Bur. Sci. 42689, and Santos
4095, “rose" on Lohen 4420, and “limb white, mouth and base of lobes
lilac" on Hablier 4424,

Vernacular names reported for the plant are "“bulubatana", "flor
de parida", "maltasam", “parida", and "“salumget".

Hansford (1961) reports the species as host to the fungus Meliofa
cLerodendricola P. Henn. in the Philippines, based on Philip. Bur.
Sex.) 32135.

Hallier (1918) cites Hallien 4424 & 4424a and Robinson 10000 from
Basilan, Elmer 13559 from Mindanao, and Cuming 1761 from Cebu. Mer-
rill (1923) cites Cefestino Phil. Fon. Bur. 7321, Cuming 1760, Ramos
& Edano 38753, Reyes & Pascual 23078, and Phil. Bur. Sci. 31359,
31368, 35689, & 36663 from Panay, Negros, Cebu, and Mindanao. Loher
4420 is said to be identical with Vidal 1650.

Material of C. cumingianum has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as C. macnocatyx H. J. Lam. Some sheets of Ra-
mos 14477 [viz., Bz--19107] exhibit a very strong resemblance to C,
fLanuginosum Blume and may represent a natural hybrid between the two
taxa. On the other hand, Eémen 13559 is actually the type collec-
tion of C, Lanuginosum var. adpnessipifum Mold. and Ramos Philip. Bur.
Sex. 33102 is C. vanovenberghti Merr.

Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Basilan: DeVone & Hoover 25 (W--
449567); RecklLo Philip. Bur. Sci. 15404 (Cm, Lu); J. V. Santos 4095
(W--7246018). Bohol: M. Ramos Philip. Bur. Sci. 42689 (Ca--242447).
Cebu: Cuming 1760 (L). Leyte: Edano Philip. Bur. Sci. 41803 (Ca--
239645). Luzon: Loher 4420 (W--446869). Mindanac: Ahern 549 (W--
445823); Ebafo 1140 (Ca--1189842, Mi); Kanehina 2595 (N); E. D. Mer-
rihh £239 (W--901936), 11642 (Bz--19192, W--1361259); M. Ramos 14477
(Bz--19107, Bz--19108); Ramos & Edavio Philip. Bur. Sci. 36663 (W--
1260124), &4994 (Bz); C. M. Webern 1102 (W--712321). Negros: Cefes-
tino Philip. Bur. Sci. 7321 (W--628874); W. D. Pcerce P.233 (W--
1599589). Panay: Edano Phifip. Bur. Sci. 46105 (Bz--19101, Ca--
310000, N); ManteLino & Edano Philip. Bur. Sci. 35689 (Bz--19104, W--
1264081); Ramos & Edano Philip. Bur. Sei. 31359 (Bz--19105), 31368
(N). Tawitawi: Ramos &£ Edano Philip. Bur. Sci. 44009 (B, Ca--
257643). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Coffectonr undetermined
Sans tPd))

CLERODENDRUM CUNEIFORME Mold., nom. nov.

Synonymy: C£enodendron cuneatwm Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 303.
1900 [not Auct., 1967, nor Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 221,
1863). C£erodendraum cuneatum GUrke apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 81 & 93. 1936. C£enodendnum schegfleri var.
elkipticum Mold., Phytologia 1: 417--418. 1940.

Bibliography: GUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 303. 1900; K. Schum.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 496. 1900; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew.
Supp]. 2: 43. 1904; Dinter, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 16: 168. 1919;
Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 79, 108,
& viii. 1921; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 30,

120 PUY! @eEeosG Ik Vol... 59, No. 2

45, 81, & 93. 1936; Mold., Phytologia 1: 417--418. 1940; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed..1, 52, 89, & 91 (1942) and ed. 2, 121,
181, & 183. 1949; Mold., Resume 153, 267, & 449. 1959; Mold., Resume
Supp]. 9: 3. 1964; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 255. 443, & 451 (1971) and
2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 34:'261 & 262. 1976; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 236, 244, & 535. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. &
Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 419. 1983.

A subshrub; younger branches sparingly downy; leaf-scars large,
corky, elevated, with flaring margins; leaves decussate-opposite,
congested on the twigs; petioles very slender, 5--15 mm. long,
sparsely strigillose; leaf-blades membranous, rhomboid-obovate or
broadly elliptic, 2.8--8 cm. long, 1.7--4.7 cm. wide, apically a-
cute. marginally coarsely dentate (the teeth basally to 1 cm.
wide), basally acuminate or gradually attenuate-cuneate into the
petiole, softly strigose-downy or very sparsely puberulent to gla-
brous on both surfaces, more densely so beneath; inflorescence
terminal, cymose, the cymes lax, to 5 cm. long and 10 cm. wide,
10--12-flowered, the axis and cyme-branches finely downy; bracts
ovate, 8--12 mm. long, 4--6 mm. wide, short-stalked or sessile,
apically obtuse, downy, the ultimate ones narrowly lanceolate,

4--5 mm. long and 1 mm. wide, apically acute; pedicels 5--10 mm.
long; calyx widely campanulate, 5-fid to the middle or below, the
lobes broadly ovate or almost rotund, 5--7 mm. long, apically
rounded and obtuse, externally downy, internally somewhat glandu-
lose; corolla zygomorphic, its tube about 1 cm. long, twice as
long as the calyx, the lobes unequal; stamens and style long-
exserted, .curvate,

This species is based on Wilms 160 from Lydenburg, Transvaal,
South Africa, collected in October 1887, and on Rehmann 6188 from
Houtbosch, Transvaal. Glrke (1900) comments that "Die zur Section
Cyckonema genbrende Art ist durch die rhomboidisch-verkehrt-ei fOrmi-
gen, am Grunde keilftrmigen und sehr grob gesdgten Bldtter und die
sehr wenigblUtigen Rispen ausgezeichnet und leicht kenntlich".

CLenodendnum schek<fferi var. ellLipticum was based on M, S. Evans
544a from Berea, at 5000--6U00 feet altitude, Durban, Natal, South
Africa, collected in October 1894 and deposited in the Natal Govern-
ment Herbarium at Durban.

The Dehn collection, cited below, is accompanied by a hand-
colored painting. The species has been collected in flower in Octo-
ber and December.

Thomas (1936) cites Rehmann 618& and Wilms 160 from Transvaal,
designating the latter collection as the type, and Rudatis 1472 from
Natal. Dinter (1919) cites Dinter 65, 741, & 2419 from Namibia,
but Friedrich-Holzhammer and his associates (1967) suggest that this
is a misidentification and that the Dinter collections actually rep-
resent C. dekindti Glirke.

The Dinter 5301, Rogers 30464, Schoenfelder 52, and Volk 2561, dis-
tributed as C. cuneatum, actually are C. dekindtu var. dinterr
Thomas.

The C. cuneatum of Turczaninow (1863), referred to in the syno-
nymy (above) belongs in the synonymy of C. sernatum (L.) Moon, while

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendrum 12]

C. cuneatuwm Auct. belongs in the synonyiny of C. dekinditi Gurke.
Citations: ZIMBABWE: Dehn 558 (Mu, Rn--8520); K£ingberg 4.n.

[June 1895} (S). SOUTH AFRICA: Natal: M. S. Evans 544a (N, N--photo,

Na); Faies & Fries 3637 (S); Rudatis 1472 (S). LOCALITY OF COLLEC-

TION UNDETERMINED: Vo£k 710a [Asis] (Mu).

CLERODENDRUM CUNNINGHAMII Benth. in Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral.
5: 64 [as "C£Lenodendron"}. 1870; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 67, 69, 72, & 89. 1942.

Synonymy: Cfenodendron cunningham Benth. in Benth. & F. Muell.,
Fl. Austral. 5: 64. 1870.

Bibliography: Benth. in Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 617 &
64. 1870; Schomb., Fl. S. Austral. 52. 1875; F. Muell., Second Syst.
Cens. Austral. Pl. 1: 173. 1889; K. Schum. & Hollr., Fl. Kais. Wil-
helms]. 122. 1889; F. M. Bailey, Cat. Indig. Nat. Pl. Queens]. 36.
1890; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893;
F. M. Bailey, Queens]. Fl. 4: 1182 & 1184. 1901; F. M. Bailey, Com-
preh. Cat. Queens]. Pl. 386, pl. 11. 1913; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Mal-
ay. Arch. 262 & 263. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 76, 89, 108, & viii. 1921; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2:
238. 1930; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67, 69,
72, & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 60, 141, & 254 (1946) and
ZENS 12a O48 Wi Neveo As Lua Molde, Pl. pie 2200554 21 948 2Mold: 5Al ph.
List Cit. 3: 905. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed.
M4 chb29158); & 181.1949; Mold., Résumé 200, 207, 208, 215, &
449. 1959; Mold., Resume Suppl. 3: 26. 1962; Backer & Bakh., Fl.
Java 2: 607. 1965; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 335, 345, & 358 (1971) and
2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 325, 334, 339, 348, & 535. 1980;
Munir in Morley & Toelken, Flow. Pl. Austral. 286 & 287, fig. 174a.
1983; Mold., Phytologia 58: 448. 1985.

Illustrations: F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. 386, pl.
11 (in color). 1913; Munir in Morley & Toelken, Flow. Pl. Austral.
286, fig. 174a (in color). 1983.

An erect or scandent shrub or small rather crooked tree, 1.5--16
m. tall; stems to 15 cm. in diameter at breast height; bark brown or
gray, furrowed and flaking off in small rectangular scales; middle
and inner bark cream-color; wood cream-color, moderately soft and
light; branchlets rather slender, obtusely tetragonal, minutely and
obscurely puberulent to mealy-pubescent when young, finally subglab-
rate, lenticellate; nodes nor annulate; leaf-scars rather large and
patelliform, flat, with protruding edges; principal internodes 2.5--
3.5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles medium-stout or
slender, 1--5.5 cm. long, very minutely and obscurely puberulent or
glabrate, rather deeply canaliculate above, often collapsed at base
and apex in drying; leaf-blades thin-chartaceoys or submembranous,
rather uniformly green on both surfaces or lighter beneath, elliptic
or ovate to broadly ovate or rarely oblong, 9--25 cm. long, 5--15 cm.
wide, apically acutely and rather shortly acuminate, marginally en-
tire, basally acute or acuminate to broadly rounded or subcordate,
glabrous (except for the venation) above, rather densely puberulent
beneath; midrib basally rather stout beneath, rapidly diminishing in

122 PRY BOL OG A Vol. 59, No. 2

size as the apex is approached, flat above, rounded-prominent be-
neath; secondaries slender, about 6 per side, arcuate-ascending, ob-
scurely joined in many loops at the very margins or not joined; ter-
tiaries sparse; veinlet reticulation fine, sometimes plainly visible
(but not prominulent) above as well as beneath, where only the lar-
ger portions are prominulent; inflorescence terminal, broadly corym-
bose or cymose-paniculate, to 21 cm. long, 17--25 cm. wide, basally
leafy, with 2--4 pairs of opposite cyme-branches, each few- to many-
flowered, appressed short-pubescent; pedicels 2.5--4 cm. long, con-
tinuous with the branchlets and (along with the rachis) similarly
puberulent or becoming glabrescent; bracts large and foliaceous,
subtending the lowest or all pairs of inflorescence-branches, to 6
cm. long and 3 cm. wide, the upper ones much smaller, 1linear-lanceo-
late, 2--3 mm. long, 0.5--1 mm. wide, long-stipitate. similar to the
leaves in all respects except size, caducous; pedicels 0.5--1 cm.
long; flowers often insect-galled; calyx green, 1--1.2 cm. long, ex-
ternally densely appressed-pubescent, without peltate glands, 5-fid
to about the middle; corolla white or light-cream, hypocrateriform,
externally glabrous, the tube slender, 4--6 cm. long, the lobes e-
qual, oblong or obovate, 0.7--1.5 cm. long, 5--7 mm. wide, patent-
recurved, apically subacute; stamens 3.5--4 cm. long, long-exserted;
style 7--8 cm. long, glabrous; ovary globose, externally glabrous;
fruit drupaceous, subglobose, 1--1.2 cm. long and wide, black, pulpy,
4-seeded.

This species iS apparently based on unnumbered Cunningham and
Hulls collections, the latter from Escape Cliffs, Queensland, Aus-
tralia, and is endemic to tropical! Australia and New Guinea,

Bentham & Mueller (1870) describe the species as "A tall shrub,
either quite glabrous or the under side of the leaves and inflores-
cence more or less tomentose. Leaves ovate, scarcely acuminate, of-
ten narrowed to the base, sometimes above 6 inches long and membran-
ous, sometimes much smaller and firmer, the petiole varying from un-
der 1 in. to above 2 in. Flowers numerous in a broad terminal corymb
sometimes dense sometimes loose, with the calyx and structure near-
ly of C. {£oxibundum, but remarkable for the long slender corolla-
tube, usually exceeding 2 in., the lobes broad, not above 3 lines
long. Stamens rather long. Fruiting calyx more or less funnel-
shaped, shortly contracted at the base, the margins very spreading
or recurved; drupe 4 or 5 lines in diameter, ripening 2 to 4 dis-
tinct pyrenes." They cite a Hulls collection from Northern Austral-
ja, a Cunningham collection from Goulburn island, and Cunningham,
Daemel, and Jardine unnumbered collections from Queensland. They
comment that "Some of Brown's specimens, as well as others seen only
in fruit and referred to C. ¢£onibundum, may perhaps belong to C,
Cunninghamii. Some of F. Mueller's from Gilbert river, with more °
pubescent leaves, are very doubtful."

Collectors have encountered C£erodendauwm cunningham in ridge
forests, lower montane rainforests, grasslands, and monsoon forests
on coastal dunes, from sealevel to 1000 m. altitude, in flower in
April, May, and July, and in fruit in January, April, and July.
White reports that it is “common in rainforests" on Long Island,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwm 123

while Clemens describes it as "a scandent shrub" in Queensland.
Bakhuizen (1921) suggests that C. costatum R. Br. may be conspecif-
ic and synonymous with this species. It is also known from cultiva-
ted material in Java, England, Guyana, and Mozambique. Material has
been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as the quite
similar C, ¢£onibundum R. Br.

Citations: NEW GUINEA: Papua: J. Chalmers 4.n. [1885] (Mb). Ter-
ritory of New Guinea: M. S. C£emens 10499 (Mi), 41319 (Mi); Hoog£and
5092 (W--2214236); Scheechtenr 18903 (Br, Ca--226567, N); Stneimann &
Kaino NGF.2757& (Mu). AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: M, R. Schom-
burgk 149 (K). Queensland: M. S. C£emens 4.n. [Mount Glorious, Janu-
ary 1945] (Ca--81170, Mi); Cunninhgam 80 (N-=cotype); Dall 4.n.
[Rockingham Bay] (K); Huf&s 4.n. [Escape Cliffs] (K--cotype, Ld--
photo of cotype, Mi--photo of cotype, N--fragment of cotype, N--
photo of cotype). AUSTRALIAN ISLANDS: Groote: Specht 269 (W--
2094576). Long: C. T. White 12163 (Ca--937846). South Goulburn:
Cunningham 183 (N--cotype). CULTIVATED: England: Holtze 547/1890
(K). Guyana: Herb. Ba. Guian. Bot. Gand. b.n. (K, U). Java:Herb,
Hort. Bot. Bogon. XV.J.A.XXXII1.7 (bz--26400, Bz--26401, Bz--26542,
Bz, Bz, Bz, Bz, Bz, N), XV.J.A.XXXIII.7a (Bz--26402, Bz--26403, N),
XV.J.A.XXXIV.2 (Bz--26405, Bz--26534, Bz, Bz, N), XV.J.A.XXXIV. 2a
(Bz--26406, Bz--26407, Bz, N), XV.J.A.XXXOV. 2(Bz--26404). Mozambi-
que: A. Gomes e Sousa "C" (Ld). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: F. Bauer
Icon. 956 (V), 956a (V), 956b (V); Munir in Morley & Toelken, Flow.
Pl. Austral. 286, fig. 174a (Ld, Ld).

CLERODENDRUM CURRANII Elm., Leafi. Philip. Bot. 5: 1847 [as "CLeno-
dendnron" ]. 1913; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 66.
1918.

Synonymy: Cf£enodendron cunrnanti Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 5: 1847.
1913. Cenodendron ingortunatwm var. curnanii (Elm.) Bakh., in herb.
Bibliography: Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 5: 1847. 1913; Fedde &

Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 41: 387. 1918: H- Hallier, Meded.

Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 66--67. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay.

Arch. 288 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Bui-

tenzie,eser. §34,973:2°89,) VOBS) Sieviite 19215) Prain,y Indekew. Suppl’ 5:5

imp. 1, 61. 1921; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62

APoomevo42 = Molds... Aliph. Aste Gite Wee 9O Te: W946! Hey Neek Aco? Molds,

Pike bites 55.0194820Molde, Aliph. <MaisteCitu2er463> 1948'seMol del,

Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 141 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résu-

mé 183 & 449. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 61. 1960;

Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 315 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytol.

Mem. 2: 306 & 535. 1980.

An erect, slender shrub, or tree-like, 2.5--8 m. tall; stems 5--8
cm. in diameter at breast height, only sparingly branched from below
the middle; wood very soft, white, tasteless, "with a slight greenish
or foetid odor" [acc. Elmer]; pith large, white; bark very smooth,
mottled brown and grayish-white, green beneath the epidermis; branches
crooked, sparingly rebranched, ascending, the slender ultimate ones
greenish and angular, densely avellaneous-tomentose; leaves decus-
sate-opposite, often scattered, plainly anisophyllous; petioles about

124 PB Mo¥c Tue OG eA VG), 659, stave

10 cm. long but shorter on smaller leaves, densely short-pubescent
with tawny hairs; leaf-blades softly membranous, descending, slight-
ly paler green beneath, to 22.5 cm. long and 16 cm. wide on the basal
half, the upper ones more reduced, apically mostly attenuately acute
or acuminate, marginally entire or remotely and obsoletely sinuate-
dentate, basally broadly rounded and cordate, velutinous-pubescent
above, densely and softly cinereous-pubescent or -tomentose beneath,
drying yellowish-brown on both surfaces; midrib straight, stouter
than the secondaries; secondaries 4--6 pairs laterally ascending,
the basal or stronger ones with as many sublateral tertiaries aris-
ing from the lower outer side only, with cross-bars also evident;
veinlet reticulation obscure; inflorescence paniculate, terminal, e-
rect, corymbose; peduncles green, 5--8 cm. long, angular, tomentose,
subtended by foliaceous bracts; inflorescence-branches opposite, the
lower ones longer, subtended by caducous bractlets, light olivaceous-
tomentose, rebranched above the middle, the ultimate divisions few
and short, apically floriferous; terminal flower solitary, odorless,
terminating a 1-cm.-long pedicel, the pedicels of the few clustered
lateral flowers shorter, all subtended by linear, densely tomentose,
caducous bractlets; calyx slender-tubular, about 1.5 cm. long and
apically about 7 mm. wide, externally puberulent and glandulose, 5-
fid to about the middle, the lobes suboblong, subequal, at least 7.5
mm. long and 3 mm. wide, slenderly tapering to the acuminate or sub-
caudate apex, reticulately veined, much paler green, externally
puberulent toward the apex and with a few large glands in the middle;
corolla white or creamy-white with a purplish center or purple throat,
hypocrateriform, about 2.5 cm. long, the basal 2/3 tubular and exter-
nally puberulent (except at the base), the tube strongly striate ex-
ternally, "the distal bud portion a trifle tipped and obovately ob-
long" [acc. Elmer], the lobes oblong, about 8 mm. long and 4.5 mm.
wide, apically obtusely rounded to acute, basally narrowed, ultimate-
ly wide-spreading, occasionally glandular-punctate, dorsally faint-
ly puberulent toward the apex and along the distal margin, the mar-
gins below the middle undulate or obscurely and irregularly dentate;
stamens 4 “or more" [acc. Elmer], inserted in the corolla-throat, 2
cm. long, glabrous, usually curved toward the distal end, strongly
looped in bud; anthers elliptic, 2.5 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide, sub-
dorsifixed, basally tapering and sagittately lobed, apically trun-
cately rounded, compressed, drying blackish-brown; style “articulate
to ovary" (acc. Elmer), very similar to the filaments, subcompressed
and laterally grooved, cream-color except for the greenish distal
end; stigmas very deep-green; ovary shortly thick-columnar, basally
constricted, externally glabrous.

This species is based on Efmenr 12860 from Palawan, Philippine
Islands, collected in March 1911. Hallier (1918) classifies it in’
the Section Paniculata of Euckenodendron, citing only Elmer 12860
and Merril 7237 from Palawan. Elmer (1913) asserts that it is "On-
ly critically distinguished from C. infortunatum (Roxb.) Linn." and
forms “extensive copses in good well drained ground among light
woods bordering cogon patches at 500 feet altitude along the trail
to Napsan. Named after H. M. Curran, an exforester in the Philippine

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 125

government service and who has also collected it on Palawan."

Bakhuizen (1921) reduces C. curnanii to synonymy under C. viklo-
gum Blume. A vernacular name, "tabingtabing", is recorded for it.
The corollas are said to have been "white" on Ebalo 576 and "white
with a purplish center" on Merrill 799; Hallier (1918) describes it
as "intus carnea".

CLerodendraum curnanii has been collected in anthesis in February,
March, May, and September. Material has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in some herbaria as C, infortunatum L., C. valLosum Blume,
and C, viscosum Vent., all of which are superficially very similar.

Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Culién: E, D. Mennike 671 (W--
435641). Palawan: Cenabnre Philip. Fon. Bur. 29278 (W--1262453); Eb-
alo 576 (Mi); E&menr 12860 (Bi--isotype, Bz--20915--isotype, L--iso-
type, N--isotype, N--photo of isotype, Ut--28381--isotype, W--
872792--isotype); E. D. Merrill 1299 (N), 7237 (Bz--20914, wW--
901865). Paragua: E, D. Mernike 799 (W--435769). Island undeter-
mined: Herb. Philip. Bur. Scr. 8.n. (Gg--32035).

CLERODENDRUM CUSPIDATUM Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 221
[as "CLerodendron" ]. 1863; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names
19. 1940.

Synonymy: C£enodendron cudspidatum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc.
S62) eee. 18632

Bibliography: Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 221. 1863;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Mold.,
Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 19. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
17. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561.
1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 903. 1949; Mold., Resumé 262 & 449.
1959; Mold., Resumé Suppl. 1: 5. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 443 (1971) and
2: 864 & 968. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 107 & 535. 1980.

Turczaninow's original (1863) description of this plant is: "(Eu-
clerodendra racemiflora), Cl. ramis tetragonis pubescentibus; foliis
oppositis petiolatis utrinque longe attenuatis, medio inaequaliter
serratis, in utraque pagina pubescentibus; racemo terminali folia
sSuperante confertifloro, bracteis lanceolatis flores sessiles aequan-
tibus interstincto; calycibus striatis bilabiatis, labio superiore
integro obtuso, inferiore 4 dentato; filamentis longe exsertis
flores triplo excedentibus. Flores albi e schedula, bracteae utrin-
que attenuatae rubrae. Forma calycis jam a congeneribus bene dis-
tinguitur, praeter alios characteres. In provincia Ocana, prope Con-
venecon, alt. 3000 ped. Schkim No. 714."

Nothing is known to me about this species beyond what is given in
the above bibliography. The type locality is in Norte de Santander,
Colombia.

CLERODENDRUM CYRTOPHYLLUM Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 36 (3): 222
[as "C2£erodendron" ]. 1863; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names

18, 19, & 23. 1940.
Synonymy: C£erodendron cyrtophyltum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc.
36 (3): 222. 1863. Cenodendron ampLius Hance, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser.

126 PAHYOREZE OCG TA Volls 595 Nosed

5, 5: 233. 1866. CLerodendron formosanum Maxim., Bull. Imp. Sci.
St.-Pétersb. 31: 85--86. 1886. Condia venosa Hemsl. in Forbes,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26: 143. 1890. C£enodendron glaberrima
Hayata ex Kawakami, List Pl. Formos. 84. 1910; Journ. Coll. Sci. Un-
iv. Tokyo 30: 216. 1911. Cenodendron cytophyftum Turcz. apud Wors-
dell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 238 sphalm. 1941. CLenodendron cryto-
phylLlum Wiltshire, Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi 1: 422 sphalm.
1954. C£enendon cystophyflum Turcz. ex Mold., Résumé 259 in syn.
1959. Cerendendron cynstophyLQum Turcz. ex Mold., Résumé 259 in
syn. 1959, C£erodendron crytophyttum Turcz. ex Hsu, Taiwania 14: 14
sphalm. 1968. CLenodendrum fonmosanwm Maxim. apud Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan
4: 421. 1978. Cherodendaum glabenrimum Hayata apud Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan
Aea2 Ta 1978%

Bibliography: Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 36 (3); 222. 1863;
Hance, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 5, 5: 233. 1866; Franch., Nouv. Arch.
MUS" HTSte Nats “Paris; “serce25.-6e" Dll cole8sseFranchesePilesDavide,
imp. 1, 1: 231. 1884; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 31:
83 & 85--86. 1886; Maxim., Mél. Biol. 12: 519. 1886; Hemsl. in Forbes,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26: 143. 1890; Forbes & Hems]l., Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26 [Ind. Fl. Sin. 2]: 259. 1890; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 560 & 561. 1893; Prain, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 101. 1901; Kawakami, List Pl. Formos. 84. 1910;
Hayata, Journ. Coll.:Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 30: [Mat. Fl. Formos. ]
216. 1911; Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Addit. Ser. 10: 204 &
205. 1912" Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 2: 216, fig. 39. 1912; J. Matsu-
mura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 531. 1912; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Jahresber:°39 (27: 319.°19135 Reha in’ Sarge g OPT. Wilsé 932377. 19163
Prain, Ind. Kew. Supp]. 5, imp. 1, 61. 1921; Ito, Taiwan Shokubutu
[Illust. Formos. P1l.] pl. 596 (1927) and pl. 598. 1928; Sasaki, List
Pl. Formos. 351. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 230. 1930; Rehd., Journ.
Arnold Arb. 12: 76--77. 1931; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 124
& 147--150. 1932; P'ei, Sinensia 2: 75--76. 1932; L. H. Bailey, List
Florists Hand]. Verb. [mss.]. 1935; Dop in Lecomte. Fl. Gén. Indo-
chine 4: 852 & 875. 1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, ed. 2, 649--650 &
718, fig. 605. 1936; Kafuku & Hata, Journ. Chem. Soc. Japan 57: 727--
731. 1936; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 416. 1939;
Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 18, 19, & 23. 1940; Yamamoto,
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 30: 418. 1940; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey,
Hortus Second, imp. 1, 188. 1941; Doney, Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec.

30: 23. 1941; Hansford, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 153: 9. 1941;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 101. 1941; Wiltshire, Rev. Appliq.
Mycol. Suppl. 3: 33. 1941; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 238. 1941;
Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16, 17, & 22. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 56, 58, 59, 72, 89, & 90. 1942; Mold.,
Phytologia 2: 98. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
24): SOO! S256) el S4GsiMolid.cAlioher ictecats IeiSeelSee6sn27ceno
91, 101, 102, 108, & 236. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl.
1: 6. 1947; Hansford & Deight., Mycol. Papers IMI].23: 70. 1948;
Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 355, 429, 514, 577, 602, & 643 (1948), 3:
658, 666, 718, 719, 732, 776, 811, 895, & 971 (1949), and 4: 984,
985, 1010, 1011, 1018, 1104, 1146, 1149, 1201, 1206, 1224, 1238, 1242,
& 1243. 1949. [to be continued }

NOTAS SOBRE LA FLORA FANEROGAMICA

DE NUEVA GALICIA, III*

Servando Carvajal
Herbario del Centro de Ensefanza
Técnica Industrial
Apartado 2-216
Guadalajara, Jalisco. 44280
MEXICO

Durante la preparacidn de] tratamiento sistematico de la familia de los pinos
(Pinaceae), para la Flora Novo-galiciana de] Dr. Rogers McVaugh, han surqido
varios problemas con respecto a la distribuci6n, variaciones naturales y para
la correcta identificacidn de algunos "taxa" en Abies y Pinus, géneros que la
componen. Debido a la enorme cantidad de miembros que conforman al género
Pinus, se decidid por concentrar las investigaciones primero en él y publicar
posteriormente lo referente a Abies. Entre la extensa colecci6n de especime-
nes de Pinus, depositados en e] Herbario del Centro de Ensenanza Técnica In-
dustrial (CREG) y en otros Herbarios Mexicanos (IBUG, ENCB, MEXU y en
el de la Universidad Autdnoma de Guadalajara), se han encontrado algunos
muy interesantes, que representan quizas categorias infragenéricas no descri-
tas aun para la ciencia, de acuerdo con la literatura consultada; su estudio
ha conducido a realizar algunas modificaciones nomenclaturales y adiciones ta-
xonomicas, que han llegado a ser necesarias a fin de entender en parte, a es
te género tan complejo en e! area que nos ocupa.

PROPOSITUM

Esta investigacién fue planteada de la siguiente manera:

* Carvajal, S. 1981. Notas Sobre la Flora Fanerogamica de Nueva Galicia,
I]. PHYTOLOGIA 49 (3): 185—196.

127

128 P APVET OiLa0rGs 1A Vol. 59, No. 2

lra. Cuestion:

éLa poblaci6n citada en la literatura como Pinus ayacahuite var. brachyptera,
que se localiza en la Sierra de] Cuale (Jalisco), es realmente diferente a la
poblacién que se distribuye en los estados de! norte de la Republica Mexica-
na?

2da. Cuestion:
éA qué subseccién pertenece, de acuerdo a Little & Critchfield (1969), e] ta-
xOn recientemente denominado Pinus rzedowskii?

3ra. Cuestion:
~Son dos tipos diferentes de Pinus lumholtzii los que se encuentran en la Sie
tra de Quila, Jalisco?

4ta. Cuestion:

éA qué especie corresponde un pino de (3-) 4 (-5) hojas por fasciculo, muy
cortas y anchas, con conos ocres, grandes, resinosos y las escamas con la
apofisis cdncava, colectado por Maximino Martinez en 1941, en e!] Volcan
Nevado, Jalisco?

5ta. Cuestidn:
éCual es la especie de] Pinus colectado en E! Salto de! Rincdén (municipio de
Villa de Purificaci6n, Jalisco), cuyo cono tiene apariencia de P. pringlei y

/o P. patula?

6ta. Cuestidn:
éSe podria contar con una herramienta eficaz para identificar a los diferentes
"taxa" de] género Pinus, presentes en Nueva Galicia?

GRATITUDO

E] presente trabajo es e] resultado de] estudio de ejemplares en e] campo y
de un analisis minucioso de laboratorio. Sin embarao, no debe considerarse
ésta como una investigaci6n exhaustiva, pues dentro de] area citada como
Nueva Galicia (McVaugh, 1961), existen numerosas regiones que no han sido
exploradas botanicamente, las cuales en Ultima instancia, podrian proporcio-
nar datos importantes para un mejor conocimiento de nuestra flora. E] au-
tor manifiesta su agradecimiento a los Doctores Jerzy Rzedowski, Concep-
cion Rodriquez Jiménez y Raque! Galvan, de] Herbario del Instituto Politéc-
nico Nacional (ENCB); Dra. Maria Teresa German Pinzon y al Sr. Rafael
Hernandez, de] Herbario Nacional (MEXU); Bid}. Carlos Luis Diaz Luna de!
Herbario de! Instituto de Ciencias Bioldgicas, de la Universidad Auténoma
de Guadalajara y al Ing. José A. Vazquez Garcia, del Herbario de! Instituto
de Botanica de le Universidad de Guadalajara (IBUG), las facilidades presta-
das para Ja revisidn de los ejemplares depositados en sus Instituciones, entre
ellos, los tipos, isotipos u holotipos de muchos taxones. Asimismo, a Alfre-
do Meza Zambrano, Hector A. Lépez Cabrera, Agustin Gallegos Rodriguez,

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 129

Gerardo Ruvalcaba Salazar, Jorge Méndez Montafho, José CarmenLopez M.,
Benito Martinez y Mique! Carvajal Mariscal, su decidido apoyo para conclu-
sidn de la investigacidn: LAS PINACEAE DE NUEVA GALICIA. Hic opus so
rori Gloriae cui sum obstrictus memoria beneficii sempiterna, dicavit.

SUMMARUM FACTUM

Respuesta a la lra. cuestidn:

Desde 1909 que fue descrito Pinus ayacahuite var. brachyptera por George
R. Shaw, basandose en ejemplares colectados por Nelson (4555, de E1 Sal-

———e

to, Durango; 4915, del Monte Mohinora, Chihuahua; 6043), Sierra Madre,
en Chihuahua), y depositados en el Museo Nacional de Washington; ha sido
objeto de atencidn por parte de algunos investigadores (Bailey, 1913; Gentry,
1942, 1946; White 1948; Maysilles 1956 y G. C. de Rzedowski, 1960), de-
bido a sus caracteres morfoldgicos, pero principalmente a su distribucidn y
relaciones con otros pinos y en genera! con la vegetaci6n de algunas areas
nuestro territorio. Shaw diferenciaba a esta variedad de las dos restantes,
en e] tamafo de la semilla, en la longitud de] ala de la semilla o su even-
tual ausencia; tales detalles concuerdan con la poblaci6n localizada en los
estados de Sonora, Chihuahua, Sinaloa y Durango.

Martinez en 1948, en su revision a "LOS PINOS MEXICANOS", estuvo de a
cuerdo con Shaw y menciond por su parte, el haber estudiado ejemplares
procedentes de] estado de Jalisco, correspondientes a Pinus ayacahuite; pero

al Nevar a cabo su analisis concluyd que los especimenes de Jalisco "... pa
recen intermedios entre la variedad veitchii y la variedad brachyptera, pero
se acerca mas a ésta...", por lo que tal nombre es e! que ha utilizado en

Ja literatura para designar a la poblacion de Jalisco.

No obstante, es curioso que no se halla encontrado a Pinus ayacahuite var.
brachyptera en otros complejos montafosos con condiciones ecologicas simi-
lares dentro de] mismo estado de Jalisco, asi también, que se desconozca
su presencia en los estados adyacentes (fig. 1). Los andalisis morfoldaicos de
especimenes de Durango y Jalisco, mostraron diferencias notables entre si,
por lo que se pensd entonces, en la posibilidad de que la poblacidn de Jalis-
co bien pudiera representar un eslabdn que uniera geograficamente a las
tres variedades o mejor aun, que fuera una nueva identidad con escasas re-
Jaciones a nive! varietal.

Con e] acopio de un mayor numero de muestras de Jalisco (de la Sierra del

Cuale), y de Durango (de El] Salto, Pueblo Nuevo, en donde parecen encon-

trarse los ejemplares mas tipicos de la variedad), se planed hacer una inves

tigaci6n para evaluar los aspectos mas sobresalientes de la variacidn natural

de los pinos de ambas localidades. Para llevarla a cabo, se tomd como base,
Ja metodologia propuesta por Caballero (1967), en la que se incluyen diferen
tes areas geograficas, diferentes sitios por area y diferentes Arboles por si-

tio.

130

Pav Dek OG A

1 Distribucidén

Fala.

Vol. 59, No. 2

©
c
©
o
©
o
1
c
>
=)
c
4)
=,
=
a

SS Pinus ayacahuite

BZ Pinus strobiformis

de:

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 131

E! analisis biométrico (que sera publicado por separado), considerd los siguien
tes caractéres:

a. TAXONOMICOS: Longitud de las hojas, numero de hojas por fasciculo,
Jongitud de] cono, anchura de! cono, relaci6n anchura-longitud de] conc,
anchura y longitud de la escama de! cono, tamafio de la semilla y longi-
tud de! ala de la semilla.

b. SILVICOLAS: Altura de] arbol, diametro de arbol sin corteza, espesor de
la corteza, edad.

c. FISIOLOGICOS: Numero de hileras de estomas, posicidn de las hileras de
estomas en las caras de la hoija, posicién y numero de canales resinife-
ros, numero de células epiteliales por canal.

d. TECNOLOGICOS: Gravedad especifica de Jas virutas de incremento, longi
tud de las traqueidas e incremento medio por anillo.

E] analisis estadistico de las 20 variables propuestas lleva a concluir que la
poblaci6n de Jalisco posee:

a) Corteza mas delgada; b) Mayor didmetro normal; c) Agujas y fasciculos
foliares mas largos; d) Menor numero de canales resiniferos; e) Menor nume-
ro de células epiteliales por canal; f) Menor numero de hileras de estomas;
g) Conos de mayores dimensiones; h) muy grande la relaci6n longitud-anchura
de! cono; i) Las escamas son mas largas y encorvadas, casi enroscadas; j)
Las semilla carecen de ala; k) incremento medio anual en diametro mayor
gue a la poblaciédn de Durango.

En lo que respecta a las variables restantes, no se obtuvieron diferencias sig
nificativas, por lo que se pueden considerar como similares.

Por Jo anteriormente sefalado, las variables altamente siagnificativas, se pue-
den considerar como suficientemente aceptables para llevar a cabo una dife-
renciaci6n entre ambas localidades, por lo que se cree pertinente proponer

uN nuevo nombre para e] taxon de Jalisco:

Pinus novo-galiciana S. Carvaial, nom. et stat. nov.

Pinus ayacahuite var. brachyptera G.R. Shaw, The Pines of Mexico. Publ.
Jatin sArnold Arb alia ee OOO) AEnaparte:

Arbol de 25 mo mas de alto, con el tronco recto y corteza de 0.8--1.3 cm
de grosor, copa conica o aguda, ramas un poco ascendentes, casi verticila-
das; hojas en grupos de 5, de 18--23 cm, delgadas, los fasciculos espaciados,
de color verde claro, con tintes azulosos, triangulares, bordes aserrados,

con los dientecillos separados; un haz fibrovascular; canales resiniferos 2 (-3),
uno medic o dos, alao separados de la hipodermis; hipodermis delgada, uni-
forme; células de la endodermis con las paredes exteriores delgadas; vainas

132 P BEY TO “LOSE A Vol..°59), aNo...42

pajizas, pronto caedizas; conillos subcilindricos, con el apice atenuado, poco
resinosos, de 2.8--3.3 cm de larao, sobre un pedunculo de 18--33 mm de lar
go, colocados por pares o en grupos de tres; conos subcilindricos, con e] api
ce atenuado, poco resinosos, un poco encorvados, con tinte naranjado 0 ama
rillento, de 36--59 cm de largo, de 4.8--5.6 veces tan largos como anchos,
sobre pedunculos robustos de 18--33 mm o menos, a veces cubiertos por las
escamas basales; escamas gruesas, duras, cOncavas y ralas, de 67--118 (me-
dia igual a 89) por cono, apdfisis larga y reflejada, que termina en una pro-
longaci6n ancha, enroscada, de 2.5--3.6 (-4.1) cm de ancho, pro 5.3--8.7
cm de largo, la prolongaci6n sobresale hasta 3.7 cm; semilla de 12--15 mm,
sin ala, pero con una cicatriz remanente de ella; con frecuencia sdlo una se
milla en la escama ovulifera, la otra nula al ser abortada; hojas cotiledona-
res de 15--17. (Fig. 2).

TIPO: MEXICO: JALISCO: Sierra del Cuale, en La Mina, Municipio de E])
Tuito; 2350 m; 13 Ago 1984; S. Carvajal 4703; Bosques humedos con Pinus
lumholtzii, Quercus laeta, @. magnoliifolia, Abies quatemalensis var. jalis-
cana, y Arbutus xalapensis, en laderas con poca pendiente, valles o en ba-
rrancos pequenos, en suelos profundos y bien drenados. (Isotipos para ser dis-

tribuidos).

SPECIMINIS TESTIMONIALIS LECTUS

Sierra de] Cuale, R. Lamas R. 49 (CREG, MEXU); L.M.V. de Puga 8762

(IBUG); 3. de la Torre V. s.n. (IBUG); La Ciénega, Ja Venegas, TS.

(IBUG); S. Carvaial 3007 (CREG). La Mina, R. Lamas R. 181 (CREG,
MEXU); N. Cervantes y R. Gomez 1] (CREG), S. Carvajal 3841 (CREG).

Cumbre Blanca, G. Barba 's.n. (MEXU); R. Gonzalez T. 610 (IBUG, ENCB);

S. Carvajal 4096 (CREG). Cerro San Juan, S. Carvajal 4651 (CREG); Gen-
try & Gilly 10790 (MEXU), colectado en 1951.

Recientemente se ha estado utilizando en nombre de Pinus strobiformis En-

gelm., releaando como sindnimos a P. ayacahuite var. brachyptera, P. re-
flexe y FP. flexilis var. reflexa (Critchfield & Little, 1966). R novo-galicia-
na Carvajal, parece representar entonces, un eslab6m que une qgeograficamen
te a P. ayacahuite de! Mediodia de Ja Republica y P. strobiformis de los

Estados de] Norte (fig. 1).

Respuesta a la 2da. cuestion:

Pinus rzedowskij fue descrito por Madrigal et Caballero (1969), en base a

ejemplares colectados en la regidn de Coalcoman, Michoacan (México). Dichos
autores mencionaron en la discusidn de la especie que: "segun la Clasificacion
propuesta por Shaw (1914), P. rzedowskii, corresponderie a Ja Subseccion Pa-
racembra y al Grupo Balfourianae, por tener las escamas (ovuliferas) con um-
bo dorsa! y el ala de Ja semilla bien desarrollada, si se consicera Ja clasifica
cidn de Gaussen (1960), esta especie presenta caracteres intermedics entre

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 133

Fig. 2. Pinus novo-galiciana Carvajal. Escamas del cono: A. vista
ventral (1X); B. vista lateral (1X); C. vista dorsal (1X);
D. corte transversal (40X), y E. semilla (1X)
(Dibuio por el autor).

134 PHY T OVO GI A Voil< 59), Noa:

los subaéneros Cembrapinus y Eupinus".

Desafortunadamente la publicaciédn de la especie fue con unos meses de diferen
cia al trabajo titulado "Subdivisions of the genus Pinus (Pines)", dado a la
juz por Little & Critchfield en 1969. En é] se proporciona una clave, de la
cual se transcribe un fragmento:

B. Bracteas no decurrentes bajo los fasciculos de hojas; hojas con un
haz fibrovascular, comunmente 5 (5--1) en un fasciculo, con la
vaina decidua; semilla sin ala o si la tienen y es larga, enton-
ces no se desprende facilmente. . ... . . . .Subgénero 2. Strobus

C. Umbo de Ja escama del cono terminal; hojas 5 en un fasciculo.
PE aM ee) tne ute) Meaney eeecig th! Veale

D. Conos indehiscentes, deciduos a la madurez; semilla sin ala. :
o Sah) Se SPE EIGN 2, <a

DD. Conos dehiscentes a la madurez; semillas en su mayoria con
una ala larga o con una ala rudimentaria. suka Babette
Subseccién 3. Strobi

CC. Umbo de la escama de! cono dorsal; hojas 5--1 en un fasciculo
Pec. s ee ok se ee SB ee ee elOn, 2. Pabaye

E. Semillas grandes, sin ala o con una ala corta; hojas 4--1 (ra-
Ta vez 5), en un fasciculo, dispersas

F. Semillas sin ala; hojas 4--1 (rara vez 5), en un fasciculo.
. Subseccién 4. Cembroides

FF. Semilla con una ala corta, desprendible; hojas 3 en un fas-
CICUIOMME ., .. anrde cv gy Ste we. ~©SDSeeeION, 5. Gerardianae

EE. Semillas pequefias, con una ala larga; hojas 5 en un fascicu-
lo, ligeramente comprimidas, persistentes por muchos
afiosic iu, SSeS Ss SR 2 ‘Subseerion: 6. Balioumionae

BB. Bracteas decurrentes bajos los fasciculos de hojas. . . . . . extralimite

Al tratar de ubicar a Pinus rzedowskii mediante la clave se observ6 que no
concordaba con Jos datos proporcionados por lo que describe como nueva una
subseccion:

Subgén. 2. Strobus, Secc. 3. Parrya, Subsecc. 5a. Rzedowskianae S. Carve-
jal, Subsect. nov.

Folia (3-) 4, brevia (6--10 cm longa), hipsdermide homomorpha; ductis resini-
feris externalibus, interdum internalibus; ramuli vernales ramulorum 1 (unino-
dales); strobili plerumque obliqui, maturitate dehiscente, decidui; semina mag
na, ala grandia, separabili.

Hojas (3-) 4, cortas (de 6--10 cm de largo), con la hipodermis homomorfa;

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 135

con canales resiniferos externos, rara vez alguno interno, ramillas uninodales;
conos femeninos, la mayorfa de las veces oblicuo, dehiscente a la madurez,
pronto caedizo; semilla grande, con una ala larga, desprendible.

Una especie de Michoacan (en México): Pinus rzedowskii.

Pinus rzedowskii Madrigal et Caballero, Boletin Técnico N° 26. Instituto Na
cional de Investigaciones Forestales, Agosto de 1969. 11 pp. |
tab]. Ilustr. "pino de rzedowski". Regidn de Coalcoman, Dos A-
guas, Michoacan. México.

Esta subseccién propuesta difiere de la Subseccidn Cembroides, porque las se
millas tiene una ala larga; de la Subsecci6n Gerardianae, en que el ala es
larga y los fasciculos son en su mayoria compuestos de 4 hojas y por ultimo,
de la Subseccién Balfourianae, en tener semillas grandes y los fasciculos con
4, Tara vez tres aqujas.

Respuesta a la 3ra. cuestion:

En 1977, se colectaron unas muestras botanicas del género Pinus, en la Region
Central de Nueva Galicia (en Tecolotlan, Jalisco, J. Castellanos 177), y las
que tentativamente fueron identificadas como P. chihuahuana, Ic que las ha-
cia interesantes, pues esta especie parece restringir su area de distribuci6n a
la porcién muy norte de Jalisco y los estados situados arriba de é]. Posterior
mente se hizo un anélisis mas detallado de esas muestras, asi como de otras
colectadas en zonas adyacentes y se observ6 que existian variaciones muy no-
tables con respecto al cono, la estructura interna de las hojas, al igual que
la posicidn de éstas con respecto a la ramilla. Tales caracteristicas hacian a
Jas muestras ser mas semejantes a P. lumholtzii. Sin embargo, existen tam-
bién diferencias muy marcadas con referencia a éste Ultimo, por lo que se ve
la conveniencia de proporner el siguiente nombre para poder diferenciarlos:

Pinus lumholtzii var. microphylla S. Carvajal, var. nov.

Ad pinum Jumholtzianum Robinson et Fernald accedit distinguitur notis infra
descriptis:

Foliis 4, raro 3, brevis, 6--13 (-15) cm longis, pendentis; strobilis symmetri-
cis, 3--5 cm longis, ramulis longis persistentes.

Arbol de 8--12 m de altura, con la copa rala, ramillas delgadas, flexibles, de
color castafo; hojas en fasciculos de 4, rara vez 3, verticalmente colgantes,
flexibles, de 8--13 (-15) cm de largo, de color amarillento, trianqulares, con
los bordes aserrados, los dientecillos muy proximos entre si, hileras de esto-
presentes en las tres caras, tres en las dorsales y de 4--5 en la ventral; ca-
nales resiniferos (4-) 7--9, medios, ocasionalmiente uno o dos internos; célu-
las de la endodermis con Jas paredes externas delgadas; hipodermis biforme,
con ligeras ondulaciones irrequlares; vainas de color castafo claro, brillantes,

136 Pont Viet cOslenOwG, 1 yA Vol. 59, Now2

persistentes por mucho tiempo, de 15--25 mm de largo; conos ovoides de 3--
5 cm de largo, solitarios, simétricos, colgantes, de color rojizo oscuro, opa
cos, persistentes por mucho tiempo en la ramilla, pedUnculos de 5--8 mm,
delgados , adheridos a! cono cuando éste cae, escamas de 10--12 mm de largo,
por 2--4 mm de ancho, reguilares y uniformes, con el apice redondeado, apd-
fisis aplanada, a veces un poco abultada (esto se observa en las escamas basa
les), cUspide achatada con una espina pequefia, pronto caediza; semilla oblon-
ga de color castaNo, de 2--3 mm, con el ala de 6--8 mm de largo.

TIPO: MEXICO: JALISCO: Rancho EE! Cobre, municipio de San Martin de Hi-
dalgo; 2100 m de altitud; 16 Sept 1983; S. Carvajal 4031, en el Herbario
de] Centro de Ensefianza Técnica Industrial (CREG), en Guadalajara. (Isotipos
para ser distribuidos).

SPECIMINIS TESTIMONIALIS LECTUS

CHIHUAHUA: Barranca Guerachic (Rio San Miguel), municipio de Batopiles;
19 Ago 1961; 1.W. Knobloch 1843 (ENCB).

NAYARIT: 23 millas de Jesds Maria, sobre e] camino a Fresnillo; 1850 m de
altitud; 24 Ene 1976; M. Kimnack & Sdanchez-Mejorada 1890 (MEXU).

Meseta de Juanacata, municipio de Jala; 1900 m de altitud; 14 Feb
1980; J.M. Stead & B.T. Styles 474 (ENCB).

AGUASCALIENTES: Cerro de! Laurel, municipio de Calvillo; 2500 m de alti-
tud; 25 de Marz 1982; M. de la Cerda 1354 (ENCB). 27 Ago 1960; J.
Rzedowski 14084 (MEXU)..

JALISCO: Sierra de Quila, municipio de Tecolotlan (cerca de Ja localidad ti-
po); 2110 m de altitud; J. Castellanos 177 (CREG); Valle de Cocula;
1550 m de altitud; 11 Oct 1981; H.H. Iltis & R. Guzman M, 3255 (EN
CB). Rancho lagunillas. muncipio de San Martin de Hidalgo (cerca de la
localidad tipo), J.O. Bravo 7 (CREG). Cerro Huehuentén; G. Gonzalez

& S. Carvajal 27 (CREG).

Martinez (1948: 249), habia hecho algunas observaciones con respecto a los e
jemplares de Pinus lumholtzii con hojas cortas y agregaba "... es necesario
hacer estudios mas detallados de ellos para definir su posicion taxonomica...".
A la fecha, se desconoce referencia bibliografica algunas, con respecto a es-
te nuevo taxon.

Pinus lumholtzii var. microphylla Carvajal, tiene mucha relacion con la varie
dad tipica: P. lumholtzii Rob. et Fern. var. lumholtzii. Sin embargo, difie-
ren en las siguientes caracteristicas: las hojas de la primera se presentan en
numero de 4, rara vez 3, muy cortas (de 8--13 cm de largo), mas finas, tri
angulares, no carinadas, los canales resiniferos se encuentran de (-4) 7--9 y

los conos son de 3--5 cm de longitud; mientras que en la segunda, las hojas
son 3, a veces 4, mas largas (20--32 cm), anchamente triangulares o carina-
das; carales resiniferos de 4--9 y los conos de 4--6 cm de largo.

1986 CaRVAJAL, Flora de Nueva Galicia Sy

Con los demas miembros de la Subseccidn Leiophyllae (Little & Critchfield,
1969), parece relacionarse por la longitud de las hojas y en la persistencia
de] cono por mucho tiempo en la ramilla; es muy probable que esta variedad
pudiera servir de enlace entre ellos, tal y como se muestra en la figura 3.
Al momento no se tienen evidencias de hibridaciones interespecificas y, por
otro lado, es notable la disyuncién geografica de los taxones, en Jo que res-
pecta a Jalisco.

Pinus lumholtzii Pinus
var. microphylla chihuahuana

Fig. 3. Relaci6n entre los miembros de la Subsecciédn Leiophyllae

Pinus Jumbholtzii var. microphylla, se desarrolla en bosques de PR. lumbholtzii
var. Jumbholtzii, P. douglasiana, P. pseudostrobus, P. michoacana var. cornu-
ta, Quercus obtus sata, Q. Castanea y ejemplares dispersos de Dodonaea visco-
sa, sobre suelos rojos, arcillosos, con buen drenaje o bien, sobre laderas rio-
liticas; de 1850--2500 m de altitud; localmente se le conoce con el nombre
de "pino lacio" o "pino triste".

Respuesta a la 4ta. Cuestion:

La seccién que Martinez (1948) denominéd como Montezumae (Subseccién Ponde-
rosae, sensu Little & Critchfield, op. cit.), es un grupo extremadamente com
plejo, por la alta variabilidad que presenta sus miembros. Tales variaciones

dieron aj citado autor, la oportunidad para separar en tres grupos a dicha sec
cidn y son, a saber: Zz

Grupo Montezumae
Grupo Rudis y,
Grupo Michoacana

Los miembros de! Grupo Montezumee, se caracterizan por tener e! cono larga-

138 Poe TIOCEVOVG TA Vol. 595 Now +2

mente ovoide, opaco y persistente, cayendo mas o menos un afio después de
la dehiscencia, de menos de 16 cm de longitud; hojas largas y mas o menos
gruesas, excepto en la variedad lindleyi, en la que siempre son delgadas.

Los del Grupo Rudis, tienen las hojas tiesas y por lo general encorvadas, en
fasciculos de 3, 4 y 5 hojas en el mismo arbol o a veces 5 hojas como nume-
ro constante; los conos manifiestamente oscuros, hasta parecer casi negros;
habitan en el limite altitudinal de la vegetacién arbérea.

E] Grupo Michoacana, comprende pinos de 5 (-6) hojas por fasciculo, largas,
gruesas y fuertes, el cono es de mas de 20 cm de longitud, a veces encorva-
do como en Pinus michoacana var. cornuta.

En 1981, se colectaron en las inmediaciones de! Volcan Nevado, en Jalisco,
unas muestras de pino que tentativamente se colocaron dentro del Grupo Mi-
choacana, pero la forma de] cono y Jas hojas gruesas y fuertes, pero e] nume
ro de hojas: (3-) 4 (-5) y el tamafo de] cono las acercaba al Grupo Montezu-
mae. EE] tamafio de Jas hojas y el color de los conos, las alejaba definitiva-
mente de! Grupo Rudis.

Un analisis detallado de las muestras, mostraron variantes muy marcadas, las
que las hacia ser diferentes a Pinus montezumae var. lindleyi, con quien exhi
be bastante afinidad. Posteriormente, en 1984, se tuvo Ja oportunidad de re-
visar algunos ejemplares depositados en e] Herbario Nacional (MEXU) y en el
Herbario de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Bioldgicas (ENCB), y constatar
con certeza algunos caracteres dudosos. Con Ja informacidn recabada y no
sin algun temor, se propone e! siguiente nombre para dicho taxon:

Pinus montezumae var. mezambranus S. Carvajal, var. nov.

Similis P. montezumae, sed distinguenda: folia 4 (raro 3 vel 5) per fascicu-

lum, 2Z--25 cm longa, 1--1.7 mm lata, flexilia; ductis resiniferis 4--8, me-
dialibus, strobili breviter pedunculati, obliqui, 13--15 cm longi, squamae apo-
phisi dorsali concave. :

Varietas in honorem Alfredo Meza Zambrano, amicus fidus et discipulus, in-
terdum intelligentia capax, tamen semper juxta in res arduae, grate nominavi.

Arbo! de 12--20 m de alto, ramillas asperas, con las bases de las bracteas
fuertes, de color castafo oscuro; hojas mas gruesas que en Pinus montezumae
var. lindleyi (de 1--1.7 mm), de (3-) 4 (-5) por fasciculo de (20-) 22--25 (-32)
cm de largo, triangulares, flexibles, alao erectas, en su mayoria colgantes,
de color verde oscuro, brillantes; paredes exteriores de las células de ja endo
dermis engrosadas; canales resiniferos de 4--8; hipodermis casi regular; vai-
nas de 20--30 mm. de color castafio-ceniciento; conos solitarios, Jaraamente
ovoides, oblicuos, de 13--15 cm de largo, colaantes, de color castafo claro,
brillantes; pedunculo de 10--12 mm de larao, adherido a! cono cuando este
cae; escamas de 1.5--1.8 cm de ancho, con apdfisis muy aplanada, las mas

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 139
de las veces cOncavas, cuspide nula, con una espina pronto caediza.

TIPO: MEXICO: JALISCO: La Media Luna, Ladera N del Volcdn Nevado, mu
nicipio de Venustiano Carranza; 25 Sept 1981; S. Carvajal & M.C. Luce G.
3411. Bosque de Pinus montezumae var. mezambranus, P. douglasiana, P.
pseudostrobus, P. leiophylia, Abies religiosa, Quercus rugosa y @. laurina, so

bre suelos de grava volcanica. (Isotipos para ser distribuidos).

SPECIMINIS TESTIMONIALIS LECTUS

JALISCO: Volcan de Fuego; 2850 m de altitud; Oct 1978; M. Chazaro 705.
Volcan de Colima (en Jalisco); Jul 1941; M. Martinez 3438. Puerto
Las Platas, municipio de Tuxpan; 2500 m de altitud; 13 Feb 1984;
S: Carvaial & A. Meza Z. 4607.

—— ei ee ee ee eer

DISTRITO FEDERAL: Cerro de] Guarda; 2600 m de altitud; 13 Jul 1951; E.
Matude 26213.

MICHOACAN: Ladera de] Cerro Angahuan; 2350 m de altitud; 20 Oct 1979;
X. Madrigal S. 3449.

Es muy probable que Martinez y otros colectores hayari observado a Pinus mon-
tezumae var. mezambranus en e] campo, durante su estancia en la inmediacio-
nes de] Volcan Nevado, en Jalisco; pero creyeron que representaba variantes
minimas con respecto a la variedad tipica, o en otro caso, que lo hayan co-
lectado considerandolo como una forma de P. montezumae var. lindleyi, como
lo indican las muestras que fueron distribuidas con este nombre en los herba-
Tios citados, descontando cualquier eventual diferencia en base al tipo conoci
do. No se conacen otras referencias con respecto a este taxdn.

Respuesta a la 5ta. Cuestion:

En 1983 se colectaron en el Salto del Rinc6n, municipio de Villa de Purifica-
cidn, unas muestras de Pinus, las que junto con otras colectadas en zonas ad-
yacentes, se identificaron como Pinus lawsonii, pero el tamafo de las hojas y
la forma peculiar de] cono, hicieron desistir de tal nombre. Al analizar en for
ma mas detallada, se encontré que la anatomia de las hojas presentaba mu-
chas semejanzas con P. oocarpa (canales resiniferos septales, por ejemplo), pe
To mostraba notables diferencias en lo que respecta a la forma y tamafo a
cono. Con el acopio de nuevas colecciones y su posterior estudio, se pudo con
cluir, que quizé representara un taxon no descrito aun para la ciencia, al cual
se designa con el siguiente nombre: .

Pinus macvaughii S. Carvajal, sp. nov.

Arbor 12--15 m altus, cortice rimari; foliis 5, 15--20 cm longis, triangulari-
bus, gracilibus et flexilibus, marginibus serrulatis, stomatibus dorsalibus et

140 Pohtot! TOuk OvG.id A Mols; 259)5 iNo).92

ventralibus; hipodermide biforme, raro in parenchyma penetrabili, atque duc-
tis resiniferis (2-) 3 numero, septalibus, endodermide parietibus externis cra-
ssis, fascibus fibrovascularibus 2, bene distinctis; vaiginis persistentibus, 15--
25 mm longis, castaneis; gemmis ovoide-turbinatis, castaneis, lutescentibus;
strobilis longis, ovoideis vel ovoide-turbinatis, prope oblongis, prope symmetri
calibus, pendentis, 8--9 cm longis et 3 cm latis vel fere, plerumque 2--2.5-
plo longioribus quam latioribus, persistentibus, brunneo-Jutescentibus, splendens
demun cineracens; pedunculis 6--8 mm longis; squamis plerumaque in interme-
dialibus atque deorsibus parte, relicti clausibus dum strobili adherer ramulo-
rum, apice angulosis, umbone irrequlariter; apophisi depressa ve] lJeviter ele-
vata in intermedia ataue sursum parte; cuspide mucrone brevi, decidua; semi
nibus brevis, oscura , maculatis, 3--5 mm longis; ala grandia, 10--12 mm
longa.

Species in honorem Rogers McVaugh (1909- ), qui de plantis novogalicianis
provenere ibi scriptor maximus ingenium, grate nominavi.

Arbo! de 12--15 m de altura y hasta 40--50 cm de diametro, con la copa re-
dondeada y rala; ramas horizontales, fuertes, corteza aarietade, oscuro-grisa
cea, con placas irrequlares, mas o menos delgadas, casi rectangulares, con

e] interior rojizo; ramillas castafo claro, asperas en un principio, después es
camosas, pero la bractea desapareciendo al final; hojas en fasciculos de 5,

de 15--20 cm de larga, aglomeradas en Ja extremidad de la ramillas, triangu-
lares, de color verde claro, brillantes, suaves y flexibles, bordes finamente
aserrados, con dos haces fibrovasculares bien diferenciados, canales resiniferos
(2-) 3, septales, células de la endodermis con las paredes exteriores enarosa-
das, hipodermis biforme, con leves entrantes en el clorénquima; vainas persis
tentes, de color castafo claro, brillantes; conillos subterminales, subglobosos,
cilindrico-oblongo, sobre pedunculos de 15--20 mm, en pares, con escamas
anchas, casi triangulares, con picos pequefios, gruesos y dirigidos hacia e! api
ce; conos regularmente ovoides u ovoide-cdnicos, casi oblongos, de color cas
tafo rojizo, lustrosos en el principio, al final cenicientos, algo ligeros, algo
teflejados y casi simétricos, colaantes, de 8--9 cm de largo por 3 cm de an-
cho o un poco mas (de 2--2.5 veces tan largos como anchos, regularmentes
las escamas se abren hasta la parte media de] cono, permaneciendo de la mi
tad hacia abajo cerradas o casi, lo que le confiere al cono una apariencia ca
si simétrica, solitarios 0 en grupos de 2, sobre pedunculos de 6--8 mm, per-
sistentes; escamas algo gruesas, con el interior oscuro, aplastadas, alao en-
sanchadas en la parte media, apice anquloso, rara vez redondeado, umbo de
contorno irrequiar, pero uniforme, con la quilla transversal un poco levantada;
apOofisis aplastada en las escamas basales, poco promimente en la reaidn media
y superior, cuspide con una espina pequena, pronto caediza; semilla peouene,
alargada y oscura, com manchas pequenas, de 3--5 mm y con una ale grande,
de 10--12 mm, con estrias pronunciadas, la base enarosade.

TIPO: MEXICO: JALISCO: El] Salto del Rincén, municipio de Villa de Purifi-
cacion; 800--1200 m de altitud; 24 Oct 1963; S. Carveial 4588. Bosque de
Finus maximinoi, P. oocarpa, P. pseudostrobus y Quercus aristats, sobre sue
los de origen granitico, profundos y con buen drenaje. En el Herbario de!

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 141

Centro de Ensefanza Técnica Industrial (CREG). Isotipos para ser distribuidos.

SPECIMINIS TESTIMONIALIS LECTUS

JALISCO: Sierra de E! Tuito, en el Refugio; 12 de Octubre de 1982; 980 m
de altitud; cae. carvalal 3444, 3456, 3478, 3481, 3482, 3490. Km 6, terrace

a.) Oe? eee) ee? ee

—- een ee i ee ee

Indudablemente Pinus macvaughii, cabe en la seccién que Martinez (1948), de
nomina Serotinos y que Little & Critchfield (1969), tratan como Subsecci6n
Oocarpae , por las caracteristicas del cono, tamafo y estructura interna de
las hojas. Presenta mucha afinidad con P. oocarpa, en lo que respecta al nu
mero de hojas por fasciculo y en la posicién de los canales resiniferos que son
septales, pero el Ultimo taxon varfa en el numero de ellos, en que las hojas
son mas anchas, en que los conos son redondeados u ovoides y casi tan largos
como anchos, ademas los conos permanecen cerrados por muchos mas tiempo
abriendo tarde y completamente; de FP. prinqglei difiere en el numero de hojas
por fasciculo, anchura de las hojas, en la posicidn y numero de los canales
resiniferos, sin embargo existe una notable similitud con respecto a los conos,
por otro lado, no se han estudiado colecciones de P. pringlei dentro de los
limites del estado de Jalisco. De P. patula difiere también en el numero y
posici6n de las hojas, en la pusicidn de los canales resiniferos, en la simetria
y figura del cono, ademas la tendencia de este con respecto al! habitat pare-
cer ser de bosques templado-frios (de 1800--3000 m), mientras que FP. mac-
vaughii, es mas de tendencias subtropicales (800--1200 m).

Respuesta a la 6ta. cuestion:

La identificaci6n de los taxones de Pinus presentes en Nueva Galicia, se pue
de llevar a cabo mediante la siquiente clave, en donde se incluyen los nom-
bres nuevos que se proponen en este trabajo:

CLAVE A LOS PINOS DE NUEVA GALICIA

1. Bracteas no decurrentes bajo los fasciculos de hojas; hojas de 3--5,
con la vaina caediza; semillas con o sin ala, si presente, enton-
ces corta e inefectiva y no se desprende con facilidad de la semi
lla

2. Umbo terminal; hojas en fasciculos de 5; vaina caediza pronto; &
pice de las escamas de] cono con prolongacion Jaminar mas o
menos encorvade

3. Escamas duras y anchas; ala de la semilla mediana y ancha, de
15--20 mm de largo, por 6--10 mm de ancho; conos resino-
es ee sf ee ee Se Sn eveeeLe Var. VeIeChii

142 Ronee 107 EO GIA Vol. 1595 Nov. 2

3. Escamas fragiles y angostadas hacia la base, con el apice mas o

menos enroscado; semillas sin ala; cono poco o no resinoso.
Seer okie . P. novo-galiciana

2. Umbo dorsal; hojas en fasciculos de 3--5, comunmente con la vai-
na caediza tarde y no completamente
4. Semilla con ala; hojas (3-) 4 en un fasciculo. . . . . . P. rzedowskii
4. Semilla sin ala; hojas (2-) 3--5 en un fasciculo

5. Hojas (-2) 3, de 3--7 cm de largo; conos redondeados de 3--5
5 cm de largo; semillas menores de 15 mm .. . P. cembroides

a

5. Hojas 5, de 7--11 cm de largo; conos de orbicular-ovados 4
angostamente ovados, de 15--23 cm de largo, semillas de
Ze == Z GATTI ewe age dns aie” Pita = cpus alem At as, A oad i> oA a LeIne ei

]1. Bracteas decurrentes bajo los fasciculos de hojas; hojas (3-) 5 (-8);
vaina caediza o persistente; semillas con una ale efectiva que se
desprende facilmente de la semilla

6. Hojas con la vaina caediza, de 3--5 e7 un fasciculo

7. Hojas largas, de 17--30 cm de larac, colgantes, tiensas; cono cae
dizo dentro de] primer ano; semilla de 5--6 mm. . . .P. jumholtzii

7. Hojas cortas, de 8--15 cm de largo

8. Hojas verticalmente caidas, gruesas (de 1 mm o mas de ancho)
amarillentas y tiesas; conos mas 0 menos persistentes; semi-
las de 5--6 mm. ...... . . .P. lumholtzii var. microphylla

8. Hojas erectas y dispersas, delgadas y finas o gruesas y tiesas;
conos tenasmente persistentes ya abiertos; semillas de 4 mm

de largo

9. Hojas 5, delgadas y finas (de 0.5 mm de ancho o un poco
mas), de 8--15 cm de largo, vainas en las hojas idvenes de
16--20 mm de Jargo; semillas con ala de 12 mm de largo y
A" imi OevamcCnOs x. ts. < teen Sosu Me at cme fe eI

9. Hojas 3 (-5), anchas tiesas y fuertes, de 6--14 cm de larao;

vainas en las hojas jovenes de 14 mmo menos; semilla con

ala de 15 mm de longitud y de 4--5 mm de ancho. ... .
OL cabioh CURR SORE Se aes P. chihuahua

6. Hojas con la vaina persistente, de 3--5 (-8) en un fasciculo

1G. Conos persistentes durante varios afos, simétricos o casi; pe-
dunculo de 6--35 mm de longitud
11. Hojas 3 (-4) por fasciculo

12. Conos ligeramente oblicuos, oblongos, 2 0 mas veces tan
largos como anchos, pedunculo 6--8 mm, 4 veces nu-
lou 0. eae. cnt. Det See: ee, 6) RA (pEingle:

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 143

12. Conos simétricos, globulosos, de 1 0 menos veces tan
largos como anchos, pedunculo de 22--43 mm... .
ae Bae! oe P. oocarpa var. trifoliata

11. Hojas (4-) 5 pof fasciculo; conos simétricos; semilla de 6-
-7.5 mm de longitud

13. Conos largamente conicos, con apice atenuado, de 2--2.5
veces tan largos como anchos; cono abriendo tarde y
no completamente; pedunculo de 6--8 mm. ern
SAD RP ee Bee . P. macvaughii

13. Conos ovoides o redondeados, de 1.2 0 menos veces tan
Jargos como anchos; conos abriendo tarde y completa-
mente; pedunculo de 15--41 mm de largo

14. Hojas ahead no Meas de 15 cm de largo. é
“i : . P. oocarpa var. microphylla

14. Hojas gruesas, mayores de 15 cm, generalmente de
18—35"em\ de longitudi ">. 24x) /~ =. +... .. |P., oocarpa

10. Conos caedizos o persistentes pero menos de un afio, asimétri
cos 0 casi; pedunculo a veces nulo, en algunos taxones no
mayor de 15 mm

15. Escamas de] cono con una espina aguda, fuerte y persisten
te; cono sin pedunculo o con éste no mayor de 10 mm,
con frecuencia cuando los conos caen dejan varias esca-
mas basales adheridas a la ramilla

16. Hojas de 3--5, muy largas, de 21--38 cm de largo, dis
persas y colgantes, gruesas; conos encorvados, de’ 1]
--16 cm de largo. . . . . . .P. engelmannii var. blancoi

16. Hojas de (5-) 6 (-7), cortas, de 10--28 cm de largo, en
corvadas y tiesas; conos menores de 11 cm de largo
ligeramente encorvados. ...... .. . .P. durangensis

15. Escamas del cono sin espina 0 con una espina débil, gene-
ralmente caediza; cono sin pedunculo o con un pedunculo
corto de 5--15 mm

17. Conos pequenos, de 8 cm o menos, comunmente de 3--
7 cm de largo

18. Escamas del cono iguales y entonces los conos casi
simétricos; pedUnculo de 5--8 mm; semillas de 4
mm; hojas de 2--4:

19. Hojas (2-) 3 (-4), tiesas y rigidas, anchas; cana-
les resiniferos medios, de 2--7; vainas de 5--8
mm, castaMo oscuro; conos mayores de 5 cm.

. P. teocote

144 Pia YT Ob O GIA Vol. 59,, Nos=2

19. Hojas 3, delgadas, suaves y flexibles; canales re
siniferos internos, de (1-) 2 (-4), a veces uno
septal; vainas de 10--12 mm, castafio-grisdceas;
conos menores de 5 cm, generalmente de 3--4
Git See eee eae fee ee ee eS ee eres

18. Escamas de! cono desiguales y entonces los conos un
poco oblicuos; pedunculo de 12--15 mm de largo;

hojas 3--5
20. Hojas 3--5 por fasciculo; apdfisis convexa y pro-
tuberante, aquillada. ........ . .P. lawsonii

20. Hojas 5 por fasciculo; apdfisis aplanada, debilmen
te aquillada

21. Pedunculo persistente en la ramilla; apofisis i-
Tregular; cono con frecuencia resinoso. :
sts. eye, spa ae ot geese DSPUGOSETODES

21. Pedunculo caedizo, adherido al cono; apofisis
regularmente cuadrangular; cono resinoso.
ye eee ey eat ee eee me bee ee ee EE

17. Conos mayores de 8 cm de largo, comunmente de 9--30
cm

22. Hojas colgantes, en fasciculos de 5, de 14--36 cm de
longitud

23. Corteza de las ramillas y del tronco superior con
escamas rojizas; hojas ligeramente anchas (de
mas de 1 mm), de 25--36 cm de largo, ligera-
mente colgantes. ...... .. . P. douglasiana

23. Corteza de las ramillas y de] tronco superior lisa
gris; hojas delgadas (menos de 1 mm), flexi-
bles, de 14--28 cm de Jarao, colgantes

24. Apofisis irregular; cono con frecuencia resino-
so, de (7-) 9--10 cm de larao. Te
2 a. Seas j 7 P. pseudostrobus
24. Apdfisis reqularmente cuagranaular, cono no
resinoso, de 7 (-9) cm de largo. ay
. P. maximinoi
22. Hojas erectas y dispersas, en fasciculos de (3-) 5
(-6) y de 10--45 cm de longitud

25. Conos de (20-) 23--30 cm de largo, cilindricos u
oblongos; hojas 5 (-6), de (20-) 25--45 cm; areas
subtropicales, de 1500--z400 m

26. Conos oblongo-cénicos, rectos o casi, con le

1986 Carvajal, Flora de Nueva Galicia 145

mayor ancnura cerca de la base, 2 veces 0
menos tan largos como anchos, umbo trans-
versalmente alargadado; cono castafo-rojizo

27. Umbos casi uniformes, con e] apice regu-
nee y Mntty. coin. Sitwawes ve? oF eeonuescana

27. Umbos mas bien irregulares, abultados 0 an
losos, ,con la apOofisis saliente, cuspide y
apices salientes. . .P. michoacana f. procera

26. Conos cilfndrico-cénicos, angostados y gradual-
mente atenuados, casi siempre encorvados,
de 3 (-4) veces tan largos como anchos; um
bos regularmente cuadrangulares; Conos Cas-
tafo oscuro o amarillento-verdoso

28. Apdfisis no reflejada, con la espina muy pe
Aa; cono amarillento-verdoso.
P. michoacana var. *cornuta

28) a arye reflejada, saliente, con una espina
patente; cono agudo, castafo-oscuro.
P. michoacana var. cornuta f. nayaritana

25. Conos menores de 20 cm de largo, conicos u Ovo
cides; hojas de 3--6 (-8) por fasciculo, de me-
nos de 28 cm de largo

29. Conos de color muy oscuro, casi negro, de 6-
-12 cm de largo; hojas de 3--5 por fascicu-
lo y de 7--15 cm de largo; altas montafhas ,
seid la zona templada hasta el limite de
icepaceolee ©. se ee a Pe BREE Wen

29. Conos castafo claro, de 5--20 cm de largo; ho
jas (3-) 4--6 (-8) por fasciculo
30. Hojas (5-) 6 (-8) por fasciculo. .....--
Ne) Steele 65 Met . THR. shed Panartinezh
30. Hojas 3--5 por fasciculo

Ble sik (3-) 4 (-5) por fasciculo. cael
. P. montezumae var. mezambranus

31. Hojas 5

32. Conos de 5--10 cm de largo; hojas de
10--15 (-20) cm de longitud; altas
montafias, zonas templadas, de
2500--3400 m de altitud. alts

. P. rudis

32. Conos de 10--20 cm; hojas de 14--

146 PHY TOLBGITA Vol. 59, No. 2

36 cm de longitud; zonas subtropi
cales y templadas

33. Conos de 16--20 cm de largo.
. « P. montezumae f. macrocarpa

33. Conos de 10--15 cm de largo

34. Hojas gruesas, de 14--25 cm
de largo; apofisis salientes;
cono recto ocasi. ....

. « + + P. montezumae

34. Hojas delgadas, de 27--35 cm
de largo; apdfisis algo acha-
tadas; cono encorvado. . .

-P. montezumae var. lindleyi

REFERENCIAS BIBLIOGRAFICAS

BAILEY, VERNON. 1913. Life Zones and Crops of New México. U.S. Dept.
Aaric. Bur. Biol. Survey, No. Amer. Fauna 35. 100 pp. TIllustr.

CABALLERO D., M. 1967. ¢Son Pinus rudis y P. hartwegii, dos especies
diferentes?. Tesis Profesional, Escuela Naciona) de Aaricultura.
139 pp.

CARVAJAL H., S. 1981. Notas Preliminares al Estudio del Género Pinus en
Jalisco. VIII Congreso Mexicano de Botanica. Morelia. Michoacan,
Mexico. 13 pp. ‘

GAUSSEN, H. 1960. Les Gymnospermes Actualles et fossiles. Fasc. iv.
Faculté des Sciences, Toulouse, France. 272 pp.

GENTRY, HOWARD S. 1942. Rio Mayo Plants. A Study of the Flora and
Vegetation of the Valley of the Rio Mayo, Sonora. Carnegie Inst.
Wash. Publ. 527, 328 pp., Iuustr.
. 1946. Notes in the Vegetation of Sierra Surorato in Northern Si
naloa. Torrey Bot. Club Bull. 73: 451--462., Illustr.

LITTLE, E.L. & W.B. CRITCHFIELD. 1969. Subdivisions of the Genus Pi-
nus (Pines). USDA., FOREST. Ser . Misc. Publ. 1144. 51 pp.

MADRIGAL S., X. Y M. CABALLERO D. 1969. Una Nueva Especie Mexi
cana de Pinus. Bol. Tecn. No. 26. Inst. Nac. Invest. Forest.

(INIF).
MARTINEZ, M. 1948. Los Pinos Mexicanos. Edic. Botas, 2da. Edic. Mexi-
co. 361] pp.

MAYSILLES, JAMES H. 1956. Flora! Relationships of the Pine Forest of
Western Durango. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Mich. usa., 165 pp. ill.

1986 Carvaja, Flora de Nueva Galicia 147

McVAUGH, R. 1961. Euphorbiaceae Novae Novo-Galicianae. Brittonia 13:
145--205. :

RZEDOWSKI, G. CALDERON DE. 1960. Notas sobre la Flora y la Vegeta-
cidn de] Estado de San Luis Potosi. VII. Vegetacidn en e! Valle

de San Luis Potosi. Acta Cient. Potosina 4(1): 188. pp. IJJustr.
SHAW, G.R. 1909. The Pines of Mexico. Publ. Journ. Arnold Arb. 1: 1--

29, pl. 1—22.
. 1914. The Genus Pinus. Publ. Journ. Arnold Arb. 5: 1--96.

WHITE, STEPHEN S. 1948. The Vegetacion and Flora of the Reaion of the
Rio Bavispe in Northeasthern Sonora, Mexico. Lloydia 11(4): 229-
-302., Illustr.

INDEX EXSICCATAE

BARBA, G.: s.n.

BRAVO Ss) Oe: 7

CARVAJAL, S.: 3007, 3444, 3456, 3478, 3481, 3482,
3490, 3841, 4031, 4096, 4588, 4651, 4703

CARVAJAL, S. & M.C. LUCE.: 3411

CARVAJAL, S. & A. MEZA Z.: 4607

CASTELLANOS, J.: 177

CERDA, M. DE LA.: 1354

CERVANTES, N. & R. GOMEZ.: 11

CHAZARO, M.: 705

GENTRY & GILLY.: 10790

GONZALEZ T., R.: 610

GONZALEZ, G. Y S. CARVAJAL.: 27

ILTIS, H.-H. & R. GUZMAN M.: 3255

KIMNACK, M. & SANCHEZ-MEJORADA.: 1890

KNOBLOCH, I.W.: 1843.

LAMAS R., R.: 49, 181

MAMAS Ricur. Y Re HORRES, :* 178

MADRIGAL S., X.: 3449

MARTINEZ, M.: 3438

MATUDA, E.: 26213

NELSON.: 4555, 4915, 6043

PUGA, L.M.V. DE.: 8762

RZEDOWSKI, J.: 14084

STEAD). EMinés Bal. STYEESS: 474

WOES Woe ay Wi (L/S So: Gaiae

VENEGAS.) wes cSen

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L Moldenke

"APPLES -- A Guide to the Identification of International Varie-
ties" by John Bultitude, 324 pp., 252 color photo.& 504 b/w
photo., 10 tab. & 2 fig. University of Washington Press,
Seattle, Washington 98145. 1983 (Engl.), 1984 (USA). $50.00.

"Apple trees have been taken to all parts of the world by Euro-
pean colonizers, with the result that today the fruit plays an im-
portant role in many economies." This book describes 252 different
varieties grown commercially and in private gardens in northern
Europe and America, South Africa, Australia and New Zealand. For
each there is identification possible by a detailed key-chart,
beautifully clear natural color photograph of a fruited twig,
careful black/white photographs of the longitudinal and transverse
cut fruit sections along with outlined descriptive text, synonyms
and references. The author is world-renowned in his field as well
as is the National Fruit Trials-Brogate Farm in Faversham, Kent,
England, where he devoted most of his professional life. This book
is well organized, highly useful, attractive, and destined to be-
come a classic in its world-wide scope.

“ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS Volume 16, 1985" edited
by Richard F. Johnston and associates, vi & 504 pp., 40 b/w
fig. incl. 29 maps & 27 tab. Annual Reviews, Inc., Palo Alto,
California 94306. 1985. $27.00 in U.S.A., $30.00 foreign.

The preface makes emphases worth noting: “essential unity in
ecology and systematics" and "consistently treating humans as
natural parts of the ecological whole" -- "positions by no means
held by all members of our community 16 years ago". This issue
has articles on community ecology: ecology of kelp communities,
species diversity of coral reefs: field evidence on predation vs.
competition in structuring prey communities, and reconstruction of
late-Quaternary landscapes. Other excellent papers deal with lon-
gevity in individual flowers, resource limitation in plants pre-
sented in an economic analogy, biological aspects of endemism in
higher plants, and gene flow in natural populations. All papers
in this volume and in this series are well worth the reading and/or
study. .

148

aAsA
57
AS
PHYTOLOGIA

An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication

Vol. 59 January 1986 No. 3

FEB 2 4 1986

NEW YORK
CONTENTS BOTANICAL GARDEN

JONES, A. G., An annotated catalogue of type specimens in the
University of Illinois herbarium (ILL) — 2. Piperaceae continued:
Arctottonia, Manekia and Peperomia, plus some additions to Part 1
NURSE Eis EBT 2 HL tah Cha sth crete bate AON wie wd aS ou Sook 149

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
590 Hemlock Avenue N.W.
Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818
U.S:A,

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00
after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and
domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for
numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the
next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if
payment is received after a volume is closed.

AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF
ILLINOIS HERBARIUM (ILL)-- 2. PIPERACEAE CONTINUED: ARCTOTTONIA,
MANEKIA AND PEPEROMIA, PLUS SOME ADDITIONS TO PART 1 (PIPER)

Almut G. Jones

Plant Biology, University of Illinois, 289 Morrill Hall,
505 S. Goodwin, Urbana, IL 61801.

INTRODUCTION

In the introduction to part 1 of this catalogue (Jones 1985),
I gave an overview of the history of our collections in the
Piperaceae and included references to some of the works by William
Trelease and Truman G. Yuncker. That portion, though applicable,
will not be repeated here. With part 2, I have essentially
completed the recording of names in this family, for which type
material (including paratypes) is located at ILL. Some of our
specimens of Piper are out on loan, and a few additional types may
turn up upon return of that material.

The following, second part of the annotated catalogue lists
607 basionyms, including two in Arctottonia, one in Manekia, 596

in Peperomia, and eight in Piper.

The format is basically the same as in part 1 (Jones, 1985).
I have retained the original spelling and endings, and cited the
place of original publication for each name. If the holotype or
lectotype is not located at ILL I have also, whenever available,
included the conventional abbreviation of the herbarium in which
the type is to be found. Depositories for isotypes and paratypes
other than ILL are not given. For paratypes, I have cited only
the names of collectors and collection numbers; locality data are
omitted. For reasons explained in part 1, I have not made any
taxonomic decisions, but I have included information on the
disposition of synonyms by other authors (see References).

When necessary and feasable, I have designated lectotypes.
The respective entries are marked with an asterisk. It should be
noted that several of the specimens may actually be the holotypes.
There are 58 such entries, and 46 of these types are at ILL. In
addition, I have recorded in our herbarium 128 holotypes, 303
isotypes (including isolectotypes), 74 specimen packets with
fragments of the type, four syntypes, and 285 paratypes. Ina few
instances, where no type was cited with the original description
or indicated by the author on a specimen, I have recorded authentic
specimens located at ILL that potentially could be used for
lectotypification.

149

150 PoH Yor-0"L "0, Gus Vol. 59, No.
ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS
Arctottonia

sempervirens Trel. ex Lundell, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 436:
302. 1934 (nomen nudum), ex Standley in Standley & Record,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 12: 405. 1936. TYPE: Guatemala,
Petén, Uaxactun. 16 APR 1931. Bartlett 12563 [holotype:
MICH; isotype: ILL (2 sheets)].-- [= Piper sempervirens
(Trel. ex Standley) Lundell (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952;
= P. neesianum C.DC. in DC. (fide Bornstein, 1985
annotation) ]

tuxpenyana Trel. ex Lundell, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 436:
311. 1934 (nomen nudum), ex Standley in Standley & Record,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 12: 406. 1936. TYPE: Mexico,
Campeche, Tuxpefia. 7 FEB 1932. Lundell 1300 (holotype:
MICH; isotype: ILL).-- [= Piper yucatanense C.DC. (fide
Bornstein, 1985 annotation) ]

Manekia

urbani Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 313.
1927. TYPE: Haiti, La Hotte, Morne Vandervelde. El. 700 m.
1925. Ekman 5242 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [This is
the type of the generic name Manekia]

Peperomia

abbreviatipes Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 655,
fig. 573. 1950. TYPE: Colombia. Mutis 542 (holotype:
US 1560146; fragments of the type at ILL).

abnormis Trel., Ciencia (Mexico) 2: 206. 1941. TYPE: Ecuador,
Archidona. 1865. Isern 1053 (holotype: MA; isotype:
ILL).-- [This species recognized by Trel. & Yuncker, 1950]

abrupte-acutata Trei. & Yuncker var. membranacea Trel. &
Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 683. 1950. TYPE:
Colombia, Santander, vicinity of California. El. 2300 m.
11-27 JAN 1927. Killip & Smith 17078, in part [holotype:
US 1352727; isotype: ILL (one piece on this Sheet belongs in
and is a paratype of P. pennellii Trel. & Yuncker)]).

aceramarcana Trel., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 55: 169. 1928.
TYPE: Bolivia, Rfo Aceramarca. El. 10800 ft. 1926. Tate
713 (holotype: NY; fragments of the type at ILL).-- [This
species recognized by Yuncker, 1955]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 151

aceramarcana var. variifolia Yunecker, Lilloa 27: 199, pl. 76.
[1953] 1955. TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, N. Yungas, Polo-Polo,
near Coroico. El. 1100 m. OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 3727
(holotype: US 1177045; isotype: ILL).

adsurgens Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sado Paulo) 3: 179, fig.
157. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Maria Madalena.
24 MAR 1955. Pereira 1314 (holotype: RB; paratype at ILL:
L.B. Smith 1885).-- [This species upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

aerea Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
19. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Chanchamayo Valley.
El. 1800 m. Schunke 494 (holotype: F 571552; isotype:
TL).

aggravescens Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. l72 330.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, Siguatepeque. El. 1800 mn.
21 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 5990 (holotype: ILL;
paratype at ILL: Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6188).-- [This
species recognized by Standley & Steyerm., 1952]

aguaditana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 576,
fig. 500. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Tolima, Aguadita.
15 JAN 1943. Silvano Jorge & Carlos 161 (holotype: ILL).

aguilae Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 723, fig.
646. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Tolima, El Fresno. El. 1800 m.
3 DEC 1939. Garefa Barriga 8232 (holotype: US 1774151;
paratype at ILL: Antonio Miguel 38).

ainana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
20. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Aina, near Rfo Apurimac.
El. 750-1000 m. 7, 17 MAY 1929. Killip & Smith 22766
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

* ajoupana Trel. ex Stenlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. &
Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but type cited);
publ. as P. stehleana var. ajoupana Trel. & Stenle ex Stehleé
& Quentin, op. cit. 2(2): 49, 50(fig. 3). 1948 (nomen
nudum, but with illustration of a leaf). TYPE: Guadeloupe.
Stehlé & Stehlé 1722 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated
herein: ILL).-- [= P. nigropunctata Miq. (fide Howard,
1973) )

alata Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Peruv. & Chile 1: 31, pl. 48, fig. b.
1798. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Pozuzo. Ruiz & Pavon s.n.
[holotype: MA?; fragments of the type (obtained from MA) at
ILL].-- [This species of wide distribution and generally
recognized ]

152 Panevan Oo Ls OnGh iA Vol. 59, No.

alatiscapa Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 20. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Pichis Trail,
Enenas. El. 1600-1900 m. JUN-JUL 1929. Killip & Smith
25623 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

albert-smithii Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 495,
fig. 439. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, between
Piedecuesta and Las Vegas. E11. 2000-2500 m.

19-24 DEC 1926. Killip & Smith 15552 [holotype: US 1351416;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith 20442 (cited
as 20422)]).

albert-smithii var. alipetiolata Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 496. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cundinamarca,
Caparrapf. El. ca 1275 m. 8-13 JUN 1939. Garcfa Barriga
7732 (holotype: US 1775890; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:

Killip 34714).

albert-smithii var. epunctata Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no.
S. Amer. 2: 496, fig. 440. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Caldas,
Rfo Santa Rita, Salento. El. 1600-1800 m. 26 AUG 1922.
Killip & Hazen 10131 (holotype: US 1142980; isotype: ILL;
paratype at ILL: Ecuador: Haught 2872).

albescens Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 299. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, vicinity of El Valle.
El. 600-1000 m. 8 DEC 1938. Allen 1259 (holotype: ILL).--
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950]

alleni Trel. in Woodson & Seibert, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25:
825. 1938. TYPE: Panama, Darién, Pinogana-Yavisa Trail.
El. 15 m. 17 MAR 1937. Allen 262 (holotype: MO; fragments
of the type at ILL).-- [= P. quadrangularis (Thompson)
A. Dietr. (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1957,
and 1974))

allorgeana Stehlé, Candollea 8: 76. 1940. TYPE: Martinique,
chemin du Gros Morne. El. 700 m. 12 AUG 1939. Stehlé &
Stenlé 3386 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. hirtella
Miq. in Hooker (fide Howard, 1973) ]

allorgeana forme lata Trel. ex Stehlé, Fl. Descript. Antill.
Fr. 2(1): 141, 1940; Bull. Agric. Martinique 9(3): 220.
1940. TYPE: Martinique, Gros-Morne lane. El. 620-700 m.
12 AUG 1939. Stehlé & Stehlé 3389 (holotype: ILL; paratype
at ILL: Stehlé & Stehlé 3388).-- [= P. hirtella (fide
Howard, 1973) ] .

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 153

allorgeana forma major Trel. ex Stehlé, Fl. Descript. Antill.
Fr. 2(1): 140. 1940; Bull. Agric. Martinique 9(3): 217.
1940. TYPE: Martinique, Deux-Choux. El. 700 m.
26 APR 1939. Stenlé & Stehlé 3211 (holotype: ILL; paratype
at ILL: Stenlé & Stehlé 3254).-- [= P. hirtella (fide
Howard, 1973) ]

allorgeana forma minor Trel. ex Stehlé, Fl. Descript. Antill.
Fr. 2(1): 140. 1940; Bull. Agric. Martinique 9(3): 217.
1940. TYPE: Martinique, Deux-Choux. El. 580-680 m.
12 AUG 1939. Stehlé & Stehlé 3390 (holotype: ILL; paratype
at ILL: Stehlé & Stenlé 3391).-- [= P. hirtella (fide
Howard, 1973))

alternifolia Yuncker, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 112: 24.
1933. TYPE: Hawaii, Molokai, Mapulehu Valley. Forbes
302-MO [holotype: BISH; paratypes at ILL: Degener 3065 and
3069 (leg. Wiebke), 3185 and 3186 (leg. Wiebke & Nitta)]. aS
[Thi is species recognized by Kartesz & Kartesz, 1980]

alveolata Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
324, 331. 1927. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.].
JAN-MAR 1871. Wright, Parry & Brummel 514 [holotype:

US 209801; paratypes at ILL (from Haiti): | Ekman 1797, 4607;
Leonard 8328).

ambiguifolia Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 571,
fig. 495. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, Rio Servité,
between Malaga and Concepci6én. El. 2100-2300 m.

19 JUL 1940. Cuatrecasas & Garcfa Barriga 9867 (holotype:
US 1799090; isotype: ILL).

amnicola Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 330. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, on a tree, river bank near
Siguatepeque. El. 1050 m. JUN-AUG 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 5799 (holotype: ILL).

amphioxys Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29: 24.
1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Ri6 Ozoma,
Santo Domingo City. 13 JAN 1929. Ekman 11133 (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

amphitricha Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 192. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Quebradillas, N of Santa Marfa
de Dota. El. 1800 m. 24 DEC 1925. Standley 43089a
(holotype: US 1251160; isotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Burger, 1971]

amphitricha var. santa-rosane Trelk., Contr... U.S.s'Nat. Herb.
26(4): 192. 1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Santa Rosa de
Copey. Tonduz 12225 (holotype: G-DC; paratype at ILL:
Standley 42620).-- [Cited with the species by Burger, 1971)

154 PERV OF EV ORG? iA Vol. 59, No.

amphoterophylla Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 225. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, La Palma. JUL 1888.
Biolley 939 (holotype: US 796599; paratype at ILL:
Standley 41609).-- [= P. galioides Kunth (fide Burger,
1971) ]

amphoterophylla var. glutineofructa trel., (Contre Ucse Nat.
Herb. 26(4): 226. 1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Cerro

de las Vueltas. El. 2700-3000 m. 29 DEC 1925-1 JAN 1926.
Standley & Valerio 44007 (holotype: US 1251182; isotype:
ILL; paratypes at ILL: Standley 42166, 42234, 43059, 43090;
Standley & Valerio 43527).-- [= P. galioides (fide Burger,
1971) ]

aneura Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
601, fig. 525. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Goajira, 15 km SW of
Carraipia. El. 750 m. 26 AUG 1944. Haught 4320 (holotype:
US 1709288; isotype: ILL).

antoni Trel. in Woodson & Seibert, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 24:
185. 1937. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, El Valle de Ant6n and
vicinity. El. 500-700 m. 23-27 JUL 1935. Seibert 437
(holotype: MO; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. magnoliifolia

(Jacquin) A. Dietr. (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker,
1950, 1957, 1966 and 1974) ]

antoni forma fertilior Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 27: 299. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, vicinity of
El Valle. El. 800-1000 m. 5 SEP 1938. Allen 760
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. magnoliifolia (fide Trel. &
Yuneker, 1950; Yuncker, 1950 and 1974) ]

antoni forma lutea Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 27: 300. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, vicinity of
El Valle. El. 600-1000 m. 8 DEC 1938. Allen 1160
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. magnoliifolia (fide Trel. &
Yuneker, 1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1957, 1966 and 1974)]

antoni var. reducta Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 27: 299. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, vicinity of
El Valle. El. 600-1006 m. 8 DEC 1938. Allen 1222
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. obtusifolia (L.) A. Dietr. (fide
Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1955, 1957 and i974) ]

antoniana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 21. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Rio Itaya, San
Antonio. El. 110 m. 18 SEP 1929. Killip & Smith 29496
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

1986

Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens

apodophylla Trel. & Yuncker var. hirtella Trel. & Yuncker,

Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 581. 1950. TYPE: Colombia,
Santander, Rfo Surata valley, between Bucaramanga and El
Jaboncillo. El. 800-1500 m. 2 JAN 1927. Killip & Smith
16352 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).

apodostachya Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 25 phe 128s) (P1953) 1955.

TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, San Carlos, near Mapiri. E1. 850 m.
17 DEC 1926. Buchtien 627 (holotype: US 1399490; isotype:
TLE

appeliator Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.

27: 300. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf, vicinity of Casita
Alta, Volcan de Chiriqui. El. 1500-2000 m. JUN-JUL 1938.
Woodson, Allen & Seibert 816 (holotype: ILL).--

{= P. leucosticta Trel. (fide Yuneker, 1950) ]

* apurimacana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.

13(NO. 357): 22. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Carrapa,
between Huanta and Rio Apur{mac. El. ca 1500 m. MAY 1929.
Killip & Smith 22355 (LECTOTYPE, designated herein: ILL).

arctebaccata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.

13(No. 357): 23. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chanchamayo
Valley. El. 1000 m. Schunke 471 (holotype: F 571529;
fragment of the type at ILL).

arcuatispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 23. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Pichis Trail, San

Nicholas. El. 1100 m. Killip & Smith 25992 (holotype: US;
isotype: ILL).

areolata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.

13(No. 357): 23. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Balsapuerto.

155

El. 150-350 m. Killip & Smith 28660 [holotype: US; fragment

of the type (a single leaf) at ILL].

argumentosa Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 331.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, on a log in ravine near El

Achote, above Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 19 JUL 1936.
Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 5966 (holotype: ILL).

artatiflora Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.

13(No. 357): 23. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Palca.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 47 (holotype: ILL).

* aspergillus Trel., Trab. Mus. Nac. Ci. Nat., Ser. Bot. 33: 45.

1936 (without a Latin diagnosis). TYPE: Colombia, Caldas,
New Quindio Trail. 14 AUG 1922. Killip 9787 (LECTOTYPE,
designated herein: US 1142908; isolectotype: TLL).

[= P. saligna Kunth (fide Trel. & Yuneker, 1950) ]

156 Pfie%e T Oboe A Vol. 59, No.

asterophylla Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 24. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Santa Rosa.
El. 135 m. 1-5 SEP 1929. Killip & Smith 28909 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

* auberyana Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. &
Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 [nomen nudum, but type cited: =
Stenlé & Stehlé 1723 (not at ILL)]; validly published in op.
cit. 2(2): 57. 1948, with a different type citation!. TYPE:
Guadeloupe, Santa Rosa. 13 JAN 1937. Aubery 1622
(LECTOTYPE, designated herein: NY; isolectotype: ILL).--

[= P. myrtifolia (Vahl) A. Dietr. (fide Howard, 1973) ]

baileyae Trel. ex Standley, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 5: 53. 1933.
TYPE: Panama, Canal Zone, Barro Colorado Island. Bailey &
Bailey 84 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. obsceurifolia

C.DC. (fide Yuneker, 1950 and Croat, 1978)]

bajane Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 581. 1950.
TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of La Baja. El. 3500 m.
14-31 JAN 1927. Killip & Smith 18091 (holotype: US 1353562;
isotype: ILL).

balineorum Trel. ex Stenlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 84: 408.
1937 (without a Latin diagnosis); Candollea 8: 80. 1940.
TYPE: Guadeloupe, Forét des Bains-Jaunes. El. 650 m.
Stenlé & Stehlé 230 [holotype: ?; paratype at ILL: Quentin
1336 (cited in 1937)].-- [= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard,
1973)]

balneolorum Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. &
Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but type cited).
TYPE: Guadeloupe, Bains-Jaunes. 1 JAN 1937. Stehlé 1348
(leg. Quentin) (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).--
[= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973) ]

barbensis Trel. var. alajuelana Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
26(4): 191. 1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, Alajuela, Fraijanes.
El. 1500-1700 m. 12-13 FEB 1926. Standley & Torres 47695
(holotype: US 1251258; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Standley & Valerio 43769).-- [= P. hispidula (Sw.) A. Dietr.
(fide Burger, 1971) ]

bayajana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 17,
24. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra Maestra near Bayajé.
El. ca 900 m. 8 AUG 1922. Ekman 14779 [holotype: ?;
isotype: ILL (2 sheets)].-- [= P. grisebachii C.DC. (fide
Yuneker, 1950-51) J]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 157

bayatana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Kegni Veg. 23: 22,
30. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Bayate. 20 NOV 1915. Ekman
6639 (holotype: ?; fragments of the type at ILL).--

[= P. obtusifolia (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker,
1950, 1950-51, 1955, 1957 and 1974) ]

bella Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
690, fig. 606. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Antioquia, on Rfo
Guapa, 8 km E of Guapd, etc. El. ca 150 m. 10 MAY 1945.
Haught 4656 (holotype: US 1709197; isotype: ILL).

bella var. subcordata Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 691, fig. 607. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Chocé6,
Cupica. El. ca 100 m. 10 FEB 1947. Haught 5557 (holotype:
US 1709502; isotype: ILL).

bellatula Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer.
2: 478, fig. 420. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Antioquia, near Rfo
Guapad, about 9 km E of Guapa, etc. El. ca 150 m.
10 MAY 1945, Haught 4657 (holotype: US 1709198; isotype:
ILL).

bermudezana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 25. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Puerto Bermidez.
El. 375 m. 14-17 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26451 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

bethaniana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 612,
fig. 536. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cundinamarca, Finca
Bethania, below Pena Negra, Mun. Anolaima. El. 2700 m.
29 MAY 1941. Garcfa Barriga & Jaramillo 10420 (holotype:
US 1851536; isotype: ILL).

blanda (Jacquin) Kunth var. sericea Yuncker in Espinosa, Univ.
Loja Estud. Bot. Ecuador 2: 31. 1949 (nomen nudum), in Trel.
& Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 559. 1950. TYPE:
Ecuador, Loja, El Valle, 2 km NE of Loja. El. 2100 m.
6 MAR 1947, Espinosa 1361 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:

Espinosa 90).

blepharilepida Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
23: 319, 326. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Chapelle Faure.
18 AUG 1924. Ekman 1529 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

blephariphylle Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 665,
fig. 580. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Chocd, R{fo San Juan, near
Palestina. El. 5-50 m. 12-14 MAR 1944, Cuatrecasas 16930
(holotype: US 1852543; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:

Haught 5379; Killip & Cuatrecasas 38762, 38876; Killip &
Garcfa 33231, 33304).

158 PPRY ToOMNO Gs 17h Vol. 59, No.

blepharipus Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 25. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Yurimaguas.
El. 135 m. AUG-SEP 1929. Killip & Smith 28030 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

blepharipus var. binispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 25. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, San
Antonio, Alto Rio Itaya. El. 145 m. SEP-OCT 1929.
Williams 3435 (holotype: F 618141; isotype: ILL).

* blepharipus var. iquitosensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 26. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto,

Iquitos. El. 100 m. 3-11 AUG 1929. Killip & Smith 27462
(LECTOTYPE, designated herein: ILL).

bocasensis Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 300. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Bocas del Toro, vicinity of
Nievecita. El. 0-50 m. 8-19 AUG 1938. Woodson, Allen &
Seibert 1859 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognizec by
Yuncker, 1950; = P. emiliana C.DC. (fide Burger, 1971) )

* bopiana Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard fs cet oes
TYPE LOCALITY: Bolivia, La Paz, Bopi River, at 3000 ft.
AUG 1921. Rusby 387, 570 = SYNTYPES (both at TLL) =
[Yuneker (1955) recognized this species and cited Rusby 387
as the "type"; Trelease, however, wrote "Type" on the other
specimen: Rusby 570. The latter number therefore should be
regarded as the HOLOTYPE (or LECTOTYPE). According to
Yuncker, that collection belongs in P. rhombea Ruiz & Pavon,
as do several other specimens annotated by Trelease as
"P. bopiana". Comparison of Rusby 387 with the other
authentic specimens shows that the material is conspecific,
i.e., P. bopiana Trel. in Rusby, as well as P. bopiana sensu

Yuncker (1955) belong in synonymy under P. rhombea }

brachyiule Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(NO. 357): 26. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Matucana. El. 2400 m.
APR-MAY 1922. Macbride & Featherstone 129 (holotype:
F 516662; isotype: ILL).

bracteispica Trel. in’ J.F. Macbr., Field’ Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 26. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Huacachi, near
Muna. El. 1950 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 41714 (holotype:
F 551173; fragments of the type at ILL).

brevinirtella Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (S&o Paulo) 3: 155, fig.
140. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Minas Gerais, Faz. do Diamante,
Olhos de Agua. 1 APR 1931. Mexia 5508 (holotype:
US 1618128; isotype: ILL).-- [This species upheld by
Yuneker, 1974)

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 159

brevipeduncula (C.DC.) Trel. var. major Trel. in Woodson &
Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 27: 301. 1940. TYPE:
Panama, Prov. Panama, Rfo Las Lajas. El. ca 20 m.
19 NOV 1939. Allen 2037 (holotype: ILL).--
[= P. pseudo-dependens C.DC. (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950 and
Yuncker, 1950) ]

brouetiana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
321, 328. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Morne Brouet. 30 JUL 1924.
Ekman 1197 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

* buchii C.DC. in Urban var. macrostachya Trel. in Feddes Repert.
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 321, 329. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, La
Selle, Riviére Momence, Nouvelle Touraine. El. 1000 m.

17 AUG 1924. Ekman 1516 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated
herein: ILL).

buchtienii Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 241, pl. 118. [1953] 1955.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, N. Yungas, Polo-Polo, near Coroico.
El. 1100 m. OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 3747 [holotype:

US 1176607; paratypes at ILL: Buchtien 3745, 3746, 5380,
7249; Cardenas 1335a (fragments) ].

cabaiana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 321,
328. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, La Selle, Morne Cabaio.
El. 1900 m. 24 AUG 1924. Ekman 1590 (holotype: ?; isotype:
ILL).

cacaophila Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 610,
fig. 534. 1950. TYPE: Ecuador, Los Rios, roadside at
Quevedo. El. ca 350 m. 22 NOV 1939. Haught 2966
(holotype: US 1707621; isotype: ILL).

caducipilosa Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 331.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Lancetilla Valley, epiphytic on tree
near Lancetilla. El. 30 m. 12 JUL 1934. Yuneker 4544
(holotype: ILL).

caespitiformans Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend.
& Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but type cited), ex
Stehlé, Candollea 8: 77. 1940. TYPE: Guadeloupe, Malanga.
El. 680 m. Stehlé & Stenlé 1753 (holotype: NY; fragments of
type at ILL).-- [= P. trifolia (L.) A. Dietr. (fide Howard,
1973)]

caliginigaudens Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
695, fig. 614. 1950. TYPE: Ecuador, Napo-Pastaza ... trail
from Mera to Bafios. El. ca 470 m. 23 FEB 1935. Mexia 6969
(holotype: US 1619094; isotype: ILL).

160 PPheye tl OF ONGMIPA Vol’. 59, now 3

calimana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 617, fig.
541. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, "Calima" on Rfo
Calima, 14-15 SEP 1922. Killip 11225 (holotype: GH;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Haught 2542).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1955a]

calophylia Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sdo Paulo) 3: 140, fig.
124. 1966 [as callophylla]. TYPE: Brazil, Parana, Serra do
Mar, Cadeado. 4 NOV 1915. Dusén 17295 (holotype:
US 1481730; isotype: ILL).-- [This species upheld by
Yuneker, 1974]

calvescens Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 27. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Cueva Grande,
near Pozuzo. El. 1050 m. 23 JUN 1923. Macbride 4800
(holotype: F 535834; isotype: ILL).

Canaminana Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 288. 1927.
TYPE: Bolivia, Canamina. El. 4000 ft. 21 JUL 1921. White
515 [holotype: ILL (this specimen marked "Type" by
Trelease); paratypes at ILL: White 282 (this number cited as
the type by Yuncker, 1955), 513 (a different species)].--
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1955.-- White 513
belongs in P. aceroana C.DC. (fide Yuncker) ]

cangrejalana Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9(4): 274.
1940. TYPE: Honduras, Atlantida, lower slopes of Mt.
Cangrejal near La Ceiba. 2 AUG 1938. Yuncker, Koepper &
Wagner 8765 (holotype: ILL).

Caniana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 27. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Cani, near
Mito. El. 2550 m. 16-26 APR 1923. Macbride 3415
(holotype: F 534486; isotype: ILL).

capitis-bovis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
323, 330. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Aux Cayes, Mt. Téte de Boeuf.
El. 1100 m. Ekman 781 [holotype: ?; fragment of the type
(1 leaf) at ILL].

cardenasii Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 227. 1927.
TYPE: Bolivia, Beni, Rurrenabaque. El. 300 m. 25 NOV 1921.
Cardenas 1174 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1955)

carlo-wrightii Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
23: 16, 23. 1926. TYPE: eastern Cuba. "Oct. 8" and
"Fepr. 7". Wright (holotype: W; paratypes at ILL: Ekman
2026, 6900).-- [= P. quadrangularis (fide Trel. & Yuncker,
1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1950-51, 1953, 1957 and 1974)]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 161

carpapatana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 27. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Carpapata.
El. 2700-3200 m. 7 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 24438
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith
24393).

carrapana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 28. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Carrapa.
El. 1500 m. MAY 1929. Killip & Smith 23207 (holotype: US;
isotype: ILL).

cartagoana Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 222. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Pittier 3198 (holotype: ?;
paratypes at ILL: Standley 41456, 42785; Standley & Valerio
49514, 49624).-- [= P. tetraphylla (G. Forster) Hooker &
Arnott (cf. Burger, 1971) ]

casitana Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 301. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqu{, vicinity of Casita
Alta, Volcan de Chiriquf. El. 1500-2000 m. JUN-JUL 1938.
Woodson, Allen & Seibert 952 (holotype: ILL).--
[= P. adscendens C.DC. (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950 and
Yuneker 1950; = P. acuminata Ruiz & Pavdén (fide Burger,
1971)]

castelosensis Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo) 3: 156, fig.
141. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Serra dos Orgaos,
Castelos. El. 2000 m. 19-20 MAR 1932. Brade 11538
[holotype: R; paratypes at ILL: Hoehne s.n. (= SP 8664);
Zickan s.n. (= SP 5385)].-- [This Species upheld by Yuncker,
1974)

cataractaegaudens Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel.
Depend. & Martinque 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but type
cited); Trel. ex Stehlé, Fl. Descript. Antill. Fr. 2(1):
144. 1940; Bull. Agric. Martinique 9(3): 221. 1940. TYPE:
Guadeloupe, Bord de la chute du Grand Carbet. El. 1000 m.
17 JAN 1937. Stehlé & Stehlé 1625 (holotype: NY; fragments
of the type at ILL).-- [= P. hirtella (fide Howard, 1973) ]

cattii Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(1): 310.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Lim6én, margin of Bonilla Lakes
above Tunnel Camp. El. 300-430 m. 13 DEC 1929. Dodge,
Catt & Thomas 6141 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).--

[= P. glabella (Sw.) A. Dietr. (fide Burger, 1971)]

cerea Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
28. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Mito. El. 2700 m.
Macbride 3330 (holotype: F 534400; isotype: ILL).

162 PB: bbe 0) La@aGhalt Vol. 59, Nos 3

cerro-puntana Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 27: 301. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf, trail from
Cerro Punta to headwaters of Rfo Caldera. El. 2250-2500 m.
14 JAN 1939. Allen 1451 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1950; = P. amphitricha (fide Burger,
1971)]

chachopoana Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 244. 1945
(momen nudum). TYPE: Venezuela, Mérida, above Chachopo.
16 JAN 1929. Pittier 13165 (holotype: ?; fragments of the
type at ILL).-- [= P. microphylla Kunth (fide Trel. &
Yuncker, 1950) ]

chalhuapuquiana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 29. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Hacienda
Chalhuapuquio. 8 DEC 1924. Stevens 215 (holotype: ILL).

chartacea Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 30. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Puerto Bermidez.
El. 375 m. 14-17 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26636 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

chicamochana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 470,
fig. 411. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Boyaca, Rio Chicamocha
Valley, between Soata and Tipacoque. E1. 1700-2000 m.

18 JUL 1940. Cuatrecasas & Garcia Barriga 9822 [holotype:
US 1798144; paratype at ILL: Cuatrecasas 1122 (small
piece) ].

echicbulana Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 230.
1937. TYPE: Guatemala, Petén, on a tree trunk in high,
mesophytic forest of Monte Chicbul, near La Libertad.

29 APR 1933. Lundell 3099 (holotype: MICH; isotype: ILL).--
[= P. granulosa Trel. (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

chillonensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 30. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Lima, along Rfo Chillon,
above Obrajillo. El. 2800-3200 m. Pennell 14413 (holotype:
F 558460; fragments of the type at ILL).

chigueroana Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 301. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqu{, Bajo Mona, mouth of
Quebrada Chiquero, Rio Caldera. El. 1500-2000 m.
3 JUL 1938. Woodson, Allen & Seibert 1025 (holotype:
ILL).-- [= P. barbinodis Trel. (fide Burger, 1971 and
Yuneker, 1950) ]

chiriguiensis Yuncker, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37: 93. 1950.
TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf{f, above Camp I, Holcomb's Trail, above
El Boquete. El. 1800-2100 m. 18 FEB 1918. Killip 3564
(nolotype: US; isotype: ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 163

chlorostachya Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 203. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Cerro de las Vueltas.
El. 2700-3000 m. 29 DEC 1925-1 JAN 1926. Standley &
Valerio 43513 (holotype: US 1251176; isotype: ILL; paratype
at iE: Standley 42766).-- [= P, hylophila C.DC. (fide
Burger, 1971) ]

chromatogena Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 278, pl. 159. [1953] 1955.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, Hacienda Simaco, along the road to
Tipuani. El. 1400 m. MAR 1920. Buchtien 5382 (holotype:
US 1176984; paratypes at ILL: Buchtien 3718, 7251, 7252,
2530.

chrysleri Yuncker, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37: 94. 1950.
TYPE: Panama, Canal Zone, Barro Colorado Island.
29 JUN 1940. Chrysler & Roever 4797 (holotype: ILL).--
[= P. obscurifolia (fide Croat, 1978)]

chrysolepida Trel. ex 1.M. Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
20: 57. 1931. TYPE: Mexico, Socorro Island. 1903.
Barkeley 228 (holotype: US 3999023; fragments of the type at
ILL; paratype at ILL: Mason 1629).

chucanebana Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 10: 156.
1931. TYPE: not cited, presumably from Honduras, perhaps to
be lectotypified (authentic specimen from Honduras at ILL:
Standley 55244).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker,
1938; = P. ~ deppeana Schlecht. & Cham. (cf. Standley &
Steyerm., 1952) ]

ciliatifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 30. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Balsapuerto.
El. 150-350 m. 28-30 AUG 1929. Killip & Smith 28684
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith
27982).

ciliatifolia var. eciliatifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field
Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 31. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto,
Santa Rosa. El. 135 m. Killip & Smith 28723 [holotype: US;
fragment of the type (a single leaf) at ILL].

ciliatifolia var. iquitosana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 31. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto,
Iquitos. El. ca 100 m. 3-11 AUG 1929. Killip & Smith
27167 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

ciliatifolia var. santarosana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 31. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Santa
Rosas, “E21; 7135" ms = 1-5 SEP» 1929. Killip & Smith 28988
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

164 PRAY T OML2O0G? BA Vol. 59, No. 3

circinnata Link, Bot. Jahrb. 1(3): 64. 1820. TYPE: Brazil.
Pohl 1217 (holotype: W; fragments of the type at ILL).--
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1957 and 1974]

circulifolia Trel. in Yuncker [var. circulifolia], Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 17: 331. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua,
.-. near El Achote, above the plains of Siguatepeque.
El. 1350 m. 7 AUG 1936. Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6361
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. quadrifolia (L.) Kunth (fide
Standley & Steyerm., 1952) ]

circulifolia var. eciliata Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 17: 332. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, ... near El
Achote, hills above the plains of Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m.
7 AUG 1936. Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6360 (holotype:
ILL).-- ["the leaves are not ciliated and the plants are
larger." (quote from the label) ]

circulifolia var. flava Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
17: 331. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, ... near El
Achote, hills above the plains of Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m.
15 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 5869 (holotype:
ILL).-- ["Leaves thick and turgid, emarginate." (quote from
the label) ]

clavatispica Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 477,
fig. 419. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Caldas, Quebrada Pontona,
ca 18 km W of La Dorada. El. ca 400 m. 30 DEC 1936.
Haught 2133 (holotype: US 1742378; isotype: ILL).

clivicola Yuneker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo) 3: 158, fig.
142. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Itatiaia.
18 JUL 1902. Dusén 763 (holotype: R; isotype: TE). ==SEThis
species upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

cocleana Trel. in Woodson & Seibert, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
25: 826. 1938. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, upper Rio Mata Ahogado
Valley. El. 350 m. 31 DEC 1936. Allen a BSS) (holotype:
ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950]

coliblancoana Trel. in Standley, Fieid Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4):
311. 1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Cartago, Finca Coliblanco,
S slope of Volcan de Turrialba. El. 1980 m. 11 OCT 1929.
Dodge 4516 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. tenella
(Sw.) A. Dietr. (fide Burger, 1971)]

* collicola Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29: 24.
1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Azua, dry
hill W of S. José de Ocoa. El. 700 m. 25 FEB 1929. Ekman
11665 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 165

collocata Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 332.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, ... near El Achote, hills
above Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 26 JUL 1936. Yuncker,
Dawson & Youse 6106 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Standley & Steyerm., 1952]

coloniae Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 31. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Colonia Perené.
El. 680 m. Killip & Smith 25053 (holotype: US; isotype:
TEL)

condormiens Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 332.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, ... El Achote, above
Siguatepeque. El. 1800 m. 1 AUG 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6237 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Standley & Steyerm., 1952]

confertispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 32. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Mito.
El. 2700 m. 8-22 JUL 1922. Macbride & Featherstone 1646
(wrongly publ. as Macbride 1466) (holotype: F 518142;
isotype: ILL).

confertispica var. erecta Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 32. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco,
Mito. El. 2700 m. JUL-AUG 1922. Macbride & Featherstone
1915 (holotype: F 518410; isotype: ILL).

congestispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 32. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Huacapistana.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 62 (holotype: ILL).

connixa Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 717, fig.
639. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, R{fo Surata Valley,
between Bucaramanga and El Jaboncillo. El. 800-1500 m,
2 JAN 1927. Killip & Smith 16353 (holotype: GH; isotype:
ILL).

conocarpa Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 332.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, above El Achote, near
Siguatepeque. El. 1800 m. 28 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6189 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Yuncker, Dawson
& Youse 6010).-- [= P. quadrifolia (fide Standley &

Steyerm., 1952)]

* contraria Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29: 2H.
1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo {Dominican Republ.], La Cumbre.
El. 250 m. 1929. Ekman 12399 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE
designated herein: ILL).

166 PhevaTe OSE tORGe aA Vol. 59, No. 3

conturbans Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 750,
fig. 674. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cundinamarca, Sasaima.
21 JAN 1941. Antonio Camilo 112 (holotype: ILL; paratype at
ILL: Laureano Javier 2).

conulifera Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin var. acutifolia Trel. ex
Stehle, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 85: 578. 1939 (without a
Latin diagnosis). TYPE: Guadeloupe, bosquets littoraux de
Campeche a l'Anse-Bertrand. El. 10 m. Stehlé & Stehlé 1620
(holotype: NY; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Stehleé &
Stehlé 1621, 1649, 2122, 2184, 2195, 2198).--

[= P. magnoliifolia (fide Howard, 1973) ]

* conulifera var. matoubana [probably a spelling error of
"matombana"] Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend.
& Martinique 2(2): 45(fig. 1), 46. 1948 (nomen nudum).
TYPE: Guadeloupe. Stehlé & Stehlé 2558 (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: NY; isotype or isolectotype:
ILL).-- [= P. magnoliifolia (fide Howard, 1973)]

conulifera var. stehleae Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 83: 628. 1936 (nomen subnudum); op. cit. 85: 579.
1938 (without a Latin diagnosis). TYPE: Marie-Galante.
Mme. Stenlé 299 (holotype: NY; fragments of the type at
ILL).-- [= P. magnoliifolia (fide Howard, 1973)]

conulifera var. stehlei Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France
83: 628. 1936 (nomen subnudum); validly publ. by Trel. ex
Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(2):
45(fig. 2), 46. 1948. TYPE: Guadeloupe. Stehlé 24
(holotype: NY; fragment of the type at ILL).--
[= P. magnoliifolia (fide Howard, 1973)]

* conulifera var. tenuispica Trel. & Stenlé ex Stehlé & Quentin,
Fl. Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(2): 45(fig. 5), 46. 1948
(nomen nudum). TYPE: Guadeloupe. Stehlé 2547 (LECTOTYPE,
designated herein: NY; isolectotype: ILL).--

{= P. magnoliifolia (fide Howard, 1973) ]

* conulifera var. tivoliana Trel. & Stehlé ex Stehlé & Quentin,
Fl. Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(2): 46. 1948 (nomen
nudum). TYPE: Martinique, Tivoli Bot. Gard. Stehlé &
Stehlé 2328 [LECTOTYPE, designated herein: NY; isolectotype:
ILL (2 sheets)].-- [= P. magnoliifolia (fide Howard, 1973)]

eorcovadensis Gardn. forma latifolia Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot.
(Sao Paulo) 3: 159. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Sao Paulo, Estacdo
Biolégia, Alto da Serra. 17 SEP 1943. Kuhlman s.n.
(holotype: S; paratype at ILL: Usteri s.n. (= SP 12621)].--
{This taxon recognized by Yuncker, 1974}

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 167

corozosana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29:
25. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Azua,
Los Corozos, S. José de Ocoa. El. 750 m. 19 MAR 1929,
Ekman 11969 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

cotoneasterifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 33. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Carpapata.
El. 2700-3200 m. 7 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 24390
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

crassispica Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
321, 328. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Morne Darracq, Le Borgne.
El. 800 m. Ekman 4762 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

crassulaecaulis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 33. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Carpapata.
El. 2400 m. 7 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 24355 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

crinigera Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(NOl 357): 33. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Palca.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 45 (holotype: ILL).

crispipila Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
322, 330. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Port de Paix, Haut-Piton.
El. 1000 m. Ekman 4612 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

crotalophora Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 34. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, La Merced,
Hacienda Schunke. El. 1200 m. AUG-SEP 1923. Macbride 5644
(holotype: F 536682; isotype: ILL).-- [This collection is
also the type of P. semielongata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., op.
cit. 95, but the name P. crotalophora was adopted for the
species by Trel. & Yuncker, 1950]

cruciata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 34. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chanchamayo
Valley. El. 800 m. Schunke 343 (holotype: F 571399;
fragments of the type at ILL).

cruentata Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 302. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Bocas del Toro, Isla de Col6én.
El. 25-75 m. 17-18 AUG 1938. Woodson, Allen & Seibert 1941
(holotype: MO; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1950; = P. rotundifolia (L.) Kunth (fide Burger,
1971)]

crusculibacca Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 34. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Huacapistane.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 90 (holotype: ILL).

168 Pa YT OL OG Pa Vol. 59, No. 3

eryptolepida Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 206. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Limon, Hamburg Finca, R{fo Reventaz6n below
Cairo. El. 55 m. 19 FEB 1926. Standley & Valerio 48932
(holotype: US 1251287; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Standley & Valerio 49016).-- {= P. panamensis C.DC. ex
Schroeder (fide Burger, 1971) ]

cryptotricha Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 244. 1945
(nomen nudum). TYPE: Venezuela, Miranda, Galipan.
El. 1800-2400 m. 20 MAY 1913. Pittier 6213 (holotype: US;
fragments of the type at ILL).-- [= P. reflexa (L.f.)

A. Dietr. (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker, 1950-51 and
1955); = P. tetraphylla (cf. Yuncker, 1974) ]

cuatrecasasana Trel., Trab. Mus. Nac. Ci. Nat., Ser. Bot. 33:
46. 1936 (without a Latin diagnosis). TYPE: Colombia,
Tolima, El Salto, Mt. Tolima. El. 3000 m. 15 MAY 1932.
Cuatrecasas 2413 (holotype: MA; fragments of the type at
ILL).-- [This species recognized by Trel. & Yuncker, 1950
(2: 560), but not validated]

* cubana C.DC. in DC. forma platana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 19. 1926 (nomen nudum). Type citation:
"Eastern Cuba ... Rio Yara to Rio Plata (Ekman 14213, 14780
Salis platana)" = SYNTYPES: ILL (Ekman 14780 the LECTOTYPE,
designated herein).-- [= P. glabella) (fide Trel. & Yuncker,
1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1950-51, 1955, 1957, 1966 and 1974)]

cubensis C.DC. var. haitensis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 323, 331. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Port de
Paix, Haut-Piton. El. 800 m. Ekman 3684 (holotype: ?;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Ekman 3683).-- [The species
recognized by Adams et al., 1972 and Yuncker, 1950-51]

* cufodontii Trel. in Cuf., Archivio Bot. Sist. Fitogeogr. &
Genet. 10: 26. 1934. TYPE: Costa Rica, Vulcanus Irazu,
..-. Guayabillos. El. 2500 m. 23 MAY 1930. Cufodontis 509
(LECTOTYPE, designated herein: ILL).-- [= P. hylophila (fide
Burger, 1971) ]

cumbreana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 692, fig.
610. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, La Cumbre.
El. 1500-1700 m. 11-16 JUL 1922. Hazen 11837 (holotype:
PH 601614; isotype: ILL).

currucaeformis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 35. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, La Merced,
Schunke Hacienda. El. 1400-1700 m. 8-12 JUN 1929. Killip
& Smith 24542 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 169

cushiana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 36. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Cushi.
El. 1500 m. 19-23 JUN 1923. Macbride 4816 (holotype:
F 535850; isotype: ILL).

daguana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 696, fig.
615. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Dagua Valley,
Cisneros. El. 300-500 m. 21 SEP 1922. Killip 11482
(holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).

daiquiriana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
22, 30. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Daiquiri. 29 OCT 1916.
Ekman 8140 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Ekman 8285).-- [= P. obtusifolia (fide Trel. & Yuncker,
1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1950-51, 1955, 1957 and 1974)]

dantoana Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9(4): 274.
1940. TYPE: Honduras, Atlantida, R{fo Danto, Mt. Cangrejal,
near La Ceiba. 16 JUL 1938. Yuncker, Koepper & Wagner 8499
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. granulosa (fide Standley &
Steyerm., 1952) ]

dawsoni Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 333. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, above El Achote, near
Siguatepeque. El. 1800 m. 21 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6009 (holotype: ILL).

debilipes Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 37. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Pichis Trail,
Yapas. El. 1350-1600 m. 28, 29 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith
25545 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

debilipes var. dimorpha Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 13(No. 357): 38. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Pichis
Trail, Yapas. El. 1350-1600 m. Killip & Smith 25591
(holotype: US; fragments of the type at ILL).

deceptrix Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 38. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, San Antonio, on
Rio ltaya. 61, 1l0smeelOesee VO29. Killip & Smith 29325
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

decora Dahlst. var. pilosa Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo)
3: 161. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte,
Serra do Curral. 1 MAR 1934. Sampaio 7374 [holotype: R;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Hoehne & Gehrt s.n.
(= SP 17555)].-- [This variety recognized by Yuncker, 1974]

defluens Trel. in Yuneker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 333. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Lancetilla Valley, near Lancetilla.
El. 27 m. 5 AUG 1934. Yuncker 4916 (holotype: ILL).

170 PRY TOE OG lA Vol. 59, No.

degeneri Yuncker, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 112: 25. 1933.
TYPE: Hawaii, Molokai, east arm of Kaluaaha Valley, on
shaded cliffs. 12 JUL 1928. Degener & Wiebke 3061
(holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Kartesz & Kartesz, 1980]

dendroides Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 38. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Chahua(?).
El. 2700 m. 12 MAY 1923. Macbride 3640 (holotype:
F 534704; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Macbride &
Featherstone 1784).

dendromorphis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 39. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Marcapata.
El. 3000 m. 15-16 FEB 1929. Weberbauer 7800 (holotype:
F 605350; isotype: ILL).

diaphanoides Dahlst. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl.
33(2): 112, tab. 10, fig. 3. 1900. TYPE: Brazil, Rio Grande
do Sul, Santo Angelo, near Cachoeira. 31 JAN 1893.
Malme 522 (holotype: S; isotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1974]

diehliana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 39. 1936. TYPE: Peru, probably in Cuzco.
Diehl 2526 (holotype: F 630026; fragments of the type at
TLE)

diruptorum Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 302. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf{, Bajo Mona, mouth of
Quebrada Chiquero, along Rio Caldera. El. 1500-2000 m.
3 JUL 1938. Woodson, Allen & Seibert 1023 (holotype: MO;
isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950;
= P, reptabunda Trel. (fide Burger, 1971)]

discilimba Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 489,
fig. 433. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, between
Piedecuesta and Las Vegas. El. 2000-2500 m.

19-24 DEC 1926. Killip & Smith 15502 (holotype: US 1351374;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith 16568).

distractiflora Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 40. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Hacienda
Chalhuapuquio. 8 DEC 1924. Stevens 214 (holotype: ILL).

divaricata Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 203, pl. 81. [1953] 1955. TYPE:
Bolivia, La Paz, N. Yungas, Polo-Polo, near Coroico.
El. 1100 m. OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 3724 (holotype:
US 1177042; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1974]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 171

dodgei Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4): 312.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Cartago, NW slope of Cerro de la
Carpintera above La Union des Tres Cruces. El. 1460-1700 m.
Dodge & Thomas 4782 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).--

[= P. carpinterana C.DC. (fide Burger, 1971)]

doleana Trel. ex Stehlé, Candollea 10: 288. 1946. TYPE:
Guadeloupe, Dolé. JAN 1929. Trelease 66 (holotype: ILL;
paratypes at ILL: Trelease 67, 68).-- [= P. myrtifolia
(fide Howard, 1973) ]

dolosa Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 83: 628. 1937
(nomen subnudum); Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel.
Depend. & Martinique 2(2): 52. 1948. TYPE cited: "ilot des
Saintes, Terre-de-Haut." Stehlé & Stenlé 155 [holotype: ?;
a specimen (fragments) at ILL marked "Type" is No. 755 from
Guadeloupe. Authentic specimen from "Zlot des Saintes" at
ILL: Stenlé & Stehlé 1724).-- [= P. myrtifolia (fide Howard,
1973) J

* dominicana C.DC. var. myriantha Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 29: 25. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo
[Dominican Republ.], Azua, ... Bejucal, S. José de Ocoa.
El. 1300 m. 13 MAR 1929. Ekman 11903 (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

dominicana var. roberjotana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. 23: 318, 325. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, La Selle,
Roberjot. El. 1700 m. 19 AUG 1924. Ekman 1542
(holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

donaguiana C.DC. [var.] B longifilamentosa C.DC., Candollea 1:
308. 1923. No collection cited, but PROBABLE TYPE: Mexico,

Hidalgo, barranca below Trinidad Iron Works. El. 5000 feet.
16 JUL 1904. Pringle 8992 (holotype: ?; probable isotype:
ILL).-- [Pringle's specimen has a printed label with the
above name, followed by the designation "n. var." Trelease
marked the sheet as "P. longifilamentosa (C.DC.) Cotype,"
but the latter combination was never published]

dondonensis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 26:
341. 1929. TYPE: Haiti, Massif du Nord, Dondon, near
Citadelle Laferri@ére. El. 700 m. Ekman 9643 (holotype: ?;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Ekman 8260).

* dondonensis var. caimitensis Trel. in Feddes Repert.
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 26: 341. 1929. TYPE: Haiti,
Anse-a-Magon, Gde. Cafmite, at sea level. 22 AUG 1927.
Ekman 8945 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

172 Pony et OoL SO8G DA Vol. 59, Nowe

drapeta Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 40. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hu&nuco, Huacachi near
Muna. El. 1950 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 4122 (holotype:
F 535193; isotype: ILL).

* duartensis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29:
25. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Duarte,
Loma Quita-Espuela. El. 800 m. 25 APR 1929. Ekman 12281
(holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

duidana Trel. in Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 354. 1931.
TYPE: Venezuela, Amazonas, slopes of Ridge 25, summit of Mt.
Duida. El. 1650-1800 m. NOV-DEC 1928. Tate 438 (holotype:
NY; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by Trel. &
Yuneker, 1950 and Yuncker, 1955]

duricaulis Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 302. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqui, trail from Cerro
Punto to headwaters of Rio Caldera. El. 2250-2500 m.
14 JAN 1939. Allen 1441 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1950]

earlei Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 22,
31. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Cooper's Ranch, Baracoa.
Underwood & Earle 872 (holotype: NY; paratypes at ILL: Ekman
14701, 14880).-- [= P. obtusifolia (fide Trel. & Yuncker,
1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1950-51, 1955, 1957 and 1974)]

ecuadorensis C.DC., Bull. Herb. Boissier 6: 507. 1898. TYPE:
Ecuador, Andes of Quito. Jameson 543 (holotype: B; fragment
of isotype (from LE) at ILLJ.-- [This species recognized by
Trel. & Yunecker, 1950]

effusa Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 240, pl. 117. [1953] 1955. TYPE:
Bolivia, La Paz, N. Yungas, Polo-Polo, near Coroico.
El. 1100 m. OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 3732 (holotype:
US 1177039; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Steinbach 9353).

efimbriata Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 226. 1927.
TYPE: Bolivia, Pongo de Quime. El. 11500 ft. 12 JUL 1921.
White 164 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1955]

ekmanii Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 22,
31. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra Maestra, summit of
Pico Turquino. El. 2040 m. 22-24 JUL 1922. Ekman 14531
(holotype: ?; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Ekman
5524).-- [= P. acuminata (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950;
Yuncker, 1950, 1950-51 and 1974) ]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens Ms

ellsworthii Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 486,
fig. 430. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cauca, "La Gallera", Micay
Valley. Killip 7675 (holotype: US 1142394; isotype: ILL).

emarginella (Sw.) C.DC. in DC. var. ovalis Trel. & Yuncker,
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 711, fig. 634. 1950. TYPE:
Ecuador,.Guayas, Teresita, 3 km W of Bucay. El. 270 m.
5-7 JUL 1923. Hitchcock 20458 (holotype: US 1195405;
fragments of the type at ILL).

enenyasensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 42. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Pichis Trail,
Enefias. El. 1600-1900 m. JUN-JUL 1929. Killip & Smith
25654 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

ephemera Ekman, Ark. Bot. 22A(9): 20. 1929 (nomen nudum).
TYPE: Haiti, La Vallée. 21 MAR 1928. Ekman 9755 (holotype:
?; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. pellucida (L.) Kunth (fide
Trelease's labelling) ]

epilobioides Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 551,
fig. 483. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cauca, "Canaan," Mt.
Puracé. El. 3100-3300 m. 11-13 JUN 1922. Pennell & Killip
6618 (hnolotype: US 1142144; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Mutis 547).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker, 1955a)

epilobioides var. glabrilimba Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker,
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 552. 1950. TYPE: Colombia,

Cauca, headwaters of R{fo Palo, Quebrada de Santo Domingo.
El. 2665 m. 14 DEC 1944. Cuatrecasas 19298 (holotype:
TLE).

eripipunctulata Trel. in Yuncker, Fieid Mus. Publ. Bot. 17:
333. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, on a rotten log in
ravine near El Rincén, about 10 miles W of Siguatepeque.

El. 1400-1500 m. 25 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6079
(holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Yuncker, Dawson & Youse
6104).

erythrophlebia Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 200. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Cartago, El Mufieco, Rio Navarro.
El. 1400 m. 8, 9 FEB 1924. Standley 33418 (holotype:
US 1229226; fragments of the type at ILL).-- [= P. hylophila
(fide Burger, 1971)]

erythropremna Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
18, 27. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, Loma Harenales.
Shafer 13784 (holotype: NY; paratype at ILL: Ekman 16604).--
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950-51]

174 Rene ya OPE Ose en Vol. 59, No.

erythrostachya Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 43. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Pozuzo.
El. 600 m. 20-22 JUN 1923. Macbride 4667 (holotype:
F 535741; isotype: ILL).

estrellana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 43. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Estrella,
between Huanta and Rio Apurimac. El. 500 m.
8, 14 May 1929. Killip & Smith 23064 (holotype: US; isotype:
ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith 25281).

euosma Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 22,
29. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, Sierra de S. Vicente.
1924. Ekman 18691 (nolotype: ?; isotype: ILL).--

[= P. magnoliifolia (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker,
1950, 1950-51, 1957, 1966 and 1974)]

evadens Trel. ex Stehlé, Fl. Descr. Antill. Fr. 2(1): 134.
1940; Bull. Agric. Martinique 9(3): 211, tab. 12. 1940.
TYPE: Guadeloupe, Soufriére lane. El. 950 m. Stehlé 330
(holotype: NY; fragments of the type at ILL).--

[= P. hirtella (fide Howard, 1973)]

ewanii Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 573, fig.
497. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Narifio, 6 km above San José,
vicinity of Cerro Tabldén, region of Volcdn de Dofia Ana.
14 DEC 1944. Ewan 16574 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Ecuador: Penland & Summers 2).

exiguispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 44. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Puerto Arturo.
El. 155-210 m. OCT-NOV 1929. Williams 5331 (holotype:
F 622538; isotype: ILL).

exilamenta Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 44. 1936. TYPE: Peru, San Martin, Tarapoto.
El. 360-900 m. DEC 1929. Williams 5722 (holotype:
F 622513; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Williams 6258).

exiliramea Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 44. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Santa Rosa.
El. 135 m. 1-5 SEP 1929. Killip & Smith 28768 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

exuberantifolia Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4):
313. 1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Heredia, Cerro Central de
Zurquf{. El. 1600-1700 m. 27 DEC 1929. Dodge, Thomas,
Valerio & Valerio 6140 "Pay", i.e., pro parte (holotype: GH;
isotype: ILL).-- [= P. hylophila (fide Burger, 1971)]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 175

famelica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 45. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, E of Quimirf
Bridge, near La Merced. El. 800-1300 m. 1-3 JUN 1929.
Killip & Smith 23961 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

fieldiana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 45. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Pozuzo.
El. 600 m. 20-22 JUN 1923. Macbride 4684 (holotype:
F 535758; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith
25167).

filici-decorans Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17:
333. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, near El Achote, above
Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 26 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6105 (holotype: ILL).

fimbribractea Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 196. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Cartago, Dulce Nombre. El. 1400 m.
27 FEB 1924. Standley 35897 (holotype: US 1229256;
paratypes at ILL: Standley 41447; Standley & Torres 51704;
Standley & Valerio 45481).-- [= P. costaricensis C.DC. (fide
Burger, 1971) ]

fissicola Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 46. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Huanuco.
El. 2100 m. 5-8 APR 1923. Macbride 3255 (holotype:
F 534325; isotype: ILL).

flagitans Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 334.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, river bank 6 km W of
Siguatepeque. El. 1200 m. 8 AUG 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6383 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Standley & Steyerm., 1952]

floresensis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9: 275.
1940. TYPE: Honduras, Yoro, Las Flores. El. 270 m.
30 JUN 1938. Yuncker, Koepper & Wagner 8149 (holotype:
ILL).-- [This species recognized by Standley & Steyerm.,
1952)

floridensis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
17, 25. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra Maestra, Florida
above Daiquirf. El. 750 m. 28-29 JUN 1914. Ekman 1560
(holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. grisebachii (fide
Yuneker, 1950-51)]

foliata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 47. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Huacapistana.
8 DEC 1924. Stevens 65 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Stevens 178). ra

176 PAH Sy 1 SOs 07Ger vA Nol. ‘59, Mp.

* formonensis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24:
360. 1928. TYPE: Haiti, La Hotte, Mont Formon. El. 2150 om.
Ekman 7517 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

fortunati Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 48. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, valley of Rfo
Apurfmac. FEB 1929. Herrera s.n. [holotype: F 589470;
fragments of the type at ILL; paratype at ILL (fragments):
Weberbauer 5684].-- [= P. mandonii C.DC. in DC. (fide Trel.
& Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker, 1955 and 1974)]

fortipes Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 48. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Aina.
Ba 1 50=1000em. 7, tt MAY 1929). Killip & Smith 22589
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

fragilis Yuneker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
551, fig. 482. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Narifio, Cordillera
Oriental, vicinity of Funes along Rfo Tellez. El. 2600 m.

1 DEC 1944. Ewan 16509 (holotype: ILL).

fragrantissima Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 449,
fig. 395. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Putumayo, Cordillera
Oriental, Quebrada Blanca, Rio Afiladores drainage, along
road to Cerro Precipicio. El. 2131 m. Ewan 16281
(holotype: ILL).

fraseri C.DC. var. peltata Yuncker ex Espinosa, Univ. Loja,
Estud. Bot. Ecuador 2: 31. 1949 (nomen nudum), in Trel. &
Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 740. 1950. TYPE:
Ecuador, Loja, Horta-Naque. 5 NOV 1946. Espinosa 859
(holotype: ILL).

fulvescens Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer.
2: 674, fig. 590. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Km. 8,
along hwy. from Buenaventura to Cali, near sea level.
10 JUN 1944. Killip & Cuatrecasas 39011 (holotype:
US 1856883; isotype: ILL).

fumeana Stenlé & Trel. in Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 84:
408. 1937. TYPE: Guadeloupe. Stehlé & Stehlé 340
(holotype: ?; fragment of the type at ILL).-- [= P. urocarpa
Fisch. & Mey. (fide Howard, 1973) ]

fumeana var. stehlei Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France
84: 408. 1937. TYPE: Guadeloupe, ... ad rives fluminis
St.-Louis. 22 FEB 1936. Stehlé & Stehlé 370 (holotype: NY;
isotype: ILL).-- [= P. urocarpa (fide Howard, 1973)]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 177

* galiifolia Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 227. 1927.
TYPE: Bolivia, Pongo de Quime. El. 11500 feet.
12 JUL 1921. White 166 (LECTOTYPE, designated herein: ILL;
isolectotype: NY).-- [= P. galioides (fide Yuncker, 1955)]

gehrigeri Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 244. 1945
(nomen nudum); Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
527, fig. 465. 1950. TYPE: Venezuela, Mérida, Tabay, en
selva de la Isla y El Rinc6n. El. 2500-2700 m. 8 SEP 1930.
Gehriger 421 (holotype: US 1498577; isotype: ILL).

gentianaefolia Sodiro, Contrib. al Conoc. Fl. Ecuator Monogr.
1, Ed. 2, Nuevas Adic. p. 3 [1902]; Anales Univ. Centr.
Ecuador 15: 98. 1902. TYPE: Ecuador, Tungurahua.
El. 2600 m. 1901. Sodiro s.n. (holotype: ?; isotype:
ILL).-- [= P. saligna (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950)]

gilberti Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 50. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Ollantaitambo.
El. 3000 m. 15 MAY 1915. Cook & Gilbert 740 (holotype:
US; fragments of the type at ILL).

glabrirhachis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 50. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junf{n, Hacienda
Chalnuapuquio. 8 DEC 1924. Stevens 211 (holotype: ILL;
paratypes at ILL: Stevens 64, 179).

glareosa Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 50. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Rfo Santiago,
above Pongo de Manseriche. El. 200 m. 6 DEC 1931. Mexia
6236 (holotype: UC; isotype: ILL).

gloriosaefolia Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
23: 319, 325. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Morne de la Hotte, Ma
Blanche. Ekman 526 (holotype: ?; fragments of the type at
ILL Ys

gorgonillana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 632,
fig. 554. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Narifno, Gorgonilla Island,
near sea level. 8 FEB 1939. Killip & Garcfa 33053
(holotype: US 1770053; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:
Killip & Garcfa 33079, 33138).

gorgonillana var. hirsutula Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S.
Amer. 2: 632. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cauca, highlands of
Popayan. El. 1500-1800 m. FEB 1902. Lehmann B.T. 1009
(holotype: GH; paratype at ILL: Killip 11620). ;

178 Pony TOS OG" Grie a Vol. 59, Ne 3

granata Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 17,
24. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra Maestra, cliffs,
northern spur of Pico Turquino. El. 1850-1900 m.

24 JUL 1922. Ekman 14590 [holotype: ?; isotype: ILL;
paratypes at ILL: Ekman 14580 (2 sheets)].-- [= P. galioides
(fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1950-51 and
1955) )

granulata Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 654, fig.
572. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of Barranca
Bermeja, Magdalena Valley, etc. El. 100-500 m.
17 NOV 1934. Haught 1420 (holotype: US 1661694; isotype:
ILL).

granulatifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 50. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Puerto Yessup.
El. 400 m. 10-12 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26390 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

granulatilimba Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 51. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Yurimaguas,
lower Rfo Huallaga. El. 155-210 m. OCT-NOV 1929. Williams
4617 (holotype: F 629584; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:
Killip & Smith 26215; Williams 2802, 2945).

granulosa Trel., J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 19: 328. 1929. TYPE:
Honduras, Atlantida, Lancetilla Valley near Tela.
El. ca 100 m. 11 JAN 1928. Standley 54360 (holotype:
F 583593; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Standley & Steyerm., 1952)

guaiquinimana Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 245.
1945 (as guaiquinimiana, nomen nudum); Trel. & Yuncker,
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 596, fig. 518. 1950. TYPE:
Venezuela, Bolfvar, Rio Paragua, Guaiquinima. El. 285 m.
14, 15 APR 1943. Killip 37504 (holotype: US 1855529;
isotype: ILL).

guanensis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 17,
24. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rfo, base of Sierra Guane.
NOV 1911. Shafer 10541 (holotype: US 1047841; fragments of
the type at ILL).-- [Tnis species recognized by Yuncker,
1950-51)

* guayabillosana Trel. in Cuf., Archivio Bot. Sist. Fitogeogr. &
Genet. 10: 26. 1934. TYPE: Costa Rica, Vulcanus Irazi
-.. Guayabillos. El. 2300 m. 28 MAY 1930. Cufodontis, 317
(LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).-- [= P. galioides (fide
Burger, 1971) ]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 179

gucayana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 51. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Urubamba Valley,
near Gucay. El. 3000 m. Herrera 1464 (holotype: US;
fragments of the type at ILL).

guttulatissima Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
23: 18, 25. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rfo, Sierra
Caliente, Sumidero. 24 NOV 1923. Ekman 18191 (holotype: ?;
isotype: ILL).-- [= P. hirta C.DC. (fide Yuncker, 1950-51) ]

naematolepis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 52. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Hacienda
Chalhuapuquio. 8 DEC 1924. Stevens 212 (holotype: ILL).--
{This species recognized by Trel. & Yuncker, 1950)

naughtii Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 523, fig.
463. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of Barranca
Bermeja, Magdalena Valley, between Sogamosa and Colorado
rivers. El. 100-500 m. 25 AUG 1934. Haught 1341
(holotype: US 1661659; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Haught
2059).

hebetata Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 529, fig.
468. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Putumayo, Umprfa. El. 325 m.
OCT-NOV 1930. Klug 1805 (holotype: US 1518027; fragments of
the type at ILL).

herediana Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 197. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Heredia, Yerba Buena. El. 2000 m.
FEB 1926. Standley & Valerio 49260 (holotype: US 1251293;
paratypes at ILL: Standley & Valerio 50200, 52337).--
[= P. elata C.DC. ex Schroeder (cf. Burger, 1971)]

herteri Trel., Revista Sudamer. Bot. 6: 66. 1941. TYPE:
Uruguay. Herter 98388 (holotype: 7; fragments of the type
at ILL).-- [= P. catharinae Miq. (fide Yuneker, 1955 and
1974) )

heterophylla Miq. in Hooker var. grandis Yuneker, Lilloa 27:
24h, pl. 121. [1953] 1955. TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz,
N. Yungas, Polo-Polo, near Coroico. El. 1100 m.
OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 3735 (holotype: US 1176597; isotype:
TLE).

hispidorhachis Yuncker, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37: 112, fig.
31. 1950. TYPE: Panama, Prov. Panama, Rfo La Maestra.
El. 0-25 m. 4 DEC 1936. Allen 31 (holotype: MO; isotype:
ILG)).

180 P Boyt OL ONG TA Vol. 59, No.

hispidula (Sw.) A. Dietr. var. ellipticifolia Trel. & Yuncker,
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 705, fig. 626. 1950. TYPE:
Colombia, Santander, R{o Surat4 Valley above Surata.
El. 2000-2300 m. 5-6 JAN 1927. Killip & Smith 16580
(holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).

hispiduliformis Trel. in Moldenke, Lilloa 6: 295. 1941. TYPE:
Argentina, Tucuman, Las Pavas. El. 1700 m. 9 MAR 1924.
Venturi 2986 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1955]

horrescens Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 245. 1945
(nomen nudum). TYPE: Venezuela, Fed. Distr., upper Cotiza,
near Caracas. El. above 1400 m. :23 SEP 1917. Pittier 7400
(holotype: US?; fragments of the type at ILL).--

{= P. venezueliana C.DC. (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950)]

houelmonte Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 83: 628.
1936 (nomen subnudum), ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl.
Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but
type cited). TYPE: Guadeloupe. 25 FEB 1936. Stehlé &
Stehlé 365 (holotype: NY; isotype: ILL).--
[= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973)]

huacachiana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 53. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Huacachi near
Mufia. El. 1950 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 3899 (holotype:
F 534962; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Macbride 3416).

huacapistana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 54. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junf{n, Huacapistana.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 89 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Macbride 4678).

huantana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 55. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Aina.
El. 750-1000 m. 7, 17 MAY 1929. Killip & Smith 22728
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith
22780).

huantana var. enenyaSana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 13(No. 357): 55. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Pichis
Trail, Enefias. El. 1600-1900 m. JUN-JUL 1929. Killip &
Smith 25727 (nolotype: US; isotype: ILL).

huanucoana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 55. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Huanuco.
El. 2100 m. 5-8 APR 1923. Macbride 3256 (holotype:
F 534326; isotype: ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 181

* humilis A. Dietr. var. stehlei Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl.
Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(2): 54. 1948. TYPE:
Guadeloupe, Ajoupa des Bains-Jaunes. El. 900 m. Stehlé &
Stehlé & Quentin 2457 -- wrongly published as no. 2547
(LECTOTYPE designated herein: NY; isolectotype: ILL, P).--
{= P. questeliana Stenhlé & Trel. in Stehlé (fide Howard,
1973); the name P. humilis A. Dietr. upheld by Boufford,
1982)

hydrocotyloides Miq. var. major Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sado
Paulo) 3: 144, fig. 128. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Guanabara,
Copacabana. 25 OCT 1862. Isern 6669 (holotype: ILL).--
[This variety recognized by Yuncker, 1974]

hydrocotyloides var. setosa Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao
Paulo) 3: 144, fig. 127. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Sao Paulo,
Iti. 4 DEC 1924, Hoehne s.n. (= SP 12909) (holotype:
ILL).-- [This variety recognized by Yuncker, 1974]

imbracteata Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 175, pl. 55. [1953] 1955.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, N. Yungas, Polo-Polo, near Coroico.
El. 1100 m. OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 3737 (holotype: US
1176599; isotype: ILL).

inaudax Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 334. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, above El Achote, near
Siguatepeque. El. 1850 m. 1 AUG 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6242 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. condormiens (fide
Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

infralutea Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 644,
fig. 567. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Caldas, above Salento.
El. 2600-2800 m. 2-10 AUG 1922. Pennell 9295 (holotype:
US 1142815; isotype: ILL).

intermixta Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
18, 26. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente. Wright 523, pro parte
(holotype: G; paratypes at ILL: Ekman 8846, 14801).--

{= P. trichocaulis Trel. (fide Yuncker, 1950-51).

ioeides Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 562, fig.
490. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Putumayo, between El Encafio and
Sibundoy, Paramo de San Antonio del Bordoncillo.
El. 3250 m. 4 JAN 1941. Cuatrecasas 11758 (holotype:
US 1799116; isotype: ILL).

itayana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 56. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Rio Itaya,
Soledad. El. 110 m. Killip & Smith 29753 (holotype: US;
paratypes at ILL: Killip & Smith 28724, 29364, 29618).

182 PWV T OP LOOPS TA Vol. 59, Nos 3

izalcoana Trel. in Standley, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 13: 366. 1923.
TYPE: El Salvador, Sonsonate, vicinity of Izalco.
19 MAR 1922. Standley 21874 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P.
bernoullii C.DC. (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

jamesoniana C.DC. var. longifolia Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 605, fig. 530. 1950. TYPE: Colombia,
Putumayo, Umbrfa. El. 325 m. 3 OCT 1930. Klug 1743
(holotype: US 1456501; isotype: ILL).-- [This variety
recognized by Yuncker, 1955a]

juniniana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 57. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chanchamayo
Valley. El. 1200 m. Schunke 357 (holotype: F 571411;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith 24809).

klugiana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 616, fig.
540. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Putumayo, Umbrfa. 0°54'N,
76°10'W. El. 325 m. OCT-NOV 1930. Klug 2109 (holotype:
US 1456756; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Ewan 16763).

koepperi Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9: 275. 1940.
TYPE: Honduras, Atlantida, Mt. Cangrejal. El. 300 m.
16 JUL 1938. Yuncker, Koepper & Wagner 8508 (holotype: ILL;
paratype at ILL: Yuncker, Koepper & Wagner 8380).--
[= P. rotundifolia (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

laesa Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 27:
303. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqui, vicinity of "New
Switzerland," central valley of Rio Chiriqui Viejo.

El. 1800-2000 m. 6-14 JAN 1939. Allen 1422 (holotype:
ILL).-- [= P. palmana C.DC. (fide Burger, 1971 and Yuncker,
1950) J

lancetillana Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 334.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Lancetilla Valley, hills above
Lancetilla, near Tela. El. 60 m. 7 AUG 1934. Yuncker 4943
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. obtusifolia (cf. Standley &
Steyerm., 1952)]

lancetillana var. spathifolia Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 17: 335. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Lancetilla Valley
near Lancetilla. El. 60 m. 18 AUG 1934. Yuncker 5040
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. obtusifolia (fide Standley &
Steyerm., 1952)]

lankesteri Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4): 317.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Pejivalle. Lankester 1294
(holotype: F; fragments of the type at ILL).--

{= P. candelaber Trel. (fide Burger, 1971)]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 183

la-sierrana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 530,
fig. 469. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Antioquia, La Sierra, 18 km
N of Medellfn. El. ca 2000 m. 8 MAR 1931. Archer 1635
(holotype: US 1542694; isotype: ILL).

late-ovata Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 191. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Laguna de la Chonta, near Santa
Marfa de Dota. El. 2000-2100 m. 18 DEC 1925. Standley
42310 (holotype: US 1251136; paratype at ILL: Standley
42201).-- [= P. emarginella (fide Burger, 1971)]

laudabilis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 335.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, El Achote, above
Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 3 AUG 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6298 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. collocata (fide Standley
& Steyerm., 1952)]

laxiflora Kunth var. perrubescens Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 481. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander,
Dorada Creek, 10 km S of Raizuda, ete. El. ca 300 m.
7 MAY 1937. Haught 2197 (holotype: US 1742427; paratype at
ILL: Haught 1911a).

leonardi Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 322,
329. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Mission Fonds Verettes. Leonard
4028 (holotype: US 1076422; paratypes at ILL: Ekman 1296,
1528, 2743, 4606, 4711; Leonard 8375).

* leonardi var. acuminata Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.

Regni Veg. 23: 322. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Morne Brouet.
26 JUL 1924. Ekman 1108 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated
herein: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Leonard 7871, 8279).

leridana Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 303. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqu{, Finea Lérida to
Boquete. El. 1300-1700 m. 8-10 JUL 1938. Woodson, Allen &
Seibert 1176 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. maculosa (L.) Hooker
(fide Burger, 1971; Trel. & Yuncker, 1950 and Yuncker,
1950) J

leuconeura Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 58. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, La Merced,
Hacienda Schunke. El. 1200 m. AUG-SEP 1923. Macbride 5628
(holotype: F 536667; isotype: ILL).

leucostachya C.DC. var, tolimensis Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 465. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Tolima,
Cordiliera Central, Quebrada Cajamarca, New Quindio Trail.
14 AUG 1922. Killip 9747 (holotype: GH; fragments of the
type at ILL).

184 Pye Ore UG een Vol. 59, “No.3

lignescens C.DC. var. subcuneilimba Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb. 26(4): 193. 1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, San José,
vicinity of Santa Marfa de Dota. El. 1500-1800 m.
DEC 1925. Standley 41564 (holotype: US 1251105; isotype:
ILL; paratype at ILL: Standley 42115).-- [Cited with the
species by Burger, 1971]

ligustrina Hillebrand var. oopuolana Yuncker, Bernice P. Bishop
Mus. Bull. 112: 35. 1933. TYPE: Hawaii, E Maui, vicinity of
Oopuola stream. 7 JUL 1927. Degener & Wiebke 2628
(holotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Degener & Wiebke 3066;
Wiebke 3068, 3071).-- [This variety recognized by Kartesz &
Kartesz, 1980]

limaensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 58. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Lima, San Geronimo in
Lima. El. 150 m. 19 SEP 1923. Macbride 5920 (holotype: F;
isotype: ILL).-- [This is also a paratype of P. pseudo-

galapagensis Trel. in op. cit. 79]

lindmaniana Dahlst., Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl.
33(2): 44, tab. 8, fig. 7. 1900. TYPE: Brazil, Mato Grosso,
Serra do Itapirapuau. 23 APR 1894. Lindman 2925
(holotype: S; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1974]

linearis C.DC. in Seemann, J. Bot. 4: 145. 1866. TYPE:
Ecuador, "in sylvis Andium Quitensium." El. 1800 m.
Jameson 89 [holotype: G; fragment of isotype (from LE) at
ILL].-- [= P. swartziana Miq. (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950;
Yuncker, 1950-51 and 1955)]

* lineatipila A. Rich. forma mogotana Trel. in Feddes Repert.
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 19. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del
Rfo, Sierra Sitio Sto. Tomas, region of the Mogotes.
6 OCT 1923. Ekman 16635 (LECTOTYPE, designated herein:
ILL).-- [= P. glabella (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker,
1950, 1950-51, 1955, 1957, 1966 and 1974) ]

loefgrenii Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo) 3: 146, fig.
130. 1966 [as loefgrennii]. TYPE: Brazil, Sao Paulo,
Barreira do Ataque. 12 JAN 1897. Loefgren 3606 (holotype:
ILL).-- [This species upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

longispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 59. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huadnuco, Mufia.
El. 2100 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 3928 (nolotype:
F 534990; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Killip & Smith

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 185

lundellii Trel. ex Standley in Standley & Record, Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 12: 406. 1936. TYPE: British Honduras [Belize],
Orange Walk Distr., Honey Camp. NOV 1928. Lundell 96a
(holotype: F 597985; fragments of the type at ILL).--
[= P. crassiuscula Millsp. (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952;
= P. pereskiaefolia (Jacquin) Kunth (fide Burger, 1971)]

Macaraoana Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 245. 1945
(momen nudum). TYPE LOCALITY: Venezuela. Four syntypes
cited (perhaps lectotypification needed): Allard 58, 172;
Pittier 11549, 11907 [fragments of Pittier 11907 (obtained
from LE) at ILL).-- [= P. blanda (fide Trel. & Yuncker,

1950; Yuncker 1955, 1957, 1966 and 1974)]

macbrideana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 59. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Huacachi, near
Mufia. El. 1950 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 4144 (holotype:
F 535218; isotype: ILL).

maestrana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 20,
29. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra Maestra, Arroyo
Bayaja. El. 200-400 m. 8 AUG 1922. Ekman 14767
[LECTOTYPE, designated herein: ILL (the specimen at ILL was
listed as "type" by Yuncker, 1950, but it was not marked as
such by Trelease); isolectotype: HAB, NY; paratypes at ILL:
Ekman 7272, 14393].-- [This species recognized by Yuncker,
1950-51]

Maguirei Yuncker in Maguire & Collaborators, Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 75: 291. 1948. TYPE: Suriname, Tafelberg, vicinity SE
margin of Arrowhead Basin. 19 AUG 1944, Maguire 24420
(holotype: NY; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Trel. & Yuncker, 1950 and Yuncker, 1957]

majalis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 60. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Pichis Trail, Dos
de Mayo. El. 1700-1900 m. 2, 3 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith
25886 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

mala Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 335. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, Siguatepeque. El. 1050 m.
8 JUL 1936. Yunecker, Dawson & Youse 5737 (holotype: ILL).

Malmeana Dahlst., Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl. 33(2):
169, tab. 6, fig. 1. 1900. TYPE: Paraguay, near Paraguari.
AUG 1893. Malme 896 (holotype: S; isotype: ILL).-- [= P.
aceroana (fide Yuncker, 1955) ]

186 P HVAT (0' eG alwA Vol. 59, No.

mansericheana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 60. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, mouth of Rfo
Santiago, Pongo de Manseriche. El. 210 m. 1 DEC 1931.
Mexia 6196 (holotype: UC; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. vulcanicola
C.DC. var. mansericheana (Trel.) Trel. & Yuncker (1950) ]

marcapatana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 61. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Quispicanchi,
Marcapata. El. 3000 m. 15-16 FEB 1929. Weberbauer 7801
(holotype: F 605155; isotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1955]

marshalliana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 61. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Pozuzo.
El. 600 m. Macbride 4710 (nolotype: F 551172; paratype at
ILL: Schunke 460).

martinicensis C.DC. in Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 84: 409.
1937. TYPE: Guadeloupe, Houteurs de Goyave, Rivieres Moreau
et Bouteillé. El. 300 m. Stenlé & Branquec 975 (holotype:
NY; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard,
1973)]

martinicensis var. lata Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel.
Depend. & Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but type
cited). TYPE: Guadeloupe, Goyave. Stehlé & Stehlé 976

(holotype: NY; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. nigropunctata (fide
Howard, 1973)]

matapaio Trel. in Standley, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 13: 366. 1923.
TYPE: El Salvador, San Salvador, AUG 1922. Calderon 1121
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. pililimba C.DC. ex Schroeder (fide
Standley & Steyerm., 1952); = P. olivacea C.DC. (cf. Burger,
1971)]

* medianiana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29:
25. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Azua,
San Juan. El. 1950 m. 17 SEP 1929. Ekman 13605 (holotype,
or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

megalepis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 62. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, trail to Tambo
de Vaca, Mufa. El. 2400 m. 5-7 JUN 1923. Macbride 4275
(holotype: F 535357; isotype: ILL).

* megalopoda Trel. in Britton & Wilson, Sei. Surv. Porto Rico &
Virgin Isl. 6: 533. 1930. TYPE: Puerto Rico, between
Guayama and Cayay. El. 300 m. 5 DEC 1929. E.G. Britton
9352 (LECTOTYPE, designated herein: ILL; isolectotype: NY).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 187

megapotamica Dahlst., Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl.
33(2): 194, tab. 8, fig. 1. 1900. TYPE: Brazil, Rio Grande
do Sul, Hamburgerberg. 20 OCT 1892. Malme 206 (holotype:
S; paratype at ILL: Malme 700).-- {This species recognized
by Yuneker, 1974]

membranacea Hooker & Arnott var. puukukuiana Yuncker, Bernice
P,. Bishop Mus. Bull. 112: 43. 1933. TYPE: Hawaii, W Maui,
along the trail leading to Puu Kukui. El. 5700 ft. Rock
10376 [holotype: BISH; paratypes at ILL: Hawaii, Kilauea:
Degener 3807; Degener & Swezey 3804. E Maui: Degener &
Wiebke 2394, 2630 and 2636 (2 sheets)].-- [This variety
recognized by Kartesz & Kartesz, 1980]

membranacea var. waimeana Yuncker, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull.
112: 43. 1933. TYPE: Hawaii, Kauai, Kaholuamano. Rock
17183 (holotype: BISH; paratype at ILL: Molokai: Degener &
Wiebke 2759).-- [This variety recognized by Kartesz &
Kartesz, 1980]

mesitasana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 469,
fig. 410. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Las Mesitas. 7 JAN 1943.
Silvano Jorge & Carlos 175 (nolotype: ILL).

* michelensis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24:
360. 1928. TYPE: Haiti, La Hotte, Chapelle, St. Michel.
1926. Ekman 6606 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein:
ILL).

microlepis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 63. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Huacapistana.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 91 (holotype: ILL).

micromamillata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 63. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Huacachi near
Muna. El. 1950 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 3872 (holotype:
F 534935; isotype: ILL).

microphyllophora Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
577, fig. 501. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of
Charta. El. 2000 m. 1-11 FEB 1927. Killip & Smith 19016
(holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).

mollipubis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 335.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, near El Achote, above the
plains of Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 7 AUG 1936. Yuncker,
Dawson & Youse 6367 (holotype: ILL).

188 PHY 1 OeL ure Te Vol. 59, No.3

* moncionis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29: 26.
1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Monte
Cristi, Lagunas de Cenobf, Monecfon. El. 1100 m.

17 JUN 1929. Ekman 12886 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated
herein: ILL).

* montazosana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29:
26. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], La Vega,
Los Montazos, Valle Nuevo Road, Constanza. El. 2000 m.
21 OCT 1929. Ekman 13888 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated
herein: ILL).

montefrionis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
17, 23 (as montefrioni). 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra
Maestra, Monte Frio. El. 1000 m. 19 APR 1915. Ekman 5598
(holotype: ?; fragments of the type at ILL).--

[= P. penicillata C.DC. in Urban (fide Yuncker, 1950-51) ]

montis-verticis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17:
336. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, cloud zone above El
Achote, near Siguatepeque. El. 1850 m. 1 AUG 1936.
Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6244 (holotype: ILL).

munyecoana Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 197. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Cartago, El Mufieco, Rfo Navarro.
El. 1400-1500 m. 6, 7 MAR 1926. Standley & Torres 51754
(holotype: US 1251352; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Standley & Valerio 47216).-- [= P. angularis C.DC. in DC.
(fide Burger, 1971) ]

murispica Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 245. 1945
(nomen nudum). TYPE: Venezuela, Tovar de Aragua.
El. 2100-2200 m. Pittier 10009 (holotype: ?; fragments of
the type at ILL).-- [= P. ?blanda (fide Trel. & Yuncker,
1950; Yuncker, 1955, 1957, 1966 and 1974) ]

muscipara Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 731, fig.
654. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cauca, "La Gallera", Micay
Valley. El. 2200-2600 m. 29-30 JUN 1922. Killip 8005
(holotype: US 1142461; isotype: ILL).

muscotecta Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4):
1545. 1938. TYPE: Costa Rica, Sarapiquf, Vara Blanca.
El. 1800 m. Skutch 3369 (holotype: US; fragments of the
type at ILL).-- [= P. pittieri C.DC. (fide Burger, 1971)]

mutilata Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 18,
26. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, La Prenda. JUL 1922.
Hioram 6336 (holotype: NY; fragments of the type at ILL).--
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950-51]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 189

myrtifolia (Vahl) A. Dietr. var. major Trel. in Questel, Fl.
St. Bartholomew 94. 1941 (without a Latin diagnosis); Trel.
& Stenlé ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. &
Martinique 2(2): 59. 1948. TYPE: St. Barthélémy. Questel
803 (holotype: NY; fragments of the type at 58) Ep) 5
[= P. myrtifolia (fide Howard, 1973) ]

naevifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 65. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Huacapistana.
El. 1800 m. 6 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 24278 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

nebuligaudens Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 336.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, cloud region above El
Achote, near Siguatepeque. El. 1850 m. 28 JUL 1936.
Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6186 (holotype: ILL).

* negotiosa Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. &
Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but type cited);
validly published in op. cit. 2(2): 60. 1948. TYPE:
Guadeloupe, Ravine Chaude de Dugommier. El. 650-800 m.
Stehlé, Stehlé & Quentin 1613 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE
designated herein: NY; fragments of the type at ILL).--
[= P. urocarpa (fide Howard, 1973) ]

nequejahuirana Trel., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 55: 169. 1928.
TYPE: Bolivia, Nequejahuira. El. 8000 ft. 1926. Tate 642
(holotype: NY; fragments of the type at ILL).-- [This
species recognized by Yuncker, 1955]

nievecitana Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 304. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Bocas del Toro, vicinity of
Nievecita. El. 0-50 m. 8-19 AUG 1938. Woodson, Allen &
Seibert 1865 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuncker, 1950]

nigricans Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 65. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, La Merced.
El. 700 m. MAY-JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 23674 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

non-hispidula Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 67. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Lima, Lurf{n. El. 60 m.
23 SEP 1923. Macbride 5967 (holotype: F 536971; isotype:
ILL).-- [This species recognized and regarded as closely
related to P. mandonii by Yuncker, 1974)

novae-helvetiae Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 27: 304. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf, vicinity of
"New Switzerland," central valley of Rfo Chiriquf Viejo.
El. 1800-2000 m. 6-14 JAN 1939. Allen 1417 (holotype:
ILL).-- [= P. pascuicola C.DC. (fide Yuncker, 1950) ]

190 PHY tO i OG. 1A Vol. ‘59, Noses

novella Trel. in Yuncker; Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 336. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, cloud zone above El Achote, near
Siguatepeque. El. 1800 m. 28 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 6139 (holotype: ILL).

nudicaulis C.DC., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 19: 48. 1892. TYPE:
Bolivia, near Yungas. 1890. Bang 331a [holotype: NY (fide
Yuncker); isotype (obtained from GH): ILL].-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1955]

* nummularia Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
18, 26. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rfo, San Juan y
Martinez, Rio San Juan. 15 NOV 1923. Ekman 18083
(LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL; isolectotype: ILL).-~-
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950-51]

obex Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
67. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huadnuco, Mufia. El. 7000 ft.
MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 3992 (holotype: F 535056; isotype:
TEE).

oblanceaelimba Trel. ex Badillo, Cat. Fl. Venezolana 1: 245.
1945 (nomen nudum). TYPE: Venezuela, Tovar de Aragua.
El. 1800-2000 m. Allart 485 (holotype: ?; fragments of the
type at ILL).-- [= P. acuminata (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950;
Yuneker, 1950, 1950-51 and 1974)]

oblanceolata Trel. var. glabra Yuncker, Revista Soc. Cub. Bot.
6(2-3): 36. [1949] 1951. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Las Ninfas,
Guantanamo. 19 SEP 1918. Hioram 2231 (holotype: NY;
paratype at ILL: Ekman 14733).

oblongibacca C.DC. ex Schroeder var. subvillosa Yuncker, Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 37: 106. 1950. TYPE: Panama, Canal
Zone, near Rio Medio. 11 FEB 1937. Miller 1740 (holotype:
US; fragments of the type at ILL).-- [= P. macrostachya
(Vahl) A. Dietr. (cf. Burger, 1971)]

obovalis Trel. & Yuncker ex Hodge, Rev. Fac. Nac. de Agron.
Medellin 8: 424. 1948 (nomen nudum); validly published in
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 630, fig. 551. 1950. TYPE:
Colombia, Choco, Rio San Juan, vicinity of Palestina.
El. 5-50 m. 12-14 MAR 1944. Cuatrecasas 16906 (holotype:
US 1852511; paratypes at ILL: Cuatrecasas 13711, 16945;

Killip 34829).
obruenda Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.

13(No. 357): 68. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Hacienda
Chalhuapuquio. 8 DEC 1924. Stevens 202 (holotype: ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 191

* ocoana Ekman ex Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
29: 26. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.],
Azua, Bejucal, S. José de Ocoa. El. 1300 m. 10 MAR 1929.
Ekman 11861 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein:
Ti).

okarana Trel., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 55: 170. 1928. TYPE:
Bolivia, Okara. El. 7500 ft. 1926. Tate 970 (holotype:
NY; fragments of the type at ILL).-- [= P. galioides (fide
Yuncker, 1955)]

olafiana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 320,
328. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Massif de la Hotte, Torbec.
El. 1700 m. 1925. Ekman 5319 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL;
paratype at ILL: Ekman 2522).-- ["A habit replica of the
Jamaican P. swartziana" (Trel., loc. cit.)]

olivacea C.DC. var. perlongispica Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
26(4): 221. 1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, near
Quebradillas, about 7 km N of Santa Marfa de Dota.
El. 1800 m. 24 DEC 1925. Standley 43368 (holotype: US
1251171; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Standley 41646;
Standley & Valerio 43367).-- [This species recognized by
Burger, 1971]

opaca Trel. (nom. invalid.) var. ciliata Trel. in Yuncker,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 336. 1938. TYPE: Honduras,
Comayagua, cloud zone above El Achote, near Siguatepeque.
El. 1850 m. 28 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6187
(holotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Yuncker, Dawson & Youse
6008, 6078 and 6366).-- [The specific epithet was published
only in this varietal combination; = P. reflexa (fide
Standley & Steyerm., 1952); = P. tetraphylla (cf. Yuncker,
1962, 1974)]

orientalis Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 211. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Limén, La Colombiana Farm. El. 70 m.
6, 7 MAR 1924. Standley 36943 (holotype: US 1229274;
paratype at ILL: Standley & Valerio 49013).--
{= P. macrostachya (fide Burger, 1971) ]

osana Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4): 319.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Puntarenas, peninsula of Osa, Rfo
Séndalo. At sea level. 1936. Dodge & Goerger 10079
(holotype: MO; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Dodge &
Goerger 9958).-- [= P. serpens (Sw.) Loud. (fide Burger,
1971) ]

192 PET OL wee Ty A Vol. 59, No.

osearii Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 656, fig.
574. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of Barranca
Bermeja, etc. El. 100-500 m. 11 OCT 1934. Haught 1391
[holotype: US 1592005; paratypes at ILL: Killip 11716, 11718
(fragments) J.

otoni Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4): 319.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Guanacaste, Hacienda Santa Marfa.
El. 720-850 m. 17 JAN 1930. Dodge, Jiminez & Thomas 7768
(holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. “peltilimba C.DC. ex
Trel. (fide Burger, 1971)]

ovato-lanceolata Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
701, fig. 623. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Rfo Digua
Valley, Chorrera La Elsa. El. 975 m. 2, 3 APR 1939.
Killip 34808 (holotype: US 1771599; isotype: ILL; paratype
at ILL: Cuatrecasas 13035).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1955a]

pachiteana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 69. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Puerta Lira, on
Rfo Pachitea. El. 300 m. 23 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith
26831 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

palmana C.DC. var. pseudo-oxystachya Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb. 26(4): 221. 1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, Heredia, Yerba

Buena above San Isidro. El. 200 m. FEB 1926. Standley &
Valerio 49222 (nolotype: US 1251497; paratype at ILL:
Standley & Valerio 49115).-- [Cited with the species by
Burger, 1971]

palmana var. valerionum Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 18(4): 320. 1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Heredia, Cerro
Central de Zurqu{. El. 1600-1700 m. Dodge, Valerio, Thomas
& Valerio 6146 (nolotype: GH; isotype: ILL).

palpebrata Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 84: 409.
1937 (without a Latin diagnosis); Candollea 8: 81. 1940.
TYPE: Martinique, Sources de Didier. Stehlé & Stehlé 984
(cited in 1940 wrongly as "n. 894") [holotype: ILL;
paratypes at ILL: Stehlé & Stehle 1008, 2141 (= fragments),

Howard, 1973)]

palpebrata var. absalonis Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 85: 577. 1938 (without a Latin diagnosis). TYPE:
Martinique, Fontaine Absalon. El. 450 m. Stehle & Stehlé
2169 (holotype: ?; fragments of the type at ILL).--

[= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973) ]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 193

* palpebrata var. lata Trel. & Stehlé ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl.
Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(2): 63. 1948 (nomen nudum).
TYPE: Martinique, Fonds ... aux Deux-Choux. El. 680 m.

29 APR 1939. Stehlé & Stehlé 3248 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE
designated herein: ILL).-~ [= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard,
1973)]

palpebrata var. major Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France
85: 578. 1938 (without a Latin diagnosis). TYPE:
Martinique, Pont d l'Alma ed le long de la Riviére Blanche.
Pies 50um:. Stehlé & Stehlé 2193 (holotype: NY; fragments of
typerat ILL).-= .-- [= P. “nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973) ]

pampalcana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 69. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Pampalca.
El. 3200 m. MAY 1929. Killip & Smith 23282 (holotype: US;
isotype: ILL).

* papulata Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29: 26.
1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Azua,
Picacho del Ingenito, San Juan. El. 1200 m. 8 SEP 1929.
Ekman 13517 (nolotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein:
TIGL) 3

parietariaefolia Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 262): 45. 1927.
TYPE: Panama, Chiriqui, valley of the Rfo Caldera, between
El Boquete and the cordillera. El. 1400-1600 m.
5-19 FEB 1918. Killip 3520 (holotype: US 1266032; isotype:
ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950;
= P. elata C.DC. ex Schroeder (fide Burger, 1971) ]

parmata Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 2G )ice 22s 929-8 pa XPE:
Costa Rica, Cartago, along the Rfo Turrialba. El. 500 m.
MAR 1894. Donnell Smith 4926 (holotype: US 796648; paratype
atk: Standley & & Valerio © 44103). -- [= P. maculosa (fide
Burger, 1971)]

parva Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
70. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Pichis Trail, Dos de Mayo.
El.-1700-1900 m. 2, 3 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 25881
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

parvipunctulata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 70. 1936. TYPE: Peru, San Martin, San Roque.
El. 1350-1500 m. JAN-FEB 1930. Williams 7145 (holotype:
F 623573; isotype: ILL).

peltapnylla Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. SegAmers2: 61.19,
fig. 641. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of El
Roble. El. ca 1500 m. 16 FEB 1927. Killip & Smith 19364
(holotype: US 1354620; isotype: ILL).

194 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, No. 3

penicillata C.DC. var. magnifolia C.DC. in Urban, Symb. Ant. 7:
190. 1912. TYPE: Jamaica, John Crow Park. 1906. Johnson 8

(holotype: NY; isotype: ILL).-- [The species recognized by
Adams et al., 1972 and Yuncker, 1950-51]

pennellii Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 608, fig.
533. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Norte de Santander, vicinity of
Toledo. El. 1700-1900 m. 3-11 MAR 1927. Killip & Smith
20049 (holotype: US 1355192; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:
Colombia: Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 8108; Cuatrecasas 18284,
19568; Daniel 2124; Haught 4111; Killip & Garcia 33696;
Killip & Smith 15208, 15316, 15345, 16558, 17078 in part,

species recognized by Yuncker, 1955a; = affin. P. angularis
(ef. Burger, 1971)]

pentadactyla Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 283, pl. 164. [1953] 1955.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, San Carlos, vicinity of Mapiri.
El. 800 m. 1 DEC 1926. Buchtien 637 (holotype: ILL).

percrassicaulis Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
25: 54. 1928. TYPE: Haiti, La Selle, Pétionville, Morne La
Visite. El. 1800 m. 11 APR 1927. Ekman 7993 [holotype: 7;
isotype: ILL (perhaps this is the holotype?) ].

pereneana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(NoO. 357): 72. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Colonia Perené.
El. 680 m. 14-25 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 25413 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

perherbacea Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
318, 325. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Gros Morne. El. 400 m.
10 OCT 1925. Ekman 5052 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

perherbacea var. oligocenica Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. 24: 360. 1928. TYPE: Haiti, Massif du Nord,
Oligocene limestone on M. Pedregal. El. 400 m.
24 JUN 1926. Ekman 6435 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).

* perherbacea var. picachoana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. 29: 27. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican
Republ.J, Azua, San Juan, Picacho del] Ingenito.

El. 1400 m. 8 SEP 1929. Ekman 13522 (nolotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

perlongicaulis Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo) 3: 165,
fig. 146. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Paranda, Jacarei.
27 SEP 1908. Dusén 6655 (holotype: S; isotype: ILL).--
[This species upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 195

perlongispica Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 277, pl. 157. [1953] 1955.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, N. Yungas, Polo-Polo, near Coroico.
El. 1100 m. OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 3729 (holotype:

US 1176587; isotype: ILL).

* perodiniana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
322, 330. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Pérodin. El. 900 m 1925.
Ekman 3411 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: TLL;
paratype at ILL: Leonard 8993).

perplexa Trel. ex Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 337. 1938
(nomen nudum). TYPE LOCALITY: Honduras, "on tree near Lake
Yojoa, Department of Cortes, at 630 meters."-- no specimen
cited. (Authentic specimen with matching type information
at ILL: Yuncker 4865).

persulcata Yuncker ex Espinosa, Univ. Loja, Estud. Bot. Ecuador
2: 32. 1949 (nomen subnudum), in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 517, fig. 456. 1950. TYPE: Ecuador, Loja,
Horta-Naque. El. 3500 m. 8 NOV 1946. Espinosa 962
(holotype: ILL).

pertomentella Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 73. 1936. TYPE: Peru, San Martin, Rf{o Mayo,
Tarapoto. El. 360-900 m. DEC 1929. Williams 6202
(holotype: F 623588; paratype at ILL: Williams 6204).

petenensis Trel. var. hondurensis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 17: 337. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, El
Achote, above Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 17 JUL 1936.
Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 5922 (holotype: ILL).--
[= P. obtusifolia (cf. Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

petrophila C.DC. var. brevipetiola Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 457, fig. 402. 1950. TYPE: Colombia,
Santander, vicinity of El Roble. El. ca 1500 m.
16 FEB 1927. Killip & Smith 19363 (holotype: US 1354619;
isotype: ILL).

pichisensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 74. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Jun{n, Pichis Trail, Dos
de Mayo. El. 1700-1900 m. 2,3 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith
25829 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

piedrana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 19,
27. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Gran Piedra. El. 700 m.
11 NOV 1916. Ekman 8274 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).--
{= P. guadaloupensis > C.DC in Seemann (fide Yuncker,
1950-51) J

196 P> Hed T O, by OQ, Gr dy A Vol. 59, Nocs3

* pilipeduncula Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29:
27. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], La Vega,
Constanza. El. 1300 m. 24 OCT 1929. Ekman 13907
(holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

pinedoana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 75. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Rfo Pineda N of
La Merced. El. 700-900 m. 30 MAY 1929. Killip & Smith
23620 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

pitiguayana Trel., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 55: 169. 1928. TYPE:
Bolivia, La Paz, Unduavi River Valley, Pitiguaya.
El. 5800 ft. 7-15 MAY 1926. Tate 722 (holotype: NY;
fragments of the type at ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1955]

playapampana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 75. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Playapampa.
El. 2700 m. 16-24 JUN 1923. Macbride 4496 (holotype:
F 535582; isotype: ILL).

pleiomorpha Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 75. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Puerto Bermadez.
El. 375 m. 14-17 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26426 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

plurispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 76. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Cani near Mito.
El. 2550 m. 16-26 APR 1923. Macbride 3414 (holotype:
F 534485; isotype: ILL).

pololensis Trel. ex Standley in Standiey & Record, Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 12: 406. 1936. TYPE: Guatemala, Petén, Monte
Polol. 26 APR 1933. Lundell 3040 (holotype: MICH; isotype:
ILL; paratypes at ILL: Lundeil 3100, 3102, 3830).--
[= P. glabella (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

* polycephala Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 76. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Urubamba Valley,
Gucay. El. 3000 m. JAN 1927. Herrera 1460 (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

polymorpha Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 77. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Aina.
El. 750-1000 m. 7, 17 MAY 1929. Killip & Smith 22774
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 197

polystachya (Aiton) Hooker var. godetiana Trel. in Feddes
Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 319, 326. 1927. TYPE:
Haiti, La Selle, Godet, Morne Tranchant. 4 SEP 1924. Ekman
1755 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Ekman
1239).-- [This species recognized by Adams et al., 1972;
= P. affin. blanda (cf. Yuncker, 1974) ]

pongoana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 77. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Pongo de
Manseriche, near mouth of Rfo Santiago. El. 400 m.
2 DEC 1931. Mexia 6210a (holotype: UC; isotype: ILL;
paratype at ILL: Mexia 6196a).

pontina Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 77. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Rio Paucartambo
Valley, near Perené Bridge. El. 700 m. 19 JUN 1929.
Killip & Smith 25366 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

porriginifera Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 572,
fig. 496. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cauca, R{fo Palo Valley,
between Tacuey6 and La Tolda. El. 1780-1900 m.

19 DEC 1944. Cuatrecasas 19494 (holotype: US 1854407;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Cuatrecasas 19501).

* porschiana Trel. in Cuf., Archivio Bot. Sist. Fitogeogr. &
Genet. 10: 27. 1934. TYPE: Costa Rica, Vulcanus Poas.
El. 22-2400 m. 26 APR 1930. Cufodontis 737 (LECTOTYPE,

designated herein: ILL).-- [= P. hylophila (fide Burger,
1971)]

praematura Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 672,
fig. 587. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of Las
Vegas. El. 2600-3000 m. 21-23 DEC 1926. Killip & Smith
16055 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).

praestigiatrix Trel. ex Stehlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. &
Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum, but type cited); also
publ. as P. stehleana Trel. ex Stehlé var. praestigiatrix
Trel. & Stehlé in op. cit. 2(2): 49. 1948 (nomen nudum).
TYPE: Guadeloupe, Dugommier. Stehlé & Stenlé 1619
(holotype: NY; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. nigropunctata (fide
Howard, 1973) ]

praetenuis Trel. ex Standley in Standley & Record, Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 12: 406. 1936. TYPE: Belize. 12 MAR 1933.
Lundell 1929 (holotype: MICH; fragments of the type at
ILL).-- [This species recognized by Standley & Steyerm.,
1952)

198 PHY 7 OVE Ore lA Vol. 59, No.

praeteruentifolia Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17:
337. 1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, near Siguatepeque.
El. 1050 m. 3 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 5614
(holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by Standley &
Steyerm., 1952]

* productamenta Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24:
360. 1928. TYPE: Haiti, cliffs between Cornillon and
Thomazeau, Les Matheux. El. 700-900 m. 19 MAR 1926. Ekman
5773 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

profissa Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 78. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Hacienda
Chalhuapuquio. 8 DEC 1924. Stevens 193 (holotype: ILL).

propugnaculi Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 25:
54. 1928. TYPE: Haiti, Massif des Matheux, Morne Delpech.
El. 1550 m. 14 NOV 1927. Ekman 9322 [isotype (or perhaps
the holotype?): ILL].

pruinosifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 78. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Lima, Rfo Blanco.
El. 3000-3500 m. 15-17 APR 1929. Killip & Smith 21742
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

pseudo-alpina Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 217. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Alajuela, San Ramdén, Colinas de Piedades.
El. 1100-1200 m. Brenes 14180 (holotype: US 1080165;
paratypes at ILL: Standley 41375, 41626).-- [This species
recognized by Burger, 1971]

pseudoalternifolia Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
547, fig. 478. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Caldas, Paramo del
Quindfo. El. 3500-3600 m. 15-20 AUG 1922. Pennell & Hazen
10083 (holotype: US 1142969; isotype: ILL).

pseudo-galapagensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 79. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Lima, Lima. 1838-1842.
Wilkes Expl. Exped. (holotype: GH; fragment of the type at
ILL; paratype at ILL: Macbride 5920).-- [See also
P. limaensis Trel. in op. cit. 58]

pseudo-hoffmannii Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 225.
1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, Guanacaste, vicinity of Tilaran.
El. 500-650 m. JAN 1926. Standley & Valerio 44198
(holotype: US 1251189; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Standley & Valerio 45608).-- [= P. deppeana (fide Burger,
1971) ]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 199

pseudo~Salicifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 79. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Rfio Huallaga
canyon below Santo Domingo. El. 1200 m. 3 JUN 1923.
Macbride 4254 (holotype: F 535334; isotype: ILL).

pseudo-tetraphylla Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 224,
1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, Cartago, Finca Las Céncavas.
El. 1200-1300 m. 7, 8 DEC 1925. Standley 41488 (holotype:
US 1251099; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Standley 41458,
42397, 42607; Standley & Valerio 43358).-- [= P. quadrifolia

(fide Burger, 1971) ]

pseudo-tetraphylla var. dodgei Trel. in Standley, Field
Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4): 322. 1937. TYPE: Costa Rica,

Cartago, Finca Coliblanco, s. slope of Volcan de Turrialba.
ELT. 1960" m.** 11-OCT* 1929. Dodge 4715 (holotype: GH;
isotype: ILL).

pseudo-tetraphylla var. juvenalis Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
26(4): 224. 1929. TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Cerro de las
Vueltas. El. 2700-3000 m. DEC 1925. Standley & Valerio
44003 (holotype: US 1251181; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Standley & Valerio 43694).-- [= P. quadrifolia (fide Burger,
1971) ]

pterocaulis Miq. var. filispica Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 20 (as forma), 28. 1926. TYPE: Cuba,
Pinar del Rfo, Ballestina to Ranzel, Sierra de los Organos.
El. 600 m. 1922. Ekman 13771 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL;
paratype at ILL: Ekman 13894).-- [= P. alata (ef. Yuncker,
1950-51, 1957, 1966 and 1974)]

* pterocaulis var. longispica Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. 29: 27. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican
Republ.J, Azua, San Juén. 1929. Ekman 13523 (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).-- [= P. alata (cf.
Yuneker, 1950-51, 1957 and 1974)]

* pterocaulis var. palmamochana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 20, 28. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente,
divide between Rfo Yara and Rfo Palmamocha, Sierra Maestra.
El. 1100 m. 16 JUL 1922. Ekman 14334 (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL; paratype at ILL: Ekman
14336).-- [= P. alata (ef. Yuncker, 1950-51, 1957, 1966 and
1974) ]

pterocaulis forma stipiticarpa Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 20. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra

de Nipe. 20 JUL 1914. Ekman 2075 [isotype (or perhaps the
holotype ?): ILLJ].-- [= P. alata (cf. Yuncker, 1950-51,
1957, 1966 and 1974)]

200 Pe Hote T OylLoOaGs1yA Vol. 59, Noses

puberulibacca C.DC. var. atricha Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field
Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 80. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco,
Mufia. El. 2100 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 4009 (holotype:
F 535073; isotype: ILL).

puberulipes Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 80. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huadnuco, Piedra Grande
near Rio Santo Domingo. El. 1500 m. 14-19 MAY 1923.
Macbride 3856 (holotype: F 534919; isotype: ILL).

pubescentinervis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 81. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Hacienda
Chalhuapuquio. 6 DEC 1924. Stevens 127 (holotype: ILL).

pubinervosa Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 81. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Rfo Paucartambo
Valley, near Perené Bridge. El. 700 m. 19 JUN 1929.
Killip & Smith 25769 (nolotype: US; paratype at ILL: Killip
& Smith 25269).

* pullispica Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 26:
341. 1929. TYPE: Haiti, Massif du Nord, Haut-Piton.
El. 1000 m. 31 MAR 1928. Ekman 9832b (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).-- [Note by Trelease:
"A xerophytic form of P. crassispica?"]

punctatilamina Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 586,
fig. 510. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, La Laguna.
El. 1250-1400 m. 10-20 DEC 1943. Cuatrecasas 15406
(holotype: ILL).

punctulatissima Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 228.
1927. TYPE: Bolivia, cataracts of the Bopi River.
El, 3000 ft. 11 AUG 1921. Rusby 592 (holotype: ILL).--
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1955]

* pustulatibacca Trel. & Stehlé in Stehlé, Candollea 10: 288.
1946; originally published as P. pustulaebacca Trel. ex
Stenlé, Carib. For. 6, Suppl. 344. 1945 (nomen nudum).
TYPE: Barbados. 4 APR 1937. Stehle & Stehlé 1647
(LECTOTYPE, designated herein: NY; isolectotype: ILL).--
{= P. magnoliifolia (fide Howard, 1973)]

puteolata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 82. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Huacapistana.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 66 (holotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:

Killip & Smith 24155, 24190).-- ["near P. tetragona" Ruiz &
Pavén (fide Trelease's annotation on the type sheet) ]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 201

putumayoensis Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 620,
fig. 543. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Putumayo, along Rfo
Putumayo, Puerto Porvenir, ete. El. 230-250 m.

19 NOV 1940. Cuatrecasas 10675 (holotype: US 1798154;
paratype at ILL: Haught 5412).

quadricoma Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 82. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chanchamayo
Valley. El. 1800 m. Schunke 370 (holotype: F 571424;
fragment of the type at ILL).

* guadrivii Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 25: 54.
1928. TYPE: Haiti, Massif de la Hotte, Miragoane, Quatre
Chemins. El. 1000 m. 31 OCT 1927. Ekman 9207 (holotype,
or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

quaerata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 83. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Rio Pinedo, N of
La Merced. El. 700-900 m. 30 MAY 1929. Killip & Smith
23653 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

quaesita Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 83. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Puerto Bermadez.
El. 375 m. 14-17 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26676 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker,
1955]

quatrometralis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 83. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Puerto Yessup.
El. 400 m. 10-12 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26330 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

* questeliana Stehlé & Trel. in Stehlé, Candollea 8: 77. 1940.
TYPE: Guadeloupe, chemin des Grands Fonds. El. 200 m.
Questel 2518 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: NY;
paratypes at ILL: Questel 107, 801).-- [This species
recognized by Howard, 1973; = P. humilis (fide Boufford,
1982) ]

quimiriana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 83. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, La Merced, E of
Quimir{f Bridge. El. 800-1300 m. 1-3 JUN 1929. Killip &
Smith 23864 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Killip & Smith 23730).

quindioensis Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 555,
fig. 486. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Caldas, below Paramo del
Quindfo. E1. 3500-3800 m. 15-20 AUG 1922. Pennell & Hazen
10082 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Ecuador:
Rimbach 259).

202 PPT O iGo # Yo. 59, Nox

quispicanchiana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 84. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Quispicanchi,
Marcapata. 15-16 FEB 1929. Weberbauer 7802 (holotype:
F 605156; isotype: ILL).

ramosa Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 320,
327. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, La Selle, Morne Cabaio.
El. 2250 m. 20 AUG 1924. Ekman 1575 (holotype: ?; isotype:
ILL).

redondoana Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(1): 323.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Potreros of Rancho
Redondo. El. 2220-2600 m. NOV 1929. Dodge & Thomas 5423
(holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. galioides (fide
Burger, 1971) ]

reflexa (L.f.) A. Dietr. var. itabirana C.DC., Bull. Herb.
Boissier. Ser. 2. 1: 359. 1901. TYPE: Brazil, Minas Gerais,
Pico de Itabira do Campo. El. 1560 m. 11 SEP 1887.
Schwacke 5907 (holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. decora
(fide Yuncker, 1974)]

rejecta Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 205. 1929. TYPE:
Costa Rica, Heredia, Yerba Buena, above San Isidro.
El. 2000 m. FEB 1926. Standley & Valerio 50219 (holotype:
US 1251316; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Standley &
Valerio 50248).-- [= P. rotundifolia (fide Burger, 1971) ]

remyi C.DC. var. waipioana Yuncker, Bernice P. Bishop Mus.
Bull. 112: 55, 56. 1933. TYPE: Hawaii, Waipio Valley. Rock
4646 (holotype: BISH; paratype at ILL: Degener, Pohine &
Iwasaki 3885).-- [This variety recognized by Kartesz &
Kartesz, 1980]

retivenulosa Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sado Paulo) 3: 185, fig.
163. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Paranda, Volta Grande, Marumbdi.
El. 700 m. 13 FEB 1904. Dusén 3709 (holotype: R; isotype:
ILL).-- [This species upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

retropuberula Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 184, pl. 64. £195 3901955.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, San Carlos, vicinity of Mapiri.
El. 850 m. 5 NOV 1926. Buchtien 628 (holotype: US 1399480;
isotype: ILL).

rhnodophlebia Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 337.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Cortés, near Potrerillos.
31 JUL 1934. Yuncker 4896 (holotype: ILL).

rhodophylla Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 84. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Ollantaitambo.
El. 2900-3100 m. Pennell 13654 (holotype: F 558031;
fragments of the type at ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens

rhombeo-elliptica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 85. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huadnuco, Huacachi near
Mufia. El. 1950 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 4171 (holotype:
F 535246; isotype: ILL).

rhombifolia Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 226. 1927.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, Bopi River Valley. El. 3000 ft.
11 SEP 1921. Rusby 581 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1955]

rhombilimba Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 86. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Ayacucho, Aina.
El. 700-1000 m. 7, 17 MAY 1929. Killip & Smith 22564
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

rinconensis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 337.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, near El Rinc6n, about 10
miles W of Siguatepeque. El. 1400-1500 m. 24 JUL 1936.
Yuneker, Dawson & Youse 6080 (holotype: ILL).

rio-albae Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18(4): 324.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Rfo Alba, El Copey.
El. above 1800 m. 24 JUN 1932. Stork 2986 (holotype:
ILL).-- [= P. quadrifolia (fide Burger, 1971) ]

rio-caliensis Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 452,
fig. 397. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Rio Cali Valley
between Puente de los Carpatos and La Margarita.

El. ca 2000 m. 2 NOV 1944. Cuatrecasas 18467 (holotype:
US 1854266; paratype at ILL: Killip & Garcfa 33776).

riparia Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo) 3: 169, fig. 150.
1966. TYPE: Brazil, Minas Gerais, Dist. Ilheu, Faz. da
Tabunha, Cachoeira do Munhin. El. 200 m. 27 AUG 1930.
Mexia 5008 (holotype: BM; isotype: ILL).-- [This species
upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

rivi-vetusti Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 27: 304. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf, vicinity of
"New Switzerland," central valley of Rfo Chiriquf Viejo.
El. 1800-2000 m. 6-14 JAN 1939. Allen 1360 (holotype:
ILL).-- [= P. pascuicola (fide Yuncker, 1950);
= P. angularis (fide Burger, 1971)]

robleana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 528, fig.
466. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, between El Roble and
Tona. El. 1500-1900 m. 17 FEB 1927. Killip & Smith 19408
(holotype: US 1354659; isotype: ILL).

203

204 Par ORE MORE 7A Vol. 59, No.

roigana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 17,
24. AUG 1926, in Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 53: 459.
OCT 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, Sierra de Vifiales,
Mogote de la Bandera. 9 DEC 1923. Roig & Azcuy 2902
[holotype: ?; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Ekman 16539a
(2 sheets), 16640].-- [= P. verticillata (L.) A. Dietr.

(fide Yuneker, 1950-51)]

romaensis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9: 275. 1940.
TYPE: Honduras, Atlantida, Roma siding of S.F. Co. R.R., E
of La Ceiba. El. 360 m. 21 JUL 1938. Yuncker, Koepper &
Wagner 8585 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. obtusifolia (fide
Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

roqueana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 86. 1936. TYPE: Peru, San Martf{n, San Roque.
El. 1350-1500 m. JAN-FEB 1930. Williams 7635 (holotype:
F 629588; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL: Williams 7272,
7382).-- [= P. martiana Miq. (fide Yuncker, 1974) ]

rosea Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
86. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Mufia. El. 2100 m.
MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 3927 (holotype: F 534989; isotype:
I) i

* rotundifolia (L.) Kunth var. subelliptica Trel. in Feddes
Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 18. 1926 (nomen nudum).
TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, Mameyar. 13 SEP 1922. Ekman
17511 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).--

[= P. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (fide Trel. & Yuncker,
1950; Yuncker, 1950, 1950-51, 1955, 1957 and 1974) ]

rubefacta Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 338.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, El Rincon, W of
Siguatepeque. El. 1400-1500 m. 24 JUL 1936. Yuncker,
Dawson & Youse 6081 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. glabella (fide
Standley & Steyerm., 1952)]

rubefacta var. cangrejalana Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 9: 276. 1940. TYPE: Honduras, Atlantida, slopes of Mt.
Cangrejal. El. 330 m. 30 JUL 1938. Yuncker, Koepper &
Wagner 8737 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Yuncker,
Koepper & Wagner 8775).-- [= P. glabella (fide Standley &
Steyerm., 1952) ]

rubefacta var. reducta Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
9: 276. 1940. TYPE: Honduras, Atlantida, along Danto River,
slopes of Mt. Cangrejal. El. 300-330 m. 30 JUL 1938.
Yuncker, Koepper & Wagner 8736 (holotype: ILL; paratypes at
ILL: Yuneker, Koepper & Wagner 8510, 8735).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 205

rubens Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
88. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chanchamayo Valley.
El. 1200 m. Schunke 353 (holotype: F 571407; fragments of
the type at ILL).

rubramenta Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 450,

fig. 396. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, Monte Osuro, SE
of Puerto Berrio. El. 100 m. 17 JUL 1939. Haught 2862
(holotype: US 1707368; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Haught
1599).

rubricaulis (Nees) A. Dietr. var. parvifolia Yuncker, Bol.

Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo) 3: 171, fig. 152. 1966. TYPE:
Brazil, Santa Catarina, Ilha de Santa Catarina, etc.

28 MAR 1957. Smith & Reitz 12278 (holotype: US 2370557;
paratype at ILL: Loefgren 3065).-- [This variety recognized
by Yuncker, 1974]

rubrifolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 88. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Schunke Hacienda,
above San Ram6n. El. 1400-1700 m. 8-12 JUN 1929. Killip &
Smith 24664 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Killip & Smith 25937).

rubripetiola Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29:
27. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Azua,
Cordillera de Neyba, S. Judn. El. 1425 m. 1929. Ekman
13485 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

rufispica Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sado Paulo) 3: 172, fig.
153. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Minas Gerais, Vigosa, road to Sao
Miguel. El. 700 m. 21 OCT 1930. Mexia 5200 (holotype:
ILL).-- [This species upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

rugata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357):
89. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, La Merced, E of Quirinf
Bridge. El. 800-1300 m. 1-3 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith
23823 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

rurrenabaqueana Trel. in Rusby, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 226.
1927. TYPE: Bolivia, Beni, vicinity of Rurrenabaque.
El. 1000 ft. 6 OCT 1921. Rusby 794 (holotype: ILL).--
[This species recognized by Yuncker, 1955;
= P. nematostachya Link (fide Yuncker, 1957 and 1974) ]

Sachatzinzumba Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 694,
fig. 612. 1950. TYPE: Ecuador, Napo-Pastaza, near Canelos.
El. 300-400 m. 5-11 FEB 1935. Mexia 6868 (holotype: US
1619090; isotype: ILL).

206 Ponte T (Dp nGaieds Mol. 59, Now sd

saligna Kunth var. majuscula Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker,
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 580. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El
Valle, Rfo Bugalagrande Valley, Barragdn, etc.
El. 3450-3520 m. 20 MAR 1946. Cuatrecasas 20216 (holotype:
US 1900420; paratype at ILL: Cuatrecasas 18819).

salmonicolor Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 90. 1936. TYPE: Peru, San Martin, San Roque.
El. 1350-1500 m. Williams 7329 (holotype: F 624523;
fragments of the type at ILL).

salmonicolor var. viridis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 91. 1936. TYPE: Peru, San Martfn,
San Roque. El. 1350-1500 m. Williams 7258 (holotype:
F 629593; fragments of the type at ILL).

san-buenaventurana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 91. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Lima, San Buenaventura.
El. 2700 m. Pennell 14566 (holotype: PH; fragments of the
type at ILL).

* san-juanana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29:
28. 1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Azua,
San Judn, Picacho del Ingenito. El. 1400 m. 1929. Ekman
13524 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

sanquininiana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 638,
fig. 561. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Rfo Sanquininf
Valley, La Laguna. El. 1250-1400 m. 10-20 DEC 1943.
Cuatrecasas 15657 (holotype: US 1853187; isotype: ILL;
paratype at ILL: Cuatrecasas 18255).

santanana Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 325.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Finca Santana. Dodge &
Goerger 10476 (holotype: MO; fragments of the type at
ILL).-- [= P. cooperi C.DC. (fide Burger, 1971)]

santanderana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 742,
fig. 666. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, upper Rfo
Lebrija Valley, NW of Bucaramanga. El. 400-700 m.

29 DEC 1926. Killip & Smith 16282 (holotype: US 1352031;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith 16199).

santiagoana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 92. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Rfo Santiago,
above Pongo de Manseriche. El. 200 m. 23 NOV 1931. Mexia
6146 (holotype: UC; isotype: ILL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 207

sarcodes Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 304. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chirigquf, trail from Cerro
Punta to headwaters of Rfo Caldera. El. 2250-2500 m.
14 JAN 1939. Allen 1452 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. adscendens

(fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950 and Yuncker, 1950); = P.
acuminata (fide Burger, 1971) ]

sarcostachya Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 92. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Santa Rosa.
El. 135 m. 1-5 SEP 1929. Killip & Smith 28889 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

sarcostachya var. repens Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 13(No. 357): 92. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Rfo
Paucartamba Valley, near Perené Bridge. El. 700 m.
19 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 25307 (holotype: US; isotype:
DEL).

scabiosa Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 92. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Piedra Grande
near Rio Santo Domingo. El. 1500 m. 14-19 MAY 1923.
Macbride 3857 (holotype: F 534920; isotype: ILL).

scandens Ruiz & Pavon var. longispica Trel. in J.F. Macbr.,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13(No. 357): 93. 1936. TYPE: Peru,
Loreto, Balsapuerto. El. 150-350 m. 28-30 AUG 1929.
Killip & Smith 28382 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).--
[= P. serpens (cf. Trel. & Yuncker, 1950; Yuncker, 1955,
1974)]

scheryi Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 28:
426. 1941. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqu{, Quebrada Velo.
El. 1800 m. 8 JUL 1940. Woodson & Schery 247 (holotype:
ILL).-- [= P. maculosa (fide Yuncker, 1950) J

schunkeana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 94. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Chanchamayo
Valley. El. 1200 m. Schunke 342 (holotype: F 571398;
paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith 24526).

* scopulorum Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 25:
54, 1928. TYPE: Haiti, Ile la Gonave, cliffs of the Grande
Ravine. El. 450 m. 1927. Ekman 8790 (holotype, or
LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

scutilimba Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 275, pl. 154. [1953] 1955.
TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, Tipuani. El. 500 m. NOV 1933.
Cardenas 1336 (holotype: ILL).

208 PAHAY? TCO. PRORGT ESA Vol. 59, No. 3

seibertii Trel. in Woodson & Seibert, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
24: 185. 1937. TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf, valley of the upper
Rio Chiriquf Viejo, vicinity of Monte Lirio, Bugava Distr.
El. 1300-1900 m. JUN-JUL 1935. Seibert 201 (holotype: MO;
isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker, 1950;
= P. elata (fide Burger, 1971)]

semi-~decurrens Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
23: 20, 29. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rfo, on cliffs,
Cerro’ de Mendoza. El. 150 m. 16 JUN 1923. Ekman 16740
(holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. erythropremna (fide
Yuneker, 1950-51)]

semielongata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 95. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, La Merced,
Hacienda Schunke. El. 1200 m. AUG-SEP 1923. Macbride 5644
{holotype: F 536682; isotype: ILL (this collection is also
the type of P. crotalophora Trel. in J.F. Macbr.,
op. cit. 34); paratype at ILL: Killip & Smith 24683].--
[= P. crotalophora (fide Trel. & Yuncker, 1950) ]

seposita Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 96. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Hacienda
Chalhuapuquio. 8 DEC 1924. Stevens 213 (holotype: ILL).

Siguaneana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
18, 25. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Sta. Clara, Lomas de Siguanea,
Rfo Navarro. 1922. Ekman 13890 (holotype: ?; isotype:
ILL).-- [= P. hirta (fide Yuncker, 1950-51) ]

siguatepequensis Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 8: 5.
1930. TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, Siguatepeque. El. 1100 m.
FEB 1928. Standley 56534 (holotype: F 580969; isotype:
ILL).

simulatio Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 305. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriquf, vicinity of Casita
Alta, Volcan de Chiriquf. El. 1500-2000 m. JUN-JUL 1938.
Woodson, Allen & Seibert 895 (holotype: ILL).--
[= P. leucosticta (fide Yuncker, 1950) ]

smithii Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 96. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Yurimaguas to
Balsapuerto. El. 135-150 m. 26-31 AUG 1929. Killip &
Smith 28115 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

socorronis Trel. ex I.M. Johnston, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 20:
58. 1931. TYPE: Mexico, Socorro Island, near summit of Mt.
Evermann. 8 MAY 1925. Mason 1653 (holotype: CAS; isotype:
TLL).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 209

spiculata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 97. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chanchamayo
Valley. Schunke 352 (holotype: F 571406; isotype: ILL).

spiculata var. elliptica Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 13(No. 357): 97. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chanchamayo
Valley. Schunke 388 (holotype: F 571442; fragments of the
type at ILL).

staminea Trel., J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 19: 328. 1929. TYPE:
Honduras, Atlantida, Lancetilla Valley, near Tela.
El. 100 m. 16 JAN 1928. Standley 54614 (holotype:
F 583590; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Standley & Steyerm., 1952; = P. emiliana (fide Burger,
1971) ]

standleyi Trel. in Standley, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 13: 366. 1923.
TYPE: El Salvador, San Salvador, vicinity of Tonacatepeque.
30 DEC 1921. Standley 19426 (holotype: ILL).--
[= P. quadrifolia (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952) ]

stehleana Trel. ex Stenlé, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 83: 627. 1936
(nomen subnudum); Candollea 8: 79. 1940. TYPE: Guadeloupe,
Forét des Bains-Jaunes. El. 600-1050 m. Stehlé & Stehlé 25
(holotype: NY; fragments of the type at ILL; paratypes at
ILL: Stehlé & Stenlé 368, 1335, 1342, 1343, 1349).--

[= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973) ]

* stehleana var. charpentieri Trel. & Stehlé ex Stehlé & Quentin,
Fl. Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(2): 49, 50(fig. 1). 1948
(nomen nudum, but with illustration). TYPE: Guadeloupe.
Stenlé & Charpentier 2551 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated
herein: NY; fragments of the type at ILL).--

[= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973) ]

stehleana var. tardenaevifera Trel. ex Stehlé, Bull. Soc. Bot.,
France 83: 628. 1936 (nomen subnudum), ex Stehlé & Quentin,
Fl. Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937 (nomen nudum,
but type cited). TYPE: Guadeloupe. Stehlé & Stehlée 336
(holotype: NY; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. nigropunctata (fide
Howard, 1973)]

* stehleana var. tardigranulata Trel. & Stenlé ex Stehlé &
Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(1): 3. 1937
(nomen nudum, but type cited). TYPE: Guadeloupe, Malanga.
El. 680 m. Stenlé & Stenlé 1752 (nolotype, or LECTOTYPE
designated herein: NY; isotype or isolectotype: ILL).--

{= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973) ]

210 BAY? TO) EO) Ge TMA Vol 2°59," Noce 3

* stehleana var. variifolia Trel. & Stenlé ex Stehlé & Quentin,
Fl. Guadel. Depend. & Martinique 2(2): 49. 1948 (nomen
nudum). TYPE: Guadeloupe. 29 SEP 1936. Stehlé & Stenlé
1233 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL;
fragments of the type at NY).-- [= P. nigropunctata (fide
Howard, 1973) ]

stenophyllopsis Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 201. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Alajuela, Fraijanes. El. 1500-1700 m.
12-13 FEB 1926. Standley & Torres 47590 (holotype:

US 1251248; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. angularis (fide Burger,
1971)]

Stipitifolia Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 220. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, San José, Cerro de las Vueltas.
El. 2700-3000 m. DEC 1925. Standley & Valerio 44013
(holotype: US 1251184; paratype at ILL: Standley 42802) .--
{= P. esperanzana Trel. (fide Burger, 1971) ]

Suavis Trel. (nom. invalid.) var. hondurensis Trel. in Yuncker,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 338. 1938. TYPE: Honduras,
Comayagua, near El Achote, above Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m.
15 JUL 1936. Yunecker, Dawson & Youse 5878 (holotype: ILL).
-- [The specific epithet was published only in this varietal
combination; = P. maculosa (fide Standley & Steyerm., 1952) ]

Subandina Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 98. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Pichis Trail.
El. 400 m. JUN-JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26218 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

subbasellaefolia Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
23: 325, 332. 1927. TYPE: Jamaica, John Crow Peak.
Nicholis 50 (holotype: US 429006; paratypes at ILL: Haiti:
Ekman 1889, 3216, 3469).

subcalvescens Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 98. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Huacapistana.
6 DEC 1924. Stevens 84 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Killip & Smith 24246).

subdichotoma Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 98. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Mufla.
El. 2100 m. MAY-JUN 1923. Macbride 4008 (holotype:
F 535072; isotype: ILL).

subdita Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 194. 1929. TYPE:
Costa Rica, Cartago, La Estrella. Cooper 192 [= Donnell
Smith 5927] (nolotype: US 796574; paratype at ILL: Standle
41516).-- [= P. montecristana Trel. (fide Burger, 1971) )

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens

subgeminispica Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 338.
1938. TYPE: Honduras, hills above Lancetilla. El. 90 m.
11 AUG 1934. Yuncker 4987 (holotype: ILL).

Subretusa Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sdo Paulo) 3: 174, fig.
155. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro. Glaziou 7836
(holotype: B; paratype at ILL: Mexia 4073).-- [This species
upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

subrubescens Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S.
Amer. 2: 483, fig. 425. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Antioquia,
near Guapd, etc. El. 50 m. 3 MAY 1945. Haught 4623
(holotype: US 1709179; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:
Haught 4783, 5508).

Subsericata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 98. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Jun{n, Chanchamayo
Valley. E1. 1500-1800 m. Schunke 479 [holotype: F 571537;
fragments of the type at ILL; paratypes at ILL: Killip &
Smith 24815, 25513, 25547; Schunke 545 and 549
(fragments) }.

subternifolia Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (S&o Paulo) 3: 176, fig.
156. 1966. TYPE: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Itatiaia.
13 JUN 1902. Dusén 586 (holotype: S; isotype: ILL;
paratypes at ILL: Loefgren 3522; Mexia 4270a).-- [This
species upheld by Yuncker, 1974]

subvillosa Heurck & Mill. Arg. in Heurck forma dumauseana Trel.
& Stenlé in Stenlé & Quentin, Fl. Guadel. Depend. &
Martinique 2(2): 61. 1948. TYPE: Martinique, Forét de
Dumausé, El. 950 m. 14 JUL 1939. Stenhlé & Stenlé 3369
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. hirtella (fide Howard, 1973)]

Suizana Trel., Trab. Mus. Nac. Ci. Nat., Ser. Bot. 33: 47. 1936
(without a Latin diagnosis). TYPE: Colombia, Tolima, La
Suiza. El. 2600 m. 11 MAY 1932. Cuatrecasas 2407
(holotype: MA; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. crispa Sodiro (fide
Trel. & Yuncker, 1950) ]

suratana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 615, fig.
539. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, R{o Surata Valley,
above Surataé. El. 2000-2300 m. 5-6 JAN 1927. Killip &
Smith 16615 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:
Fassett 25040; Killip & Smith 16564).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1955a]

sympodialis Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 687,
fig. 602. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Caldas, Rio Santa Rita,
Salento. El. 1600-1800 m. 29 JUL 1922. Killip & Hazen
8980 (holotype: US 1142745; isotype: ILL).

212 Paley 1? OF EP OMG al” Al Vol . 59 "No.

* taco-tacoi Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
16, 23. 1926. (TYPE: Cuba, Pinar del Rfo, R{o Taco Taco,
Sierra de los Organos. 12 OCT 1923. Ekman 17620 (holotype,
or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL; isotype or
isolectotype: ILL).-- [= P. petiolaris C.DC. (fide Yuncker,
1950-51) ]

tafelbergensis Yuncker in Maguire and Collaborators, Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 75: 292. 1948. TYPE: Suriname, Arrowhead
Basin, Tafelberg. El. 625 m. 24 AUG 1944, Maguire 27170
(holotype: NY; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Trel. & Yuncker, 1950 and Yuncker, 1957]

tamboana Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
498, fig. 444. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cauca, Rfo Sucio, SW
of Tambo. El. 1100 m. 20 NOV 1946. Haught 5263 (holotype:
TELS

tejana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 611, fig.
535. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Norte de Santander, along road
from Pamplona to Toledo, ete. El. 2500-2800 m.
28 FEB 1927. Killip & Smitn 19910 (holotype: US 1355080;
isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Jiminez 83).

tenae Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 482, fig.
42h. 1950. TYPE: Ecuador, Napo-Pastaza, near Tena.
El. 400 m. 2-11 APR 1935. Mexia 7162 (holotype:
US 1619108; isotype: ILL).

tenebraegaudens Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 27: 305. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqui, Bajo Mona,
mouth of Quebrada Chiquero, along Rfo Caldera.
El. 1500-2000 m. 3 JUL 1938. Woodson, Allen & Seibert 993
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. maculosa (fide Burger, 1971; Trel.
& Yuncker, 1950 and Yuncker, 1950) ])

teresitensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 100. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Teresita.
29 OCT 1924. Stevens 88 (holotype: ILL).

terraegaudens Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 657,
fig. 575. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, vicinity of El
Roble. El. ca 1500 m. 16 FEB 1927. Kiilip & Smith 19383
(holotype: US 1354639; isotype: ILL).

tetraphylla (G. Forster) Hooker & Arnott var. tetraphylla forma
protractifolia Yuncker, Bol. Inst. Bot. (Sao Paulo) 3: 177.
1966. TYPE: Brazil, Parand, Campina Grande do Sul.
22 JAN 1960. Hatschbach 6671 [holotype: IPB?; paratypes at
ILL: Duarte s.n. (= SP 12582); Gehrt 813).-- [This taxon

recognized by Yuncker, 1974]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 213

theodori Trel. var. glabricaulis Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 189.
[1953] 1955. TYPE: Bolivia, La Paz, N. Yungas, Polo-Polo,
near Coroico. El. 1100 m. OCT-NOV 1912. Buchtien 4560
(holotype: US 1176997; fragments of the type at ILL;
paratype at ILL: Buchtien 7244).

ticunhuayana Trel., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 55: 170. 1928.
TYPE: Bolivia, Cordillera Real, Ticunhuaya. El. 5000 ft.
1926. Tate 1082 (holotype: NY; fragments of the type at
ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker, 1955]

timbuchiana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 100. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Timbuchi on the
Rfo Nanay. JUN-JUL 1929. Williams 1163 (holotype:
F 608106; isotype: ILL).

toroi Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 640, fig.
563. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Antioquia, vicinity of Medellin.
14 NOV 1927. Toro 794 (holotype: NY; fragments of the type
at ILL).

tortugana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
319, 327. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Morne Barranca, Ile la Tortue.
El. 300 m. 24 MAY 1925. Ekman 4111 (holotype: ?; isotype:
ILL).

tovariana C.DC. in DC. var. subcaespitosa Trel. & Yuncker,
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 709, fig. 632. 1950. TYPE:
Colombia, Santa Marta, Sierra del Libano. El. 1800 m.
H.H. Smith 1911 (holotype: NY; paratype at ILL: Archer
1274).

translucens Trel. in Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 328.
1937. TYPE: Costa Rica, Limon, Finca Castilla. El. 30 m.
Dodge & Goerger 9292 [holotype: MO; isotype (small piece):
ILL).-- [= P. pellucida (fide Burger, 1971)]

trapezoidalis Yuncker, Lilloa 27: 202, tab. 80. [1953] 1955.
TYPE: Argentina, San Javier, Acaragua. El. 200 m.
30 JAN 1947. Berboin 2339 (nolotype: LIL 179605; paratypes
at ILL: Claren 11778; Ekman 1237).

treleasei Yuncker, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 112: 46. 1933.
TYPE: Hawaii, Molokai, Pukoo. Forbes 274-MO [holotype:
BISH; paratypes at ILL: Degener & Wiebke 2843 (2 Sheets),
2873].-- [This species recognized by Kartesz & Kartesz,
1980}

214 PROT TTOURYOPGTIIA Vol. 59, No.

tremulaeformis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9: 276.
1940. TYPE: Honduras, Atlantida, R{fo Danto, slopes of Mt.
Cangrejal. 30 JUL 1938. Yuncker, Koepper & Wagner 8722
(holotype: ILL).-- [= P. major (Miq.) C.DC. (fide Standley &
Steyerm., 1952); = P. urocarpa (cf. Yuncker, 1950-51 and
1974) ]

tressis Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 339. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, .near El Achote, above
Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 21 JUL 1936. Yuncxer, Dawson &
Youse 6001 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. collocata (fide Standley
& Steyerm., 1952)]

trichopus Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 101. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huanuco, Piedra Grande
near Rfo Santo Domingo. El. 1500 m. 14-19 MAY 1923.
Macbride 3855 (holotype: F 534918; isotype: ILL).-- [This
species recognized by Trel. & Yuncker, 1950]

tricolor Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 101. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Pichis Trail,
San Nicholas. El. 1100 m. 4-5 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith
25973 (holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

trinervula C.DC. in DC. var. suboppositifolia Trel. & Yuncker,
Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 648. 1950. TYPE: Colombia,
Cauca, Cordillera Central, headwaters of the Rfo Palo,
Quebrada de Santo Domingo. El. 2700-2800 m. 13 DEC 1944.
Cuatrecasas 19197 (holotype: US 1854385; isotype:
ILL).-+ [This variety recognized by Yuncker, 1955a]

trineuroides Dahlst., Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl.
33(2): 198, tab. 8, fig. 2. 1900. TYPE: Brazil, Rio Grande
do Sul, Sdo Angelo prope Cachoeira. 4 FEB 1893. Malme 538
(holotype: S; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by
Yuneker, 1974)

trullaefolia Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 102. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Cuzco, Ollantaitambo.
El. 3000 m. 27 APR 1915. Cook & Gilbert 4O1 (holotype: US;
fragments of the type at ILL).

trumani Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 339. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Cortés, Lake Yojoa. El. 630 m.
30 JUL 1934. Yuncker 4847 (holotype: ILL).

truncata Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 322,
330. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Mission Fonds Verettes. Leonard
3831 (holotype: US 1076201; paratypes at ILL: Ekman 2509,
3005; Leonard 8307).

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 215

turboensis Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer.
2: 463, fig. 405. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Antioquia, Guapd,
53 km S of Turbo. El. ca 40 m. 23 APR 1945. Haught 4595
(holotype: US 1709164; isotype: ILL).

turquinana Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23:
20, 28. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra Maestra, top of
Pico Turquino. El. 2040 m. 22-24 JUL 1922. Ekman 14530
(holotype: ?; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. maxonii C.DC. in Urban
(fide Yuncker, 1950-51) ]

tutunendoana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 660,
fig. 577. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Choc6é, Tutunendo, 20 km N
of Quibd6. El. ca 80 m. 19, 20 MAY 1931. Archer 2157
(holotype: US 1519171; isotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Antonio Camilo 74).

tyleri Trel. in Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 355. 1931.
TYPE: Venezuela, summit of Mt. Duida, valley beyond Ridge
23B. El. 5950 ft. Tate 476 (holotype: NY; fragments of the
type at ILL).-- [This species recognized by Trel. & Yuncker,
1950 and Yuncker, 1974]

udimontana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 747,
fig. 671. 1950. TYPE: Ecuador, Napo-Pastaza, between Puyo
and Canelos. El. 325-375 m. 1-3 FEB 1935. Mexia 6830
(holotype: US 1619084; isotype: ILL).

umbellifera Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer.
2: 586, fig. 509. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cauca, Quebrada
Manchai, NE of Silvia. El. 3100 m. 22 OCT 1946. Haught
5125 (holotype: US 1709492; paratype at ILL: Cuatrecasas
19244).

unguiculata Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni. Veg. 23:
325, 332. 1927. TYPE: Haiti, Mission Fonds Verettes.
Leonard 3800 (holotype: US 1076231; paratype at ILL: Ekman
3145).

urbani Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 23: 18,
27. 1926. TYPE: Cuba, Oriente, Guantanamo, Monte Libanon.
El. 700-800 m. 28 NOV 1922. Ekman 15826 (holotype: ?;
isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker,
1950-51)

vallensis Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 615, fig.
538. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Rfo Digua Valley,
between La Elsa and Rfo Blanco. El. 640 m. 2-5 APR 1939.
Killip 34786 (holotype: US 1771578; isotype: ILL).

216 Pe he ¥: F Oy Lv O Gt de A Vol. 59, No. 3

valliculae Trel. in Woodson & Seibert, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
24: 186. 1937. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, w. slope and summit of
Cerro Valle Chiquito. El. 700-800 m. 25 JUL 1935. Seibert
503 (holotype: MO; isotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized
by Yuncker, 1950]

variculata Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 103. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junin, Chahuapanas.
El. 340 m. 20, 21 JUL 1929. Killip & Smith 26792 (holotype:
US; isotype: ILL).

veneciana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 545, fig.
475. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cundinamarca, Venecia-Pandi.
JUL 1930. Herb. Nac. Colombiano 601 (holotype: US 1471102;
paratype at ILL: Laureano Javier 4).

venezueliana C.DC. var. aterrima Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae
no. S. Amer. 2: 598. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Santander, Rio
Surat& Valley, near Surat&. El. 2000-2300 m. 5-6 JAN 1927.
Killip & Smith 16655 (holotype: GH; isotype: ILL).

venosa Yuncker in Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
463, fig. 406. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Los
Farallones, ete. El. 2600-2870 m. 13 OCT 1944.
Cuatrecasas 18123 [holotype: US 1854251; probable isotype:
ILL (as No. 18125)].

ventricosicarpa Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 104. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Loreto, Soledad on Rio
Itaya. El. 110 m. 20-22 SEP 1929. Killip & Smith 29800
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

versicolor Trel., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 26(4): 200. 1929.
TYPE: Costa Rica, Cartago, vicinity of Pejivalle.
El. 900 m. 7-8 FEB 1926. Standley & Valerio 47270
(holotype: US 1251235; isotype: ILL).-- [= P. alata (fide
Burger, 1971)]

verticillatispica Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2:
745, fig. 669. 1950. TYPE: Ecuador, Pichincha, between
Quito and Santo Domingo. El. 1200 m. 4 APR 1942. Haught
3217 (holotype: US 1707985; isotype: ILL).-- [This species
recognized by Yuncker, 1955a]

wagneri Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9: 276. 1940.
TYPE: Honduras, Yoro, Coyoles. 29 JUN 1938. Yuncker,
Koepper & Wagner 8127 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL:
Yuncker, Koepper & Wagner 8055).-- [= P. crassiuscula (fide
Standley & Steyerm., 1952); = P. pereskiaefolia (fide
Burger, 1971) ]

1986 Jones, Annotated Catalogue of type specimens 217

* wilsonii Stehlé, Candollea 8: 78. 1940. TYPE: Guadeloupe,
Mangrove de Pointe-a-Pitre au Gosier. El. 5 m. Stehlé &
Stehlé 2545 (LECTOTYPE, designated herein: NY; isolectotype:
ILL).-- [= P. nigropunctata (fide Howard, 1973)]

woodsonii Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27: 305. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Chiriqu{, vicinity of Casita
Alta, Voledn de Chiriquf. El. 1500-2000 m. JUN-JUL 1938.
Woodson, Allen & Seibert 933 (holotype: ILL).--
{= P. hispidula (fide Burger, 1971; Trel. & Yuncker, 1950;
Yuneker, 1950 and 1955)]

yananoensis Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 106. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Huadnuco, Yanano.
El. 1800 m. 13-16 MAY 1923. Macbride 3741 (holotype:
F 534803; isotype: ILL).

yananoensis var. caniana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 13(No. 357): 106. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Hudnuco, Cani near
Mito. El. 2550 m. 16-26 APR 1923. Macbride 3460
(holotype: F; isotype: ILL).

* yaguena Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 29: 28.
1931. TYPE: Santo Domingo [Dominican Republ.], Azua, Valle
del Yaque. El. 1500 m. 6 OCT 1929. Ekman 13689 (holotype,
or LECTOTYPE designated herein: ILL).

yapasana Trel. in J.F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
13(No. 357): 106. 1936. TYPE: Peru, Junfn, Pichis Trail.
El. 1350-1600 m. 28-29 JUN 1929. Killip & Smith 25478
(holotype: US; isotype: ILL).

yeracuiana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 722,
fig. 645. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Chocd, Corcovada Region,
upper Rfo San Judn, ridge along Yeracuf Valley.

El. 200-275 m. 24, 25 APR 1939. Killip 35301 (holotype:
US 1772036; isotype: ILL).

yojoana Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 339. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Cortés, Lake Yojoa. El. 630 m.
31 JUL 1934. Yuncker 4913 (holotype: ILL; paratypes at ILL:
Yuneker 4823, 4902).

yousei Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 339. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, near El Achote, above
Siguatepeque. El. 1350 m. 21 JUL 1936. Yuncker, Dawson &
Youse 5995 (holotype: ILL; paratype at ILL: Yuncker, Dawson
& Youse 6134).-- [= P. obtusifolia (fide Standley &
Steyerm., 1952)]

218 Py Hi NiesT 10) tey0nG ahi Vol. 59, No. 3

yunckeri Trel. in Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 340. 1938.
TYPE: Honduras, Comayagua, in wet soil along bank of a
stream, 5 km NW of Siguatepeque. El. 1100 m. 9 AUG 1936.
Yuncker, Dawson & Youse 6392 (holotype: ILL).-- [Standley &
Steyerm., 1952, placed the name in synonymy under
P. obtusifolia, a disposition not supported by the specimen
at hand]

zarzalana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 642, fig.
565. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, El Valle, Cauca Valley, 2-3 kmE
of Zarzal. El. 970-1050 m. 21 JUL 1922. Pennell, Kiilip &
Hazen 8440 [holotype: US 1142584; isotype: ILL; paratypes at
ILL: Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 5648; Killip 5392b; Killip &
Cuatrecasas 38411; Killip & Smith 16259; suseperuk PERE}
(fragments); Lehmann 8482 (fragments); Silvano J orge eb)
Carlos 155, 164, 165, “166, 167 and 234).

zipaguirana Trel. & Yuncker, Piperaceae no. S. Amer. 2: 561,
fig. 489. 1950. TYPE: Colombia, Cundinamarca, S of
Zipaquira. El. 2700-2900 m. 20-24 OCT 1917. Pennell 2625
(holotype: US 1042373; paratype at ILL: Jiminez 43).

Piper

albopunctulatissimum Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 27: 287. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Coclé, north rim of
El Valle de Anton. El. 600-1000 m. 12 FEB 1939. Allen
1652 (holotype: ILL).-- [This species recognized by Yuncker,
1950]

frostii Trel. ex Standley, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 5: 54. 1933
(nomen subnudum). TYPE: Panama, Canal Zone, Barro Colorado
Island. Syntypes (perhaps lectotypification needed): Bailey
495; Frost 42, 165 (Bailey 495 at ILL).-- [= P. aequale
Vahl (fide Yunecker, 1950) ]

gatunense Trel. var. cocleanum Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 27: 292. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Coclé,
north rim of El Valle de Antén. El. 600-1000 m.
14 MAY 1939. Allen 1784 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. augustum
Rudge var. cocleanum (Trel.) Yuncker (1950) ]

gatunense var. latum Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann, Missouri
Bot. Gard. 27: 292. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Cocleé, north rim of
El Valle de Ant6én. El. 600-1000 m. 21 MAY 1939. Allen
1808 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. augustum var. cocleanum (fide
Yuneker, 1950) ]

1986 Jones, Annotated catalogue of type specimens 219

!

muelleri C.DC. in DC., Prodromus 16(1): 243. 1869. TYPE:
Mexico, Orizaba. F. Mueller 180 [holotype: BR; fragment of
the type (one leaf) at ILL].-- [This is the TYPE SPECIES of
Arctottonia Trel., Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 69: 315. 1930,
but the combination of A. muelleri (C.DC.) Trel. was not
explicitly published; the species was retained under Piper
(as above) by Bornstein, 1985 annotation]

seducentifolium Trel. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 27: 297. 1940. TYPE: Panama, Prov. Panama, near
Arraijan. El. 15 m. 22 JUN 1938. Woodson, Allen & Seibert
781 (holotype: ILL).-- [= P. acutissimum Trel. (fide
Yunecker, 1950); = P. arieianum C.DC. (cf. Burger, 1971 and
Croat, 1978) ]

* sinuatispicum Trel. in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 26:
342. 1929. TYPE: Haiti, La Hotte, Les Roseaux. El. 1300 m.
28 JUN 1928. Ekman 10166 (holotype, or LECTOTYPE designated
herein: ILL).

tatei Trel., Amer. J. Bot. 8: 215. 1921. TYPE: Nicaragua,
"presumably from Chontales." 1867-68. Tate 367 [holotype:
K; fragment (flowers) and an excellent tracing of the type
at ILL].-- [= P. yucatanense C.DC. (fide Bornstein, 1985
annotation) ]

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I have received help, via correspondence, from A. R.
Bornstein (GH), Wm. Burger (F), A. F. Cholewa (NY), and C.
Tuccinardi (US). Special thanks and appreciation for assistance
in the preparation of this catalogue goes to the typist, Joyce
Roberts, and to Laurel McKee for double-checking the references
and proofing the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Adams, C. D. and Collaborators. 1972. Flowering plants of
Jamaica. University of the West Indies. Mona, Jamaica.

Boufford, D. E. 1982. Notes on Peperomia (Piperaceae) in the
southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arb. 63: 317-325.

Burger, Wm. 1971. Family No. 41, Piperaceae. In: Flora
Costaricensis. Wm. Burger, Editor. Fieldiana Bot. 35:
Bee le

Croat, T. B. 1978. Flora of Barro Colorado Island. Stanford
Univ. Press, Stanford, CA.

220 PHY T0-L,0:G:1-A Vol. 593 Now 3

Howard, R. A. 1973. Notes on the Piperaceae of the Lesser
Antilles. J. Arnold Arb. 54: 377-411.

Jones, A. G. 1985. An annotated catalogue of type specimens in
the University of Illinois Herbarium (ILL)—- 1. Piperaceae,
except Peperomia. Phytologia 58: 1-102.

Kartesz, J. T. and R. Kartesz. 1980. A synonymized checklist of
the vascular flora of the United States, Canada, and Green-
land. The University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill.

Standley, P. C. and J. A. Steyermark. 1952. Piperaceae. In:
Flora of Guatemala. Fieldiana Bot. 24(3): 228-337.

Trelease Wm. and T. G. Yuncker. 1950. The Piperaceae of northern
South America. 2 vols. The University of Illinois Press.
Urbana.

Yuncker, T. G. [1949] 1950-1951. The Cuban species of Peperomia
[in 3 parts]. Revista Soc. Cub. Bot. 6(1): 5-33 [part l,
issued 1950]; 6(2-3): 20-54 [part 2, issued 1951]; 6(4): 9-34
[part 3, issued 1951].

- 1950. Piperaceae. In: Woodson, R. E. and R. W.
Schery. Flora of Panama. Part IV, fasc. 1. Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 37(1): 1-120.

- 1953. The Piperaceae of Trinidad and Tobago. Lilloa
26: 239-278.

- [1953] 1955. The Piperaceae of Argentina, Bolivia and

Chile. Lilloa 27: 97-303.

- 1955a. Plants collected in Ecuador by W. H. Camp.
Piperaceae. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9(2): 147-169.

- 1957. Piperaceae. Pp. 218-290. In: Lanjouw, J., Editor.
Flora of Suriname. Vol. 1, part 2. Royal Tropical Institute,
Amsterdam. Mededeling No. 30.

- 1962. Nomenclatural notes on Piperaceae. Brittonia 14:
188-190.

- 1966. Piperaceae. pp. 71-87. In: Stoffers, A. L.,
Editor. Flora of the Netherlands Antilles. Vol. 2.
Naturwetensch. Stud. Suriname & Nederlandse Antillen No. 42.
Utrecht.

- 1974. The Piperaceae of Brazil— III: Peperomia; taxa of
uncertain status. Hoehnea 4: 71-413, figs. 293-459.

ZG!
y, PHYTOLOGIA

An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication

Vol. 59 February 1986 No. 4

CONTENTS

MAGANA, P,, & LOTT, E. J., Aechmea tuitensis (Bromeliaceae:
Bromelioideae, Podaechmea), a new species from

SEE TICMIISEICED NFR ooh et: irileota Lig Vocitue DME R US Mid fae 5 bye 221
FONTELLA PEREIRA, J., Asclepiadaceae brasilienses, III. Two

new species of Metastelma (Asclepiadaceae) from Brazil ... . 224
DILLON, M. O., & SAGASTEGUI-ALVA, A., New species and

status changes in Andean Inuleae (Asteraceae) ......... 227
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum

Sree RETO) TCIED sh W ye hes ad Ciel Ke Le tlat ay Li ketoe La ieoide be GIR ed ¢ 234
TURNER, B. L., An underview of the genus Schistocarpha

letenuceac-Heliantheade) .. 6 se 6 2k ee ee ee as 269
BEETLE, A. A., Noteworthy grasses from Mexico XII ....... 287
HORN, C. N., Typification and a new combination in

Hieterantnera. (Pontederiaceae) . .:'2'.\\.08. 0 bods Behe Be is 290

RICE, C. G., & EDBLOM, G., An artificial key to the grasses
of Eravikulam National Park (Kerala, India), based on
MemILIVE CROTOCTCTISHOS( (200 )0. 65 NS fale ieleNe me Wis tea eas 291

Peeepenne, A’ L., Book reviews: ) 6.002 ei eee ak. 311

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
590 Hemlock Avenue N.W.
Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00
after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost
in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following
number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is
received after a volume is closed.

=

es oe aed

tat,

OY SE Nes Decca
OU ANN Seen AR 2 ot:
OM NOC ART Utne

Me

f
7 AP,

Ph!

ely ian a
Pe

MN tt
% sao Hh

AECHMEA TUITENSIS (BROMELIACEAE: BROMELIOIDEAE, PODAECHMEA),
A NEW SPECIES FROM WESTERN MEXICO

Patricia Magana and Emily J. Lott
Herbario Nacional, Instituto de Biologia, UNAM
Apdo. Postal 70-367, Deleg. Coyoac4n,
04510 México, D.F., Mexico

Recent field work for a bachelor's thesis on the Bromeliaceae
of the coast of Jalisco, Mexico (Magana unpubl.) has resulted in
several interesting collections, among them a small lithophilic
Aechmea which apparently has been in cultivation under the name
A. macvaughii (Gardner, 1984). Comparison of our plant and another
collection of A. macvaughii (Lott 1925, MEXU), from Colima, Mexico
confirmed that two different species are involved.

AECHMEA TUITENSIS P. Magana & E.J. Lott, sp. nov.

A. macvaughii L.B. Smith statura minore, foliis ad 56 cm longis,
2-4.5 cm latis, scapo erecto, inflorescentia erecta simplici,
11-18 cm longa, bracteis floralibus 4.5 cm longis, petalis
oblongis, obtusis et lobis stigmatis torsivis differt.

Plants small semicaulescent rosettes 30-60 cm tall at
anthesis; propagating freely by basal rhizomes. Leaves 15-20, the
sheaths ovate, 8-11 cm long, 4-7 cm wide, green to red, densely
white-lepidote, fleshy, the venation conspicuous, the margin
entire; leaf blades triangular, 20-45 cm long, 2-4 cm wide, the
apex attenuate, terminating in a spine 5-7 mm long, densely
lepidote, green to red, fleshy, serrate, with yelow spines 3-4 mm
long. Scape erect, 20-37 cm long, 4-7 mm wide, densely lepidote,
green; bracts of the scape erect, the lower ones foliaceous,
15-17 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, the upper ones elliptic, acuminate,
7-15 cm long, 1-2 cm wide, chartaceous, margin serrate, the apex
terminating in a spine 2-4 cm long, densely lepidote, pink.
Inflorescence racemose, densely white lepidote-lanate throughout
the trichomes branched, erect, 11-18 cm long, 5-12 cm wide, the
rachis terminating in a coma of linear bracts. Floral bracts
linear, 2.5-4 cm long, 2-3 cm wide, the mucro 2-4 mm long;
reflexed, the venation conspicuous, pink. Flowers patent, the
pedicels 2-5 mm long, 2 mm wide. Sepals free, lanceolate, more or
less symmetrical, 1.5-2.7 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, mucronate,
coriaceous, with conspicuous venation, densely lepidote, dark
green, the apex purple, Petals oblong-spatulate, apex recurved,
obtuse, 4-4.5 cm long, 3-6 cm wide, with a fimbriate scale 4 m
long at the base, blackish-purple. Stamens and pistil exserted;
filaments white, 3 cm long, the second series adnate to the base
of the petals; anthers yellow, 4-8 mm long; ovary globose, 1 cm
diam, densely lepidote, the style 4.5 cm long, the stigma spiral
(Type II of Brown & Gilmartin 1984), Fruits globose berries 1 cm

221

222 Pio TO be 0; 6 TA Vol. 59, No. 4
diam (immature), densely lepidote, green to purple.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the town of El Tuito,
Jalisco, which gives its name to the area where the new species
was collected.

TYPE: MEXICO. JALISCO. Mpio. Talpa de Allende, a 20 km al E de El
Tuito, sobre la terraceria a la Mina del Cuale-San Sebastian,
alt. ca. 1050 m., 10 Mar 1985 (£1), P. Magana et al. 192
(Holotype: MEXU; Isotypes: MO, US).

Additional collections: MEXICO. JALISCO. Mpio. Talpa de Allende,
same locality, 30 May 1985 (fl & fr), P. Magana et al. 242

ENCB, F, MEXU, NY, SEL).

A. tuitensis was collected in oak-pine woodland at ca alt. 1050 m.
and flowers March-May. The local name for the plant is "pinos".

Aechmea tuitensis differs from A. macvaughii in several
important characters (Table 1), especially in its much smaller
size, ovate triangular leaves, simple erect inflorescence, much
larger floral bracts and entire sepals. In addition, the leaves
of our plant lack the waxy glaucous covering beneath which Smith
( 1964) mentions in the type description of A. macvaughii.

The proposed new species clearly belongs to subgenus
Podaechmea Mez because of its lepidote inflorescences, pedicellate
polystichous flowers, mucronate sepals and well-developed
petal-appendages (Smith & Downs 1979). Its simple erect
inflorescence differs from the amply compound and lax inflorescene
common to the other five species of the subgenus.

Apparently our new species is the plant of which seeds were
offered for propagation by Gardner (1984). Gardner (1984) refers
to A. macvaughii as a "large plant with the leaves up to one
meter in length" as in the type description (Smith 1964). Gardner
(1984) also describes A. macvaughii as having a simple spike,
which is clearly shown in the accompanying photograph. However,
according to the type description of A. macvaughii (Smith 1964),
it has a pendulous, bipinnate inflorescence, as does our material
collected in Colima (Lott et al. 1925) in similar habitat to that
mentioned in the type description (Smith 1964). Therefore, it
seems that there has been a confusion between the cultivated
material made available to Gardner and the original description
of A. macvaughii, which hitherto had been known only from the
type locality. Additionally J. Utley (pers. comm.) has seen both
our material of A, tuitensis and the material being distributed
as A. macvaughii and concurs that they are the same.

1986 Magafa & Lott, Aechmea tuitensis 223
Table l

Characteristics distinguishing A. tuitensis and A. macvaughii

Characters A. tuitensis A. macvaughii
Leaf size 28-56 X 2-7 cm to 120 X 16 cm
Leaf shape ovate-triangular ligulate
Inflorescence erect, simple pendulous, branched
Floral bracts 4.5 cm long 1 cm long
Petals oblong-spatulate lanceolate
Habitat oak-pine woodland, mixed tropical
alt. ca .LO050<m forest with
Brosimum, alt
500-600 m
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We thank John Utley for discussion of the problem and
review of the manuscript, J.L. Villasenor for help with the
Latin diagnosis, and 0. Téllez for photographs.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, G.K. & A.J. Gilmartin. 1984. Stigma structure and
variation in Bromeliaceae, neglected taxonomic
characters. Brittonia 36(4):364-374.

Gardner, S. 1984. Aechmea macvaughii seeds available. Jour.
Bromeliad Soc, 34(3):104.

Smith, L.B. 1964. Notes on Bromeliaceae XXII. Mexico.
Phytologia 10(6) :454-458.

Smith, L.B. & R.J. Downs. 1979. Bromelioideae (Bromeliaceae).
New York: The New York Botanical Garden (Flora
Neotropica Monograph No. 14, pt. 3).

ASCLEPIADACEAE BRASILIENSES, III. TWO NEW SPECIES OF ME-

TASTELMA (ASCLEPIADACEAE) FROM BRAZIL.

Jorge Fontella Pereira *
Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro
Rua Pacheco Leao, 915

22460 - Rio de Janeiro-Brasil

Recente examination of plant collections from
the State of Bahia (Brazil) has revealed the presence

of two species of Metastelma new to science.

Metastelma Giuliettianum Fontella, sp.nov.

eee aa ——

liis tomentosis et mucronatis, corollae lobis extus pu-

bescentibus, coronae lobis gynostegio 2-plo longiori-
bus, polliniis minoribus, GLererr.

Slender vines. Stems terete, tomentose. Leaves
opposite and decussate; lamina ovate or elliptic, tomen-
tose, basally obtuse or truncate, mucronate at the a-
pex, the margins revolute at least when dry, bullate a-
bove, 18-25 mm long, 12-18 mm wide, with up to 4 coni-
cal glands at juncture of petiole; petioles tomentose,
3-4 mm long. Inflorescence an extra-axillary umbelli-
form cyme, sessile or subsessile, ca. 9-flowered; pedi-
cels pubescent up to 3 mm long. Calyx deeply lobed, lo-
bes ovate, apex acute, pubescent outside, glabrous insi-

* Bolsista do CNPq

224

1986 Fontella Pereira, Two new species 225

de, 1.3-1.5 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, with one or two mi
nute glands at inside base of each sinus. Corolla sub-
campanulate, cream colored; tube 1.8-2 mm long, pubes-
cent outside, glabrous inside; lobes oblong, apex obtu-
se and incurved, pubescent on outer surface, barbellate
within (trichomes retrorse), 4-4.5 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm
wide. Corona 5-lobed, lobes linear or lanceolate, erect,
apex acute or acuminate, surpassing the gynostegium,
2-2.2 mm high, 0.4-0.6 mm wide. Anthers scutate, 0.45-
0.54 mm long, 0.66-0.72 wide at base, appendages ovate,
0.27-0.33 mm long. Corpusculum linear or oblong, up to
0.20 mm long and ca. 0.07 mm wide; translador arms hori
zontal, 0.07-0.09 mm long; pollinia elliptical or subel
liptical, with the edges obtuse or rounded, 0.22-0.24
mm long, 0.08-0.10 mm wide. Stigmatic appendix apicula
te, covered by anther appendages.

Brasil: Estado da Bahia-Mucugé, margem da Es-
trada Andarai-Mucugé, Estrada Nova a 4 Km de Mucugé,
BEOVII Yall, \leég. W .R2Pirdgni pif scordeiro, A:Furlan; ‘7:
Semir, N.L.de Menezes, A.M.Giulietti et L.Rossi- CFCR-
1669 (SPF-holotype).

Metastelma Harleyi Fontella, sp.nov.

vis obsoletis, coronae lobis gynostegium superantibus ,
polliniisclavatis, differt.

Slender vines. Stems terete, with two longitu
dinal lines of pubescence alternating with the leaf pe-
tioles. Leaves opposite and decussate; glabrous or with
a few trichomes at juncture of blade and petiole; lami
na oblong to elliptic, with nerves incospicuous, basal
ly obtuse or subtruncate, mucronate at the apex, the
margins revolute at least when dry, 10-20 mm long, 5-8

226 Pony Fer o> G st rf Vol. "59," Novas

mm wide, 2-3 glands present at juncture with petiole;
petiole up to 4 mm long. Inflorescence a extra-axillary
umbelliform cyme, 12-15-flowered; peduncles glabrous, 1l-
2 mm long; pedicels glabrous, 4-6 mm long. Calyx deeply
lobed, lobes ovate, glabrous, apex acute or obtuse, 1l-
1.2 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide at the base, with one or
two minute glands at inside base of each sinus. Corolla
rotate, cream-colored; tube glabrous outside, inside pu
bescent, up to 1 mm long; lobes ovate or elliptic, erect,
acute at apex, glabrous outside, puberulent inside at
margins and apex, pubescent at middle and base, 2.2-2.5
mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide. Corona 5-lobed, lobes lanceola
te to suboblong, apex acute or acuminate, sometimes bilo
bed, surpassing the gynostegium, 1.8-2.0 mm high, ca.0.5
mm wide. Anthers scutate, ca. 0.7 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wi
de at base, appendages ovate, Ca. 0.6 mm long. Corpuscu
lum oblong or ovate, apex emarginate, ca. 0.17 mm long,
0.08-0.09 mm wide; translator arms horizontal-descending,
0.13-0.15 mm long; pollinia clavate, 0.28-0.31 mm long,
0.18-0.20 mm wide. Stigmatic appendix apiculate, covered
by anther appendages.

Brasil: Estado da Bahia-Middle and upper N.E.
slopes of the Pico das Almas ca. 25 Km W.N.W. of the Vi-
lasdo..Rio.de Contas,.Ga«.419571W,.13933'S.. Alte 1600-
1850 m. Sandstone conglomerate metamorphic and quartzite
rock outcrop with associated scrubby vegetation with danp
flushes and grassland and marsh in some areas. Plant
growing on summit ridge. Bushy climber with woody stems
and white-latex. Leaves coriaceous, very dark glossy
green above, pale beneath. Calyx pale green. Corolla cre
am, 19. ‘Tir 1977, Teg. R.M: Harley “19665 "et al. (CEPEC -
holotype).

Acknowledgements

The author wishes to thank Dorothy Araujo for
revision of the English text.

NEW SPECIES AND STATUS CHANGES IN ANDEAN INULEAE (ASTERACEAE)

Michael 0. Dillon
Department of Botany
Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, IL 60605-2496

and

Abundio Sagastegui-Alva
Herbarium Truxillense (HUT)
Universidad Nacional de Trujillo, Trujillo, Peru

ABSTRACT - Two new species of Inuleae are described from the
Andes of northern Peru and southern Ecuador: Gamochaeta monticola
Dillon & Sagdst. and Loricaria ol lgaardii Dillon & Sagast., and
L. thyrsoidea (Cuatr.) Dillon & Sagast. is elevated to species
status.

Study of the flora of the Andes of northern Peru and
southern Ecuador continues to yield many new species In
preparation for an upcoming treatment of the Inuleae (Asteraceae)
for the Flora of Peru, the following species descriptions and
status change are made.

Gamochaeta monticola Dillon & Sagdst., sp. nov. Fig. 1.

Herbae caespitosae perennes; caules erecti simplices vel
ramosi, usque ad 6 ecm alti. Folia basalia sessilia, rosulata,
oblanceolata, 1-4 cm longa, 4-7 mm lata, bicoloria, basi
attenuata, apice acuta vel rotundata, inferne incano-tomentosa,
superne lanuginosa, margine integrae, marcescentia; folia caulina
alterna, sessilia, gradatim minoria. Capitulescentiae
spiciformes. Capitula disciformia, 3.5-4 mm alta, 2-2.5 mm lata;
phyllaria ca. 22, 3-4-seriata, externa ovata, ca. 2.2 mm longa,
ca. 1.2 mm lata, intima oblongo-linearia, 2.9-3.2 mm longa, 0.4-
0.7 mm lata. Flores marginales feminei, 42-45; corollae
filiformae, ca. 2 mm longae. Disci flores hermaphroditi 2-3;
corollae anguste tubulosae, ca. 2 mm longae. Achaenia oblonga,
0.5-0.7 mm longa, glabra; pappi setae ca. 2.5 mm longae, basi
connatae, albae.

TYPE: PERU. Dept. La Libertad. Prov. Santiago de Chuco:
entre Chota y Shorey, ladera, 3250 m, 15 Nov 1983, A. Sagdstegui
A. et al. 11100 (HUT, holotype; F, MO, isotypes).

rae 227

228 Rot ¥ ToOws QxG ehh ¥olse59,\No. 4

Cespitose, perennial herbs; stems simple or branched, 1-6 cm
tall. Basal leaves densely rosulate, oblanceolate, 1-4 cm long,
4-7 mm wide, sessile, basally attenuate to a pseudo-petiole,
apically acute to rounded, mucronate, discolorous, lower surface
incanose-tomentose, upper surface lanose, the margins entire, the
cauline leaves alternate, gradually smaller. Capitulescences
spiciform. Capitula disciform, 3.5-4 mm high, 2-2.5 mm wide;
involucres campanulate; phyllaries ca. 22, 3-4-seriate,
imbricate, scarious, stramineous, the outer ovate, ca. 2.2 mm
long, ca. 1.2 mm wide, dorsally lanate, apically acuminate, the
inner oblong-linear, 2.9-3.2 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, glabrous,
apically acute; marginal florets pistillate, 42-45, the corollas
filiform, ca. 2 mm long; dise florets hermaphroditic, 2-3, the
corollas narowly tubular, ca. 2 mm long, the style branches
truncate, penicillate. Achenes oblong, 0.5-0.7 mm long, brown,
glabrous; pappus bristles ca. 2.5 mm long, fused basally, white.

DISTRIBUTION: Infrequent in open areas within "jalca"
formations of northern Peru (Departments of Aneash, Cajamarca and
La Libertad, 3100-4870 m).

Gamochaeta monticola is a distinctive member of the genus,
possessing rosulate basal leaves and erect, spicate
capitulescences. It most closely resembles G. humilis Wedd. of
southern Peru and northern Bolivia; however, the latter species
normally has a more branched, decumbent habit, smaller, spatulate
leaves, and a laxly spiciform or terminally glomerulate
eapitulescence.

Additional material examined: PERU. Dept. Ancash. Prov.
Carhuaz: Huascardn National Park, Quebrada Ishinca, 4380-4500 no,
Smith et al. 9486 (F, MO, USM). Prov. Huaylas: Huascardn
National Park, Quebrada Alpamayo, 4350-4500 m, Smith et al. 9801
(USM). Prov. Yungay: Huascardn National Park, Quebrada Ancosh,
Smith & Goodwin 8886 (MO, USM). Dept. Cajamarca. Prov.
Celendin: ca. 57 km NE of Cajamarca along road to Celendfn, ca.
3650 m, 4 Jan 1979, Dillon & Turner 1614 (F); Sendamal, 3100 nm,
19 Aug 1984, Sagadstegui, Mostacero, & Leiva 12228 (F, HUT, MO).
Prov. San Miguel: Taulis Alto, jalea, ladera, 3100 m, 20 Jun
1980, Sagdstegui et al. 9548 (F, HUT, MO). Dept. La Libertad.
Prov. Otuzeo: Motil-Shorey, 3500 m, 23 Nov 1964, Sagdastegui &
Fernandez 4914 (HUT, US); Cerro Ragache, Salpo, 3500 m, 23 May
1984, Sagdstegui, Diestra, & Leiva 11627 (HUT, MO).

Loricaria ollgaardii Dillon & Sagdst., sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Frutices dioicii ramosi ca. 50 em usque alti; caules
foliacei, complanati, 1.5-2 mm alti. Folia disticha, linearia,
3-4 mm longa, 0.5-0.8 lata, ecarinata, viridia vel brunneolo-
viridia. Capitulescentiae solitares, terminales. Capitula

1986 Dillon & Sagdastegui-Alva, New species 229

feminea 4-5 mm alta, ca. 2 mm lata; phyllaria 8-11, ca. 3-
seriata, extima ovata, 2-3 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata; receptacula
epaleacea. Flores pistillati, 5-8; corollae filiformae, ca. 3 mm
longae. Achaenia ca. 1 mm longa, glabra; pappi setae ca. 3.5 mm
longae. Specimina masculina: non visa.

TYPE: ECUADOR. Prov. Loja: Amaluza-Palanda, western slope,
near the pass (at Laguna Areviatadas Pilares), 22 Sep 1976, 3350-

isotypes).

Dioecious shrubs to 50 em tall, much-branched; stems
folious, moderately compressed, 1.5-2 mm wide. Leaves
distichous, imbricate, sessile, linear in lateral view, 3-4 mm
long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, dorsally ecarinate, the outer surface
glabrous, green to brownish-green, the inner surface lanate.
Capitulescences solitary, terminal on branchlets. Feminine
ecapitula sessile, 4-5 mm high, ca. 2 mm wide; involucres
eylindrical; phyllaries 8-11, ca. 3-seriate, imbricate, scarious,
the outer ovate, 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, apically acute to
obtuse, lacerate, the inner oblanceolate to oblong, 3-4 mm long,
0.5-1 mm wide, apically acute to obtuse, lacerate; receptacles
epaleaceous; florets 5-8, the corollas filiform, ca. 3 mm long,
the style branches exserted. Achenes ca. 1 mm long (immature), 4-
angled, glabrous, brown; pappus bristles apically slender, acute,
ca. 3.5 mm long. (Masculine specimens not seen).

DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type locality. According
to the label data, this species occurs in grass paramo and
associated bogs.

Loricaria ollgaardii possesses epaleaceous receptacles and
terminal capitula on lateral branchlets. These characters place
it in section Thyopsis Cuatr. (Cuatrecasas, 1954). Its nearest
relatives appear to be L. thuyoides var. microphylla (Wedd.)
Cuatr. (Ecuador) and L. pauciflora Cuatr. (Colombia); however, L.
ollgaardii can be separated from these species by the characters
presented in Table 1.

It is a pleasure to name this species for Dr. Benjamin
M®llgaard of the Botanical Institute, University of Aarhus,
Denmark. Dr. @llgaard is a long time worker in "Flora of
Ecuador" project and researcher in the Lycopodiaceae, a plant
group that Loricaria superfically resembles.

230 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, Nov<4

Table 1. Morphological comparison of Loricaria ollgaardii and
its closest relatives.

L. ollgaardii L. thuyoides L. pauciflora
var. microphylla

Leaves 3-4 mm long 3-6 mm long 5-6 mm long
0.5-0.8 mm wide 0.7-1 mm wide ca. 1 mm wide
ecarinate carinate carinate
Capitula terminal axillary axillary
Phyllaries 8-11 14-16 4-8
Feminine
florets 5-7 13-14 ca. 4

Loricaria thyrsoidea (Cuatr.) Dillon & Sagdst., comb. nov.

Loricaria thuyoides (Lam.) Schultz-Bip. var. thyrsoidea
Cuatr., Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. Regni Veg. 56: 170. 1954.
TYPE: Peru, Dept. Lima, Prov. Canta, near Antaicocha, Cerro
Colorado, E of Canta, 4000-4100 m, 20 Jun 1925, F. W. Pennell
14685 (F, holotype; US, isotype).

This taxon's thyrsoid capitulescences are unique for
Loricaria and quite unlike all other varieties of L. thuyoides.
Given current speices boundries, we feel that this and other
differences make this taxon worthy of specific status.

REFERENCE

Cuatrecasas, J. 1954. Synopsis der Gattung Loricaria Wedd.
Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. Regni Veg. 56: 149-172.

1986 Dillon & Sagdstegui-Alva, New species 231

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES

Fig. 1. Gamochaeta monticola. A, habit; B, leaf (underside); C,
capitulum; D, outer phyllary; E, inner phyllary; F, pistillate
floret; G, hermaphroditic floret; H, style branches of
hermaphroditic florets. (Drawn from Sagdstegui et al. 11100,
HUT).

Fig. 2. lLoricaria ollgaardii. A, apical protion of a flowering
branch; B, lateral view of leaf; C, feminine capitulum; D, outer
phyllary; E, inner phyllary; F, pistillate floret. (Drawn from
®llgaard & Balskev 9687, F).

Vol. 59, Now4

Pcl WoR Qab 10.-Gitoh

ran ¥.

FLG. 7

1986 Dillon & Sagdstegui-Alva, New species 233

it,

Wy Aah aS

dia a INR

ela

a

3
3

FiiGs2

NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XIII

Harold N. Moldenke

CLERODENDRUM Burm.

Additional & emended bibliography: Lemaire & Van Houtte, Fl. Ser-
res. ser. 1, 4: pl. 324. 1848; Lindl]., Gard. Chron. 1860: 339 & 456.
1860; Engl., Abhand1l. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1894: 27. 1894; Mold.,
Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 2--12, 14--17, 19--23, 26, 28, 29, & 36--
So) )osoeeMote., Biol. Abst z7s7864.01887, 2026, & 31Zbe Teas;
Coates & Palgrave, Trees Cent. Afr. 427--[429]. 1957; Anon., Amer.
Mid]. Nat. 60: 388. 1960; Phillips & Barber, Ornament Shrubs 31 &
109--110. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 59: 100--126. 1986.

Additional excluded species:

CLerodendron squinesii Merr., Journ. Arnold Arb. 19: 64--65. 1938 =

GhLossocanya stamensis Craib.

CLernodendron whitet Hook. ex Mold., Resumé 271 in syn. 1959 = Chono-
codon whitet Hook. f., Asclepiadaceae.
CLenodendron whitet Hook. f. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names

22 in syn. 1940 = Chorocodon whiter Hook. f., Asclepriadaceae.
CLerodendrum gneissicola Mold., in herb. [Perrier 15044 from Mada-

gascar, type, and 14977] = Schnrebera sp., Oleaceae.

VoLkameria foetida Hamilt. ex D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 103 in syn.

1825 = Canyopteris foetida (D. Don) Thellung.

CLERODENDRUM CYRTOPHYLLUM Turcz.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37.
1939; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 131, 133, 136,
1365 N58.,.-8 181. 1949; Mold. dourne Calif. Hort. Soc. 15: 87. 4954;
Wiltshire, Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi 1: 422. 1954; Mold., Ré-
sumé,no9y W2, 174, 1753 215, 2595 "200, 262, 263, 275, 449, & 450.
1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 3, 101.(1959) and 5, imp. 2,
61. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 560 &
561. 1960; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 691. 1961;
Liu, =fllust. Nat. Introd. Ligh. Plistaiwan 2: 1214, fig. 1022.c8962;
Mold., Résumé Supp]. 3: 18 & 19. 1962; Li, Woody Fl. Taiwan 826.
1963; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 8: 3 & 4. 1964; Kow, Pharmacog. Stud.
Crude Drugs Taiwan 60. 1966; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38.
1967; Hsu, Taiwania 14: 14. 1968; Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. In-
vent. 172: 307. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 17: 7. 1968; Farnsworth,
’ Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Ind. 6: 263. 1969; El-Gazzar &
Wats., New Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Franch., Pl. David., imp. 2,
1: 231. 19702 Willaman’& Li, Lloydia 33, Suppl. 3a: 220.1970;
Mold,, Fifth Summ. 1: 287, 292, 293, 299, 313, 358, 438, 439, 442--
445, 462, & 469 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan
243 & 281, pl. 165, fig. 31--33. 1972; Dournes, Journ. Agric. Trop.
Bot. Appliq. 20: 66 & 169. 1973; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Second,
imp. 18, 188. 1974; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974;
L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 285. 1976; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 4:

234

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 235

420 & 421 (1978) and 6: 121, 1980; Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 113 &
218. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 277, 281, 282, 291, 303, 348, &
535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 51: 162. 1982; Reis & Lipp, New Pl.
Sources Drugs 251. 1982; Duke & Ayensu, Med. Pl. China 2: 636. 1985;
Mold., Phytologia 58: 416 (1985) and 59: 125--126. 1986.

Illustrations: Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 2: fig. 39. 1912; Ito,
Taiwan Shokubutu Dzusetu [Illust. Formos. P1l.] 598. 1928; Kanehira,
Formos. Trees, ed. 2, fig. 605. 1936; Liu, Illust.:Nat. Introd.
Logn. Pl. Taiwan 2: 1214, pl. 1022. 1962; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan
243, pl. 165, fig. 31--33. 1972; Duke & Ayensu, Med. Pl. China 2:
636. 1985.

A slender, erect, woody or semi-woody undershrub, shrub, or small
tree, 1--6 m. tall, “the entire plant with a nauseating smell";
stems to 5 cm. in diameter; crown spreading to 2.5 m.; branches and
branchlets rather slender, gray-brown, very obtusely tetragonal,
densely puberulent or subpubescent when young, becoming less so or
even glabrate in age, not very twiggy; nodes not at all swollen, not
annulate; principal internodes 1--4 cm. long; leaf-scars very small,
circular, prominulent; leaves numerous, decussate-opposite, ill-
scented, without scales; petioles very slender, 0.6--5 cm. long,
flattened and subcanaliculate above, densely puberulent or pubes-
cent, basally not noticeably ampliate; leaf-blades chartaceous or
thin-membranous, dull dark-_or deep-green above, rather lighter be-
neath, shiny, oblong or elliptic to oblong-elliptic, lanceolate-
elliptic, lanceolate, or oblong-ovate, 5--27 cm. long, 2.8--6 cm.
wide, usually apically obtusely long-acuminate or sometimes only
acute, marginally entire, basally rounded or obtuse (rarely acute),
very obscurely pulverulent-puberulent or glabrous above, minutely
puberulent or glabrate beneath; midrib very slender, flat or subpro-
minulent above, prominent beneath; secondaries very slender, 5--8 per
side, arcuate-ascending, flat above, prominent beneath, joined in
many loops near the margins; vein and veinlet reticulation rather
abundant, often obscure above, the larger parts prominulent beneath;
inflorescence axillary and terminal, in cymose or corymbiform, very
loosely spreading, dichotomous, and pubescent panicles 6--30 cm.
long and wide, divaricate, many-flowered, minutely bracteate, the
cymes long-pedunculate; peduncles slender, 6--9.5 cm. long, brown,
densely puberulent, divaricate; inflorescence ramifications numerous,
uniformly slender, brown, puberulent; bracts linear, about 5 mm.
long; flowers fragrant or odorless (depending on the time of day?),
small, sometimes described as "very attractive" or as "ill-smelling";
calyx green or greenish, persistent, 4- or 5-dentate or -lobed, the
lobes ovate or triangular, apically acute; corolla white or cream-
color, mostly greenish-yellow or yellow before unfolding, externally
pubescent, the tube slender, 8--10 mm. long, the 5 lobes imbricate,
oblong, 4.5--9 mm. long; stamens 4, long-exserted, twice as long as
the corolla-tube; filaments green or greenish; anthers oblong, deep-
purple or brown, composed of 2 thecae; pollen grains subprolate to
oblate-spheroidal, 43--53 x 43--54 mu, the colpi 35--42 x 2 mu;
style pale-green or only apically greenish, as long as or shorter
than the stamens; stigma shortly bifid; ovary externally glabrous;

236 Rahn Vota Oars a Vel.) 59, Nove

fruiting-calyx accrescent, fleshy, red, more or less enveloping the
fruit; fruit drupaceous, at first green, later red to blue or bluish-
black, finally purple or red-purple to black, attractive, globose,
5--6 mm. long and wide; seeds black; Chromosome number: x = 12.

This species is based on Fortune A.17 from Hong Kong. It is
widely distributed in China (especially the northern and central
portions), Korea, Taiwan, and Indochina; sometimes cultivated. The
pollen description given above is taken from Huang (1972), based on
Huang 5607 from Taiwan.

Turczaninow's original (1863) description of the species is:
"(Euckerodendra paniculata). Cl. ramis teretiusculis, ad apicem
tetragonis glabris; foliis petiolatis oblongo-ovatis vel lanceola-
tis integerrimis incurvis falcatisve longe acuminatis, basi rotunda-
tis subcordatisque glaberrimis, subtus pallidioribus; cymis axillar-
ibus terminalibusque puberulis, paniculam, folia paulo superantem
constituentibus; calycis 4 fidi corollae tubo cylindrico triplo
brevioris, lobis triangularibus acutis. China borealis, Fortune No.
17 A."

Li (1963) says that "An examination of the type of C. glaberrimum
Hayata proves that it cannot br distinguished from C. cyrtophyLLum
Turcz. The inflorescence, as shown also in Kanehira's illustration,
is hairy and not glabrous. The longer and narrower leaves as
characterized by Hayata also fall within the range of variation of
this widespread and common species." He cites Faurte 298, 404, 1024,
& 1025, Henry 1, 562, & 1295, Kawakami & Hayata 4.n., Kawakam &
Mont 7045 (the type of C. gkabernrimum), Kanehina 21158, Makino 4.n.,
Matuda 755, Oldham 393 & 396 (the type of C. fonmosanwn), Ko 4.n.,
Sasaki 204 & 21564, Tanaka 347, Tanaka & Shimada 11166, and Wilson
10789, all from Taiwan.

Rehder (1931) comments that "On examination of the type of Conrdia
venosa Hemsl. at Kew I found that this species is identical with
CLerodendron cyrtophyllum Turcz. The type specimen was collected by
E. Faber in 1887 on the Ningpo Mountains and distributed as Faber,
no. 183. The specimen consists of a small branch with two rather
Sparingly branched inflorescences only 6--10 cm. in diameter bearing
a small number of mature fruits with enlarged calyces and young
calyces without corollas. On account of its small inflorescences
the specimen looks quite unlike the usual specimens with inflores-
cences 15--30 cm. in diameter, but on closer examination the speci-
men agrees in all its parts perfectly with C. cyrtophyllum, Flower-
ing material of this species from the same locality collected by E.
Faber in 1888 under no. 645 is represented in this herbarium."

Collectors have encountered CLenodendaum cyrtophyllum in forests
and woodlands, valley forests, thickets and open thickets, on savan-
nas, and mountainsides, in shady woods and coppices, along roadsides
and "tombsides", on open or wooded slopes, on bare or open grassy
hillsides, especially in gravelly red soil or dry sandy soil, in o-
pen fields and potato fields, in dry clay meadows, on the borders of
terraces, in dense shaded ravines, among rocks, and in open shrubby
and moist shady places in general, at 100--2200 m. altitude, in flow-
er from May to January, and in fruit from June to December.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CRerodendrwm 237

Chung reports this plant "common in rocky situations" on Amoy is-
land; Lei found it "abundant in sandy soil on dry level land of vil-
lage commons: on Hainan island; Taam describes it as “abundant among
scattered shrubs on dry clay level land and on slopes" in Hong Kong,
where Woo found it to be “common in thickets along streams". Fung
reports it "fairly common in sandy soil and rocks in thickets on dry
gentle slopes" on Hainan; Clemens reports it "locally abundant on
low hills" in Annam. In Fukien it is described as “common" by Nor-
ton and as “common in open fields" by Chung. In Kwangsi it is said
to be "rare in open thickets" by Chung, but as “fairly common as
scattered shrubs" by Tsang. In Kwangtung Tsang describes it as
"fairly common in dry sandy forest soil" and “abundant along road-
sides in dry clay meadows". On Taiwan it is said to be "common" by
Henry, “at low altitudes" by Kao, and "common in roadside thickets"
by Wilson.

Hu speaks of the plant as “a pretty species for ornamental use".
Stewart refers to it as "a big tree". On Chung 2062 the inflores-
cences are said to have been reddish. Insect-galled leaves are seen
on Fung 20406.

The corollas of Cferodendrum cyrtophyllQum are mostly described as
"white" [viz., by the Baileys (19/6) and Hsiao (1978) and on Bots
526, Chung 1687, Chung & Tso 43398, Clemens & ChLemens 4/21, Fan &

Li 40, Fung 20406, Henry 1873, Hu 5555 & 12345a, Ler 86, McChure
9489, Monse 658, Taam 1535 & 2281, Tak 2, Tsang 2 & 21358, Tsang &
Fung 412, Woo & Woo 367, and Ying 8547, but as “whitish" by Dunn &
Tutcher (1912), "“creamy-white but greenish-yellow at unfolding" on
Ching 2008, “greenish-white" on Chan71161, Keng 755, and Pételot
1067, “yellowish-white on Henry 1, Hu 11245, and Liang 62208, "yel-
lowish" on Norton 1552, “greenish-yellow" on Fennell 1263, "greenish"
on Ching 6428, “yellow-greenish" or "yellowish-green" on Steward &
Cheo 732, "yellow" on Chung 1740 and Lau 20288, "pink" on Chung

2219, and "blue" on Chung 1626 (possibly an error for fruit color).

Vernacular and common names recorded for the species are "Chinese
glorybower", "Chue sze ching", "da qing gén". "“green-white cleroden-
dran®,) “hosaba=kusagi"; “ictszetéoi";/"“iutsz tsei®, “iu tszets’oi"s
"ké:p maz:ng" [=night-sickness], "lu-pien-ch'ing", "“makiba-kusagi",
"May flower glorybower", "nan yang", “po'chhdu-iu", "ta-ch'ing-ken",
Ptzou tsing tsoi"sCando"ydultze ots" oi! s

McClure reports that the leaves of this plant are eaten as a
vegetable on Hainan island. Dournes (1973) reports that a decoction
of the leaves is used to treat "night sickness" - hence one of the
vernacular names listed above. Tsang also states that the leaves
are edible, and McClure asserts that the leaves are consumed as a
vegetable by the Ius aborigines along the North River in Kwangtung.
Chiu is authority for the statement that the leaves are also employ-
ed in the treatment of pox and itch. Duke & Ayensu (1985) add that
the leaves and roots are used as an antipyretic in China, as well
as a detoxicant and diuretic, a preventive for epidemic meningitis,
and in the treatment of tonsilitis, pharyngitis, mumps, and both in-
sect- and snakebites. Hu (1981) reports that the leaves and
the roots are regularly sold in Chinese pharmacies as "Herba et Radix

238 Prikl Vo Tekh Os Gd Vol. 59, Naged

Clerodendri Cyrtophylli".

Willaman & Li (1970) and Kow (1966) report the presence of an un-
named alkaloid in the stems of this species. Wiltshire (1941) re-
ports that the species is often a host for the fungus Mekiola cheno-
dendri Yamamoto in Japan and Taiwan, citing Yamamoto 4.n. from Tai-
wan as voucher.

It is worth mentioning that the Fennell 1263 collection, cited
below, represents material grown in Florida from the seed of a Stew-
art & Cheo collection made in Kwangsi, China, at 1200 feet altitude;
Hyland's (1968) no. 302818, cultivated in Maryland, was also from
Taiwanese material. Bailey (1935) lists Cerodendrwm cyrtophylLLum
as offered to the horticultural trade at that time only by the Tai-
hoku dealers.

Dunn & Tutcher (1912) record the species from Lantau Island, St.
John's Island, and Pakhoi. Maximowicz (1886) cites Fortune 11 & 17,
OLdham 398, and unnumbered collections of David, Grijs, Hance, Krone,
and Stewart from Amoy, Kiangsi, Korea, Canton, Hainan, and St.
John's Island. Franchet (1884) cites Franchet &32 from Kiangsi and
Fontune 11 from Korea. Hsiao (1978) cites Faurte 404, Hemy 1,
Kanehina 21158, Oldham 393, and Wilson 10789 from Taiwan, describing
the plant as "wide-spread throughout the island from low to medium
altitudes".

Dop (1935) cites unnumbered collections of Lecomte & Finet from
Cambodia, Harmand and Thorel from Laos, Clemens, Eberhardt, Harmand,
Lecomte & Finet, and Poilane from Annam, and Balansa, Bois, Bon,
Brousmiche, Chevalier, d'Alleizette, Duport, Demange, Lecomte & Fin-
et, Mouret, Pételot, and Simond from Tonkin. Altschul (1973) cites
Chung 1715 and Tsang 24204.

A key to distinguish C, cyrtophylQum from other taxa occurring
in Indochina will be found under C. hahnianwm Dop in the present
series of notes, which see.

Among inaccuracies and errors found in the literature of C,
cyrtophylLlum may be mentioned that Prain (1901) cites Maximowicz's
1886 work as "1887", while both Hsiao (1978) and Li (1963) cite it
as "1866". Liu (1962) cites Turczaninow's 1863 work as "36, III".
while Lecomte (1935) cites it as "XXXVI, I". The Itd (1928) refer-
ence is sometimes cited as "1927".

The Liu & Cheng 4813 collection, cited below, bears a label
inscribed "Flora of Chekiang", but the collection was apparently
made in Kiangsu. Lek 86 is a mixture with something non-verbenace-
ous.

Material of C. cyrtophylQum has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as C. hainanense Hand.-Mazz., C. taichotomun
Thunb., C. trichotomum var. fangesii (Dode) Rehd., and Prepna sp.

On the other hand, the Woo 152, distributed as typical C. cyrto-
phyllum, actually is the type collection of C. cyntophyllum f.
dentatum Mold., while Tso 21153 is C. ekachistanthum Merr.

Citations: CHINA: Anhwei: Cheng 4043 (W--1671656); Ching 3074
(La); Chow 62 (Ac, N), 142 (Ac, W--3008381); Fan & Li 40 (W--
1756422); Ip 5131 (Ca--233115), 5217 (Ca--232737), 634¢ (Vi), 4.n.
[Herb. Univ. Nanking 6340] (W--1279786); Sun 1153 (N). Chekiang:

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwm 239

Banchet 564 (W--596127); Cheng 5012 (Ca--295728); Cheo & Wilson 115
[Herb. Univ. Nanking 12761] (Bi, Ca--316399, Ca--354677), 192 [Herb.
Univ. Nanking 12838] (Ca--316398, Ca--354568); Chiao 1500 [Herb. Univ.
Nanking 14806] (Bi), s.n. [Herb. Univ. Nanking 14511] (Ur, W--
1426911), 4.n. [Herb. Univ. Nanking 14635] (W--1427009), s.n. [Herb.
Univ. Nanking 14699] (Go, W--1427053), 4s.n. [Herb. Univ. Nanking
14806] (W--1427115); Ching 2008 (Ca--281554, Ca--295647, W--
1246867), 5012 (Ba, Ba); Hu 1519 (Ca--362219); Keng 724 (Ca--361746),
755 (Ca--361717), 1056 (Ca--362012); Lin & Cheng 5122 (Ca--295668);
F. N. Meyer 436 (Ar--19837, Ca--219018, Du--11065), 1677 [S.P.1.
43021] (Ar--19838, N). Fukien: Chang 4156b (Bz--19118); Cheng 1008
(Ca--286950, Mu), 1072 (Ca--563799), 1506 (Du--250185), 1740 nes
250184); Ching 2223 (Ca--281557, W--1247068); Chung 694 (Ca--420354),
1740 (Ca--225549), 2062 (Ca--19124), 2138 (Ca--19123), 2219 (Bz--
19122), 2796 (Ca--243760), 2856 (Ca--243624, Ca--420280), 5272 (N);
En 2138 (Bz--19120, Mu), 2279 (Bz--19121), 2724 (Bz--19119, Mu);

Ging 15708 (Ur); Metcals & Chang 1471 (Vi); Tad 11158 (Um--151); J,

B. Norton 1552 (W--1172730), 1553 (W--1172731). Hunan: DahlstrBm
343 (S); Fan & Li 19 (Bz--19111), 457 (Bz--19112). Kiangsi: L. H.
Baikey S.n. [Kuling, July 9, 1917] (Ba), s.n. [Kuling, July 20, 1917]
(Ba); Cheng 55 (W--3008400); Cheo 94 (Gg--310910, W--1756410); Chiao
’.n. [Herb. Univ. Nanking 18755] (Mi, W--1554150); Ching 4813 (1);
Chung & Sun 280 (N), 607 (N), 733 (N)3 Ip 4.n. [Herb. Univ. Nanking
1811] (Ca--230445, It, W--1279788); Lau 4013 (S, W--1752755); A. N.
Stewand S.n. [Herb. Univ. Nanking 2733] (Ca--230444, Ca--230446,
W--1279787); Tstang 9805 (N); E. H. Wilson 1525 (W--777225, W--
777226). Kiangsu: Ching 4813 (Ba); Lin & Cheng 4813 (Ca--295697);
Ling 2364 [Herb. Univ. Nanking 12316] (Ca--316397). Kwangsi: Ching
6428 (Ca--409788, N, W--1248675); Monse 658 (N, N); Steward & Cheo
732 (Bz--19113, Bz--19114, N, S); Tsang 23885 (N), 24204 (N), 24648
(N), 27927 (Ca--1286198, W--1757341). Kwangtung: Chun 5124 (Ws);

Lau 20288 (N); May 131 (Bz--19117); Tsang 21162 (S), 21358 (Ca--

Wang 3237 (N); Ying 854 (Du--250181, W--1513069), 17780 (Du--200928).
Kweichow: Canabera 3121 (S); Tsang 6932 (N, S, W--1554961). YUnnan:
Chiu H.60 (Ba); A. Henry 1873 (N, N). Province undetermined: Hu

1146 (Ca--246841); Ting & Shih 1606 (Ac). CHINESE COASTAL ISLANDS:
Amoy: Chung 1394 (Ca--225671), 1399 (Ca--225364), 1626 (Ca--225568),
1687 (Ca--224943), 1715 (Ca--225509); DeGrijs 4.n. [Herb. Hance 397
in part] (Pd, Pd). Hainan: Chun 7098 (Ca--243582), 7106 (Ca--
243582); Chun & Tso 43398 (B, N), 43494 (N); Fung 20406 (B, Bz--
19115, Ca--11473, Mi, N, W--1751182); Gnressitt &47(E--1108862, I),
1138 (Gg--316084, 1); Hance 397 in part (Pd), s.n. (1); How 70979
(Ca--594927, Mi, N, S); Leé &6 in part (B, Ba, Bz--19110, Ca--611714,
Mi, N, W--1753864); Liang 62208 (Go, N, S, W--1670807); McCune 4.n.
[Herb. Canton Chr. Coll. 9489] (Bi, Gg--127991, N); Tsang 2 [Herb.
Lingnan Univ. 15501] (Bz--19116, Ca--315742, I, S, W--1248868) ;

Tsang & Fung 412 [Herb. Lingnan Univ. 17946] (B, W--1659925); Wang
33199 (Mi, Mu, N), 35473 (N)3; Wu 1087 (Du--250182). Lantau: Taam
1706 (Ba). HONG KONG: Chan 1161 (Mi); Fortune A.17 (F--photo of
isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, Mu--/86--isotype, N--isotype, N--photo

240 Parkin Vbé O32 OoGeisA Vol. 59, Now's

of isotype, S--isotype, Sg--photo of isotype); Hu 5555 (W--2697259),
11245 (W--2730879), 12345a (W--2731277); Taam 1535 (Ba, Ca--82714,
Mi, N, W--2063822), 1706 (Mi), 2287 (Ba, Mi, W--2072992); P, W. Woo
152 (Mi); Woo & Woo 367 (Mi). LAOS: Thonrel 2417 (B). Vietnam: An-
nam: CLemens & CLemens 4121 (Ca--340579, Gg--156207, Mi, N, Ut--
99202, W--1428092); Hanmand 4.n. (B); Pételot 3895 (N, W--1597334);
Poikane 22799 (Ca--54815); Squines s.n. [Hue, Apr. 15] (Ca--307329)
Tonkin: Balansa 921 (K, Ld--photo, N, N--photo), 3825 (B), 3884 (K);
Bois 526 (B); Demange 4.n. [Hanoi] (Ca--38892); Eberhardt 4360 (S);
A. Henry 9557 (W--457161); Pasquier s.n. [Pételot 1865] (Ca--259684);
Pételot 778 (Gg--215749), 1067 (Ca--223753), 1077 (B, Ca--223763),
1939 (B, Ca--38892, W--1597335). Province undetermined: McCurze 700
[Herh. Canton Chr. Coll. 7505] (1). TAIWAN: Asai 4.n. [Herb. Govt.
Formosa 21483] (Ca--344545, La); Chuang 3916 (N); A. Henry 1 (N),
1873 (W--455725, W--455726); Hsu 4688 (S); Kanehina 313 (Ca--345300),
S.n. [Hassen-zan, Aug. 18, 1927; Herb. Govt. Formosa 21158] (La);
Kao 30101 (Ba), 30132 (La); Kawakami & Moni 7045 [Herb. Govt. For-
mosa 21064] (N--photo); Ko 4.n. [July 9, 1936] (W--2063405); O&dham
398 (S, X)3 Sasaki s.n. [Herb. Govt. Formosa 21455] (Ca--344567,
La); Tanaka 347 (La, S, W--1528127); Tanaka & Shimada 11166 (B, Br,
Ca--517587, Go, La, Mi, Mu, N, S, W--1577464); E. H. Wikson 10789
(W--1052320). CULTIVATED: California: Walther 421 (Gg--163464, K).
Florida: Fenneke 1263 [P1. Introd. 105678] (Ba).

CLERODENDRUM CYRTOPHYLLUM f. DENTATUM Mold., Phytologia 51: 162.
1982.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytoiogia 51: 162. 1982.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in having
its leaf-blades marginally very coarsely dentate near the apex with
1--3 large divaricate teeth on each side.

The form is based on J. P. W. Woo 152 from a thicket along a
stream at Sheung Shui, Hong Kong, collected on July 16, 1972, and
deposited in the herbarium of the University of Michigan at Ann Ar-
bor. The collector notes that the plant was "common" in the type
locality and describes it as a shrub, 2 m. tall, the corollas white,
and the fruit at first green, then red, and finally purple. Thus
far the form is known only from the original collection.

Citations: HONG KONG: J. P. W. Woo 152 (Mi--type).

CLERODENDRUM DALEI Mold., Phytologia 4: 287--288. 1953.

Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 27: 3121. 1953; Mold., Phyto-
logia 4: 287--288. 1953, Hauman, Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop.
Ind. 1954; Mold., Resume 145 & 449, 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Sup-
pl. 12: 36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 240 (1971) and 2: 864.

19713 Molidoy Phytol. Mem. 2: 230 & 535.1980.

A shrub; branches and branchlets slender, light-gray, very sparse-
ly puberulent, eventually glabrescent; modes not annulate; princi-
pal internodes 0.9--5.3 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite, numer-
ous; petioles slender, 7--10 mm. long, minutely scattered-pilosulous
or glabrous, nigrescent in drying; leaf-blades submembranous, ellip-
tic, dark and nigrescent above in drying, much lighter beneath, /--

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C&Lerzodendrawmn 241

11 cm. long, 2--4 cm. wide, apically long-acuminate, marginally en-
tire, basally long-acuminate, glabrous on both surfaces; midrib very
slender, flat above, prominulous beneath; secondaries filiform, 4--6
per side, arcuate-ascending, flat and often obscure above, only very
Slightly subprominulous beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation rath-
er sparse, indiscernible above, flat beneath; inflorescence axilla-
ry and fasciculate or terminating much abbreviated axillary twigs,
rather few-flowered, nigrescent in drying; peduncle and inflores-
cense-ramifications more or less pubescent, densely so toward the
base; pedicels filiform, 1--2 mm. long, glabrous, nigrescent; bract-
lets linear, about 1 mm. long, nigrescent; calyx campanulate, about
3 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, its rim distinctly 5-toothed, the teeth
triangular, about 1 mm. long, apically acute; corolla not known.

The type of this species was collected by I. R. Dale (no. 3817)
near Marjorent, S. Digo, Kenya, in September of 1937, and is deposi-
ted in the Brussels herbarium. Thus far it is known to me only trom
the original collection.

Citations: KENYA: Date 3811 (Br--type, Ld--photo of type, N--
fragment of type, N--photo of type).

CLERODENDRUM DAUPHINENSE Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 395--396.
1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 395--396. 1950;
E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 56. 1953; Mold. in Humbert, Fl.
Madag. 174: 150, 183, 184, & 267, fig. 29 (10--12). 1956; Mold., Ré-
sumé 155 & 449, 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 864.
1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58:
186. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag, 174: 183, fig. 29
(10--12). 1956.

A shrub or subshrub; stems woody, apparently virgate and un-
branched, rather slender, brownish, densely short-pubescent with
widely divergent hair on the upper (younger) parts, less so below;
nodes not annulate; principal internodes 1.5--4 cm. long; leaves
regularly ternate; petioles very short, about 2 mm. long, densely
short-pubescent with hirsutulous hairs; leaf-blades apparently very
small and fragile, apparently uniformly green on both surfaces, ap-
parently suborbicular-ovate or broadly elliptic, 1--1.5 cm. long and
wide, apically apparently obtuse, marginally entire, basally round-
ed, densely short-pubescent on both surfaces; midrib slender, obscure
above, prominulous beneath; secondaries and veinlets apparently ob-
scure or indiscernible on both surfaces; inflorescence apparently
very few-flowered; calyx campanulate, 2--3 mm. long, 1--2 mm. wide.
externally hirsutulous, its rim very shortly toothed; corolla white,
hypocrateriform, its tube very narrowly cylindric, 5--6 mm. long,
externally glabrous; filaments exserted about 8 mm. from the corolla-
mouth; fruiting-calyx and fruit not known.

This species is based on R. Decary 4570 from granitic soil north-
east of Vohitsiombe, in the province of Fort Dauphin, Madagascar,
collected on August 3, 1926, and deposited in the Paris herbarium.
Unfortunately the type specimen is very badly smashed so that the

242 PH Me TrQst OnGed A Vol. 59, No. 4

exact characters of the species are difficult to ascertain. From
what can be seen, however, the specimen does not seem to fit into any
other known species of the genus. It is to be hoped that more and
better material may soon become available.

To help distinguish this taxon from other Madagascar taxa in the
genus, refer to the key given under C, baronianum Oliv. in the pres-
ent series of notes.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decany 4570 (N--fragmnet of type, P--type).

CLERODENDRUM DECARYI Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 322. 1951.

Bibliography: Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 322. 1951; Mold. in
Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 152, 205--207, & 267, fig. 33 (3). 1956;
Mold., Résumé 155 & 449, 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 36.
1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 248 & 535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 187. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 205, fog. 33
(3).. 34956:

A shrub or tree; branchlets and twigs rather slender, light-gray,
obtusely tetragonal or subterete, glabrate, lenticellate, the young-
er parts often sulcate; leaf-scars rather large, prominent on younger
wood; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 1--5 cm. long; leaves
decussate-opposite; petioles medium-stoutish, 2--6 mm. long, glab-
rous, Canaliculate above; leaf-blades coriaceous, bright-green above,
somewhat lighter beneath, elliptic, 3--5 cm. long, 1.4--2.2 cm. wide,
apically acute, marginally entire or sometimes slightly subrevolute,
basally acute or obtuse, glabrous and shiny on both surfaces; midrib
slender, impressed above, prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 5
or 6 per side, divergent, not much ascending, arcuately joined near
the margins, prominulous on both surfaces; vein and veinlet reticu-
lation fine, prominulous on both surfaces; inflorescence terminal,
cymose, small, few-flowered or sometimes only 1-flowered; peduncles
stramineous, 4--7 mm. long or obsolete, glabrous; pedicels stramine-
ous, slender or stout, 5--10 mm. long, glabrous; bracts absent;
bractlets and prophylla linear-setaceous, 1--2 mm. long, strigillose;
calyx subcoriaceous, obconic-campanulate, 1.6--1.8 cm._long, about |
cm. wide, glabrous throughout, venose on the upper half, its rim ir-
regularly split, deeply 5-lobed, the lobes ovate, erect, firm, 3--5
mm. long, apically acute or often subapiculate; corolla infundibular-
hypocrateriform, rose-colored, its tube slender, 3.5--4 cm. long,
apically ampliate in funnelform fashion, externally glabrous, the
limb about 2 cm. wide, the lobes about 1 cm. long; stamens and style
exserted; filaments glabrous; anthers oblong, about 3 mm. long;
style glabrous, exserted about 1 cm. from the corolla-mouth; stigma
deeply bifid, its branches about 2 mm. long.

This species is based on Raymond Decany 18455 from the edge of a
forest at Anosibe, south of Moramanga, Madagascar, collected on Sep-
tember 7, 1942, and deposited in the Paris herbarium. To distingu-
ish from other Madagascar taxa in this genus, refer to the key under
C. banonianwm Oliv. in the present series of notes. Thus far it is
known to me only from the original collection.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decany 18455 (E--photo of type, F--photo
of type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerxodendrwm 243
P--type).

CLERODENDRUM DEFLEXUM Wall., Numer. List [49], no. 1808 hyponym [as
"CLenodendron" |]. 1829; Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: 10, pl. 215. 1831.

Synonymy: CLerodendron deglexum Wall., Numer. List [49], no. 1808.
1829. CLerodendron sLexum Twining, Illust. Nat. Ord. Pl. 2: 104
sphalm. 1855.

Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List [49], no. 1808. 1829; Wall., Pl.
Aonteee Rar 7s 93 Sepll (2157518313 Steads ; Nom. Bot. Phanc5 eds 25-1:

382. 1840; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 466. 1845; Walp., Repert.
Bot. Syst. 4: 104. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 665. 1847;
Twining, Illust. Nat. Ord. Pl. 2: 104. 1855; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candol!<°3¢° 106. 1858; °Miqsy FI. Ned. Ind.c2: 875. 1858; Bocq.,
Adansonia, ‘sersol [Baills, Rec. Obs. Bots], °3: 214. 1863; Cs B.
Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 593. 1885; Jacks. in Hook. f.
Srdacksi4 ld. Kewl sp) impo 71,.hs 56h. 18935 °Brigq.cinsEng] : *& Prantl ;
Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 175. 1895; Gamble in King & Gamble,
Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 826 & 828--829. 1908;
Radke Mourn. Roys Astat. Soc) Straits 572 84.1910; Ho J. Lam, 9Ver-
benac. Malay. Arch. 263 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Jarady Bot. *Buiténz:, ser $°3.°3 2°74 3°82=-83, 108, & viii. 1921;

Ridl.3 Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 624--625. 1923; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238.
1930; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1072. 1932;
Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 404, 407, 424, & 426. 1938;
Mata: s°Suppl. List ‘Comm. Vern. Names 2, 42-7, 95°115 135 °74, 175.19,
20, & 24. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60,
61, 63, & 89. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 98. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jackses"indsikewe;) impssey (T0561 1946s Mold oy Alph. (List eGiter4:
1102. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 13/--139,
143, & 181. 1949; Corner, Wayside Trees, ed. 2, 700--701. 1952;
Wycherley & Nair, Proc. Sympos. Humid Trop. Veg. 274 & 277. 1958;
Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 77. 1959; Mold., Résumé 177, 179, 186,
187, 197, & 449. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 19 & 20. 1962; Mold., Dansk
Bot. Arkiv 23: 88. 1960; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1:
590--591. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 17: 8. 1968; Corner & Watana-
be, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 753. 1969; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 294,
299, 304, 307, 322, 329, & 444 (1971) and 2: 864, 970, & 971. 1971;
Mold., Phytologia 33: 372 (1976) and 34: 265. 1976; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 284, 291, 295, 298, 313, 320, 348, & 384. 1980; Mold., Phyto-
logia 57: 36. 1985.

PVidstrations: Wall 2 § Pio dstat. Rar? 3¢ pl. c2kS 583); Corner &
Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 753. 1969.

A low, bushy shrub or undershrub, 1.5--3 m. tall, or small spind-
ly tree to almost 7 m. tall, often =lowering when only 30 cm. tall, up-
right, and only slightly woody; stems otten myrmecopnilous; brancnes
pubescent; twigs finely or thickly velutinous-pubescent, with hollow
slightly swollen internodes; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles
1.5--6.5 cm. long; leaf-blades mostly very thinly membranous, oblong
or elliptic to narrowly or broadly obovate-elliptic or subpanduri-
form, mostly quite large, 12.5--40 cm. long, 3.2--15 cm. wide, api-

244 Pelt: Yet? O5L QoGe Ink Vol. 59, Noor

cally rather long-acuminate, marginally subentire or sinuate, occas-
jonally obscurely dentate, basally cuneate or rounded, glabrous a-
bove when mature, softly pubescent on the venation beneath with
sparse or dense velvety hairs; inflorescence in dense, many-flowered,
lateral, deflexed, umbelliform or subcapitate heads or close pendu-
lous panicles, mostly exclusively axillary in the axils of the upper
leaves or sometimes a single pseudo-terminal one, 2.5--5 cm. wide,
red-pubescent; peduncles 2.5--13 cm. long, bearing mostly 1 (rarely
3) heads; bracts red, narrow, often 1 or 2 pairs of rather larger
foliaceous crimson ones persisting in the fruiting-heads; calyx deep-
pink or red to purple, 6--8 mm. long, divided to below the middle or
nearly to the base, the lobes lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, sub-
erect, red or reddish to purple-pink or purple, narrow, apically
subacuminate, sparingly pubescent; corolla white or greenish-white

to cream-color or yellow, or white suffused with rose-purple, slight-
ly pubescent, the tube 1.2--1.8 cm. long, the limb 1.2 cm. wide, the
lobes elliptic, about 6 mm. long; fruiting-calyx fleshy, crimson,
star-like, 1.2--1.8 cm. wide; fruit drupaceous, round, 6--8 mm. long
and wide, succulent, at first purple, finally blackish or black.

This species is based on Waklich 1808/1 from Penang and 1808/2
from Singapore, the former perhaps collected by Griffith aid the lat-
ter collected in 1822, both deposited in the East India Company
herbarium at Kew. The species is native from Thailand, Indochina,
and Malaya to the Riou and Lingga Archipelagos in the Lesser and
Greater Sunda Islands of Indonesia.

Collectors have encountered this plant in evergreen, secondary,
and swamp forests, high jungles, along streams, and among rocks,
from sealevel to 1300 m. altitude, in flower in February, March,
August, September, November, and December, and in fruit in August,
September, November, and December. The Abbes found it growing in
thin humus over porous sand in areas with the watertable near the
soil level in Johore. Burkill (1966) reports it as common in the
forests throughout the Malay Peninsula; Smitinand found it common in
the secondary forests in Vietnam. On the other hand, Phloenchit re-
ports it "not common" in the deciduous forests of Thailand and Sin-
clair refers to it as “rare” along paths in swamp forests of Singa-
pore. Voigt (1845) reports it cultivated in the Calcutta suburbs.

Corner (1952) tells us that "This is a very variable plant in the
size and hairiness of the leaf. It is recognised at once from the
down-turned heads of flowers reddened by the bushy sepals. The Malay
names attributed to it are many but none is generally known. It is
said to have haunting properties." He reports it "common in lowland
and mountain forests to 4,000 feet" altitude in Sumatra and Malaya.

The corollas are described by Bakhuizen (1921) as "flesh-coloured"
and as "cream-white" by Corner & Watanabe (1969), while they are
said to have been "white" on Chanoenphok & al. 5099, Sinclair 5019,
and Stone 6592, “greenish-white" on Abbe & Abbe 10139, “white and
greenish" on Stone 12049, and "yellow" on Smitinand 6415.

Wood specimens accompany Hamef 1252 and Tonoes 1376 in the Uni-
versity of Michigan herbarium/museum.

Vernacular and common names recorded for the species are "balong

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CRLerodendrwn 245

ayam" [=cock's comb], “cheret hutan" [=woodland plant for diarrhea],
"chuchohgambar", "kajoe hariting", "kajoe kissil", "kajoe si panggil",
"kajoe si panggil tombak", "kajoe si panggil tombok", "“kayu sampu"
[=decline wood], "kayu sampu kélau", "kelusam jantan", "lémak bérok"
[=baboon's fat], "lidah kérbau" [=buffalo's tongue], "lidah kérbau
bétina", "mata ajam", "mematje", "mérambong bukit" [=hill haunted
plant], “nodding witch's tongue", "péchah périck hitam" [=black Ix-
ona], "sékacha lima jantan", "sekati", "sékati lima", “sékati lima
jantan", "sémbong hutan jantan" [=big wood Beumea], “Sepanggil",
"setawar bukit", "sétawar hutan" [=woodland sétawar], and “sumpu
kuwang". According to Burkill (1966), the name "lémak bérok" is
more usually applied to species of Xanthophyllum. He also notes
that some of the vernacular names listed above actually indicate

the plant's use in native magic. An extract of the roots is employ-
ed by the Malays in the treatment of fevers and of bowel complaints
such as diarrhea.

Fletcher (1938) cites only Kern 7653 from Thailand.

Clarke (1885) comments that “Hardly any of Schauer's section of
axikhiflonae [sic] have the inflorescences so exclusively axillary
as this, which he places in a section defined as having a terminal
panicle."

Ridley (1910) notes the existence of "a glabrous form" of the
species from Ulu Temengoh, Malaya. Kassim 4.n. exhibits narrow and
very thinly membranous leaf-blades; Poonxe 1166 also has very thin-
membranous leaf-blades and they are decidedly subpanduriform in
Shape. Grlffith 6049 has the leaves very pubescent beneath and may
actually represent var. viklosulum Mold.

Corner & Watanabe (1969) erroneously describe the fruits as ber-
ries, rather than drupes.

The Maxwell 82-259, Poone 57, and Stone 6630, distributed as typi-
cal C. deffexum, actually are its var. viklosulum Mold.

Citations: THAILAND: Chanroenphol, Larsen, & Warncke 5099 (Ac);
Lansen & Lansen 32791 (Ac, Ld); Phoenchit 52 [Herb. Roy. For. Dept.
10717] (Ld); Sérensen, Larsen, & Hansen 4746 (Bm), 4822 (Cp), 5135
(Bm). VIETNAM: Smitinand 5415 [Herb. Roy. For. Dept. 24402] (Ld).
MALAYA: Johore: Abbe & Abbe 10139 (N); Herb. Bot. Bogor. 19155 (Bz).
Kelantan: Boey 274 (K1--21709). Malacca: Burkill 2162 (Bz--19163);
Griffith 49 (Pd), 6049 (L, Mu--780, Pd, S, Ut--11529), s.n. [Malac-
ca 1845] (Br). Negri Sembilan; Carrick 680 (K1--3650); Holttum 9546
(Bz--19160, Ca--346263). Pahang: M. R. Henderson 11481 (Ca--360599);
Hokttum 20954 (Bz--19157, Bz--19158, Ca--374301); Kiah & Strugrell
23937 (N); B. C. Stone 6592 (K1--6763), 8918 (Ne--33492). Penang:
Collector undetermined 4.2. (Pd); 2. Curtis 81 (W--206462); Nauen
37763 (Bz--19156); Nikoug 3 (Bz--19162, Bz--19164); Waklich 1808/1
(L--cotype, Mu--1693--cotype, Pd--cotype, Pd--cotype, T--cotype).
Perak: Seimund 4.n. [Dec. 1925] (Bz--19159). Selangor: Abbe, Abbe,
Chandapilla, & Tassim 9034a (N); Poone 307 (K1--307); B. C. Stone
12049 (K1--20719). Singapore: Sinckain 5019 (W--2912700); Wallich
1808/2 (L--cotype). Trengganu: Kassim s.n. [29/8/64] (K1--3850);
Poone 1166 (K1--6166). MALAYAN ISLANDS: Lalang: Seimund 4.n. [Pulau
Lalang, Dec. 1925] (Ca--360412). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Bintan:

246 Pritt YT O\k Ov Ged A Vol. 59, Nowea

Bunnemei jer 6495 (Bz--19145), 6573 (Bz--19144). Doerian: Rachmat 39
(Bz--19142). Dompak: BUnnemecjer 6412 (Bz--19148). Karimon: BUnne-
meijenr 7867 (Bz--19150, Bz--25495). Lingga: Bunnemetjer 6862 (Bz--
19145); Teijsmann 4.n. [Boek Sepientjang] (Bz--19151, Bz--19152).
Papan: BUnnemeijenr 7786 (Bz--19149). Redjai: BlUnnemeijer 7626 (Bz--
19146). Riouw: Te<jsmann 4.n. [Tandjoeng Pinang] (Bz--19153, Bz--
19154). Sambo: Buwalda 6223 (Bz--11279). Sumatra: Boeea 6224 (Mi),
6409 (Mi, Mi), 6637 (Mi), 6734 (Mi), 6738 (Mi), 7043 (Mi, W--
1681961), 7122 (Mi), 7239 (Mi); Buwalda 6514 (Bz--72614, Bz--72615);
Hamek 1252 (Mi); Kaukogé 4232 (N), 4293 (N), 4296 (Mi, N); Teiysmann
S.n. (Bz--19127); Thonenaan T.61 (Bz--19126); Tonoes 1325a (Mi),
1355 (Mi), 1362 (Mi), 1376 (Mi), 1386 (Mi, N); Voogd 224 (Bz--19125).
Temiang: Blunnemecjer 7637 (Bz--19147). LESSER SUNDA ISLANDS: Banka:
Berkhout 4.n. [27 Aug. 1886] (Bz--19139), s.n. [28/8/1886] (Bz--
19138); Bunnemeijer 1496 (Bz--19130), 1855 (Bz--19129, Bz--25494),
2076 (Bz--19128); Kobus 4.n. (Bz--19131); Tecjsmann 4.n. [Bakem]
(Bz--19133), s.n. [Pemetjak] (Bz--19134, Bz--19135), s.n. [Pengkal
Pinang] (Bz--19136, Bz--19137), 4.n. [Toboalei] (Bz--19132). Menda-
nau: Teijsmann 4.r. [Pra] (Bz--19140, Bz--19141). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA-
TIONS: Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 753. 1960 (Ld).

CLERODENDRUM DEFLEXUM var. BRACTEATUM Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2:
625 [as "CLerodendron"]. 1923.

Synonymy: Cerodendron defslexum var. bracteatwm Ridl., Fl. Malay
Penins. 2: 625. 1923.

Bibliography: Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 625. 1923; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1072. 1932.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the heads surrounded by leafy bracts.

It is based on a Ridley collection from Reservoir Woods, Singa-
pore, and a Kloss collection from Ginting Bidai, Selangor, Malaya.
Ridley (1923) refers to it as "An odd form".

Nothing is known to me of this plant except what is stated in its
very sparse bibliography. Possibly specimens with 1 or 2 pairs of
foliaceous bracts persisting in the inflorescence, as referred to
in the description of typical C. degfexwm Wall., may actually repre-
sent this variety.

CLERODENDRUM DEFLEXUM var. VILLOSULUM Mold., Phytologia 33: 372.
1976.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 372 (1976) and 34: 265. 1976;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 295 & 535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 57: 36.
1985.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the branches, branchlets, petioles, and lower leaf-surface
densely velutinous-villosulous, the upper leaf-surface densely pu-
berulous, and the nodding inflorescences more densely flowered and
congested.

The variety is based on M,. E. D. Poone 57 from along a jungle path
below the Gap on Fraser's Hill, Pahang, Malaya, collected on Septem-
ber 27, 1959, and deposited in the herbarium of the University of

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrzwm 247

Malaya at Kuala Lumpur.

Collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 1--3.5 m. tall, with a
single erect stem, the leaf-blades green above, light-green and
velvety beneath, the inflorescence conic-capitate, the flowers pedi-
cellate, the bracts dark-red, the calyx and inflorescence-axes also
dark-red, the corolla whitish-cream, the stamens white, and the
fruit globose, at first green or dark-green but ripening black.

They have found it growing in shaded areas of swamp forests and in
regenerating logged forests, at 5--33 m. altitude, in both flower
and fruit in September and in fruit alone in January. Material has
previously been regarded as and distributed as typical C. degLexwm
Wall. The Griffith 6049 collection, cited under C. degfexum may
actually belong, instead, to the present variety (as therein noted).

Citations: MALAYA: Pahang: Hons. Students KLU.11507 (K1--15748,
Ld); Poone 57 (Ac--isotype, Kl--67--type, Ld--photo of type, N--
photo of type); B. C. Stone 6630 (K1--6815). Singapore: Maxwell
82-259 (Ac).

CLERODENDRUM DEKINDTIT Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 301 [as "CLeno-
dendron" ]. 1900; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.
46, 82, & 93. 1936.

Synonymy: CLerodendron dekindtii Girke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 301.
1900. CLerodendrwm cuneatum Auct. ex Friedrich-Holzhammer in Merx-
muller, Prodr. Fl. Sidw. Afr. 13 (122): 5 in syn. 1967 [not CLer-
odendron cuneatum Glrke, 1900, nor Turcz., 1863].

Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 519.
1900; GUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 301. 1900; K. Schum., Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 28 (1): 496. 1900; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43.
1904; Dinter, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 16: 168. 1919; B. Thomas,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 7, 30, 46, 82, & 93. 1936;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 50, 52, & 89. 1942;
H. N. & A. Le. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 55. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 118, 121, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 141,
145, 146, 148, 151, 426, & 449. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 9
(1959), 9: 3 (1969), and 12: 6. 1965; Friedrich-Holzhammer in Merx-
miller, Prodr. Fl. Sildw. Afr. 13 (122): 4 & 5. 1967; Mold., Résumé
Suppl]. 16: 20. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228, 235, 240, 242, 247,
253, 443, & 461 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 218,
225, 230, 232, 236, 242, 244, & 535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 59: 120
& 121. 1986.

A shrub or shrublet, 1--4 m. tall, densely short-pubescent
throughout; bark gray; leaves decussate-opposite, numerous but most-
ly crowded on very short twigs, variable in size; petioles very
slender, 1--1.5 cm. long; leaf-blades submembranous, obovate-lanceo-
late, 3--4 cm. long, 1--2 cm. wide, mostly 2--3 times as long as
wide, apically acute, marginally entire, basally gradually attenuate
into the petioles, appressed-pubescent on both surfaces, more dense-
ly so beneath; inflorescence terminal, the cymes very loose, few-
flowered, 5--10 cm. long, the axis and branches softly pubescent;
bracts lanceolate, short-stipitate, similar to the leaves in all
respects but the lowest only 2--3 cm. long and hardly 1 cm. wide,
the upper still smaller; bractlets also lanceolate but only 1 cm.

248 Pot Vods Ovk PGsdeA Vol. 59, Nose4

long at the most; pedicels 1.5 cm. long; calyx broadly campanulate,
5--6 mm. long, externally pubescent, 5-fid to about the middle, the
lobes triangular-suborbicular, apically obtuse; corolla plainly
zygomorphic, blue or pink and white, the tube 10--12 mm. long,
curvate, basally swollen, about twice as long as the calyx, the limb
5-parted, the lobes unequal, the upper short and white, the lower
arched and pink or bluish; stamens and style 3--3.5 cm. long, ex-
serted.

This species is based on Dekindt 366 from bushy meadows, at 1/70
m. altitude, in Huila, Angola, and Antunes 366, also from Huila,
both deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now destroyed. Of these
Thomas (1936) has designated Dekindt 366 as the type (lectotype).

Urke (1900) notes that "Die zur Sect. Cyclonema gehtrende Art
hat habituell mit den kleinbldttrigen Formen von CL. myrtcorides R.
Br, Ahnlichkeit, ist aber besonders durch die Kurzzweige und gedrdng-
ten Bldtter so auffallend, dass sie sehr wohl als einige Art be-
trachtet werden kann."

Vernacular names reported for the plant are "ndimbuiria" and
"omufilamapongo".

The leaves are employed in native medicine in Angola in the treat-
ment of headaches.

Collectors have encountered the plant in bushy meadows, in mixed
forests on deep white sand, and among rocks and granite boulders on
sand flats, at 1180--2200 m. altitude, in flower in January, Febru-
ary, and November, and in fruit in February.

The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Mékler B.1226
and as "“light-pink" on Peter 34991,

Thomas (1936) cites only Dekindt 366 from Angola and Dinter 65 &
1453 from Namibia; Baker (1900) cites only Antunes 366 and Dekindt
366 from Angola. Friedrich-Holzhammer (1967) cites DeWinter 3681 &
3880, DeWinten & Handy 8070, DeWinter & Leistnern 5098, Dinter 5301
6860, Merxmll2Ler & Giess 1713, Seydek 1251, and Wakter 1418 from Na-
mibia.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C. dekindtcc var. dintert Thomas, C. discokor
(Klotzsch) Vatke, C. mynicoides (Hochst.) R. Br., and C. myricordes
var. camporum Glirke. As an example of how it has been treated by
authorities: in 1920 DeWildeman annotated Descamps 13 as C. bequar-
tik var. debeenstii; in 1921 he called it C. viklosulum var. de-
beerstii; in 1930 GUrke annotated it as C. mynicoides var. camporwn;
in 1933 Robyns annotated it as C. wikdemannianum var. debeerstr
and, finally, in 1935 Thomas identified it as C. dekindtik!

It may be noted that Friedrich-Holzhammer (1967) implies that
Dinter's (1919) "C. cuneatum Glirke" is really C. dekindti% and there-
fore also the Dinter 65, 741, & 2419 which Dinter cites from Namibia.

The Giess 3483, Giess & MULLern 13943, Rehm 1839, Seydee 125.,
Winter 5098, and Winter & Handy 8070, distributed as typical C. de-
kindtii, are better regarded as representing its var. dinterd Thomas.

Citations: ZAIRE: Descamps 13 (Br, Ld--photo, N--photo). TANZAN-
IA: Tanganyika: Peter 34997 (B). KENYA: C. W. Ekiot 422 (Af).
ZIMBABWE: 0. B. Miler B.1226 (Af). NAMIBIA: Abner 63 (Mu); Boss A.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 249

77 (Tm--34470); Dinter 6860 (B, Mu); Merxmll2len & Giess 1713 (Mu);
VoLk 2631 (Mu): Walter & Walter 1418 (Mu); Winter 3880 (Mu).

CLERODENDRUM DEKINDTII var. DINTERI Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
PGatt. :Clerod. 83. 1936.

Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
83. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 50, 52, &
89. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 56. 1948; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 118, 121, & 181. 1949; Mold., Ré-
sume 146, 151, 152, & 449. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 6. 1965;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 242, 247, 253, & 255 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 232, 236, 242, 244, & 535. 1980; Mold., Phy-
tologia 59: 120. 1986.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the leaf-blades marginally crenate, the calyx only 4 mm. long,
and the corollas greenish-blue [fide Thomas ].

It is based on Dinter 741 from the Otavi Mountains in Namibia,
collected on January 14, 1909, and deposited in the Berlin herbar-
ium, now lamentably destroyed. Thomas (1936) cites also Dinter 2419
from Namibia and Baum 386a & 386b from southern Angola.

Collectors describe this plant as an erect bush or small shrub,
1.5--3 m. tall, of loose habit, the wood soft, the leaves also soft
and mostly crowded at the ends of the branches, the flowers small and
unpleasantly scented, the stamens long-protruding, and the ripe
fruit jet-black or "almost black" and shiny.

They have found it growing on dolomitic mountains, on rocky
kopjes consisting of weathered granite, and on granite mountains
with pockets of gravel between rocks, at 1120--1400 m. altitude, in
flower from December to March and in June, and in fruit from Decem-
ber to March. Schoenfelder reports it “mostly on the tops of hills"
in Namibia, while Seydel found it "scattered and abundantly cropped
by wild animals" in the same country.

The corollas are said to have been "clear-blue" on Santos 780,
"white" on Giess 3483 and Giess & MULLen 13943, “whitish-blue" on
Schoenfelder 52, “green and blue" on Winter & Handy 8070, “dirty-
white with a mauve lower petal" on Winter 3681, and "yellow-brown"
or "yellowish" on Seydel 969.

Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C. cuneatum Glirke, typical C. dekindtii Gurke,
C. discolor var. crenatum Thomas, and C, mynicoides (Hochst.) R. Br.
On the other hand, the Abner 63 and Winter 3880, distributed as C,
dekindtii var. dinteri, actually are best regarded as representing
typical C. dekindtii Gurke.

Citations: ZIMBABWE: Olsson 4.n. [29.X1.1947] (S). ANGOLA: Hu7f-
la: Baum 3&6 (Br, Ld--photo, N, N--photo, S$); R. Santos 780 (U1).
NAMIBIA: Baum 386 (Mu); Boss 4.n. (Tm--35647); Dinter 5301 (Af, B,
W--1374347): Giess 3483 (Mu); Giess & MULLenr 13943 (Mu); Rehm 1839
(Mu); Schoenfelder 52 (Af); Seydek 969 (Mu, S, W--2671031), 1251
(Mu, N), 2939 (Ba); VoLk 2561 (Mu); Winter 3681 (Mu), 5098 (Mu);
Winter & Handy 8070 (Mu). SOUTH AFRICA: Transvaal: Breyer 4.n.
[Herb. Transvaal Mus. 18327] (Ld); Pole-Evans 4493 (Ld), 415744 (Cb);

250 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, No. 4
Pott 5651 (Cb); F. A. Rogers 21619 (S), 30464 (S).

CLERODENDRUM DEMBIANENSE Chiov., Ann. Bot. Roma 9: 128 [as "C£ero-
dendron" ]. 1911; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
Od. 1465825. &- 936. 1936,

Synonymy: CLenodendron dembianense Chiov., Ann. Bot. Roma 9: 128.
ASA Le

Bibliography: Chiov., Ann. Bot. Roma 9: 128. 1911; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 319. 1913; Prain, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 61. 1921; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.
Clerod.] 46, 82, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 1, 45, 49, & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 110, 116, & 181. 1949; Mold.,
Résumé 134, 143, & 449. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 61.
1960; Cuf., Bull. dard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 798. 1962; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 212 & 235 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
fcu2032 230 54h 535¢.)980k

A shrub or small tree, to 4 m. tall, glabrous or subglabrous
throughout except for the nodes and leaf-blade venation; leaves ter-
nate; petioles 2--10 mm. long; leaf-blades ovate or ovate-oblong,
7--12 cm. long, 2--6 cm. wide, apically abruptly acuminate, margin-
ally coarsely dentate or serrate, basally rounded or broadiy cuneate,
glabrous above, pilose on the venation beneath; inflorescence ter-
minal, paniculate, oblong-pyramidal, the cymes dichotomous, rather
dense, 3--8-flowered; bracts foliaceous, similar to the leaves but
equaling to twice as long as the smaller ones; pedicels 2--3 mm.
long, bibracteolate, arcuately reflexed; calyx campanulate-infundib-
ular or patinaform, 2--3 mm. long, about 10 mm. wide, glabrous, the
lobes 2--3 mm. long, apically rounded, recurved, separate by a rath-
er deep and acute sinus; corolla glabrous, its tube blue, about 8
mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, basally incurved, the limb 2--3 cm. wide, 5-
lobed, oblique, flat or concave, the 4 upper lobes pale or white, a-
bout 1 cm. long, apically rounded, the fifth (lower) lobe larger,
blue or violet, rounded-obovate, flattened-subunguiculate, 1.5--2
cm. long; stamens about 3 cm. long, arcuate, about 3--4 times as
long as the upper corolla-lip; filaments basally pilosulous; fruit
comprised of 1--4 spherical drupes, 7--9 mm. wide, at first green,
finally black and juicy.

This member of the Subgenus Cycfonema is based on Chiovenda 1060,
1279, and 1490 from Dembia, Ethiopia, the first from Bambolo, collec-
ted July 16, 1909, the second from the Cococc Valley above Gondar,
collected August 2, 1909, and the third from Gondar village, collec-
ted August 21, 1909; of these Thomas (1936) has designated Chiovenda
1060 as the type (lectotype), deposited in the Florence herbarium.
He cites Chiovenda 1060 & 1090, Schimper 451, and Steudner 1308 &
1311 from Ethiopia and Engler 437 from Tanzania.

Chiovenda (1911) remarks that the species is "Prox. C. ugandense
quod differt foliis saepius oppositis, calyce majore minus profunde
inciso, corollis majoribus, labio infero obovato-spatulato, longiore
et angustiore, tube breviore."

CLerodendrzum dembianense has been collected at 2000 m. altitude.
Nothing is known to me of this species beyond what is stated in its

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erxodendraum 251
bibliography.

CLERODENDRUM DENSIFLORUM W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat. [Posthum.
Pap. ] 4: 170. 1854.

Synonymy: CLerodendron densiflorwm Griff. apud Jacks. in Hook. f.
Bidacks:jclInd. Kew, “inp. cl, *henS61, 1893:

Bibliography: W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat. [Posthum. Pap.] 4: 170
& 749, 1854; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561.
1893; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 72. 1918; Bakh. in
Lam SeBakhc, Bull. dards Bot. ‘Buitenz.,csers 3, (32 87, 108, & viii.
1921; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561 (1946)
and imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 282 (1971) and 2:
864 & 971. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 272, 384, & 535. 1980.

Griffith's original (1854) description of this plant is "Basi
suffruticosa, erecta ramosa 4,5 pedaLis. Foliis longe petiolatis
infernis cordatis acuminatis subintegris basi 3-nervus, nervo medio
ad basin utrinque 1-glanduloso (glandulo e 4 confertis callosis com-
posito) sublente utrinque punctulat. subtus ad nervos tenuissime
velutinis. Cymis axillaribus terminalibusque aggregatis corymbum
densiflorum mentientibus, floribus albis. Cor. tubus rectus longis-
simus in laciniarum marginibus revolutis staminibus longiss. ex-
sertis, stylum longe superant. Anth. caeruleo livide. Cal. glandu-
losis fructifer amplectus, ruber subcarnosusque. Capsula atro-
caerulea, baccata 4-sperma. Sem. nigrescentia angulato. Albumine
0. Radicula brevis infera. Hab. Frequent Mergui in Ruderat, florem,
July to Nov. Mergue Herb. 79."

Bakhuizen (1921) reduces this species to synonymy under C. baac-
teatum Wall., but without giving any reason for so doing. He does
not cite -- and apparently did not see -- the type collection from
Tenasserim in southern Burma. C&erodendrum bracteatum is not known
from Tenasserim, nor, for that matter, from anywhere else in Burma.

Nothing is known to me of Wallich's plant beyond what is stated
in its meager bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM DENTICULATUM Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5, nom.
nud. 1939; Carib. Forester 2: 14. 1940.

Bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5. 1939; Mold.,
Carib. Forester 2: 14. 1940; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed..1, 24 & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 186. 1946; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 43 & 181. 1949; E. S. Sal-
isb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 56. 1953; Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 319 & 322. 1957; Mold., Résumé 51 & 449. 1959;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 95 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Alain in Ledn &
Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 319 & 322. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
88 & 535. 1980.

A tree; branchlets stout, subterete, flattened at the nodes,
light-gray, corky, glabrous; twigs slender, angulate-striate, brown,
glabrous, issuing from a tomentose felt around the basal leaf-scars
of the adjacent branchlet; nodes not annulate; principal inter-
nodes 1--5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite (or only approximate
on the younger twigs), often clustered; petioles very slender, 5--12

252 Poh ¥ndrOsk GoGelrA Vols 59, Nosed

mm. long, brown, canaliculate above, glabrous; ieaf-blades charta-
ceous or membranous, uniformly duli-green on both surfaces (the im-
mature ones brunnescent in drying), elliptic or obovate, 2.3--5.5 cm.
long, 1--2 cm. wide. apically obtuse or rounded (or rarely subacute),
marginally denticulate with very minute apiculate teeth from the a-
pex to the base, basally acute, glabrous on both surfaces and finely
areolate; midrib very slender, impressed but distinct to the apex (!)
above, prominulent beneath; secondaries 4--6 per side, very slender,
lightly impressed or obscure above, lightly prominulent beneath;

vein and veinlet reticulation indiscernible above, often obscure be-
neath; inflorescence axillary, apparently small and few-(2--4-?)
flowered; peduncles obsolete or to 1 mm. long; fruiting pedicels
Slender, 4--11 mm. long, spreading, glabrate; flowers and fruit not
known.

This problematic species is based on E. L. Ekman 9176 from Mogote,
in the limestone hills near Palma de Cauto, Oriente, Cuba, at 300 m.
altitude, collected on April 10, 1918, and deposited in the Berlin
herbarium, now doubtless destroyed. A note by the collector in the
type sheet says "Closely allied to CLenr. anafensi if not the same".
Another notation, this one by Urban, says "Spec. nov., Si hujus gen-
eris".

A key to distinguish this species from other known Cuban taxa is
given under C. gnandifLorwm (Hook.) Schau. in the present series of
notes.

Citations: CUBA: Oriente: Ekman 9176 (B--type, Ld--photo of type,
Mi--photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of type, S--isotype).

CLERODENDRUM DEPENDENS A. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 1: 581
[as "C&enodendron" ]. 1901; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
dc spreds Wjyt5St8c89. wh942y

Synonymy: ?CLerxodendron dependens A. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss.,
serosa? dl 2 58ers 01 90).

Bibliography: A? DC:, Bull .cHerbBoiss vsMser? (22/1: “S8horl 901;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 44. 1908; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 123 & 181. 1949; Mold.
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 147, 156, 266, & 267. 1956; Mold., Ré-
sumé 155 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 864.
1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 535. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58:
184. 1985.

A glabrous shrub; branchlets slender, alternately flattened;
leaves decussate-opposite, very short-petiolate; petioles 2--4 mm.
long; leaf-blades rigid, ovate-lanceolate, about 7 cm. long and 2
cm. wide, apically obtusely acuminate, basally obtuse or subrotun-
date; secondaries about 8 per side, arcuately joined some distance
from the margins; cymes axillary, bifid; peduncles very slender, 20
cm. or more in length, pendulous; flowers not known but the corollas
said to be white; fruit "resembling an olive" (according to the col-
lector).

This problematic species is based on Mocquerys 225 from Maroa, in
eastern Madagascar, deposited in the DeCandolle Herbarium at Geneva.
Nothing is known to me of this plant except what is stated in its
sparse bibliography (above).

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C&Lerodendrawmn 253

CLERODENDRUM DEWITTET Mold., Phytologia 4: 288. 1953.

Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 27: 3121. 1953; Mold., Phyto-
logia 4: 288. 1953; Hauman, Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind.
1954; Mold., Résumé 141 & 449. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12:
36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 218 & 536. 1980.

A woody vine; branches slender, light-grayish, glabrous; branch-
lets very slender, brownish, glabrous; nodes not annulate; principal
internodes 2.5--6.5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite or suboppo-
Site-approximate, apparently confined to the young branchlets, borne
On conspicuously elevated corky sterigmata; petioles slender, 5--8
mm. long, short-pubescent in lines on the flattened upper surface,
otherwise glabrous; leaf-blades membranous, dark-green on both sur-
faces, brunnescent in drying, hardly lighter beneath, elliptic-
lanceolate, 5--9 cm. long, 2.1--3.5 cm. wide, apically acuminate,
marginally entire, basally rounded, glabrous and shiny on both sur-
faces; midrib very slender, flat above, prominulous beneath; secon-
daries filiform, 5 or 6 per side, arcuate-ascending, irregular,
flattened or microscopically prominulous above, prominulous beneath,
not conspicuously anastomosing; veinlet reticulation very abundant
and fine, conspicuous but hardly prominulous on both surfaces; in-
florescence borne on the leafless branches, on short supra-axillary
or axillary twig-like peduncles 3--4 cm. long, bearing several linear
bractlets, especially toward the base, glabrate or minutely and
sparsely puberulous, densely many-flowered, umbelliform or capitate;
pedicels filiform, 1--3 mm. long, glabrate or minutely puberulous;
bractlets numerous, linear, 2--3 mm. long, often light-colored;
calyx campanulate, about 7 mm. long and 5 mm. wide, glabrous, deeply
5-lobed, the lobes ovate, about 2 mm. long, apically apiculate;
corolla hypocrateriform, its tube very slender, about 18 mm. long,
glabrous, the limb about 1 cm. wide; stamens exserted about 1.5 cm.
from the corolla-mouth.

This apparently endemic species is based on G. F. DeWitte 291
from Lukulu, Katanga, Zaire, collected between April 30 and May 3,
1931, and deposited in the Brussels herbarium. Thus far it is known
only from the original collection.

Citations: ZAIRE: DeWitte 291 (Br--type, Br--isotype, Ld--photo
of type, N--isotype, N--photo of type).

CLERODENDRUM DINKLAGEI Glirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 175 [as "C2er0-
dendron" ]. 1893; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
Oa) 35,..61, -&999.. 1936
Synonymy: CLerodendron dinkkaget Giirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 175.
93.

Bibliography: GlUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 175. 1893; J. G. Baker
in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 293 & 302. 1900; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 101. 1901; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 35, 61, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac.,%ed.-1,.47. 8089. 1942s. H.eN. 8A. kL. Moldi, Pl. Life 2: 56.
1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 113 & 181.

1949; Mold., Résumé 139 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 223
(1971) and 2: 8648 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 213 & 536. 1980;

254 Prt YoT xO Oo Geek Vol. 59, No. 4

Mold., Phytologia 58: 354. 1985.

A shrub; stems brown, narrowly hollow; branchlets densely clothed
with reflexed articulated hairs which are only 1--2 mm. long; peti-
oles 5--10 cm. long; leaf-blades oblong or elliptic-oblong, 8--10
cm. long, 4--6 cm. wide, apically long-acuminate, marginally entire,
basally obtuse or rounded, sparsely clothed with appressed hairs on
both surfaces; cymes axillary, few-flowered, corymbiform; peduncles
]--2 cm. long; bracts minute, subulate-filiform; calyx broadly cam-
panulate, 5-parted nearly to the base, the lobes lanceolate or o-
vate-lanceolate, apically acuminate, 3-veined, pubescent; filaments
to 3.5 cm. long; corolla, fruiting-calyx, and fruit not known.

This obscure species is based on Dinklage 1008 from moist woods
at Great Batanga, Cameroons, collected on February 2, 1891, and de-
posited in the Berlin herbarium, now doubtless destroyed. Glurke
(1893) says of it: "Steht dem C. Bllttneri sehr nahe, ist aber durch
schwdchere und kurzere Behaarung unterschieden; auch sind hier die
Haare riickwdrts gerichtet, bei C, BUttneri abstehend. Die Bldtter
Sind am Grunde abgerundet und nicht herzfdrmig wie bei C. Bluttneri,
auch etwas ldnger zugespitzt. Die Kelchzipfel sind ldnger, schmdler
und mehr zugespitzt als bei jener Art."

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection, but Thomas (1936)
adds Dinklage 1443, also from the Cameroons.

Jackson (1893) cites GUrke's original publication of this taxon
as "1894", the titlepage date, but it was actually published in 1893.
_ Baker's (1900) key to the tropical African species of this genus
known to him with non-capitate inflorescences and large flowers may
prove of some help in distinguishing this species from its close
relatives (the key has been somewhat modified by me for the sake of
clarity and the nomenclature brought up-to-date):

1. Leaf-blades oblong.
2. Leaf-blades glabrous.

Se. Coroltas. DeVONt=redl. cn sces sae os aa eased suetenes C. splLendens.
Sai Gorohlas, Whiteue.2o% La shane ge age tb oiweése.' iss C. buchhokziK.
2a. Leaf-blades pubescent.
4. Leaf-blades narrowed to the base............. C. harnierianum,
4a. Leaf-blades basally rounded.
be ~Betiobes soni yi2-e8cem. <TOngres .ctRaR6e 2 84056 C. umbellatum,
Sa. Petioles usually longer, 5--10 cm. long...... C. dinkkager.
Apsekeat-biades. basally copdates 2c. sccc. came case we C. buettnerr.

la. Leaf-blades ovate.
6. Leaf-blades glabrous.
7. Calyx not inflated.
8. Leaf-blades apically more or less acuminate..C. buchholzik.
8a. Leaf-blades apically obtuse or rounded...C. hildebrandtii.
have Calyxignif lated: .21..¢0c6. GPR 5 ioe huceketaused C. thomsonae.
6a. Leaf-blades more or less pubescent.
9. Petioles short.
10..Leat=blades. finely pubescent.2..76...é6 ....be% C. acerbsanun,
10a. Leaf-blades velvety on both surfaces...... C. trichoLobum,
9a. Petioles moderately long (1.2--2.5 cm.)....C. pletosciadium.
Obi Petioles: very’ long: (5=47) cme jn. 2O4%.dekO0. C. Longipetiolatum.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 255

lb. Leaf-blades obcordate-ovate.
11. Calyx finely pubescent.

Wee Calyxs taf latediase. ch ts .ctgous ook C. wmbellatum fF, scandens.
eae Cal yRenb te aniated GAGA cee ewe kG octets C. condifolium.
ldatt Calyx: densely) fuscous- pubescent. is ..scuciek. whe oe C. fuscum,

Nothing is known to me of Cerodendrum dinklagec beyond what is
stated in its sparse bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR (Klotzsch) Vatke, Linnaea 43: 536 [as "CLeno-
dendron" ]. 1882; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
od. ] 84. 1936 [not CLenodendrawm discolor Turcz., 1971, nor
CLerodendron discolor Becc., 1902].

Synonymy: Cycfonema discolor Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise
Mossamb. 66 (1): Bot. 262--263. 1861. C&enodendron discolor
(Klotzsch) Vatke, Linnaea 43: 536. 1882. Cerodendron discolor Vatke
ane decks. 19 *Hook.*T. 6 vacks.,- Ind. Kew:> imps 15° 1% S6q1° "1693"
CLerodendron mynricoides var. discolor Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl.
Trop. Afr. 5: 310. 1900. Cenodendron myricoides var. discolor
(Klotzsch) J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 310. 1900.
Cyclonema myricotdes var. tomentosum Almagia in Pirotta, Fl. Col.
Erit. [Ann. Inst. Bot. Roma 8:] 34. 1903. C&enrodendnron bequaerti
DeWild., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 7: 185--186. 1920 [not C. bequaerti
DeWild., 1914]. C&erodendnron bequaenrti var. debeenstii DeWild.,
Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 7: 185. 1920. Cenodendron villusulum De
Wild., Contrib. Fl. Katanga 165. 1921. Cenodendron villosulum var.
debeerstii DeWild., Contrib. Fl. Katanga 165. 1921. Cernodendirwm
discolon var. eudiscofonr Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
od.] 84, 1936. Cenodendrwn wifdemannianum Robyns ex B. Thomas,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 84 in svn. 1936 [not CLeno-
dendron wildemannianum Exell, 1930]. Ckerodendaun wildemannianun
var. debeerstii Robyns ex B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.
Clerod. ] 84 in syn. 1936. C&erodendrwm villosulum DeWild. apud B.
Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 84 in syn. 1936.
CLerodendrzum viklosulum var. debeerstri DeWild. apud B. Thomas,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 84 in syn. 1936. C&enrodendrum
bequaerti DeWild. apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
od. ] 84 in syn. 1936. C&enodendrum bequaerti var. debeerstii De
Wild. apud B. ThomaS, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 84 in
syn. 1936. CLenodendrwm mynricoides var. discolor (Klotzsch) J. G.
Baker apud Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 23 in syn. 1940.
Cyckonema discolor "Klotzsch in Peters" apud Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Brux. 32: Suppl. 798 in syn. 1962. Cenodendrawm mynicoides var.
discolon (Kl. in Pet.) Baker apud Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32:
Supp]. 798 in syn. 1962. Cenodendrum discolor var. discolor
[(Klotzsch) Vatke] ex Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav.
Univ. Off. Bujumb. Fac. Sci. C.20]: [230]. 1972. CLenodendron
discolor Klotzsch ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 384 in syn. 1980.

Bibliography: Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamt. 6
[Bot.], 1: 262--263. 1861; Vatke, Linnaea 43: 536. 1882; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.-1, 1: 561 & 679. 1893;°Glirke in
Eng]., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 341. 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-

256 Po Yd OyL Ob Gd A Vol. 59, Nege4

Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 310. 1900;.Becc., Nelle Foreste Borneo 203.
1902; Almagia in Pirotta, Fl. Col. Erit. [Ann. Inst. Bot. Roma 8:]
134. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 44. 1908; R. E. Fries in Von
Rosen, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhod.-Kong.-Exped. Bot. 2 (2): 275.
1916; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 320 & 363. 1919; DeWild.,
Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 7: 185--186. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
dard. Bots Buitenad, ser. 34,32799., 1 92h: Dewi ldys.Contrib.2F les kas
tanga 165. 1921; DeWild., Pl. Bequaert 2: 256--258. 1922; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1): 497 (1927) and 53 (1): 1072.
1932; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Chegad. #4, 105 al2s bs
16, 47, 84--86, 92, 93, & 96. 1936; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv.
Names 23 & 24. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16, 21, & 23. 1942;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 45, 49--51, 80, & 89.
1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 74. 1946; W. Robyns, Fl. Sperm. Parc
Nat. Albert 2: 142 & 146--147. 1947; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life

22 BD pods: & 57% 19482. Moldeg Aliph: List icites2 22558, 01948), 2320723

& 762 (1949), and 4: 1097, 1123, & 1140. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr.
DiStrib.. Verbenac.))ed..2..1105 115--120,, 8181. 1949; J. Kocdacks..,
Journ. Ecol. 44: 363. 1956; Mold., Résumé 134, 141, 143, 145, 150,
260, 267, 267, 271, 273, 276, & 449. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 9,
16, & 25. 1959; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 35: 1688. 1960; Dale & Greenway,
Kenya. Trees<583.. 19613) Cufz5 Bull. Jard.Bot.. Brux. .32:, Suppl... 798--
799. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 592. 1962; Mold., Résumé Sup-
pl. 38 15...19625 °F.) White, For .ofl. North,. Rhodes... 365. &:366.- 1962;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 6. 1965; Wild, Kirkia 5: 4. 1965; Mold., Ré-
sumé Suppl. 13: 4 & 6 (1966) and 15: 19. 1967; Glover, Gloss. Bot.
Kipsig. Names Kenya 158. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 7 & 8. 1968;
Glover, Stewart, Fumerton, Marindany, & Anderson, Gloss. Botan.-
Kipsig. Names 232 & 259. 1969; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya
46. 1970; J. K. Jacks. in Eyre, World Veget. Types 94. 19713; Mold.,
Fitts Suitcade 212 ce2heheee,, 232a—2 30% L405, CF ysl oy Letom 2s

255, 358, 440, 443, 451, 459--461, 464, & 473 (1971) and 2: 864.
1971; Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav. Univ. Off. Bu-
jumb. Fac. Sci. C.20]: [230]. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 28: 441 (1974),
31: 350 & 351 (1975), and 34: 261 & 262. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem.

25. €Wl 22 00%~2do's Pllap elaeeleos ceo, 230, 240, 249, 384,.391, 8 530.
1980; Reis & Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 251. 1982; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 58: 332 & 441. 1985.

A large bush, subshrub, or even tall shrub, 0.5--4 m. tall, usu-
ally much-branched; stems often herbaceous, often single; sap color-
less; bark rough; branches more or less polygonal in cross-section,
especially the young ones very densely short-pubescent or velutinous
to tomentose; leaves whorled, unpleasantly aromatic, the upper ones
gradually passing into bracts; petioles very slender, to 1.8 cm.
long but often very short, basally articulate; leaf-blades elliptic
or obovate-elliptic, 3.5--16 cm. long, 1.2--7 cm. wide, apically
rounded-acute or cuneiform, marginally coarsely dentate (or the low-
est sometimes entire), basally attenuate or cuneiform, pubescent on
both surfaces, more densely so or subtomentose and paler beneath,
with grayish hairs, especially on the venation; secondaries 6--9 per
side, quite visible on both surfaces; inflorescence axillary and
terminating the stem and branches, paniculate, pedunculate, branched,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerxodendrzwn 25/7

the axis and cyme-branches villous; flowers zygomorphic, pleasantly
scented, pedicellate; pedicels very slender, to 4 mm. long, villous,
basally bibracteolate; bracts foliaceous; bractlets linear, margin-
ally ciliate; calyx more or less campanulate, 4--5 mm. long, green
flushed with purple, more or less densely pubescent with violet
hairs that often turn gray in drying, the 5 lobes triangular-rounded,
erect, apically obtuse and purplish; corolla infundubular or hypo-
crateriform, in various shades of blue, lavender, or violet to mauve
or purple, the lower lip usually darker or varicolored, the tube 6--
7 mm. long, apically ampliate, curvate, the limb oblique, bilabiate,
5-lobed, the lobes 10--11 m,.long, dorsally pubescent; filaments
blue or pale purplish-violet, exserted; anthers blue or pale-blue to
brown; style blue; fruit drupaceous, fleshy, juicy, at first green,
then red, finally black, about 7 mm. long and 10--12 mm. wide, some-
times insect-galled to the size of a small marble.

This very variable polymorphic species is based on an unnumbered
Peters collection from Rios de Sena, Mozambique.

The corolla is described by collectors as "blue" on Bequaert 2754,
3454, 3989, 5021, & 5544, Lebrun 5039, Peter 3019, and Schkieben
7294, "pale-blue” on Bequaert 4213 & 4907 and Roechoudt 13 and by
GUrke (1895), "“deep-blue" on Stone 7937, “lavender-blue" on Gaeenway
& Doughty 8526, “blue-violet" on Ash 2947, “blue-mauve" on Geamain
4113 and Liicas 191, “light-blue" on Peter 42178, “lilac-blue" on
Tanner R.T.3291, “royal- and pale-blue" on Tanner R.T. 3831, "violet"
on DeWitte 1290 and Lebraun 9139, “mauve" on Reekmans 1388 and Roech-
oudt 7, "claret, not blue" on Dummer 2572, “rather dark mauve" on
Faulkner 1496, “blue to violet" on Reekmans 1988, "bluish-gray" on
Peter 9730, "clear-blue, whitish on the outside" on Lewakke 129,
"pale-mauve, the lobes violet" on Germain 2897, "pale-violet, one
petal dark-violet" on Germain 1117, "green except for the pale-blue
lower petal" on Robinson 2935, “pale-blue, the lower petal dark-blue"
on Strid 4095, and “purplish-violet, the lower lip with a paler mid-
petal band bounded on either side by a rich-purple zone" on Maas

Geesternanus 5203; “the inferior lip blue" on Bequaert 3989.

Collectors have encountered this plant on herbaceous and wooded
Savannas, Andropogon steppes and grasslands, in pastures and along
roadsides, in thickets and coppices, among sclerophyllous vegetation
on lava flows, among volcanic boulders, along the borders of streams,
on lava plains and cultivated steppes, in Exythnrina Lapikhi thickets,
in light forests on heavy brown loam, among rocks and in hollows on
hillsides, on savannas with Entada and Combretum or with Acacia, in
grass and Bauhinia scrub on hillsides, and among riverside rocks,
from 800 to 2660 m. altitude, in flower in every month of the year,
and in fruit in March, April, and September to December. Greenway &
Doughty describe it as "common but scattered in grasslands with Com-
bretum, Terminalia, Vitex, Entada, Acacia stenocarpa, and native cul-
tivations of maize and sorghum" in Kenya; in the same country Maas
Geesteranus found it growing "in open savanna woodland along edge of
forest with scattered Acacia Lahai, Enythrina tomentosa, Syzygium
condatum, and clumps of shrubs in boulder-strewn country sloping to
the south". Also in Kenya Lucas refers to it as “common but well
scattered bush to 5 feet tall on escarpment roadsides" at 4000 feet

258 Poth Yo Te Ove On Gedy A VoT. 59, Nogo4

altitude.

Vernacular names reported for this plant are "“achwimpodo",
"chesamisok", "Chesamisyet", [=bad odor], “esyapot", "mokosamama",
"n'angho ngol yako". "masufi", “obetik" [=easy to lose or not easy
to find], "obetyot", “umukanyama", “umukuzaniama", "“umukuzaniana",
and “umukusanyana".

In Zaire an extract of the roots is used as a remedy for blenno-
rhagia, while in Tanzania it is used as an antidote for venomous
sSnakebites.

Baker (1900) cites for this species Wilson 138 from Uganda, Wee-
witsch 5700 from Angola, Holst 2571, Johnston 95, and Vokkens 226
from Tanganyika, Peters 4.n. from Mozambique, Buchanan 33, Kink 4.n.,
and Whyte 4.n. from Malawi, and Holub 4.n. from Zimbabwe.

Almagia (1903) cites Ragazzi 195, "P. 3399", and "T, P. 782" for
his proposed Cyckonema mynricoides var. tomentosum and comments that
"Ho creduto di poter distinguere gli esemplari sopra citati come una
varieta del Cyckonema myricoides (R. Br.) perché le foglie, a dif-
ferenza di quelle del tipo, si presentano tutte piu o meno tomentose".

Fries (1916) cites his no. 1593 from the Vulkan Mountains and
gives the overall distribution of the species, as regarded by him,
as tropical eastern and central Africa from Uganda to Nyasaland, Zim-
babwe and Angola. He comments that "In der Gebirgen am Stdende des
Kiwu-Sees (ca. 1500 m.t. M.) wurde noch eine mannshohe, strauch-
artige CLenodendron-Art mit eirunden Bldttern gesammelt (n. 1509),
die ich in den Herbarien nicht gefunden habe. Da sie nur im
Fruchtstadium vorliegt, ist ihre Identifizierung gegenwdrtig nicht
mdglich."

DeWildeman (1920) cites and bases his C. bequaerti on Bequaert
2754, 3454, 3989, 4213, 4907, 5021, 5544, & 5828 from Zaire. He com-
ments that "La vilosité du calice est plus ou moins accentué, elle
passe du gris au violacé, couleur qui se conserve parfois & 1'état
sec. Toutes les feuilles supérieures des rameaux floriféres sont
dentées, parfois on trouve 4 la base des rameaux des feuilles pres-
que entiéres, ce qui forme le passage vers la forme que nous avons
rattachée 4 cette espece le nom de Debeenstizi (plante recueille par
R. P. Debeerst, & Pala [Katanga])." The_proposed binomial, C. be-
quaernti, being a homonym of his C. bequaerti published in 1914, is
the basis of the later binomials, C. vikllosulum DeWild. and C. wik-
demannianwn Robyns. DeWildeman, in his 1922 work, cites the same
Bequaent 2754, 3454, 3989, 4213, 4907, 5021, 5544, & 5828 from Zaire.

Thomas (1936) cites Peters 4.n. from Mozambique (the type collec-
tion); Busse 873, Merker 312, Meyer 30, Mildbraed 1123, Stuh&mann
1693, 1741, & 8787, and Uheig 396 from Tanganyika; Bequaert 3454,
3989, 4213, 4907, 5021, & 5544, Debeenst 13, Linder 2039, and Witte
1290 from Zaire; Newmann 158 from Ethiopia; and Trxoke 5935 from Ken-
ya.

Robyns (1947) cites Bequaert 3454, 3989, & 4213, Dewitte 1290,
Fries 1593, Lebrun 5039, and Roechoudt 7 & 13 from Zaire and com-
ments: "Arbuste tropophile et fort variable, habitant les savanes de
1'Afrique tropicale central et orientale, s'étendant vers 1'Abyssinia
au Nord et vers 1'Angola et le Mozambique au Sud. Au Congo Belge.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwm 259

il se rencontre dans le Sud du District du Lac Albert, dans le Dis-
trict des Lacs Edouard et Kivu et dans le Ruanda occidental...Cette
espéce est trés voisine du C£. mynicoddes (Hochst.) Vatke, dont elle
n'est peut-étre qu'une forme tomenteuse."

Dale & Greenway (1961) cite Fries 274a, Hildebrandt 2729, Jex
Blake 2559, Johnston 4.n., Kassner 683, and Whyte 4.n. from Kenya,
where they found it in the Rift Valley, Central and Southern Prov-
inces, commenting that "Greenway considers that this plant is unwor-
thy of specific rank and should revert to a variety of C. mynicoides."
Glover (1967) cites Kerfoot 2139 from Kenya, while Lewalle (1972)
cites Lewalle 129 from Burundi.

Vatke (1882) comments that the remainder of the taxa placed by
Klotzsch in Cycfonema actually belong, instead, to the very distinct
genus Holmskiofdia.

It may well be found helpful to reproduce here the key to the
species known to Dale & Greenway (1961) from Kenya. somewhat modi-
fied by me for the sake of clarity:

1. Flowers actinomorphic.
2. Inflorescence capitate, rarely in closed cymes.
sqsceuel. d= tube: to (12.5 scmy lang. Soo) 3 Atiareta stud. C. ftschenrt.
3a. Corolla-tube less than 12 cm. long.
4. Corolla-tube to 7.5 cm. long; leaves opposite or ter-
OEE ag Araceae ote clade ovate spa retehs ane, satanic enllot C. rotund folium.
4a. Corolla-tube only to 2.5 cm. long or less; leaves oppo-
site, ternate, or quaternate.

5. Corolla-tube about 2.5 cm. long; leaves opposite, ter-
nate, or quaternate, the blades not punctate............

C. acerbsanun.
5a. Corolla-tube only about 1.2 cm. long; leaves opposite
or ternate, the blades glandular-punctate beneath.......
C. encophyllum.
2a. Inflorescence of closed cymes, rarely capitate.

6. (Carolhda—tube to. about’ 7 <5. cmc long; ‘calyx ‘to: 1.2 tem. Vong...
C. rotund folium.

6a. Corolla-tube only to 1.2 cm. long; calyx to 3 mm. long.
7. Leaf-blades glabrous or glabrescent............. C. glabraum.

7a. Leaf-blades always pubescent.

8. Inflorescence dense, in many-flowered terminal and axil-
lary cymes; leaf-blades ovate, to 6.5 cm. long, apically
acuce, Glandular pPiumocdte WENCHLIT. . <ckicle-c sc cecucweeeee

C. glabrum var. vagum.
8a. Inflorescence a terminal corymbose panicle, sometimes
also with cymes in the upper leaf-axils; leaf-blades
ovate or ovate-elliptic, to 12.5 cm. long, apically
Mow@ed san ‘cuspidatiesw.! fsa dei glesiscies C. johnston.
2b. Inflorescence of open cymes, usually paniculate...............
C. hikdebrandtxk.
la. Flowers zygomorphic.
9. Plant leafless when in flower; corolla-tube short, the lobes
RSE nt cant em ana atta oi din halis 5 ey chefin eel alates C. makanjanwm.
9a. Plant leafy when in flower; corolla-tube enlarged, saccate on
one side above, cleft on the other side, the anterior lobe

260 PxteYoTr Ob OoGedrA Vol « 595 Nev’ 4

arched and much larger than the others.

10. Leaves opposite or ternate, glabrous, not bicolored; corol-
las in shades of blue and white.

11. Leaves opposite, distinctly petiolate, the blades not
glandular-punctate; calyx-lobes apically obtuse and re-
CVEHER Ss. -BIRSS FETUS. Ba OS 0d 6 STEER C. schefsglenri.

lla. Leaves opposite or ternate, subsessile, the blades glan-
dular-punctate beneath; calyx-lobes apically broadly acute,
NOE FEFTERED SY. eee SIU se eee bee ce leds C. ugandense.

10a. Leaves verticillate, the blades pubescent or glabrous, of-
ten bicolored; corollas blue or purple.

12. Branches densely pubescent or tomentose; leaf-blades el-
liptic or obovate-elliptic, to 7.5 cm. long, more or less
densely pubescent or subtomentose beneath; calyx more or
Téss ‘denseltyipubescenth). P2. 2esI TSS ORT save ss C. discolor.

12a. Branches glabrous or only lightly pubescent; leaf-blades
ovate-elliptic to oblong, to 12.5 cm. long, glabrous above
and only very sparsely pubescent or subglabrous and glan-
dular-punctate beneath; calyx glabrous or only very sparse-
by *puberubent 1282008. Soo. Fe ae OF Poe as C. mynicordes.

The subspecific taxa of Cenodendraum discolor may be distinguish-
ed as follows, in a key taken, with modifications, from Thomas (1936):
1. Branches few-flowered, not 6-angled nor ridged, more or less pu-
bescent; leaf-blades marginally more or less dentate.
2. Calyx only to 2 or 3 mm. long, subglabrous; leaf-blades margin-
ally sharply serrate, only sparsely pubescent above........---
var. dlimmenrt.
2a. Calyx about 4 mm. long, pubescent.
3. Leaves often whorled on abbreviated branchlets.

Fira GOIN pf OG, ai sd cuarahs: slinvelags) stayetw exousls) <teuna invest iateaye exe var. nubricalyx.
Bas ato |X CREED 9 oi wn eras ir edaneihaust cpelatminy olga ca aictaiiths typical C. discolor.
3a. Leaves regularly opposite; branches tetragonal.
5. Individual cymes many-flowered......... var. oppositifolium,
5a. Individual cymes only 1- or 2-flowered and very long-
SL Eb GGIe Cloud ave 4 ckauahcgeusucuaital Pats io cisrain aah ache aecin Shane var. crenatum,

2b. Calyx more than 4 mm. long, usually about 6 mm. long; calyx
and corolla-tube very pubescent; branches more or less round
LN CGOSS=SCCC LO Mieasid stewen Meke vend: detec agai var. Rikimands charense.
la. Branches many-flowered, 6-angled and with longitudinal ridges,
subglabrous; leaf-blades marginally subentire..var. plurcf{lorum,

It may be worth noting here that the Klotzsch (1861) reference
in the synonymy and bibliography of this species is often cited as
"1862"; Jackson (1893) cites it to page "260" -- he also cites the
Vatke (1882) reference by the titlepage date "1880--1882". Cufo-
dontis (1962) cites the Almagia trinomial to "1904" instead of 1903.

Material of what appears to be typical C. discolor has been mis-
identified and distributed in some herbaria as C. discolor var.
diummeri Thomas, C. incisum Klotzsch, C. mynricoddes (Hochst.) R. Br.,
"C. myricoides sens. lat.", and C, ugandense Prain. On the other
hand, the Daviess 23248 and Tanner 668, distributed as typical C,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrzwm 261

discolor, actually are'C. discolor var. crenatuwm Thomas, while Buch-
anan 1383 and Mearns 1223 are C. discolor var. dllmment Thomas; Ger-
main 6520 is C. discolor var. Rikimandscharense Thomas; Fries, Nor-
hindh, & Weimanck 2456, Hildebrandt 2729, Honey 807, Mearns 1051,
NOTA 4177; 193850 & 2539, Food. Mendonca 14750 13745-1418, 1426, 2510,
& 3612, Robinson 2935, Stolz 317, Tonne 588, 3156, 3206, 3759, 5977.
& 6213, and Whyte 4.n. [Zomba] are C. discolor var. oppositifolium
Thomas; Gomes & Sousa 4334, Stolz 470, Tonrne 4741, and Tonne & Paiva
9426 are C. discolor var. plhurtflonwm Thomas; Lemos & Baksinhas 272,
Tonne & Paiva 9747, and Troupin 5551 are C. mynicorides var. camporwn
Girke; Lewalle 4049 is C. mynicorcdes var. niansanum Thomas; Barbosa
1018, 1059, & 1582, Garcia 323, and Torne & Paiva 9884 are C. reflex-
um H. H. W. Pearson; and Reekmans 1627 is C. ugandense Prain; Des-
camps 13 seems definitely to be C. dekindti& Gtirke.

Citations: SUDAN: Michaie 728 [99] (Gz). ERITREA: Schweinfurth
& Riva 1055 (W--829447). ETHIOPIA: C. C. Albers 62242 (Au--223603);
Ash 2947 (Mu). ZAIRE: Becquet 327 (Br, Br, Br), 400 (Br); Bequaert
1290 (Br), 2754 (Br, N, W--1270180), 3454 (Br), 3989 (Br), 4213 (Br),
4907 (Br), 5021 (Br), 5544 (Br, Ld--photo, N--photo), 5828 (Br),
Son. [25.X1.14] (Br); Craton 89 (W--2168589); Geunain 1117 (Br),
2897 (Af, Br), 4113 (Br); Ghesquiene 3830 (Br), 5680 (Br, Br, Br);
Humbert 7344 (Br); Lebrun 4193 (Br, Br, N); 8243 (Br), 9189 (Br);
Luja 76 (Br, Br, N); Robert 19 (Br, Br); Roechoudt 7 (Br), 13 (Br).
BURUNDI: Lewalle 129 (Mu), 2535 (Gz, Ld, Ld); Reekmans 1388 (E--
2209173), 1988 (E--2209183), 6546 (N). RWANDA: Tropin 6011 (W--
2375315). UGANDA: Dummer 2572 (W--634882); Dyson-Hudson 233 (W--
2568351); A. Holm 29 (S). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: E. M. Bauce 36 (Br);
Busse 912 [Peter 51869] (B); Faulkner 1496 (B, S); Peter 702 [0.1.19]
PBeee sl 49250. 1237): (8) <1757 10.43 BY, 3079: [O.P.74] - (BE 'B);
9177 [0.111.56] (B, B), 9730 [0.1I11.66] (B), 14236 [0.111.206] (8B),
14351 [0.111.209] (B), 42178 [V.280] (B), 51786 [0.1.129] (8B);
Schlieben 4294 (B), 7294 (Mu); Tanner R.T.3291 (Ba), 3831 (Ba), 4806
(Ba); VoLkens 226 (L). KENYA: Greenway & Doughty 8526 (Af); Lind-
blom 4.n. [1911-1912] (S); Lucas 191 (S); Maas Geestenanus 5203 (Go);
Meanns 61 (W--630061), 162 (W--630169), 987 (W--631016), 1037 (W--
631073), 1223 (N, N, W--631267), 1230 (W--631274), 1808 (W--631769),
1926 (W--631882); Newbould 3523 (S); Piemeisel & Kephant 78 (W--
1373183); B. C. Stone 7937 (K1--10571, W--2584493A); Stnid 4095 (Go).
ZAMBIA: Robinson 2935 (Ba). MOZAMBIQUE: Manica e Sofala: F. A. Men-
donca 3874 (U1). CULTIVATED: Sudan: Kassas 632 (Gz).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. CRENATUM Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 85 & 86. 1936.

Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
85 & 86. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49 &
89 (1942) and ed. 2, 116 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 143, 148, & 449.
1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 233, 234, & 247 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 223, 225, 236, 242, 244, & 536. 1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
decussate-opposite leaves, long-pedunculate 1- or 2-flowered cymes,
and (presumably) crenate-margined leaf-blades.

262 PA TAG Oc Gr BR Vol. 59, Naw 4

The variety is based on Comrads & from Bukumbi, at 1190 m. alti-
tude, Uganda, deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now doubtless de-
stroyed.

Collectors describe this plant as a pleasantly aromatic shrub, 2-
3m. tall, or a small tree, the bark smooth, and the sap colorless.
Tanner refers to the corollas as "mauve", while Schlieben describes
them as "yellowish-white". It has been found in thick cover on
bouldered hills at altitudes of 3500--4650 feet, in flower in Janu-
ary, February, April, and December, and in fruit in February.

Tanner reports its occurrence in Tanganyika as "many bushes but
flowers very infrequently"; Schlieben refers to it as "Scattered" in
the Transvaal.

Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as typical C. discolor (Klotzsch) Vatke and its variety
oppositifolium Thomas and C. mynicoddes (Hochst.) R. Br. On the
other hand, the Dinter 5301, distributed as C. discolor var. crena-
tum, actually is C. dekindtii var. dintert Thomas.

Citations: ZIMBABWE: Daviess 23248 (N); G. M. McGregor M.13/51
[Govt. Herb. Salisbury 32448] (N). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Burtt 5105
(Br, Ld--photo, N--photo); Tanner 668 (Ca--178139, Mi, N). SOUTH
AFRICA: Transvaal: Schfieben 7709 (W--2272492).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. DUMMERI Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 85 & 86. 1936

Synonymy: CLerodendraum discolor var. dummeni Thomas apud Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49 & 89. 1936.

Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]

85 & 86. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49 &
BO: 942: Ps ON. Ue AS OE. Moldy’ s Pl Ui fe%2: 5h. 19483 Moldes iKnow
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 116 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 141,
143, 145, & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228, 233, 235, & 240
(1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 223, 225, 230, 238,

& 536. 1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
mostly smaller calyx, which is only 2--3 mm. long during anthesis
and is externally subglabrate. The leaf-blades are marginally
sharply serrate and only sparsely pubescent on the upper surface.

The variety is based on Dllmmenr 94 from Kipayo, Uganda, deposited
in the Berlin herbarium, now doubtless destroyed. Thomas (1936)
cites also Schtieben 2818 from Tanganyika.

Collectors describe the plant as a small or tall bush, erect or
straggly shrub, 0.7--3.5 m. tall, or even a small tree, the stems
several from a woody rootstock, the inflorescence as a whole purp-
lish, and the drupes yellow to finally black and shiny. They have
encountered it on savannas and in swamps, at 1200--2500 m. altitude,
in both flower and fruit in February and June and also in flower in
October and in fruit in December.

Mrs. Forbes mistakenly refers to the fruit as "berries" and re-
fers to the plants as "occasional shrubs on open savannas" in Uganda,
while in Kenya Leippert describes the plant as "common" along road-
sides.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 263

Almost every collector describes the flowers (corollas) different-
ly: they are said to have been "blue" on Bullock 2377, “pale-blue"
on Dimmer 94, “dark-blue" on Robinson M.R.23749, “blue-violet" on
Rauh Ke.343, “violet" on Leppert 5228, and "blue in effect but the
keel deep-violet and the other petals fawn" on Forbes 198, the Cok-
Rector undetermined 71 bears a label describing the corollas as "li-
lac to violet".

A vernacular name reported for the plant in Zaire is "“achwinpodo".

Material of this variety has mostly been identified and distrib-
uted in herbaria as typical C. discolor (Klotzsch) Vatke or as C,
mynricoides (Hochst.) R. Br. Thomas (1936) regarded the Buchanan
1383, cited below, as var. oppositigolLium Thomas.

Citations: ZAIRE: Bredo 1243 (Br), 1324 (Br), 1365 (Br, N), 1556
(Br), 1674 (Br); Casteels 15 (Br); Claessens 1390 (Br, N), 1461 (Br);
Collector undetermined 71 (Br); Craene 119bés (Br, Br, Br, Br);
Dekpien 4.n. [Vele 1904] (Br); Germain 4102 (Br, Br); Henager 75
(Br); Jurion 72 (Br, N), 194 (Br, Br, Br); Lathouwers 1/7 (Br, Br),
111.5 (Br, Br, N); Lebrun 3980 (Br, Br), 5039 (Br); Scops 109 (Br),
190 (Br); Steyaert M.19 (Br, N); Taton 89 (Br, Br). UGANDA: Dummer
94 (W--633434--isotype); Mas. M. Forbes 198 (Af); Mearns 1223 (N),
2539 (Br); Rogers & Gandner 374 (Br). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Buelock
2377 (B); Leeda 3163 (Ld); Richards M.R.23749 (Mu); Schkieben 2818
(Br, Ld--photo, N--photo). KENYA: R. M. Graham 1031 (Br); Leippert
5228 (Mu); Rauwh Ke.343 (Mu). MALAWI: J. Buchanan 1383 (W--807416).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. KILIMANDSCHARENSE Thomas, Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 85. 1936.

Synonymy: C£erodendrawn discolor var. kikimadschanense Thomas ex
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 19 in syn. 1967.

Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]

85. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49, 50, &
89 (1942) and ed. 2, 116, 117, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 138, 141,
143, 145, 148, & 449. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 19. 1967; Mold.,
Fara Summer Ve (227912289235, (240, .247,. & 461 -¢ 0971) “andu2 > 864.
Lette s Motes Phytal mem, (2s-2125: 2183) 225 230g 5237.) 396, S36.
1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the calyx about 6 mm. long at time of anthesis, externally dense-
ly pubescent, the corolla-tube densely pubescent, and the branches
more or less round in cross-section.

The variety is based on VoLkens 252, from Marangu, at 1500 m. al-
titude, on Mt. Kilimandjaro, Tanganyika, collected in April of 1893
and deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now lamentably destroyed.
Thomas (1936) cites also Endlich 75, Holst 2571, Petzholz 25, and
VoLkens 226 from Tanganyika and Fries 74a and Kassner 683 from Kenya.

Collectors describe this plant as an erect, woody perennial, a 2--
3-foot tall bush, or a “medium-sized tree", and have found it grow-
ing on burned-over ground in the open veld, at 350--1500 m. altitude,
in flower in January, August, October, and December. The corollas
are said to have been "blue" on Endlich 75 and Robinson 4805, “light-
blue" on Germain 6520, "pink" on Bonrle 4.n., and "lower petal blue,

264 Poh ¥ots@lk @oGehlAa Vol. 59, No. 4

the rest pale-green" on Wild 2068,

Material of this variety has been distributed in herbaria as
typical C. discoLon (Klotzsch) Vatke, C. mynicoides (Hochst.) R. Br.,
Bouchea hederacea Sond., and Holmskiokdia sp. On the other hand,
the Goldsmith 101/61, distributed as C. discolor var. kikimands char-
ense, actually is better regarded as var. opposctifolium Thomas and
Mifne-Redhead 625 is C. Lwmbuense DeWild.

Citations: ZAIRE: Genmain 6520 (Mu); Quanné 4810 (Br, Br, Br, N).
TANZANIA: Tanganyika: End2ich 75 (Mu); E. A. Robinson 4605 (Mu);
Volkens 226 (Br, Ld--photo, N, N--photo). KENYA: Fries & Faies 274a
(Br, S); Lindb£om 4.n. [1911-1912] (S). ZIMBABWE: Bore 4.n. (Af);
Hack 14 (Rh--12610); Lanjouw 1348 (Ut--46287a); Wikd 2068 (Rh--17952).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. MACROCALYX Mold., Phytologia 4: 47. 1952.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 4: 47. 1952; Mold., Résumé 141 &
449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 218 & 536. 1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the calyx at time of anthesis broadly campanulate, 7--9 mm. long
and wide, decidedly red-tinged on the lobes, and externally pubes-
cent, and the leaves decussate-opposite.

The variety is based on P. Quanné 1872 from Mimanua, Zaire, col-
lected in August of 1929 and deposited in the Brussels herbarium.
Thus far it is known only from the original collection.

Citations: ZAIRE: Quanné 1872 (Br--type, Br--isotype, Br--iso-
type, Ld--photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of isotype).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. OPPOSITIFOLIUM Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 85 & 86. 1939.

Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]

85 & 86. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 5] &
SOS T9422 iMod SAL ow RWSE ert Cis. FA. R946 P25 oes Sss ees:

762 & 952 (1949), and 4: 1123. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 2, 119, 120, & 181. 1949; Wild, Vict. Falls Handb.
158. 1953; Mold., Résumé 141, 143, 148--150, 153, 215, & 449. 1959;
Mold., ReSume Suppl. 3: 15 (1962), 12: 6 (1965), 13: 4 (1966), and
VE 88. Se W968 soo lad's ELEC Summ 22 2232 9223S 24 eta ee 49.
250, 255, & 358 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Lewalle, Bull. dard. Bot.
Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav. Univ. Off. Dujumb. Fac. Sci. C.20]: [230]. 1972;
Mold., Phytologia 34: 261 & 262. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 218,
222522356225 5 (2320 F282 C2355: 2370 238 0240 b.4SS6.. 219805 Raised
Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 251. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 58: 332.
1985.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the cymes many-flowered and the leaves decussate-opposite.

The variety is based on Buchanan 6982 from Blantyre, Malawi, col-
lected in 1895, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now doubtless
destroyed. Thomas (1936) cites also Buchanan 1383 (regarded by me
as var. dilmmeni) and Whyte s.n. from Malawi.

Collectors have described this plant as a much-branched “shrubby
herb", a small bush, or a low, erect, woody, pubescent shrub or sub-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 265

shrub, 0.5--3 m. tall, sometimes scandent, branched from the base,
single- or many-stemmed, growing in groups, or even as a tree, 4--
6.5 m. tall, the bark rough and fissured, the branches tetragonal,
the sap colorless, the leaves unpleasantly aromatic or odorless, some-
what fleshy, the blades to 15 cm. long, the upper side drying darker,
the lower side slightly lighter green and softly pubescent, the in-
florescence to 30 cm. long, flowers very dainty, handsome, pleasant-
ly aromatic, pollinated by large bees, the calyx 4 mm. long, the
filaments elongate, curved, delicately pale-mauve, the anthers black,
the style delicately pale-mauve, and the fruit drupaceous, at first
green, then red-tinged, finally dark-brown or black, fleshy.

The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Goldsmith
101/61, Jack 4.n., Peter 38013 & 42444, Pole-Evans & Enends 912, and
Quanné 1376,"light-blue" on Peter 16649, “pale-blue" on Benson 964
and Greenway 6282, "bluish" on Peter 45742, “bright-blue" on Benson
992, “lilac-blue" on Tanner 3291, “lavender-blue" on Shantz & Turner
4115, “clear-blue" on Lawalle 2365 and Santos 674,"lilac" on Tonne &
Paiva 11082, "blue-green" on Munch 345, "greenish" on Peters 34294,
"mauve" on Faufkner Kew.104 and Panton 4.n., “delicate pale-mauve"
on Norman S.17, "“grayish-blue" on Peter 9657, “mauve to violet" on
Reekmans 2047, “blue and white" on Peter 33718, “greeny-purple" on
Faulkner 137, “greenish-yellow” on Torne & Paiva 11007, “white" on
Shabani 8&4, “white with 1 petal blue" on Gomes Pedro 407, “with
violet lip" on Torre 3156, “with the lower petal violet" on Torre
588, “blue, the center petal deeper blue" on Richards 27074, "lower
petal blue, the remainder green" on Wild 2027 & 2988, “lip bright-
blue, the remainder green" on Bullock 2228, “greenish-cream with |
large blue petal" on Leach 11286, "green except for the pale-blue
lower petal" on Robinson 2935, and "4 lobes white, the 5th bright-
blue" on Millen B.1140. On Eyles 458 the label states "“corolla-
tube green, 2 lateral pairs of lobes greenish and at right angles to
the axis, the 5th lobe narrow, blue, and parallel with the axis".

Collectors have found this plant growing on savannas and shrubby
savannas, herbaceous savannas with grasses growing to 3m. tall,
Acacia albida grasslands, tree-grass and sand veld, grassy campos,
secondary steppes, primeval forests and Braachystegia woodlands,
shortgrass open downlands, and roadside scrub, along roadsides and
brooks, on rocky hillsides, in thin sandy soil of pastures, at the
edges of pine plantations, in the substrate of deciduous forests, on
rocky granitic deserts, among rocks on hill slopes and riversides,
in red soil of bushland, and on the inner slopes of volcano craters,
at 65--2300 m. altitude, in flower in every month of the year, and
in fruit in February, May, and September to November. Faulkner re-
fers to it as "fairly common in plantations and light forests" in
Mozambique, where there is an average annual rainfall of 32 inches;
Greenway found it "local in Hypannhena grasslands" in Malawi.

Vernacular names recorded for this plant are “n'amgho ngoi yako",
"nghuwambu wa matongo", “omufilamapongo", and "“umukuzanyana".

In Tanganyika a decoction of the roots is used as an enema to
treat constipation. The roots are also pounded in cold water and
the resulting decoction used to treat stomach-ache. The leaves are

266 BobiaiEnOu0 0x6 bod Vol. 59, No. 4

thrown into campfires to ward off mosquitoes.

The Bullock 2228a collection, cited below, is said by the collec-
tor to have been taken "from a young plant with larger leaves and
relatively fewer flowers, the latter larger and the green portion
almost white".

Wild (1953) cites A@@en 102 from Victoria Falls, while Lewalle
(1972) cites Lewakle 2365 from Burundi.

Material of C. discolor var. py sora has been distributed
in many herbaria as typical C. discokor (Klotzsch) Vatke or as C,
mynicoides (Hochst.) R. Br. and in some herbaria as C. bukobense
GUrke, C. cuneatum Giirke, C. discolor var. kikimandscharense Thomas,
C. tanganytkense J. G. Baker, and Cyckonema sylvaticwn Hochst.

On the other hand, the Dehn 558, distributed as C. discolor var.
oppositifolium, seems better placed as C. cunecforme Mold., while
Davies 23248 iS C. discokon var. crenatum Thomas and Dehn 558/53
seems to be C, discolor var. pkuriglorum Gtirke.

Citations: ZAIRE: Bequaert 252 (Br); Baedo 3472 (Br), 3495 (Br);
Cabu 137 (Br); Giorgi 42 (Br), 56 (Br); Homb2é 733 (Br); Quanne 1376
(Af, Br, Br. Br), 6076 (Br), 7058 (Br), 7156 (Br), 7600 (Br, N);
Risopoukos 201 (E--2168590); F. A. Rogers 10174 (Tm). BURUNDI: Le-
walle 2365 (Ac), 2484 (Gz, Ld), 2933 (Gz); Reekmans 2047 (E-2209182);
Troupin 8653 (Hi--206784). RWANDA: Troupin 5635 (N), 8535 (N).
UGANDA: Norman S.17 (W--2071996). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Bulfock
2228 (B); Konitschoner 1855 (Af); Peter 382 [0.1.15] (B), 7849 [0.
II1.12] (B), 9567 [0.111.69] (B), 9657 [O.III.70] (B), 17744 [O.IV.
101] (8), 18385 [0.1V.120] (B), 18649 [0.1V.130] (B), 27339 [0.IV.
208] (B), 22664 [0.1V.264] (B), 23492 [0.1V.303] (B), 33778 [V.109]
(B), 34294 [V.116] (B), 34542 [V.122] (B), 380173 [V.170] (B), 42383
[V.286] (B), 42444 [V.287] (B), 43595 [V.315] (B), 45742 [V.110]
(BAB) 6178502 Ie 127 Jo), 257793 [O.1V.120] (B), 51796 [0.1V.327 ]
(B), 01,18 (B, B); Pofe-Evans & Enens 912 (Af); M. Richards 27074
(N); Shabani &84 (Mu); Tanner 1208 (Mi, N), 3297 (Mi, N); J. H.
Vaughan 2654(W--2963763). KENYA: Hi€debrandt 2729 (Mu--1612); Mearns
1051 (W--631087), 1117 (W--631148), 1177 (W--631220), 1938 (W--
631895), 2539 (W--632498). ANGOLA: HuTla: “Antunes or Dekindt" 366
(U1), 4.n. (U1, Ul); Barbosa & Moreno 9986 (U1); Gossweiken 13440
(U1); E. J. Mendes 437 (U1), 608 (U1), 846 (U1); F. A. Mendonca 4621
(U1); R. Santos 107 (U1), 674 (U1). Mossamedes: Henriques & Moreno
79 (U1). ZAMBIA: E, A, Robinson 2935 (Mu). ZIMBABWE: C. E. F. Ag-
ken 102 (Rh); N. C. Chase 3648 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 33832] (N),

3649 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 33831] (N), 4756 [Govt. Herb. Salisb.
35474] (N); Corby 228 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 22380] (N); Crook M.130
[Govt. Herb. Salisb. 31664] (N); R. M. Davies 0.255 [Govt. Herb.
Salisb. 23248] (N); Eyles 458 (Rh), 5067 (Rh); Fries, Norlindh, &
Weimanck 2456 (Mu); B. Goldsmith 101/61 (S); Gomes Pedro 407 [Herb.
Moc. Cent. Invest. Cient. 497] (Af); Hack s.n. (Rh--12979); J.C.
Hopkins 4.n. [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 7865] (N), s.n. [Govt. Herb. Sal-
isb. 7783] (N); R. W. Jack 4.n. [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 7478] (N, Rh);
Leach 11286 (Mu); Lovemone 177 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 35143] (N); “H.
G. M." 2634 (Rh); G. M. McGnegon M.14/51 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 32449]
(N); O. B. MéeQen B.1140 (Af); Panton s.n. [Govt. Herb. Salisb.
30810] (Af, Bm, N); Peter 51164 [S.66] (B); Wild 2027 [Govt. Herb.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£ernodendrzum 267

Salisb. 18175] (K, N), 2988 (Rh--25185). MALAWI: F. M. Benson 964
(Af--28114), 992 (Af-28109); J. Buchanan 4.n. [J. M. Wood 6982; Na-
tal Herb. 14288] (Na); Greenway 6282 (Af); E. Lawrence 234 (Br);
Stolz 317 (Mu--4222); Whyte s.n. [Dec. 1896] (N), 4.n. [Zomba] (W--
550810). MOZAMBIQUE: Huila: Mendes 608 (Ld). Manica e Sofala: Toar-
ne 2156 (U1), 3759 (Ld). Niassa: Torne 588 (U1, Ul); Torre & Paiva
11007 (U1). Quelimane: Faufknenr Kew.104 (N). Tete: Torre & Paiva
11082 (U1). Zambezia: F. A. Mendonca 1426 (Ld). Province undeter-
mined: Cedro 433 (Af); Faulkner 137 (Af); Honey 807 (Af, N--photo);
Hornby 2826 (Af); Munch 345 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 30568] (N). SOUTH
AFRICA: Natal: Knauss Sen. [Oct. '39] (Mu--873). Transvaal: Roberts
S.n. [Herb. Transv. Mus. 15844] (Tm); Schieben 7709 (N); Shantz &
Turner 4115 (Au--123209, Tu--129118). CULTIVATED: New York: Bonin
Site) PNS-Y.) Bot. Gard. Cult. Pl. 78465] (N).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. PLURIFLORUM Gtirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 30:
391 [as "C£enodendron" |]. 1901; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 85. 1936.

Synonymy: CLerodendron discolor var. pluriflorwm GUrke, Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. 30: 391. 1901. CLenodendrwm discolor var. plurriflorwm
Thomas ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 21 in syn. 1942.

Bibliography: GUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 30: 391. 1901; B. Thomas,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 85--86. 1936; Mold., Alph.
List Inv. Names 21. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
Qdes 1,2 4552 4952515080 br 89) (1942) andiedt: 2, 1105% 116,/ 118541205
181, & 214. 1949; Mold., Résumé 134, 141, 143, 146, 149, 150, 272, &
AAS P95 9e Cut... Bully dards Bot. Bruxin32< Supple 799... 1962;- Molds.
Résumé Suppl. 13: 4. 1966; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 212, 228, 235, 242,
249, 250, & 461 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 34: 261.
LaeeeMold ia Phytol «Meme <22) 203. 2185.225,9 2301, 2328) 237 yu23e9 240%
244, 249, & 536. 1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing many-flowered branches which are 6-angular, with longitudinal
ridges, and subglabrate, the leaf-blades marginally subentire.

The variety is based on Goetze 1437 from Kananda in Unyika, Tan-
ganyika, collected on November 14, 1899, and deposited in the Berlin
herbarium, now doubtless destroyed.

Collectors describe this plant as a small, mostly sarmentose
shrub, 1.5--5 m. tall, usually many-stemmed, sometimes 1-stemmed,
the stems when single to 2 cm. in diameter at the base, the leaf-
blades paler beneath, and the flowers profuse. They have found it
on hilly plateaus, in thick bushland on black soil, among volcanic
boulders on "cultivation steppes", and in forests of tall trees and
dense shrubs with Chlorophona excelsa, Sterculia appendiculata, and
Cuscnia anbonea, at 200--1700 m. altitude, in flower in January,
February, May, and November. Gomes & Sousa refer to it as "frequent
in red loamy soil of open forests" in Mozambique.

The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Gomes & Sousa 4334,
Perdue & Kibuwa 8136, and Torne 707, “blue-lilac" on Barbosa & Mone-
no 10142, “blue-violet" on Ash 2947, and "violet" on Torre 4741.

Thomas (1936) cites Steudner 1309 from Ethiopia, Busse 912, Goetze

268 PotlaYeT.oOsb OaGe bal Vol.°59, \No.%4

Schkieben 213 & 238 and Stolz 470 from Tanganyika, Ties£er 29 from
Mozambique, and Fritzsche 282 andHundt 68 from Angola. Cufodontis
(1962) cites only Goetze 1437 and Steudner 1309.

The Torne 4741 collection, cited below, is said (in an annotation
on the mounted sheet) to match Goetze 1437 and Hundt 68 in the Brit-
ish Museum herbarium.

Material of this variety has been distributed in some herbaria as
typical C. discokon (Klotzsch) Vatke and as its var. oppositifoLiom
Thomas.

Citations: ETHIOPIA: Ash 2947 (W--2837028). ZAIRE: Quanné 2629
(Br, Br), 2836 (Br, Br, Br, Br, Br, N). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Goetze
1437 (Br--isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, N--fragment of isotype, N--
photo of isotype); Schkieben 238 (Br, Ld--photo, N, N--photo). KEN-
YA: Perdue & Kibuwa 8136 (Mu). ANGOLA: Huila: Barbosa & Moreno
10142 (U1); Mendes 609 (U1), 635 (U1), 637 (Ld, Ul). Mossamedes:
Fritzsche 282 (S). ZIMBABWE: Dehn 558/53 (Mu). MALAWI: Sto£z 470
(B, Mu--4223, S). MOZAMBIQUE: Niassa: Tonne 707 (U1). Province un-
A Gomes & Sousa 4334 (U1); Toane 4741 (U1); Torne & Paiva
9426 (Ul).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. RUBRICALYX Mold., Phytologia 4: 47. 1952.
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 4: 47. 1952; Mold., Résumé 141,
142, & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228 & 235 (1971) and 2: 864.

1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 218, 225, & 536. 1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
decidedly red calyxes during and after anthesis; these are 3--4 mm.
long, 4--6 mm. wide, and externally glabrous; the leaves are ternate.

The variety is based on Rossignok 218 from 2000 m. altitude at
Iurala, Zaire, collected on November 25, 1939, and deposited in the
Brussels herbarium.

Collectors have encountered this plant “en savane serbeuse mais
tres seche", at 1100--2000 m. altitude, in flower in April and No-
vember, describing it as a “petit arbuste 66--95 cm." tall.

Citations: ZAIRE: Quanne 7970 (Br); RossignoL 218 (Br--type, Ld--
photo of type, N--photo of type); RRPP. Salesiens S.976 (Br). TAN-
ZANIA: Tanganyika: Schkieben 4294 (Br, N).

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. VERBASCIFOLIUM Mold., Phytologia 7: 79.
1959.

Synonymy: CLerodendron verbascifoLium Wall. ex Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 1: 6 in syn. 1959. CRenodendnron discolor var. verbaserifolium
Mold. apud Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 592. 1962.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 7: 79. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
LtnQs, 163825) A959: Anonnys Associ wEtuds, Tax. FlAcAfriwiropet ite
1959: 53. 1960; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 35: 1688. 1960; Hocking, Excerpt.
Bot. A.4: 592. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 13: 6. 1966; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 235, 443, & 459 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
23. 225& 536. 4980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
very large leaves, which are to 17.5 cm. long and 10 cm. wide and
very densely long-pubescent on both surfaces.

[to be continued ]

AN UNDERVIEW OF THE GENUS SCHISTOCARPHA (ASTERACEAE-HELIANTHEAE )
B. L. Turner

Department of Botany, Univ. of Texas, Austin TX 78713-7640

INTRODUCTION

Robinson (1979) presented a study of Schistocarpha which is
revisionary in nature, albeit based almost entirely upon herbarium
sheets at the U. S. National Herbarium (US). None of the 16
species which he recognized was observed in the field, nor did he
avail himself of the large suite of specimens to be found in yet
other herbaria. Because of this I have felt the need to provide an
"underview" (as opposed to overview) of the genus, a view from the
bottom-up, looking at relationships from the populational level,
and with a much broader survey of materials from institutions other
than those at US.

Robinson (1979) provides a reliable introduction to the
history of the group and correctly notes that the genus is properly
positioned in the subtribe Galinsoginae of the Heliantheae, and
that what was long thought to be its nearest generic relative,
Neurolaena, is not especially close. He fails to note, however,
that the most compelling evidence for a more remote relationship is
the relatively small chromosomes on a base of x=1]1 in Neurolaena,
versus the relatively large chromosomes on a base of x=8 in
Schistocarpha (Turner, 1982). It would appear that the latter
genus is most closely related to Oteiza, as noted by Robinson
(1979); indeed, so much so that the latter worker "unnecessarily
EBegescribed"s0. raucophila (J... D©Smith)eFay,) naming «this
Schistocarpha steyermarkii H. Robs. Oteiza, with only two
disparate species, predated Schistocarpha so, as noted by Robinson,
it would be unseemly to unite the two genera. Fay (1977; pers.
correspondence) has noted that his Oteiza raucophila "obviously has
close affinities with S. seleri and probably should be placed in
Schistocarpha." But Robinson (1979), while noting the relationship
suggested by Fay, states that "the species of Oteiza seem clearly
outside of Schistocarpha and more closely related to each other,
but differences between the two species are greater than any seen
within the larger genus Schistocarpha." This would appear to be an
accurate analysis. All of this is complicated by generic
relationships in the subtribe Galinsoginae generally, and relates
to such well known taxa as Galinsoga and Sabazia, as attested to by
Robinson (1979). Even Fay (pers. comm.) notes that Oteiza might be
included "in a further expanded Sabazia" or its relatives (i.e.,
those elements separated from Calea and placed in Sabazia by
Urbatsch and Turner, 1975).

269

270 PSHE TF OrkeOsth A Vol. 59, No. 4

An accurate generic boundary of Schistocarpha is difficult to
draw, largely because no one has undertaken a broad inclusive study
of the subtribe Galinsoginae. Such a study among the 10 or more
genera which relate to Schistocarpha is much-needed. Until this is
undertaken it would seem prudent to accept Oteiza as recommended by
Fay (1975), Urbatsch and Turner (1975) and Robinson (1979).
However, transfer of O. raucophila to Schistocarpha might seem
appropriate, leaving Oteiza itself monotypic; yet such a transfer
ought await newly assembled information, namely chromosomal and
chemical data.

SPECIES RELATIONSHIPS

In the abbreviated account that follows I saw little reason to
describe again the various taxa or species-groups treated by
Robinson. Rather, where judgement and field work suggest
concordance with his views I have merely noted that fact. Where I
have placed into synonymy one or more of Robinson's "recognized"
species it will be understood that the older name to which they are
appended includes the description of those taxa rendered by
Robinson, and the deliniations should be expanded accordingly. In
most instances the descriptions so emended would be trivial.
Indeed, Strother (pers. comm.) would go much further than I and
include nearly all of Robinson's segregate taxa, and several of my
own, in a wide-spread, variable, Schistocarpha bicolor.

Strother's view is essentially that derived from a limited
sample largely without accompaning field studies. Which is,
coincidentally, the same kind of background for Robinson's study.
But oh the difference!

My study culminates some 10 years of interest in the genus.
It was largely piqued by my observations of taxa in the wild,
especially from field work in northcentral Oaxaca where putative
hybrids between Schistocarpha liebmannii and S. bicolor were
detected. As a consequence of my field observations I believe that
the present study has a sound biological focus and that the
specific taxa recognized are populational entities with cohering
characters reflective of integrated gene pools which are largely
confined to specific habitat types which extend over reasonably
large regions.

I freely admit that my treatment of the Schistocarpha
longiligula complex is based upon inferences from my field
experience with yet other species of Schistocarpha elsewhere than
in Chiapas and Guatemala, and that my recognition of but two
regionally intergrading varieties is largely arbitrary. Clearly
the extremes would be worthy of recognition were there not a
plethera of intermediates. I do believe, however, that competent
field observations will show that the local populations are
probably fairly homogeneous but variable from population to
population, with occasional hybridization and gene flow between

1986 Turner, Genus Schistocarpha 271

these. Which is perhaps the rule for many species of the montane
cloud forests in Central America where spatial isolation and small
populations has permitted the localization and subsequent
divergence of this or that founder group. To include all such
variant populations under a single specific name, as envisioned by
Strother is perhaps defensible on pragmatic grounds, but it
obscures useful information; to recognize the numerous intergrading
local populational units as "good" taxa is equally misleading in a
biological or "species" sense. All we can hope for at the present
time is a "balanced" treatment of Schistocarpha with the knowledge
that some field-oriented, quasi-experimentalist, will, in due
course, unravel the more intractible species-knots.

CHROMOSOME NUMBERS

Robinson (1979) failed to provide an account of the chromosome
numbers which have been reported for the various species of the
genus, consequently such is provided here. The first counts for
the genus were obtained by Turner et al. (1961) from Schistocarpha
bicolor. It proved to be n=8 pairs. Subsequent counts for 8 of
the 10 species have been diploid with 2n=16, confirming a base
number of x=8.

Species Voucher and/or reference
S. bicolor Turner et al. (1961)
S. bicolor Turner et al. (1962)
S. eupatorioides Turner and King (1964)
S. eupatorioides Kiel and Stuessy (1975)
S. eupatorioides Jansen and Stuessy (1980)
S. eupatorioides Jansen et al. (1984).
Reported as S. paniculata.
S. eupatorioides Robinson et al. (1981)
S. liebmannii Poole & McDonald 2238 (TEX)
S. longiligula Robinson et al. (1981)
var. longiligula
S. longiligula Strother (1983).
var. seleri
S. matudae Strother (1983)
S. paniculata Robinson et al. (1981)
S. platyphylla Strother (1983)
S. sinforosii Escobar & Uribe 398 (LL)
S. sinforosii Jansen et al. (1984)
S. sinforosii Wurdack 796 (TEX)

Jansen et al. (1984) report a chromosome count of n=8 for
Schistocarpha paniculata from Colombia but examination of their
voucher (Stuessy & Funk 5667, OSU) shows the plant to be rather

typical Ss. eupatorioides. § Schistocarpha paniculata has well-
developed ligules and is known only from Costa Rica.

272 PritteNerto' Oe Lae Galak Vol. 59, Magee
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Elizabeth Lawson (currently a doctoral candidate at Cornell
University) stimulated my interest in Schistocarpha while engaged
in a study of the group during 1977-78. She provided a fairly
conservative overview of the genus based upon material from most of
the major herbaria in North America except that at US. Her brief
written report to me (as part of a graduate research problem ir
advanced systematics), before Robinsons publication and without
access to his material, recognized but 7 or 8 species. I
subsequently examined collections from DUKE, MSC, OSU, UC, US and
XAL. Collectively this material serves as the basis for the
present study. I am grateful to the Directors of the following
herbaria for the loan of materials (CAS, DS, DUKE, ENCB, F, GH, LL,
MICH, MO, MSC, NY, OSU, TEX, UL, US, XAL). John Strother provided
tart but friendly comments regarding this or that taxon as
represented in Chiapas, which provoked me to put all this down on

paper.
KEY TO SPECIES OF SCHISTOCARPHA

1. Ray florets (21)30-80 in 2-4 series [2]
1. Ray florets (3)5-21 in a single series [4]

2. Rays yellow; ligule of ray floret 1/5
the length of the tube or less (or

ADSENE ) 6 oss Sas Se Teil lecie ewe cclens cans 1. S. eupatorioides
2. Rays white; ligule of ray floret 1/3 the
length of the tube or longer [3]
ae Ray florets mostly 40-60, their ligules 5-10 mm

3. Ray florets mostly 21-34(39), their ligules
mostly 3-5 mm long [3a]

3a. Ligules of ray florets 5-10 mm long; N. Am.

PLANES 2s o's esis Sec dceeewencsevcceccccccsine 3. SJ seroatii

3a. Ligules of ray florets 2-4 mm long; S. An.
plants....... (hybrids, S. eupatorioides x S. sinforosii).

4. Petioles conspicuously winged throughout, often

expanded at the base and extending across the node;

ray florets mostly 11-15 (hybridizes with

S. liebmannii, in which case F) and backcrosses

may not readily key to either taxon)............ 4e0 Ss-bicoter
4. Plants without the above combination of characters [5]

5s Capitulescence lax, containing 8-12 heads on

pedicels 20-50 mm long at maturity; heads

(excluding rays) broader than long..... 5. S. pedicellata
5s Capitulescence strict, congested, containing

30 or more heads on pedicels mostly 15(20) mm

1986 Turner, Genus Schistocanrpha 973

long or less; heads (excluding rays) as long as
broad or longer[6]

6. Involucres mostly 6-8 mm long; South American

BRECISS Ss hb ee lee ee Mec cc cece cvcscucvstecce 6. S. sinforosii
6. Involucres mostly 5-6 mm long; North American

species[7]

7. lLigules of the ray florets 2/3 or less the
length of the tube (or absent) [8]

7. Ligules of the ray florets 2/3 or more the
length of the tube [9]

8. Florets ca. 20 per head; involucral bracts 14-18,

mostly 2-3 seriate, glabrous or nearly so, straminous,

noe spreading at Maturity eos U Tes Ne ee 7. S. platyphylla
8. Florets ca. 30 per head; involucral bracts dirty

brown or blackish, mostly 3-4 seriate, variously

pubescent, usually spreading at maturity...10. S. longiligula

9. Stems, at maturity, glabrate or nearly so;

lower surfaces of the blade (except for veins)

glabrous, the upper surface samewhat darker

than the lower; disc florets 10-12, their

corollas sparsely pubescent; populations of

montane cloud forests of northcentral Oaxaca

and adjacent VeracruzZ....cccccccceccsces 8. S. liebmannii
9. Plants without the above combination of

characters and distribution [9]

10. Ray florets 12-21, their ligules 1-4 mm long....9. S. matudae
10. Ray florets 5-12(16), their ligules (3)4-8 mm

1. SCHISTOCARPHA EUPATORIOIDES (Fenzl) O. Kuntze (1898)

S. margaritensis Cuatr. (1954) - a putative hybrid, discussed
below.

In spite of H. Robinson's acceptance of this taxon as a
widespread, highly variable, tropical or subtropical, species (Fig.
1) ranging from Argentina to northeastern Mexico, he saw fit to
retain the segregate, S. margaritensis, which "is more than just an
extreme form of that species. The corymbose inflorescence with
longer pedicels differs from the more thysoid [sic] form with
densely corymbose branches in S. eupatorioides. The smaller number
of ray florets with longer limbs and the larger number of disk
flowers provide additional significant distinctions".

In his key to species, S. margaritensis is said to be

distinguished by its 25-30 rays, their limbs being near 3 mm; disk
flowers 25-40 and pedicels 10-20 mm long. In his description of S.

274 Parti ¥ntoOt Lee? Ged«k Vol. 59, Neees

eupatorioides he notes the rays to range from 40-70, the limbs 1 mm
or less; disk flowers 5-1l, rarely 18 and pedicels mostly 2-10 mm.

These are of course, highly variable characters and isolated
exceptions for nearly all of these can be found in S. eupatorioides
(e. g., pedicels up to 20 mm long in Nicaraguan plants; Stevens
3217, TEX; and 15-20 mm long in Ecuadoran plants, Harling &
Andersson 11984, US; ligules vary from 0.1-1.5 mm over a large
range of the species, e.g. 1.0-1.5 mm long in Colombian plants,
Stuessy & Funk 5735, US; etc.)

Nevertheless, the two known collections of S. margaritensis
are distinctive in several characters, the most notable being the
fewer, longer, white rays which, in combination, distinguish these
from S. eupatorioides. In my opinion, however, both sheets are
probably hybrids or hybrid derivatives from occasionally crosses
between S. eupatorioides and S. sinforosii. The best evidence for
this is the fact that the characters that mark S. margaritensis are
pretty much what one might expect in any putative hybrid between
the taxa involved. Further, both of the putative parents are
sympatric over a broad region of Colombia and both occur within the
vicinity of the only two known collections of S. margaritensis
(e.g., Killip & Hazen 9037, Dept. of Caldas, Rio Quindio, 1500-1700
Mm, 27-30) dul 1922 eis S. eupatorioides; Killip & Hazen 9159, Dept.
of Caldas, "Old Quindio Trail", 3200-3500 m, 2 Aug 1922, is S.
Sinforosii; the putative hybrid between these, Pennell, Killip &
Hazen 8694, Dept. of Caldas, Rio Quindio, 1300-1500 m, 25 Jul 1922,
is cited by Robinson as S. margaritensis).

Occasional natural hybrids between yet other disparate species
of Schistocarpha are known from Mexico (e.g., S. liebmannii x S.
bicolor) consequently those proposed here seem reasonable.

2° SCHISTOCARPHA PANICULATA Klatt (1892)
Schistocarpha wilburii H. Robinson (1979)

This species is seemingly confined to Costa Rica where it
occurs in cloud forest communities at elevations of 1800-2800
meters, mostly on volcanic slopes. In spite of its restricted
distribution, the species is exceedingly variable, both in number
of ray florets (21-39) and the length of the limbs (5-10 mm).
Robinson notes the number of ray florets as 20-25 in his
description but I counted up to 39 on at least 1 sheet (Utley 3805,
DUKE), although the number of ray florets typically varies from 21-
34, even on the same specimen. Nevertheless, Robinson segregated
two sheets from Panama with more numerous ray florets (40-60) and
smaller limbs (2-3 mm) and somewhat smaller involucres as S.
Croatii. The latter species is retained here, primarily because
more recent collections from Panama (D'Arcy 11089, US; Utley 5671,
DUKE; Wilbur 24286, 24305, DUKE) show that the characters concerned
are presumably populational in nature. Nevertheless, the plants

1986 Turner, Genus Schistocarpha 275

concerned are so nearly like S. paniculata that one must suspect
that relatively few genes are involved in the expression of the
diagnostic characters concerned and that additional collection of
montane populations between Costa Rica and Panama might yield
intergrading populations.

Schistocarpha wilburii was distinguished from S. paniculata by
its coriaceous involucral bracts which recurve at the apices and
more indurated central awn of the receptacular bracts, characters
which are highly variable and these are nearly matched in recent
indubitable collections of S. paniculata from Provincia de Cartago,
Costa Rica (e.g., Wilbur 24719, 25478, DUKE). In short, the
present author can find little or no justification for the
recognition of S. wilburii.

3. SCHISTOCARPHA CROATII H. Robinson (1975)

When first described by its author, this species was compared
to Schistocarpha oppositifolia (=S. eupatorioides) but, as noted
above, it is most closely related to S. paniculata. Robinson
(1978) subsequently perceived this relationship, retracting his
initial comparisons, noting that its "closest relationship is
actually to S. paniculata of Costa Rica, though the latter differs
clearly by the smaller numbers of rays with larger limbs."

4. SCHISTOCARPHA BICOLOR Less. (1831)

My understanding of this species is essentially the same as
that of Robinson. The latter author did not provide a map of its
distribution but records at TEX show the plant to occur, as noted
by Robinson, along the eastern Gulf-ward, escarpments of Mexico.
Robinson, however, did not examine specimens from its northernmost
state, Tamaulipas or its southernmost state, Oaxaca. General sites
from which collections were examined by the present author are
shown in Fig. 2.

As noted under the discussion of Schistocarpha liebmannii, the
weedy S. bicolor apparently hybridizes with other species of
Schistocarpha where they grow in close proximity.

5. SCHITOCARPHA PEDICELLATA Klatt (1887)

Other than fragments of the type, Robinson examined only 2
specimens of this taxon, both from the slopes of Mount Orizaba and
both with gland-tipped hairs on their pedicels. The species,
however, possesses forms both with and without glandular trichomes
(e.g., the following collections, cited below, lack glandular
hairs: Ventura 2393, 4666), thus the major key-lead employed by
Robinson to identify the taxon fails on this point. Further,
glandular trichomes also occur occasionally upon the pedicels of S.
longiligula, consequently his key-leads to these taxa will not
always suffice. The best characters to distinguish S. pedicellata

276 PVT OE Ge Galeh Vol, 59, Nea

from yet other species are its relatively few, large, heads with
conspicuous rays which are borne upon elongate pedicels.

The distribution in the present treatment (Fig. ) is based
upon 12 collections; those not examined by Robinson are: OAXACA:
Warnock 2505 (TEX). VERACRUZ: Cosson 563 (GH); Dorantes & Acosta
2200 (ENCB); Nee & Taylor 26256 (TEX); Ventura 57 (ENCB); Ventura
57 (ENCB); Ventura 2393 (ENCB, MICH, TEX); Ventura 3465 (ENCB,
MICH, TEX); Ventura 4666 (ENCB, LL, TEX); Ventura 5125 (DUKE, ENCB,
MICH, NY); Ventura 7729 (ENCB).

6. SCHISTOCARPHA SINFOROSII Cautrecasas (1935)

My understanding of this species is essentially the same as
that of Robinson (1979). It is obviously closely related to S.
longiligula and S. platyphylla of Central America but, as noted by
Robinson, it is for the most part readily distinguished by its
somewhat larger heads and longer ray corollas.

Nevertheless there is considerable variation in Schistocarpha
sinforosii, especially in Colombia. Thus Cuatrecasas et al. 27598
(US) and Todzia et al. 2458 (TEX) have involucres 5-6 mm long and
ray ligules 4-5 mm long (much resembling collections of S.
longiligula from Guatemala) while Cuatrecasas et al. 26830 (US),
has involucres 7-8 mm long and ray ligules 8-9 mm long; occasional
collections have rays 9-11 mm long (e.g., Dept. Caldas, Nevada del
Ruiz, King et al. 5964, US). Relatively small-headed, short-rayed
plants, superficially resembling S. longiligula, also occur in Peru
(e.g., Macbride 4080, 4915, US). In fact the late S. F. Blake has
appended a note to Macbride 4080 commenting that the specimen is so
close to the Mexican and Guatemalan S. bicolor (including S.
longiligula) that he would "hesitate to separate it ... were it not
for the great gap in range." Schistocarpha bicolor of northeastern
Mexico, as noted by Robinson (1979), is readily distinguished by
its broadly winged, often perfoliate petioles and smaller heads
with more numerous ray florets, but S. longiligula of Guatemala and
adjacent Chiapas might readily encompass S. sinforosii. Lawson
(pers. corr.) proposed just that in her preliminary study of the
group. Both taxa are relatively wide-ranging and both show similar
kinds of variation in the size of their heads and the number and
length of their ray florets. Perhaps much of this seemingly
homologous variation is due to recurrent hybridization with one or
more sympatric species, as noted under S. eupatorioides (which
apparently hybridizes upon occasion with S. sinforosii). In any
case both S. longiligula and S. sinforosii are maintained here
largely because of their continental isolation; certainly the
characters that mark them are weak, variable and loosely cohering,
not too unlike the variables associated with the several
intergrading races of Homo sapiens.

It should be added that Robinson (1979) notes that collections
of S. sinforosii were not known from Ecuador thus making the

1986 Turner, Genus Schistocanpha 277

Peruvian populations appear as disjunctional elements; relatively
recent collections from southern Colombia (Dept. Huila, Olsen &
Escobar 531, LL) and adjacent Ecuador (Prov. Pichincha, Boeke 2242,
US; Harling et al. 10459, US) have vitiated this observation.

a SCHISTOCARPHA PLATYPHYLLA Greenm. (1907)
Schistocarpha kellermanii Greenm. (1927)

My understanding of this species is essentially the same as
that of Robinson. However, a few of his annotations apparently
apply to eligulate forms of S. longiligula (e.g. discussion under
that species, below).

8. SCHISTOCARPHA LIEBMANNII Klatt (1887)

Other than fragments of the type, Robinson examined only 3
specimens of this taxon, all from Veracruz. I have examined 12
additional collections from Veracruz (excepting 0-44), as follows:
Paray 3465 (ENCB); Poole et al. 1262, 2237, 2238 (TEX); Turner 0-44
(TEX); Turner 15101 (TEX); Vazquez 1907 (ENCB); Ventura 894 1 894 (ENCB,
MSC), 3140 (ENCB); Ventura 4875 (CAS, ENCB, MICH, TEX); Ventura

5041 (DS, DUKE, ENCB, LL, MICH); Ventura 9479, 11096 (ENCB).

Along highway 175 in Oaxaca (Tuxtepec-Oaxaca), 24 mi S of
Valle Nacional, Schistocarpha liebmannii grows in close proximity
to S. bicolor, which is a weed along the roadside, while the former
is largely confined to damp cliff sides associated with tree ferns,
Selaginella, etc. The species grows in similar habitats in
Veracruz (Turner 15101). Turner 0-44 (cited above) is a putative
F, between these taxa while Poole 2238 is a putative backcross to
one or the other. Poole 2237 is typical S. liebmannii.

Since Strother (pers. comm.) has questioned whether or not S.
liebmannii is distinct from S. bicolor I list below some of the
Many characters that distinguish between them.

Schistocarpha bicolor Schistocarpha liebmannii
1. Robust annual 1-3 m tall 1. Perennial shrublet 1.5-3.0 m
tall

2. Foliage clearly pubescent on 2. Foliage glabrous or nearly
both surfaces so (pubescent along veins)

3. Petioles broadly winged 3. Petioles tapering above but
throughout on the mid-stem essentially unwinged below
and usually connate across and never connate across the
the node node

4. Heads hemispheric, 7-9 mm 4. Heads narrowly campanulate
wide 3-6 mm wide

5. Involucral bracts 20-25, 5. Involucral bracts 16-20,
variously pubescent glabrous or nearly so

6. Ray florets 12-16 6. Ray florets 8(10)

278 Pech Wat oD AkAps Ge eR Vol. 59, No. 4

7. Ray tube very pubescent 7. Ray tube nearly glabrous
(rarely moderately pubescent )

8. Anthers 1.3-1.6 mm long 8. Anthers 1.6-2.0 mm long

9. Pappus of 30-35 setae 9. Pappus of 20-30 setae

10. Plants of lower, drier, 10. Plants of cloud forest
habitats dominated by tree ferns

ll. Widespread weed in disturbed 11. Localized wet areas with
areas other localized endemics

The two species form uniform populations but when growing
together they hybridize - cf. Turner 0-44 (LL), etc.

9, SCHISTOCARPHA MATUDAE H. Robinson (1979)

This species was known to its author by a single specimen from
Mt. Ovando, Chiapas. It is a weakly differentiated taxon, closely
related to S. longiligula but distinguished by its relatively
numerous short ray florets. Robinson related the species to S.
bicolor, but on leaf, involucral and floral characters, as well as
geographic position, it appears closer to the former.

In addition to an isotype, I have examined 7 other sheets
(cited below) which I take to be this taxon. The rays may vary
from 12 to 21 and seem to occur in 1 or 2 series, although Robinson
describes the rays as 12-15 in a single series. The additional
sheets, all from Chiapas, are: Breedlove 34573, 41959 (CAS) Ton
3574 (DS, ENCB, MICH), 3860 (CAS, LL).

10. SCHISTOCARPHA LONGILIGULA Rydb. (1927)

This is a variable widespread species of Central America and
adjacent Mexico. H. Robinson recognized 5 species from among this
variation, 2 of these concocted by him, the latter each represented
by but a single sheet. Both are within the geographical range of
S. longiligula as treated here. Within the S. longiligula complex
I am able to recognize but 2 intergrading infraspecific taxa as
follows:

Ray florets predominantly 11-18; disc corollas usually densely
hispidulous; stems variously hirsute to appressed-puberulent to
glabrate (rarely with glandular trichomes).....var. longiligula

Ray florets predominantly 8-12(16); disc corollas usually
sparsely hispidulous; stems appressed-puberulent to glabrate
(rarely with glandular trichomes)........... -var. seleri

Robinson included S. longiligula in his "bicolor group"
(including also S. bicolor, S. matudae and S. seleri) while S.
hondurensis, S. chiapensis and S. pseudoseleri were included (along
with S. platyphylla, S. liebmannii and S. sinforosii) in his
"platyphylla group". These allocations are apparently arbitrary,
inclusion in the latter depending primarily upon ray-floret number

(8-10, rarely 12, vs. 11-18) and involucral bract number (16-20 vs.

1986 Turner, Genus Schistocarpha 279

20-40), meristic characters which are highly variable both within
and between populations, especially in southern Mexico, to judge
from the suite of specimens examined in the present study. As
noted below, considering the seemingly homologous character-
variations found in both S. pedicellata and S. longiligula var.
seleri (e.g., glandular trichomes) and the fact that the latter
taxon intergrades with the var. longiligula (e.g., in ray floret
number, mostly 12-18 in the former, 5-11 in the latter), it would
appear more reasonable to include both S. pedicellata and S.
longiligula within the "bicolor" group. This is especially
suggestive since S. bicolor apparently hybridizes with S.
liebmannii in Oaxaca forming both putative F, and backcrosses
(discussed under the latter taxon). Altogether its pattern of
geographic variation, and capacity to exchange genes under
sympatric situations, strongly suggests that the species delineated
by Robinson are artificially conceived and arbitrarily clustered
into species groups.

Finally, it should be noted that Strother (pers. comm.) would
include nearly all of the species with well-developed rays
(including S. paniculata, S. platyphylla and S. liebmannii) in
synonymy under Schistocarpha bicolor. While such a treatment makes
easy the recognition and annotation of herbarium sheets it belies
the assortment of correlated morphological characters found in
populational form in nature; indeed, my field experience in the
states of Veracruz and Oaxaca show that populations of S.
paniculata, S. liebmannii and S. pedicellata are quite distinct,
occupying montane habitats mostly isolated from the widespread,
more lowland, weedy, S. bicolor. But where the latter occasionally
enters in or near the range of yet other species, hybridization can
be expected (c.f. comments under S. liebmannii).

10a. SCHISTOCARPHA LONGILIGULA Rydb. var. LONGILIGULA
S. hondurensis Standl. & L. Wms. (1952)
S. chiapensis H. Robinson (1979)
S. pseudoseleri H. Robinson (1979)

The var. longiligula is exceedingly variable. Unfortunately
Robinson, in his study, did not avail himself of the abundant
material of this taxon housed as CAS, DS, LL, MSC, TEX, or UC. In
the present study I have examined over 15 different Chiapan
collections from 9 or more municipa lities, none of which was
examined by Robinson. At the type locality and vicinity (Dept. of
Quiche, Guatemala) the taxon possesses hirsute stems and 11-13
rays, however, populations to the west become progressively less
pubescent and the rays become reduced in number (8-12). A_ single
depauperate plant from among the latter (with 8 ray florets and 8-
10 disc florets) was designated S. pseudoseleri by H. Robinson. He
also recognized an additional plant from Chiapas with more numerous

280 Prbo¥of OobaOcGegon Vol. 59, No. 4

florets but with puberulous or glabrate stems as S. chiapensis.
Thus, his recognition of S. hondurensis, after initially sinking
this into synonymy with Gh ‘longiligula (Robinson, 1974), is not
surprising, since to single « out 2 weakly differentiated individuals
as "new species" in his 1979 study almost mandated such
reconsideration. According to Robinson, S. hondurensis can be
recognized by its eight ray florets "and by the unique, uniformly
scabrid surface of the disk corollas." The uniformly scabrid disk
corollas are not unique to those populations designated as S.
hondurensis. Rather this is a wamaaile character found in several
other taxa within Schistocarpha; indeed, it occurs in plants of S.

longiligula from southeastern fied ie Mexico (Matuda 5046, LL;

5080 LL) near and about the type locality of Robinson's s.

Chiapensis which, as noted above, I take to be synonymous with var.

longiligula (although it grades toward var. seleri). In addition,
it would appear that characters which mark populations of the
latter variety intergrade with populations about Municipio
Tenejapa; the latter belong to the var. seleri, c.f. below.
Another intermediate appears to be the Breedlove 9487 (LL) from
Municipio Zinacantan.

Finally, it should be noted that occasional plants may possess
relatively few ray florets (ca 8) which appear eligulate (e.g., El
Salvador: Tucker 1280; UC, US). Robinson cites the latter
collection as belonging to S. platyphylla, although, except for
their eligulate condition, they more readily relate to S.

longiligula (as noted in my key to species).

10b. SCHISTOCARPHA LONGILIGULA var. SELERI (Rybd.) Turner, comb
nov. - based upon Schistocarpha seleri seleri Rydb., N. Amer. FL. 34: 305.
BRS J es

Lawson (unpubl.) included this taxon in her broad concept of
S. longiligula. Sufficient collections from the region about
Ococingo and Tenejapa, Chiapas, exist so as to suggest that the
suite of characters used to recognize the taxon are diagnostic.
Nevertheless, the characters which distinguish var. seleri from
var. longiligula appear to intergrade and occasional plants from
both their range may possess pedicellate glands. This strongly
suggests that the taxa are largely allopatric, intergrading, units
deserving of varietal status at most. It is likely that the
pedicellate glands and more numerous ray florets link these western
populations of S. longiligula with the Veracruz—Oaxacan species, S.
pedicellata, which is largely distinguished by its fewer-headed
capitulescence and generally longer pedicels and ray ligules.

Other than the type, Robinson examined only two sheets of the
var. seleri. In addition, I have examined the following, all from
the Municipio of Tenejapa in central Chiapas (Fig. ): Breedlove
9290 (DS, LL) 15283 (DS); Ton 695 (LL), 699 (MSC), 2107 (LL, MSC),
2249 (LL, MSC). mat 695 and nd 2107 approach the var. “longiligula.

1986 Turner, Genus Schistocarpha 281
LITERATURE CITED

Fay, J. J. 1975. New combinations in Perymenium and Oteiza
(Asteraceae-Heliantheae). Phytologia 31: 16-17.

Jansen, R. K. and T. F. Stuessy. 1980. Chromosome counts of
Campositae fram Latin America. Amer. J. Bot. 67: 585-594.

Jansen, R. K., T. F. Stuessy, S. Diaz-Piedrahita and V. A. Funk.
1984. Recuentos chromosomicos en Compositae de Colombia.
Caldasia'4: 7-20.

Keil, D. J. and T. F. Stuessy. 1975. Chromosome counts of
Compositae from the United States, Mexico, and Guatemala.
Rhodora 77: 171-195.

Robinson, H. 1974. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae),
III: A new species of Schistocarpha. Phytologia 29: 247-250.

Robinson, H. 1979. A study of the genus Schistocarpha
(Heliantheae: Asteraceae). Smithsonian Contrib. Bot. 42: l-
20.

Robinson, H., et al. 1981. Chromosome numbers in Compositae,
XII: Heliantheae. Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 52: 1-28.

Strother, J. L. 1983. More chromosome studies in Compositae.
Amer. J. Bot. 70: 1217-1224.

Turner, B. L. 1982. Taxonomy of Neurolaena (Asteraceae-
Heliantheae). Pl. Syst. Evol. 140: 119-139.

Turner, B. L., W. L. Ellison and R. M. King. 1961. Chromosome
numbers in the Compo sitae. IV. North American species, with
phyletic interpretations. Amer. J. Bot. 48: 216-223.

Turner, B. L. and R. M. King. 1964. Chromosome numbers in the
Compositae. VIII. Mexican and Central American species.
Southwestern Natural,9: 27-39.

Turner, B. L., M. Powell and R. M. King, 1962. Chromsome numbers
in the Compositae. VI. Additional Mexian and Guatemalan
species. Rhodora 64: 251-271.

Urbatsch, L. E. and B. L. Turner. 1975. New species and
combinations in Sabazia (Heliantheae, Galinsoginae).
Brittonia 27: 348-354.

282 P shia oO ob.AOGe aA Vol. 59, Noct4

%
Tagless
Mya
@
° as
Ay @
e @ / eo?
"te, ee) ae ¢
ers \e f ‘saa
x ° at Y Ae 2
'e % oN
gi. _teline:
ee P)
ae 5
sem
er a
Sie Se
ee,
*e, :
Ci pes
e e ¢ -
e\ 9s
jes a
goa eee |
ae
\

Schistocarpha

eupatorioides

(EL, TEX; US)

Fig.|. Schistocarpha eupatorioides

1986

Turner, Genus Schistocarpha

Fig. 2. Schistocarpha bicolor, S. platyphylla.

284 PSHM NT 00.26.20 46240R Vol. 59, No. 4

Fig. 3. Schistocarpha sinforosii.

1986 Turner, Genus Schtstocanpha 285

Fig. 4. Schistocarpha liebmanii (e), S.
pedicellata(°o), S. matudae (x).

Fig.5. Schistocarpha longiligula var.
longiligula (¢),; var. seleri (°),

286 PH VSP DP GAR tA Vol. 59, Nowa

Rica

Panama

°§S. croatii
eS. paniculata

Fig.6. Schistocarpha croatii(o),; S. paniculata (e).

NOTEWORTHY GRASSES FROM MEXICO XII.

Alan A. Beetle, APDO Postal 284.
Hermosillo, Sonora, Mexico

These are results from continuing studies sponsored by the
Comision Tecnico Consultiva para la determinacion Regional de
los coeficientes de Agostadero, fundada en 1966, under the
Secretaria de Agricultura y recursos hidraulicos.

For previous papers see Phytologia 27:1974; 28:1974;
30:1975; 35:1977; 38:1978; 47:1981; 49:33-43; and 52-11-17,
1981; 54:1-5, 1983.

NENDRANDLM 2 DEL HERBARIO DE COTECOCA
A LA BRIGADA No. 1, SONORA.

ASUNTO: ESPECIE NUEVA DE Bouteloua NOVIEMBRE DE 19&5,

BeutelLoua quiriegoensss 4p. NCV.

"Navajita pelona"

Annua; indigena, con rami de la basis; culmos usque ad 50 cm de
altos; laminae in longitudinem de culmos et glabros praeter
papilloso-pilosa pilis circa monile; laminas 1 - 2 dm longis,
planis, 1 - 2 mm latis; ligula ad lineam ciliatas circiter 0.5
mm longam; spiculis disposito in universum parae, rare uno aut
tres, 1.5 - 2 cm longa; rhachi extendentibus in aristae 10 - 12
mm longiores; spiculis circiter 4 mm longis; glumae subaequalae,
cum pilis papillosae; lemmati dentati; floscula rudimentaria
triaristata circiter 2 mm longa.

287

288

Poa¥o 7 Ol 0 16a1 A Voix Soy Wipe

ANUAL NATIVA, ESCASAMENTE RAMIFICADA DESDE LA BASE; CUL-
MOS HASTA 50 CM. DE ALTO; HOJUAS DISTRIBUIDAS A LO LARGO-
DE LOS CULMOS, GLABRAS EXCEPTO POR UNOS POCOS PELOS BLAN
COS CON BASE PAPILOSA EN EL AREA DEL CUELLO; LAMINAS PLA
NAS, HASTA 2 DM, DE LARGO POR 1-2 MM, DE ANCHO; LIGULA -
UNA HILERA DE PELOS MENORES DE 1 MM, DE LARGO,

ESPIGAS DISPUESTAS POR PARES, RARA VEZ UNA SOLA 6 TRES.-
1,5-2 cM, DE LARGO, LA PRCLONGACION DEL RAQUIS 10-12 MM,
DE LARGO; ESPIGUILLAS CERCA DE 4 MM, DE LARGO; GLUMAS -
SUBIGUALES, ARISTO-PUNTADAS, CON PELOS DE BASE PAPILOSA
SOBRE EL DORSO; LEMA SUPERFICIALMENTE DENTADA; PALEA --
BIEN DESARROLLADA, IGUALANDO A LA LEMA EN TAMAfIO; FLOS-
CULO RUDIMENTARIO INFERIOR CON TRES ARISTAS DE CERCA DE
2 4M. DE LARGO; ANTERAS COLOR AMARILLO ~ LIMON; CARIO2-
SIS 1 MM, DE LARGO,

COLECCION DEL TIPO: RAFAEL AGUIRRE MURRIETA Y RENE CUA-
DRA GARCIA, 25 DE OCTUBRE DE 1985, DE MEXICO, SONORA, -
MUNICIPIO DE QUIRIEGO, RANCHO “LOS VARILLEROS” Y EJIDO-
NOGALES GANADEROS, RARA, SUELOS ARENO-GRAVOSOS, ARCILLO
ARENOSOS Y FRANCO-ARENOSOS EN EL MATORRAL ARBORESCENTE-
OCURRIENDO EN ORILLAS DE ARROYOS TEMPORALES; ENDEMICA -
DEL SUR DE SONORA Y NOMBRADA POR EL MUNICIPIO DE QUIRIE
GO QUE PARECE SER ES SU CENTRO DE DISTRIBUCION.

+

1986

Beetle, Noteworthy grasses

Boutefoua hirsuta LAG, OBVIAMENTE RELACIONADA CON B. Qur-
ALegoensis, ES DIFERENTE EN CUANTO A SU DUR\CION, SIENDO-
FUERTEMENTE PERENNEs Y TAMBIEN POR LAS HOJAS BASALES, AL-
GUNAS DE LAS CUALES SON MAYORES DE 2 MM, DE ANCHO Y CON -
UN GRADO MAYOR DE PUBESCENCIA,

LAS ESPIGAS DE LA INFLORESCENCIA SON FRECUENTEMENTE DE --
2.5-4 CM, DE LARGO; LAS GLUMAS ARISTADAS Y ADEMAS SU HABI
TAT ES PASTIZAL ABIERTO, PASTIZAL ARBOFRUTESCENTE Y BoS--
QuE ESCLEROFILO,

BoutelLoua quiriegoensis FUE RECOLECTADA POR PRIMERA VEZ -
PoR A. A, BEeTLe (fM-6085), EL 13 DE NOVIEMBRE DE 1980 EN-
EL RANCHO “LOS AMOLES” A 35 KM, AL ESTE POR EL CAMINO --
HORNOS-TESOPACO,

TRES ANOS DESPUES (1983) FUE RECOLECTADO DE NUEVO EN EL -
VECINO MUNICIPIO DE ALAMOS, AL SUR DE LA CIUDAD DE ALAMOS
EN EL ARROYO “CUCHUJACUI” POR A.A, BEETLE (+9145) ACOMPA
ADO POR ROGELIO ALCARAZ FLORES Y RENE CUADRA GARCIA,

AL ANO SIGUIENTE (1984) ROGELIO ALCARAZ FLORES COLECTO LA
PLANTA A 25 iM, AL ESTE DE CIUDAD OBREGON EN EL PANCHO —
"EL JOCHUCU”.

FuE ENTONCES CUANDO SE SENTIA QUE SE TRATABA DE UNA ESPE-
CIE NUEVA. SE MANDO MATERIAL AL DR. JOHN REEDER, QUIEN --
CONTESTO “QUIZAS” Y “NECESITO VER MAS MATERIAL”, EL Afio -

SIGUIENTE (1925) SE HIZO UNA BUSQUEDA EXITOSA RECOLECTAN

DO MATERIAL ADECUADO PARA CONFIRMAR QUE UNA ESPECIE NO -~

DESCRITA DEVERAS OCURRE EN LA PARTE SUR DEL ESTADO MEXICA

NO DE SONORA,

289

TYPIFICATIONS AND A NEW COMBINATION IN
HETERANTHERA (PONTEDERIACEAE )

Charles N. Horn
Biology Department, Box 1927
University of Alabama
University, AL 35486 USA

The following new combination and _ typifications for
Heteranthera (Pontederiaceae) are presented so that they may be
validly used in the Generic Flora of the Southeast without
creating nomenclatural confusion.

Heteranthera multiflora (Grisebach) Horn, comb. et stat. nov. --
Heteranthera reniformis var. multiflora Grisebach, Abh. Konigl.
Ges. Wess. Gottingen 24: 323. 1879, -- TYPE: [Argentina],
Salta pr[opre] Yacone, III 1873, Lorentz & Hieronymus 310
(Lectotype [here designated]: GOET!; photograph of lectotype:
UNA!; isolectotypes: BR!, BAF!, LG!, NY!, PRC!, UNA!).

Heteranthera sect. Schollera Solms-Laubach in A. de Candolle,

Monogr. Phan. 4: 517. 1883. -- Schollera Schreber, Gen. Pl.
2: “FSS. 1791. -- LECTOTYPE SPECIES [here designated]:

Heteranthera graminea (Michaux) Vahl [= Zosterella dubia
(Jacquin) Small]. Solms-Laubach apparently took the sectional
name from Willdenow's Schollera graminifolia (Ges. Naturf.
Frende Berlin Neue Schriften 3: 438. 1801., nomen nudum),
since it is listed in the synonomy of Heteranthera graminea.
It is speculated that Willdenow saw the publication and
specimens of Schreber and added a specific epithet tto the
generic name Schollera when comparing it (Zosterella dubia) to
taxa of Heteranthera. -- I consider this section to be in
synonomy under the genus Zosterella Small.

Heteranthera sect. Leptanthus (Michaux) Solms-Laubach in A. de
Candolle, Monogr. Phan. 518. 1883. -- Leptanthus Michaux, Fl.
Bor. Amer. 1: 24. 1803. -- LECTOTYPE SPECIES [here designated]:
L. ovalis Michaux [= Heteranthera limosa (Swartz) Willdenow]. Of
the three species described by Michaux, L. ovalis closest fits
his generic description by being monoflorous and having
subequal, oblong perianth lobes.

290

AN ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE GRASSES OF ERAVIKULAM NATIONAL PARK
(KERALA, INDIA), BASED ON VEGETATIVE CHARACTERISTICS

Clifford G. Rice* and Greg Edblom**

* Wildlife Conservation International, New York Zoological
Society, Bronx, NY, 10460, U.S.A.
** 3015 Charnelton, Eugene, OR, 97405, U.S.A.

ABSTRACT

A key is presented for the grasses of Eravikulam National
Park, Kerala, India. The key is designed for use by
non-botanists. Only a 10X eyepiece and a scale are needed to
identify the grasses.

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this key to provide a means by which
non-botanists can identify grasses from Eravikulam National Park,
Kerala, India. The advantages of this key over more traditional
keys based on floral characteristics are as follows:

1. All characteristics utilized in the key can be
distinguished by the naked eye or with the aid of a 10X eyepiece,
making it possible to make the identifications in the field
without the aid of more sophisticated optical equipment. The
only other equipment required is a millimeter and centimeter
scale.

2. Grass specimens can be collected at any time of the
year, whether the species is flowering or not.

3. All terms used in the key are defined or illustrated,
making it possible for a wildlife manager, zoologist, ecologist,
or complete novice to correctly identify any grass.

This key was derived from characteristics recorded from
grasses collected from Eravikulam National Park. Rice compiled
the original key, which was then tested by Edblom and appropriate
revisions were made. Specimens of the included grasses are on
deposit at both Kew Botanic Gardens and the Kerala Forest
Research Institute.

DESCRIPTION OF GRASS CHARACTERISTICS

The terms used in this key are described below. Most of the
terminology follows that of Harrington 1957, 1977, and Achariyar
and Mudaliyar 1921.

291

292 PAHtT had ab w .G2iaa Vol. 59, No. 4

The Grass Plant: Fig. la illustrates a grass plant. The
culm refers to the main central stem. Joimts or nodes occur
along the stem. Proximal refers to the portion of the structure
closest to the stem, whereas distal refers to the part most
distant from it. The amgle of exit refers to the angle between
the proximal section of the blade and the stem. Parts of the
plant which are old, ageing, or dying are termed senescent.

The bases of the leaves are arranged in either of two ways.
Conduplicate leaves are folded along their mid-lines, with the
result that the base of the grass plant is compressed or
flattened along the axis of the stem. Convolute leaves wrap
around the stem, and the base of the plant is round.

Grass plants are either amnual or perennial. Annual grasses
grow for one year, and survive from year to year only by
reseeding. Perennial grass plants grow for two or more years.
Perennial grasses may be distinguished from annuals by any of the
following:

(1) Woody plants are always perennials.

(2) Plants with tubers, bulbs, corms, or rhizomes are

perennials.

(3) Living plants with dead remains of last year's growth

are perennials.

The leaf: Together, the sheath and blade comprise the grass
leaf. re sheath wraps around the stem, and changes from
overlapping or closed to open just below where the blade starts.
The distance below the start of the blade to where the sheath
becomes overlapping or closed is a characteristic used in this
key. On the blade, the top or upper surface refers to the side
of the blade facing upwards as the blade leaves the stem (equals
adaxial surface). The lower or bottom surface of the blade is
that opposite the top (equals abaxial surface). The margim or
lateral edge of the blade may be serrate or barbed, that is with
sharp teeth, or emtire, meaning without serrations. Sometimes
the blade has a hyalime (thin and translucent) margin. The
surfaces or margins of the leaf may have hairs, and these hairs
may arise from small bumps or pimple-like structures called
tubercles. A glabrous surface is one without hairs.

At the juncture of the sheath and blade there is a light
colored band of tissue known as the collar. The ligule is a
projection of hairs or membranous tissue on the inside at the
most distal point on the sheath. The collar and ligule are shown
in Fig. lb. A ligule which wraps around the stem is termed
clasping.

The blades of all grasses in this key are either lanceolate,
lanceolate—-limear, or limear. These shapes are illustrated in
Fig. 2. The distal "constriction" seen in many blades of

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 293

Eragrostis nigra is also shown in Fig. 2. Grass leaves have
numerous longitudinal parallel weims. The median vein is often
more conspicuous and prominent than the others, in which case it
is termed a mediam rib. Sometimes the median rib forms a long
ridge or keel along the bottom surface of the blade or on the
outside of the sheath. A cross-section refers to the shape a
blade would have if it were cut across its width, with the cut
viewed end-on. Cross-sections 1 cm distal from the collar vary
from flat, to being in the shape of a "U" or a "V", or a winged
rib. A winged rib consists of a prominent median rib with much
reduced blade surfaces on either side. A winged rib is
illustrated in Fig. lc.

The Inflorescence. The inflorescence is the flowering part
of the plant. In this key characteristics of the inflorescence
are provided occasionally as additional characteristics to aid in
confirming an identification. The inflorescences of grasses
consist of numerous spiklets, which in turn are made up of
florets. Some grasses have bristle-like awms arising from the
florets.

When using these characteristics, bear the following in
mind:

Serrations may be very minute, are often more fully
developed near the distal end of the blade, and may be more fully
developed or apparent on one margin than on the other. Unless
stated otherwise, the presence or absence of serrations was
determined on the margins at the blade's midpoint.

Sometimes a blade will have a few hairs within a few
centimeters of the collar, or very few hairs scattered elsewhere
on the blade. Such blades should be considered glabrous.

Ligules with jagged tips should not be mistaken for ligules
tipped with hairs.

The sheath below the collar often opens more widely as the
plant matures. Never consider senescent leaves when determining
the distance from the collar at which the sheath overlaps or
closes.

Dimensions are given for large, mature blades on
non-flowering stems. Remember that the examination of more than
one specimen will lessen the likelihood of keying an individual
with exceptional characteristics.

HOW TO USE THE KEY

If need be, the reader should first become familiar with the
terms and definitions in the preceeding section. The text of the
key should then be read, comparing the characteristics of the
grass with the description given. Choose the line (a or b) with
the description which matches the grass (use the 10X eyepiece!),
and proceed to the next indented line. Continue in this manner
until there are no further choices, and a dotted line leads to a

294 Pa VT Op bir Gel, A Vol. 59, No. 4

number at the right margin. For example, a grass with a ligule
which is a membrane, entire blade margins, tubercle based hairs,
and a ligule tipped with hairs would lead one through the
following sequence: 1b--ligule present, 8a--ligule a membrane,
9a--blade margin entire, 10a--blade margins with tubercle based
hairs, lla--ligule tipped with hairs, which leads to grass number
6.

The next step is to find the resulting number in the section
on species characteristics. This section gives a number of
characteristics of each grass species, along with its name.
Identification should not be considered complete until the
characteristics listed are checked against those of the grass
being identified. If the characteristics accurately describe the
grass keyed as No. 6, one would conclude that the grass is

Arundinella mesophylla.

If the listed characteristics do not match that of the
unknown grass, it is necessary to start over with the key, making
sure that each step to the final grass number has been made
correctly.

Several grass numbers occur more than once in the key, as it
was our judgment that the reader might reasonably key that
species in more than one way. In addition, we strove to avoid
continuous variables (e.g. length and width), but we did include
them when they were very different, or in combination with other
characteristics.

KEY TO THE GRASSES OF ERAVIKULAM NATIONAL PARK

la Ligule absent
2a Blade margins entire
3a. Blade: width, 15, mm: Ors Morey ed aisle a cisyellsvatetels! eveiels ahs Visletenel ats aRINOi. 2:
3b Blade width 6 mm or less
4a Blades linear, less than 2 mm wide, about 25-30 cm
MONG) pe, chiens vod enays'ehepexe tonslichanate. oPercketede leieteimr ote te) <feketenaters re cn ee
4b Blades lanceolate-linear, 3-6 mm wide, about 5-14
CR LONG). ctaicy <vayepsyansiane sexe foherspelevess ataheforvistionelersisickeietel BarepceictarneoNales
2b Blade margins serrate or barbed (if even minutely)
5a Blades! 1.5-5 em long, Lanceolaitergjancjeteeieteiciets aictetomictdteicte No.4
5b Blades 5 cm or longer, linear or lanceolate-linear
6a Leaves convolute, shoots circular at base ..........No.l
6b Leaves conduplicate, shoots compressed at base
(ao Blades, linear... 20=50) cm alongs wiuichotercveleielelarsyetels deivist < NOSD
7b Blades lanceolate-linear, 5-14 cm long ...........No.3
lb Ligule present as a membrane or ring of hairs
8a Ligule a membrane
9a Blade margin entire (not serrate or barbed)
10a Blade margins with tubercle based hairs
lla Ligule is a membrane tipped with hairs ..........No.6

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 295

1llb Ligule is a membrane not tipped with hairs
12a Blade length 30-45 cm, lower surface densely
havredasass ses oo Ose oSivckc cores Soe scevcicecseeNOe7
12b Blade length 5-15 cm, lower surface haired
13a A perennial, blades 7-14 mm wide, 8-15 cm
MONG) ini olao/eie.o a eee cine Wal eietele wicle.c viele ls isis civic eins es NOnS
13b An annual, blades 5-8 mm wide, 5-10 cm long .No.9
10b Blade margins without tubercle based hairs
14a Blade tightly folded concealing upper surface
whenig i resh ee. cc adcaiioe stertioc hele Sele sive clelvieistec siecle ceNOe LO
14b Blade not tightly folded
15a Upper surface of blade glabrous
16a Sheath overlapping or closing less than
1 cm below collar
17a Ligule clasping stem
18a Blade margins with a thin hyaline
membranous edge .......esccccccvccsceeseeNOwll
18b Blade margins without a thin hyaline
membranous edge
19a Median rib prominent with light keel ..No.12
19b Median rib present, indistinct ........No.13
17b Ligule not clasping stem
20a Median rib absent, annual ...........-..-NO.14
20b Median rib present, perennial
2la Median rib keeled, ligule 2mm long ....No.11
21b Median rib without keel, ligule
MLMUCCS! vleole choices < ctaclotete atevetehetele|e oie. 0lee oeNOn3d
16b Sheath open 1 cm or more below collar
22a Ligule minute, blade lower surface
Sparse lysNaveed Ne sivtere oleic cetetel tle ceists els ole\cle.c ce eNOeS
22b Ligule 2 mm long, blade lower surface
glabrous
23a Median rib prominent and keeled .........No.1l
23b Median rib) inconspicuous) Greens om sles so 6 eNO. LD
15b Upper surface of blade haired
24a, Mediannzaibe aDSEMtia. ofc: otelslote clete cereal are, oictatele. 06 eNO“ LO
24b Median rib present
25a Median rib present, but not prominent
26a Blade lower surface furry, blades up to
GO Cin Na Gietets acter alle sale clerbioratele a clclels « oc 0c eo NOs 7
26b Blade lower surface sparsely haired,
up co) LS icm high tterctete eerste eile sls ele = 1e\=1e) ee NOnS
25b Median rib conspicuous, usually keeled
27a Plants covered with dense rust colored
HaAlrSeaLeVeLy.) DASEM siete iainls ccts o' « visio cs ONOW LT
27b Plants not covered with dense rust
colored hairs at very base
28a Upper surface of blade sparsely
haired, blade length 5-11 cm,
la.guilles S=45 mm? LONG™ cise os ee's occ ccs 00 eNO. 18

296 PoHe¥ie OF LvO"'G. 0A Vol. 59, No. 4

28b Upper surface of blade hairy. Blade
length 25 to 65 cm, ligule 0-2 mm
29a Hairs on blade surfaces tubercle
BaASOGins .fcicisleS Sia siers ieleteln eral! elalcmmelclste NO. LO
29b Hairs on blade surfaces not
TUbSTCVELDASSAw cicic cc clalelgleslola otal ovetele stele NOintL
9b Blade margins serrate, barbed (even minutely)
30a Blade margins with hairs arising from tubercles
3la Leaves convolute, plants circular at base
32a Blade lower surface sparsely haired or
glabrous, blades 8-15 cm long, hairs 1 mm .....No.8
32b Blade lower surface densely haired (furry),
blades 30-45 cm long, hairs 2-6 mm on blades
ANG- MALGLNS Care) Noval aletalabercretens: eran etet anette ieyeicdi cle tuvetelheles NO
31b Leaves conduplicate, plants compressed at base
33a Lower surface of blade haired ................-NO.20
33b Lower surface of blade glabrous ...............No.21
30b Blade margins without hairs arising from tubercles
34a Blade cross section 1 cm from collar a winged rib
35a Lower surface of blade glabrous
36a Blade length 10-17 cm, blade width 4-6 mm ...No.22
36b Blade length 75-105 cm, blade width 7-14 mm .No.23
35b Lower surface of blade hairy
37a Upper iblade surface glabrousiiihky. adic. le slcte os -NO~ 24
37b Upper blade surface haired
38a Upper blade surface sparsely haired,
blade length 5-11 cm, ligule 3-4 mm .......No.18
38b Upper blade surface hairy, blade length
35-65 cm, ligule 0-2 mm
39a Hairs on blade surfaces tubercle based ..No.19
39b Hairs on blade surfaces not tubercle
BASSAI ie, ccevchsnere/ovela/anaieinse ae ceeeetete, <\eieietatcia’slicleis Gian:
34b Blade cross section 1 cm from collar a "Vv",
PUR. Ol, ala
40a Ligule membrane tipped with small hairs
4la Lower surface of blade glabrous
42a Blades 10-13 cm long, 4-7 mm wide,
purplish-brown in senescence, lower
SUPE ACS: MO te Shxiys .citatialele tar ahetalotetevc/alsieleteistclelsleleteINOmua
42b Blades 10-45 cm long, 5-19 mm wide, not
purplish-brown in senescence, lower
surface shiny
43a Upper surface of collar glabrous, blade
Widths — LO mmm Gsyrereteisictevetato te ote SMreididie(es)s os NOe2 >
43b Upper surface of collar haired, blade
WAGENSCS =O immpereiers <ictsletatesckelaters clele. «!cre:c) siciaielejNOweo
41b Lower surface of blade haired
44a Lower surface of blade sparsely haired,
WAGED SNe, Heleleictel telateeetale eialelcls cclciclelcieeluleNOw2lO
44b Lower surface of blade densely haired,
WIEN Sian Mills. .crcheretcvelajdtetate tele talaletate ist chereichuralalsttClont

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 297

40b Ligule membrane not tipped with small hairs
45a Upper surface of blade haired or sparsely
haired
46a Lower surface of blade haired
47a Hairs on upper surface of blade
BUbercile MASE testes ce sie cles > clalcle e eisieeleieles NO 27,
47b Hairs on upper surface of blade not
tubercle based
48a Blade length 3-5 cm, annual ...........No.28
48b Blade length 5-14 cm, perennial .......No.3
46b Lower surface of blade glabrous or
nearly so
49a Blades 7-10 cm long, ligule 2 mm long ...No.12
49b Blades 18-50 cm long, ligule minute
50a Median rib prominent above and below,
bart bedwonvwaGrSemet #keel se. sjsicls via cle sea dNOnD
50b Median rib inconspicuous above,
keeled at collar, not barbed ..........NoO.26
45b Upper surface of blade glabrous
5la Blades lanceolate, 1-3 cm long ........ ...-No.14
51b Blades linear or lanceolate-linear,
5-35 cm long
52a Single indentation on blade as if
previously constricted (see Fig. 2) .....No.26
52b Blade without indendation
53a Median rib not keeled
54a Ligule minute ...... SdoosesooesS5600 -No.3
Bybee iepLoplle AS) sui) soma daqmaoopoedoacdd dean felts!
53b Median rib keeled
55a Blade lower surface with hairs
increasing distally ....... Soscoop co akhis 2s,
55b Blade lower surface glabrous
56a Blades linear, 7-10 cm long .......No.30
56b Blades lanceolate or lanceolate-
Hineéar, | S0=S5 CM) WONG vetets alee) «sieajele/sINOw lL
8b Ligule a ring of hairs
57a Blade margins entire and hairless
58a Plants covered with dense rust colored hairs at
Wey ma Se wm aieteialslatelelslereiataialstaisisieielalel «telane atelelalatcislclslsloleleiaieiNOlet ta)
58b Plants not covered with dense rust colored hairs
at very base
59a Blades 5-11 cm long, leaves conduplicate ........No.3l
59b Blades 2-3 cm long, leaves convolute ............NO.32
57b Blade margins haired or serrate or barbed
60a Blade margins hairless or with tubercle based hairs
6la Blade length 0.5-4 cm
G2a Blade wrdth 4-9 MM cetela ccc oclclelelelelclelcie sslsiceic «ne NOs SS
62b Blade width 1.5-3 mm
63a Blade lower surface sparsely very finely
INzVezl ona néagouounadooocsMmiceads Sigoacda pone ee No. 34
63b Blade lower surface glabrous

298 PoHe Vat OsLvO"G, BWA Vol. 59, Moze4

64a Terrestrial, blade margins serrate ........No.35
64b Aquatic, growing submerged in ponds or
streams, blade margins usually entire .....No.32
6l1b Blade length at least 5 cm
65a Sheath (outside) without tubercle based hairs
66a Upper surface of blade haired
ova Leaves, contuphicate. <2 sy). dvsigige sdelein cess 55 eNOS
67b Leaves convolute
68a Blade length 5-10 cm, upper surfaces
often: Beet pur plies cic dctiloe J opeie < oss ese «eNO 36
68b Blade length 15-45 cm, upper surfaces
not beet purple
69a Blade width 5-9 mm. Single indentation
on blade as if previously constricted
(SES. Edigste2)h heel Ae eee eo cae es «NO 26
69b Blade width 9-21 mm. without
indenitationson! blades teleis< ciwtele oo cscs do NOs 37
66b Upper surface of blade glabrous
70a Lower surface of blade with hairs
ANGHeAa GH NG Wc) Sitadeluy i petetotels aieke [ale Sie! + aieisielc)eie eNO lO
70b Lower surface of blade glabrous
7la Leaves convolute, plants circular
PEMD ASES flee ielalcleleloeie ieee «e)eteis!s ial o eee oe) «<1 a)s1o NO2O
71b Leaves conduplicate, plants compressed
AEADASC. seicuateies « cleleisic cis swelnm aie s oldies «ose «'sinNOcot
65b Sheath (outside) with tubercle based hairs
72a Blade length 5-10 cm, width 3-4 mm, margins
turn dark reddish-brown when approaching
SCHESCEN COW ei sietaie sinha ale id'p sae wae minis) o alatieiatl= «a a\sie1 «2 NOaO
72b Blade length 30-45 cm, width 5-7 mm, margins
do not turn dark reddish-brown when
approaching. Senescence es cca vie cca s clelvle ade seNOur
60b Blade margins with hairs, not tubercle based
73a Blade lower surface glabrous
74a Blade length 20-50 cm, width 2-4 mm ..........-NO.5
74b Blade length 10-14 cm, width 12-20 mm .........No.38
73b Blade lower surface haired
75a Sheath overlapping or closing in less than
Lem," blades Ps5=S cm 1LOng)*<cccse << dime adeceaios UNO’ oe
75b Sheath open more than 1 cm, blades 30-45 cm

RONG S src ater ere’ oho a siete eee 6 elele cher olel ove ole a) mathalaretevasaperetehas. sINOler?

SPECIES CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics for each species in the key are given below.
The abbreviation a.k. means "also keyed" and refers to alternate
ways of arriving at the particular species from the key.

No.l Garnotia exaristata Gould
Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 25 to 35 cm
long, 16-21 mm wide. Margins very minutely serrate (a.k.

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 299

entire). Blade top surface is finely haired. Bottom
surface is glabrous near base, haired near tip. Median rib
is prominent and keeled. Blade exit 25 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 75 cm high with
flowering stem to 130 cm. Ligule absent (a.k membrane) but
2 lateral tufts of hair present. Sheath is open for several
cm. Leaves convolute.

No.2 Tripogon ananthaswamianus Sreekumar et al.
Blade characteristics: Blades linear, 25-30 cm long, less than 2

mm wide. Blade margins smooth and entire. Blade top
surface very finely haired (seen only with 10x). Median rib
with 2 lateral and 2 sub-marginal veins (1 on each side).

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 25 cm high, with
drooping flowering stems to 50 cm. No ligule. Sheath is
glabrous, compressed, variable in opening. Blade exit 40
deg or less.

No.3 Eragrostis unioloides (Retz.) Nees ex Steudel

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 5-14 cm long,
3-6 mm wide. Margins entire or serrate (midpoint to tip),
hairless. Blade top surface is glabrous or sparsely haired
(ca 2 mm long). Bottom surface very sparsely haired.
Median rib without a keel, absent distally and indistinct
above. Blade exit 30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 15 cm high with
flowering stems to 23 cm. lLigule absent or a minute
membrane. Sheath closure variable. Leaves conduplicate.

No.4 Garnotia courtallensis (Arn. & Nees) Thwaites

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 1.5-5 cm long, 2-5 mm
wide. Margins serrate (midpoint). Blade top and bottom
surfaces with a few long silky hairs. Young blades are
glabrous. Median rib prominent. Blade exit 45 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 12 cm high, flowering
stem to 50 cm. Ligule a ring of hairs (a.k. absent), 2 thin
hyaline internal tissue projections present. Sheath
overlapping or closing is less than 1 cm, and ribbed. Nodes
at base hairy.

No.5 Chrysopogon zeylanicus (Nees) Thwaites
Blade characteristics: Blades linear, 20-50 cm long, 2-4 mm

wide, minutely barbed or serrate. Blade surface top
sparsely, minutely haired, blade bottom glabrous. Median
rib prominent, keeled, and barbed, with 4-5 lateral veins.
Additional characteristics: Perennial 50-70 cm high with
flowering stems to 80 cm. Ligule a ring of hairs (a.k.
absent, a minute membrane). Margins moderately hairy.
Blades exit at 30 deg, either straight or drooping. Sheath
open for more than 1 cm, compressed, keeled, and with a row

300 Palo WT Op bnOiG go A Vol. 59, No. 4

of keel hairs. Usually in conspicuous clumps, leaves
conduplicate.

No.6 Arundinella mesophylla Nees ex Steudel

Blade characteristics: Blade lanceolate, 5-10 cm long, 3-4 mm
wide. Margins entire with some tubercles at base of hairs.
Blade top and bottom surfaces are moderately hairy with
hairs arising from tubercles. Median rib is faint, evident
only on the proximal half of the blade.

Additional characteristics: Perennial 20-25 cm high, flowering
stems 40-45 cm. Ligule is a very short membrane tipped with
short hairs (<2 mm, a.k. a ring of hairs). Sheath overlaps
or closes in ca l cm. Margins turn dark reddish-brown
before senescence.

No.7 Arundinella vaginata Bor

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 30-45 cm long,
5-7 mm wide. Margins are densely hairy, tubercles more
readily visible on less densely haired senescent blades (up
to 6 mm long, a.k. without tubercle based hairs). Margins
very minutely serrate (a.k. entire). Blade top surface is
haired, 2-3 mm long. Bottom surface is densely haired or
furry. Median rib is present but inconspicuous. Blade exit
20 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 60 cm high, with
flowering stems to 100 cm. Ligule is a row of hairs, 2 mm,
above a 0.5 mm membrane. Sheath is open 1 cm or more. Leaf
sheath very hairy (tubercle based). Grass is furry and
light green in appearance.

No.8 Arundinella purpurea Hochst. ex Steudel

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 8-15 cm long,
7-14 mm wide. Margins with regularly spaced tubercle-based
hairs, pointing distally. Margins are entire centrally,
minutely serrate distally. Blade top and bottom surfaces
are sparsely haired (hairs with tubercles at base), or
glabrous. Median rib is present and keeled. Blade exit
20-30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to ca 30 cm high, with
flowering stems 35-50 cm high. Ligule is level (even
lengthed) membrane. Sheath overlaps or closes in less than
1 cm except in senescence. Leaves convolute.

No.9 Arundinella ciliata (Roxb.) Nees ex Miq.

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 5-10 cm long, up to
5-8 mm wide. Margins entire with numerous hairs arising
from tubercles. Blade top and bottom surfaces also have
numerous hairs arising from tubercles. Median rib is
present. Blade exit 20 deg.

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 301

Additional characteristics: Annual about 10 cm high, but up to
25 cm, with flowering stems 25-50 cm high. Ligule is a
membrane. Sheath closure variable.

No.10 Aira elegantissima Schur.
Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear. Two forms:

Blade length (a) 4-8 mm (b) 15-25 cm
Blade width (a) 1 mm folded (b) to 6 mm
Margins (a) entire (b) entire
Top surface (a) hidden (b) glabrous
Bottom surface (a) glabrous (b) glabrous
Median rib (a) absent (b) absent
Blade exit (a) 5 deg (b) O deg

Additional characteristics: Annual to 10 cm high with flowering
stems 15-22 cm high. Ligule is a thin hyaline membrane (4
mm). Sheath open for more than 1 cm. Two types of blades:
(a) thin inrolled (folded), and (b) broad, enclosing
inflorescence and extending past it. Leaves conduplicate.

No.1l1 Bothriochloa sp. x Dichanthium sp. (Bothriochloa foulkesii
(Hook. f£.) Henrard)

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate or lanceolate-linear,
30-35 cm long, 4-7 mm wide. Margins entire or serrate, with
a hyaline membranous edge. Blade top and bottom surfaces
are glabrous. Median rib is present and keeled. Blade exit
10-30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 45 cm high with
flowering stems to 95 cm. Ligule is a clasping (a.k. not
clasping) hyaline membrane, ca 2 mm, with a few hairs.
Sheath overlapping or closing within 1 cm (a.k. open). Stem
nodes are glabrous.

No.12 Digitaria wallichiana (Wight & Arn.) Stapf

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 7-10 cm long,
3-5 mm wide. Margins serrate (midpoint, a.k. entire).
Blade top and bottom surfaces are glabrous or with a few
hairs near margin. Median rib is prominent and lightly
keeled. Blade exit 20 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial with trailing runners.
Ligule is a membrane (2 mm), clasping the stem. Sheath
overlapping or closed within 1 cm.

No.13 Agrostis peninsularis Hook. f.
Blade characteristics: Blades linear, 10-20 cm long, 2-3 mm

wide. Margins very finely serrate and can only be felt and
seen with difficulty at the midpoint and tip (10x, a.k.
entire). Blade top and bottom surfaces are glabrous.
Bottom surface has small hairs, pointing forward, and
difficult to see. Median rib is present but difficult to
distinguish from others (about 14, both sides).

302 Pol find OsLvOVG oA Vol. 59, No. 4

Additional characteristics: Perennial 25-40 cm high with
flowering stems 40-70 cm. Ligule is a prominent clasping
membrane (2-3 mm), glabrous throughout. Sheath usually
closes within 1 cm, but some are open for 2-3 cm. Sheath is
glabrous. Leaves convolute.

No.14 Jansenella griffithiana (C. Muell.) Bor

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 1-3 cm long, 2-3 mm
wide. Margins with a few hairs at base of blade and serrate
(midpoint, a.k. entire). Blade top and bottom surfaces are
glabrous. Median rib absent.

Additional characteristics: Annual to 15 cm high with flowering
stems to 25 cm. Ligule is a membrane. Sheath overlapping
or closing within 1 cm.

No.15 Helictotrichon asperum (Munro ex Thw.) Bor

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 25-35 cm long,
3-5 mm wide. Blade top and bottom surfaces are glabrous.
Margins are smooth and entire. Median rib is indistinct
below. Blade exit variable.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 65 cm high with
flowering stems to 120 cm. Ligule is a membrane (2 mm).
Sheath is haired and open more than 1 cm.

No.16 Tripogon bromoides Roemer & Schultes

Blade Characteristics: Blades linear, 10-20 cm long, 2-3 mm
wide. Blade margins hairy and minute serrations are often
visible at tip (but not at midpoint). Blade top surface
densely hairy (ca 2 mm long), bottom surface with few fine
hairs. Median rib absent, about 2 dozen veins.

Additional characteristics: Perennial 10-15 cm high with
flowering stem ca 20 cm (drooping). Blade exit about 60
deg. Sheath overlaps or closes in 2 mm and is hairy.
Ligule is a fine membrane, tipped with hairs, laterally
hairs sometimes appearing as pointed tufts. Leaves
convolute.

No.17 Eulalia phaeothrix (Hackel) Kuntze

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 10 to 25 cm
long, 4 to 8 mm wide. Blade margins entire and smooth,
somewhat inrolled, and serrate near distal end. Blade top
surface usually hairy (ca 4 mm), hairs erect, sometimes
sparsely haired or glabrous. Bottom surface usually hairy
(ca 2 mm), often leaves from flowering stalks have few or no
hairs. Median rib present, sometimes lightly keeled. Blade
exit 20-30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 25 cm high, flowering
stems 40-55 cm. Ligule a membrane with 2 lateral “horns” of
hair (a.k. ring of hairs). Sheath glabrous or hairy,
closing or overlapping in 3 mm. Joints on flowering stems

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 303

glabrous, sometimes bent at 10-15 deg. Base of plants with
dense rust-colored hairs.

No.18 Ischaemum hirtum Hackel

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 5-11 cm long
(rarely 18 cm), 7-12 mm wide. Margins vary: some haired,
some serrate (a.k. entire), serrations often end abruptly
about midpoint. Blade top surface has a few hairs, tubercle
based. Bottom surface is hairy. Median rib is evident,
keeled. Blade exit variable.

Additional characteristics: Perennial, 10-15 cm high with
flowering stems to 40 cm. Ligule is a prominent membrane,
clasping 3-4 mm (rarely 5 mm). Sheath is open for more than
lcm. Often one side of blade is serrate, the other haired.
Many blades with a constriction at the base, leaving the
median rib to form a 1-2 cm "petiole".

No.19 Andropogon polyptichus Steudel var. polypitchus
Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 35-45 cm long,

7-9 mm wide. Margins entire, smooth, or serrate. Blade top
surface is hairy, lightly furred, tubercle based. Bottom
surface is also hairy, especially along median rib and near
margins. Median rib is keeled, conspicuous below. Blade
exit 20 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 70 cm high with
flowering stems to 110 cm. lLigule a membrane, 1-2 mm,
surrounded by dense hairs. Sheath overlapping or closing
before 1 cm. Stem nodes with rings of dense hairs, blades
widest at about 2/3 length.

No.20 Themeda triandra Forsskal

Blade characteristics: Blades linear, 30-35 cm long, 2-3 mm
wide. Margins minutely serrate, some with sparse 3-5 mm
hairs arising from tubercles (a.k. without hairs arising
from tubercles). Blade top and bottom surfaces sparsely
haired. Median rib lightly keeled with 4 lateral veins.
Blade exit 20 deg or less.

Additional characteristics: Perennial 20-50 cm high with
flowering stems to 65 cm. Ligule is a membrane tipped with
small hairs. Sheath is open for 3 cm or more. Leaves
conduplicate.

No.21 Themeda tremula (Nees ex Steudel) Hackel

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 10-13 cm long,
4-7 mm wide. Margins finely serrate (midpoint and end),
with or without a few tubercle based hairs (3-7 mm long,
nearly perpendicular to surface, more numerous proximally).
Blade top and bottom surfaces are glabrous. Median rib is
evident. Blade exit 30 deg. Purplish brown in senescence.

Additional characteristics: Perennial. Ligule is a hyaline
membrane, 1 mm, tipped with short hairs. Sheath is

304 Pol ¥5t OvkyOxG, dak Vol. 59, Rege4

overlapping or closing in less than 1 cm. Stem with
numerous joints. This species found trailing or "leaning"
on other grasses. Leaves conduplicate.

No.22 Andropogon lividus Thwaites

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 10-17 cm long,
4-6 mm wide. Margins serrate (midpoint and tip). Blade top
and bottom surfaces are glabrous. Median rib evident ina
slight keel. Blade exit 20 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial up to 30 cm high with
flowering stems to 45 cm. Ligule a prominent membrane,
clasping stem 3-4 mm. Sheath opening variable, usually
closing within 1 cm. Purplish tinge to leaves and
inflorescence.

No.23 Cymbopogon flexuosus (Nees ex Steudel) Watson

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 75-105 cm long,
7-14 mm wide. Margins serrate. Blade top and bottom
surfaces are glabrous. Median rib is prominent and keeled.
Blade exit 20 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 100 cm high with
flowering stems to 200 cm. Ligule is a membrane, 2-7 mm.
Sheath is open for more than 1 cm. A large grass. Leaves
conduplicate.

No.24 Andropogon polyptichus var. deccanensis Bor

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 25-40 cm long,
2-3 mm wide. Margins serrate (midpoint and tip). Blade top
surface is glabrous. Bottom surface with many fine hairs
pointing distally. Median rib is prominent, keeled. Blade
exit 30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 30 cm high. Ligule is
a membrane surrounded by hairs. Sheath is open for more
than 1 cm. Distinctive in having blades with an inverted
"w" cross section distally, margins inrolled on bottom.

No.25 Anthoxanthum horsefieldii (Bennett) Reeder

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 10-30 cm long,
8-19 mm wide. Margins haired or glabrous with minute
serrations. Margins are sometimes wavy and inrolled. Blade
top surface is very sparsely haired or glabrous. Bottom
surface is glabrous and shiny. Median rib is present but
hard to distinguish from 24 or so other veins on top
surface. Median rib is keeled on bottom. Blade exit 20-30
deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial 60 cm high with flowering
stalks to 80 cm. Ligule is a membrane tipped with very
small hairs. Sheath varies--closing in 0-3 cm. A
conspicuous light yellow-green color in fall. Leaves
convolute.

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 305

No.26 Eragrostis nigra Nees ex Steudel

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 18-43 cm long,
5-9 mm wide. Margins serrate (midpoint and distal end),
hairless. Blade top surface is glabrous or with scattered
hairs, ca. 3 mm in length (more numerous near collar and
margins). Bottom surface is glabrous and shiny. Median rib
is keeled at the collar to almost inconspicuous at blade
tip, indistinct on upper surface.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 20 cm high with
flowering stems to 35 cm. Ligule is a minute hairlike
membrane below a thin ring of 3-4 mm hairs (clasping, a.k.
membrane tipped with hairs, ring of hairs). Sheath closure
is variable. A single indentation occurs, usually in the
upper half of the blade, as if previously constricted (Fig
2). Leaves convolute.

No.27 Ischaemum indicum (Houtt.) Merrill

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 5-15 cm long,
8-12 mm wide. Blade margins serrate. Blade top surface has
numerous, erect (2-3 mm) hairs, tubercle based. Bottom
surface also hairy. Median rib present and keeled (not
heavy). Blade exit 20-30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 25 cm high, flowering
stems 30-50 cm. Ligule a membrane (2 mm). Sheath is
compressed and keeled, glabrous or somewhat hairy near
distal end, and open 2-3 cm. Nodes are bearded.

No.28 Dichanthium oliganthum (Hochst. ex Steudel) Cope

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 3-5 cm long,
2-4 mm wide. Margins finely serrate. Blade top and bottom
surfaces are haired. Median rib is evident below,
inconspicuous from above. Blade exit 20 deg.

Additional characteristics: Annual to 30 cm high with flowering
stems to 35 cm (often less). Ligule is a hyaline membrane.
Sheath overlaps or closes within 1 cm.

No.29 Eulalia thwaitesii (Hackel) Kuntze

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 7-13 cm long,
3-6 mm wide. Margins minutely serrate throughout. Blade
top surface is glabrous. Bottom surface haired (few or none
proximally, increasing distally). Median rib is present and
keeled. Blade exit 30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 25 cm high with
flowering stems to 50 cm. Ligule of hairs, irregular and
variable, with small membrane below hairs (a.k. membrane).
Sheath overlapping or closing within 1 cm.

306 PotteN oF OL vO%G. boA Vol. 59, No. 4

No.30 Poa annua L.

Blade characteristics: Blades linear, 7-10 cm long (shorter on
flowering stems), rarely to 14 cm, 2-4 mm wide. Margins
hairless, serrate (midpoint and tip), serrations widely
spaced at midpoint. Blade top and bottom surfaces are
glabrous. Median rib lightly keeled, visible but not
prominent on upper surface.

Additional characteristics: Annual to ca 15 cm high with
flowering stems to ca 25-30 cm (supported by other
vegetation). Ligule is a membrane not tipped with hairs, ca
2 mm (ca 3 mm on flowering stem). Sheath overlapping or
closing within 1 cm on new growth, but opening to more than
l cm with age. Leaves conduplicate.

No.31 Heteropogon contortus (L.) P. Beauv. ex Roemer & Schultes

Blade characteristics: Blades linear, 5-1l cm long, 4-5 mm wide.
Margins serrate (tip to midpoint, a.k. entire). Blade top
and bottom surfaces are glabrous. Median rib is present and
keeled. Other veins are also present, ca 5 per side. Blade
exit 25 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial. Ligule is a brushy row
of hairs with margins having long silky hairs. Sheath is
variable, overlapping or closing 0-2 mm. Leaves
conduplicate, glabrous. Blades often fold together to a
"closed" V exit after leaving stem. Florets with long awns
that twist around each other. Some blades end abruptly at
collar.

No.32 Coelachne simpliciusceula (Wight & Arn.) Munro ex Benth.

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 2-3 cm long, 1.5-2.5
mm wide. Margins entire (a few margins with minute
serrations distal of midpoint), hairless. Blade top and
bottom surfaces are glabrous. Median rib is inconspicuous,
but faintly visible below, absent above.

Additional characteristics: Grass is variable in height. Ligule
is a ring of hairs. Sheath closure variable. Aquatic,
leaves convolute.

No.33 Isachne bourneorum C. E. C. Fischer

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 2-4 cm long, 4-9 mm
wide. Margins minutely serrate, with a few tubercle hairs
(variable). Blade top and bottom surfaces are glabrous, or
with a few tubercle based hairs. Median rib is indistinct
or absent. Blade exit 90 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 25 cm high with
flowering stems to 40 cm. Ligule is a ring of hairs just
under 1 cm. Sheath overlaps or closes within 1 cm. Sheaths
are hairy, from tubercles. Grass has trailing runners.

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 307

No.34 Isachne setosa C. E. C. Fischer

Blade characteristics: Blades broadly lanceolate, 0.5-0.9 cm
long, 2-3 mm wide. Margins minutely serrate. Blade top
surface glabrous or nearly so. Bottom surface sparsely very
finely haired. Median rib is absent on blade but present on
sheath. Blade exit 45 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 4 cm high, with
flowering stems 4-7 cm high. Ligule is of a few hairs.
Sheath is overlapping or closed within 1 cm. Veins are
prominent on upper blade surface, absent below. Nodes
hairy.

No.35 Coelachne perpusilla (Arn. ex Steudel) Thwaites

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 1-2.3 cm long, 2-3 mm
wide. Margins serrate (midpoint and distal end) and
hairless. Blade top and bottom surfaces are glabrous.
Median rib absent or nearly so.

Additional characteristics: Annual to 15 cm high with flowering
stems to 17 cm. Ligule is a ring of hairs, 0.5 mm. Sheath
overlapping or closed (less than 1 cm). Leaves convolute.
Nodes hairy.

No.36 Setaria pumila (Poiret) Roemer & Schultes

Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 5-10 cm long, 5-7 mm
wide. Margins are hairless and serrate (midpoint and tip).
Blade top surface has a few long silky hairs (3-4 mm).
Bottom surface is glabrous. Median rib is prominent and
keeled. Blade exit 30 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial. Ligule of hairs. Sheath
overlaps or closes in less than 1 cm. Upper surfaces are
often beet-purplish. Bottom surfaces green. Leaves
convolute.

No.37 Zenkeria sp.
Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate-linear, 35-45 cm long,

9-21 mm wide. Margins hairless, serrate on hyaline margins
(midpoint and tip). Blade top surface is sparsely haired.
Bottom surface is glabrous and shiny. Median rib absent on
upper surface, but roundly keeled on proximal half of lower
surface. Blade exit 20 deg.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 40 cm high with
flowering stems to 65 cm. Ligule is of hairs (1 mm).
Sheath is open for more than 1 cm. Grows in clumps on rock
outcrops, usually precariously placed. Leaves convolute.
One margin especially prone to roll in, giving appearance
and hyaline characteristic only on opposite margin.

No.38 Garnotia arundinacea Hook. f.
Blade characteristics: Blades lanceolate, 10-14 cm long, 12-20
mm wide. Margins finely serrate with hairs. Blade top and

308 PoHa¥ad Oi LyOeG AoA Vol. 59, No. 4

bottom surfaces are glabrous. Median rib is prominent and
keeled.

Additional characteristics: Perennial to 150 em high with
flowering stems to 200 cm. Ligule is of hairs. Sheath
overlaps or closes within 1 cm.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This key was prepared as part of a study on the behavior and
ecology of Nilgiri tahr supported by the American Institute of
Indian Studies, The Caesar Kleberg Program in Wildlife Ecology,
and the New York Zoological Society. We are grateful for the
contributions of these organizations as well as the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service for their logistical support. We would also
like to thank P.V. Sreekumar and T.A. Cope for identification of
grass specimens. Dr. Cope also provided valuable comment on an
earlier draft of the key. We also wish to thank Ellen Rice for
her assistance in preparing the manuscript.

REFERENCES

HARRINGTON, H.D. 1957. How to indentify plants. Swallow Press,
Chicago.

HARRINGTON, H.D. 1977. How to indentify grasses and grasslike
plants (sedges and rushes). Swallow Press, Chicago.

ACHARIYAR, R.B.K.R. and C.T. MUDALIYAR. 1921. A handbook of
some South Indian grasses. Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh,
Dehra Dun.

1986 Rice & Edblom, Key to grasses 309

VA,
ey

Ny Wy
spikelet{ Wh | U7Z, 4

CRE SA
fibrous roots 29,05 PN, — a
LOTS =a

Fig. la. The main parts of a grass plant. 1b. Juncture of the
sheath and blade, showing location of the ligule
(reproduced with permission from Harrington, H.D. 1977.
How to indentify grasses and grasslike plants (sedges and
rushes). Swallow Press, Chicago). lc. A winged rib
consists of a prominent median rib with two much reduced
blade surfaces on either side.

310 Pobe¥ td OFlyOxG.aeA Vol. 59, @ece4

soil

lanceolate lanceolate- linear indentation
lineor of Eragrostis
Nigra

Fig. 2. Grass blade shapes.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"CLASSIC ROSES: An Illustrated Encyclopaedia and Grower's Manual of
Old Roses, Shrub Roses and Climbers" by Peter Beales, 432 pp.,
550 color photo., 14 color maps, 2 b/w maps, 1 tab., 14 multi-
b/w diag. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York, N. Y. 10175.
1985..-+ $45.00:

Such a wonderful, beautiful, informative book -- virtually a rose
encyclopedia, the newest and the best, with well over a half thousand
color photo portraits of roses and other illustrative materials,
notes on the origin and development of roses from much of the author's
own researching, a section on the selection and uses of roses in the
landscape, another on the cultivation of roses and then the descrip-
tive dictionary of over 1,000 species and hybrids of old roses! (I
found myself making compulsive lists of roses for our own backyard! )
Roses probably attracted early man's attention for their edible shoot
tips and fruits before their floral beauty. Cultivation started a-
bout 5,000 years ago in China (Rosa chinensis painted on a 10th cen-
tury vase). The other main centers are Europe (esp. R. canina), the
Middle East (esp. R. pimpinellifolia) and North America (esp. R.
virginiana). The author has provided much study and specimen tracing
through hybridity records for understanding origins and directing new
development in the huge genus Rosa. His effective plea is for per-
petuating many of the classics for which he is to be congratulated
as well as for this excellent publication.

"THE GROWTH OF BIOLOGICAL THOUGHT -- Diversity, Evolution, and Inher-
itance" by Ernst Mayr, xii & 974 pp. The Belknap Press of Har-
vard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138. 1982.
&30.00 clothbound & 1985. $12.95 paperbound reprint.

This will be an important book for study by all kinds of biolo-
gists, advanced students and folks with broad philosophical reading
interests for quite a few years to come and even much longer because
of its well weighted historical and scholarly information that is
biologically. scientifically oriented. This book “on the history of
ideas in biology" required far more than 10 years of actual research-
ing and writing: it needed the professional lifetime of a great bio-
logical thinker and teacher with access to vast literature sources,
students' wonderment over the years, and his organizing and weighing
of answers. The introduction describes the place of biology in the
sciences, its conceptual structure and its changing intellectual
milieu. Part I deals with the diversity of life, Part II with evolu-
tion, and Part III with variation and its inheritance. A wonderful
book , so logically and SBhsegr a Me Malo

312 PH YT ‘Qag 136: FoR Vol. 59, No. 4

"INVITATION TO BIOLOGY" Fourth Edition, by Helena Curtis & N. Sue
Barnes, xxii & 730 pp., hundreds of color & b/w photo., draw.,
diag. & tab. 1985. $29.95.

This new somewhat abbreviated edition is published along with the
new regular "Biology" 4th edition whose previous 3 editions I scrut-
inized carefully as though I were preparing to teach from them. This

one, too, has “outstanding text", "stimulating and scientifically
well-presented contents". "clear language", “Superb and pertinent
illustrations" many of which are differently arranged or new. The
topics of evolution and ecology are effectively juxtapositioned and
developed. A mention of AIDS appears. I am glad to note a correc-
tion: the chloroplasts in the leaf cross section are now green. Next
the guard cell chloroplasts should be so fixed. For the average en-
tering freshman on the quarter system this text offers plenty of ex-
posure to this fascinating subject with the prospect for reasonable
carry-over into further studies and adult life enrichment. The regu-
lar "Biology" 4th edition (unseen but assumed) would probably be bet-
ter for those students with high entrance exam scores, better high
school records and special interests in biology. Along with each

of these texts there are Study Guides - for the students, $8.95 &
$9.9, and Lab Manuals - $14.95 & $13.95, "Preparator's Guide" (not
checked for misspellings), “Instructor's Manual" and "Transparencies"-
all free to adopters.

"ANALYSIS OF CONIFEROUS FOREST ECOSYSTEMS IN THE WESTERN UNITED
STATES" edited by Robert L. Edmonds for the U. S. Internation-
al Biological Program, No. 14, xvii & 419 pp., 133 b/w fig.
incl. 4 photo,, 1] maps & 5/7 tab. Van Nostrand Reinhold Inc.,
New York, N. Y. 10003. 1982. $46.95.

Since coniferous forests occupy about 1/3 of the land area of the
western United States, are unique because their trees are unrivaled
in size, longevity and biomass accumulation, are among the most pro-
ductive in the world and are of great economic, natural and recrea-
tional values, this report of experimental and observational studies
is highly valuable. The 11 chapters cover our current understanding
of vegetation distribution in this biome forest productivity and its
physiological controls, nutrient cycling, physical stability vs. ero-
Sion, relations among terrestrial, riparian and aquatic (stream and
lake) ecosystems, and forest management practices vs. natural eco-
systems. These valuable studies are centered on the Douglas fir
region of Oregon and Washington. There are several really effec-
tive diagrammatic figures which could have had more "professional
finish" for this I.B.P. book that will go all over the world. A full
list of coniferous biome literature is provided in the appendix.

-F

By
’ PHYTOLOGIA

An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication

Vol. 59 February 1986 No. 5
CONTENTS

SASTRE, C., Deux Ochnacees nouvelles du Venezuela.......... 313
ST. JOHN, H., Delissea konaensis sp. nov. (Lobeliaceae).

SEONG EY abe cs 1 oie) Be 7 sae aang ae ae SP SPs OL 315
TURNER, B.L., A new species of Hyaloseris (Asteraceae—Mutiseae)

SE SEMIS TE NERS, Kos hares Miciaie eis) Bei ch ainda bode eG iakele & © 317
TURNER, B.L., Agalinis gypsophila (Scrophulariaceae), a new

species from gypsum outcrops in Nuevo Leon, Mexico ........ 319
TURNER, B.L., Sedum gypsophilum (Crassulaceae), a new

species from Nuevo Leon, Mexico ................2220000. 321
TURNER, B.L., A new species of Eupatoriastrum

(Asteraceae—Eupatorieae) from Oaxaca, Mexico............. 323
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum

TEA EESTEM LE i ELS Oe SCM es a erage Woke Gilad ak & oka ake 324
HALSE, R.R., & GLAD, J.B., A note on the status of Sidalcea

campestris Greene (Malvaceae) .............00 0c cece eee 360
BARRINGER, K., Reinstatement of the genus Sanango Bunting

eSATA CORO) 1285550 She) s Loe aye a8 bd oie ecg a bbenr ew dea eu dae 363
BARRINGER, K., Tetranema bicolor L.O. Wms. (Scrophulariaceae)

transferred to Napeanthus (Gesneriaceae) .................. 365
MLO eNne, AL) Book reviews! oo oe ee kw tle ee cae. 367

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
590 Hemlock Avenue N.W.
Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00
after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost

_ in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following
number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is
received after a volume is closed.

DEUX OCHNACEES NOUVELLES DU VENEZUELA

par Claude SASTRE

M.N.U.N. Phanérogamie 16, rue Buffon
75005 Paris FRANCE

Parmi les collections récentes effectuées au Vene-
zuela, deux spécimens appartenant respectivement aux
genres Sauvagesia L. et Tyleria Gleason sont représenta-
tifs de deux especes d'*Ochnacées non décrites & ce jour.

1. Sauvagesia falcisepala Sastre sp. nov.

Frutex 0,5 m altus glaberrimus, foliis coriaceis sessi-
libus, falciformibus, 5-10 cm longis, 0,7-1,2 cm latis,
margine serrulata, stipulis ovatis, 1-1,2 cm longis cum
margine ciliosissima; flores axillares, sepalis inaequa—
libus, arcuatis et aristatis, externis 1,3 cm longis,
internis 0,8 cm longis, petalis non visis, staminodiis
externis nullis, staminodiis internis, 5 petaloideis,
ovoideis, 6 mm longis, antheris 5, ovario conico; pedun-
culo fructifero pendante, 3 cm longo,capsula 5 mm longa,
stylo persistente, seminibus 0,8-0,9 mm longis.

TYPUS : Venezuela, Terr. Fed. Amazonas, Dpt. Rio Negro,
arbustales roca abierta y bosque bajo denso en la ver-
tiente oriental del Macizo Aracumuni, 1° 32' N, 652 48W,
alt. 750 m, leg. Huber et Medina (5918) 10 II 1981 (holo
P, iso- VEN).

Cette espece originale par la forme et la taille
de ses sépales est & rapprocher de S. nudicaulis Maguire
et Wurdack.

2. Tyleria apiculata Sastre sp. nov.

Frutex 3 m altus, glaberrimus, foliis coriaceis sessili-
bus, lanceolatis, 5-8,5 cm longis, 1-1,5 cm latis, apice
obtusi, venis secundariis numerosis paralelicis, 5-102

angulis cum vena primaria, margine subter integras supra
minute spinulosa serrulata; inflorescentibus terminali-~
bus, erectis, paniculatis, ad 8 cm longis, bracteis cadu
ducis, 0,6-1 cm longis, pedicellis 4-6 mm longis, sepa~
lis, 5 sub-aequalibus 8-9 mm longis, obtusaris, petalis,
5, corona l-cyclica, staminodiis 5, 8 mm longis, oblon-
gis, appendicibus lateralibus 162 minutis, antheris 5,

4 mm longis, sub-sessilibus, apiculatis, ovario conico

3-loculari, ovulis numerosis, stylo simplice; capsula
313

314 Pat Yor Oi OwGelvA Vols 595 No. 5

conica 12 mm longa, stylo persistente, seminibus alatis,
3 x 1 mn.

TYPUS : Venezuela, Terr. Fed. Amazonas, Dpt. Atabapo,
cerro Marahuaca, laderas que miren al suroeste, cabeca-
ras del rio Iguapo, sector meridional de la meseta sur-
este, bosque enano musgoso con ramas semidecumbentes y
entrecruzadas, 32 36' N, 652 23' W, alt. 1560 m, leg.
Steyermark (129649) 13-14 X 1983 (holo- P, iso- VEN).

Cette espece remarquable par ses antheres apicu-
lées, appartient au groupe de Tyleria 4 feuilles sessi-
les et a inflorescences composées a axes secondaires
bien développés. Elle se distingue de T. spectabilis
Maguire et Wurdack et de T. floribunda Gleason par ses
feuilles moins longues inférieures & 9 cm, tandis que
chez ces deux dernieres especes la longueur des feuilles
est supérieure a 11 cm.

DELISSEA KONAENSIS SP. NOV. (LOBELIACEAE)
Hawaiian Plant Studies 131

Harold St. John

As presently known Delissea contains eight species
and five varieties. These occur: on Kauai one species,
and one variety, on Oahu four species and four varieties,
on Maui one species, and on Hawaii two species. The pres-
ent paper adds one species for the island of Hawaii.

Delissea konaensis sp. nov. (sect Micranthae). Fig. 1.

Diagnosis Holotypi: Frutex glaber est, petiolis 6-11
cm longis, laminis 13.5-16 X 4-4.5 cm chartaceis oblan-
ceolatissubacuminatis basi cuneata dentibus marginis
0.5-1 mm longis subulatis sparsis, racemis 5-7 cm longis
10-15-floriferis, pedunculo 20-23 mm longo, pedicellis
7-9 mm longis, 5 lobis calycis 0.6-1 mm longis anguste
deltoideis, corollis 2 mm longis albis arcuate decur-
vatis cum 3 protrusis parvis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Glabrous shrub; petioles 6-11
cm long; blades 13.5-16 ». 4-4.5 cm, chartaceous, oblan-
ceolaté, subacuminate, the base cuneate, the margins with
spaced teeth 0.6-1 mm long, subulate, slightly ascend-
ing; racemes 6-7 cm long, 10-15-flowered; peduncle
20-23 mm long; pedicels 7-9 mm long; the basal bracts
2-2.5 mm long, subulate; hypanthium 4-8 mm long, ellip-
soid, but constricted below the collar-like apex;
calyx lobes 0.6-1 mm long, narrowly deltoid; corolla
2 cm long, 1 mm in diameter near the base, 2.5 mm in
the apical third, white, arcuate decurved, with 3 near
basal small bumps, one dorsal, two lateral, the upper
lobes 5 mm long, 1 mm wide, acute; the lower lobes
5 mm long; filament tube glabrous; anthers glabrous,
the upper ones 5 mm long, the lower ones 4 mm long
and penicillate with white bristles 1 mm long.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island, South
Kona District, Puu Lehua, above , above the Greenwell
Ranch House (Capt. Cook), 5,000 ft elev., 9 Aug. 1968,
Ge. We. GEvlect 1)9694"(BISH) .

Discussion: The closest relative of D. konaensis
is D. fallex Hbd., of Hawaii, a species with the
petioles 10-12.5 cm long; blades 10-25 ~5 cm, oblong
oblanceolate; pedicels 10 mm long; bracts 3 mm long;
and the calyx teeth 3 mm long. D. konaensis has the
petioles 6-11 cm long; blades 13.5-16 4-4.5 cm,
oblanceolate; pedicels 7-9 mm long; bracts 2-2.5 mm
long; and the calyx teeth 0.6-1 nn long,

Fig. 1. Delissea konaensis St. John, from holotype.
a, leaf; b,raceme, X 1; c, flower, X 2; d, stamens,
Da Sy

315

316

Pahiyeg! OnieOeGuh ia

- Delissea konaensis St.

Vols -59;,

Johr.

A NEW SPECIES OF HYALOSERIS (ASTERACEAE-MUTISEAE) FROM BOLIVIA
B. L. Turmer ‘
Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin TX 78713-7640

Attempts to identify recent collections of Asteraceae from
Bolivia has revealed the following novelty in Hyaloseris. Espinar
(1973) presented a revision of the genus in which he recognized 5
species. Cristobal and Cabrera subsequently added a sixth species
with their description of H. andrade-limae fram Argentina.

The species below belongs to the section Hyaloseris as
circumscibed by Espinar, at least it has the cylindro-turbinate,
few-flowered heads of that group. Among these several taxa it is
apparantly most closely related to H. quadriflora but is readily
distinguished by its larger heads, larger florets (Fig. 1) and
pubescent achenes with long pappus bristles.

H. quadriflora accedens sed capitulis amplioribus, floribus
amplioribus, achaenis minute puberulis, et cetera.

Shrub or shrublet. Stems terete, striate, flocculose at first
but soon glabrate and reddish. Leaves opposite, 4-7 cm long, 1.5-
3.0 cm wide; petioles 4-8 mm long; blades ovate to elliptical,
penninervate, flocculose on both surfaces, the margins crenulo-
denticulate. Heads sessile, 3.5-4.5 cm long, cylindrical, arranged
in congested glomerules. Involucre 2.5-3.5 cm long, 6-8 seriate,
imbricate; bracts lanceolate, straw-colored, 3-35 mm long,
scabridulous to nearly glabrate, the margins ciliate. Receptacle
plane, finely puberulent. Florets 3; corollas white (?), ca 3 cm
long, the tube ca 12 mm long glabrous, the ligule ca 28 mm long,
minutely 5-lobed. Anthers ca 20 mm long, the appendages narrowly
lanceolate, ca 4 mm long, the tails ca 8 mm long, pubescent
basally. Achenes columnar, ca 6 mm long, minutely pubescent;
pappus of numerous ciliate bristles, 7-30 mm long.

TYPE: BOLIVIA. Chuquisaca: Prov. Oropeza, an der strasse von
Sucre faye es Cochabamba, vor danced ca 2000 m, 27 Jun 1980, T.

According to Espinar (1973), Bolivia has 3 species of
Hyaloseris (excluding H. bolilviensis Koster, a poorly known taxon
which he took to be close to or perhaps synonymous with H.
salicifolia, the only member of his Section Dinoserus). The
present novelty brings to 7 the number of species in Hyaloseris, 4
of these from Bolivia (H. camataquiensis, H. longicephala, HK.
quadriflora and H. salicifolia); 3 also occur in Argentina (He.
andrade-limae, H. “cinerea and H, rubicunda), the only other country
fram which the genus is known.

Shily,

318 PHYS OF ECOMGeE A Vole 5950No. 5
LITERATURE CITED

Cristobal, C. L. and A. L. Cabrera. 1982. Novedad en Hyaloseris
Griseb. (Campositae). Hickenia 1: 256-258.

Espinar, L. A. 1973. Revision del genero Hyaloseris (Compositae).
Kurtziana 7: 195-211.

[tem

lcm

Fig.!|. Ray corolla; leaf (from holotype)

AGALINIS GYPSOPHILA (SCROPHULARIACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM
GYPSUM OUTCROPS IN NUEVO LEON MEXICO

B. L. Turner

Department of Botany, Univ. of Texas, Austin TX 78713

Exploration of the considerable gypsum outcrops surrounding
Cerro Potosi, the highest peak in Nuevo Leon, has yielded a large
number of localized edaphic endemics (Turner, 1985; etc.). The
taxon discussed below is remarkable in being the only perennial
reported for the genus Agalinis, although it is almost certainly
derived from the annual species, A. peduncularis (Benth.) Pennell.

AGALINIS GYPSOPHILA B. L. Turner, sp. nov.

A. peduncularis accedens sed plantis perennis, foliis
glabratis.

Perennial herbs to 50 cm high, usually darkening after
preservation. Stems stiffly erect, slender, glabrous or nearly so,
usually much-branched from the base, on robust plants these arising
from the crown of well-developed lignescent tap-roots. Leaves l-
2(3) cm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or nearly so. Pedicels
slender, ascending-spreading, 2-4 cm long. Flowers largely as in
A. peduncularis, but with mostly smaller corollas (15-20 mm long).
Capsule and seeds as in A. peduncularis.

TYPE: MEXICO. NUEVO LEON. Municipality of Galeana. 1.6 mi
N of Galeana on S facing gypsum hillside (ca 24° 50' x 100° 05'),
10 Oct 1985; B. L. Turner, T. Ayers & R. Scott 15588 (holotype TEX;
isotype MEXU).

ADDITIONAL SPECIMES EXAMINED: NUEVO LEON. Munic. Galeana:
Galeana, dry mountain slope, 1 Aug 1939, Chase et al. 7716 (LL); 10
km NE Pocitos, 26 Aug 1985, Hinton et ans 1 18770 (TEX); above El
Nogal, 5 Dec 1983, Hinton et al. 18090 (TEX); Santa Rita, 23 Aug
1981, Hinton et al. 18328 (TEX); ca 8 km E of San Roberto Junction,
12 Aug 1981, Lowry & Warnock 3180 (TEX); ca 15 m SW of Galeana, 18
Jul 1935, C. H. & M. T. Mueller 1068 (TEX); Hacienda Pablillo, 11
Aug 1936, Taylor 154 (TEX); NE lowermost slopes of Cerro Potosi
along road to microwave station; ca 12 mi NW of Galeana, 20 Aug
1979, Turner & Davies A-38 (TEX).

The species, so far as known, occurs only on gypsum outcrops
in the pine-oak zone about Cerro Potosi from 1700 to 2300 meters.
Collections have been seen from at least 10 different localized
populations in this region, (cited above, but several noted in the
field and not collected), always from gypsum substrates.

319

320 Paint Vere OrGt 7A Volt.59. No. 5

Agalinis gypsophila is closely related to A. peduncularis and
might, with equal merit, be considered only varietally distinct;
however, as species go in the genus (Pennell, 1929), it is as
distinct as most. It can be readily distinguished from A.
peduncularis by its perennial habit, the fascicle of aerial stems
arising from a tough perennial crown. In addition, it is glabous
or nearly so, the numerous specimens examined, both in the field
and in herbaria, lack the rough scabrous pubescence which is
Characteristic of A. peduncularis. Further, A. gypsophila, so far
as known, is confined to gypsum outcrops in the area surrounding
Cerro Potosi. Its likely progenitor, the annual A. peduncularis,
is not known to occur in the state of Nuevo Leon, although it is a
wide spread, commonly collected, species elsewhere in Mexico.
Pennell (1929), in his treatment of Agalinis, did not examine
material of what I consider A. gypsophila. Indeed, he does not
report any collections of Agalinis from the state of Nuevo Leon.
If typical A. peduncularis is subsequently found over a large area
of the limestone outcrops surrounding the gypsum substrates about
Cerro Potosi I would be the first to suggest that the populations
concerned are but recently evolved edaphic variants, albeit
genetic. However, since I attempted to find such individuals
without success and since A. gypsophila occurs with a large number
of other very remarkable endemic gypsophiles (e.g., Antiphytum
hintoniorum Higgins & Turner; Lobelia margarita Wimmer; Verbesina
hintoniorum Turner; Helianthella gypsophila Turner; Linum modestum
Rogers; Nama hitchcockii Bacon, etc.) it seems perfectly logical to
assume that Agalinis gypsophila is itself part of this local
assemblage of edaphic endemics.

LITERATURE CITED

Pennell, F. W. 1929. Agalinus and allies in North America.
I. Proc. Acad. Natural Sci. Phila. 80: 339-449.

Turner, B. L. 1985. A new species of Verbesina (Asteraceae) from
gypsum outcrops in southern Nuevo Leon, Mexico. Brittonia 37:
96—97 5

SEDUM GYPSOPHILUM (CRASSULACEAE) ,
A NEW SPHCIES FROM NUEVO LEON, MEXICO

B. L. Turner

Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78713-7640

Recent exploration of the numerous and extensive gypsum
outcrops about Galeana, Nuevo Leon, Mexico has revealed the
following gypsophile belonging to the genus Sedum. After
describing the taxon as specifically distinct, I found that this
had received an earlier name at the subspecific level (ssp.
desertorum) by the late R. T. Clausen (1978). He included this
under the widespread Sedum calcicola, but nonetheless, making
fairly detailed comparisons with yet two other populations of S.
calcicola ssp. calcicola, he concluded that the ssp. desertorum was
from a "peculiar population" with a number of distinctive charac—
teristics but on the whole seemed closer to S. calcicola than to
yet other species of Sedum. His Table 2 shows that the ssp.
desertorum differs from ssp. calcicola in possessing a smaller
height; smooth twigs (as opposed to papillose); shorter, narrower,
leaves; longer petals with less basal cohesion; yellow nectaries
(versus orange); and echinate seeds (as opposed to papillose). He
fails to mention the sparsely branched simple inflorescence of the
ssp. desertorum, which readily distinguishes it from the usually
more elaborate cymes of ssp. calcicola.

In any case, I have opted to recognize the ssp desertorum at
the specific level, calling it Sedum gypsophilum since it appears
to be, as Sedums go, specifically distinct, restricted to gypsum
soils, having now been collected at 3 separate sites on such sub-
strates and does not, so far as known, occur adjacent to or inter-
grade with S. calcicola. Further, the subspecific epithet suggests
a desert habitat when, in fact, the several sites concerned are in
oak-pine forests at 2200 meters or more. In short, Sedum calcicola
and S. gypsophilum appear to look and act like "good" species,
albeit closely related.

SEDUM GYPSOPHILUM B. L. Turner, sp. nov.

Sedum calcicola accedens sed inflorescentiis sparse ramosis,
floribus amplioribus, caulibus laevibus, et seminibus echinatis.

Seemingly perennial herbs to 30 cm high. Stems erect,
slender, somewhat flexuous, suffrutescent, glabrous, branched from
the base. Leaves alternate, glabrous, ovate to ovate lanceolate,
0.5-1.2 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, 1-2 times wider than thick, acute at
the apex. Inflorescence mostly of 5-7 flowers in simple cymes of
2-(3) terminal branches, the latter 2-3 cm long. Sepals narrowly
ovate, 4-5 mm long, glabrous, acute. Petals ca 10 mm long, 2-3 mm
wide, spreading, white with greenish, narrowly acute, apices.

321

322 PRAY SiaOR 2) ONS LA Voll. 59, No. 5

Stamens 10. Carpels erect, 5-7 mm long, glabrous, the styles ca 2.5
mm long, somewhat diverging, more so in fruit.

TYPE: NEUVO LEON: 3.2 mi S of Galeana (ca 24°47' x 100°03').
Gypsum flat in open pine woodland along dry arroyo. 10 Oct 1985,
B. L. Turner, T. Ayers & R. Scott 15557 (holotype TEX; isotype
UMEX).

Additional collections examined: MEXICO, NUEVO LEON:

Municipality Galeana, El Sauce, 2440 m, hillside, 5 Nov 1980, G. B
Hinton et al. 18076 (TEX); 6 km N La Escondida (24°09! x 99°01") 35
Aug Logg: R. Bo Dy *, Clauen 772,031 (holotype of Sedum calcicola ssp.
desertorum R. T. Clausen, CU!). © as ke

The Clausen collection, cited above, notes the plant to
occur "In caliche on south slope of hill of gypsum, Cerrito
Blanco". This is a confusing statement since caliche, by the usual
definition, is a local evaporite of calcium carbonate (CaCO3).
Probably the collection concerned was obtained from an anhydrous
form of gypsum (CaSO4, or "rock gypsum"), which occurs with the
hydrous or soft form of gypsum (CaSO,4°2H50). The semi-barren,
white hills in this region are largely massive depositional
substrates of gypsum, most of which house an impressive array of
endemics (Turner, 1985; etc.).

To my knowledge this is the only gyposphilic species of Sedum
recorded for continental North America, although S. gypsicolum
Boiss. & Reut. is recorded for Hispaniola, presumably also occuring
on gypsum outcrops of that island. Several plants of S.
gypsophilum were observed at the type locality, all stiffly erect
and without basal rosettes or leafy stolons. It was not observed
elsewhere adjacent to such habitats in this region.

Finally, it should be recorded that Clausen apparently
obtained seed or reproductive materials from the type locality of
ssp. desertorum, growing and describing the actual holotype from
this material (K. Nixon, pers. comm.). His type, while grown in
potting soil, is remarkably similar to the field-collected
materials cited above.

LITERATURE CITED

Clausen, R. T. 1978. Sedum-seven Mexican perennial species.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 105: 214-233.

Turner, B. L, 1985. Ageratina gypsophila (Asteraceae-Eupatorieae)
a new species from Neuvo LeonMexico. Phytologia 57: 130-132.

A NEW SPECIES OF EUPATORIASTRUM (ASTERACEAE-EUPATORIEAE)
FROM OAXACA MEXICO

B.L. Turner
Department of Botany, Univ. of Texas, Austin TX 78713

The genus Eupatoriastrum is currently under investigation by
the present author. In preparation of a revisional treament of the
group the following species is described. I am grateful to Dr. M.
C. Johnston for the Latin diagnosis.

EUPATORIASTRUM CHLOROSTYLUM B.L. Turner, sp. nov.

Eupatoriastrum angulifolium accedens sed foliis trilobatis,
capitulis magnioribus, ramis stylorum viridibus, setis pappi ad
apicem expansis, etc.

Erect perennial herbs to 2 m high with pendulous branches.
Stems terete, striate, glabrous, hollow at maturity. Leaves
opposite, petiolate, 15-30 cm long, 10-18 cm wide; petioles 3-7 cm
long, glabrous; blades with 3 major lobes, the sinuses 6-8 cm deep,
the primary lobes with 2-3 lesser lobes, the margins denticulate to
somewhat serrate, glabrous on both surfaces. Heads 6-7 in axillary
or terminal(?) corymbose cymes, the ultimate peduncles puberulent,
1-3 cm long. Involucye hemispheric 7-8 mm high,12-14 mm across, 4-
5 seriate, imbricate; bracts ovate to obovate with mostly rounded
apices, glabrous or nearly so. Receptacle convex, chaffy, ca 3 mm
across. Pales numerous, linear-oblanceolate, 6-7 mm long, the
appendages fimbrilliate. Florets numerous; corollas "verdes"
(probably the extended styles, the corollas probably yellowish),
tubular, ca 4 mm long, glabrous, the lobes ca 0.5 mm long. Achenes
(immature) ca 2 mm long, glabrous; pappus of ca 30 fragile ciliate,
bristles ca 4 mm long, the apices somewhat expanded.

HOLOTYPE: MEXICO. Oaxaca: Mpio. Candelaria Loxicha. Terraceria
nueva a Pluma Hidalgo, 1 km al Ede la carretera Pochutla-Oaxaca,
43 km al N de Pochutla. Suelo arenoso, de granito descompuesto;
1000 m, 13 Nov 1979, Koch, Fryxell & Wendt 79527 (holotype TEX;
isotypes MEXU, to be distributed).

Euptoriastrum chlorostylum is seemingly most closely related
to E. angulifolium (B.L. Rob.) K. & R., but is readily
distinguished by its lobed leaves; larger, axillary heads; pappus
bristles with expanded apices; etc. It is a remarkably distinct
species what with its Ficus-like leaves and green style branches.
The species was collected along the margin of a tropical
semideciduous forest and is from a region where several well-marked
endemics occur.

323

NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XIV

Harold N. Moldenke

CLERODENDRUM Burm.

Additional & emended bibliography: Reichard, Linn. Syst. Pl. 3:
198. 1790; P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 9, 1: C&enrodendnaum. 1797; Willd.
in L., Sp. Pl.: ed. 4 [5], 3 (1): 381--388. 1800; Lindl., Edwards Bot.
Reg. 30 [ser. 2, 7]: 19. 1844; Paxt., Mag. Bot. 13: 115, 217, 218, &
275. 1847; Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 207--208 &
218--222. 1863; Pritzel, Icon. Bot. Ind. 1: 23. 1866; Aschers. in G.
Schweinf., Beitr. Fl. Aethiop. 1: 119 & 278. 1867; Hereman, Paxt. Bot.
Dict. 13. 1868; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (1): 632
(1876) and 2 (2): 1155--1156. 1876; Schinz, Verhand]l. Bot. Ver.
Brandenb. 3: 205--206. 1890; C. B. Clarke in Schmidt, Bot. Tidsskr.
26: 173--174. 1904; F. N. Williams, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 5:
435 19055 Sim; cor. Fill. Capes Collonys286, ipl.1120. 1907s<0. Ez
Schulz in Urb., Synb. Antill. 6: 68--69. 1909; Ribsaamen, Marcellia
10: 106, fig. 9 & 10. 1911; Dalla Torre, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39
(1): 1328. 1913; Perrot & Hubert, Bull. Sci. Pharm. 21: 449. 1914;
Lévl., Cat. Pl. Yun-nan 277. 1917; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed.
6, 2: 386--387. 1918; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (1): 228. 1924;
Chiov iswhls USomalacl: <4 9.6058 63%x) 929:eStapite Indteond siise79r
1929; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 2: 1024--1025. 1931; P'ei, Verbenac. China
Vis Zomba 22=-162 Spl 24-=29.-1932sMolidl. sxBenttonia.leas545 437,
468--469, & 472. 1934; E. D. Merr., Brittonia 2: 197. 1936; E. D.
Merr., Journ. Arnold Arb. 19: 64--65. 1938; Fedde & Schust., Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 416, 515, & 692. 1939; Calderon & Standl.,
Fille SailiVia diaspedites2 se236 el 94 ky (Esa PetMern.5 aBrittonial 4s 7 Rigas
Guillaumin, Fl. Anal. Synop. Nouv-Caled. 305. 1948; Backer, Beknopte
Fl. Java 9: 2, 30, & 45. 1949; Wild, Rhodes. Agric. Journ. 49: 289.
1952; Wild, Veg. South. Rhodes. Term. 11. 1952; Wild, Vict. Falls
Handb. 158. 1953; Pardy, Rhodes. Agric. Journ. 52: 414. 1955; Wild,
Observ. Veg. Sabi 8. 1955; Wild., Rhodes. Agric. Journ. 52: 538.
19554.eAnonk $wAssoc..Etudialacenkl.2Afres slinopselnd.S1955i4 681856
Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 280, 299, 301, 310, &
319--322, fig. 138. 1957; Coates & Palgrave, Trees Cent. Afr. 427--
[429]. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 6: 276 (1958), 6: 453--454 (1958),
and 7: 76 & 79. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 26, 36, & 76.
1959; Mold., Phytologia 7: 458. 1961; Rao & Rabha, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 8: 301. 1966; C. A. Sm., Comm. Names S. Afr. Pl. 601. 1966;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 504. 1967; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 49: 4199.
1968; Greenway, Journ. East Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc. 27: 196. 1969;
Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agric. Pl. Invent. 173: 4. 1969; Liogier, Fl.
Cub. Supl. 124. 1969; Van der Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl. Kruger
Natl. Park 81. 1969; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 46. 1970;
Debray in Debray, Jacquem., & Razafind., Contrib. Invent. Pl. Medic.
Madag. 1: 34. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (7): iii & 395.
1972; Poisson & al., Ann. Enaemy Gee 30: 241--254. 1972; Alain in

3

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C&erxodendawn 325

Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 280, 299, 301, 310, & 319--322,
fig. 138. 1974; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind.
[31]. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 260. 1976; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 39: 273. 1976; Prasad, Mehta, Dave, & Suma, Indian Journ. Exp.
Biol. 18: 1524--1525. 1980; Chrabarti & Mondal, Acarologia 21: 396--
407. 1981; Chrabarti & Mondal, Biol. Abstr. 72: 343. 1981; Pal, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 22: 96--99. 1982; Capote & Garcia, Revist. Jard.
Bot. Nac. 4: 48 & 118. 1983; Pal, Biol. Abstr. 75: 584 & 9495. 1983;
Mold., Phytologia 59: 234--268. 1986.

CLERODENDRUM DISCOLOR var. VERBASCIFOLIUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 268. 1986.

This variety is based on A. Peter 32288 from between Mission
Selesiens and Lugongo, in the Uluguru Mountains above Morogoro, Tan-
ganyika, collected on November 19, 1925, and deposited in the Ber-
lin herbarium, now probably destroyed. The sheet was annotated as
CLenodendron verbascifolium n. spec." by “E. WLall?]" and as "C2eno-
dendaum (CycLonema) sp." by J. B. Gillett at Kew. where, he avers, it
Cannot be matched.

Peter states that the corolla-tube is about 1 cm. long, the lobes
unequal, and comments that the plant is related to C. ternatum Schinz,
but the leaves are more or less petiolate, larger, and densely hairy
on both surfaces. Thus far it is known to me only from the origin-
al collection.

Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: A. Peter 32286 [V.70] (B--type,
Ld--isotype).

CLERODENDRUM DISPARIFOLIUM Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 809. 1826
[not Cferodendron dispanifolium Bakh., 1938, nor Hassk., 1921].

Synonymy: CLerodendrum disparnifolium var. soliis obsolete denticu-
Latis Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 109. 1826. Cerodendron acu-
minatum Wall., Numer. List [49], no. 1792 hyponym. 1829; Schau. in
A. DC., Prodr. 11: 662. 1847. C&erodendron jackianum Wall., Numer.
List [49], no. 1794 hyponym. 1829. C&erodendraum jackianwn Wall. apud
W. Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: 284. 1830. C&enodendrwn acwminatum Wall. a-
pud Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382. 1840. CLerodendron
Sackeanum Wall. ex Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 114. 1845. C&enoden-
dion ertosiphon Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 662. 1847. CLeroden-
dron disparifolium Blume apud Hassk., Retzia 57. 1855. CLenodendron
obtusidens Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 870. 1856. Cenodendron dispari-
folium f. prianganense Bakh. ex Mold., Résumé 190 & 449 nom. nud.
1959. C£enrodendron dispar Geesink & Santisuk ex Mold., Phytol. Mem.
2: 385 in syn. 1980. CLerodendron disparifolium Kochum. ex Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 385 in syn. 1980. Cerodendron disparifolium B den-
ticulatum Hort. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 385 in syn. 1980. Atenro-
dendron diversifolium Vahl, in herb. Cerodendron dispanifolium f.
coniaceum (Miq.) Bakh., in herb. C£enrodendron disparifolium f.
eriosiphon (Schau.) Bakh., in herb. Cerodendron disparifolium var.
prianganensis Bakh., in herb. CLenodendron eriosiphon var. coriacea
Miq., in herb.

Bibliography: Jack, Malay. Misc. 1, imp. 1, 17. 1820; Blume,

326 PH aNeiaOeL SOG IA Vol. 59, No. 5

Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 809. 1826; Wall., Numer. List [49], no.
1792 & 1794. 1829; W. Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: 284. 1830; Steud., Nom.
Bot). -Phani.,, iedwe 2a! 38208 385.4 1840; D.Dietr. 5. SyniaiPli.2 SeF 6)\76
1843; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 104--105, 109, 113, & 114. 1845;
Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 662, 664, & 672. 1847; Hassk., Retzia
57--58. 1855; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 105 & 106. 1858;
Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 869--873. 1858; C. Muell. in Walp., Ann. Bot.
Syst. 5: 710--711. 1860; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 1: 242. 1861;
Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot.], 3: 214. 1863;
Naves & Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 160.
1880; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 589--590. 1885;
Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 505. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kewe saimpicyal padlic 2560540560 S018935) Stapf, dirnans-ctinn., Soc.. Lond
Bot., ser. 2, 4: 216 (1894) and ser. 2, 4: 522. 1896; Skeat, Journ.
Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 31: 34. 1898; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands
Plant. Bot. 42 [Beijdr. Booms. Java]: 212--213. 1900; Ridl., Agric.
Bull. Straits Fed. Mal. St. 1: 219. 1902; Gamble in King & Gamble,
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 826 & 829--830. 1908; Ridl.,
Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 53: 84. 1910; Koord., Exkursionsfl.
3: 137 & 138. 1912; Koord. & Valet., Atlas Boomsart. Java pl. 277.
1914; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 92. 1916; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks
Herb. Leid. 37: 73. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 250,
362, & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz.,
S@reuseecs (45e6s=-c45) OSs Sail so loc . Doeverr. > ebabiliim EhUI\s
Bonney Pl Sll6ee OZ NE D.Merres Enum Phildtpen Flows Pleass9 406%
1923; Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 624 & 625. 1923; S. Moore, Journ.
Bot. Brit. 63: Suppl. 81. 1925; E. D. Merr., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
15: 264. 1929; Burkill & Haniff, Gard. Bull. Straits 6: 234. 1930;
Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (4):
153 & 154. 1932; Hochr., Candollea 5: 193 [Pl. Hochr. 3: 19]. 1934;
L. H. Bailey, List Florists Hand]. Verb. mss. 1935; Beer & Lam,
Blumea 2: 225. 1936; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 404, 407,
408, 424, & 426. 1938; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939;
Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 18--21. 1940; Mold., Suppl.
List Comm. Vern. Names 2, 6, 9, 11--13, 17--19, 21, & 23. 1941;
Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 2. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
16--19. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 59, 61,
63--65, 72, & 89. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 98. 1945; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 560 & 561. 1946; Mold.,
Aliphe, EiStuGit alsa /7s5 Sls al9242b0e &1248. 19465) Mold. .eAliphesList
Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 584 (1948),
3: 718, 751, 774, & 840 (1949), and 4: 987, 1001, 1002, 1101, & 1241.
1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 136, 139, 143--
146, 158, & 181. 1949; E. D. Merr., Journ. Arnold Arb. 33: 219. 1952;
Gilliland & Jabil, Proc. Sympos. Humid Trop. Veg. 64. 1959; Anon.,
Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 77. 1959; Mold., Résumé 175, 179, 187, 189--193,
197, 215, 260, 262, 265, 267, & 449. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1:
1347 1959s; Jacks ..an, Hook... fee tedacks=,.Ind. Kews.) 1mpeass, 1:8 500c%
561. 1960; Backer & Bakn., Fl. Java 2: 609 & 610. 1965; Burkill,
Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 596. 1966; Mold., Resume Suppl.
14: 8. 1966; Balan Menon, Malay. For. Rec. 27: 102. 1971; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 295, 299, 304, 322, 329, 358, 439, 444, & 448 (1971)

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 327

and 2: 864. 1971; Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 178: 209 &
277. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 28: 454 (1974) and 34: 272. 1976; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 284, 291, 295, 313, 320, 349, 385, 3917, & 536. 1980;
Mold., Phytologia 58: 183, 280, & 408. 1985.

Illustrations: Koord. & Valet., Atlas Baumsart. Java pl. 277.
1914.

A large, erect, mostly very glabrous, sometimes arborescent shrub,
undershrub, or small tree, 1--10 m. tall; stems not fistular, to 10
cm. in diameter at breast height, often producing many root-suckers;
bark pale yellow-brown; branches and branchlets slender, tetragonal
or subtetragonal, glabrous or subglabrous to puberulent; leaves de-
cussate-opposite, very often anisophyllous, the smaller of a pair
sometimes even absent; petioles variable in length, 0.5--14 [mostly
about 3] cm. long, semiterete; leaf-blades membranous or thin-
membranous, fragile in drying, paler beneath, elliptic or oblong to
oblong-lanceolate, oblong-obovate, or ovate, 5--25 [mostly about 10]
cm. long, 1.5--15 [mostly about 4] cm. wide, apically acute or acute-
ly acuminate or submucronate, marginally entire or subentire to
shallowly or even coarsely crenate-exscuptate-dentate near the apex
or obscurely toothed to irregularly and distantly serrate above the
middle towards the apex, basally rounded or obtuse to acute or cune-
ate, glabrous above or occasionally slightly pubescent on the vena-
tion, the “young scarcely pubescent" [fide Clarke]; secondaries very
slender, 5 or 6 per side, the lowermost basal, arcuate-ascending;
vein and veinlet reticulation sparse, open; inflorescence terminal,
paniculate, foliose, 5--30 cm. long, very loose, glabrous to loosely
short-pubescent or puberulent, the lower ramifications issuing from
the axils of the uppermost leaves or very leaf-like bracts, the pan-
icle much brachiate, the ramifications dark-purple, very slender;
cymes 3--20-flowered, very loose, the lower ones often issuing from
the axils of the uppermost often caducous leaves and slightly sur-
passing them, the upper ones subtended by linear bracts about 6 mm.
long; peduncles very slender, 1--13 cm. long, numerous, red or dark-
purple, axillary or penultimate; flowers small; buds green; pedicels
filiform, lax, 5--13 mm. long; calyx campanulate, purple or red, 4--
7 mm. long, externally (dorsally) glabrous or minutely puberulent
with both long and short hairs, 5-parted nearly to the base, the
lobes ovate to narrowly or broadly lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate,
3--4 mm. long, apically acuminate, connivent during anthesis, ven-
trally glabrous; corolla hypocrateriform, mostly white to yellow, the
throat usually not violet, externally glabrous or villosulous, the
tube very slender, 2--3.5 cm. long, about 5 times as long as the
calyx, the segments nearly obovate or spatulate, 6--15 mm. long;
stamens about twice as long as the corolla, much exserted; filaments
pale or yellowish, exserted by 1--1.5 cm.; stigma-lobes short and
equal; fruiting-calyx somewhat accrescent, red, 2.2--2.5 cm. wide,
enclosing only the base of the fruit, the lobes oblong, about 8 mm.
long, somewhat longer than the tube, apically acuminate, decidedly
reflexed; fruit drupaceous, at first green, then blue, and finally
black when ripe, globose, about 6 mm. long and wide, succulent,
glaucous.

328 Poe Yel Os Ox Gi lesA Voli. 59°) Noes

This species is based on unnumbered Blume collections from the
mountains of Salak, Seribu, etc., in Java. Blume's original (1826)
description is: "C. foliis oppositis longiter petiolatis oblongis
acuminatis medio ad apicem repando-dentatis altero minore, panicula
terminali brachiata laxa, caule subtetragono (aff. C. calamitoso: ca-
1ix quinquepartitus, laciniis lanceolatis acuminatis; flores pallide
flaventes). Crescit: in montanis Salak, Seribu, etc. Floret: toto
anno. Varietas: foliis obsolete denticulatis. Crescit: in montanis
Seribu. Observ.: folia ratione magnitudinis in haece specie secundum
locum natalem valde differunt; in sylvis altioribus plerumque repando-
dentata sunt et in ultraque pagina pube tenui obsessa; in sylvis
contra humilioribus et locis calcareo-argillosis folia fere integer-
rima et glaberrima: se ostendunt." It would thus appear that his so-
called "variety" is merely an edaphic form probably undeserving of
special nomenclatural designation.

Collectors have encountered CLerodendraum dispanifolium in various
types of forest - damp, evergreen, primary, secondary, and mixed
deciduous - forest edges and clearings, waste ground, on high banks
and hillsides, by waterfalls and cascades, and on granite outcrops,
at 5--1500 m. altitude, in flower in every month of the year, and in
fruit in May and June. Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) report that in Java
it is found in brushwood, young forests, forest borders, and "rarely
in primary forests". In Thailand Sgrensen and his associates describe
it as an undershrub in open oak-Dipterocarpus forests, while in Pa-
hang Balgooy reports it from "dipterocarp forests in undulating
country crossed by more or less dry streams".

The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Forbes 2782 and
Foxworthy 424, "pale-yellow" on Ba&gooy 2571 and Bkume 4.n., "white"
on Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan 6193 and Geesink & Santisuk 5394,
"white with a tinge of green" on Forbes 2033, “greenish-white" on
Rehsodihanrdjo 622, “yellowish-white" on Forbes 2713, “light-green" on
Niyondham & af. 215, "green" on Ramos 1421, "violet-white" on Pheng-
kkai & ak. 4092, and "tube brown-red, lobes yellow" on Mecjenr SAN.
44030. The Phengkfat & al. 4092 collection bears the curious nota-
tion "stigmata 5" on its label.

Fernandez-Villar (1880) records C. dispanrifoLium from Luzon, but
Merrill (1922) insists that it does not occur anywhere in the Phil-
ippine Islands. Hallier (1918) gives its distribution as Malacca,
Penang, Singapore, and western Java; Kuntze (1891) collected it in
Singapore; Clarke (1885) refers to it as found "throughout Malaya,
frequent in Malacca and Singapore". Burkill (1966) reports it from
the western part of Malaysia, common in lowland forests throughout
the Malay Peninsula. Fletcher (1938) knew it from Malaya and Java,
but found it in cultivation in Thailand. Bailey (1935) listed only
the Singapore Botanical Garden as source of seeds for the horticul-
tural trade. Hyland (1972) reports it cultivated in Maryland from
seedlings and cuttings collected in Indonesia by Winters & Higgins.

Vernacular names reported for C. dispanifoLium are “anting-anting",
"cheléguri", “chinaguri", "“guriam", "“kakapolan kai", "kécholan",
"kibangbara" [a name also applied to C. calamitosum L.], “lampin
badak", “lampin budak", "lélampang badak", “mengkoeboeng",

1986 Moldenke, Notes on Cferxodendawm 329

"pencholam", "“puding", "“quilau", “"sél@guri", "séléguri bétina",
"sélulang bukit", "sembong", “sémpayan pitu", "tampan puteri jantan",
"tjantigie lebak", “tudong roman", “ubat tumboh", "uloh-ulai", and
“unting-unting".

The species is employed in Cochinchina in popular medicine as an
antidote for venomous snakebite. Burkill (1966) reports that the
roots may be pounded and rubbed over the body to alleviate pains,
while a paste made from such pounded roots is packed into hollow
teeth to cure toothache. He adds that "Alvins has left a note in
which he calls it a vegetable, but apparently he referred to the use
of the leaves with food for constipation."

Ridley (1902) reports the timber too small to be of use commer-
cially, but it is one of the woods used for making a wood-tar for
blackening teeth in Malaya. Burkill & Haniff (1930) also speak of
the leaves being used to treat constipation, and, mixed with others,
as a tonic. Skeat (1898) tells us that the leaves of this plant en-
ter into the besom used to sprinkle consecrated rice gruel at wed-
dings and in rice ceremonials in Malaya, “but not in ceremonies con-
nected with a fishing-station".

The C£enrodendron acuminatum Wall., mentioned in the synonymy (a-
bove) is based on Wakich 1792 from Singapore, collected in 1822,
deposited in the East India Company herbarium at Kew, and C@, jackia-
num Wall. is based on Wakkich 1794 from Penang, also collected in
1822 and deposited in the same herbarium; C. obtusidens Mig. apparent-
ly was based on Honsfield 4.n. deposited in the Utrecht herbarium
as no. 49913.

Clarke (1885) notes that "Wallich's specimens exactly agree with
those from Java, but the one species has been made into two [C. dis-
parifoliwm Blume and C, acuminatwm Wall. ] because Blume's description
of the panicle as terminal, which Schauer regarded as axillary."
Hallier (1918) says that "Schauer und Clarke haben diese Art sehr zu
Unrecht mit C2. <nenme Gaertn. in eine und dieselbe Gruppe gestellt,
von dem sie in Kelch und Frucht grundverschieden ist."

Hasskarl (1855) first united C, acuwminatum Wall. and Schauer's C,
ertosiphon with the C, disparifolium of Blume, noting that "Species
haec [C, dispanifoLium | hueusque nondum sufficienter nota inter C,
acuminatum W11. et C. eniosiphon Schauer collocenda est (DC. 1.c.

662 n. 17, 18) et diagnosi sequenti fusiori distinguenda.

"Diagn. Glaberrimum ramis ramulisque tetragonis, foliis membrana-
ceis petiolatis (inaequalibus in eodem pare), oblongo-lanceolatis
basi acutis, apice acuminatis, integerrimis aut supra medium repando-
denticulatis, subtus pallidis opacis; cymis pedicellisque tenuibus
laxis, lapsu foliorum paniculam laxam formantibus, apice plerumque
foliiferam, folia sua dimidia tantum aequantibus; calyce glabro in
anthesi conniventi, fructifero refracto, 5-partito, laciniis oblon-
gis acuminatis; corollae tubo calycem suum 5-quies superante, fili-
formi. -- Folia ad 6 poll. longa, 2% poll. lata; petiolus 2 poll.
longus; pedunculi et cymae ramificationes atro purpurei; calyx pur-
pureocoloratus 2 lin. longus; fructifer auctus 3-linearibus; corolla
flavescens; tubus 10 lin. longus; limbi laciniae angustae 3-lineares;
stamina has duplo excedentis, pallide flavescentia.

330 PaaHitiVieriOmlse0 9G) TA Mio 5.<59!s, No aS

"De CLerodendron-soorten zijn alle min or meer groote, doorof bij
korte tusschenpoozen bloeijende heesters of boompjee, de meeste met
prachtvolle bloemen. De hier vermelde is een boompje, dat in deze
streken te huis behoort en de hoogte van 8--10 voeten bereikt, met
opstaande bloemtros, waaruit de geelachtig witte bloemen aan hori-
tale zijtakjes ontluiken. Deze soort is zeer vruchtbaar zoo zelfs,
dat zij soms met zwarte ronde bessen als behangen is. De inlandsche
naam dezer em der beide volgende ist: Kibangbara....Cferodendron eni-
osdphon Schauer..... Observ. Valde haec praecedenti speciei [C. dis-
pani foLium | accedit, a qua autem diversa floribus majoribus et cymis
minus gracilibus tomentosulis, corollae tubo villoso breviori. --
Calycis laciniae, in anthesi sunt erectae subconniventes, fructif-
erae patentissimae. Deze heeft de meeste overeenkomst met de voor-
gaande, wordt zelfs nog wel zoo kolossaal en komt ook in deze
streken voor."

Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) keep C. disparifolium and C. eriosiphon
separate by means of the following key characters"

1. Lower leaf-blade surface glabrous or only thinly and patently
short-hairy on the venation, marginally entire or very shallow-
ly incised, never coarsely or deeply dentate-serrate...........

C. dispanifolium.
la. Lower leaf-blade surface rather densely hairy on the venation
and often also hairy between the veins. marginally entire or
shallowly to coarsely exsculptate-dentate; cymes 7--20-flowered,
leaf-blades 5--25 cm. long and 1.5--15 cm. wide, petioles 0.5--
Acie IOitias aaancaocoaanc ¢ ROR AAG AISAICIIO OOD 6 Oe C. eniodsiphon.

It should be pointed out here that the CLerodendron nutans of
Jack, Malay. Misc. } {1): 17 (1820), was regarded by Wallich (1829)
and some other authors as conspecific with what we now call C. dié-
parifolium, but seems to be a quite distinct species, which will be
discussed in the proper alphabetic sequence in the present series of
notes -- it is distinct from the C. nutans of Wallich,

The CLerodendron dispanifolium Bakh., referred to in the synonymy
(above) is a synonym of C. gannettianum Craib, while C. disparifolium
Hassk. iS now regarded as belonging in the synonymy of C. Laevifoliwn
Blume. The C. disparifoLium var. kinabafuense (Stapf) Bakh. is re-
garded by me as C. kinabaluense Stapf, and C. dispanifolium var. pu-
biflonium Bakh. is C. Laevifolium Blume.

Bakhuizen, based on his herbarium annotations, apparently regarded
Hons field S.n., Koondens 34350b, and Winckel 368b, cited below, as
representing what he called C. disparifolium f. coriacewm (Miq.)
Bakh., while Backer 21004 and Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. XI.B were re-
garded by him as representing what he called C. disparifolium f. er-
4osiphon (Schau.) Bakh. [a form perhaps worthy of reinstation. A f.
or var. prianganense Bakh., a description of which I have as yet not
been able to locate in any of his writings known to me, seems to be
typified by Backer s.n. [Tjibodas], Bewmee 4354, Sapin 50, and
Winerek 64b & 1180b, all from Java. Boerlage regarded Herb. Tyibodas
A.12 as representing C. enriosiphon Schau.

For CLerodendrum disparifolium Clarke (1885) cites only unnumbered
Griffith and Wallich collections from Singapore and Malacca; Hallier

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CRexodendrwm 331

(1918) cites for C. dispanifolium Forbes 782 from Sumatra, Foxworthy
424 from Sarawak, and Korthals 4.n. and Winkler 2260 from Borneo and
for C. eniosiphon Forbes 2033, 2113, & 2470 from Sumatra, Konrthaes
S.n. from Borneo,and Halkien 257 from Java. He notes for Forbes 2113
"Eine Form mit langen, dicht behaarten Kelchen".

From Thailand Fletcher (1938) lists Collins 85 & 1078, Gannett
899, Kenn 3495, 4357, 6702, 7762, 7821, & 19146, Lakshnakana 665,
Mancan 484 & 2301, Put 2547, and Winct 643 & 1690.

It may be worth noting here that the Miquel (1858) reference in
the bibliography of C. dispanifolium, is cited by Hallier (1918) and
other authors as "1856", but actually pages 705--960 were issued in
1858. Similarly, the Blume (1826) reference is sometimes cited as
"1825", but pages 485--942 were not issued until 1826; the Miquel
(1861) reference is sometimes cited as "1860", but pages 161--656
actually were not published until 1861.

Material of C. dispanifolium has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as "C. calamitosum var.", C. horsfieldii Miq.,
Polygala venenisa Juss., and Stercukia sp. On the other hand, the
Bruggemans 854, distributed as C. disparifolium, actually is C. ek-
ment Merr., while Bantlett 8195, Best 14135, Boeea 1842, 7842, 7944,
& 8480, BUnnemecjer 3750, CLemens & ChLemens 22566, Elmer 20287 &
20625, Hankh4 7, Hanifs & Nur 10094, Hochneutiner 1724, Khoo & Ming
N.K.002, Maxwell 72-15, Medani SAN.91691, PeteLot 1260, Scortechini
297a, Stone 10769, and Tonoes 942, 1433, 2059, 2277, 2412, 2637,
2720, 3251, & 4772 are C. Laevifolium Blume and Maxwell 71-90 is C.
Laevifolium var. 4£Letcheri Mold.

Citations: THAILAND: Bunpheng 673 [Roy. For. Dept. 10767] (Ld);
Coklins 1078 (W--1700970); Geesink & Santisuk 5394 (Ac), 5431 (Ac);
Niyondham & al. 215 (Ac); Phengkfai, Tamura, Niyondham, & Sangka-
chand 4092 (N); J. F. Rock 138 (W--1090141); Sérensen, Larsen, &
Hansen 4632 (Cp). VIETNAM: McCfurxe 7397 [Canton Chr. Coll. 253.7191]
(I). MALAYA: Malacca: W. Griffith s.n. [1843] (Br), s.n. [1845]
(Br), s.n. [Malacca] (L, Pd). Pahang: Bafgooy 2571 (Ac, N); Purse-
glove 4324 (Ng--20204). Penang: Wakkich 1794 (L). Singapore: Wag-
Rich 1792 (L). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Aanaud Gerkens 1 (Bz--
19234); Ansin 154 (Bz--19219, Bz--19220, Bz--19221); Backer 1911 (Bz
--19224), 12447 (Bz--19230, Bz--19232), 23249 (Bz--19229, Bz--19233),
S.n. [27/12/1910] (Bz--19223), 4.n. [Tjibodas] (Bz--19222); Bakhui-
zen 125 (Bz--19177, Bz--19178), 638 (Bz--19216), 767 (Bz--19179),
8&2 (Bz--19208, N), 1503 (Bz--19214, Bz--19215), 4379 (Bz--19235),
4657 (Bz--19236); Beumee 4354 (Bz--19218); Bewme 4.n. [Salak] (Mi--
isotype), 4.n. (N--isotype, Qu--isotype); BoerLage 453b (Mi); Hoch-
neutiner 160 (E--1614560); HakLier 352 (Bz--19226, Bz--19227, Bz--
19228, N); Honsfield 4.n. (Ld--photo, N--photo, Ut--49911, Ut--
49912); Jensen s.n. [9.12.1900] (Cp); Koonders 27105b [217*] (Bz--
19187, Bz--25504), 27605b [490*] (Bz--19243, Bz--19244, Bz--19245,
Bz--19248, Bz--25501), 32836b [1534*] (Bz--19237, Bz--19242), 34343b
[2789*] (Bz--19173), 34350b [4063*] (Bz--19174), 368596 [1117*] (Bz--
19246, Bz--19247), 39750b [75*] (Bz--19188, Bz--19189), 39547b [6*]
(Bz--19239, Bz--19241), 41176b [382*] (Bz--19239, Bz--19240); Poem
155 (N); Reinwardt s.n. (S)3 Sapin 50 (Mu); Scheffer s.n. (Bz--

332 Pavey Onlst ONG: TeA Vol). 59), Noes

19180, Bz--19181); Steenis 1815 (Bz--19165); Tecysmann 4.n. [1868]
(Mi); Winckek 63 (Ut--22883A), 64 (Ut--63843), 64b (Bz--19209, Bz--
19210, Bz--19212, Bz--19213, Ca--301397), 77b (Bz--19217), 368b (Bz--
19176), 1180b (Bz--19225, Ca--235838, Ut--80823), 4.n. [13 Mrt. 1919]
(Bz--25497); Zollinger 1968 (S), 3598 (Br). Kalimantan: Motfey 912
(K, Ld--photo, Mi--photo, N--photo). Kambangan: Backer 21004 (2--
19182, Bz--19183, Bz--19184, Bz--19185, N, Ut--63842); Benger 283
(Bz--19186). Krakatoa: Docters van Leewwen-Reijnvaan 6193 (Bz--
19169, Bz--19170, Bz--19171, N). Sabah: Meijer SAN.44030 (Sn--
40678); M. Ramos 1421 [field no. 350] (Ph). Sarawak: Foxworthy 424
(Ph). Sumatra: BUnnemecjer 3750 (K, N)3 Docters van Leewwen-Recjnvaan
5096 (Bz--19249, Bz--19250); Péfl 323 (Bz--19254); Rehsodihardjo 629
(Ac). LESSER SUNDA ISLANDS: Banka: Recjsmann 3371H.B. (Bz--19168).
CULTIVATED: Java: Herb. Hort. Bogor. V.A.N.10 (Bz--26491), XI.B (Bz--
19175), XI.G.81 (Bz--25790, Bz--26533, Bz, Bz), XII.B.11.29 (Bz--
26236, Bz--26237, Bz, Bz, Bz, Bz, N), XII.B.111.22 (Bz--26238, N);
Herb. Hort. Bot. Jav. 4.n. (Pd); Herb. Tyibodas A.7 (Bz--26493), A.12
(Bz--26492, Bz--26494); Teijsmann 4.n. [Hort. Bot. Bogor. 1860] (Le),
S.n. (Hort. Bot. Bogor. 186/] (Le, Le), 4.n. [Herb. Hort. Bogor.

1868] (K). Singapore: Nur 4.n. [25 Oct. 1924] (Ba).

CLERODENDRUM DUMALE (Hiern) J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop.
Afr. 5: 519--520 [as "C£enrodendron"]. 1900; B. Thomas, Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 90 & 93. 1936.

Synonymy: Siphonanthus dwmalis Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll. Welw. 1:
846--847. 1900. C&enodendron dumafe J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer,
Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 519. 1900. C£enodendron dumage (Hiern) K. Schum.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 496. 1902. C£enodendron dumake K.
Schum. apud Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 44. 1908. C&enodendrwm dumale
Schumach. apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 93
in syn. 1936.

Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 519
--529. 1900; Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll. Welw. 1: 846--847. 1900; L.
Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 496. 1902; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 2: 43 & 172. 1904; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 44. 1908;
B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 90 & 93. 1936; Mold.,
Alph. List Inv. Names 17 & 40. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 50 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 118 & 181. 1949; Mold.,
Résumé 146, 262, 344, & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 242 & 443
(1971) and 2: 622 & 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 232 & 536.
1980.

A shrublet, 30--60 cm. tall; branches subterete, pale-brown, glab-
rate, inconspicuously lenticellate; branchlets softly pubescent-
tomentose, leafy at the extremities; buds tomentose; leaves decus-
sate-opposite, short-petiolate; petioles 3--6 mm. long; leaf-blades
ovate or oval-obovate to oblong or elliptic, 2.5--3.7 cm. long, 1.2--
1.8 cm. wide, apically obtuse or acute, marginally entire or nearly
SO, basally narrowed or cuneate, firmly chartaceous, closely clothed
with short, stiff, pale hairs and minute glands especially beneath,
pale-green, the floral ones smaller; inflorescence terminal or sub-
terminal, somewhat leafy and bracteose, rather lax, 5--10 cm. long,
hispid-tomentose, the primary ramifications patent, brachiate; pe-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 333

duncle 0.6--3.1 cm. long; pedicels up to 1.2 cm. long; bractlets
spatulate or subulate; flowers rather numerous; calyx shortly and
obliquely campanulate, 5--6 mm. long, externally minutely glandulose
and beset with short, whitish, stiff hairs, internally glabrous,
shortly lobed, the lobes apically rounded or obtuse, basally imbri-
cate, marginally ciliate or ciliolate; corolla blue, the tube 6--18
mm. long, 3 mm. wide, oblique, ventricose, externally minutely glan-
dulose, the limb subbilabiate, spreading, venose, unequally 5-lobed,
the lobes oval or obovate, 8--12 mm. long, apically rounded, the
throat shaggy, slit down one side; stamens 4, subdidynamous, exser-
ted; filaments apically glabrous, basally shaggy, inserted at the
base of the corolla-throat, 1.8--2.1 cm. long; anthers 1.5 mm. long,
glabrous; ovary glandular-squamulose; style equalling or somewhat
surpassing the stamens, glabrous; stigma bifid; fruit drupaceous,
quadrate-globose, 8 mm. long and wide, somewhat compressed, furrowed
down the two sides.

This species is based on Welwitsch 3914, 5760 and 5763 from thick-
ets near Lopollo, Huila, Angola, where it was growing in association
with Psiadia anabica Jaub. & Spach and Durzanta repens L, in flower
in October 1859 and in fruit in January 1860. Hiern (1900) comments
that "This belongs to the section Cycfonema and comes near to S,
(CycLonema) discofon (K1.) and to S, (CLerodendron) Neumayeri (Vatke).

Since Baker (1900) cites Hiern's binomial to correct volume and
page, while Hiern (1900) does not mention Baker's binomial, I am as-
suming that Hiern's work appear earlier in 1900 than did that of
Baker. Schumann's reference (1902) is sometimes also cited as "1900"
but was not actually published until 1902.

Thomas (1936) comments that he knew this taxon only from its orig-
inal description, but that it obviously is a member of the Subgenus
Cyclonema. 1, also, know nothing of the species beyond what is given
in its bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM DUSENII Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 293 [as "C£enoden-
dnon" ]. 1900; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
A267 765) 89 93:... 1936):

Synonymy: Cfenodendron dusenti Giirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 293.
1900. Cerodendron bantert J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop.
Afrie5: 298° 1900)

Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 293,
298, & 518. 1900; GUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 293. 1900; K. Schum.,
Justs. Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495. 1902; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew.
Supp]. 2: 43. 1904; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit. 57: 248. 1919; Hutch-
ins. & Daillize. Flo W.. Tropes Afni), wedmdisi2cai278) & 274.) 193])3 B., Thom-
as, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 16, 42, 76, & 93. 1936;
Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 47 & 89. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 49
& 57. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 112, 113,
& 181. 1949; Mold., Resumé 138, 139, 260, & 449. 1959; H. Huber in
Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 441 & 444. 1963; Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 9: 3 (1964) and 15: 7 & 8. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
221, 223, 225, 242, 440, & 443 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phy-

334 Papsp Cos tore lain Vol. 59, No. 5

tol. Mem. 2: 212, 213, 215, 232, & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 59:
109. 1986.

A scrambling undershrub or erect shrub, to 2m. tall, with yellow-
ish-brown or rusty pubescence; young branches and branchlets finely
brownish-pubescent or puberulent; leaves mostly decussate-opposite,
rarely ternate; leaf-scars wide and compact, 1 cm. long, somewhat
recurved; petioles 1--2 cm. long, brownish-puberulent; leaf-blades
moderately firm in texture, oblong, elliptic, or ovate to obovate-
oblong or obovate, 6--15 cm. long, 4--8 cm. wide, about 1% times as
long as wide, apically acuminate or cuspidate, marginally entire,
basally angustate-rotund or cuneate, not cordate, green and glabrous
above or slightly pubescent along the midrib, sparsely pubescent or
puberulent only on the midrib and secondaries beneath, otherwise
glabrous; inflorescence terminal, the cymes dense, about 5 cm. wide,
pedunculate, the ramifications brownish-puberulent, forming a
branched, mostly subcorymbose thyrse; bracts linear; pedicels short;
flowers small; calyx campanulate, 2--4 mm. long, externally glabrous
or minutely puberulent, 5-toothed, the teeth ovate or deltoid, small,
spreading, nearly as long as the tube; corolla white or greenish-
white, the tube cylindric, about 5 mm. long, twice as long as the
calyx, the lobes obovate, about 2 mm. long; stamens 3 times as long
as the corolla-limb; fruiting-calyx campanulate, basally narrowed
into the pedicel, about 5 mm. long, externally very sparsely puberu-
lent, 5-toothed, the teeth subtriangular, about 1.5 mm. long, basal-
ly about 1.5 mm. wide.

This species is based on Dusén 326 from Ssangille, Cameroons,
collected on March 28, 1892, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium,
now doubtless destroyed. Cerodendron barteri is based on Banter 5]
from Brass on the Niger delta in Southern Nigeria.

GUrke (1900) says of C. dusenii: "Die Art ist am ndchsten verwandt
mit C2. scandens; wahrscheinlich rankt sie in derselben Weise wie
diese mit HUlfte der rickwdrts gekrimmten Blattstielreste im Gebusch
emper. Obwohl Bluten in dem vorliegenden Material nicht vorhanden
sind, zeigt sich doch an den abgeblUhten Kelchen ein deutlicher Un-
terschied von C&. scandens; die Kelchzdhne sind bei der neuem Art
deutlich 3-eckig. Ausserdem sind die jiingeren Zweige, die Blatt-
stiele und die Nerven auf der Unterseite des Blattes mit brdunlich-
gelben Flaum bedeckt, wdhrend sie bei C&. scandens kahl sind."

Collectors have found this plant growing in thickets, in ftower
in March. The corollas are said to have been "greenish-white" on
Blickenstag{ 10, while Baker (1900) refers to them as "white".

Huber (1963) includes in the synonymy of this species the Premna
macrosiphon of Baker, CLerxodendraum macnosiphon (Baker) Thomas, C,
dntermedium Thomas, and C. premnoides Meeuse, but I regard all of
these as synonyms of C. thomasii Mold., which see. Huber cites Bar-
ter 51, Baenan 9016, Mann 486, Talbot 1491 & 3122, and Thomson 28
from Southern Nigeria and Mact@and 531 & 980 from Cameroons.

The Schumann (1902) reference in this species' bibliography is
sometimes cited as "1900, apparently in error.

Baker's (1900) key for distinguishing this species from its small-
flowered non-capitate relatives is as follows (with the nomenclature
brought up-to-date):

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendraum 335

1]. Leaf-blades oblong.
2. Leaf-blades glabrous.
3. Bases of old petioles indurated and persistent..
3a. Bases of old petioles not indurated.
APE MT TORESCENGE USMail lieve s.snehelere cmye-cfsvovelateverd cl allera,c\ cues sid ae.e C. glabrum.
4a. Inflorescence a large compact thyrsoid panicle...C. volubile.
4b. Inflorescence a large subumbellate panicle....C. tnriphinerve.
2a. Leaf-blades slightly pubescent beneath.
5. Inflorescence small, compact.

eas Sita | vintsiniciaisnicmiainis.cciela'saes melee em C. glabrum var. vagum.
CipteUC AVC Sit liciln Celera: oi asarateiatetahs ai ciate Siere\ ere’ acc .ciel smi laierei 6 ais) cctv els C. dusenkk.
5a. Inflorescence a large thyrsoid panicle.......... C. toxicanium.
2b. Leaf-blades densely pubescent beneath.
i. Keat=bvades marginal lyientine..... co sssecs ss: el C. tanganyikense.
7a. Leaf-blades marginally deeply crenate..........2e00- C. Rinkkk.

la. Leaf-blades ovate, basally rounded.
8. Leaf-blades glabrous.

OS "ieat=blades75=2=7 55° cme Vonges ative. ees Gee). C. melanocnaten.
SasMrecat=blades 7.532 0stcmes tong. 16 ee sae C. 4ctvaeanum.
8a. Leaf-blades very pubescent...........002- C. glabrum var. vagum.
lb. Leaf-blades cordate-ovate, basally cordate.
ROmaCat ye owas Tonge, foe esGe Meee ee elo k Re ee HERG C. poLycephatum.
itaeesatyeewonmievhangs 2. fob cit Pike. iets 2882. C. johnston.
PObereatyx- Gam. Tomgeicd lied. 408) a caec user. aged. C. pletoscradium.

Hutchinson & Dalziel (1911) distinguish C. dusendi from its near-
est relatives as follows (the nomenclature, again, updated):

1. Inflorescence an elongated panicle................ C. thyrsoideum.
la. Inflorescence a corymbose or slightly pyramidal cyme.

Pretedt—plades basdl ly COndaces. csecnes scec clos as cele C. poLycephalum.
2d-ukear-piades not basal ly*cordates as. sacck wcinec oe.cre seh C. dusentk.

Citations: LIBERIA: Beickenstafg 10 (Ld, Mi). CAMEROONS: Dusén
326 (Ld--photo of isotype, N--photo of isotype, N--fragment of iso-
type, S--isotype).

CLERODENDRUM EBURNEUM Chiov. ex Chiarugi, Webbia 8: 238--239 [as
"CLerodendron" |. 1951; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Supp]. 12: 36. 1959.

Synonymy: C£erodendrzon eburneum Chiov. ex Chiarugi, Webbia 8:
238. 1951

Bibliography: Chiarugi, Wetbia 8: 238--239. 1951; G. Taylor, Ind.
KEWn SUPDN. es) ook 19502 Cut... Bulli: Jard-.- Bot. Brux. Se. Suppl’.
799. 1962; Mold., Phytologia 57: 34. 1985.

The original description of this obscure species is: "Frutex ra-
mis ultimis ad basin 3--3,5 mm. crassis, cortice subeburneo, lenti-
cellis perminuti punctiformibus dense sparsis, et perminute puberu-
lis. Folia facillime caduca 3--4-subverticillata, interdum solita-
ria, pseudoverticillis 1,5--2,5 cm. discretis; petiolus prope basin
articulatus, 10--17 mm. lo., dense ut tota lamina ubique pilis per-
minute pubescens; laminae plus minusve carnosae, sicco crassae et
rigidae valde corrugatae triangulares vel reniformi- vel ovato-
triangulares, basi lateribus fere horizontaliter distentis integris,
in media parte abrupte plus minusve breviter cuneatae et in petiolum

336 Panne veeT SOs OfGelsA Vol... 595% \Nomigs

decurrentes, latera laminae antica grosse dentato-lobulata, denti-
bus 2--4 mm. lo. apice rotundatis, cum dente summo caeteris valde
majore integro et cum dentibus imis caeteris minoribus, lamina e
linea basali 1,5--3 cm. lo. 2,2--3,4 cm. la., pars basalis cuneata
SriallMins 11016

The species is based on Connadi 8414 from Baidon, Somalia, collec-
ted on October 19, 1939. Cufodontis (1962) claims that the type
locality lies in south-southeastern Ethiopia, but Taylor (1959)
places it in what was then Italian Somaliland. Nothing further is
known to me about this species.

CLERODENDRUM EKETENSE Wernham, Journ. Bot. Brit. 52: 32 [as "C&eno-
dendron" ]. 1914; B. Thomas, Engl. Rot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
odisiL35.500e= 8093. 19867

Synonymy: Cferodendron eketense Wernham, Journ. Bot. Brit. 52:

32. 1914. Cenodendrwm ekatense Wernh. ex Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-

trib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47 & 89 sphalm. 1942.

Bibliography: Wernham, Journ. Bot. Brit. 52: 32--33. 1914; Fedde
& Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 252. 1920; Prain, Ind. Kew.
Supplies Seem pewilisbl L924; Mute inStee ce Daliz costely lp Wem MaeOlps w Airs
ed. 1, 2: 272. 1931; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
8, 35, 60, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1,
47 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 113 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 138 & 449.
1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Supp]. 5, imp. 2, 61. 1960; Mold., Résumé
Supp]. 18: 6 & 9. 1969; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 221, 446, & 461 (1971)
and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 212 & 536. 1980.

A softly pubescent climbing shrub; branchlets softly pubescent;
leaves decussate-opposite; petioles elongate, 3.5--5 cm. long, dense-
ly pubescent, the indurated base persistent; leaf-blades thinly mem-
branous, broadly oval or ovate-elliptic, 10--16 cm. long, 7--10 cm.
wide, apically very short-acuminate (the acumen itself very acute),
basally rounded or subcordate, sparsely pilose above, more densely
spreading-pilose on the venation beneath; secondaries very oblique;
inflorescence thyrsoid or narrow-paniculate, about 10 cm. long and
6 cm. wide, rather crowded or lax, densely pubescent throughout;
bracts very numerous, small, linear-lanceolate; pedicels 8--9 mm.
long or longer; calyx large, 1.5--1.6 cm. long, externally minutely
hispidulous, the lobes triangular-lanceolate or narrowly ovate, not
more than 1 cm. long, apically acuminate and very acute, longer than
the broadly campanulate tube, dorsally thinly pubescent; corolla 12--
16 mm. long, scarcely exserted from the calyx, the tube comparative-
ly short, about 1.7 cm. long, very slender, externally rather dense-
ly glandular-pilose especially apically, the lower slender portion
1.3 cm. long, the upper portion more or less ampliate, the lobes ob-
lanceolate-oblong, 4.5 mm. long; stamens erect, not long-exserted,
surpassing the corolla-mouth by only about 7 mm.

This species is based on Talbot 3393 from Eket, Southern Nigeria,
deposited in the herbarium of the British Museum in London. Hutch-
inson & Dalziel (1931) and Thomas (1936) each cite only the origin-
al collection, Thomas commenting that "Das vorliegende Material ist
sehr durftig".

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendaum 337

Wernham (1914) comments that this is "A well-defined species, dis-
tinguished by its short soft pubescence, the ample thin oval leaves
with long stiff stalks directed outwards and downwards, and the
large calyxes with but a short length of the corolla exserted. The
nearest allied species seems to be C, Welwitschii GUrke, but this
has the corolla-tube nearly 4 cm. long."

Citations: NIGERIA: Southern: Tafbot & Talbot 3393 [Mo. Bot. Gard.
Type Photos A.843] (E--photo of type, Gz--photo of type, N--photo of
type, W--photo of type).

CLERODENDRUM EKMANI Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 28 & 29 nom. nud.
1939; Phytologia 1: 445--446. 1940.

Synonymy: Megalosiphon splendens Ekman ex Mold., Prelim. Alph.
List Inv. Names 32 in syn. 1940.

Bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 28 & 29. 1939;
Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 32. 1940; Mold., Phytologia 1:
445--446. 1940; Mold., Lilloa 6: 320. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 33. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 40,
43, & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 11. 1946; Hill & Salisb.,
Inds Kew. Suppl. WO0se555 1947; Molds, Lilloa 145 222°1948son.: Ne ak AY
i Moldt,. (Pl. Kite 22057.) 1948s Mold’; Aliphe® List’ Cit.» 32.837) (1949)
and 4: 1257. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2,
98, 103, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 116, 123, 319, & 449. 1959;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 181 & 195 (1971) and 2: 571 & 865. 19713; Tron-
coso, Darwiniana 18: 396--398 & 408, fig. 36 & 37. 1974; Mold., Phy-
tologia 31: 384. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 140, 177, 185, & 536.
1980.

Illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 397 & 398, fig. 36 & 37.
1974,

A low bush; branchlets slender, obtusely tetragonal, very dense-
ly villous-tomentose with long albidous hairs; nodes not annulate;
principal internodes 1--3 cm. long; leaf-scars not conspicuous;
leaves decussate-opposite; petioles slender, 5--1/7 mm. long, densely
hirsute with long whitish hairs, flattened above, basally not notice-
ably annulate; leaf-blades membranous, rather uniformly dark-green
on both surfaces, ovate or ovate-elliptic, 3.3--5.8 cm. long, 1.5--
4 cm. wide, apically rounded or obtuse (in outline), marginally regu-
larly serrate from base to apex with acute or bluntish antrorse
teeth of uniform size throughout, basally rounded or subcordate to
acute and usually somewhat prolonged into the petiole, densely vil-
lous on both surfaces with whitish hairs 1--1.5 mm. long, especially
densely so on younger leaves and on the larger venation beneath;
midrib slender, plane above, prominulous beneath; secondaries very
slender, 4--6 per side, arcuate-ascending, mostly plane on both sur-
faces; vein and veinlet reticulation obscure or indiscernible on
both surfaces, hidden by the dense pubescence; inflorescence axil-
lary, cymose; peduncles very slender, about 1 cm. long, hirsute like
the petioles; corolla hypocrateriform, white, the tube elongate, to
9 cm. long, narrow-cylindric, straight or somewhat curved, equal in
diameter for its entire length or slightly ampliate below the apex,
the limb spreading, 5-lobed, the lobes subequal; stamens wine-color.

338 RHOV ADORE IORG: eA Vol. 59, Nozss

This curious species, obviously a member of the Subgenus Sipho-
nanthus, is based on an unnumbered H. Quiroga collection from San
Ignacio, Posedas, Misiones, Argentina, collected on October 21, 1913,
and deposited in the Delessert Herbarium in Geneva. It is named in
honor of Erik Leonard Ekman who also collected it at the type local-
ity and who regarded it a representing a new verbenaceous genus,
Megalosiphon. Hatschbach refers to it as "rare" and found it in
flower in February at 625 m. altitude. It is astonishing that a
plant with such very large and showy flowers has been so infrequent-
ly collected.

Citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 8868 (W--2692386). PARAGU-
AY: Anisits 2816 (S). ARGENTINA: Misiones: Ehman 2029 (S); Quizoga
S.n. [San Ignacio] (Cb--type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type,
N--photo of type).

CLERODENDRUM ELACHISTANTHUM Merr. ex Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ec. 1, 57 & 89 nom. nud. 1942; Li, Journ. Arnold
Arb. 25: 426 [as "C£erodendron"]. 1944.

Synonymy: CLerodendron elachistanthum Merr. ex Li, Journ. Arnold
Arb. 25: 426. 1944.

Bibliography: Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 57 &
89. 1942; Li, Journ. Arnold Arb. 25: 426. 1944; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names 6. 1947; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2,
Ticiiv&) HEI 94958 ES Ee Salfisibe., indi) Kewe Suppl) 1) seb 1953 Moildirs
Résumé 169, 262, & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 287 & 443 (1971)
and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 277 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phy-
tologia 59: 238. 1986.

A shrub, 1--8 m. tall; stems woody, erect, to 20 cm. in diameter;
bark brownish-gray; branchlets brown, glabrous; leaves decussate-
opposite; petioles 4--6 cm. long, glabrescent; leaf-blades chartace-
ous, ovate or cordate-ovate, 12--15 cm. long, 7.5--10 cm. wide, api-
cally acuminate, marginally entire, basally broadly truncate or sub-
cordate, 5-veined, glabrous above, minutely puberulent beneath; sec-
ondaries (including the basal ones) 4--6 per side, prominulent;
veinlet reticulation prominulent on both surfaces; inflorescence
terminal, paniculate, minutely puberulent, about 28 cm. long; pedun-
cles 3 cm. long; primary inflorescence ramifications opposite, about
10 in all, the lower ones to 13 cm. long, dichotomously branched;
bracts linear, to 5 mm. long; flowers minute, fragrant or i11l-smell-
ing, about 4 mm. long; bractlets about 1 mm. long; pedicels about |
mm. long; calyx campanulate, about 2 mm. long, externally puberulent,
the rim 5-dentate; corolla white or light-yellow, its tube 3--4 mm.
long, externally puberulent, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes 1--2 mm.
long; stamens 4, slightly exserted; style 4--5 mm. long; stigma bi-
lobed, the lobes apically acute.

This species is based on W. T. Tsang 27743 from thickets on steep
slopes at Pai-yun-an and its vicinity, in Ch'uan District, Kwangsi,
China, collected on June 26, 1937, and deposited in the Arnold Arbor-
etum herbarium. The collector reports that the plant is fairly com-
mon in the type locality. Li (1944) cites also Taam 824 from Kwang-
tung, where Taam says that it is also fairly common. It has been

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erxodendrwn 339

collected in anthesis only in June. Tsang reports the corolla color
as "white" and the flowers fragrant, while Taam describes the corolla
as "yellow" and the flowers il1- smelling [perhaps due ‘to ageing? ].

Li (1944) comments that "This species is apparently near C&enoden-
dron cyntophyllum Turcz., but it is readily distinguished by the much
broader leaves, the more elongated panicles, and the very small
flowers". Material has been misidentified and distributed in some
herbaria as C. cyrtophyQum Turcz.

Citations: CHINA: Kwangsi: Tsang 27743 (Ld--photo of isotype, W--
1757020--isotype). Kwangtung: Taam 824 (Mi); Tso 21153 (N).

CLERODENDRUM ELBERTI H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 83.
1918.

Synonymy: CLerodendron eLberti H. Hallier apud H. J. Lam, Verben-
ac. Malay. Arch. 316. 1919.

Bibliography: H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 83. 1918;
H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 316 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam &
Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 94, 108, & viii. 1921;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Beer & Lam, Blumea 2: 224.
1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 66 & 89. 1942;
H. N. & A. Le. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 58. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 147 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 197 & 449.
1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 330 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 320 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 216. 1985.

A shrub; branchlets fistular, round in cross-section, 4--7 mm. in
diameter, glabrous, the younger ones olivaceous in drying; leaves
decussate-opposite; petioles 2--10 cm. long, glabrous; leaf-blades
chartaceous, subcordate-rotundate, 6.5--21 cm. long, 4.5--14.5 cm.
wide, apically acuminate, marginally entire, basally subcordate or
rounded, completely glabrous on both surfaces, covered with minute
caducous scales above; inflorescence paniculate, terminal, to 24 cm.
long and 25 cm. wide, glabrous, many-flowered, the ramifications of-
ten 3 or 4 times bifurcate, terminating in cincinni; peduncles about
4 cm. long, glabrous; bractlets minute, linear-spatulate; pedicels
3--5 mm. long, glabrous; calyx membranous, wide, 3-parted for 2/3 to
3/4 its length, the segments always 3, ovate, 12--15 mm. long, basal-
ly 8 mm. wide, apically acute or acuminate, crimson, glabrous, irreg-
ularly venose; corolla glabrous, its tube slender, 1.8--2.5 cm.
long, about twice as long as the calyx, apically somewhat infundibu-
lar, the upper portion externally glanduliferous, the lobes spatu-
late, 12 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, apically obtuse, dorsally glandulif-
erous; stamens inserted in the throat of the corolla-tube, exserted
about 4--5 cm.; style exserted 4--5 cm.; stigma shortly bifid; ovary
4-lobed, externally glabrous; fruiting-calyx accrescent, crimson,
enclosing the immature fruit.

This curious species is based on Ebert 3977, in flower and young
fruit, collected on December 23, 1909, at 10--60 m. altitude, at
Kempong on Saleh Bay, in the Sultanate of Dompuh, Sumbawa, deposited
in the Senckenberg, Buitenzorg, Leiden, and other herbaria. The
species is closely related to C, hettae H. Hallier "sed praeter ali-
as notas paniculae ramis compluries dichotomis, floribus multo minor-

340 Pic Y see NOwG ds yA Vol. 59, Nov

ibus, staminibus altissime exsertis bene distinctum" (Hallier, 1918).
Hallier placed it in Section Squamata, but Lam (1919) erected a
special Section Tridens for it and C. hettae. Beer & Lam (1936) ad-
ded a third species, C. brassci, from New Guinea, which "differs
[from C. elberti] only in some minor points (bidentate calyx lobes,
broader petals)". They claim that these three species are taxonom-
ically related to the genus Fanradaya, "a typical eastern genus (N.
Borneo, Talaud, Moluccas, New Guinea, Australia, Polynesia)".

Nothing is known to me of CLonrodendrum eLberti beyond what is
given in its bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM ELEGANS Manetti ex Lem., Jard. Fleur. 4: Misc. 47. 1855.

Synonymy: C£erodendrawn calamistratum Hort. Belg. ex Lem., Jard.
Fleur. 4: Misc. 48 in syn. 1855. CLenodendron eLegans Manetti apud
Jacks. ani Hook. f.& Jacks.., Ind. Kew., impels list561. 1893. . (e2ex0=
dendron elegans "Manetti ex Lem." apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Jard= Bot-mBuitenzi..,cser. 3°32 1108. 192k

Bibliography: Lem., Jard. Fleur. 4: Misc. 47--48. 1854; Jacks. in
Hooke fie dudacksin,nindi Kews emp: digs dice 560 & “56,5 0893s chs Wieelami,
Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 320 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 94, 108, & viii. 1921; Mold., Alph.
List Inv. Names 16. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
Cdialis) 728889 391942 sadacks aminwhooke he 18 Wacksn. india KKewas ampe ses
1: 560 & 561. 1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2,
158 & 181. 1949; Mold., Resume 215, 261, & 449. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook sahass Jacksia5 “Inde, Kew. impsesis, W560) 8-561. 1960: (Mollidi.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 358 & 441 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
22 349.9% 5365 A980.

The original description of this taxon reads as follows: "CLero-
dendrum elegans Manetti, Msc.?...C. Fruticosum canescens: ramulis
teretiusculis; foliis longe petiolatis ovalibus vel ovato-rhombeis
obtusiusculis basi attenuatis grosse et inaequaliter serrato-dentatis
subtus nervosis; panicula terminali pyramidata nutante; pedunculis
subtrifloris, pedicellis lateralibus bibracteolatis, calycibus cam-
panulatis 5-fidis, laciniis lanceolatis acutis; corolla (alba) tubo
pilosiuscolo infundibulari gracili calyce quadruplo longiore, limbi
lobis ovalibus obtusis involutis; staminibus styloque longe exser-
tis. Patria agnota, floret novembre in caldariis. Manetti. 1. i. c.
CLerodendraum elegans Manetti, in litteris! et in....? -- calamistna-
tum? Hort.? -- (Venbenaceae). M. Manetti, inspecteur des jardins
impériaux, & Monza (Lombardie), nous fait parvenir. pour en enrichir
notre recueil, par l'entremise obligeante de M. Auguste Van Geert,
horticulteur, a Gand, la description d'un C£erodendraum, qu'il re-
garde comme nouveau. I] l'avait regu, il y a huit ans environ, de
Belgique, sous le nom de C. calamistratum! nom mal écrit, peut-étre,
pour C, calamitosum; car rien dans la phrase spécifique de ce botan-
iste, phrase qui nous semble fort bien rédigée, ne fair allusion a
de la frisure (calamistratus, frise au fer!). Ce ne saurait etre ce
dernier, dont le nouveau differe de tout point; et d'un autre cote,
nous ne connaissons pas de C. calamistnatum dans les jardins belges.
C'est un arbrisseau couvert d'une pubescence blanchatre, & rameaux

1986 Moldenke, Notes on Cenodendawm 341

cylindriques, a feuilles ovales, ou ovees-rhombofdes, subcbtuses, a
panicule pyramidale, dont les pédicellules triflores; les fleurs
blanches, dont les corolles quatre fois plus longues que les calyces;
les étamines et le style longuement exserts. Nous souhaitons que M.
Manetti nous gratifie bientdt d'un dessin colorié, que nous nous em-
presserions de reproduire dans le Jardin fleuriste." The page is
dated “les Juillet 1855".

Nothing is known to me of this taxon beyond this description
which indicates that it was originally described from material culti-
vated in Italy. Neither Lam (1919) nor Bakhuizen (1921) could add
anything further.

CLERODENDRUM ELLIOTI Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 396. 1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 396. 1950; E. J.
Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 56. 1953; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag.
174: 153, 216--218, & 267, fig. 35. (1). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155 &
449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 188. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 267, fig. 35
(Vise 1956:

A shrub, 1--2.5 m. tall; branches and branchlets rather slender,
very finely puberulous, glabrescent in age, grayish-brown, rather
conspicuously lenticellate, the lenticels round and small; twigs
sparse, very slender, densely puberulent; nodes not annulate; prin-
cipal internodes abbreviated, 0.5--2.5 cm. long; leaf-scars large and
prominent on the younger parts; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles
very slender, 1--2.2 cm. long, glabrous; leaf-blades thin-membranous,
very fragile and brunnescent in drying, elliptic, 2.5--8.5 cm. long,
2--2.5 cm. wide, apically short-acuminate, marginally entire, basal-
ly mostly acuminate, glabrous or subglabrous on both surfaces, more
or less punctate beneath; midrib very slender, flat above, prominu-
lous beneath; secondaries very slender, flat above, very slightly
Subprominulous beneath, 4--7 per side, divergent-ascending, arcuate-
ly joined near the margins beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation
mostly indiscernible on both surfaces; inflorescence axillary, cymose,
few-flowered, often reduced to one flower; peduncles very slender,
12--17 mm. long, minutely puberulent; pedicels very slender, 5--15
mm. long, minutely puberulent; bracts foliaceous, 2 or 4 per cyme or
caducous, 10--15 mm. long, stipitate; bractlets linear, 5--6 mm.
long; calyx thinly membranous, brunnescent in drying, elliptic-tubu-
lar, 2.5--3 cm. long, to 14 mm. wide at the mid-point, externally
glabrous, 5-plicate, the rim 5-lobed, the lobes ovate, about 7 mm.
long, apically attenuate-acuminate; corolla red, infundibular, its
tube about 3.5 cm. long, slightly surpassing the calyx, externally
very sparsely scattered-pulverulent or puberulent with very minute
hairs, the limb about 3 cm. wide, the lobes about 1.5 cm. long;
stamens and style included by the limb; fruiting-calyx coriaceous,
nigrescent in drying, about 3 cm. long, to 1.8 cm. wide, dorsally
glabrate, obscurely veined, the rim conspicuously 5-lobed; fruit
drupaceous, brown-purple.

This species is based on G, F. Scott EkLiot 2039 from dry rocky
hills at Betsilec, near Yeanar, in the interior of Madagascar, col-

342 Pulley eo ORL Omg: sleiA Vol. 59, No. 5

lected on February .3, 1/-90, and deposited in the Paris herbarium.
The vernacular name, "aselo", is recorded by the collector.

Collectors have found this plant in flower in February, July, and
October. A key to distinguish it from other Madagascar species will
be found under C. baronianum Oliv. in the present series of notes.

Material of C, elkioti has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as C. anenanrium Baker and Bankleria prionitis Lindl.
The Scott ElLiot 3039 collection, cited below, is a mixture with Cc,
macrocakyct num J. G. Baker.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decary 5533 (N, P); Scott ElLiot 2039 (E--
photo of type, F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type,
P--type), 3039 in part (K, N).

CLERODENDRUM ELLIPTIFOLIUM Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 341--
342 [as "Cenodendron" ]. 1912; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 & 89. 1942.

Synonymy: CLenodendron ekkiptifolium Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci.
Boitsoeeyese G4 lee nSize

Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 341--342.
1912; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (2): 335. 1915; H. J.
Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 261 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh.,
Builtlterdard., “Bote BU tenZ.5 Seine sy oee 76, 994, alOSly SIM eae wat.

SZ shsPratinis: Lid. skews Suppilia25’,cTimp. “), (GIRPaO2ie (ES Di Merr 5 enum.

Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 401. 1923; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-

ac., ed. 1, 62 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 141 & 181. 1949; Mold., Resume

183 & 449. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 61. 1960; Mold.,

Fifth Summ. 1: 315 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:

306 & 536. 1980.

A small tree or shrub, about 3 m. tall, glabrous except for the
inflorescence; branches terete or obscurely angled, glabrous, the
younger ones olivaceous, lenticellate; leaves decussate-opposite;
petioles 3--3.5 cm. long, glabrous; leaf-blades chartaceous or sub-
membranous, elliptic to elliptic-ovate, 12--15 cm. long, 7--11 cm.
wide, olivaceous when dry, apically stoutly short-acuminate, margin-
ally obscurely subundulate with incipient teeth 1--1.5 cm. apart,
basally rather broadly rounded or sometimes very obscurely cordate,
unicolored on both surfaces, glabrous and shiny above, dull and
glabrous beneath; secondaries 5 or 6 per side, prominent, curvate,
anastomosing; veinlet reticulation loose; inflorescence terminal,
dense, many-flowered, cymose, subsessile or at least branched from
the base, about 10 cm. wide, sparingly pubescent with short scatter-
ed hairs; bractlets acicular, 1--2.3 mm. long, pubescent; flowers
numerous; calyx infundibular or somewhat cupuliform, about 6 mm.
long, 3.5 mm. wide, the rim truncate and obscurely 5-toothed, narrow-
ed to the acute base, externally sparingly pubescent with very short
hairs; corolla white or nearly so, the tube slender, cylindric, about
18 mm. long, glabrous, the limb spreading, about 12 mm. wide, the
lobes ovate or broadly oblong-ovate, apically rounded; ovary exter-
nally glabrous.

The species is based on Ramos Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 14463 from
thickets at Panatayum, Camiguin de Dindinao, Philippine Islands,
collected on March 20, 1912, and deposited in the herbarium of the

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 343

Philippine Bureau of Science, now doubtless destroyed. Merril]
(1912) comments that this is "A characteristic species not, apparent-
ly, very closely allied to the other Philippine forms, although
manifestly in the same group with Cferodendron quadriloculane Merr.,
C. mindonense Merr., and C. k£emmei Elm. It is distinguished by its
elliptic, obscurely undulate leaves, and its dense, terminal, many-
flowered, cymose panicles".

Bakhuizen (1921) suggests that C. sahelangi Koord. may possibly
be conspecific with C. elkiptifolium, but had no material of the
latter for comparison.

Nothing is known to me of C. ekliptifoliwm beyond what is given
in it bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM ELMERT Merr., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 15: 264--265 [as
"CLenodendron" ]. 1929; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed2r Wi, 162,, 655) 8 89)".1 942.

Synonymy: C£enodendnon elmeri Merr., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 15:
264. 1929. Cenrodendron obLongrfolium Kochm., in herb.

Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 15: 264--265.
1929; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 54. 1933; Fedde & Schust.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 416. 1939; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
tribes Verbenace,, ede Iw625 65, 2°89. AG42scHeeN. ike ASR IEOMolld:. ,. PIT:
Pahek 22s 58.171 948);) Molidase Aliphee i st Cite 425 1232. 81260 11949; Mold)...
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 141, 145, & 146. 1949; Mold.,
Résumé 183, 192, 193, & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 322 (1971)
and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 313 & 536. 1980.

An erect unbranched subshrub, about 0.5 m. tall, glabrous except
for the inflorescence; stems simple, terete, tough, pale-gray, about
4 mm. in diameter; leaves decussate-opposite, in equal pairs; peti-
oles 3--3.5 cm. long, deep-green, glabrous; leaf-blades membranous,
lanceolate to oblanceolate, 15--22 cm. long, 3--5.5 cm. wide, penni-
nerved, apically narrowly and acutely acuminate, marginally entire,
basally cuneate, glabrous and eglandular on both surfaces, deep-
green and shiny above, much paler beneath, drying green above and
only slightly paler beneath; secondaries about 11 per side, slender,
distinct, arcuately anastomosing; veinlet reticulation loose; inflor-
escence terminal, paniculate, erect, pale-green, pedunculate, about
15 cm. long and 8 cm. wide, puberulent, the primary ramifications
opposite, subpatulous, about 4 cm. long; bracts linear-lanceolate,
1--1.5 cm. long; buds descending; flowers horizontal, disposed in
cymes on the primary inflorescence-branches; pedicels 5--8 mm. long;
bractlets linear-lanceolate, about 2 mm. long; calyx deeply 5-fid,
the lobes lanceolate, green, about 8 mm. long and 1.4 mm. wide, api-
cally acuminate, sparsely glanduliferous, externally puberulent;
corolla white, the tube slender, about 13 mm. long, externally puber-
ulent, the lobes subequal, oblong-obovate to oblong, about 5.5 mm.
long, 2--3 mm. wide, apically rounded, dorsally slightly puberulent;
filaments exserted about 2 cm. from the corolla-mouth, dark-purple,
glabrous; ovary subglobose, externally glabrous; fruiting-calyx red;
immature fruit green.

This species is based on Efmenr 20534 from near Tawao, Sabah, de-
posited in the herbarium of the University of California at Berkeley.

344 PeHiayea0cly OnGelsA Vol. 59, No. 5

Merrill (1929) comments that "As the species are arranged by Lam in
his recent treatment of the Malaysian representatives of this genus,
the form above described falls in the group with Cfenodendron nutans
Wall. and C. macrophylQum Blume, but it is remote from both". Col-
lectors refer to it as "a roadside weed" in Sabah and have encoun-
tered it at 5500 feet altitude. Material has been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as C, disparifolium Blume, C. dispari-
folium f. prtanganense Bakh., and Rubdaceae sp.

Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Kambangan: Brauggeman 854 (Bz--
19211, N). Sabah: Cockburn SAN.76818 (Sn); E&mer 20534 (Ca--312127--
type, Du--165497--isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, Mu--isotype, N--
photo of isotype).

CLERODENDRUM EMIRNENSE Bojer ex W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 56 [ser.
2, 3]: pl. 2925 [as "C£enodendron"]. 1829; Bojer, Hort. Maurit.
(Aaya Msievhc

Synonymy: CLerodendaum (VoLkamena) floribundum Lind]., Edwards
Bot. Reg. 12: pl. 1035 textu. 1827 [not C. {Lonibundwm R. Br., 1810].
Egena enuminensis Raf., Fl. Tellur. 2: 85. 1837. C£Lerodendron ermin-
ense Hook. ex Raf.,-Fl. Tellur. 2: 85 in syn. 1837. Cenodendrwn
floribundum B. Reg. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Pham., ed. 2, 1: 382 in syn.
1840. Cerodendron floribundum Hort. ex Schau. in A. DC., Prodr.

11: 661 in syn. 1847. Cerodendron floribundum Hort. Angl. ex Buek,
Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106 in syn. 1858. CLerodendron sLoribun-
dum Lind]. apud Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106 in syn. 1858.
Egena eminnensisd Rafin. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 1, 1: 822. 1893. CLenodendron eminense Woodrow, Gard. Trop.,
ed. 6, imp. 8, 437. 1910. Cenodendron eminense Robledo, Lecc. Bot.
2: 499 sphalm. 1940. Cenodendrwn emirnense “Bojer ex Hook." apud
Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 266. 1956. Cenodendron eminnense
Bak. ex Mold., Résumé 262 in syn. 1959. C&enodendron diversifolium
ph in herb. [not C, diversifolium L. C. Rich., 1940, nor Vahl,
1791 ].

Bibliography: Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 12: pl. 1035. 1827; W.
Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 56 [ser. 2, 3]: pl. 2925. 1829; Wall., Numer.
List [49], no. 1791. 1829; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 415. 1830;
Louds, “Hort s Brite ;eediou2 77549.51832e5 Boyer, (Horte Maurite 255" 18375
Raf.3 Rl selelturs, “impevhy 22 85.8 18372NG., Done in’ Sweet, Hort) Brit. ;
ed. 3, 549. 1839; J. Grah., Cat. Pl. Bomb. 158. 1839; Steud., Nom.
Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382. 1840; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 465.
1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 111. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr.

1: 661. 1847; Schnitzl., Icon. Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2: 137 Verben-
ac. [3]-& 137, fig. 1 & 2. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3:
106. 1858; Woodrow, Gard. India, ed. 5, 419. 1889; Jacks. in Hook.
fe obuidacks 2.0 inds “Kewe ? Tinpoel, See561 kn8225 WOSsNBrigqscinvENng! ok
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 175. 1895; Woodrow, Journ.
Bomb. Soc. Nat. Hist. 5: 12. 1899; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed.
1, 434. 1906; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., ed. 1 [Gard. India, ed. 6, imp.
8], 437. 1910; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930; Mold., Geogr. Dis-
trib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 19 &
22. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 17 & 21. 1942; Mold., Known

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C&erxodendrawm 345

Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53, 72, & 89. 1942; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561 & 822. 1946; Mold.,
Moh. SEISse Cit 2095 148580250.5 Y946s Rat FT Tel lurk snaps. 12202?

85. 1946; Terrac., Trav. Lab. Mat. Med. Ecole Sup. Pharm. Paris 33
(3): 101. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 352, 484, 560, & 562
(1948) and 4: 1141. 1949; E. D. Merr., Ind. Raf. 204. 1949; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 123, 158, & 181. 1949;
Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 325. 1951; Mold., Phytologia 4: 44.
1952; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 150, 156, 186--191, 266, &
267, fig. 30 (6--11). 1956; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp.
Mee 2 14S 1958s (Mold se Resumem55i 157, 925.2625 1269 98 2729119595
dacks Sein’ Hook war kahdacks "Inde" Kew. simps 35 le 561 48622" 19608
Mold., Resumé Suppl. 4: 11. 1962; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2,
imp. 2, 2: 514. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260, 264, 358, 443, 444,
& 461 (1971) and 2: 491 & 865. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 28: 448
(1974), 31: 395 (1975), and 36: 41. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
248, 252, 349, 385, & 536. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. &
Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 456. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 57: 38
& 349 (1985) and 58: 181, 187, & 203. 1985.

Illustrations: W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 56 [ser. 2, 3]: pl.
2925 (in color). 1829; Schnitzl., Iconogr. Fam. Nat. 2: 137 Verben-
ac. pl. 137, fig. 1 & 2. 1856; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 187,
fig. 30 (6--8). 1956.

A shrub or small tree, to 6.5 m. tall, much branched and twiggy;
main branches often quite stout; branchlets slender or very slender,
gray or grayish, subterete or obscurely tetragonal, mostly conspic-
uously lenticellate, varying from densely to more or less sparsely
short-pubescent, strigillose, or puberulent, glabrescent in age, of-
ten ternate or whorled; twigs very slender, subterete or obscurely
tetragonal, grayish or brownish, densely short-pubescent with sordid-
cinereous hairs, becoming less so in age; nodes not annulate; prin-
cipal internodes 0.5--3 cm. long, often much more abbreviated on
twigs, occasionally elongate to 6 cm.; leaves mostly decussate-oppo-
site on younger plants or branches, sometimes ternate or quaternate
on older branches, numerous, small; petioles very slender, mostly 1--
10 mm. long, short-pubescent or strigillose-puberulent; leaf-blades
thin-chartaceous or submembranous, bright-green above, often brunnes-
cent in drying, lighter beneath, varying from ovate, oblong-ovate,
oblong, or lanceolate to elliptic or obovate, 1--4.5 cm. long, 0.4--
2.7 cm. wide, apically varying from blunt or rounded to acute or
short-acuminate, marginally mostly entire or subentire, basally a-
cute or acuminate, sometimes attenuate into the petiole, dark-green
and varying from more or less pulverulent-puberulent to minutely
puberulent or strigillose and minutely scabrous above but soon be-
coming glabrous and shiny, paler and densely punctate beneath and
more or less strigillose-puberulent on the larger venation or some-
times over the whole lower surface, rarely subglabrate beneath;
midrib very slender, flat or very slightly prominulous above, usual-
ly very slightly prominulous beneath; secondaries very slender, 3--5
per side, flat or obscure above, flat or very slightly subprominu-
lous beneath, arcuate-ascending, joined at the margins; vein and

346 Priel TiiO) |) OnG alieh Vol. 58), Noite

veinlet reticulation sparse, obscure or indiscernible above, obscure
or rarely somewhat conspicuous beneath; inflorescence terminal, cy-
mose or corymbose, small to large, congested and compact, mostly
Subumbelliform, densely many-flowered, usually 2--3.5 cm. long and
wide, rarely to 5 cm. wide, shortly pubescent-strigillose throughout;
peduncles very slender or mostly obsolete; cyme-branches often numer-
ous, very slender, mostly 2--10 mm. long or rarely the lowermost
longer, densely short-pubescent; foliaceous bracts sometimes present
and leaf-like in all respects; bractlets and prophylla linear or se-
taceous, 1--3 mm. long, minutely puberulous or strigillose; pedicels
mostly obsolete; flowers odorous; calyx campanulate, 1--2 mm. long
and wide, mostly brunnescent or nigrescent in drying, externally

more or less strigillose, the rim apiculate-dentate, the apiculations
mostly divergent, often reflexed; corolla hypocrateriform, varying
from white, yellowish-white, or white tinged with purple to whitish-
rose, rose, Or mauve, sometimes pale-purplish or flesh-color, the
tube very slender, cylindric, about 1 cm. long, externally minutely
puberulent or glabrate, the limb about 5 mm. wide, the 5 lobes ellip-
tic, about 3 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide, subequal; stamens 4, inserted
just below the mouth of the corolla-tube, long-exserted, projecting
1--1.5 cm. from the corolla-tube, 2 slightly shorter tahn the others;
filaments rose-violet; style long-exserted, a little shorter than

the stamens, rose-violet; stigma bifid, the branches apically acute;
fruiting-pedicels obsolete or to 1 mm. long; fruiting-calyx campanu-
late, incrassate, usually to about 3 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, exter-
nally sparsely strigillose, the rim deeply and irregularly lobed;
fruit drupaceous, subglobose, about 5 mm. long and wide, externally
glabrous, at first yellowish, later nigrescent, 4-seeded, more or
less included by the fruiting-calyx.

Hooker (1829) asserts that this species was "Discovered by Pro-
fessor Bojer in waste and mountainous places about Tananarivou, the
capital of the province of Emirne, in the interior of Madagascar.
Seeds were communicated by that gentleman and by C. Telfair, Esq. to
Mr. Barclay, at Bury Hill, in whose stove the plants produced blos-
soms in the month of February, 1824. From these our drawing was
made: but it is only fair to observe that I have lately received from
Mrs. Telfair a beautiful drawing of this plant, made in the Maurit-
ius, from which it is evident, that the plant as it advances in age
becomes larger in all its parts, especially in the leaves, which are
twice or thrice the size of those here figured."

The species is known in the wild form only from Madagascar, but
is cultivated in Mauritius and in various places in Europe and the
United States. It is said to be used as a fumigant and to make a
cooling herb-tea, but some collectors have asserted that it is said
by natives to be very toxic. In its pubescence and dense terminal
inflorescences it closely resembles C, grevet Mold. and is certain-
ly also allied to C. gfabawm var. vagum (Hiern) Mold. of southern Af-
CG.

Common and vernacular names recorded for C. emianense are
"sasandroy", "small-flowered clerodendrum", "small-flowered Madagas-
car clerodendron", "tanikisky", and "varikitia".

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 347

What appears to be material of the type Bojer collection bears
labels inscribed as C£erodendron diversifolium Lab. and C, diversi-
folium Vahl. The latter binomial has been regarded by some writers
as a possible synonym of C. emirnense, but is now regarded as the
name-bringing synonym of C. pantculatum var. diversifolium (Vahl) C.
B. Clarke; the C. divernsifolium credited to Richard belongs in the
synonymy of C. grandiffonrum (Hook.) Schau.

Collectors have encountered C, eminnense on dry hills and fores-
ted slopes, in dry forests and thickets, wet woods, forest and
savoke remnants, and xerophyllous bush on limestone, as well as on
gneiss and gneiss-laterite formations, at altitudes of 50--1200 m.,
in flower in February, April, May, September, October, and December.
Loudon (1832) assert that it was introduced into cultivation in Eng-
land in 1823 from Madagascar. In 1837 Bojer reported it cultivated
in Mauritius, while in 1845 Voigt lists it as cultivated in the sub-
urbs of Calcutta, India. Jafri & Ghafoor, in a personal communica-
tion to me in 1974, state that it is "Sometimes cultivatio in gar-
dens of Sind [Pakistan] as an ornamental". They cite Ai S.N.,
Saida 4.n., and Saida, Zaib, & Nuzhat 4.n., describing the "flowers"
as about 1 cm. across and the corolla-tube as "curved". Their state-
ment that the original specimen was “a plant cultivated....in Mr.
Barclays store" is a misinterpretation of Hooker's statement in his
1829 description of the plant as having been grown in Mr. Barclay's
stove [i.e., hot-house].

The Copenhagen collection, cited below, is said to have been
grown in the botanical garden greenhouse there from seeds that came
from the West Indies -- the sheet, curiously, is annotated as "Ric-
Anus" Sp.

The corollas of C. emianense are said to have been "white" on
Croat 30950, Humbert 6759, Qureshi 4.n., and Qureshi & ak. 4.n.,
"yellowish-white" on Humbert 12386 & 12871 "rose" on Catat 122, De-
cary 2500, and LeMyne 4.n., “rose or whitish-rose" on Decany 6143,
and "mauve" on Decany 4.n. The inflorescence on Decany 699 is fas-
ciated.

Woodrow (1889, 1910) describes the species as "A very useful
shrubbery species thriving in the Deccan [India] in fair soil when
established without irrigation".

A very typical fruiting specimen of C. eminxnense may be seen on
Perrier 10244 -- this should be compared with the very different
fruiting clusters on Baron 918 representing var. diffusum Mold.

It may be worth pointing out here that the Rafinesque (1837) pub-
lication, cited in the synonymy and bibliography (above), is often
cited in botanical literature by the incorrect titlepage date of
"1836". It should also be noted that the plate 1035 accompanying
Lindley's 1827 article constitutes the type of C. pubescens Lindl.
and apparently does not apply to the C. {Lonribunduwm described by him
in the text accompanying the plate.

CLerodendrzum emirnense is said to be referred to by Willdenow in
ee Spe, Plas eda, 3) Gl)is. 387==388(1'800), or Sti(2)e 1802" bute
fail to find any reference to it there.

A key to distinguish C. eminnense and its subspecific taxa from
related Madagascar taxa will be found under C. barontanuwm Oliv. in

348 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, Noses

the present series of notes.

Material of C. eminnense has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C. aucubéfoLiwm Hems]., C. heterophyLQum (Poir.)
R. Br., and Ricinus sp. On the other hand, the cultivated material
from South Africa, distributed as typical C, eminnense, actually is
its var. diffuswm Mold., while Boivin 4.n. [Madagascar, 1847-1852]
is Holmskioldia mina Mold.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 539 (K, P), 656 (P); Bernard 96070
(P); Bojer 4.n. (F--photo of type, K--isotype, L--isotype, Ld--photo
of type, Mu--784--isotype, Mu--785--isotype, N--photo of type, P--
type, P--isotype, P--isotype, Pd--isotype); Campenon 4.n. [Fev.
1888] (P); Catat 122 (P); Croat 30950 (N); D'ALeeisette 379m (P);
Decary 699 (P), 713 (P), 2500 (P), 6143 (P, W--2495333), 6712 (P),
8533 in part (P), s.n. [Ilafy, 4.2.17] (P), 4.n. [Beloha, 29.8.17]
(P), s.n. [Beloha, 5.9.17] (P); Greve s.n. [Mouroumvana] (P); Herb.
Jand. Bot. Tanananive 271 (P); Humbert 6759 (P), 12386 (P), 12871
(P), 14394 (P); Humb£ot 641 (P, P); Lyale 86 in part (K), 4.n. (Ed);
LeMyne de Vilens 4.n. [20 Octobre 1888] (P); Perrier 10201 (P),
10244 (N, P), 13219 (P); Teffain s.n. (N); WaterLot 686 (P), s.n.
[rec. 21 Mai 1919] (P), 4.n. (P, P). CULTIVATED: Austria: Herb.
Reichenbach s.n. (V). Denmark: Herb. Hort. Bot. Hafn. 4.n. [Semina
ex Ind. occid.] (Cp, Ld--photo, N, N--photo). England: Herb. Hort.
Banckay S.n. [15-7-30] (K, N). India: Woodrow s.n. [Poona Bot.
Gard., May 1880] (K). Mauritius: N. J. Andersson 10 (P, S). New
Jersey: Guyot 4.n. [Princeton] (Pr). Pakistan: Qaisen 4.n. [10-3-74]
(Kh); Qureshi s.n. [12.10.1966] (Kh); Qureshi, Zaib, & Muzhat 4.n.
[25.3.1969] (Kh). Russia: Herb. Fischer sen. [1832 ] (L). MOUNTED
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hooker, Curtis Bot. Mag. 56 [ser. 2, 3]: pl. 2925 (Ba
--380841, Ld).

CLERODENDRUM EMIRNENSE f. DENTATUM Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77:
S97 oor

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 397. 1950; Mold.
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 187, 190, & 267, fig. 30 (9). 1956;
Mold., Résumé 155 & 449, 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and
2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phyto-
logia 58: 186. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 187, fig. 30
(9). 1956.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in having
most or all of its leaf-blades marginally dentate above the middle
with 1 or 2 apically blunt or subacute teeth on each side.

The form is based on WatenLot 486 from the vicinity of Tananarive,
Madagascar, collected in April, 1922, and deposited in the Paris
herbarium.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Greville 86 (Ed); Waterfot 29 (P), 486 (F--
photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, P--type).

CLERODENDRUM EMIRNENSE var. DIFFUSUM Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
TES 3897... W950.
Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 397. 1950; Mold.,
Phytologia 4: 44. 1952; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 187, 190--

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrun 349

191, & 267, fig. 30 (10 & 11). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155, 215, & 449.
1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 & 358 (1971) and 2: 864. 1971; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 249, 349, & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 181 &
190. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 187, fig. 30 (10
BT jet 1956.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its cymes much more loose and diffuse during anthesis, mostly
wide-spreading, the pedicels sometimes well developed and to 5 mm.
long during anthesis, the calyx mostly 2--3 mm. long, the fruiting-
pedicels well developed, to 7 mm. long under the terminal flowers,
the fruiting-calyx about 4 mm. long and 6--/7 mm. wide, and the fruit
about 7 mm. long and wide.

The variety is based on an unnumbered Bojer collection [Kew 11.
675] from Madagascar, deposited in the Paris herbarium. The Baron
918 collection in the Paris herbarium exhibits an especially fine
fruiting cluster. The variety is endemic to Madagascar, but appar-
ently has been cultivated in France and South Africa. The vernacular
name, "léha", has been recorded for it.

Cloisel describes this plant as a small tree, the corollas white;
Decary 2822 is also said to have had white corollas. Parker refers
to the plant as a small tree, 8--10 feet tall. It has been found
growing in calcareous thickets and slopes, in tropophilous forests,
and in xerophyllous bushland on limestone formations, at 100--350 m.
altitude, in flower in June.

The Tepin collection, cited below, is a mixture with C, hetero-
phyflum (Poir.) R. Br. The specimen cultivated in France, also cited
below, was grown from seeds sent by Poisson, as no. F.211-A.599,
collected at Tulear, Madagascar, in 1921.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 918 (K, P, P); Bojer s.n. [Kew 11.
675] (F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, N--iso-
type, P--type, P--isotype, P--isotype, Ut--11553lb--isotype); Cloisek
36 (P); Decary 2822 (P), 4407 (P), 9563 (P), 9574 (P), 10715 (P);
Hooker 4.n. (T); Humbert 20002 (P); Lyall 86 in part (K); G. W. Pan-
ker 5.n. [Andramasina] (K); Rutenbera 4.n. [Abeloma, 1877] (P); Tep-
in Sen. [Herb. Reichenbach f. 134547 in part] (V). CULTIVATED:
France: Herb. Mus. Paris s.n. (P). South Africa: Herb, Crooke 4.n.
[Garden of Baron von Ludwig] (N).

CLERODENDRUM ERECTUM DeWild., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 13: 145 [as
"CLenodendron" ]. 1914; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.
Clerod.] 46, 83, & 93. 1936

Synonymy: C£enodendron erxectum DeWild., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.

Ue La See 94s

Bibliography: DeWild., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 13: 145. 1914;

Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 252. 1920; Prain, Ind.

Kew. Supp]. 5, imp. 1, 61. 1921; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:

{Gatt. Clerod.] 17, 46, 83, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.

Verbenac., ed. 1, 48 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 115 & 181. 1949; Mold.,

Résume 141, 148, 426, & 449. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 9. 1959;

Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 61. 1960; Bouquet, Invent. Pl.

350 PsN STON L 106 {ek Vol. 59, Now's

Méd. Tox. Cong. Braz. 32. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228, 235, &
245 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 217, 218, 225,
385, & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 358 (1985) and 59: 110. 1986.

A low subshrub or shrub, 0.7--1 m. tall; branches erect, to 40
cm. long, brachiate, glabrous or sparsely pilose; leaves decussate-
opposite or whorled, the blades obovate-lanceolate, 5--13 cm. long,
0.9--2.1 cm. wide, marginally irregularly short-denticulate, basally
long-attenuate, glabrous or sparsely pilose above, sparsely pilose
beneath; inflorescence paniculate, more or less long-pedunculate and
branched; peduncles to 5 cm. long; flowers subfasciculate in groups
of 3 or more, pedicellate; pedicels to 5 mm. long, basally bracteo-
late; bractlets 2--4 mm. long; calyx 5--6 mm. long, externally glab-
rous or sparsely pilose, the lobes apically rounded, marginally cil-
jate; corolla zygomorphic, light-blue, its tube about 7 mm. long,
curvate, externally glabrous or sparsely velutinous, the lobes un-
equal, about 7 mm. long, dorsally sparsely velutinous, marginally
ciliate; stamens exserted about 2 cm. from the corolla-mouth, curv-
ate; anthers 1.3 mm. long; style exserted; stigma bilobed, the lobes
spreading and to 4 mm. long; fruit drupaceous, "double", black.

This species is based on Ad. Hock 4.n. from the Upper Katanga re-
gion of Zaire, collected in 1911, and deposited in the Brussels her-
barium. DeWildeman (1914) comments that "C. Conbisieri, C. Ringoeti
und C, erxectum gehtren zu der sehr wenig bekannten Gruppe von C, my-
nricoides, und sind verwandt mit C. fLuembensis DeWild."

Bouquet (1967) lists C. exectum among his medicinal and/or poison-
ous plants of Congo Brazzaville, without specifying the use to which
it is put. Collectors have encountered it at 1330 m. altitude, in
flower in February and July, and in fruit in January and February.

Peter describes the leaves as somewhat leathery and the flowers
"“oberstdndig, wird dunkel". Thomas (1936) cites only the type col-
lection, claiming that the stamens are exserted from the corolla-
mouth by "hdchstens 3/4 cm", but I suspect that he saw only immature
flowers.

Material of C. erxectum has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as C, mynicoides var. camporum Glirke and as Aeofanthus
quanned DeWild.

Citations: ZAIRE: DeGiongé 271 (Br, N), 280 (Br); Hock 4.n. [1911]
(Br--type, Br--isotype, Ld--photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of
type); Kevers B.27 (Br, Br); Quanné 70 (Br), 3745 (Br, Br, Br), 4954
(Br); W. Robyns 1546 (Br, Br, Br, N). ZAMBIA: Vet. Officer CRS. 327
(Af). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Peter 35512 [V.135] (B), 35584 [V.136]
(B), 36248 [V.146] (B), 36374 [V.147] (B), 37042 (B).

CLERODENDRUM ERIOPHYLLOIDES Mold., Phytologia 9: 183--184. 1962.
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 9: 183--184. 1963; Mold., Résumé
Suppl'7 276% 1963; Anon., “Assoc.°Etud.' Tax./Fl. Afr. Trop. Inds 1968:
60. 1964; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 454. 1964; Mold., Résumé Suppl.

15: 7 & 8. 1967; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 14: 34. 1970; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 239 & 250 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
227229, 240) & 5364-19807

A many-stemmed shrub, 2--5 m. tall; branches and branchlets slen-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 351

der, rather densely grayish pilose with more or less antrorsely sub-
appressed hairs, less so or glabrescent in age, obtusely tetragonal,
the youngest ones sulcate; principal internodes 1--6.5 cm. long;
leaf-scars large, corky, prominently elevated; leaves decussate-
opposite or ternate; petioles slender, 1.4--2.4 cm. long, rather
densely pilose like the branchlets; leaf-blades thin-chartaceous,
oblong-ovate, 4.5--10.5 cm. long, 2.5--5.5 cm. wide, apically acute,
marginally entire, basally acuminate, rather lightly short-puberulent
above, more densely so beneath; midrib slender, flat above, prominu-
lous beneath; secondaries very slender, 5 or 6 per side, arcuate-
ascending, flat above, prominulous beneath; veinlet reticulation
rather obscure on both surfaces; inflorescence axillary, clustered

at the tips of the branchlets and appearing as though terminal, cy-
mose, many-flowered, rather loose, not at all congested nor conglo-
bate; peduncles very slender, 3--4 cm. long, rather densely antrorse-
ly pilose like the branchlets, the individual cymes many times di-
chotomous, pilose like the peduncles; calyx obconic, its tube about

2 mm. long, the rim 5-aristate, the tube and teeth externally rather
densely pilose; corolla hypocrateriform, white or cream-color, its
tube very slender, about 9 mm. long, the limb about 6 mm. wide.

The species is based on Mas. Helen G. Faulkner 2785 from shade or
semi-Shade in coastal scrub at Chukwani, Zanzibar, collected on March
21, 1961, and deposited in the Stockholm herbarium.

The species has been collected in anthesis in January, March, and
April, mostly close to the sea, from sealevel to 400 m. altitude.
Torre & Paiva found it in "floresta aberta de Bnachystegia spp.,
solos argiloso-arenosos negros" and "no recife de coral". They
describe the corollas as "white" on their no. 10113 and "“cream-color"
on no. 12124. The former collection is described by George Taylor,
in a personal communication to me dated June 13, 1966, as "A very
close match to the type. It is likely that Tonne & Paiva 12124 is
also this species despite the narrower leaves."

Citations: TANZANIA: Zanzibar: Mas. H. Faulkner 2785 (Ld--iso-
type, S--type). MOZAMBIQUE: Cabo Delgado: Tonne & Paiva 10113 (U1),
12124 (Ld UV):

CLERODENDRUM EUCALYCINUM Oliv. in W. Hook., Icon. Pl. 23: pl. 2242
Las "CLenodendron" ]. 1892; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
da@as fede] 5 53h a) B94 11942.
Synonymy: CLerodendron eucafycinwm Oliv. in W. Hook., Icon. Pl.
Z232e per 22428 1892
Bibliography: Oliv. in W. Hook., Icon. Pl. 23: pl. 2242. 1892;
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 101. 1901; Stapf, Ind.
Lond. 2: 238. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2,
101. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 89
(1942) and ed. 2, 123 & 181. 1949; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174:
148, 173--176, & 267, fig. 27 (3). 1956; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Supp]. 1, imp. 3, 101. 1959; Mold., Résumé 155 & 449. 1959; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
249 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 185. 1985.
Littistrationse Olive, ineWe Hook. Tcone Pl. 23 pl. 2242. 118925

352 PHY iin O82) ONG eA Voli... 595. Noses

Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 175, fig. 27 (3). 1956.

A shrub or tree, to 8 m. tall; branches and branchlets rather
coarse, gray, corky, glabrous, conspicuously raised-lenticellate;
twigs more slender, gray, obtusely tetragonal or somewhat flatten-
ed, glabrous, conspicuously lenticellate; Nodes not annulate; prin-
Cipal internodes 2.5--4.5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite; peti-
oles medium-slender, 4--12 mm. long, flattened and canaliculate a-
bove, glabrous, often slightly submargined above; leaf-blades thin-
coriaceous, bright-green and shiny on both surfaces or slightly
lighter beneath, obovate-elliptic or obovate, 5--16 cm. long, 1--6
cm. wide, apically mostly rounded or obtuse, sometimes acute or very
shortly apiculate-acuminate, marginally entire or often slightly
revolute, basally cuneate-attenuate or acuminate, glabrous on both
surfaces; midrib slender or strong, mostly flat above, very promin-
ent beneath; secondaries slender, 6--8 per side, flat above, sharply
prominent beneath, divergent, slightly ascending, conspicuously arcu-
ate-joined some distance from the margins beneath; vein and veinlet
reticulation rather subprominulous on both surfaces; inflorescence
axillary or terminal, usually concentrated at the tips of the branch-
lets, cymose, few-flowered, short-pedunculate or subsessile; pedunc-
les mostly obsolete or nigrescent and glabrous; cyme-branches obso-
lete or 1--2 cm. long, nigrescent, compressed, stout, glabrous; ped-
icels stout, nigrescent, 1.3--2.5 cm. long, glabrous, shorter than
the calyx; bracts oblanceolate-linear or spatulate, foliaceous, of-
ten 1--2.5 cm. long; bractlets ovate-triangular or linear, 2--5 mm.
long; calyx coriaceous, nigrescent, heavy and firm, obconic-campanu-
late or tubular, 3--3.5 cm. long, 1.3--1.8 cm. wide, very obscurely
parallel-veined, the rim 4-lobed, the lobes ovate, 4--5 mm. long,
apically rounded or obtuse; corolla white, whitish-rose, or violet,
7.5--10 cm. long, its tube very narrow-cylindric except at the ampli-
ate infundibular apex, 5--6 cm. long when fully developed, external-
ly glabrous, the limb obliquely split, 3--5 cm. wide, the lobes 5,
elliptic, about 2 cm. long, 1.2--1.5 cm. wide, apically rounded;
filaments exserted 2--2.5 cm. from the corolla-mouth, glabrous; an-
thers oblong-elliptic, about 3 mm. long, versatile; style equaling
the stamens; stigma bifid, the lobes subulate.

This endemic Madagascar species is based on Baron 6263 collected
in or before January, 1892, in Madagascar and deposited in the Kew
herbarium.

Collectors have encountered this plant in jungles at 500 m. alti-
tude, in flower in February and June. The corollas are said to have
been "white" on Decary 6, “whitish-rose" on Decany 2222, and "vio-
let" on Hildebrandt 3899.

A key to distinguish this species from its relatives in Madagas-
car will be found under C. baronianum Oliv. in the present series of
notes.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 6263 (F--photo of type, K--type,
Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, P--isotype); Bellamy 4.n. [1886]
(P); Decany 2 (P), 6 (P), 2222 (P); Hildebrandt 3899 (N, P); Humbert
18063 (P); LeMyne de Vilenrs 4.n. [1887] (P).

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 353

CLERODENDRUM EUPATORIOIDES J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop.
Afr. 5: 293 & 295--296 [as "C&enrodendron"]. 1900; B. Thomas,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 33, 55, & 93. 1936

Synonymy: C&erodendron eupatonioides J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 293 & 295--296. 1900.

Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5:

293 & 295--296. 1900; K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495.

1900; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43. 1904; Hutchins. & Dalz.,

Pics trop. Afr., ed. Vl, 25 278: 8i 275.,48916. 8. Thomas;o Engl. Bot.

Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 33, 55, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr.

Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 113 & 181. 1949;

Mold., Résumé 139 & 449, 1959; H. Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W.

Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 439 & 442. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 9: 3. 1964;

Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 223 & 444 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phy-

tol. Mem. 2: 213 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 438. 1985.

An erect herb, 1.2--2 m. tall; stems and branches slender, herba-
ceous, deeply sulcate, finely glandular-pilose; internodes hollow;
leaves decussate-opposite; petioles elongate, to 5 cm. long; leaf-
blades membranous, ovate or deltoid-ovate, 6--10 cm. long, 4--6 cm.
wide, apically acute or acuminate, marginally crenate or obtusely
dentate, glabrate above, obscurely pubescent or puberulent on the
venation beneath; inflorescence terminal, globose, dense, clustered;
bracts lanceolate; calyx campanulate, 0.8--1.5 cm. long, externally
pubescent, deeply divided almost to the base, the lobes linear or
lanceolate, about 1 cm. long, much longer than the tube, less than 2
mm. wide; corolla white, about 3.3 cm. long, the limb oblique, 1.2--
2 cm. long, the lobes oblong, subequal, not reaching to the base of
the limb; stamens shorter than the corolla-limb; anthers large.

This puzzling species is based on Mann 1295, from 2000 feet alti-
tude in the Cameroon Mountains of Cameroons, collected in flower in
December and deposited in the Kew herbarium.

Because of the short stamens, included in the corolla, this spe-
cies is placed into a monotypic Section Stenocalyx by Thomas (1936),
who comments that "Das geringe Material gestattet keine Nachprifung
der Fruchtknotenverhdltnisse; die Zugehtrigkeit dieser Art zur Gat-
tung ist daher noch nicht bewiesen". Huber (1963) agrees, saying:
"This plant, the fruits of which are unknown, must be regarded as
doubtfully belonging in C£enodendnaum". for a key to distinguish it
from some other African taxa, see under C. capitatum var. congloba-
tum (J. G. Baker) Thomas in the present series of notes.

Nothing is known to me of this taxon beyond what is give in its
bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM EUROPAEUM Ettingsh. & Gardn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. 30:
233 nom. nud. [as "C£enodendron" |]. 1880; Mold., Prelim. Alph.
List Inv. Names 19. 1940.
Synonymy: C£enodendron europaewm Ettingsh. & Gardn., Proc. Roy.
Soc. Lond. 30: 233. 1880.
Bibliography: Ettingsh. & Gardn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. 30: 233.
1880; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 19. 1940; Mold., Alph.
List Inv. Names 17. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed.

354 PrHaYeTrOeb OG LsA Vol. 59, No. 5

1, 75 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 166 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 226,
262, & 449, 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 375 & 444 (1971) and 2: 865.
1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 368 & 536. 1985. A

Ettingshausen & Gardner (1880) say merely that "Very diagnostic
leaves of....... a CLenodendron allied to the East Indian C. viscosum
Vent. are found, but rarely" in the Alum Bay, England, fossil beds
of Early Tertiary age.

Nothing is known to me of this fossil species beyond what is
stated in its meager bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM EURYPHYLLUM Mildbr., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berl. 11: 679--
680 [as "CLenodendron" ]. 1932; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 36, 63, & 93. 1936.

Synonymy: CLerodendron euryphylLlum Mildbr., Notizbl. Bot. Gart.
Berl. 11: 679--680. 1932.

Bibliography: Mildbr., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berl. 11: 679--680.
1932; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 9, 14, 36,

63, & 93. 1936; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 68. 1938; Fedde &

Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 571. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr.

Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47, 49, 50, & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 113,

116, 118, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 144 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth

Summ. 1: 235 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225 &

536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 330. 1985.

A shrub, 2--4 m. tall; flowering branches apically villous with
unequal, multicellular, spreading, pale-brown hairs, apparently la-
ter glabrescent; leaves among the largest in the genus, decussate-
opposite; petioles 2--7 cm. long, villous; leaf-blades chartaceous,
ovate-rotund or subrhomboid, 10--20 cm. long and wide, apically ob-
tuse but the very apex itself broadly acuminate, marginally coarse-
ly dentate (the teeth broadly subacute or obtuse and apically excur-
rent) and ciliate, basally broadly rounded or rarely the very base
somewhat cordate with broad sinuses, rather densely pilose above with
many-celled, weak, prostrate hairs, spreading-pilose on the venation
beneath, the uppermost leaves beneath the inflorescence much smaller,
subsessile, ovate, and apically long-acuminate; midrib more or less
impressed above, prominent and spreading-pilose beneath; secondaries
6 or 7 per side, more or less impressed above and spreading-pilose
beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation more or less impressed above
and spreading-pilose beneath; inflorescence capitate, dense, subglo-
bose, somewhat smaller than the leaves and raised somewhat above
them, to 5 cm. long; calyx about 2.5 cm. long, violet-brown in dry-
ing, externally more or less scarious with weak many-celled hairs,
the tube subcylindric below, narrowly infundibular-ampliate above,
the lobes broadly lanceolate, erect, apically very long-subulate-
acuminate, 18 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, with a thick midrib and slen-
der pairs or reticulately joined veins on each side, marginally
conspicuously long-ciliate; corolla white, its tube among the. lona-
est in the genus, to 17 cm. long and only 1.5 mm. in diameter, €X~-
ternally glandular-pubescent, the lobes oval or obovate-oblong,

1.5 cm. long, 5 mm. wide; stamens inserted in the corolla-tube; fila-

ments exserted about 3 cm. from the corolla-mouth; anthers oblong,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£exodendrzwn 355

about 3 mm. long; style exserted about 3 cm.; stigma shortly bifid.

This species is based on J. J. Schieben 2048 from a rocky sav-
anna with groups of trees, at 1000 m. altitude, Mahenge, Tanganyika,
collected in flower on April 6, 1932, and deposited in the Brussels
herbarium. The collector notes that the plants grew very scattered
among rocks. Mildbraed (1932) comments that the species is "Verwandt
mit C£. angoLense GUrke und dem diesem sehr nahestehenden, wenn
nicht mit ihm identischen CL. Pogger Girke, aber gut verschieden
durch die eigenartige Blattform, die grossen Randzdhne, die zottige
Behaarung der oberen Stengelteile und die verhdltnismdssig wenig-
blutigen Blitenképfe". It should! be noted that I regard C. angolense
and C. poggeé as conspecific (see under C. angofense in these notes).

Mildbraed's detailed description of the leaf-blades is worth re-
peating here: “apice (toto ambitu) obtusa (lineis apices dentium
superiorum conjungentibus inter sese angulum rectum vel etiam ampli-
orum includentibus), summo apice late acuminata, margine praeter
basin integram grosse dentata, dentibus latis subacutis vel obtusis
nervo excurrente apiculatis". His description of the inflorescence
is: "Inflorescentia capitato-conferta et (quoad capitulum calycibus
offormatum) pro folia parva et supra ea paulo elata".

Thomas (1936) erroneously cites the original description to page
"107" instead of to pp. 679--680.

Thus far the species is known (to me) only from the original col-
lection.

Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Schfieben 2048 (B--isotype, Br--
type, Ld--photo of isotype, Mu--isotype, N--fragment of isotype, N--
photo of isotype, S--isotype).

CLERODENDRUM EURYPHYLLUM var. GLABRUM Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 63. 1936.

Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
63. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47, 50, &
89 (1942) and ed. 2, 113, 118, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 139, 146,
& 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 223 & 242 (1971) and 2: 865.
1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 213, 232, & 536. 1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the leaves only sparingly hairy or even subglabrous.

The variety is based on Tessmann 2076 from Nola Mbaiki, "Neu-
Kamerun", Cameroons, collected on October 25, 1913, and deposited
in the Berlin herbarium, now destroyed. Thomas (1936) cites also
NoLde 293 from Angola.

Nothing is known to me about this taxon beyond what is stated in
its bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM EXCAVATUM DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Belg. Bot., ser. 5,
3: 132--134 [as "CLenrodendron" ]. 1909; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 63 & 93 in syn. 1936.

Synonymy: C£erodendron grandifolium Girke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18:
173. 1893 [not CLerodendrum grandifolium Salisb., 1796]. CLenoden-
dron excavatwn DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Belg. Bot., ser. 5, 3: 132--
133. 1909. C&enodendron excavatum var. notundwm DeWild., Ann. Mus.

356 Pub XT Me LOG doA Vol, 59, Now 5

Congo Belg. Bot., ser. 5, 3: 133 & 134, pl. 11, fig. 4. 1909.

Bibliography: R. A. Salisb., Prod. Stirp. Chap. Allert. 108. 1796;
Girke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 173. 1893; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 294 & 307. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 101. 1901; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Belg. Bot., ser.
5, 3: 132--134, pl. 11, fig. 4. 1909; DeWild., Etud. Fl. Bas- Moyen-
Congo 3: 132--134, pl. 11, fig. 4 (1909) and 3: 468. 1912; DeWild.,
Bull. Roy. Soc. Bot. Belg. 51 (3) [ser. 2, 1]: 192. 1913; DeWild.,
Compt. Rend. Hebdmad. Seanc. Mem. Soc. Biol. 72: 582--584. 1920;
Bequaert in Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45: 443--444, 1922;
DeWild., Pl. Bequaert. 2: 261. 1922; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930;
B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 6--8, 37, 63, & 93.
1936; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 101. 1941; Mold.,
Alph. List Inv. Names 17. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
aG.),, Gd. 1,747,495 6790 (1942) and-edt> 23° 1135/1154 7h) 181.1949:
Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 4: 1153. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew..
Supp]. 1, imp. 3, 101. 1959; Mold., Resumé 139, 141, 216, 262, & 450.
1959; Grout de Beaufors & Schnell, Mem. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 75: 9
& 40--41, pl. 9, fig. E. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 223. 228, 358,
& 444 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 214, 218, 349,
& 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 57: 346 (1985) and 58: 303 & 442. 1985.

Illustrations: DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Belg. Bot., ser 5, 3: 43,
pl. 11, fig. E. 1909; DeWild., Etud. Fl. Bas- Moyen-Cong. 3: pl. 11,
fig. E. 1909; Grout de Beaufort & Schnell, Mem. Inst. Fond. Afr.
None: 75 apilee.9) et igi E1966

An aromatic subshrub, shrub, or tree, 1--4 m. tall, or liana;
branches hollow, probably myrmecophilous, glabrous, spinose; leaves
decussate-opposite or sometimes subalternate or alternate, large,
long-petiolate; petioles 3.5--9 cm. long. flattened and canaliculate
above, articulate toward the base, the basal 6--9 mm. remaining as a
Spine after the leaves have fallen; leaf-blades oval or lanceolate-
obovate to obovate, 25--30 cm. long, 12--14 cm. wide, apically more
or less abruptly acuminate, marginally entire, basally attenuate to
broadly cuneiform or rounded, glabrous on both surfaces; midrib con-
spicuous on both surfaces; 3 basal secondaries very conspicuous, im-
pressed above, prominent beneath; inflorescence cauline or termin-
al, capitate or densely umbellate, long-pedunculate (or subsessile
when cauline), bracteate; bracts often violet in color; bractlets
and prophylla small, 1--2 (rarely 3) mm. long, subcylindric, elon-
gate awl-shaped or subulate, much shorter than the peduncles, mar-
ginally sparingly beset with stiff hairs; pedicels 1--1.2 mm. long,
apically gradually merging into the calyx-base; flowers inodorous,
nutant; calyx infundibular or tubular-cyathiform, 1.8--2.5 cm. long,
externally green or rose to rose-violet. internally reddish or vio-
let-red, deeply 5-parted, the lobes ovate-lanceolate, basally 6--7
mm. wide, membranous, apically long-acuminate, glabrous on both sur-
faces but marginally sparingly ciliate with rather stiff, spread-
ing, many-celled hairs, conspicuously prominulent-veined; corolla
long-tubular or hypocrateriform, mostly white or cream-color, the
tube slender, 13--17 cm. long, externally glabrous, incurved, api-
cally inflated, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes unequal; stamens very
long-exserted; filaments about 4 cm. long, white; style pale-green,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erxodendrzwn 857

about 17 cm. long.

The species is apparently based on J. SoLheid s.n. from the vicin-
ity of Yambuya, Zaire, collected in 1908, deposited in the Brussels
herbarium. It is said by DeWildeman to have definitely cauline, not
terminal inflorescences, thus differing from typical C. grandifolLium
GUrke. There is some question, also, whether C, excavatum is valid-
ly published and therefor available as the accepted designation for
this taxon. DeWildeman (1909) seems to have proposed two varieties
without a formal description of the species itself. Still, it seems
rather obvious that he intended what he called C. excavatum var.
notundum to be the typical variety, with illustration, and it has
been so regarded by Thomas (1936).

It is most unfortunate that the earlier name, C. grandifolium
GUrke, an aptly descriptive name, is not available, since it is ante-
dated by the C. gnandifolium of Salisbury published 97 years earlier
for the Tsjeron theka of Ray [now known as C£erodendraum serratum (L.)
Moon]. I am indebted to my longtime friend and colleague, Dr.

Rupert Barneby, for investigating this matter. Salisbury's proposal
is: "Grandifolium. 2. C.? foliis lanceolatis serratis, subtus prae-
sertim pulverulentis, nervosis, rigidis. Tsjerou Theka. Rheed. Hort.
Mal. v. 4. p. 61. t. 29. Ex facie forsan hujus vel sequentis Gener-

Dr. Barneby, in a communication to me dated 27 January 1986,
says: "There is a provision in the Code that rejects a name when its
author expresses uncertainty about publishing it, or in what rank
he publishes it. But a species that is described, and only its gener-
ic position questioned, has all the privileges and priorable
qualities of a species squarely placed in its generic context. Il
don't think there is any way around Salisbury's intent to describe
a new species, the query, in my opinion, being merely as to the genus
adopted."

If GUrke's C. gnandifolium, based on Mechow 530, from near the
Quango [Kuango] River, Majakalla District, Angola, collected in flo-
wer in November 1880, is not available as the name for this taxon,
then DeWildeman's C., excavatum, if, indeed, it be regarded as validly
published, is the only other name available -- the question still
remaining if it is really conspecific with GUrke's plant, as Thomas
asserts that it is.

DeWildeman (1909) comments that the stems of this plant seem to
be inhabited by ants of the genus Cnematogaster, as they are in C,
angolense Glirke, C. tripkinerve Rolfe, C. notundifolium Oliv., and
C. fistulosum Becc. -- "Chez les C. angolensis et excavatum, les
rameaux latéraux, naissant a l'aisselle des feuilles tombées, sont
également creux mais leur cavité n'est pas en continuite avec celle
du rameau principal; une cloison basilaire sépare les deux cavités."

Bequaert (1922) comments that "A number of species of CLerodendron
have been found associated with ants, but the few published observa-
tions are too fragmentary to show whether any of the forms are true
myrmecophytes. Among the African representatives, C£erodendron ex-
cavatum E. De Wildeman...is myrmecophilous according to certain ob-
servers, while others assert that its hollow stems are merely filled
with water. At all events, ants were never found inside the stems

358 Py Sh ¥t Te ORY Ob Ge TA Vol .. 59, Nout 5

of that plant. At Penge, in January, 1914 (Coll. No. 2205), I col-
lected on the bank of the Ituri River in the dense undergrowth of

the forest a low bushy C£enrodendron which may possibly be C. excava-
tum. The plant was 3 to 4 m. high and divested of leaves at that
season of the year. Some of the branches, however, were covered with
numerous, white, showy flowers, obliquely directed downward. No
swelling or domatia could be found, but the internodes of stem and
branches were normally hollow, due to the early resorption and dry-
ing up of the pith. Many of the hollow internodes contained nests,
with a fertile queen, workers, brood, and newly hatched winged sex-
ual forms of a small, unidentified ant. The insects entered and left
by a circular entrance pierced through the wall about half-way be-
tween two nodes. In certain cases the partition at the nodes had

not been removed, whereas in others the entire limb formed one con-
tinuous nesting cavity. An internode of one of the living branches
was occupied by a nest of a small solitary bee belonging to the

genus AlLodape."

A key to distinguish at least some of the tropical African taxa
of CLerodendrum from the present species will be found under C,
buchnert Girke in the present series of notes.

Baker (1900) cites only the original type collection of C. gnran-
difolium; Grout be Beaufort & Schnell (1966) cite Letouzey 2307 &
2349 from French Cameroons and Schfieben 2751 from Tanganyika.
Thomas (1936) cites Mechow 530 and SoLheid 4.n. from Zaire and Zen-
ker 516 from the Cameroons.

It may be noted here, in passing, that GUrke's original (1893)
description of this species is sometimes cited as "1894", the title-
page date; similarly, DeWildeman's 1913 work is sometimes cited as
"1912", again, the titlepage date. DeWildeman, in his 1922 work,
mis-cites his 1909 discussion of this plant as on page "122" instead
of page 132.

Collectors have encountered this plant on terra firma in virgin
forests of Sconodophkoeus zenkeri and of MacroLobium dewevreri, as
well as in forests in general, at altitudes of 470--1000 m., in an-
thesis in January, May to July, and November.

The corollas are described as having been "white" on Giklarndin 303
and Lebaun 1702, "cream" on Louis 9981, "“creamy-white" on Louis 3836.
"greenish-white" on Louis 6681, and “the tube pale-green, the lobes
white or snow-white" on Louis 4226 & 10477.

Vernacular names reported for this species are "bakarotilu",
"bimbu", “hortilu", "mbambake", "“mbambake ya ngunda", "mudiantondo",
"museke", "nganyahe", and "tmi".

The hollow stems are used by natives in Zaire to make whistles
and pipe-stems. Louis refers to the plant as an "“arbuste sciaphile"
or “ombrophile", and speaks of the inflorescences as “trés grosses
ombelles subsessiles caulinaires; bractées florales violet-rouges".
On Gikle 269 one can see some opposite and some alternate leaves on
the same specimen.

Renier 79, Cited below, is a mixture with C, capitatum var. van-
denysti Mold.; Vanderyst 19139 is a mixture with C, fuscum Giirke,
while Vanderyst 9932 determined by Staner in 1937 as C. gnandifolimm

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrun 359

and by DeWildeman as C. excavatwm var. nxotundum, is a mixture of
some amaryllidaceous flowers and unknown leaves.

Material of C. excavatwm has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C. angoLense Girke.

Citations: ZAIRE: Achten 761 (Br, Br, N); Boone 39 (Br, N); Caefe-
waert S.n. (Br); DeGiongi 1065 (Br, N); Deleval 4.n. [Mayombe 1909]
(Br); DeWuls 522 (Br), 596 (Br, N); Befex 97 (Br); G. Gilbert 1655
(Br); Gitlandin 303 (Br, Br, Br), 590 (Br, Br, Br); Gikle 269 (Br,
Br, Br, Br, Br); Gillet s.n. [acc. 1924] (Br, Br, Br, N); Hulstaent
540 (Br); Lebrun 1702 (Br, Br); Ledoux & Huyghe 51 (Br); Lolus 1035
(Br), 3836 (Br, N), 4226 (Br, Ld--photo, N--photo), 6681 (Br), 9981
(Br), 10477 (Br); Overfaet 985 (Br, Br); Pere Van 1 (Br); Renier 79
in part (Br); Solheid s.n. [Env. de Yambuya, 1906] (Br--type, Ld--
photo of type, N--photo of type); Vandenyst 10909 (Br), 14814 (Br),
19139 (Br); Vermoesen &3 (Br). CULTIVATED: Zaire: Giklet 4.n.

[1926] (Br, Br, Br, Br, Br, N); Schouteden 126 (Br, Br). MOUNTED
ILLUSTRATIONS: DeWildeman, Etud. Fl. Bas- Moyen-Congo pl. 11, fig. 4.
1909 (N); Grout de Beaufort & Schnelle, Mem. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire
TA Seat Se alaly, MefaiiginelE wel 96 Gin(\ledytez )iz

CLERODENDRUM EXCAVATUM var. CUNEATUM DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Belg.
Bot., ser. 5. 3: 132--133, pl. 11, fig. 1--3 [as "CLenoden-
dnon" ]. 1909; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
63 in syn. 1936.

Synonymy: CRerodendron excavatum var. cuneatum DeWild., Ann.

Mus Gongo™Beligi Bote ytsen.cS032 1132==133),) pleehl),: filghed —=3). 41909.

CkLernodendrum grandifolium var. cuneatum (DeWild.) Thomas, Engl.Bot.

Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 63. 1936.

Bibliography: DeWild., Etud. Fl. Bas- Moyen-Congo 3: pl. 11, fig.
1--3. 1909; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Belg. Bot., ser. 5, 3: 132--
SS pie 1 Lasiiigeel=-s C909). andiserw 5s see4 68919125) Stapf edindi
Lond. 2: 238. 1930; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
6 & 63. 1936; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 17. 1942; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47, 48, & 90 (1942) and ed. 2,
113, 115, & 181. 1949; Mold., Resumé 139, 141, 262, & 450. 1959;
Mold., Fiftn Summ. 1: 223, 228, & 444 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 214, 218, & 537. 1980.

Illustrations: DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Belg. Bot., ser. 5, 3: pl.
11, fig. 1--3. 1909; DeWild., Etud. Fl. Bas- Moyen-Congo 3: pl. 11,
fig. 1--3. 1909.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
cuneiform leaf-blades and red corollas. It is based on Laurent 1913
from Mogandjo, Zaire, collected in March of 1906 and deposited in
the Brussels herbarium..

DeWildeman's original (1909) description of the variety is: "Fru-
tex 1--3 cm. alt. [obviously a typographic error for 1--3 m.]; ramis
glabris, cavis, spinescentibus; foliis adultis plus minus longe pet-
jiolatis, glabris, petiolo 5.8 cm. longo, articulato; lamina basi
cuneata, apice plus minus abrupte acuminata, 24--35 cm. longa et 9--
12 cm. lata; nervis basilaribus 3, nervis lateralibus circ. 6--/7,
Supra excavata, subtus prominentibus; floribus capitulatis, densis."

[to be continued |

A NOTE ON THE STATUS OF
SIDALCEA CAMPESTRIS GREENE (MALVACEAE)

Richard R. Halse
4535 NW Beta Place, # 3
Corvallis, Oregon 97330

Judith B. Glad
1400 N Holman
Portland, Oregon 97217

Sidalcea campestris Greene is an endemic of the Willamette
Valley of western Oregon (Hitchcock, 1957). Hitchcock and
Cronquist (1961) state that the species occurs from Portland,
Oregon, southward, and is found in dry fields and along roadsides.
Sidalcea campestris is an herbaceous perennial up to 2 m tall and
can be recognized by the paleness of its flowers, which range from
almost white to pale lavender to pale pink to rarely dark pink.

The species is currently listed by the Fish and Wildlife
Service (1985) as a Category 2 plant. Ayensu and DeFilipps (1978)
considered it to be endangered. Siddall et al. (1979) write that
Sidalcea campestris was once a common Willamette Valley dry prairie
endemic. According to them, it now survives along fencerows and
roadsides and, although it is still locally common in the Salem
area, it has disappeared from much of the rest of the Willamette
Valley. They recommend that it be considered endangered (Sidadall,
et al., 1979). Meinke (1982) also states that the species is now
primarily found in the central portion of its range. The Oregon
Natural Heritage Data Base (1985) has Sidalcea campestris on its
list of taxa currently limited in abundance throughout its range,
but currently stable. They consider the species to be local or
limited enough to require monitoring of the populations.

Hitchcock and Cronquist (1961) write that Sidalcea campestris
grows in dry fields, along roadsides, and in fencerows. Recent
investigations in the Willamette Valley have shown this species to
be very common in these habitats. Sidalcea campestris can be
easily found growing along Interstate 5 between Wilsonville and
Eugene, along State Route 99W from Newberg to Junction City, and
along most secondary and tertiary roads in the Willamette Valley
and, indeed, up into the foothills of the Coast Range. For
example, during an intensive survey of western Yamhill County in
1985, it was found along every road traveled. Sidalcea campestris
is abundant in fencerows and is a dominant member of the flora of

360

1986 Halse & Glad, Status of Sidalcea campestrrs 361

those areas -- places which are usually occupied by European weeds.
In such places, Sidalcea campestris is commonly associated with
Festuca arundinacea Schreb., Dactylis glomerata L., Holcus lanata
L., Daucus carota L., Vicia spp., Rubus spp., and Rosa spp.

Sidalcea campestris is presently found from Multnomah County
in the northern end of the Willamette Valley to Lane County in the
south. During the summer of 1985, it was seen to be a major compo-
nent of roadside vegetation in Yamhill, Marion, Polk, Linn and
Benton Counties. There have also been recent sightings or collec-
tions of Sidalcea campestris in Multnomah, Washington, Clackamas,
and Lane Counties.

The habitat of Sidalcea campestris is one which is not endan-
gered by human activities. The species grows most abundantly on
roadsides and along cultivated field margins, both areas where it
must certainly be exposed to some sort of periodic vegetation man-
agement practices. At a site in Beaverton, Oregon, it was found
immediately adjacent to a sidewalk which was constructed within the
past five years, yet the plants appeared vigorous and had not been
apparently affected by the construction. Plants growing along
Interstate 5 were in areas that are mowed at least annually, as
were those along SR 99W and county roads.

The observations made in 1985 indicate that Sidalcea
campestris is much more abundant in the Willamette Valley than has
been reported. Its occurrence in habitats which support a weedy
flora indicates that it is not in any way restricted to remnants of
native vegetation. Its presence in areas such as roadsides and
field margins show that it is tolerant of some human activity. We
therefore recommend that the status of Sidalcea campestris be
reviewed, and that it be either delisted or reduced to Category 3C
on the Fish and Wildlife Service list.

REFERENCES CITED

Ayensu, E. S., and R. A. DeFilipps. 1978. Endangered and
threatened plants of the United States. Smithsonian
Institution and World Wildlife Fund, Inc., Washington, D. C.
403 pp.

Fish and Wildlife Service. 1985. Endangered and threatened
wildlife and plants; review of plant taxa for listing as
endangered or threatened species; notice of review. Federal
Register 50( 188): 39526-39584.

Hitchcock, C. L. 1957. A study of the perennial species of
Sidalcea. Univ. Wash. Pub. Biol. 18:1-79.

362 Pw lied, TOP OeGeToA Vol. 59, No. 5

Hitchcock, C. L., and A. Cronquist. 1961. Vascular plants of the
Pacific Northwest, Part III. University of Washington Press,
Seattle. 614 pp.

Meinke, R. J. 1982. Threatened and endangered vascular plants of
Oregon: an illustrated guide. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Portland. 352 pp.

Oregon Natural Heritage Data Base. 1985. Rare, threatened and
endangered plants and animals of Oregon. The Oregon Natural
Heritage Data Base, Portland. 31 pp.

Siddall, J. L., K. L. Chambers, and D. H. Wagner. 1979. Rare,
threatened and endangered vascular plants in Oregon -- an
interim report. Oregon Natural Area Preserves Advisory
Committee, Salem. 109 pp.

REINSTATEMENT OF THE GENUS SANANGO BUNTING & DUKE (BUDDLEJACEAE)

Kerry Barringer
Department of Botany
Field Museum of Natural History
Chicago, IL 60605-2496

ABSTRACT: The correct name for the species called Gomara
racemosa Ruiz & Pavon or Gomaranthus racemosus (R. & P.) Rauschert
is Sanango racemosum (R. & P.) Barringer.

A recent article (Barringer 1983) showed that the genus
Gomara Ruiz & Pavon (1798), described as a genus of
Scrophulariaceae, is synonymous with Sanango Bunting & Duke (1961)
a genus of Buddlejaceae. However, the name Gomara Ruiz & Pavon is
a later homonym of Gomara Adanson (1763) as shown by Rauschert
(1982). Rauschert proposed the new name Gomaranthus to replace
Gomara Ruiz & Pavon, but that name must be placed in synonomy
under the earlier Sanango. Because of these changes, a new
combination is necessary.

Sanango racemosum (Ruiz & Pavon) Barringer, comb. nov.
panne eacenoens
Gomara racemosa Ruiz & Pavon, Syst. Veg. Fl. Peru 162. 1798.
Type: PERU. Huanuco: Pozuzo, 17 Sep. 1784. Ruiz &
Pavon s.n. (HOLOTYPE: MA!).
Sanango durum Bunting & Duke, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 48:
270. fig. 1. 1961. Type: PERU. Amazonas: Aramango, s.
of Nazaret, 2 Apr 1960, Woytkowski 5619 (HOLOTYPE:
MO!).

Gomaranthus racemosus (Ruiz & Pavon) Rauschert, Taxon 31:
562. 1982.
I thank Eliane Norman for pointing out my error.
LITERATURE CITED
ADANSON, M. 1763. Families de Plantes. vol. 2. Paris: Vincent.

BARRINGER, K. 1983. The identity of Gomara racemosa
(Buddlejaceae). Taxon 32: 627-629.

363

Vol. 59, No. 5

364 PRHAVZTCORL CONGRINA

BUNTING, G.S. and J.A. DUKE. 1961. Sanango, a new Amazonian genus
of Loganiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 48: 269-274.

RAUSCHERT, S. 1982. Nomina nova generica et combinationes novae
spermatophytorum et pteridophytorum. Taxon 31: 554-563.

RUIZ, H. and J. PAVON. 1794. Systema Vegetabilum Florae Peruvianae
et Chilensis. Madrid: Gabrielis de Sancha.

TETRANEMA BICOLOR L.O. WMS. (SCROPHULARACEAE) TRANSFERRED TO
NAPEANTHUS (GESNERIACEAE)

Kerry Barringer
Department of Botany
Field Museum of Natural History
Chicago, IL 60605-2496

ABSTRACT: The combination Napeanthus bicolor is made based on
Tetranema bicolor L.O. Wms.

Species of Napeanthus G. Gardn. (Gesneriaceae) and Tetranema
Turcz. (Scrophulariaceae) can be difficult to distinguish. All
are low, understory herbs with opposite leaves and short-lived
flowers. Traditional characters which usually distinguish the two
families, such as placentation, staminal fusion, and ovary
position do not always distinguish the genera, but seed morphology
does. Beaufort-Murphy (1983) has shown that the seeds of
Napeanthus species are always elliptic and have spirally
reticulate coats with liniate-polygonate cells, elevated edges,
and composite crests. She found this pattern to be widespread in
the Gesneriaceae. No seeds of this type have been found in the
Scrophulariaceae. Napeanthus bicolor has elliptic seeds with the
spirally reticulate coat while all Tetranema species have
subquadrate to subconical seeds with straight to irregular cells.

Williams (1972) noted the vegetative similarity between
Tetranema bicolor L.O. Wms. and the other species of Tetranema,
but pointed out that its inflorescence was shorter than other
species, the calyx is larger and more foliaceous, and the flowers
lack a staminode.

Napeanthus bicolor (L.0. Wms.) Barringer, comb. nov.

basionym: Tetranema bicolor L.O. Wms., Fieldiana, Bot. 34:
127. 1972. TYPE: NICARAGUA. near Rio San Juan at “el
Relos" about midway between El Castillo and Delta de
San Juan, 0-50 meters, 23 Mar 1961, Bunting & Licht
748 F!

Napeanthus bicolor can be distinguished from Napeathus
apodemus Donn. Sm., the only other Central American species (Skog
1978; Wiehler 1977), by its erect leafy stem and its lowland
habitat. The exclusion of Napeanthus bicolor makes Tetranema a
more natural genus whose center is the Guatemalan uplands.

Since the species was described, additional material has been
collected on the Osa peninsula in Costa Rica. The disjunct
365

366 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, No. 5

distribution suggests that the species will be found throughout
much of the lowland, wet forest of the Carribean plain in Costa

Rica and in Panama.

Additional material studied: COSTA RICA. Prov. Puntarenas:
Osa peninsula, 4 miles W of Rincon de Osa, 30 m, 4-7 June 1968,
Burger & Stolze 5576 (F); Osa Peninsula, 8 km s. of Rincon, 28
Feb. 1965, A. Jimenez 3020 (F); Osa Peninsula, 4 miles W of Rincon
de Osa, 100 ft, 8 August 1967, Raven 21639 (F).

LITERATURE CITED

BEAUFORT-MURPHY, H. T. 1983. The seed surface morphology of the
Gesneriaceae utilizing the scanning electron microscope and
a new system for diagnosing seed morphology. Selbyana 6:
220-422.

SKOG, L. E. 1978. Gesneriaceae. In Woodson, et al., Flora of
Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65: 783-998. (Napeanthus

pp- 951-954.)

WIEHLER, H. 1977. New Genera and Species of Gesneriaceae from the
Neotropics. Selbyana 2: 67-132.

WILLIAMS, L. O. 1972. Tropical American Plants, XII. Fieldiana,

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"PROJECTO MADEIRA DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL" by Raulino Reitz, Roberto M.
Klein & Ademir Reis in SELLOWIA 34-35, Botanical Annual of the
Herbdrio Barbosa Rodrigues, Itaja?, Santa Catarina, Brazil,

527 pp., 55 b/w geog. distrib. maps, 87 photo. 62 multi-draw. &
5 tab., paperbound. [1983] 1984.

This is an excellent descriptive and well illustrated manual of
the 515 trees and shrubs of the southernmost state of Brazil. They
represent 75 plant families, their ranges are plotted on geographic
distribution maps, their economic uses are explained, and their de-
tailed descriptive drawings not only satisfy professional botanists
but also show sprays of the leaves and flowers realistically as
guides for woodsmen and practical workers; included also are photo-
graphic plates showing the whole trees and the tree trunks, and lists
of native names. The emphasis beyond botanical identification is
to save, use and restore these national and natural treasures. This
highly important study by authors particularly skilled in taxonomic
and ecological botany is of great value taxonomically, systematical-
ly, ecologically and economically for now and for the future of this
interesting area of Brazil.

"GUIDE TO THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE FLORIDA PANHANDLE" by Andre F.
Clewell, viii & 605 pp. & 20 b/w pp. of draw. of multi-plant
parts & 1 map, University Press of Florida, Gainesville, Flor-
ida 32603. 1985. $30.00.

This area of northern Florida west of the Suwannee River which
includes 21 counties and over 38,628 sq. km. now has its own printed
keyed flora of pteridophytes and spermatophytes for teaching purposes
at-the junior college and university levels, for naturalist groups,
ecological workers and individuals who will appreciate the updated
nomenclature and the elimination of flora limited to other parts of
Florida as in Small's wonderful manual of 1933. The book contains a
description of the physiography and habitats, a pertinent glossary,

a helpful series of plant structure illustrations, and workable keys
for the gymnosperms and angiosperms. Single known common names are
given for a total of 2,352 species with 989 indigenous, in 810 genera
in 181 families. Because the research and the record keeping con-
tinues there is an addendum. This is a very useful, well prepared
and needed publication.

367

368 PHY TOQWOG IA Vol. 59, No. 5

"SEX IN NATURE" by Chris Catton & James Gray, 224 pp., 90 color
photo., 65 b/w photo. & 14 fig. Facts on File, Inc., New York,
N. Y. 10016. 1985. $19.95.

This book, written and first printed in England, is a copiously and
effectively illustrated and well explained survey of the nature,
purposes, means, manifestations and accomplishments of sex as a
function throughout the plant and animal worlds and even those of
simpler phyla with only those beginnings of sexual expression and pos-
sible variation in chromosome combinations, as in conjugation, etc.
Meiosis followed by fertilization allows for the variations in recom-
bination and mishap that may be responsible for new structural, be-
havioral and functional adaptations, minute chemical changes, etc.
that make for evolutionary changes with the greater survival of the
fittest. There is a marvellous array of all kinds of animal and some
plant examples, such as bedbugs "in which the male injects sperm into
the female through her body wall and into her blood....Male bedbugs
now improve their reproductive performance by [similarly] mating
other males....The sperm migrate to the testes of the recipient male,
who cannot help but pass them on when he in turn mates with a female."
In the final chapter on sex and human nature the emphasis is that
"Humans do not transmit only genes. They also transmit their cul-
ture, and not only to their children, but to anyone with whom they
communicate." There is an abundance of excellent illustrations and
a broad appeal to a great variety of readers.

BOTANY ILLUSTRATED: Introduction to Plants, Major Groups, Flowering
Plant Families" by Janice Glimn-Lacy & Peter B. Kaufman, xvi &
296 pp. & 130 pp. multi-fig. Van Nostrand Reinhold Inc., New
York, N. Y. 10003. 1984. &19.45 paperbound.

The authors call this “a discovery book about plants and botani-
cal illustration" with a system of coded coloring for right-hand
side line-drawn illustrations and matching left-hand side descriptions
and coloring directions. There are sections on introduction, major
groups and "flowering plant families with an accent on those of eco-
nomic importance." This book may well be useful for training horti-
cultural workers for large nurseries, botanical gardens and large
estates, but it surely should be supplemented with the study and dis-
section of living materials. Botanically interested adult classes
and individuals who can no longer be active in field studies might
like this approach.

"McGRAW-HILL DICTIONARY OF THE LIFE SCIENCES" by Daniel N. Lapedes,
Editor-in-Chief, xiv & 907 & A38 pp., over 800 b/w draw., photos.
& tab. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10020.
1976. $36.00.

The more than 20,000 defined terms are the pertinent ones from the
1974 "McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms" (which

1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 369

was highly recommended in an earlier issue of this journal) or they
were especially written for this book. "Each definition is preceded
by an abbreviation identifying the field in which it is principally
used." There is much efficient cross-referencing of synonyms, etc.
The many illustrations are small but clearcut. The Appendix ex-
plains the International System of Units, and has chemical elements
listed, modern taxonomic classifications for plants, animals, bac-
teria, etc. and spectra tables for the activities of many antibiotic
and other antimicrobial agents. The term Coelenterata is misspelled.
Biological scientists, teachers, technicians and students will find
this book very helpful to have handy. It also is very helpful for
library use in high schools, laboratories and colleges.

"McGRAW-HILL DICTIONARY OF PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS" by Daniel N.
Lapedes, Editor-in-Chief, xvi, 1.074 & A46 77 & more than 700
graphs, draw., photos., diag. & tab. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
Inc., New York, N. Y. 10020. 1978. $34.50.

The parent source of many of these more than 20,000 terms is the
"McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms" (2nd ed.,
1978) to which additional ones have been added. Each definition is
preceded by an abbreviation identifying its more limited field such
as CRYO for cryogenics. There is ample cross-referencing for syno-
nyms, variant spellings, acronyms, abbreviations and symbols. The
actual definitions are clear enough to be comprehensible to people
educated in other fields and should be particularly helpful to stu-
dents, technicians, teachers and researchers in these fields. The
appendix has a fine store of valuable information including a com-
parison of the U. S. customary and metric system, mathematical signs
and symbols, fundamental and special mathematical constants, etc.
This book is essential not only to immediately involved individuals
but also to public, school, lab and college libraries.

"McGRAW-HILL DICTIONARY OF CHEMISTRY" by Sybil P. Parker, Editor-in-
Chief, iv & 665 pp., McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York,
Nesey. W00202 «1984. $36.00:

Over 9,000 terms are defined from the vocabulary of theoretical
and applied chemistry as well as from the names of chemicals and ma-
terials, and also from the specialized terminology of relevant atom-
ic and nuclear physics. They have been selected from the "McGraw-
Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms". Third Edition,
1984. The explanations also include synonyms, acronyms and abbrevi-
ations that are also entered as cross-references. Chemical formulas
are given in either empirical or line forms. This split off from the
parent dictionary makes an excellent, handy, reliable information
source for the desks and/or libraries of all kinds of working chem-
ists and students.

370 POH Me OME ‘OnG 1, A Vol. 59, No. 5

"McGRAW-HILL DICTIONARY OF SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING" by Sybil P. Par-
ker, Editor-in-Chief, xviii & 942 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
Inc., New York, N. Y. 10020. 1984. $32.50.

The more than 35,000 terms in this dictionary represent the basic
vocabularies of 102 fields of science and engineering and have been
extracted from the third edition (1984) of the "McGraw-Hill Diction-
ary of Scientific and Technical Terms" by “the input of editorial
skills and with the output of magnetic tape.....generated electonic-
ally and set by computer composition". As in the other topical dic-
tionaries each definition is preceded by an abbreviation of the ap-
propiate subdivision(s) and these are all defined in the introduc-
tion. Because of the clarity, simplicity and authoritativeness of
these definitions and full cross-referencing of synonyms, acronyms
and abbreviations this dictionary becomes an excellent tool and guide
not only for students, teachers, writers, researchers and technici-
ans in these fields but also for the interested public. Consequent-
ly this book is a definite asset on the library shelves of the above
individuals as well as in public, lab, school and college libraries.

"PLANTS" by David Black & Anthony Huxley in The World of Science
series, 64 pp., 125 color photos. & 8 color draw. Facts on
File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $9.95.

This very attractive and very interesting book (also, possibly
first, printed in England) provides an effectively displayed, easily
read survey of the plant kingdom (wherein it also includes fungi and
blue-green algae, but does not mention liverworts), describing and
picturing its ranges of habitats, its absolutely essential uses to
mankind and that broader picture in terms of the whole world ecosys-
tem. While colors are used attractively on the leaf cross-section
diagrams, it would also have been wise to use them correctly as in
making chloroplasts only in green. The soft colored tissue surround-
ing the yew seed is an open aril, not a closed berry. The first
page on drugs and poisons had some kind of printing problem in my re-
view copy making it illegible. These items are mentioned so that
they can be corrected in any future edition. This type of book
should have wide circulation among the general public, students, etc.
especially since the final chapter stresses meaningfully the great
need for conservation.

"THE INVISIBLE WORLD" by Ron Taylor in The World of Science series,
64 pp., 85 color & 6 b/w photos. & 29 color diag. Facts on
File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $9.95,

The invisible world consists of the compositional and functional
units of that which is visible -- people, other animals, plants,
the simpler living creatures, inanimate objects and all materials in
our universe. This book introduces their structures and functions,
not on any gross visible scale but as that of their minute structur-

1986 ° Moldenke, Book reviews aA

al particles and forces. These would be their solid, liquid and gas
molecules, their atoms and subatomic particles (as electrons) and
their energy and forces (as electricity, magnetism, gravity). "On
Earth, the most familiar kinds of travelling energy are the light
waves that allow us to see things, and the heat waves that help keep
us warm". Radio and TV waves are also travelling waves, bringing us
sound and pictures. Human physiology is explained briefly in terms
of chemical nutrients and enzymes; thinking and feeling in terms of
hormones and brain waves. Converting matter into energy on the
largest scale humanly possible is into the H- and A-bombs. For
those who would like quick, general explanations of many well illus-
trated phenomena of our universe this book, and the series to which
it belongs, should get a rousing welcome.

"THE WORLD BENEATH US" in The World of Science series, 64 pp., 64
color photos., 39 diag. & 4 charts. Facts on File Publications,
New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $9.95,

This captivatingly illustrated publication with more pictures
than text gives an excellent interpretation of how geologists and
allied scientists study our earth as to its original formation --
inner and outer cores, mantle, tectonic moving plates with their
piggybacked continents and oceans; of intervening and present
Changing structures; of our mineral civilization, kinds of minerals,
mines and their sources; of energy for the world, water; and future
prospects for satellite mapping; geothermal heat, earthquake pre-
diction, and how to proceed with further kinds of learning about
geology. Since this book is a fine survey for the hasty and/or gen-
eral reader and for students, it should be available in school, as
well as public and personal libraries.

"ASTRONOMY" in The World of Science series, by Peter Lancaster Brown

"WEATHER AND ITS WORK" in The World of Science series, by David
Lambert & Ralph Hardy

"MATHEMATICS" by Irene Fekete & Jasmine Denyer do.

"YOUR BODY" by Irene Fekete & Peter Dorrington Ward do.

"HOW EVERYDAY THINGS WORK" by Chris Cooper & Tony Osman do.

"COMPUTERS: AN INTRODUCTION" by Roger Ford & Oliver Strimpel do.

These books, less related to botany, are all in The World of Sci-
ence series, all of 64 pages each, with profuse, attractive and effec-
tive color photos, diagrams, charts, and explanations in easy read-
ing text, of the basics in these studies. They are all 1985 publi-
cations that I have read. There are more books listed in the series,
but I have not as yet seen them. They cost only $9.95 each.

372 PH Yet Ook OoGiT, A Vol. 59, Now 5

"ANNUAL REVIEW OF ENTOMOLOGY, Volume 31, 1986" edited by Thomas E.
Mittler & associates, x & 565 pp., 40 b/w fig, incl. 3 photos.
& 8 tab. Annual Reviews Inc., Palo Alto, California 94306.
1986. $31.00 U.S.A. & $34.00 foreign.

Deservedly boasting that this journal is "one of the most con-
sulted and referred-to publications in the entomological literature"
and "that future articles will continue to present timely, critical
and innovative topics of lasting value," the editors present herein
22 worthwhile papers. They consider such topics as: spatial manage-
ment of honey bees on crops that may often be less attractive than
other flowering plants in the same area, host odor perception in
phytophagous insects whose feeding is usually limited to specific
parts of taxonomically related plants, bionomics of the variegated
grasshopper in Africa, convergent patterns in subsocial insects,
dormancy in tropical insects, sperm utilization in social insects
with aspects of mating behavior, sperm acquisition and sperm utili-
zation, and anti-juvenal hormone agents -- now tools for physiolog-
ical research but not yet of any commercial use.

"THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MAMMALS" edited by David Macdonald, xlviii &
895 pp., 1150 color photo. & 72 draw., thousands of b/w dis-
trib. maps and hundreds of silhouette proportional draw. and
other draw. Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016.
1984. $50.00.

This encyclopedia is really wonderful to peruse and/or study and
to purchase at such a modest price for a production so large and so
colorfully, copiously and engagingly illustrated in activity and/or
habitat poses of the quality shown on fine television nature series.
There is much more material presented than university students in an
upper level mammalogy course can absorb, yet inquiring advanced-
reading youngsters could spend hours poring over the pictures and
descriptive text. Consequently this book is an excellent choice for
home, school, university, "zoo", technical labs in related fields,
animal behavior and conservation organizations libraries. I can re-
port only one personal disappointment: I wanted to know if the
"white" rhinoceros (which is hardly white, but sometimes is a bit
lighter than the black one) is really the "weid" (Afrikaan for wide)
One because of its obviously broader front lip. The book starts
with a general treatment of the Class Mammalia, its characteristics
and probable early ascendency over the dinosaurs. The rest of the
text content is arranged by orders, and subdivided into families.

In addition to presenting all known members and their definitive
characteristics and activities, there are worldwide geographic dis-
tribution maps, silhouette figures compared to human size, notes on
gestation and longevity -- material provided by more than 200 auth-
orities of worldwide range.

Gu 7
$7
eS

PHYTOLOGIA

An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication

Vol. 59 March 1986 No. 6

CONTENTS
CRUDEN, R.W., New species of Echeandia (Liliaceae)
nMUnnenaE ea PUIMIOTIO is Seis ho ed Ce okt Blob or) 373
CRUDEN, R.W., New combinations in Echeandia and
emrnaC (LINACRE) 62 eo file ae ha ala aigine Sdieie)s wo clele dbs 379
THOMAS, R.D., & MOORE, D.C., Significant collections of
Louisiana plants XI. Union Parish ...............000.2005: 381

THOMAS, R.D., & TAYLOR, D.D., Significant collections of
Louisiana plants XII. Washington and St. Tammany Parishes... 383
ST. JOHN, H., Revision of the Hawaiian Diospyros (Ebenaceae),
Hawaiian Plant Studies 120

PE ML Aseitis Wanuleg Wuatay ee 389
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum

DUM INCRIGUHER LOU oe bids sii co's clare h ee Maiti nb slovbe we. aleve. 406
LUNDELL, C.L., Neotropical Myrsinaceae — XIX ............... 429
MOLDENKE, A.L., Book reviews ........ bi Bi geey. BO ee 434

tAPR28 1086

Sef DN ee Se
Ke AE Pe eS
My Oras Po

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
590 Hemlock Avenue N.W.
Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00
after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost
in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following
number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is
received after a volume is closed.

NEW SPECIES OF ECHEANDIA (LILIACEAE) FROM CENTRAL AMERICA

Robert William Cruden

Department of Botany, University of Iowa,
Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA

The species proposed below will provide valid names for Flora
Mesoamerica and floristic studies of the Mexican flora.

ECHEANDIA ALTIPRATENSIS Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera juxta cormum. Scapus glaber, brevis vel
brevissimus, intemodio supero brevissimo, bracteis fere oppositis.
Tepala flava, plerumque 13-18 mm longa, elliptica. Antherae
liberae. Capsula oblonga.

Root-tubers close to corm, 1-2.5 cm long. Basal leaves 6-10(-
13), lanceolate, falcate, ciliate, 4-15(-24) cm iong, 4-9 mm wide.
Scape(s) 1(2) glabrous, unbranched, 2-14 (25) cm high. Cauline
leaves 0(1). Upper bracts nearly opposite. Flowers + erect. Tepals
yellow, elliptic, (11)13-18 mm long. Filaments linear, weakly
scaled, 6-8 mm long. Anthers free, versatile, 2-3 mm long. Ovaries
2-4 mm long. Capsules 11-13 mm long, 5-6 mm wide. Chromosome number
n=24 (Cruden 1585).

Type: GUATEMALA: HUEHUETENANGO: road to Todos Santos Cuchumat4n,
ca 5.5 km from RN 9 (at Paquix), 3300 m, 30 Jun 1969, Cruden 1585
(Holotype: UCI; Isotypes: BM!, F!, GH!, MEXU!, MO!, NY!, US!).

Representative Specimens Examined: GUATEMALA: HUEHUETENANGO:
Sierra de los Cuchumatanes: Llano de Tierra Blanca, 2.5 mi W Llano
de San Miguel, ca 3500 m, 2 Aug 1960, Beaman 3963 (DUKE, GH, TEX,
UC); SAN MARCOS: Las Ventanas, San José Ojetenam, 3440 m, 26 Aug
1977, Smith & Olson 749 (F); TOTONICAPAN: Tecum Uman ridge, at K
154, RN 1, ca 20 km E Totonicap4n, ca 3340 m, 14 Aug 1960, Beaman
4164 (GH, UC).

This diminutive species is endemic to the Sierra de los
Cuchumatanes and other high-elevation sites in northwestern
Guatemala. It is a plant of llanos, only occasionally encountered in
the adjacent pine or juniper forest.

ECHEANDIA WILLIAMSII Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera ab cormo 4 cm vel plus. Folia basalia denticulata
vel breve ciliata, Folia caulina 2-6. Tepala flava ad crocea,
elliptica. Filamenta antheris duplo vel plus longiora. Antherae
liberae, lateraliter dehiscentes. Capsula oblonga, duplo vel plus
longiora quam latiora.

373

374 Pakiaye TOseOGcT lA Vol. 59, -No.6

Root-tubers numerous, probably 4 or more cm from corm. Basal
leaves (5?7)6-11, narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate, 20-60 cm
long, 14-33 mm wide, densely denticulate to short ciliate, sometimes
falcate. Scapes 67-150 cm, glabrous, usually branched. Cauline
leaves 2-5(6). Flowers + erect. Tepals yellow to orange, elliptic,
11-15(18) mm long. Filaments (6)7-8(10) mm long, linear and
moderately scaled to narrowly clavate and heavily scaled. Anthers 2-
3.6 mm long, free, dehiscing laterally, 1/2 the length of the
filaments or less. Ovaries 2-3 mm long. Capsules (9)10-14 mm long,
(4.5)5-6.5 mm wide, oblong, at least twice as long as wide. In
flower Jul-Sep and (Nov-)Jan-early Apr (Alta Verapaz).

Type: HONDURAS: LEMPIRA: frequente en el bosque abierto faldas,
Montana Puca, entre Guatan and Cudbanos, 1600 m, 25 Sep 1963, Molina
12947 (Holotype: F!; Isotype: NY!).

Representative Specimens Examined: GUATEMALA: ALTA VERAPAZ:
Coban, 1350 m, Nov 1912, Turckheim 3993 (GH, U, US); GUATEMALA: 7 mi
E Guatemala, 1840 m, 5 Jul 1970, Harmon & Fuentes 2929 (ENCB, MO);
HUEHUETENANGO: between San Sebastian H. and large penasco above town,
2000-2200 m, 13 Aug 1942, Steyermark 50515 (F, GH); HONDURAS:
OCOTEPEQUE: Quebrada Tinasa, between Sinuapa and La Providencia, 900
m, 29 Aug 1968, Molina R. 22373 (F).

In Chiapas and Guatemala there are four robust, free-anthered
species. They are ecologically isolated and may have different
chromosome numbers. E. williamsii is generally a plant of mesic
sites in pine, pine-oak, or oak woods between 1300 and 2200 m and
flowers in late summer and early fall (Jul-Sep). Plants in the Alta
Verapaz flower from December into early April. It is characterized
by relatively broad, ciliate leaves, anthers that dehisce laterally,
and oblong capsules whose length is usually twice their width.

ECHEANDIA BREEDLOVEI Cruden, sp. nov.

Plantae robustae. Radicitubera ab cormo 2 cm, 6-8 cm longa.
Scapus glaber. Tepala flava, elliptica, 9-12 mm longa. Filamenta
antheris duplo vel plus quam duplo longiora, squamata, 4-6 mm longa.
Antherae liberae, 2-3 mm longae. Capsula late oblonga.

Root-tubers 6-8 mm long, 2 cm from corm. Basal leaves broadly
oblanceolate, falcate, 35-40 cm long, 20-23 mm wide, densely
denticulate. Scape glabrous, 65-75 cm high, branched. Cauline
leaves 3-4. Flowers + erect. Tepals yellow, elliptic, spreading, 9-
12 mm long. Filaments 4-6 mm long, linear, light-moderately scaled.
Anthers free, 2-3 mm long, dehiscing laterally. Ovaries 1-1.5 mm
long. Capsules 8-13 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide, for most length twice
the width or less. In flower late Sep-—Dec.

Type: MEXICO: CHIAPAS: Mirador for Chicoasén Dam, rd from Tuxtla
Gutiérrez to the Chicoasén dam, Municipio San Fernando, 850 m, 17 Nov
1976, Breedlove 41481 (Holotype: DS!).

1986 Cruden, New species 375

Additional Specimens Examined: MEXICO: CHIAPAS: Municipio San
Fernando, 4-6 km W Mirador Los Chiapas, Parque Nacional del Sumidero,
1180-1240 m, 14 Nov 1984, Davidse, Sousa, Téllez, Martinez, & Davidse
29718 (MO); Municipio Suchiapa, 15 km SW Suchiapa, 750 m, 26 Sep
1972, Breedlove 28092 (DS); OAXACA: Distrito Juchitdn, 14 km N
“ae rd to Matias Romero, 12 Dec 1980, Trigos & Lorence 528
(CAS).

This species occurs up to 1200 m in tropical deciduous vegetation
on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and the area drained by the Rio
Mezcalapa and Rio Chiapa. The highly branched plants flower late in
the year, and are characterized by their relatively small flowers and
capsules, and anthers that dehisce laterally.

ECHEANDIA CHIAPENSIS Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera ab cormo 3-6 cm. Folia basalia plerumque linearia,
denticulata, raro serrulata vel breve ciliata. Folia caulina (4)5-
11. Tepala flava, elliptica. Filamenta squamosa. Antherae liberae,
graciles, ab imo ad apicem decrescentem, ad apicem dehiscentenm.
Capsula late oblonga.

Root-tubers 2-4 cm long, 3-6 cm from corm. Basal leaves 25-65 cm
long, (6)9-20(29) mm wide, linear, rarely broadly linear, denticulate
(serrulate, short-ciliate). Scape 69-160 cm high, glabrous, usually
branched. Cauline leaves (4)5-11. Flowers + erect. Tepals yellow,
elliptic, spreading, 11.5-17 mm long. Filaments (4.5)5-7(8) mm long,
linear-narrowly clavate, scaled. Anthers free, 4-5(5.5) mm long,
slender and usually tapered from base to tip, dehiscing apically.
Ovaries 2.5-3(3.5) mm long. Capsules 7-11 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide,
length less than twice the width. In flower (Aug)Oct-Dec.

Chromosome number n=8 (Cruden 1916).

Type: MEXICO: CHIAPAS: Ruta 190, 2.4 km E Tapanatepec, grassy
slopes in oak woodland, 340 m, 30 Aug 1971, Cruden 1916 (Holotype:
UCI; Isotypes: BM!, ENCB!, GH!, MEXU!, MO!, US!).

Representative Specimens Examined: MEXICO: CHIAPAS: ridge back of
Tonala, 1200-2500 ft, 10 Aug 1895, Nelson 2900 (GH, US); Municipio
Amatenango Frontera: Rio Cuilco between Nuevo 2vo Amatenango and Fronteré
Comalapa, 1100 m, 22 Nov 1976, Breedlove 41783 (DS); Municipio
Ocozocoautla de Espinosa: 3 km N Ocozocoautla, rd to Mal Paso, 900 a,
5 Nov 1971, Breedlove & Smith 21957 (DS, MO); OAXACA: District
Tuxtepec, vicinity Chiltepec, 20 m, Jul 1940-Feb 1941, Martinez-—
Calderén 132 (GH, US).

This species is known primarily from lower elevations (300-1100
m) in the Sierra Madre de Chiapas, where it is found in drier
habitats, including grassy openings in oak and pine-oak woodlands,
thorn forest, and cliff faces and steep slopes in seasonal evergreen
forest. The slender, tapered anthers, which dehisce apically, and
numerous slender cauline leaves are diagnostic.

376 Pete Yeur (ORs ORGS leh Volz 595 Naz 6

ECHEANDIA MATUDAE Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera ab cormo 3-8 cm. Scapus glaber, (53)65-170 cm
altus. Folia caulina (37)4-6(7). Tepala flava, elliptica.
Filamenta squamata, antheris plerumque minus quam duplo longiora.
Antherae liberae, apicibus dehiscentibus. Capsula anguste oblonga,
longitudo latitudine duplo vel plus longiora quam latiora.

Root-tubers 2-4 cm long, 3-8 cm from corm. Basal leaves 27-75 cm
long, 8-22 mm wide, linear, denticulate or serrulate (short-ciliate).
Scape (53)65-170 cm high, glabrous, usually branched. Cauline leaves
(37)4-6(7). Flowers + erect. Tepals 11-16 fm long, elliptic, yellow
(white). Filaments (5)5.5-7(8) mm long, linear-narrowly clavate,
scaled. Anthers free, 3-4.1(5) mm long, dehiscing apically. Ovaries
2-3 mm long. Capsules 9-13.5 mm long, 4-5.5 mm wide, oblong, length
twice the width or more. In flower (Feb) Aug-Nov. Chromosome number
n=16 (Cruden 1215).

Type: MEXICO: CHIAPAS: Ruta 190, 1.5 mi E Escopetazo, 1570 m, 20
Aug 1966, Cruden 1215 (Holotype: UCI; Isotypes: BM!, ENCB!, F!, GHI!,
MEXU!, MO!, NY!).

Representative Specimens Examined: EL SALVADOR: SAN SALVADOR: Los
PLanes Renderos/Cerro Chula, 1050 m, El Salvador 934 (MO); SANTA ANA:
Hda. San José, N Metapan, 850 a, Instituto to Tropical I Investigaciones
Cientificas San Salvador 925 (MO); GUATEMALA: ALTA VERAPAZ: nr
Tactic, 4500 ft, 16 Feb 1941, Hunnewell 17107 (GH); HUEHUETENANGO: nr
El Reposa, 900-1000 m, 14-18 Dec 1972, Williams, Molina R. & Williams
41357 (F); JALAPA: rd between Jalapa and San Pedro Pinula, 1400-1800
m, 12 Nov 1940, Standley 77102 (GH); MEXICO: CHIAPAS: Municipio
Tenejapa: paraje Mahbenchauk, barrio Tih Ha', 3600 ft, 28 Oct 1966,
Ton 1398 (DS, DUKE, MICH).

This is primarily a mid-elevation (1000-1800 m) species of oak
and pine-oak-Liquidamber woods of the mountains of central Chiapas,
central Guatemala, and westerm El Salvador. The anthers ‘dehisce
apically. The other upland species, E. williamsii, occurs in pine,
pine-oak, and oak woods, and has anthers that dehisce laterally.

ECHEANDIA PETENENSIS Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera ab cormo 2-9 cm. Folia basalia anguste
oblanceolata, marginibus denticulatis vel breviciliatis. Folia
caulina 3-4. Tepala alba, anguste elliptica, 9-11 mm longa.
Filamenta linearia, squamosa. Antherae connatae; conus gracilis,
minus quam 1.5 mm diametro, ad apicem 0.4-0.6 mm latus. Capsula
globosa ad late oblonga.

Root-tubers 2-9 cm from corm, 1.5-3 cm long. Basal leaves
narrowly oblanceolate, 20-55 cm long, 7-12(-15) mm wide, denticulate
to short-ciliate. Scapes glabrous, 56-110 cm high, usually branched.
Cauline leaves 3-4, lowest to 5 cm long, others greatly reduced.

1986 Cruden, New species 377

Flowers pendulous. Tepals white, narrowly elliptic, 9-11 mm long.
Filaments linear, scaled, 3-4 mm long. Anthers 4.5-6 mm long,
connate; cone slender, less than 1.5 mm across, 0.4-0.6 mm wide at
apex. Ovaries 1.7-2 mm long. Capsules globose to broadly oblong,
4.5-7.5 mm long, 4.5-5.5 mmwide. In flower Jun-Oct.

Type: GUATEMALA: PETEN: La Libertad and vicinity, 17 Jun 1934,
Aguilar H. 305 (Holotype: Fl; Isotypes: MICH!, MOI, NY!).

Additional Specimens Examined: BELIZE: EL CAYO: Augustine,
Mountain Pine Ridge, rd to resthouse (16°34' N, 88°54. W)PPLSOOSEE,
11 Oct 1959, Hunt 109 (BM, US); TOLEDO: Cow Pen, nr Monkey River, 7
Jul 1942, Gentle 4049 (F, GH, LL, MO, MICH, NY, US).

This is one of three species endemic to the Yucatan Peninsula.
It occurs between 100 and 500 m The narrow basal leaves and white
flowers distinguish it from the broader leafed E. luteola (cream-
colored flowers) and E. campechiana (yellow flowers).

ECHEANDIA MOLINAE Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera non videtur. Folia basalia anguste lanceolata,
denticulata. Folia caulina 2-3. Tepala luteola, anguste elliptica.
Filamenta linearia, glabra. Antherae connatae.

Root-tubers not seen, but probably some distance from corm.
Basal leaves 4-8, 40-50 cm long, 3.5-11 mm wide, narrowly lanceolate,
denticulate. Scape 90-105 cm high, glabrous, branched. Cauline
leaves 2-3, lower to 21.5 cm long. Flowers nodding to pendulous.
Tepals pale yellow, narrowly elliptic, 8-9 mm long. Filaments 3-4 mm
long, linear, smooth. Anthers 4-4.5 mm long, connate. Ovary 1 mm
long. Capsule 6-7.5 mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide. In flower Sep-Oct.

Type: GUATEMALA: BAJA VERAPAZ: rocky slopes, cutover forest of
Cachil, 1500 m, 3 Oct 1972, Molina & Molina 27835 (Holotype: Fl;
Isotype: U!).

This species is known only from the type collection. It is
characterized by its pale yellow flowers and smooth filaments.

ECHEANDIA LUTEOLA Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera ab cormo 3-10 cm. Folia basalia anguste lanceolata,
marginibus breviciliatis. Tepala luteola vel cremea, anguste
elliptica. Filamenta squamosa. Antherae connatae,

Root-tubers 3-10 cm from corm, 2.5-4 cm long. Basal leaves
narrowly lanceolate, falcate in some, 21-75 cm long, 7-30 mm wide,
short ciliate. Scape glabrous, 0.6-1.8 m high, branched. Cauline
leaves (3-)6-9, reduced upwards to bracts, the lower to 33 cm long.
Flowers nutant to pendulous. Tepals pale yellow or cream, 7.5-9 mm
long, narrowly elliptic, reflexed, inner ca 2 mm wide, outer ca 1 mm

378 POR Yor Oks OGs lA Vol. 59, No. 6

wide. Filaments linear to narrowly clavate, scaled, 3-4 mm long.
Anthers 4.5-5.5 mm long, connate; the cone not strongly tapered.
Ovaries 1-2 mm long. Capsules broadly oblong, 6-8 mm long, 4-5 mm
wide. In flower Jun-Aug. Chromosome number n=32 (Cruden 1907, 1910).

Type: MEXICO: YUCATAN: Ruta 180, K 110-111, ca 7 km NW Chichén-
Itza, roadside in tropical deciduous forest, 10-20 m, 27 Aug 1971,
Cruden 1909 (Holotype: UCI; Isotypes: ENCBI, F!, GH!, K!, MEXU!).

Representative Specimens Examined: BELIZE: EL CAYO: Mountain Pine
Ridge, San Agustin, Jul-Aug 1936, Lundell 6622 (MICH); MEXICO:
CAMPECHE: Ruta 269, K 67-70, at Pomuch, ca 39 km N Ruta 180, 10-20 o,
28 Aug 1971, Cruden 1910 (K, MEXU, UC); YUCATAN: Chichén-Itzd, 10-20
m, 27 Aug 1971, Cruden 1907 (ENCB, UC); Maxcanu, 14 Sep 1865, Schott
634 (BM); QUINTANA ROO: Cob4, Jun-Jul 1938, Lundell & Lundell 7840
(MICH).

The pale yellow or cream-colored flowers are relatively small,
and open in early afternoon. The scaled filaments distinguish it
from the previous species. The only other species in the region with
fused anthers is E. petenensis, which has white flowers. Without
flowers this species is indistinguishable from E. campechiana.

ECHEANDIA CAMPECHIANA Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera ab cormo 4-9 cm. Folia basalia 8-12, anguste
oblanceolata, marginibus denticulatis. Scapus glaber. Folia
caulina 3-7. Tepala flava, anguste elliptica, 8-11 mm longa, valde
reflexa. Filamenta linearia, squamosa. Antherae liberae. Capsula
non videtur.

Root-tubers 4-9 cm from corm, 2.5-4 cm long, non-tuberous part
thick relative to other species. Basal leaves 8-12, narrowly
oblanceolate, 35-65 cm long, (16-)20-35 mm broad, denticulate. Scape
glabrous, 0.9-1.5 m high, branched. Cauline leaves 3-7, gradually
decreasing in size upwards, lowest 13-23 cm long. Tepals 8-11 mm
long, narrowly elliptic, inner to 3.5 mm wide, outer to about 2 mm
wide, strongly reflexed, yellow. Filaments 5.5-6.5 mm long, linear,
with few, small scales to many well developed scales, inserted
between the bases of the anther sacs, the point of insertion not
visible from the side. Anthers 2.7-3.5 mm long, free, dehiscing
through an obovate opening at the apex of each anther sac. Ovaries
2-4 mm long. In flower Aug-Sep. Chromosome number n=24 (Cruden 1906,
1911).

Type: MEXICO: CAMPECHE: rocky area with various grasses and
composites, Ruta 180, K 10-11, ca 10.4 km E Campeche, 30-40 m, 26 Aug
1971, Cruden 1906 (Holotype: UC!; Isotypes: ENCB!, F!, GHI, KI, US!).

Additional Specimens Examined: MEXICO: CAMPECHE: Ruta 180, ca
6.2 km E Campeche, 28 Aug 1971, Cruden 1911 (MEXU, UC).

1986 Cruden, New species 379

ECHEANDIA PITTIERI Cruden, sp. nov.

Radicitubera juxta cormum. Scapus glaber. Folia basalia 8-11,
anguste lanceolata. Folia caulina 3. Tepala alba. Filamenta recta,
glabra. Antherae connatae. Capsula subglobosa 6.5-7.5 mm longa.

Root-tubers 1-1.5 cm long, 1.5-2 cm from corm. Basal leaves 8-
11, (18-)29-41 cm long, (4-)11-20 mm wide, narrowly lanceolate,
entire or short- ciliate. Scape 80- 115 cm high, glabrous,
branched. Cauline leaves 3. Tepals 10-12.5 mm long, to 2 mm wide,
narrowly elliptic, white. Filaments 3-4.5 mm long, linear, smooth.
Anthers 5.5-7 mm long, connate, yellow. Ovaries 2-3 mm long.
Capsules 6.5-7.5 mm long, 5 mm wide. In flower late Jul-Aug.

Type: PANAMA: CHIRIQUI: 5 mi S Boquete toward David, in savanna
near rocky creek, 2800 ft, 26 Aug 1965, McDaniel 6810 (Holotype: MOI;
Isotype: DUKE!).

Additional Specimens Examined: COLUMBIA: MAGDALENA: ridge E
Manaure, 1500 m, 3 Sep 1944, Haught 4342 (US); VALLE DEL CAUCA:
Cordillera Occidental, Hoya del Rio Sanjuniquin, Naranjal, 1200 om, 8
Dec 1943, Cuatrecasas 15356 (US); PANAMA: CHIRIQUI: vicinity
Boquete, Llanos Francia, 3300 ft, 25 Jul 1959, Stern, Chambers,

Dwyer, & Ebinger 1166 (MO).

This species differs from E. leucantha Klotzsch (=E. prolixa
Woodson), which has scaled filaments and tubers that develop well
away from the corm.

I thank Gertrud Champe for polishing the latin diagnoses and the
curators of the following herbaria for the loan of critical material:
BM, CAS, DS, DUKE, ENCB, F, GH, K, LL, MICH, MO, NY, P, PR, TEX, U,
uc, US.

NEW COMBINATIONS IN ECHEANDIA AND HAGENBACHIA (LILIACEAE)

Robert William Cruden

Department of Botany, University of Iowa
Iowa City, Iowa, 52240, USA

The new combinations proposed below are made at this time to
provide names for studies of the flora of Mexico and Central America.
Critical synonyms are given to clarify my concept of various taxa.

380 P oH Youle OnLy OMG? 1, sh Vol. 59, No. 6

Echeandia formosa (Weatherby) Cruden, comb. nov.

Echeandia macrocarpa Greenman var. formosa Weatherby. Proc.
Amer, Acad. Arts 45:392. 1910. Type: MEXICO: CHIAPAS: nr San

‘cine 7000-8000 ft, 18 Sep 1895, Nelson 3143 (Holotype:
US!).

Echeandia vestita (Baker) Cruden, comb. nov.

Anthericum vestitum Baker, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 15:307. 1876.
Type: MEXICO: Veracruz to Orizaba, Muller 1331 (Holotype: K!).

A. crinitum Standley. Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser.
17:228-229. 1937.

Echeandia skinneri (Baker) Cruden, comb. nov.

Anthericum skinneri Baker. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 15:318. 1876.
Type: GUATEMALA: Skinner (Holotype: KI).

A. aurantiacum Baker. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 15:318. 1876.

A. apodastanthum J. D. Smith. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville)
19:265-266. 1894,

Echeandia ciliata (Kunth) Cruden, comb. nov.

Phalangium ciliatum Kunth. in Humb. Bonpl. & Kunth, Nov. Gen. Sp.
276, Tab. 676. 1816. Anthericum ciliatum Sprengel. Syst. Veg.
2:84, 1825. A. humboldtii Hemsley, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Bot.
3:374,. 1886. A. sprengeli Rusby, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 6:127.
1896. Type: Caracas, Humboldt (Isotype: P!).

Echeandia ramosissima (Presl) Cruden, comb. nov.

Phalangium ramosissimum Presl. Rel. Haenk. 2:127. 1827.
Anthericum ramosissimum Schult. & Schult. Syst. Veg. 7:469.
1829. E. haenkeana Kunth. Enum. Plant. 4:629. 1843. Type:
MEXICO: Acapulco (Lectotype: PR 243981A!; Isotype: PR 243981B!).

E. breviflolia Watson. Proc. Amer. Acad. 21:441. 1886.
E. nodosa Watson. Proc. Amer. Acad. 26:156 1891.
Hagenbachia panamensis (Standley) Cruden, comb. nov.

Anthericum panamense Standley. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ. Bot.
22:327. 1940. A. macrophyllum Baker. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 8:209.
1887, non A. Rich. Fl. Abyss. 2:334. 1851. Type: PANAMA: COCLE:
hills N of El Valle de Anton, 1000 m, 14 Jul 1940, Allen 2195

(Holotype: F!).

SIGNIFICANT COLLECTIONS OF LOUISIANA PLANTS
XI. UNION PARISH

R. Dale Thomas & David C. Moore, Herbarium, Department of
Biology, Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, La. 71209-0502.

A survey and study of the vascular plants of Union Parish,
Louisiana was made from June, 1982 to May, 1984. During this
study specimens of 136 families, 511 genera, and 1105 species
were collected, found to be listed in literature, or found on
file in several Louisiana herbaria. An annotated plant list with
notes on abundance and distribution within the parish is included
in the thesis (Moore 1984).

Union Parish is located along the west side of the Ouachita
River in north-central Louisiana at the Arkansas State Line. The
physiography of the parish may be divided into three general
areas: the floodplain of the Ouachita River, the terraces
adjacent to the floodplain, and the upland hills area. The
parish has a land area of 579,840 acres of which 457,938 acres
are forested. The floodplains are covered with bottomland
hardwoods forest. Pine forests and mixed oak - hickory - pine
forests cover the terraces and hills. Timber and pulpwood
production are the major sources of income within the parish.

One state (Union) and two national (Upper Ouachita and D'Arbonne)
wildlife refuges are located within the parish.

Several plants that are uncommon in Louisiana were collected
in Union Parish. These include: Botrychium lunarioides (Michx.)
Swartz, Castanea ozarkensis Ashe, Chaenorrhinum minus (L.) Lange,
Corylus americana Walt., Cynoglossum zeylandicum (Vahl) Thunb. ,

(Willd. )

Cypripedium calceolus L. var. pubescens Correll (C.
kentuckiensis), Cyrtomium fortunei J. Small, Dentaria

laciniata Muhl., Evolvulus sericeus Sweet, Gentiana saponaria L.,
Geranium maculatum L., Heuchera americana L., Isotria
verticillata (Willd.) Raf., Listera australis Lindley, Najas
minor All., Quercus arkansana Sarg., Sanguinaria canadensis L.,
Scrophularia marilandica L., Seymeria cassioides (J. F. Gmel.)
Blake, Silene stellata (L.) Ait., Silene virginica L., Stokesia
laevis (Hill) Greene (as an escape), Trillium recurvatum Beck.,
Uvularia sessilifolia L., and Zepranthes candida (Lind].) Herb.
Five rare plants collected by others were not relocated during
this study: Adiantum pedatum L. (Kral 1966), Erigeron pulchellus
L. (LTU), Houstonia purpurea L. (LAF), Hydrangea arborescens L.
(Kral 1966), and Saxifraga virginiensis Michx. (Kral 1966).

381

382 P HENTTrOok OoGekos Val. 59, No, 6

Asclepias hirtella (Pennell) Woodson was collected for the
first time from Louisiana. The citation is:

UNION PARISH, LA.: Opening in pine woods beside

Union Parish Road 2202 five miles northwest of La.

143 and Linville, Sec. 24, T22N, R3E, R. Dale

Thomas, D. C. Moore, and Aquatic Plants Class,

84694 and 1974, 28 July 1983.
Woodson (1954) listed the range of this species as "prairies,
open woods, sandy or clay soil, spreading to fields, roadsides,
and waste places. Southern Ontario; western West Virginia and
Tennessee westward to southern Minnesota and Oklahoma." He listed
it from eleven Arkansas counties although it was not listed from
Louisiana by him or by Thomas and Allen (1982). The authors
express appreciation to Dr. S. P. Lynch of Louisiana State
University in Shreveport for his determination of this species.

LITERATURE CITED

Kral, Robert. 1966. Observations on the flora of the South-
eastern United States with special reference to Northern
Louisiana. Sida 2: 395-408.

Moore, David C. 1984. A preliminary survey of the vascular flora
of Union Parish, Louisiana. Unpublished Masters of Science
Thesis, Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, 118 pp.

Thomas, R. Dale & Charles M. Allen. 1982. A preliminary check-
list of the dicotyledons of Louisiana. Contributions of the
Herbarium of Northeast Louisiana University 2: 1-130.

Woodson, R. E., Jr. 1954. The North American species of
Asclepias L. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden
AIT): 2h

SIGNIFICANT COLLECTIONS OF LOUISIANA PLANTS
XII. WASHINGTON AND ST. TAMMANY PARISHES

R. Dale Thomas and David D. Taylor, The Herbarium, Department of
Biology, Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, La. 71209-0502.

A preliminary survey of the vascular flora of Washington and
St. Tammany Parishes, Louisiana was made between August, 1982
and April, 1984. Vouchers collected during the study, augmented
by vouchers on deposit in several Louisiana herbaria and
literature citations, indicate that a flora of 156 families, 615
genera, and 1682 specific and subspecific taxa exists. The taxa
in Washington Parish totaled 134 families, 490 genera, and 1167
specific and subspecific taxa. The taxa in St. Tammany Parish
totaled 148 families, 578 genera, and 1461 specific or subspecific
taxa. Several distribution records for the state and one national
record are noted. An annotated plant list noting distribution and
abundance in the study area is included in a thesis (Taylor 1984).
The various habitats and common and rare plants are also discussed.

Washington and St. Tammany Parishes, with land areas of 676
Square miles and 873 square miles, respectively, are located in the
southeastern tip of Louisiana. Washington Parish is bounded on
the north, and on the east by Mississippi and on the south by St.
Tammany Parish. St. Tammany Parish is bounded on the east by
Mississippi and on the south by Lake Pontchartrain. Tangipahoa
Parish adjoins both parishes on the west.

The climate of the area is warm, humid and subtropical due
largely to its low latitude and proximity to the Gulf of Mexico.
The average number of frost-free days per year is 248-265. The
elevation ranges from about 370 feet above sea level in Washington
Parish to sea level on the southern edge of St. Tammany Parish.
The vegetation ranges from pine forested hills to brackish to
saline marshes. Large areas of bottomland hardwoods forest occur
along the Bogue Chitto and Pearl Rivers. The Pearl River State
Wildlife Management Area and the Bogue Chitto National Wildlife
Refuge are now preserving large areas of this valuable forest
type. The vegetation of both parishes, but especially that of
St. Tammany Parish, is rapidly being destroyed by the spread of
metropolitan New Orleans into the area.

The variety of habitats and of plants present in these two
parishes has long attracted plant collectors. Several plants
occur in Louisiana only in these two parishes, and many others are
restricted to the area of the state east of the Mississippi River
(The Florida Parishes). Thomas has collected extensively in the
study area since 1966, and large numbers of specimens collected by
others are on deposit in the other Louisiana herbaria.

383

384 Pent Tad bnO pGialw Vol. 59, No. 6

A complete list of the plants thus far known from the
parishes is included in the thesis (Taylor 1984). Specimens not
found in the Herbarium of Northeast Louisiana University (NLU)
have the literature citation or the location of the specimen given.
A complete list of the species is also found in Taylor and Thomas
(1985). The rare plants from the study area are listed below by
parish. Those with a letter P after them indicate that they are
on the February, 1986 “Louisiana Special Plant List" (Parker 1986).

Rare plants found in both Washington and St. Tammany Parishes
include: Alysicarpus vaginalis (L.) DC., Aptera aphylla (Nutt. )
Barnh., Arundinaria gigantea (Walt.) Muhl. ssp. tecta (Walt.)
McClure, Asclepias humistrata Walt. (P), Asclepias lanceolata
Walt., Asclepias michauxii Dcne., Aster adnatus Nutt., Aster
linifolius L., Aster solidaginensis Michx. (P), Aster tortifolius
Michx., Bigelowia nudata (Michx.) DC., Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb. )
Clark ex Hook., Bulbostylis capillaris (L.) Clarke ex i
Burmannia capitata (Walt.) Mart. (P), Calamintha georgiana (R. M.
Harper) Shinners (P), Calopogon tuberosus (L.) B.S.P., Carphephorus
odoratissimus (J. F. Gmel.) Hebert, Carphephorus pseudoliatris
Cass., Chamaelirium luteum (L.) DC. (P), Chrysopsis hyssopifolia
Nutt. (P), Cleistes divaricata (L.) Ames (P), Clethra alnifolia L.,
Cnidoscolus stimulosus (Michx.) Gray, Collinsonis canadensis L.,
Coreopsis major Walt. forma oemleri (E11.) Sherff., Coreopsis
nudata Nutt. (P), Crotalaria purshii DC. (P), Crotalaria
rotundifolia Walt. ex J. F. Gmel., Drymaria cordata (is) wilid..
Elephantopus elatus Bertol. (P), Epidendron conopseum R. Br.,

Gaylussacia dumosa (Andr.) Torr. & Gray, Gaylussacia mosieri
(Small) Chapm., Gelsemium rankii Small, Gentiana Saponaria L.,

Gentiana villosa L., Helianthus floridanus Gray, Helianthus
heterophyllus Nutt., Helianthus microchepala Torr. & Gray,
Helianthus radula (Pursh) Torr. & Gray, Hexastylis arifolia
(Michx.) Small, Ilex amelanchier M. A. Curtis (P), Lachnanthes
caroliniana (Lam.) Dandy (P), Lachnocaulon anceps (Walt.) Morong,
Leucothoe axillaris (Lam.) D. Don, Leucothoe racemosa (L.) Gray,
Liatris tenuis Shinners (P), Lilium catesbaei Walt. (P), Lilium
michauxii Poir., Listera australis Lind]l., Lobelia brevifolia
Nutt., Lobelia floridana Chapm., Lupinus villosus Willd. (P),
Lyonia lucida Lam., Macranthera flammea (L.) Penn. (P), Magnolia
macrophylla Michx., Mayaca aubletii Michx. (P), Melanthium
virginicum L., Mitrocarpus hirtellus (L.) DC., Osmanthus
americanus (L.) Gray, Plantanthera nivea (Nutt.) Luer, Podostemum
ceratophyllum Michx. (P), Polygala grandiflora Walt., Rhexia
nashii Small (P), Rhynchospora chapmanii M. A. Curtis (P),
Rhynchospora debilis Gale (Py. Sabatia macrophylla Hook. (P),
Seymeria cassiodes (J. F. Gmel.) Blake, Stenanthium gramineum
(Ker.) Morong, Stokesia laevis (Hill) Greene (P), Tephrosia
florida (F. G. Dietr.) C. E. Wood., Tephrosia spicata (Walt.)
Torr. & Gray, Tofieldia racemosa (Walt.) B.S.P. (P), Trichomenes
petersii Gray (P), Tridens chapmanii (Small) Chase (P), Vaccinium

1986 Thomas & Taylor, Significant collections 385

darrowii Camp, Viburnum cassinoides L., and Wahlenbergia
marginata (Thunb.) DC.

Rare plants found in Washington Parish but not in St.
Tammany Parish include: Aristolochia tomentosa Sims, Botrychium
alabamense Maxon (P), Botrychium Tunarioides Michx., Buchnera
americana L., Carya pallida (Ashe) Engelm. & Graebn. (P),
Coreopsis major Walt. (P), Crotalaria intermedia Kotschy, Cyperus
cuspidatus H.B.K. (P), Desmodium tortuosum (Sw.) DC., Drosera
intermedia Hayne in Schrad. (P), Dulichium arundinaceum (L.)
Britt., Echinacea purpurea (L.) Moench., Fuirena bushiii Kral,
Gaura filipes Spach, Geobalanus oblongifolius (Michx.) Small (P),
Hypoxis longii Fern. (P), Isoetes louisianensis Thieret (I.
engelmannii x I. melanopoda) (P), Kalmia latifolia L. (P), Lindera
Subcoriacea B. E. Wofford (P), Magnolia pyramidata Bart. ex Pursh.
(P), Myrica inodora Bart. (P), Polansia dodecandra (L.) DC.,
Potamogeton epihydrus Raf. (P), Prenanthes altissima L. var.
cinnamomea Fern., Psilocarya nitens (Vahl) Wood (P), Quercus
laevis Walt. (P), Rudbeckia laciniata L. (P), Sanicula marilandica
L. (P), Smilax herbacea L., Solidago gigantea Muhl., Thelypteris
noveboracensis (L.) Nieuwl. (P), Tragia cordata Michx., and
Utricularia juncea Vahl (P).

Rare plants found in St. Tammany Parish but not in Washington

ye include: Acacia smallii Isely, Acanthospermum australe
L.) Kuntze, Agalinis aphylla (Nutt.) Raf. (P.), Agalinis
filicaulis (Benth.) Penn. (P), Agalinis linifolia tute) Britt.

(P), Amorpha croceolanata Wats., Amorpha nitens L. (P), Andropogon
mohrii (Hackel) Hackel ex fee CE Arenaria lanuginosa (Michx.)
Rohrb., Arthraxon hispidus (Thunb.) Makino, Asclepias longifolia
Michx., Asclepias rubra L., Bartonia verna (Michx.) Muhl. (P),
Bulbostylis ciliatifolia (Ell.) Fern., Calopogon pallidus Chapm.
(P), Ceratophyllum muricatum Cham., Chasmanthium ornithorynchum
(Steud.) Yates (P), Cirsium lecontei Torr. & Gray (P), Coelorachis
rugosa (Nutt.) Nash, Coelorachis tesselata (Steud.) Nash (P),

Cynanchum angustifolium Pers., Cypselea humifusa Turpin, Dyssodia
tenuiloba (DC.) Robins., Eleocharis elongata Chapm. (P),

Eriocaulon compressum Lam., Erigeron myrionactis Small, Eryngium
uccifolium Michx. var. synchaetum Gray ex Coult., Eulophia
ecristata (Fern.) Ames (Py, Euthamia graminifolia (iy Nott.
Euthamia minor (Michx.) Greene, Fuirena scirpoidea Michx. (P),
Fuirena simplex Vahl (P), Gutierrezia dracunculoides (DC.) Blake,
Hackelochloa granularis (L.) Kuntze, Helenium brevifolium (Nutt. )
Wood. (P), Helenium drummondii H. Rock, Holcus lanatus L.,
Hydrocotyle sibrothropoides Lam., Hyptis mutabilis (A. Rich.)
Briq., Ilex cassine L. var. cassine (P), Ilex cassine L. var.
myrtifolia (Walt.) Sarg. (P), Justicia americana (Lee vanl (Ph,
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort, Lilaeopsis caroliniensis Coult. &
Rose, Limonium nashii Small, Lobelia inflata L. (P), Lobelia
siphilitica Lam., Lophiola americana Pursh te); Lycopodium cernuum

386 Rati F.0-£:0 6.4 A Vol. 59, Now 6

L. (P), Murdannia nudiflora (L.) Brenan, Odontonychia corymbosa

—————a

Small (P), Oenothera humifusa Nutt. (P), Panicum tenerum Beyr. (P),

_

Parkinsonia aculeata L., Pentodon pentandrus (Schum. & Thonn. )
Vatke, Pinguicula lutea Walt. (P), Platanthera blephariglottis
(Willd.) Lindl. (P), Polygala nuttallii lorr. & Gray OF
Polystichum tsus-simense (Hook.) J. Sm., Pteris multifida Poir.,
Pteris vittata L., Quercus minima (Sarg.) Small (P), Rhynchospora
ciliaris (Michx.) Wey » Rhynchospora miliacea HanvlcGrag TP),
Ruellia noctiflora (Nees) Gray (P), Rumex chrysocarpus Moris,
Rumex mexicanus Meisn., Rumex paraguayensis D. Parodi, Sabatia

arenicolia Greenm. (P), Sarracenia psittacina Michx. (P),
Selaginella ludoviciana A. Braun OF Serenoa repens (Bartr. )
Small (P), Sium suave Gmel. (P), Smilax auriculata Walt.,
Solidago fistulosa Mill., Taxodium adscendens Brongn., Tephrosia
hispidula (Michx.) Pers., Uniola paniculata L. (P), Utricularia
purpurea Walt. (P), Vallisneria americana Michx., and Zizania
aquatica L.

Citations for the state records collected during this study
are as follows:

Catapodium rigidum (L.) C. E. Hubbard ex Dong.
ST. TAMMANY PARISH: Sandy roadbank of La. 433 in marsh at

curve at Rigolets Estates one mile NW of U.S. 90, Sec. 11,
T10S, R14E. R. Dale Thomas, David D. Taylor, and John W.
McCoy 83612 & 3239, 17 May 1983. This specimen was
determined by Charles M. Allen.

Liatris graminifolia Willd.
WASHINGTON PARISH: Infrequent in hardwood forest on bluffs

about two milies west of Enon in Sec. 53, T3S, RI1I1E.
Charles M. Allen 8866, 4 November 1978. This specimen was
verified by K. N. Gandhi.

Pterocarya stenoptera DC.
WASHINGTON PARISH: Large spreading-crowned tree near La. 21

(Main Street) at Railroad Street in Angie, Sec. i7, T1S,
R14E. Large tree about 40 ft. tall. Cultivated but
spreading other side of Railroad street. Many small plants
one to four inches dbh in waste area at least 400 feet from
main tree. R. Dale Thomas 84236, 14 June 1983. Duplicates
were determined by Donald Stone and by Bill Hess. This is
the first record of this species becoming established and
spreading in the United States.

Rhynchospora pleiantha (Kukenth.) Gale
ST. TAMMANY PARISH: Open fields in swampy area south of
U.S. 190 just east of La. 25 north of Covington, Sec. 43,
T6S, R11E. R. Dale Thomas and Barbara G. Thomas 49299,

49302, 2 June 1976. Both collections were determined by
James W. Kessler in 1981.

1986 Thomas & Taylor, Significant collections 387

Rhynchospora stenophylla Carey ex Chapm.
WASHINGTON: Swampy area beside La. 10 east of Lawrence Creek

three miles east of Franklinton, Sec. 29, T2S, R11E. R. Dale
Thomas and Ken E. Rogers 29350, 13 May 1972. This is the
same location as Thomas 29374 and as Rogers 8072 from the
University of Tennessee. These specimens were re determined by
James Kessler in 1985. One at LAF was determined by John
Owen Joyce in 1973 and the Rogers collection was determined
by Ken E. Rogers in 1972. Neither of these species of
Rhynchospora included in Thomas and Allen (1984). This
species was collected in a habit containing several rare
plants for Louisiana including Myrica inodora Bartr., Mayaca
aubletti Michx., and Lindera subcoriacea B. E. Wofford.

Rumex conglomeratus Murray
~ §$T. TAMMANY PARISH: Four locations: Along roadbank of U.S. 90

at Pearl River and Mississippi State Line, Sec. 29, T9S, RI16E,
R. Dale Thomas 84252, 15 June 1983; Roadbank and marsh beside
La. 22 along east bank of Tchefuncte River at Madisonville,

Sec. 25, T7S, R1OE, R. Dale Thomas and Pat Pias 65176, 1 June

See Ce

River at end of La. 1077 south of Madisonville, Sec. 2, T8S,
R10E, R. Dale Thomas, David D. Taylor, and John McCoy, 83561
and 3188 and 83564 and 3190, 17 May 1983. All these specimens
were determined by David D. Taylor. This species was not
included in Thomas and Allen (1982).

Stipulicida setacea Michx.
ST. TAMMANY PARISH: Sandy area along east bank of West Middle
Pearl River at second bridge on U.S. 90 east of U.S. 190 east
of Slidell, Sec. 25, T9S, R15E. R. Dale Thomas, David D.
Taylor, and John McCoy 83658 & 3285, 1/ May 1983. The first
collection was made at this site on 27 May 1982 (Thomas
81314). A large population of Odontonychia cormybosa /bosa Small
is intermingled with the Stipulicida, and Hyptis mutabilis
(L. C. Rich.) Briq. and Lantana montevidensis (Spreng.) Briq.
are abundant at a nearby bridge. The Stipulicida specimen
was verified by John Thieret.

388 Prln¥ FoQstvO.Gr1 A Vol. 59, No. 6
LITERATURE CITED

Parker, Annette. 1986. Louisiana Special Plant List.
Mimeographed unpublished list of 291 rarest native Louisiana
vascular plants. Louisiana Natural Heritage Program, Baton
Rouge. 6 pp.

Taylor, David D. 1984. A Preliminary Survey of the Vascular
Flora of Washington and St. Tammany Parishes, Louisiana.
Unpublished Masters of Science Thesis, Northeast Louisiana
University, Monroe. 196 pp.

Taylor, David D. and R. Dale Thomas. 1985. A Preliminary
Checklist of the Vascular Flora of Washington and St.
Tammany Parishes, Louisiana. Contributions of the Herbarium
of Northeast Louisiana University 6: 1-104.

Thomas, R. Dale and Charles M. Allen. 1982. A Preliminary
Checklist of the Dicotyledons of Louisiana. Contributions
of the Herbarium of Northeast Louisiana University 3: 1-130.

Thomas, R. Dale and Charles M. Allen. 1984. A Preliminary
Checklist of the Pteridosperms, Gymnosperms, and
Monocotyledons of Louisiana. Contributions of the Herbarium
of Northeast Louisiana University 4: 1-55.

REVISION OF THE HAWAIIAN DIOPYROS (EBENACEAE)
HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 120
Harold st. john

In the flora of any considerable area, one expects
to find several genera that are technically difficult
of classification. Such a one in Hawaii is Diospyros.

Earlier botanists accepted the species with trimerous
flowers as in the genus Maba, these differing from
Diospyros which had the flowers 2-, 4-, or 5- merous.
This basis of separation is now considered arbitrary,
and hence the two gerera are merged as Diospyros.

Maba sandwicensis A. DC. (1844) was based on a collec-
tion by Gaudichaud from the Sandwich Islands. M. Hille-
brandii Seem. (1866) was described from a plant of
Oahu, based on Hillebrand 274, in the Kew Herbarium .
For several decades these two species formed the con-
cept of the genus in Hawaii, the trees called "lama"

by the Hawaiians.

R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink (1935-1955) monographed
the group as Diospyros, covering the species of Malaysia,
southern Asia, and the Pacific. In it he accepted
D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh. of southern India, and under
it he had 52 varieties or forms, occurring from
Madagascar to Hawaii. Fosberg (1939) accepted
Bakhizen's concept of D. ferrea, but recognized that in
the Hawaiian Islands it contained diverse kinds, and
he classified them as. five varieties and eight forms.
His key to them has not proven practical. Consequently
the author has reexamined them, and has produced the
present treatment.

Recent monographic study was by Kostermans (1977)
and he stated (p. 449), "The greatest headache was
Bakhuizen's treatment of Diospyros ferrea, in which he
has lumped so many species, than nobody could make
head or tail of it any more." Consequently
D. sandwicensis is restored to specific rank. Of
Fosberg's minor taxa, nine are accepted, but two are
reduced to synonymy. In addition to them the author
here described eight new ones.Thus, D. sandwicensis
is recognized as a species with numerous vafiations,
and is a group difficult to classify. On the other
hand, D. Hillebrandii remains as a Single, clear unit.

Key to the Hawaiian Species of Diospyros

A. Back of calyx glabrous, but the acute lobes ciliate;
blades above with deep pits between the raised
reticulate veinlets; blades mostly oblongellip-
tic, the base rounded to subcordate. Kauai, Oahu.

oO -Di Hi llebrandz2;

- . . . . . .

389

390 Ph HaaslviOirteO: (Gale A Vol. 59, no. 6

A. Back of calyx appressed pilosulous,
B. Blades above with deep pits between the raised
reticulate veinlets; blades lanceolate,
C. Petioles pilosulous; blades 3.5-9 cm long.
Oahu. D. sandwicensis, var. Toppingii.
C. Petioles arachnoid; blades 6-8.5 cm long.
Kauai. ine - + Var. rugosa.
B. Upper surface of “plade plane or nearly so; the
veinlets obscure or faintly reticulate,
D. Blades below permanently pubescent,

E. Blades glabrous above, lanceolate to ellip-
tic, 1.2-1.3 x 1-1.7 cm; petioles ascending
puberulous. Molokai. var. sclerophylla.

E. Blades above appressed strigose to sub-
glabrate, elliptic, 3.5-7.5 cm. long;
petioles puberulent and arachnoid.

Cm (Mal » LAanal. .. « .« Var. .Degeneri..
D. Blades below glabrous or early glabrous,
F. Petioles glabrous,
G. Blades lanceolate, (3-) 5-7 (-9.5) cm.
long. Oahu. .. . var. sSandwicensis.
G. Blades elliptic or ovate,
H. Blades elliptic, (5-) 6-11 cm long.

OaRal.g , (Wis (MAUI mat ney fe, VaR sl Laptica.
H. Blades ovate, 4-7 cm anes Molokai,
Wicpt MIGUULTS hav ch geet aeonyeye var. ovalis.

F. Petioles pubescent,
I, Petioles white arachnoid,
J. Petioles only arachnoid,
K. Blades elliptic or lanceolate,
L. Blades elliptic,
M. Blades 6-11 cm long,
N. Blade base rounded; blades 4.7-
8.2 cm long. Oahu.
- .- var. oahuensis.
N. Blade base subcordate; blades
6-12 x 4.7-8.2 cm, Kauai.
. . var. kauaiensis.
M. Eilean 2, =e 5. Seem slong),
O. Blades 10-32 mm wide, elliptic.
Molokai, Lanai. var. arachnoidea.
O. Blades 32-40 mm wide, broadley
elliptic. Lanai. var. lanaiensis.
L. Blades lance elliptic, 3-5.5 cm long.

Hawali:. <. . var. frameata.
K. Blades lanceolate, = 8 cm long. Kauai,
Qahu,,., Hawaii... <3, of 4jsVam--rotundata.

J. Petioles arachnoid and pubescent,
P. Blades elliptic to ovate, 2.5-12 cm
long. Molokai, Hawaii. var. pubescens.
P. Blades lanceolate, 7-12 cm long.
Kavlaic . = « «= « .« Wabw KOkeensals.

1986 St. John, Revision of Hawaiian Diospyros 391

I. Petioles pubescent, but not arachnoid,
Q. Blades lanceolate, 3-9 cm long. Kauai,
Oahu, Molokai, Hawaii. var. Wiebkei.
Q. Blades elliptic,
R. petioles appressed pubescent,
S. Petioles appressed puberulous,
T. Petioles sparsely minutely puber-
ulous; blades 4-6 cm long.
Hawaii. var. puberula.
T. Petioles densely puberulent;
blades 6.5-11 cm long.
Kauai. . . var. miloliiensis.
S. Petioles appressed pilose; blades
2-5.5 cm long, elliptic, obtuse.
Oahasg .6¢2. 20 S9seservar,.sobtusas
R. Petioles diverging pubescent,
U. Petioles spreading puberulous;
blades appressed pilosulous below,
(1.7-) 3-5.5 cm long, elliptic or
lance elliptic. Molokai.
= Peadeeld Mecrlts aiavab. Waillauensis:.
U. Petioles densely ascending puberulent;
blades glabrate below, 3-4 cm long,
elliptic. Molokai, Hawaii.
o-2 « « ee « Var. perpubescens.
Enumeration of Taxa

Diospyros sandwicensis (A. DC.) Fosb., var. sandwic-
ensis, Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 12(15): 8, 1936.
D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh.Gard. Bull., Straits Settlem. 7:
R62 1932, var. Sandwicensis (A. DC.) Bakh., sard.
Bor. Burtenz.,; SUL). “hire a5s 56 oss
D. ferrea, var. sandwicensis,f. sandwicensis (%. DC.)

Fosb., Bishop Mus., Occas, Papers 15(10): 125, 1939.
Maba sandwicensis A. DC. in DC., Prodr.6:242, 1844.
Ebenus sandwicensis (A. DC.) Ktze., Rev. Gen. 2:

408, 1841. Fog/ 5W

Holotype: in insul. Sandwich, Gaudichaud (P).

Range: Oahu.
var. arachnoidea, var. nov.

Diagnosis Holotype: Petiolis arachnoideis, laminis
ellipticis glabratis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree 6.6 m tall; petioles
white arachnoid; blades 2-5.5 x 2.1-2.9 cm, coriac-
eous, elliptic, early glabrate above and below;

392 Rashi Yea (Omen; TA Vol. 59, Now 6

peduncles 3-4 mm long, ascending pilose; calyx 4-5 mm
long, patelliform, appressed ascending pilose, the
lobes convex; fruit 10-13 mm long, broadly ellipsoid.

Supplementary Description: Tree 3-7 m tall; blades
2-7 cm long; fruit yellow, becoming red.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Waianae
Mts., Makua, Piko Trail, wooded gulch, Nov. 25, 1932,
He sot od Ohnel2) 12498 (BISH)

Specimens Examined: Oahu, both mountain ranges, 10
collections. Molokai: Mahana, Rock 14,004. Lanai:

St. John & Cowan 22,620, and seven others. Hawaii:
Kapua, E. H. Bryan Jr. 750, and one other.

Discussion: The new epithet is the Latin adjective
arachnoideus, cobwebby, and it is chosen with refer-
ence to the pubescence of the petioles.

Range: Oahu, Molokai, Lanai, and Hawaii.

var. Degeneri (Fosb.) comb. nov. Fig. 4r,
D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. Degeneri Fosb.,
Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10)::129-130,
EOB9s
Lectotype: Hawaiian Islands, East Maui, Auahi, alt.
3,000 ft, Nov. 1910, Rock 8,665a (BISH). Fosberg listed
this and another number as the type.

Var. elliptical var. nov. Fig. 3p
Diagnosis Holotypi: Petiolis glabris, laminis
6-11 X 2-5.7 cm ellipticis glabris.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Small tree; petioles glabrous;
blades 6-11 2-3.2 cm, coriaceous, elliptic, glabrous;
pedicels 3-4 mm long, ascending pilose; calyx 4-5 mm
long, ascending pilose, the lobes hemispheric; fruit
14-19 mm long, ellipsoid.

Supplementary Description: Tree 2-12 m tall;
blades 2-5.7 cm wide.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Punaluu,
1,900) ft alt. Nov... 30), W929" Hen St.John lOn0v 9 (BioH)e
Specimens Examined: Oahu, both mountain ranges, 19

collections.

Discussion: The new epithet is the Lain adjective
ellipticus, elliptic, and it is given with reference to
the shape of the blades.

Range: Oahu.

var. frameata var. nov. | elo fen
Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor, ramulis petiolis basi-
busque laminarum arachnoideis puberulisque, laminis
3=5.90) XX 1.72.3 "em Lanceo-elii pticis planis:.
Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree; branchlets and pet-
ioles arachnoid and spreading puberulous; petioles 4-6
mm long, arachnoid; blades 3=5.5 \ 1.7-2.3 cm, coriaceous,

1986 St. John, Revisiun of Hawaiian Diospynos 393

lance elliptic, plane, arachnoid near the base on both
sides; peduncles 1-2 mm long, ascending pilose; calyx 4-
5 mm long, appressed ascending piOsulous, the lobes 2 mm
long, broadly deltoid; fruit 14-16 mm long, ellipsoid.

Supplementary Description: Tree 3-8 m tall; blades
1.7-2.6 cm wide.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island, Manuka,
Kau, 9-1927, G.. W. Russ (BISH).

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island,
Kapua, on pahoehoe, kipuka s. of Hanakeaumoe, near
the sea, Nov. 28, 1932, E. H. Bryan Jr. 762; N. Kona,
Just ess) Of Le Oia wvaval Ellow O00 MEt “elev. duly. 31,
1966, S. Carlguist 2,101;Puuwaawaa, rough lava, 600
m alta. Dec. 2, 1926 Lab .iMacDanielis: 319" ablrnan
(BISH).

Discussion: The new epithet is from the Latin noun
framea, spear, and it is given with reference to the
spear or lance-shaped blades.

Range: Hawaii.

var. kauaiensis (Fosb.) comb. nov. Fig. 4v.

D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. kauaiensis Fosb.,
Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10) 130-131,
1939.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai, Waimea, Keana-
Maina acl ley. Macy OUO erie, alit.7,..0Cte. G44, L929. Corse waudd
(BISH).

Range: western Kauai, Kaholuamanu; Kukui Trail;
Milolii; and Mahanloa, four collections.

var. kokeeensis var. nov. Figi2ab,

Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor, ramulis petiolisque
arachnodeis, laminis 4-8.5 X 1.1-3.5 cm lanceolatis
glabris coriaceis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree; branchlets arachnoid;
petioles 5-6 mm long, arachnoid; blades 4-8.5 < 1.1-3.5
cm, coriaceous, lanceolate, glabrous except that the
midrib is arachnoid near the base; (branch sterile).

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai Island, w. of
Kokee, Dec. 1960, Hans Hansen (Degener no.) 27,225
(BISH).

Discussion: The new epithet is formed from the name
of the type locality, Kokee, and -ensis, the Latin
adjectival place ending.

var. lanaiensis (Fosb.)comb. nov. Pig. 4q%
D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. Degeneri Fosb.,
f. lanaiensis Fosb., Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers
ESTROUS OS).
Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Lanai Island, mountains
near Koele, June 1913, C. N. Forbes 118.L. (BISH).

394 B38 Wet BebiOrG dA Vol. 59, No. 6

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Lanai Island,
edge of Maunalei, Sept. 1917, Forbes 376.L.; and eight
others. Range: Lanai, dry scrub or forest, 1,000-2,000 ft
alt., Kanepuu, and the mountain Lanaihale.

var. miloliiensis var. nov. Big -tle.
Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor 5 m alta est, ramulis
petiolisque dense ascendente puberulis, laminis
6.5-11 *%. 2.5-5 cm ellipticis glabratis supra moderatim
reticulatis.
Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree 5 m tall; branchlets
and petioles densely ascending puberulent; petioles
7-10 mm long; blades 6.5-11 X 2.5-5 cm, coriaceous, abun-
antly appressed puberulous but glabrate, elliptic,
above moderately reticulate; pedicels 2-3 mm long, scaly
and pilose; calyx 5-6 mm long, appressed pilose, the lob-
es 2.5-3 mm long, broadly ovate; corolla 8 mm long.
Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai Island, Waimea Dist.,
Mahanloa Valley, dry forest, 2,000 ft elev., May 25,
L980, R.eGustatsony lL, 755" (BISH)

var. oahuensis var. nov. Pag). 30).
Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor est, ramulis petiolisque
dense arachnoideis, laminis 4-9.3 X 2.9-4.6 cm ellipticis

subacutis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree; branchlets and petioles
densely white arachnoid; petioles 4-7 mm long; blades 4-
9.3 X 2.9-4.6 cm coriaceous, elliptic, subacute, the base
rounded, plane; calyx 3.5-4 mm long, appressed pilosulous,
the lobes broadly ovate, subacute.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, n. side of
Kaluanui Valley, moderately rainy forest, March 18, 1939,
O. Degener & Foster 12,303 (BISH).

Discussion: The new epithet is the name of the type
locality, and -ensis, the Latin adjectival place suffix.

var. obtusa (Fosb.) comb. nov. Fig. ld.

D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. sandwicensis (A. DC.)
Bakh., £. obtusa Fosb., Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers
ETO a 25h EBS)

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Koolau Mts.
divide, Pupukea-Kahuku Trail, Hanakaoe, moist forest,
450 m alt., May 31, 1937, F..R. Fosberg & E. Y. Hosaka
14,000 (BISH).

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island,
Laie-Malaekahana ridge, lower woods, 1,100 ft alt.,
April’ Loy? LOs8syiiist SteJohne3), 0535 =) andi423, efbhexss

Range: Oahu, lower slopes of the Koolau Range.

1986 St. John, Revision of Hawaiian Diospynos 395

var. ovalis var. nov. ;
\ ' ; Ege ok.
Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor 6.6 m alta est, ramulis fol-

iisque glabris, laminis 5-6.5 X 2.3-3.4 cm coriaceis
ovatis varie elliptico-ovatis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree 6.6 m tall; branchlets and
petioles glabrous; petioles 3-5 mm long; blades 5-6.5 X
2.3-3.4 cm, coriaceous, ovate to elliptic ovate, plane,
glabrous; pedicels 2-3 mm long, scaly and pilosulous;
calyx 4 mm long, appressed pilose, the lobes broadly
deltoid to suborbicular; fruit 11-13 mm long, ellipsoid.

Expanded Description: Blades 5-7 X 2.3-3.7 cm.

olotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Molokai Island, n. of
Halwa Valley, shrubby forest, Aug. 1, 1949, O. Degener &
T. Murashige 20,118 (BISH).

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Molokai Island,
Halawai,, dry. rocky slope, 250 ft alt., Dee .-27, 29327, Hr.
Se. woun et.al. 12,715; and 2 others., =f

Maui: between Nahiku and Hana, old aa flow, July 4,
1961, O. & I. Degener 27,604.

Range: Molokai and Maui, lower forests.

The new epithet is the Latin adjective ovalis, egg-
shaped, and it refers to the shape of the leaf blades.

var. perpubescens var. nov. Fig. 2h.

Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor est, ramulis petiolisque
ascendente puberulis,:-laminis 5-7.5 & 2-3.1 cm ellip-
ticis subacutis glabratis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree 3-5 m tall; branchlets
and petioles densely ascending puberulent; petioles
3-6 mm long; blades 5-7.5 \ 2-3.1 cm, coriaceous,
elliptic, subacute, plane, at first appressed puber-
ulent but glabrate; pedicels 2 mm long, scaly and pil-
osulous; calyx 4 mm long, appressed pilosulous, the
lobes hemispheric; fruit 11-14 mm long, ellipsoid.

Expanded Description: Blades 2-3.3 cm. wide.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island, Punaluu,
rocky pasture, July 25, 1926, O. Degener 30,201 (BISH).

Specimens Examined: Hawaii Island: Puuwaawaa, 1/2 mile
mauka of Mamalahoa Hwy., dry forest, 1,950 ft elev.,
6 Feb. 7972, G. Spence 22; and 5 others.

Molokai Island: Makakupaia, dry forehill gulch,

Degener & Pekelo 27,598.
Range: Molokai and Hawaii, dry scrub forests.

var. pubescens (Skottsb.) comb. nov. Pag... 4a.

Maba sandwicensis A. DC., var. pubescens Skottsb.,
Gotep. Bot. Traag., Meddel., 23257, 1926.

Diopyros ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., subsp. sandwicensis
(A. DC.) Fosb.,, Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10):

123 1939. Coa pubescens (Skottsb.) Fosb.,

396 Pot YE iOxke® GaolvA Vol. 59, Noge6

Maba sandwicensis A. DC., var. 8 Hod). oF le Haw.milis .

2755, L888.
Skottsberg based his Maba sandwicensis, var. pubescens
on Hillebrand's var. 8, and on two of his own collections

from Hawaii, without designating a type. Fosberg (1939:
128) stated, "Hillebrand included plants from Kauai and
Hawaii in this variety, but when Skottsberg gave it a
name he cited only Hawaii specimens. Though he did not
definitely reject the inclusion of the Kauai forms,

I think he typified the variety by this limitation."

Hillebrand cited his var. @from Hawaii: Kona and
Kau; Kauai, Waimea, and gave different petiole and blade
measurements for the plants of each island. Thus it is
seen that Hillebrand had two Hawaiian localities.
Hillebrand's first set of specimens was destroyed in
Berlin in 1944, however, there is a Hillebrand duplicate
of var. Pubescens in the Bishop Museum, and it consists
of detached fruit and numerous leaves, and the original
ticket reads, "Maba, Kai, Haw." [aii]. This might be an
isotype, except for the fact that the leaves are of
two sorts, so different that they probably were from
two different collections. Ormsort was surely from Kau,
and the other was probably from Kona, but which came from
which area is uncertain. Fosberg did not specify any
definite Hawaiian collection, so his typification is
vague, and unsatisfactory. There is no Hillebrand specim-
en of tis plant in the British Museum or in Melbourne.
Hence, the surviving Hillebrand specimens are ina
state of confusion. To settle the problem, the follow-
specimen, cited by Skottsberg, is here chosen as the
lectotype of var. pubescens Skottsberg.

Lectotype: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island, Kau, bet-
ween Pahala and Naalehu, 21/9/1922, C. Skottsberg
605b (BISH).

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island,
North Kona, Flow of 1859, dry aa flow, 8-8-1936,

F. R. Fosberg 42; Manuka Mauka, wooded kipuka, 1,300
Fo yvetlev..; Sbecte26;,- 1931 Aen. “St. gohnvet alter iat set.
and 33 others.

Molokai: Punakou, Waiahewahewa Gulch, under Nesoluma,
Erythrina, 450 ft elev., 5 April 1973, D. Herbst 2,973.
Range: Hawaii Island, 600-2,300 ft alt., in dry lower
forests, Puna, Kau, South Kona, and North Kona Districts,
and on Molokai, on Mauna Loa at 450 ft alt.

var, rotundata var. nov. Pa gn2t.

Diagnosis Holtypi: Arbor 8.3 m alta est, ramulis
petiolisque arachnoideis, petiolis 5-7 mm longis,
laminis 5-7 « 2-3 cm glabris lanceolatis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree 8.3 m tall; branchlets
and petioles arachnoid; petioles 5-7 mm long; blades

1986 St. John, Revision of Hawaiian Diospynos 397

5-7 X 2-3 cm, coriaceous, glabrous, lanceolate; pedicels
3-4 mm long, scaly and pilose; calyx 4-5 mm long, the
lobes 3 mm long, hemispheric, acute, appressed pilose;
fruits 15-18 mm long,obovoid.

Expanded Description: Blades 2.7-8 X 1.2-3.5 cm, lan-
ceolate to elliptic lanceolate.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Niu Ridge,
wooded hillside, Dec. 3, 1933, Bush & Topping (Degener no.)
3)0700, .( BSH).

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island,
Koolau Range, Waimano, 1944, C. Wong 240; and 6 others.

Kauai: Napali Coast, w. side of Hanakoa Valley,
moist lower forest, 500 ft alt., Dec. 31, 1947, H.

St.. John & E. J. Britten 23,223; and 2 others.

Maui: Hanakaoo Gulch, near Lahaina, scrubby slope,
2,000 ft alt., Nov. 27, 1950, O. Degener & H. A. Miller
21,130; and 5 others.

Range: Kauai, Oahu, and Maui, in lower forests.

var. rugosa var. nov. Fig. 2}.

Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor est, ramulis petiolisque
arachnoideis, petiolis 4-7 mm longis, laminis 6-8.5 X
1.9-2.7 cm reticulatis glabris lanceolatis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree; branchlets and petio-
les arachnoid; petioles 4-7 mm long; blades 6-8.5
1.9-2.7 cm, coriaceous, reticulate above and below,
glabrous, lanceolate; pedicels 3 mm long, scaly and
pilosulous; calyx 5 mm long, appressed pilose, the lobes
2.5 mm long, broadly ovate deltoid; fruit 14 mm long,
ellipsoid.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai Island, 3/4 mile
s. w. of Hokunui, dryish grassy summit ridge, Jan. 8,

1940, O. Degener & E. Ornonez 2 ,6Sne (BSH)

var.solerophylla (Fosb.) comb. nov. Fig. 4s.

D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. pubescens (Skottsb.)
Fosb., f£.sclerophylla Fosb., Bishop Mus., Occas.
Papers: 250 ees) 9S 9i.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Molokai Island, Mauna
Loa, June 1912, C. N. Forbes 6.Mo. (BISH), and isotype.
Specimens Examined: Molokai Island, near Waiahewa-
hewa, arid region, April 19, 1928, O. Degener 11,998;
and 2 others. ; Saws Olas) aan ene

Range: Molokai, arid western part.

var. Toppingii (Fosb.) comb. nov. Fig. 1b.

D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. Toppingii Fosb.,
Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10): 129, 1939.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Waianae’

Mts., Nanakuli, Bush & Topping (Degener no) 11,134

398 Pd We Tr Quilt OG A Vol. 59, No. 6

(NY). Isotypes (BISH).

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, two
ridges s. of Pohakea Pass, forest, 500-750 m alt., 19
March 1931, E. Christophersen, Wilder & Hume 1,660; and

6 others, all from the Waianae Mts.

var. wailauensis (Fosb.) comb. nov. Fig. 3n.

D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. sandwicensis (A. DC.)
Bakh., f. wailauensis Fosb., Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers
L5( LO) ee 28) PLS oe

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Molokai Island, pali
above peninsula w. of Wailau Valley, 150 m alt., 7-4-
19337, °F:2 Ri Sosbherg "9; 658..(BISH) *

Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Molokai Island,
upper Waiahewahewa Gulch, 1,000 ft alt., 2/9/73,

N. Pekelo Jr. 25; and 3 others.

Maui Island: Olowalu Valley, May 23, 1920, C. N. Forb-
es 2,480.M.

Range: Molokai and west Maui, lower dry forests.

var. Wiebkei (Fosb.) comb. nov. Fig. 31.

D. ferrea (Willd.) Bakh., var. kauaiensis Fosb., f.
Wiebkei Fosb., Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10:
13394

D. ferrea, var. sandwicensis (A. DC.) Bakh., f£. ovata
Fosb., Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10): 127, 1939.

D. ferrea, var. sandwicensis, f. subcoriacea Fosb.,
Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10): 127, 1939.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai Island, n. e. of
Kipukai, dark moist woods, June 17, 1926, O. Degener
& H. Wiebke 3,234 (NY). Isotype (BISH).

Kauai: ridge 3/4 mile n. of Laaukahi, Koloa, open
forest; {850 se talllS? Dee. *245°194 77 Hs .St.tohn et als
23,009; and 1 other.

Oahu: Manoa Cliff Trail, July 24, 1953, G. Pearsall;
and 1 other.

Molokai: Wailau Valley, 400 ft alt., July 3, 1933,
Ha -ot. UYohnn vetalie 13 (233 sand tl wther:

Hawaii: Puuwaawaa, 11-30-1926, L. H. MacDaniels;
and 20 others.

Range: Kauai, abundant; scarce on Oahu and Molokai,
and abundant on Hawaii.

When not otherwise assigned, all specimens are in
(BSH) 2

1986 St. John, Revision of Hawaiian Diospynos 399

var. puberula var. nov. Fig. 5x

Diagnosis Holotypi: Arbor est, ramulis petiolisque
sparse adpresse puberulis, petiolis 2-4 mm longis, lam-
inis 2.7-5 & 1.5-2.2 cm coriaceis ellipticis vel
lancei-ellipticis obtusis supra glabris infra adpresse
puberulis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Tree; branchlets and petioles
sparsely minutely appressed puberulous; petioles 3-4 mm
long; blades 2.7-5 x 1.5-2.2 cm, elliptic or lance-ellip-
tic, obtuse, coriaceous, above glabrous, below appressed
puberulouspetioles 2-3 mm long, ascending puberulent;
calyx 4 mm long, ascending puberulous, the lobes 2 mm
long.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island, Pololu
Valley, open forest, Feb. 19, 1952, O. Degener & A. _
Greenwell 21,894 (BISH).

Specimens Examined: Same locality, Degener & Wiebke
3,227; and two others.

Diospyros Hillebrandii (Seem.) Fosb., Bishop Mus.,
Occas).. Papers. 12)(1'5)) 09), 29 Si6r Ratgie Jars
Maba Hillebrandii Seem., Fl. Viti. 151, 1866, holotype.
Ebenus Hillebrandii (Seem.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 408, 1891.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu, Dr. Hillebrand 274 '
(K). Isotype: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu, valley of Niu,
Hillebrand (BISH).

Description: Tree; branches glabrous; leaves disti-
chous; petioles 2-5 mm long, glabrous; blades 5.5-15 A
2.5-7 cm, coriaceous, glabrous, usually elliptic,
rarely lanceolate, obtuse or subacute, smooth; bracts
and calyx glabrous, coriaceous; calyx 3-lobed, the lobes
broadly triangular, acute; corolla 7 mm long; stamens
9; fruit 18-24 mm long, obovoid, hairy only at the apex.

Range: Oahu, common in both mountain ranges.

400 Bae Yade OileiOMG: TA Voi... 59%, Nepe 6

1986

St. John, Revision of Hawaiian Diospynos

401

402 Pehl OV wh 0 ale ®. Gol oh Vol. 59, No. 6

1986 St i
. John, Revision of Hawaiian Diospynos
403

, 74s unt
‘ Vv
rasa +

COS
ARG

OLOGIA Vol. 59, No. 6

404 Bit ¥

Legend
Pig.\ l<abDssopyros Hil lebrandi ius rom

Herat 470) Bamole; b, D.. sandwicensis,
Var, Toppingia, From type?.c, var:
Milol Llensis); from type; Gy walk.
ohinsa,. “from type.

Figw 42. te, Di. Sandwieensis, vers
puberulayY from type ;- fi, yas rormndata .

from types, a, bh, var.) /perpubescens,

from Ehpes*i; var .-Kokeecensisy, from cyre;
jy. Mae.’ Fueagsa, trom /type*

| Bilge 3o ks! Ds sandwitenstsi. wae:

ovalig from type; 1, var. Wiebkei,

from type..m),-var. frameata » Grom. aype;
n, var, waiBauensis}/ from types o,var.
oahuensis, from type; p, var. elliptic ,
from type.

Fig. 4.9, D. Sandwicensis, yan.
lanaienSis;)i fromsfGypes ©, \} var Wegener i
from fjectotype,sy :s;,ywar, scherophy Ma,
frony type; Ate var. fanachno1dea, \ fran
type; Uy var. pubescens, from [ecto=-
type; ivgeewar. kavualieénsis, from Cype.

Figs 5. W, D. Ssandwicensws, vai.
puberula, from-type; %, var;
sabdwucebsus , from Fosberg 9,689,
Manoa.

1986 St. John, Revision of Hawaiian Diospynos 405

Literature Cited

Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C., 1934255. Revisio
Ebenacearum Malaysium. Buitenzorg Jard. Bot., Bull.
Prt, to: L=5i5, "92° pt.

De Candolle, Alphonso, 1844. Prodromus Systematis Regni
Vegetabilis 8: 1-684.

Fosberg, F. R. 1939. Diospyros ferrea (Ebenaceae) in
Hawaii. Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 15(10}:119-131.

Hillebrand, William, 1888. Flora of the Hawaiian
Islands i-xcvi, 1-673, 4 maps.

Kostermans, A. J. G. H., Notes on Asiatic, Pacific,
and Australian Diospyros. Blumea 23: 449-474,

Seemann, B. C. 1865-73. Flora Vitiensis, 1-453,
pl. 1=100%

NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XV

Harold N. Moldenke

CLERODENDRUM Burm.

Additional & emended bibliography: Skeat, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc.
Straits. 31: 34.1898; Ridl.. Agric. Bulls Straits Fed.) MalieSte 1:
219. 1902; C. B. Clarke in Schmidt, Bot. Tidsskr. 26: 173--174.
1904; Chakrabarti & Mondal, Acarologia 21: 396--400. 1980; Prasad,
Mehta, Dave, & Suma, Indian Journ. Exp. Biol. 18: 1524--1525. 1980;
Chakrabarti & Mondal, Biol. Abstr. 72: 343. 1981; Prasad, Mehta,
Dave, & Suma, Biol. Abstr. 72: 597. 1981; Beattie, Evolut. Ecol.
Ant-pl. Mut. 68. 1985; Clewell, Guide Vasc. Pl. Fla. Panhandle 510--
511. 1985; Mold., Phytologia 59: 324--359. 1986.

CLERODENDRUM EXCAVATUM var. CUNEATUM (DeWild.) Thomas

Continuing DeWildeman's original (1909) description of this
Diants “Floribus. 2... breviter pedicellatis; pedicello 12--15 mm. lon-
go, basi bracteolato; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis, margine ciliatis,
6 mm. circ. longis; calyce circ. 27 mm. longo, basi breviter tubu-
loso, lobis ovato-lanceolatis, acutis, circ. 22 mm. longis et 8 mm.
longis [=latis], glabris sed margine ciliatis; corollis rubris, tubo
12 cm. circ. longo, glabro, infundibuliformi apice breviter inflato;
staminibus exsertis."

According to experts on the current Code of Botanical Nomencla-
ture (e.g., Dr. Rickett and Rogers), this variety should be credited
only to Thomas. They claim that under the Code C. excavatum var.
cuneatum DeWild. is invalid ("not published") because C. excavatum
DeWild. is itself invalid (and "“unpublished"), having been proposed
without a single word of description. Var. cuneatum was obviously
intended by DeWildeman as the typical variety of the species whose
lengthy and entirely adequate description he intended to serve as
the specific description. Thomas (1936), however, adopted var.
notundatwm DeWild. as the typical variety, which he had the right to
do under the present Code.

The variety seems to me to be a very weak one -- the leaf-blade
shape character is poorly marked, but perhaps the red color of the
corolla may indicate a color form status. In his original descrip-
tion DeWildeman cites only the type, but in his 1912 work he adds an
unnumbered Deleval collection.

In speaking of his two varieties DeWildeman says "Nous reunissons
ces deux variete’s sous un méme nom. Toutes deux presentent des
tiges creuses, des glomérules floriféres caulinaires, non terminaux,
mais dans la forme des feuilles il y a des differences qui, a prem-
iere vue, poussent a la séparation totale; cependant la morphologie
générale des feuilles est si semblable dans les deux plantes que
nous avons préféré les réunir un meme nom spécifique, et sur deux
vocables de varietés. Ce C£enodendron a des affinités avec le C.
grandifolium Glrke..... mais la disposition des inflorescences ter-

406

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erxodendrum 407

minales chez cette derniere espece, fait reconnaitre trés aisement
le C. excavatum, qui serait suivant certains une plante myrmécophile,
suivant d'autres la tige creuse serait remplie d'eau. Nous n'avons
pas trouvé de fourmis a l'intérieur des tubes creux qui formant les
tiges."

It seems most probable that the Lauwzent 1011 sheet in the Brus-
sels herbarium is the actual sheet from which DeWildeman drew his
leaf description, although in his publication he cites only Laurent
1913 -- 1011 is marked "n.v." on the sheet in his handwriting.

The plant has been collected in wet forests and swamps, in flower
in March. On Laurzent 1011 the corollas are described as “rose" and
on 79735 'as< “red.

For var. cuneatum Thomas (1936) cites only Laurent 1913 from
Zaire and Efbert 335 from eastern Cameroons.

Material of C. excavatwm var. cuneatum has been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as C, angofense Glirke and C, excavatwm
var. nxotundatum DeWild.

Citations: ZAIRE: Hendnickx 849 (Br); Laurent 1011 (Br), 1913
(Br--type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type); Sapin 4.n. [Bolofo ]
(Br). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: DeWild., Etud. Fl. Bas- Moyen-Congo
pl. 11, fig. 1--3. 1909 (N).

CLERODENDRUM FARAFANGANENSE Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 322--323.
Walle

Bibliography: Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 322--323. 1951; Mold.
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 153, 217--219, & 267, fig. 35 (2). 1956;
Mold., Resumé 155 & 449. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 136.
1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 249 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 188. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 217, fig. 35
(2). 1956.

A bush, about 1 m. tall; branches and branchlets slender, obtuse-
ly tetragonal, gray, glabrescent, more or less prominently lenticel-
late; twigs very slender, mostly compressed-tetragonal, sulcate be-
tween the angles and often slightly puberulent-strigillose in the
channel, light-gray; leaf-scars rather large and prominent on the
younger parts; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 1--4 cm.
long; leaves decussate-opposite, numerous; petioles very slender, 3-
5 mm. long, glabrous; leaf-blades chartaceous, often rather firm-
textured when fully mature, rather uniformly bright-green on both
surfaces, elliptic or oblanceolate, 2--5.5 cm. long, 0.9--2.4 cm.
wide, apically obtuse to rather bluntly short-acuminate, marginally
entire and usually slightly revolute, basally acute, glabrous and
somewhat lustrous on both surfaces; midrib very slender, flat above,
prominent beneath; secondaries very slender, 3--/7 per side, diver-
gent, arcuately joined close to the margins, mostly subprominulous
above, prominulous beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation abundant,
often subprominulous above, only the largest portions prominulous
beneath; inflorescence axillary, 1-flowered; peduncles very slender,
5--8 mm. long, stramineous, glabrous; pedicels exactly similar to the
peduncle in texture and color and usually equaling it in length,

408 Pati Yo TeQ3S GoG2bsA Vol. 59, Neee6

glabrous; foliaceous bracts absent; bractlets usually limited to one
pair at the apex of the peduncle, setaceous, 1 mm. long or less;
calyx herbaceous, tubular, 1.8--2.5 cm. long, 5.5--9 mm. wide, glab-
rous, slightly zygomorphic, its rim 5-lobed, the lobes ovate, 3--4
mm. long, apically attenuate-subacuminate; corolla infundibular,
vivid-rose or wine-color, usually curvate, externally very minutely
puberulous, the tube broadly infundibular, gradually ampliate from
above the calyx to the apex, 2.5--3.5 cm. long, its limb 5-parted,
the lobes about 1 cm. long, apically obtuse; stamens and style exser-
ted about 2 cm. from the corolla-mouth; fruiting-calyx and fruit not
known.

This endemic species is based on Decary 5153 from along road-
sides in a forest at Midongy du Sud, in the province of Farafangana,
Madagascar, collected on August 21, 1926, and deposited in the Paris
herbarium. It has also been collected in full sun along open road-
sides, flowering in August. The corollas are said to have been
"rose vif" on Decany 4981.

A key for distinguishing this species from the other known Mada-
gascar taxa will be found under C. banonianum Oliv. in the present
series of notes.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decany 4981 (N, P), 5153 (E--photo of type,
F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, P--type),
10604 (P).

CLERODENDRUM FASCICULATUM Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
od jn E03 290936:

Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]

13, 40, 70, 93, & 103. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 1, 49 & 89. 1942; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 55. 1947;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 116 & 181. 1949;
Mold., Résumé 144 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 235 (1971) and
2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225 & 536. 1980.

A shrub; branches glabrous; branchlets villous, with accessory
buds; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles about 1 cm. long; leaf-
blades ovate or ovate-oblong, 8--12 cm. long, 7--10 cm. wide, api-
cally acuminate, marginally entire or sinuate, basally subcordate,
glabrous above, pilose on the venation beneath; venation prominent
beneath; inflorescence terminal, fasciculate, head-like; peduncles
0.3--2 cm. long; pedicels 1--3 mm. long, very villous; bracts small,
subulate-filiform, 1--6 mm. long, villous; calyx tubular-campanulate,
about 4 mm. long, basally pubescent-villous, 5-dentate to about
its length, the teeth deltoid, apically acute; corolla whitish, its
tube about 1.7 cm. long, externally glandulose with sessile glands,
basally and apically dilated, the lobes 5, obovate, subequal, about
5 mm. long; stamens long-exserted, inserted below the mouth of the
corolla-tube; filaments about 4 cm. long; anthers elongate, 2 mm.
long; style 3.5--4 cm. long, subequaling the stamens, basally in-
crassate; stigma plainly shortly bifid; ovary 1.6 mm. long, 4-lobed,
externally glabrous; mature fruit not known.

This species is based on H, Meyer 1000 from the western slopes of
the Russige Mountains in southern Ruanda, Tanganyika, collected in
the summer of 1911, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now de-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLenodendrum 409

stroyed, The species is known thus far to me only from the type
collection and I know nothing more about it than is given in the
meager bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM FASTIGIATUM (Hunter) H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch.
317 & 363 [as "C&enodendron" ]. 1919; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60, 66, & 89. 1942.

Synonymy: VolLkamenia fastigiata Hunter ex Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asi-
at. Soc. Straits 53: 102--103. 1909. CLenodendron fastigiatum
(Hunter) H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 317. 1919. C&enodendron
fastigiatum H. J. Lam apud A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926.

Bibliography: Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat..Soc. -traits 53: 102--
103. 1909; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 248. 1913; H. Hallier,
Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 75. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay.
Arch. 317 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Bui-
tenz., ser. 3, 3: 94, 109, & viii. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl.
6: 49. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 245.
1927; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 56. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60, 66, & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 138, 148,
& 181. 1949; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 248. 1958; Mold.,
Résumé 179, 198, 392, & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 304 & 332
(1971) and 2: 733 & 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 295, 322, &
536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 239 (1983) and 58: 404. 1985.

The original (1909) description of this species is: "VoLkameria
fastigiata, H. Unarmed; Leaves ovate, unequally serrate. Corymbs
terminal, trichotomous, suffastigiata [sic]. Stem herbaceous; or
perhaps somewhat shrubby. Leaves opposite, decussated, petioled,
ovate, unequally serrate, wrinkled; above smooth, below slightly
downy. Petioles short, slender, furrowed above, widely spreading.
Corymbs terminal, trichotomous; peduncles brachiate, three cleft
pedicels short, slender. Flowers large, white, sweet scented. Calyx
five cleft, segments lanceolate, erect; when the fruit ripens reflec-
ted. Corolla tube long, straight; limb five cleft segments obtuse,
inclining to one side. Stamens. Filaments thread form, the length
of the corol, white; anthers small, deep yellow. Berry roundish,
smooth. The plant was brought from Amboyna, and flowered before it
was removed from the box in which it came." Prain (1913) mistaken-
ly gives its native land as "Penang"; Fedde & Schuster (1927) give
it as "Molukken".

Bakhuizen (1921) suggests that this species may possibly be con-
specific with C. viscosum Vent., a species not known to me from
either Penang or Amboina. Hallier (1918) claims that it is closely
related to C. calamitosum L., C. banba-fetis H. Hallier, C. enrcosi-
phon Schau., C. disparifolium Blume, C. macrophyLQum Blume [=C,
phyLlLomega Steud. ], C. garnrettianum Craib, C. griffithianum C. B.
Clarke, C. kLemmeé Elm., C. mindonense Merr., and C. phlomidis L. f.

Nothing is known to me of C, fastigiatum beyond what is given in
its bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM FAULKNERT Mold., Phytologia 4: 47--48. 1952. .
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 4: 47--48. 1952; Mold., Résumé

41¢ PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, No. 6

150 & 449. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 36. 1959; Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 13: 4. 1966; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 250 (1971) and 2:
865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 240 & 536. 1980.

A large bush, perennial rhizomatous herb, or subshrub; rhizome
thick; branches rather stout, hollow, gray, striate, glabrous, the
bark with a curious mesh-like texture under a handlens; branchlets
Slender or stout, hollow, often collapsing in drying, nigrescent in
drying, glabrous; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 5--10 cm.
long; leaves decussate-opposite, usually borne only on the young
branchlets at time of anthesis; petioles obsolete or short and winged,
usually merging so gradually into the lamina as to be difficult to
distinguish; leaf-blades membranous, bright-green above, lighter be-
neath, oblanceolate, 12--14 cm. long, 2.5--4 cm. wide, apically
rounded or subacute, marginally shallowly serrate from about the
middle to the apex with low rounded teeth, basally long-attenuate
into the petiole, glabrous on both surfaces; midrib slender, flat
above, prominulous beneath; secondaries very slender, 4--6 per side,
arcuate-ascending, indistinctly anastomosing beneath, flat or ob-
scure above, prominulous beneath; veinlet reticulation sparse, most-
ly obscure above, flat beneath; inflorescence terminal, comprising a
narrow-cylindric panicle composed of 5--10 pairs of dense fascicles
of flowers; peduncles similar to the adjacent branchlet, mostly hol-
low, nigrescent in drying, glabrous, often very stout, 7--1] cm.
long; sympodia similar to the peduncles in all respects, sometimes
elongate to 7 cm. in fruit, glabrous, nigrescent, unbranched; pedi-
cels filiform, about 5 mm. long, compressed, glabrous, issuing di-
rectly from the nodes of the inflorescence-axis, in fascicles of a-
bout 10; bractlets lanceolate, 7--12 mm. long, apically acuminate,
glabrous; calyx campanulate, 5--6 mm. long, glabrous, deeply 4-
lobed to about the middle, the lobes ovate-oblong, apically acute;
corolla rich-purple and pale-green, strongly zygomorphic, about 1.5
cm. long; stamens long-exserted, about 2 cm. long, strongly arched;
fruiting-calyx cupuliform or patteliform, only slightly incrassate,
often reflexed or variously shrivelled, about 1.5 cm. wide, glabrous,
deeply triangular-lobed to the middle or beyond; fruit drupaceous,
about 7 mm. long and 10 mm. wide, deeply 4-lobed or sometimes only
2- or 3-lobed, externally glabrous, wrinkled, consisting of 4 (or by
abortion 2 or 3) nutlets.

This species is based on H. Faulkner Kew 115 [drawing 536] "moder-
ately common in open forests and plantations" at the Namagoa Estate
on the road from Lugela to Mocuba, Quelimane district, Mozambique,
collected in December, 1948, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium
at the New York Botanical Garden.

Collectors have encountered this plant in open woodlands and open
forests of Brachystegia boehmii & B. spiciformis with tufts of Oxy-
tenanthera abyssinica and a herbaceous layer of Digitaria and Pani-
cum, in flower in November and December.

Obviously a member of the Subgenus Cycfonema, material of this
species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as
CLerodendron myricoides (Hochst.) R. Br.

The corolla is said to have been “bluish, with a reddish lower

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwm 411

lip" on Mendonca 1365

Citations: MOZAMBIQUE: Cabo Delgado: Tonrne & Paiva 9636 (U1). Ni-
assa: Hornby 1106 (1). Quelimane: H. Faufkner Kew 115 [drawing
536] (N--type, N--isotype). Zambezia: F. A. Mendonca 1365 (U1).

CLERODENDRUM FILIPES Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 323. 1951.

Bibliography: Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 323. 1951; Mold. in
Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 153, 217, 220--221, & 267, fig. 35 (4).
1956; Mold., Résumé 155 & 449, 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12:
36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 188. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 217, fig. 35
(4). 1956.

A shrub, to 4 m. tall; branches and branchlets very slender,
twiggy, obtusely tetragonal, often prominently lenticellate, grayish,
glabrate; twigs mostly very short, very minutely and obscurely
puberulous or glabrescent; nodes not annulate; principal internodes
mostly much abbreviated, 1--6 mm. long on the twigs, elongate to 6
cm. on older wood; leaf-scars prominent on the twigs, white, with
elevated margins; leaves decussate-opposite, persistent; petioles
very slender, 1--5 mm. long, very minutely puberulous; leaf-blades
thin-chartaceous or submembranous. often rather fragile, rather
dark-green and shiny above, lighter beneath, lanceolate, 2.5--7 cm.
long, 1--2.5 cm. wide, apically long-acuminate or subcaudate, margin-
ally entire, basally acute or slightly subacuminate, glabrous on
both surfaces; inflorescence axillary, usually borne at the very up-
permost nodes, 1- or 2-flowered; peduncles filiform, 3--7.5 cm.
long, minutely puberulent; pedicels filiform, 5--10 mm. long, very
minutely puberulent; foliaceous bracts absent; bractlets 1 or 2 at
the apex of the peduncle, setaceous, 1 mm. long or less; calyx her-
baceous, obconic-tubular, 1.5--1.8 cm. long, mostly 4--5 mm. wide,
glabrous, not venose, brunnescent in drying, its rim 5-lobed, the
lobes ovate, 4--5 mm. long, apically attenuate-acute, after anthesis
enlarged to almost 3 cm. long and 1.7 cm. wide, broadly obconic,
basally venose-wrinkled; corolla hypocrateriform, dark-red, its tube
narrow-cylindric, somewhat over 2.5 cm. long, externally glabrate,
the limb 5-parted, 1--1.5 cm. wide, the lobes 5--7 mm. long, api-
cally obtuse; stamens and style exserted 5--8 cm. from the corolla-
mouth; fruit not known.

This endemic Madagascar species is based on Peranier 10199 from
woods, at 800 m. altitude, in the eastern part of the Maningory ba-
sin, Madagascar, collected in July, 1912, and deposited in the Paris
herbarium. Decary reports encountering it at the borders of forests.

A key for distinguishing this species from its Madagascar congen-
ers will be found under C, banxonianum Oliv. in the present series of
notes.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decary 18371 (P); Perrier 10199 (E--photo
of type, F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo
of type, P--type).

412 Rul V2 F40 5 «® Gab oA Vol. 59, No. 6

CLERODENDRUM FINETII Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 12 [as "CLeno-
dendron" ]. 1920; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1,
59 & 89. 1942.

a Synonymy: CLenodendron finetii Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4:

»2 1920.

Bibliography: Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 12. 1920; A. W.
Hill., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 48 (1): 497. 1927; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4:
851 & 870. 1935; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 59 &
89. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 59. 1948; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 136 & 181. 1949; Mold., Resumé 175
& 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 299 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971;
Mold., Phytologia 31: 395. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 288, 385, &
536. 1980.

A shrub; branches subtetragonal, pubescent; nodes annulate with
a band of interpetiolar twisted hairs; leaves decussate-opposite;
petioles 4--5 mm. long, pubescent, apically alate; leaf-blades mem-
branous, elliptic, 15--18 cm. long, 5--7 cm. wide, apically short-
acuminate, marginally irregularly and weakly sinuate or sinuate-den-
tate and ciliate, basally attenuate and decurrent into the petiole,
sparsely white-pilose above, softly pubescent beneath; midrib prom-
inent; secondaries very slender, 14--16; veins and veinlets irregu-
lar, the reticulation rather distinct; inflorescence large, panicu-
late, foliose, terminal or subterminal, to 40 cm. long and 15 cm.
wide, pubescent, the ramifications di- or trichotomous, the cymes
racemiform; bracts foliaceous; bractlets subulate; pedicels 3--6 mm.
long; calyx turbinate, herbaceous, green, 5--6 mm. long, externally
somewhat velutinous and glandulose, the tube 1.5 mm. long, the lobes
oval, 2.5--4.5 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, apically acuminate; corolla
white, glabrous, its tube filiform, 1.5--2 cm. long, the lobes ob-
long, 6--8 mm. long, apically obtuse; stamens long-exserted; anthers
oblong; style slender; stigma shortly bifid; ovary externally glab-
rous.

This species is based on an unnumbered Lecomte & Finet collection
from Sakhandal island, Pnom-penh, Angkor-thom, Cambodia. A key to
help distinguish it from other Indochinese taxa of this genus will
be found under C, hahnianwn Dop in the present series of notes.
Nothing is known to me about it beyond what is stated in its biblio-
graphy (above).

CLERODENDRUM FISCHERI Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 172 [as "CPeroden-
dron" ]. 1893; B. Thomas. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod]
3750645 5:80-936"11936%

Synonymy: CLerodendron fischeri Girke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18:

172. 1893.

Bibliography: GlUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 172. 1893; Engl.,
Abhand]. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1894: 27. 1894; Glrke in Engl., Pflan-
zenw. Ost-Afr. C: 340. 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop.
Afr. 5: 294 & 306. 1900; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 101
(1901) and imp. 2, 101. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 19. 1942;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49, 51, & 89. 1942; H.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C&erodendrum 413

N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 59. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 2, 116, 120, & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 144, 150, &
449. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 3, 101. 1959; Dale &
Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 582 & 584. 1961; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
13: 4 (1966) and 15: 8. 1967; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya
46. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 235, 250, 251, & 454 (1971) and 2:
865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225, 230, 240, & 536. 1980; Mold.,
Phytologia 58: 303, 422, 435, & 438 (1985) and 59: 259. 1986.

A strong woody shrub or undershrub, 0.3--3 m. tall; branchlets
pubescent or puberulent; sap colorless; leaves decussate-opposite;
petioles about 1 cm. long; leaf-blades coriaceous, oblong or ovate-
subrotund, 10--15 cm. long, 5--9 cm. wide, apically acute, marginal-
ly entire, basally attenuate into the petiole, reticulate-veined,
deep-green, sparsely pubescent above, more densely subvillous with
very long hairs beneath; venation conspicuously impressed above and
prominent beneath; inflorescence capitate, bracteate; flowers regu-
lar, fragrant with a musky odor, sessile; bracts and bractlets mem-
branous, lanceolate, apically long-acuminate, basally attenuate into
the stalk, subvillous, the outer bracts to 15 mm. long and 4--5 mm.
wide; calyx campanulate, mauve, 1.9--2.1 cm. long, externally sub-
villous, 5-parted almost to the base, the tube very short, the lobes
membranous, ovate, 8--10 mm. wide, apically acuminate, reticulate-
venose; corolla white or creamy-white, elongate-tubular, externally
sparsely pubescent with glanduliferous hairs, the tube slender, in-
curved, 9--13 cm. long, apically inflated, the lobes 5, unequal, ob-
Ovate, about 1.2 cm. long; stamens and style very long-exserted.

This species is based on Fischer 483 from the coast of Zanzibar,
and Hofst 2194 and Stuhfmann 3492 from Tanganyika; of these Thomas
(1936) has designated the Fischer collection as the type. Glirke
(1893) comments that "Von dem nahe verwandten C, capitatum Schum. et
Thonn. ist diese Art hauptsdchlich durch die grossen, sehr dicken,
rundlichen Bldtter mit stark hervortretenden Adern verschieden." In
his 1895 work he says: "Verwandt mit C. capita‘um, aber mit viel
dickeren, grdésseren B[ldtter], auch stdrker behaart, und mit ldnger-
en, ebenfalls weissen Bl[tteh]....Ein 2--2,5 m hoher Strauch in
Buschlichtungen und auf fruchtbarem Boden."

Baker (1900) cites Fischer 483, Holst 2194 & 2910, and Stuhemann
3492 from Tanzania. Thomas (19365 cites EkQiot 115, FAscher 483,
Holst 2194, Schlechter 12249, and Schkieben 6119 from Tanzania. Dale
& Greenway (1961) cite Jeffery K.140 from Kenya.

Collectors have found C, {ischeri growing in sandy or red-sandy
soil in secondary forests, forest patches, clearings, in the sub-
strate of open deciduous forests, and on sand and brown soil of
grassland between forests and coppices, often only "scattered", at
160--400 m. altitude, in flower in March, May, July, August, and Oc-
tober, and in fruit in July.

The corollas are described as "white" on Barbosa 1289, Faulkner
254. Schlieben 1898 & 6119, and Tanner R.T.2009 and “creamy-white" on
Cedro 292; Engler (1894) refers to them as “yellowish-white", asser-
ting that the plant occurs "vereinzelt auf fruchtbaren Boden".

It may be worth mentioning that the GUrke (1893) reference in the

414 PH Ye: OL OnGsdoA Vol’... 595. Nogeo

literature of this species is often [e.g., by Prain (1901)] incor-
rectly cited by the misleading volume titlepage date of "1894".

A key for distinguishing C. 4<Scheri from at least some of it im-
mediate relatives will be found under C, discofon (Klotzsch) Vatke
in the present series of notes.

Material of C. 4ischeri has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as C, capitatum (Willd.) Schum. & Thonn. and C. robus-
tum Klotzsch. On the other hand, the Peter 21076, distributed as C.
fischeri, actually is C. capitatum var. congLobatum (J. G. Baker)
Thomas.

Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Schlieben 1898 (Br), 6119 (8B,
Br, Ld--photo, Mu, N, N--photo, S); Tanner RT.2009 (B, Ba, Ca--
170362, Mi, N). MOZAMBIQUE: Lourenco Marques: Toane 6774 (U1). Ma-
nica e Sofala: Barbosa 1289 (U1); Garcia 469 (U1). Mocambique:
Cedro 292 (Af); Exell, Mendonca, & Wild 608 (U1); H. G. Faulkner 172
(Af), 254 [drawing 403] (Af); F. A. Mendonca 1241 (U1); Torre 610
(U1). Niassa: Ruis Monteino 24 (Ld, Ul). Quilimane: H. Faulkner
Kew 469 (N).

CLERODENDRUM FISCHERI var. ROBUSTUM (Klotzsch) Thomas, Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 64. 1936.

Synonymy: CLerodendron robustum Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss.
Reise Mossamb. 6 [Bot. 1]: 259. 1861. CLerodendrwn robustum
Klotzsch apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 64 in
syn. 1936.

Bibliography: Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6
[Bot. 1]: 259. 1861; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1,
1: 561. 1893; GUrke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 340. 1895; J.
G. Baker in Thiselt.=Dyer, Fl). Trop. Afr. 5: 305. 1900; K. Schum.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 496. 1900; Menzel, Beitr. Geolog. Er-
forsch. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. 18: 30. 1920; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 64 & 95. 1936; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 19. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49,
Fiber OSs 942: Jacks sdinahooke fse& dacks os lind aKewssnimpase sais
561. 1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 116, 120,
& 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 144, 150, 268, & 449. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Résumé
Supp]. 15: 8. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 235, 251, & 454 (1971) and
2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225, 240, & 536. 1980; Mold.,
Phytologia 58: 422, 435, & 438. 1985.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the leaves and calyxes only sparingly pilose.

The variety is based on an unnumbered Peters collection from
Querimba, Mozambique, collected in 1847. Thomas (1936) cites also
Braun 1237 and Busse 2611 from Tanganyika.

GUrke (1895) asserts that this taxon is "Von C. capitatwm durch
die dicken lederartigen B[ldtter] verschieden", but, actually, the
leaf-blades are also described as coriaceous in the typical form.

Collectors have encountered C, {ischers var. rcbustwum along road-
sides and in abandoned cultivated fields. It is described as a
scandent shrub with white corollas, flowering in May. A note com-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 415

municated to me personally by Sir George Taylor at Kew, dated June
13, 1966, affirms that "There seems to be little doubt as to the
identity of this gathering [Leach & Rutherfond-Smith 10945], of
which the Kew duplicate has fully matured flowers, although there is
no authenticated material in Kew for comparison".

Menzel (1920) reports finding this plant fossilized in Pleisto-
cene tufa in the Cameroons. Baker (1900) avers that it, as well as
C. stenanthum Klotzsch and C, mossambccense Klotasch, are conspecif-
ic with C. capitatum (Willd.) Schum. & Thonn. I regard C. mossambsé-
cense aS a valid species, with C. szenanthwm a synonym.

It may be mentioned here that Thomas (1936) cites the original
Klotzsch (1861) publication as "1862". Also, the Schumann (1900)
work is sometimes cited as "1902".

Material of C. fischeri var. nobustum has been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as C, swynnertonii S. Moore. On the
other hand, the Peter 25298, distributed as C. fischeri var. nobustum,
actually is C. capitatum var. cephalanthum (Oliv.) J. G. Baker,
Peter 25091 is C. capitatum var. congLobatum (J. G. Baker) Thomas,
and Barbosa 1289 is typical C. fischeri Glirke.
aie MOZAMBIQUE: Niassa: Leach & Rutherford-Smith 10945

lids W1.),.

CLERODENDRUM FISTULOSUM Becc., Malesia 2: 35 & 314 [as "C2enoden-
dron" ]. 1884; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 76. 1918.

Synonymy: CLerodendron inflatum Becc., Malesia 2: 211. 1884.
ChLerodendron fistulosum Becc., Malesia 2: 35 & 314, pl. 4. 1884.
Clanedendraum 4istulosum Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst.
41: 40 sphalm. 1978.

Ribliography: Becc., Malesia 2: 35, 47--51, 211, 291, 314, & 340,
pl. 4. 1884; Bower, Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow 18: 323. 1887; Schimp.,
Wechselbez. Zwisch. Pfl. Ameisen. 1888; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Heim, Assoc. Frang. Avanc. Sci.
Bordeaux 1: 51. 1895; Ridl., Journ. Bot. Brit. 33: 42 & 43. 1895;
Heim, Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst. 1896: 432, pl. 18. 1898; Becc., Nelle
FORESte. BORN. DAC. smO4Ge L902. vUee Ge Wi ld Sica DIGts Ff llOWee Pll eedcc2)
309. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 496. 1906;
CERC BW IS.eDICE. sElOW Pilsen Cdn Seo oll LO0CseMnehe,.. Abhandil.
Sachs. Gesel. Wiss. Math.-phys. Kl. 32: 312--361. 1911; H. Hallier,
Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 75--76. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Ma-
lay. Arch. 311 & 363. 1919; DeWild., Compt. Rend. Hebdomad. Seanc.
Mem. Soc. Biol. 72: 582 & 583. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Vands=Bote BuItenZz.. Sere 354304755. 855.1095; &evidd.. 192s. Eee Dd.
Merr., Bibl. Enum. Born. Pl. 516. 1921; Bequaert in Wheeler, Bull.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45: 591. 1922; DeWild., Pl. Bequaert. 2: 260 &
2b al 922s. dele. Wil lass, DictsceFlowey Pl... eds) 5s. 149.5. 1925s0Stapiti,
Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1):
392--393. 1933; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 777. 1934; B.
Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 7. 1936; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 496. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List
Inv. Names 2. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 17. 1942; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 65 & 89. 1942; Uphof, Bot.

416 Pitio¥cPaO"L 0: GeloA Vol . 59, ‘Ney"6

Rev. 8: 574. 1942; E. D. Merr., Pl. Life Pacif. World 97, 98, & 273,
fig. 90. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1:
561. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6. 1947; H. N. & A.
Us Mold. s PhS Life 2744-46. “pit &, Figs! eos, 1946s Mold:, Arpn.
List Cit. 2: 567 (1948) and 3: 764. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trip. Verbenac., eds 25 145, 46, 8 TBE T9489 de CL Wallis? Dret.
Flow. Pl., ed. 6, 149. 1951; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1,
imp. 3, 496. 1959; Mold., Résumé 192, 193, 263, 265, & 449. 1959;
Emberger in Chadefaud & Emberger, Traité Bot. 2: 829 & 830. 1960;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Dilmy,
Govt. Sarawak Sympos. Ecol. Res. Humid Trop. Veg. 218. 1965; Grout
de Beaufort & Schnell, Mém. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 75: 40. 1966;
Rendle, Classif. Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 2: 505. 1967; Ashton, Biol. Journ.
Linn. Soc. 1/2: 193. 1969; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 322, 444, & 447
(1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Janzen, Biotropica 6: 253. 1974; Mukherjee
& Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
2: 313, 383, & 536. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 57: 346 (1985), 58: 217
(1985), and 59: 357. 1986.

Illustrations: Becc., Malesia 2: pl. 4. 1884; Heim, Assoc. Franc.
Avanc. Sci. Bordeaux 1: 51. 1895; Heim, Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst.
1896: 432/433, pl. 18. 1898; E. D. Merr., Pl. Life Pacif. World 98,
fag 90 Vo45 sett Ne oA ee Molids. Pie ite 2: 45s (pile Gs Tig. 2. &
Se oso

A subshrub, about 1 m. tall, at first glance appearing to be gla-
brous throughout but actually very minutely glandular-pubescent un-
der a handlens; stems erect, simple, straight, stiff, brittle, often
reddish; internodes enlarged, clavate, inflated, hollow, basally at-
tenuate, apically with 2 opposite holes and bilaterally compressed,
with corky margins, mostly housing ants; leaves decussate-opposite,
short-petiolate, sometimes one of each pair aborted; petioles 3--7
mm. long, very minutely glandular-puberulent; leaf-blades herbaceous,
narrowly ovate or ovate-lanceolate to subovate-oblong, rarely lan-
ceolate-elliptic, 15--30 cm. long, 6--10 cm. wide, apically attenu-
ate-acuminate, marginally entire, basally sometimes obtuse to sub-
truncate, sometimes attenuate and acute, glabrescent and slightly
shiny-green above, densely glandular-punctulate beneath and there
less shiny, lighter green, and sometimes purplish or even blood-red,
and (especially on young leaves) with larger, opaque, and nectarif-
erous glands along the midrib; venation very minutely glandular-
puberulent; secondaries 8 or 9 per side, arcuately anastomosing near
the margins; inflorescence terminal, corymbosely cymose, abbrevia-
ted, compact, sparingly branched, the branches bracteate, few-flow-
ered, very minutely glandular-puberulent; pedicels 8--10 mm. long,
very minutely glandular-puberulent; flower-buds dull-green, with
deep-red calyx-tips; calyx during anthesis deeply 5-parted, at first
with only the tips of the lobes dull-red, later the entire calyx
thus, externally glabrous, the lobes lanceolate, apically long-acu-
minate; corolla hypocrateriform, white, externally glabrous, its
elongate tube 8--9 cm. long, glabrous, apically hardly dilated, the
lobes broadly linear or spatulate; fruiting-calyx shiny, red.

This member of Subgenus Siphonanthus is based on Beccart 45, 330,
& 3574 from Kutcin, Sarawak. Beccari (1884) gives a very long and

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 417

detailed description in Italian, comparing its myrmecophily with
that of Endospermum, Cecropia, and Acacia coanigera. The ant that
occupies the stems of CLerodendaum f{istulosum iS CoLobopsis chlenro-
dendri Emery, illustrated by Beccari on p. 51 of his above-cited
work (figs 2°83).

Bower (1887) says "Of the myrmekophilous plants cited by Beccari
that most nearly corresponding to Humbofdtia is CLerodendron 4istu-
Losum, a new species; here also the internodes are swollen, and hol-
lowed, and inhabited by ants, which gain access to the interior by
the slit-like holes, two of which are situated, one on either side,
at the upper end of each internode. Beccari is of the opinion that
both the swollen form of the internodes and the first origin of the
holes have become inherited characters of the species, as an adapta-
tion to the requirements of the protecting ants. Somewhat similar
slit-like holes are to be found in Myristica myxmecophita...The form
of the orifice in inis case also would suggest that the initiative
in their formation is taken by the plant."

Heim (1898) describes the host and the tenants as follows: "The
CLerodendrum fistulosum is a verbenaceous plant visited and inhabited
by ants. Its straight stem, about a meter in height, has internodes
that all appear enlarged. Each enlargement has at its summit, just
below the insertion of the leaf of the internode above (one of the
two opposite leaves of each internode having aborted), an orifice
bounded by a projecting rim. The ants are attracted to the surface
of the plant by little nectaries situated on the inferior surface of
the leaves near the median nervure. It is not yet known if these
internodes with their apical openings are absolutely constant feat-
ures. Beccari supposed that the irritation produced by ants may
cause a notable increase in the internodes and in the size of their
cavity. The openings may have been in the first place the work of
ants, though the cavities do not inter-communicate, for the ants
that inhabit this CLerodendron belong to an eminently perforating
genus (CoLobopsis). It would appear, however, that at the present
time these openings are produced without the intervention of ants,
that a lesion has become hereditary. The services rendered by ants
to the C£erodendron are, first, a protection against herbivora. Del-
pino saw a plant of this genus (C, §ragans ) defended by armies of
ants aS soon as anyone attempted to gather its flowers. Then these
myrmecophilous features may assist the C, ¢istulosum in its struggle
for existence with neighboring species. The irritation produced by
the ants may perhaps cause a notable increase in the internodes and
their more effective lignification, the subherbaceous plant being
thus enabled to struggle with more advantage against rival species
in the midst of tropical vegetation largely of a ligneous character.
If this is the case we may suppose that primitively individuals in-
habited by ants survived in preference to those which were not so
inhabited, and natural selection consequently fixed these myrmeco-
philous features. The swelling of the internodes and the perfora-
tions, at first accidental characters, became normal."

An opposing view is held by Uphof (1942) who notes that in this
species and C. phyffomega var. myrmecophitum (Ridl.) Mold. "In the

418 Pen FOL O GA Vol. 59, No. 6

upper part of [the] internodes just below the leaves 2 thin-walled
layers in the parenchyma can easily be pierced by the ants and it is
at these places that they force entrance into the hollow chambers.
There is no doubt that the ants here find protection; it is, however,
not known of what advantage they are to the plant."

Hallier (1918) cites Haglienr B.1433 and Haviland & Hose 589 from
Borneo and asserts that he brought living plants of the former col-
lection to Buitenzorg. He comments that the plant is a "Halbstrauch
von 1--2 Fuss Hthe, stets mit Ameisen. Die Fisteln trocken und
spréde, wie Schilfhalme, nicht weich, wie beim Lembuh = Macananga
oft trilbroth angelaufen. Ihre Lécher, urspriinglich wohl Lentizel{en,
mit Korkrand und unterhalb oder seltener auch interpetiolar Uber den
Blattpaaren. Erwachsene Bldtter oberseits schwach gldnzend grin,
unterseits schwdcher gldnzend, hellgriin oder oft bluthroth, drusig
punktiert und ldngst der Nerven jingerer Bldtter zahlreiche Nektar-
jen; deren Skret wahrgenommen. Kelch der Knospen matt, grin mit
tribroth angehauchten Spitzen, spdter ganz trtbroth und matt, zur
Fruchtzeit gldnzend roth. Kronrdhre der Knospe weiss, die keulen-
f8rmige Spitze hellgrtin. Bei den Dajaken Péngalés oder Perekdp
tadjie [genannt]. Heilmittel gegen Berr-berri; die Bldtter werden
fein gemacht und damit der kranke Kdérpertheil eingerieben; die Fis-
teln werden zu Asche verbrannt und dann eingerieben."

Wangerin (1924) summarizes the work of DeWildeman (1920) as fol-
lows: "Enthdlt auch einige einleitende Hinweise auf die Myrmekoph-
ilie der Gattung [Cfenodendrum]. Insbesondere wird dabei auf eine
Verschiedenheit der Struktur hingewiesen, die darin besteht, dass bei
C. f4stuLosum die Hdhlungen der einzelnen Stengelglieder an den
Knoten durch Querwdnde voneinander getrennt sind, wdhrend bei ver-
schiedenen afrikanischen Arten solche fehlen und ein einheitlicher,
von unten bis oben durchgehender Hohlraum vorhanden ist. Im Unrigen
sind noch nicht bei allen afrikanischen Arten, welche Hdhle Stengel
besitzen, auch wirklich Ameisen als Inwohner festgestellt worden."
In other words, it seems that in some African species the chambered
stem may not actually be used by ants at all - thus rendering cre-
dence to Heim's theory.

Collectors have encountered CLerodendrum f4istulosum in dry sandy
soil of xerophyllous woods, flowering in December. Janzen (1974)
refers to it as "rare". The Mjoberg 208 is said to represent a
topotype collection.

Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Kalimantan: Bodchproefstation
S.n. [29.8.31] (Bz--19258); Buwalda 7643 (Bz--72901); H. Halliern B.
1433 (Bz--19267, Bz--19269 in part, Ca--236916, Ca--265180); Mondi
290 (Bz--19265, Bz--19268, Bz--19269 in part, Bz--25502), 295 (Bz--
19264, Bz--19266, Ld--photo, N--photo); Pofak 175 (Bz--19263); Schu-
dtemaker 108 (Bz--19255), 109 (Bz--19256), VIII (Bz--19257); Teifs-
mann 7927 (Bz--19261), 4.n. (Bz--19259, Bz--19260). Sarawak: Dabong
527 (Ph); Hose 615 (Ph); Mjoberg 208 (Bz--19262, Ca--234203, N);
Native collector 1076 (W--1174088), 1372 (W--1174111). MOUNTED IL-
LUSTRATIONS: Becc., Malesia 2: pl. 4. 1884 (Ld).

CLERODENDRUM FLAVUM Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 30: 424--425 [as
"CLerodendron" ]. 1926; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerzodendrwn 419

ed. 1, 62 & 89. 1942.

Synonymy: Cerodendron ffavum Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 30: 424--
425. 1926.

Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 30: 424--425,

1926; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 54. 1933; Fedde & Schust,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 54 (2): 747. 1934; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 141 & 181. 1949;
Mold., Résumé 183 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 315 (1971) and
2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 306 & 536. 1980.

An erect shrub, about 1] m. tall; branches terete, grayish, glab-
rous; ultimate branchlets densely pubescent with dirty-brown hairs;
leaves decussate-opposite, somewhat crowded near the tips of the
branchlets; petioles 2--6 cm. long, rather densely pubescent; leaf-
blades membranous, olivaceous, subelliptic to broadly elliptic, 15--
30 cm. long, 10--16 cm. wide, apically broadly acute, marginally en-
tire, basally rounded, the upper surface smooth, the lower surface
Slightly paler and distinctly puberulent on the venation and with
widely scattered, small, discoid glands; inflorescence terminal,
paniculate, erect, densely many-flowered, about 15 cm. long and wide,
rather densely pubescent with dirty-brown hairs, the primary inflor-
escence-branches to 8 cm. long and spreading or somewhat ascending,
the lower ones sometimes subtended by greatly reduced leaves (bracts)
not over 1.5 cm. long; bractlets and bracteoles small, deciduous, the
latter scarcely 1 mm. long; calyx about 8 mm. long, externally
Sparingly pubescent or puberulent, the 5 lobes lanceolate, about 6
mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, apically acuminate, slenderly 3-veined, ex-
ternally with scattered, small, often rather obscure, discoid glands;
corolla yellow, the tube slender, 1.6 cm. long, glabrous or slightly
puberulent, the lobes spreading, subequal, oblong-obovate, about 1
cm. long and 5 mm. wide, apically broadly rounded; stamens exserted
about 2 cm., red when fresh, glabrous.

This species is based on Ramos & Edano Philip. Bur. Sci. 43899
from forests along small streams near the summit of Mount Daho, at
about 700 m. altitude, in the Sulu Archipelago, Philippine Islands,
collected in September, 1924. Merrill (1926) says that this is "A
species remarkable for its yellow flowers, manifestly belonging in
the group with C£enodendron wikhiamsci Elm., but differing in very
numerous characters. It is clearly more closely allied to C&eroden-
diom myrmecophyllum [sic] Ridl. of the Malay Peninsula and Borneo
than it is to C. wikliamsci Elm."

The corollas are said to have been "“orange-vermillion" on Ebao
685, who found the plant in flower in November.

Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Mindanao: Ebako 685 (Mi).

CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 1, 1:
Se ABI

Synonymy: CLerodendaum <Lonabundum Hassall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
9: 550. 1842. CLerodendron floribundum R. Br. apud Voigt, Hort.
Suburb. Calcut. 473. 1845. [not C. {lortbundum Hort., 1847, nor
Lind]., 1977, nor K. Sch., 1980]. Cenodendron floribunda R. Br. a-
pud F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 9: 5. 1875. Sxphonanthus
fLonibundus Britten in Banks & Soland., Illustr. Austral. Pl. 2:

420 PoRPYOTZOKL GMA Vol. 59, No. 6

[Bot. Cook Voy.] 75, pl. 239. 1901. Skiphonanthus {Loribunda J.
Britten apud Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 166. 1913. Sijpho-
nanthus floribunda [R. Br.] J. Britton apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh.,
Bull. Jard. But. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 95 in syn. 1921. C&enoden-
dion 4Lonibundwa N. &. Br. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph List Inv. Names
19 in syn. 1940. CLerondendron floribundum R. Br. ex Menninger,
1958 Price List [2] sphalm. 1958. C&erndendrom sLonibundwy R. Br.
ex Menninger, 1260 Price List Flow. Trees [3] sphalm. 1940.
Siphonanthus sLoribunda (R. fr.) Britten ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
622 in syn. 1971. Chenodendron fLoribundewm R. Br. ex Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 385 in syn. 1980. Siphonanthus fLoribundas Britten ex
Mold... Pnytol. Mem. 2: 437 in syn. 1980.

Bibliography: R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 7. i: 510--511
(1810) and imp. 2 [Isis 1819:] 153. 1819; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3. 362.
1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207 & 578. 1821; Spreng. in
L.~ Syst... Veg... ed.s.165(2%. 758 & 759. 18255 Lindl 2, Edwards*Bot«
Reg. 12: pl. 1035 in textu. 1825; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247
(1830) and ed. 2, 247. 1832; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3,
247. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit.. ed. 3, 549 & 550. 1839;
Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382 & 383. 1840; Hassall, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. 9: 550. 1842; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 616--617. 1843;
Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 473. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4:
105. 1845; Schau. in A. Du., Prodr. 11: 671. 1847; Buek. Gen. Spec.
Syn. Candoll. 3: 105 & 106. 1858; F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral.
6: 152. 1868; Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 61 & 63--64. 1870;
F. MueJl., Descrip. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 1, 5: iii & 90. 1875; F.
Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 9: 5. 1875; Schomb., Fl. S. Austral.
52. 1875; Edgeworth, Pollen, ed. 1, 26 (1877) and ed. 2, 26. 1879;
F. Muell., First Census 103. 1882; F. M. Bailey, Syn. Queens]. Fl.
381. 1883; F. M. Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. i: 71. 1884; Pal-
mer, Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales 17: 108. 1884; F. M. Sailey,
Queens]. Woods 93. 1883; F. Muell., Sec. Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. 1:
173. 1889; K. Schum. & Hollr., Fl. Kais. Wilheims!. 122. 1885; F. M.
Bailey, Cat. Indig. Nat. P}. Queens]. 36. 1890; Tate, Handb. Fl. Ex-
tratrop. S. Austral. 15€ & 754. 1890; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 560 & 561. 1893; Moore, Handb. Fl. N. S. Wales
357. 1893: Tepper, Bot. Centralbl. 54: 260. 1893; Engl., Pflanzenw.
Ost-Afr.. A: 124. 1895: Tate iiHorn, Sci. Exp. Cent. Austral. 3: 175.
1896; F. M. Bailey, Queens]. Woods 106. 1899; K. Schum. & Lauterb.,
Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sidsee 525. 1900; F. M. Bailey, Queens]. Fl.
4: 1182--1184. 1901; Banks & Soland., Illustr. Austral. Pl. 2: [Bot.
Cook Voy.] 75, pl. 239. 1901; F. M. Bailey in Meston, Expl. Bell.-
Ker (Parliam. Rep.) 14. 1904; Lauterb. in K. Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sidsee 371 & 372. 1905; F. M. Bailey,
Queens]. Agric. Journ. 27: 67. 1911; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat.
Queens]. Pl. 386. 1913; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 166. 1913;
H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 258 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam &
Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 95, 108, 109, & viii.
1921; H. J. Lam in Lauterb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 95--96. 1924;
Domin, Bibl. Bot. 22 (89): 1112. 1928; Francis, Austral. Rainfor.
Trees, ed. 1, 336. 1929; C. A. Gardn., Enum. Pl. Austral. Occid. 3:

1986 Moldenke, Notes on Cf£erodendrwn 421

112. 1931; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1073. 1932;
Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List
Inv. Names 19. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16, 17, 19, 34, &
40. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67, 69, 72,
oO 1942's Mold... Aliph. List Cit. bs 7), '206,& 250. (1946 5>Molde,
Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6 & 7. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit.
2: 457 & 482 (1948), 3: 698, 761, 763, 863, & 912 (1949), and 4:
1110, 1119, 1179, & 1205. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
ac., ed. 2, 149, 152, 158, & 181. 1949; Menninger, 1950-1951 Offering
300 Diff. Flow. Trop. Trees [3]. 1950; Francis, Austral. Rainfor.
Trees, ed. 2, 367. 1951; Menninger, 1953 Cat. Flow. Trop. Trees 33.
1953; Menninger, 1954 Price List [9] (1954), 1956 Price List [4]
(1955), 1958 Price List [2] (1958), and 1959 Price List [5]. 1958;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 166. 1958; Mold., Résumé 200, 207,
208 215%260==263),9 26650267, 271 ==2741,) 822 9344s 4492) 1959% (Ro Br.,
Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 2, 1: 511. 1960; Menninger, 1960 Price
List Flow. Trees [3]. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 2: 8. 1960; Willaman
& Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234: 236.
1961; Beard, Descrip. Cat. W. Austral. Pl., ed. 1, 91. 1966; Stearn,
Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. Lond. 24: 83. 1969; Beard, Descrip. Cat. W. Aus-
tral. Pl., ed. 2, 113. 1970; Chippendale, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales
9628256, 1977s. MoldeseFifthe Summ .-1 s\ 3359) 3457 3495358," 4383, 439),
441, 442, 444, 450, 452, 460, 461, 463, 464, & 467 (1971) and 2: 576,
622, 865, 971, & 973. 1971; T. B. Muir, Muelleria 2: 166. 1972; Gibbs,
Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1754 (1974) and 4: 2080. 1974; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 28: 448. 1974; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 285. 1976;
Mold., Phytologia 36: 39 & 42 (1977) and 37: 22. 1977; Hocking, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. A.30: 421 (1978) and A.33: 87--88. 1979; F. Muell., Des-
crip. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 2, 5: 90 & iii. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 25° 3255°3345,339,)349, 384, 3855) 3885 390; 391, 424, 4375086536.
1930; Francis, Austral. Rain-for. Trees, ed. 4, 367. 1981; H. N. & A.
L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 411 & 456--457.
1983; Mold., Phytologia 59: 114, 122, 123, 344, & 347. 1986.

Illustrations: Banks & Soland., Illustr. Austral. Pl. 2: [Bot.
Cook Voy.] pl. 239. 1901.

A small tree, to 6.5 m. tall, large shrub or subshrub, 1--2 m.
tall, or shrubby climber, slender, mostly erect, free-flowering;
stems usually several, smooth, greenish-yellow, speckled; bark light-
gray or brown, corky, furrowed, rough and longitudinally fissured on
the trunk, smooth and light-brown on the branches; leaves decussate-
opposite, succulent; petioles very slender, 2--6.5 cm. long, mostly
quite elongate, usually glabrous or nearly so; leaf-blades firmly
Chartaceous, often noticeably bicolored, bright- or dull-green above,
paler beneath, mostly broadly elliptic, 6--16 cm. long, 2.5--6 cm.
wide, apically acute or short-acuminate, marginally entire or subundu-
late, basally acute, usually glabrous on both surfaces or very minute-
ly pilosulous on the venation beneath, densely punctate beneath; in-
florescence axillary, cymose or corymbiform or the upper ones often
aggregated in a sometimes subumbelloid panicle, lax, its ramifica-
tions glabrous or minutely puberulous, the ultimate ones 3-flowered;
peduncles slender, 2.5--5.5 cm. long, glabrous or nearly so; bracts

422 PoHe¥icheOSLadvGhlaa Vol. 59,) Noies6

foliaceous, lanceolate or elliptic, stipitate, 1.5--2.5 cm. long,
0.5--1 cm. wide, glabrous or nearly so on both surfaces, the stalk
2--3 mm. long; bractlets about 5 mm. long, sessile; pedicels slender,
3--5 mm. long, very minutely puberulous; flowers pleasantly scented,
often insect-galled; calyx campanulate, about 9 mm. long, glabrous or
nearly so, the teeth 5, lanceolate, about as long as the tube, api-
cally acute; corolla hypocrateriform or infundibular, white, its tube
slender, about 3.5 cm. long, the lobes ovate, about 7 mm. long; sta-
mens inserted about 2/3 the distance above the base of the corolla-
tube, exserted about 2.3 cm.; style slender, about 5.8 cm. long; stig-
ma bidentate or shortle bifid; ovary externally glabrous; fruiting-
calyx large, bright- or dark-red; fruit drupaceous, about 1.5 cm. in
diameter when mature, purple or purplish-black to black.

This extremely variable and polymorphic species is based on an un-
numbered Robert Brown collection from “Littora Novae Hollandiae intra
tropicum", deposited in the British Museum herbarium. It is native
to Australia and New Guinea, but cultivated in Australia, South Afri-
ca, Sri Lanka, India, Florida, and probably elsewhere, mostly for or-
nament or as specimen plants. Francis (1929) gives its natural dis-
tribution as northern New South Wales to the Cape York Peninsula, in-
land in northwestern Queensland, North Australia, and Papua. Domin
(1928) gives its distribution as northwestern and northern Australia,
Queensland, northern New South Wales, and South Australia, also New
Guinea (the wide-leaved variety Latifolium) -- "Neu Guinea (teste F.
v. Mueller, die breitbldttrige Varietdt); auch Schumann und Lauterbach
(VSO. <6 oe fllhren die Art aus Neu Guinea an, doch wird die betref-
fende Form in Nachtrdgen 371 (1905) als eine selbstdndige Art (C.
nhytidophyLlum Schum.) abgetrennt..... Species admodum variabilis, C.
attenuatum R. Br. et C. medium R. Br. amplectens; varietas ovatum (=
C. ovatum R. Br., C. candiophyleum F. v. Muell. et verosimiliter C,
floribundum var. Latifolium F. v. Muell. Fragm. IX.5, 1875) a typo
specei longius distat." It is possible that the New Guinean material
cited below actually represents the segregated and obviously very
closely related C. rhytidophyllum, now regarded by me as Conspecific
with C, porphyrocakyx Lauterb. & K. Schum., which see. I eagerly a-
wait the revisionary treatment of Australian C&erodendiawn taxa now
being undertaken by Dr. Munir. Schumann & Lauterbach originally
(1889, 1900) cited Hollrung 631 from New Guinea as C. 42or<bundum and
Lam (1919) cites Schéechter 18903 from New Guinea, but both of these
collections are now regarded by me as misidentifications.

Collectors have encountered CLenrodendrwm fLonribundum in the wet
edges of savanna forests, along railroad tracks, in the margins of
high forests, on sandstone hills and rock piles, at the edges of
lakes and creeks, in light scrub formations, in open grassy places,
and in the yellow-red clay soil of Eucafyptus woodlands, at 300--800
m. altitude, in flower in February, March, May to August, and Decem-
ber, and in fruit in May, August, and September. Everist describes
it as a "fairly common slender erect tree about 10 feet tall" or as a
"shrub with several erect stems to 7 feet tall in shallow yellow loam
on limestone outcrops"; White reports it "common in light rainforests".
Lazarides & Story refer to it as "rare in deep sandy soil with Eucae-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C&£erodendrwm 423

yptus polycarpa and Heteropogon contortus; Wilson found it growing on
"slopes of sandy residudl with Eucalyptus miniata and Acacia sp."
Perry describes it as a "straggly low tree 10 feet tall common in
stony heavy-textured soil on a volcano", as an “erect 4--6-foot shrub
growing from the [fallen] trunk of a tree (Eucalyptus similis), and
“growing on creek banks with Eucalyptus camalduensis". Lazarides re-
fers to the species as an "occasional erect shrub 4 feet tall in
coarse red sandy soil with Salsola kaki"; Millar & Holttum describe
it as a "small tree, 20 feet tall".

Curiously, the species is described as a “scandent shrub" by Clem-
ens and as a “small shrubby climber" by Womersley.

Only one common name, "bundle-flowered clerodendrum", and one ver-
nacular name, "thurkoo", have been reported.

Insect-galled inflorescences are to be seen on Fheckenr 14164,
while on White 12163 the collector reports "practically every flower
[is] galled".

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Everist 3320, Lazar-
4des 5214, Maconochie 572, McKee 1777, Millan & Holttum 15785, and
Penny 3612, but on Wilson 293 the "flowers" are said to have been
“bright-red" [probably a reference to the fruiting-calyxes, not the
corollas ].

It is worthwhile noting here, in view of the polymorphic habit of
this taxon, that Brown's original (1810) description of the type is
merely "foliis elliptico-lanceolatis glabris, calycis laciniis acuti-
usculis tubo brevioribus corollisque glabris. (T.) v.v."

The Banks & Solander collection, cited below, is said to have been
the basis for the picture published in the Illust. Bot. Cook's Voyage
pl. 239. The unnumbered Robert Brown collection from North Australia,
cited below, in the Columbia University herbarium, is inscribed "CLer-
odendron sLoribundum var.", so obviously does not represent the type
collection,

On the unnumbered Clemens collection from Jericho, collected on
May 1, 1940, there is an inscribed comment reading: "2 types of flow-
ers in each cluster". Lazanides 5214 and Lazanides & Story 73 each
have a photograph of the plant in situ accompanying the specimen,
while Wikson 293 is accompanied by 3 in situ photographs. Wilson, by
the way, refers to the plant as a "/7-foot shrub with gray-pruinose
leaves".

Gibbs (1974) reports that the HCl/methanol test gave negative re-
sults when applied to this plant, while the Ehrlich test gave doubt-
fully positive (olive-brown) results when applied to the leaves.

Schumann & Hollrung (1889) claim that Ho£faung 637 is the first
record for the species outside of Australia ["Neu-Holland"]. They
comment that "Die vorliegenden Exemplare sind nicht ganz streng mit
der vorstehenden Art [C, 6Lonribundum ] in ihren reinsten Formen in
Uebereinstimmung zu bringen, sie geht offenbar durch die dichteren
BlUthenstdnde und die spdrliche Bekleidung derselben zu C, tomentosum
Uber; solche Formen hat bereits Bentham mehrfach erwdhnt. Wahrschein-
lich sind beide Arten in eine zu vereinigen, wozu auch trotz der et-
was ldngeren Corolle C. CunninghamLi Bth. gehtrten dirfte."

It should be noted that the C. ¢Lonibundwm Hort. and C, <Loribun-

424 PONT OL ual oh Vol. “59, ‘Nee 6

dum Lind]., referred to in the synonymy (above), are regarded by ™e as
Synonyms of C. eminnense Bojer, while C. «Lonribundum K. Sch. is C.
porphyrocalyx Lauterb. & K. Schum. The C. ovalifolium (A. L. Juss.)
Bakh. (1921), sometimes regarded as the valid name for the taxon we
call C. ¢2oribundum, actually belongs in the synonymy of C, {£oribun-
dum var. LatifoLium F. Muell. and cannot legally replace C, ¢Lonibun-
dum because it is antedated by the C. ovalifolium of A. Gray (1862).
CLerodendrwm ovatum R. Br. and C. candiophyLlum F. Muell. also belong
in the synonymy of C. {Lortbundum var. Latifolium F. Muell., as do al-
SO CLerodendron fLoribundum var. ovatwm (R. Br.) Domin and Ovieda o-
vakifolia A. L. Juss. Cherodendraum attenuatum R. Br., also often in-
cluded questionably in the synonymy of typical C. ¢Loribundwm, is re-
garded by me as C, {Loribundum var. attenuatum (R. Br.) Mold., C. me-
dium R. Br. is regarded by me as C, ¢Lonibundum var. medium (R. Br.)
Mold., and C. conriaceum R. Br. is C. <Lonibundwm var. coniaceum (R.
Br.) Mold., which see.

Menninger (1960) mistakenly refers to C. ¢2onribundum as a "Cuban
white-flowered tree". In 1950 he was offering 8--15-inch seedlings to
the horticultural trade for $1 US; in 1954 he offered 15-inch plants
for $2 US and in 1955 1--4-foot seedlings were selling at $1 US per
foot. He refers to the plant as having "pretty foliage".

It should also be noted here that Lam (1924) cites the date of
Brown's original description of this species as "1827" instead of
1810. Domin, in his 1928 work (sometimes cited as "89 (6)" or "89
(22)"), cites the Schumann & Lauterbach work as "1901" instead of
1900.

Material of typical C. ¢foribundum has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in some herbaria as C, album Ridl., C. conriaceum R. Br., C.
fallax Lindl., C. inerme R. Br., and C. tomentosum R. Br. On the
other hand, the CLemens 4.n. [Mt. Glorious, Jan. 1945], Sch€echter
18903, and White 12163, distributed as typical C. {2oribundum, are re-
garded by me as C. cunninghamii Benth., while Blake 23495, CLemens
S.n. [17 March 1946], and White 8675 & 9526 are C. 4Lonribundum var.
katifolium F. Muell., Clemens 43441 is C. glabrum E. Mey., Brown 4.n.
is C. populnewm Beer & Lam, Holfrung 613 iS C.. porphynocalyx Lauterb.
& K. Schum., and Cunningham 389 is not verbenaceous and is probably a
Condia sp.

Citations: NEW GUINEA: Papua: Aamit 4.n. [Aroa River 1884] (Mb),
.n. [British New Guinea 1895] (Mb); Chalmers s.n. [S.E. New Guinea
1878] (Mb), 4.n. [1880] (Mb); D'Agbentis 4.n. (Mb); Goldie s.n. [Port
Moresbey] (Mb); Lames 4 »:. (Mb); W. MacGregor 4.n. [Rigo] (Mb); Wom-
ensley 8766 (Ng--16901). Territory of New Guinea: Miffan & HoLttum
15785 (W--2518367). West Irian: McKee 1777 (Ng--16871). AUSTRALIA:
New South Wales: Boonman 4.n. [Dorrigo 12.1909] (Vt); Herb. Prager
18681 (Gg--32013); Vicary s.n. [1836-7] (S); W. W. Watts s.n. [Rich-
mond River 1902] (Vt). Northern Territory: R, Brown 4.n. (C)3 Lazan-
ddes 5214 (W--2374818); Maconochie 572 [Herb. N. T. 13643] (N); R,
Schomburgk 4.n. [North Coast] (W--75177); F, Schuetz 120 (L); I. B.
Wikson 293 (W--2927657, W--2927658). Queensland: M, S. Cfemens 4.n.
[January 1945] (N), 4.n. [Jericho, May 1, 1946] (F--photo, Ld--photo,
Mi, N, N--photo, Or--55923, Si--photo), 4.n. [Springdale, May 8, 1946]

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrawm 425

(Or--56344), 4.n. [Double Island Point, 16 October 1946] (Mi); A.
Dietrich s.n. [Brisbane, 1863-65] (B); G. E. DuRietz 4252 (S); Evertst
2108 (1), 3320 (N, W--2157997); Fleckenr 14164 (N); Helms 1040 (W--
1271438), 1449 (W--1348907); Lazanides & Stony 73 (W--2518673); Mac
Giklivray 2207 (La); Michael 987 (Bz--20116); F. Mueller 4.n. (Pd);
R, A. Perny 1100 (W--2156493), 3586 (W--2277813), 3612 (W--2277818);
Richmond 4.n. [Yalleroi] (Or--55926); C. T. White [Kajewski] 1130 (N,
S), 6310 (N). South Australia: R. Schomburgk 4.n. [S. Australia]
(Br). Western Australia: Guéliver 27 (Ld--photo, N--photo, P); Herb.
Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 16049 (Sg). State undetermined: Banks &
Sofander 4.n. [1770] (W--1276764); R. Brown 4.n. (L, L); Verneaux 650
(N--photo). AUSTRALIAN ISLANDS: Bathurst: Cunningham 289 (N). Fish-
erman: Chalmers 4.n. [1880] (Mb). CULTIVATED: Australia: M. S. Clem
ens 42729 (Mi). Natal: H. Forbes 1014 (Na--35602); Nata Herb. 9289
(Ld--photo, N--fragment, N--photo, Na, S--photo). Sri Lanka: Mo£den-
ke, Mo£denke, & Jayasuriya 28154 [Roy. Bot. Gard. Perad. 32.67] (Ld,
N, Pd, W--2764422). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Karta 286
(Mb). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: F. Bauer Icon. 957 (V), 95/7a (V).

CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM var. ANGUSTIFOLIUM Mold., Phytologia 37: 22.
1977.

Bibliography: Molc.. Phytologia 37: 22. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt.
Bote Aec0] 421. 19785 Mold... Phytol. Mem. 2: 334 & 536. 1980); HssN.g&
A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 456 & 457.
1983.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
leaf-blades being narrowly elliptic, mostly about 4--7 cm. long and
1--3 cm. wide, apically acuminate, and basally acute or subacuminate.

The variety is based on C, T. White 8675 from Tarrens Creek, north-
ern Queensland, Australia, collected on March 19, 1933, and deposited
in the B. A. Krukoff Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The
collector notes that in the type locality it is a fairly common shrub
in rocky places, the flowers being "faintly scented" and the corollas
white. The corollas are also said to have been white on Blake 23495
and White 9526.

Collectors describe this plant as a shrub or small slender tree,
to 6m. tall, the bark light-gray and fissured, and the leaf-blades
dull-green above and paler beneath. They have found it growing in
"light dune scrub", in flower in March, May, and October. Material
has been distributed uniformly determined as typical C. 4Lortbundum
Re Br.

Citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: S. T. Bkake 23495 (Ac, Ld, N, N)3
M. S. C£emens 4.n. [Jericho, 17 March 1946] (Ca--81171, N, N, S), 4.
n. [Jericho, Apr. 3, 1946] (Mi), 4.n. [Springvale ranch, April 15,
1946] (Or--55924, Or--55925); C. T. White 8675 (N--type, N--isotype,
N--isotype), 9526 (Ca--8194, N. N).

CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM var. ATTENUATUM (R. Br.) Mold., Phytologia
3924236. O78
Synonymy: CLerodendrawm attenuatwm R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl.,
imp. 1, 1: 511. 1810. C&erodendron attenuatwn R. Br. apud Spreng. in

426 Powe TO-L0 GIA Vol. 59, No. 6

bias suse Veg., ed. 16, 2: 759. 1825 [not C. attenuatum DeWild.,
1920].

Bibliography: R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 1, 1: 511 (1810)
and imp. 2 [Isis 1819:] 152. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1,
207. 1821; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 759. 1825; Loud.,
Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 247. 1832;
G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 247. 1839; G. Don in Sweet,
Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382.
1840; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 616. 1843; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4:
105. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 671. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec.
Syn. Candoll. 3: 105. 1847; F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 6: 152.
1868; Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 64. 1870; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 560. 1893; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh.,
Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 95, 108, & viii. 1921; Domin,
Bibl. Bot. 89: 1112, 1928; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53
(1): 1073. 1932; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16. 1942; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 560. 1946; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 7. 1947; Mold., Résumé 260 & 271. 1959; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 560. 1960; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 439 & 460. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 39: 236. 1978; Hocking,
Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 334, 390, & 536.
1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl.
4: 457. 1983.

This variety is said to differ from the typical form of the spe-
cies in its leaf-blades being basally attenuated and the calyx exter-
nally puberulent. Brown's original (1810) description is merely:
"foliis ellipticis subundulatis acutis basi attenuatis utrinque glab-
ris, calycibus pubescentulis: laciniis acutissimis aequantibus, corol-
lis glabris".

The variety is based on an unnumbered specimen collected by Robert
Brown in the Port Jackson area of New South Wales, Australia. Sweet
(1830) claims that it was introduced into cultivation in England from
New South Wales in 1824. He and Loudon (1830) both call it the "“at-
tenuated clerodendrum". Domin (1928) is of the opinion that it is
not sufficiently distinct to warrant nomenclatural separation from
typical C. ¢ortibundwm R. Br. and he may well be correct.

Nothing is known to me of this plant beyond what is stated in its
meager bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM var. CORIACEUM (R. Br.) Mold., Phytologia
392 236.) 978:

Synonymy: CLerodendrum coniacewm R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl.,
imp. 1, 1: 511. 1810. Cenodendron coniaceum R. Br. apud Spreng. in
L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 759. 1825 [not C. coniaceum Poit., 1816].

Bibliography: R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 1, 1: 511 (1810)
and imp. 2 [Isis 1819:] 153. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1,
207. 1821; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 759. 1825; Steud.,
Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382. 1840; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 616--
617. 1843; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 473. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot.
Syst. 4: 105. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 671. 1847; Buek,
Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; Benth. & F. Muell.. Fl. Aus-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 427

eyrdilia>'s, 642) 1870s; Vacks’ian Hookish. & Jacks inde) Kew. inp), 1:
560. 1893; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3,
3: 95, 108, & viii. 1921; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53
(1): 1073. 1932; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 17. 1942; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 560. 1946; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 7. 1947; Mold., Résumé 262 & 272. 1959; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., imp. 3, 1: 560. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 442
& 461. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 334, 391, & 536. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb.,
Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 456 & 457. 1983.

This variety is said to differ from the typical form of the spe-
cies in its petioles being tomentose and its leaf-blades being sub-
coriaceous in texture and tomentose beneath. Brown's original (1810)
description is merely "foliis ovatis acutis subcordatis subtus retic-
ulato-venosis subrugosis petiolisque tomentosis, pedunculis axillar-
ibus terminalibusque trichotomis".

The variety is based on an unnumbered Robert Brown collection from
near the Endeavour River and Bay of Inlets in the "Littora Novae Hol-
landiae, Queensland, Australia.

Nothing is known to me of this plant beyond what is stated in its
bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM var. LATIFOLIUM F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Aus-
tral. 9: 5 [as "C£erodendron" and "fatifolia"]. 1875; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 385. 1980.

Synonymy: Ovieda ovakifolia A. L. Juss., Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris
7: 76. 1806. C&enodendrum ovatwm R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp.
1, 511. 1810. Cerodendrwm ovatum Ol R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl.,
imp. 1, 511. 1810. CLenodendrum ovatum B R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov.
Holl., imp. 1, 511. 1810. C£erodendron ovatum R. Br. apud Spreng. in
L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758. 1825 [not C. ovatum Poir., 1816].
CLerodendron ovatum Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 671. 1847. C£eno-
dendron ovatum Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 671. 1847. C£enodendron
candiophyLlum F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 3: 144--145. 1863.
ChLerodendron floribundum var. latifolia F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Aus-
tral. 9: 5 ["varietatem Latifoliam"]. 1875. CLerodendron ovalifoLium
(A. L. Juss.) Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser.
3, 3: 95. 1921 [not C. ovalifolium A. Gray, 1862, nor Engl., 1895].
CLerodendron <Loribundum var. ovatwm (R. Br.) Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89:
1112. 1928. C£eroaendron ovatumex R. Br. ex Mold., Phytologia 36: 42
in syn. 1947. C£enodendron ovatum BR. Br. ex Mold., Phytologia 36:
42 in syn. 1947. CLerodendrawm ovalifolium (A. L. Juss.) Bakh. apud
J. S. Beard, Descrip. Cat. W. Austral. Pl., ed. 2, 113. 1970.

Bibliography: A. L. Juss., Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 7: 74. 1806;
Rev BiegeibrOdt. El. NOVesHOI) 5 amperly Iz 5049(7810),and imps <26flsis
1819: ] 153. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207 & 578. 1821;
Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758. 1825; Steud., Nom. Bot.
Phan., ed. 2, 1: 383. 1840; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 473. 1845;
Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 105. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11:
671. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; F. Muell.,
Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 3: 144--145 (1863) and 6: 152. 1868; Benth. &

428 PPHYoROL OGDA Vol. 59, New? 6

F, Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 64. 1870; F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral.
9: 5. 1875; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 560 & 561
(1893) and imp. 1, 2: 386. 1894; F. M. Bailey, Queens]. Fl. 4: 1184.
1901; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 95,
108, 110, viii, & ix. 1921; Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89: 1112. 1928; C. A.
Gardn., Enum. Pl. Austral. Occid. 3: 112. 1931; Fedde & Schust., Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1073. 1932; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16,
19, & 34, 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1:
560 & 561 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 386. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names Suppl. 1: 7. 1947; Mold., Résumé 261, 267, 273, & 322. 1959;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 560 & 56; (1960)
and imp. 3, 2: 386. 1960; J. S. Beard, Descrip. Cat. W. Austral. Pl.,
ed. 1, 91 (1966) and ed. 2, 113. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 441 &
452 (1971) and 2: 576. 1971; T. B. Muir, Muelleria 2: 166. 1972;
Mold., Phytologia 36: 42. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 334, 384, 385,
388, 424, & 536. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev.
Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 456. 1983.

This variety is said to differ from the typical form of the spe-
cies in its broader ovate leaf-blades. Brown's original (1810) de-
scription is merely "foliis ovatis acutis: adultis glabris petiolo
vix duplo longioribus, pedunculis axillaribus terminalibusque". It
is based on an unnumbered Robert Brown collection from the Endeavour
River and Bay of Inlets area in "Littora Novae Hollandiae". Queens-
land, Australia. He describes two forms without special designation
nomenclaturally or as to place of collection: "Folia calycesque
glabri" and g "Folia calycesque pubescentes".

Mueller's CLerodendron candiophyflum was much more adequately de-
scribed (1863): "Glabrum, foliis orbiculari-cordatis oppositis char-
taceis integerrimis petiolo duplo triplove longioribus reticulato-
venosis, paniculis terminalibus, floribus longiuscule pedicellatis;
bracteolis lineari-setaceis, calycis quinquefidi lobis fere deltoide-
is acutis, corollae glabrae tubo praelongo. In virgultis Acaciae
aneurae (Mulga Scrub) Australiae centralis; J. Macd. Stuart. Ad
paludas Daly Waters; F. Waterhouse. Folia fragminum plantae suppe-
tentium 2--3" longa. Calyces floriferi circiter 2'" longi, fruc-
tiferi 3'" metenties. Bracteolae fere 1'" longae. Corolla pollice
paulo longior. Stamina conspicue exserta. Antherae circiter 1'"
longae. Fructus maturi ignoti."

It is worth pointing out that the C. ovatwm of Poiret, referred to
in the synonymy (above) is a synonym of C. inewne (L.) Gaertn.; C.
ovalifolium of Engler is a synonym of C. glabawm E. Mey. and C. ovae-
4folium of Gray is Fanadaya ovalifolia (A. GraY) Seem.

Steudel (1840) lists C. ovatum R. Br. as follows: "“ovatum. R. Br.}
Coromand. N. Holl. S. 12. Ovieda ovakifokia. Juss." What the
"Coromand." signifies here is difficult to guess. The Coromandel
Coast is a coastal area of southeastern India, but this plant does
not occur there. However, the C. ovalifolia of Poiret, a synonym of
C. 4nenme (L.) Gaertn., does occur there.

Curiously, Beard (1970) keeps what he calls CLerodendawm 4Loribun-
dum R. Br. and C. ovakifolium (A. Juss.) Bakh. apart as two separate
and valid species. [to be continued }

NEOTROPICAL MYRSINACEAE — XIX

Cyrus Longworth Lundell

Director, Plant Sciences Laboratory
The University of Texas at Dallas
Richardson, Texas 75083-0688

GRAPHARDISIA (Mez) Lundell, Phytologia 48: 139. 1981

GRAPHARDISTIA COIBANA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex, 3 m.;
ramuli crassiusculi, glabri; folia subcoriacea, petiolata, petiolo
5—20 mm. longo; lamina anguste oblanceolata, 12.5—25 longa,
3.5—6 cm. lata, apice acuminata vel caudato-acuminata, acumine ad
3.5 cm. longa, basi angusta, attenuata, longilineata, nigropunc-
tata; inflorescentia terminalis, ad 10 cm. longa, 15 cm. lata,
glabra; flores 5-meri, corymbosi; pedicelli graciles, 1.5—2 cm.
longi; sepala alba, ovato-elliptica vel elliptica, ad 8 mm. longa,
4—5 mm. lata, hyalina, parce lineata, apice rotundata, margine
epunctata et lata, intus eglandulifera; fructus subglobosus, ca.

5 mm. diam.

Panama: Prov. Veraguas, Playa Rosario, northern tip of
Coiba Island, in forest, Aug. 26, 1970, Robin Foster 1600 (holo-
type, LL; isotype, F), shrub, 3 m., sepals white, pedicels pink,
ripe fruit dark red. John D. Dwyer 1612 (F) and 2363 (MEXU, NY)
are two additional collections (paratypes) from Coiba Island.

G. coibana is notable for its thick narrowly oblanceolate
leaves rather abruptly caudate-acuminate at apex and the long
slender attenuate base decurrent on the petiole. Its inflores-
cence and wide openly lineate thin sepals suggest a relationship
to G. Seibertii (Standl.) Lundell, a species of middle altitudes

in Panama and Costa Rica, which has altogether different leaves.

GRAPHARDISIA NICARAGUENSIS Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor parva
vel frutex; ramuli crassiusculi, glabri; folia chartacea, petio-
lata, petiolo ca. 1 cm. longo; lamina oblanceolata, 12—23 cm.
longa, 4—7 cm. lata, apice subabrupte acuminata, basi anguste
cuneata, lineata; inflorescentia terminalis, ad 12 cm. longa, 15
cm. lata, glabra; flores 5-meri, corymbosi; pedicelli graciles, ad
2 cm. longi; sepala obovata vel obovato-elliptica, ad 8 mm. longa,
4 mm. lata, apice rotundata, dense nigrolineata, margine nigro-
punctata, basi parce papillosa; fructus subglobosus, dense nigro-
punctatus, ca. 6 mm. diam.

Nicaragua: Dept. Zelaya, bosque lluvioso y brenoso de
Montana Esquipulas, alt. 130 m., Nov. 22, 1951, Paul J. Shank &
Antonio Molina R. 4719 (holotype, F; isotype, US; xerox & frag-
ment, LL), arbol, 2—6 m.; same collectors and locality 4783 (F).

429

430 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 59, No. 6

George R. Proctor et al. 27151 (NY) from Dept. Bluefields of
Nicaragua is a paratype.

The rather thin leaves are oblanceolate and oblongish with a
long acuminate apex and cuneate base. The lineate punctation of
blades is slender and rather obscure. The most distinctive
feature is the calyx which is sparsely lepidote at base within.
The sepals are very notable in being obovate or elliptic, rounded
at apex, and very black punctate to the very edge of the margin.

The relationship of Graphardisia nicaraguensis appears to be
with Graphardisia opegrapha (Oerst.) Lundell. The latter has
very slender, black lineate, shorter sepals.

GRAPHARDISIA OBTUSATA Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor parva, 3 m.;
ramuli graciles, glabri; folia petiolata, petiolo ad 1 cm. longo;
lamina subchartacea, lanceolata, 7.5—12.5 cm. longa, 3—4 cm.
lata, apice acuminata, basi acuta, nigrolineata, integra; inflo-
rescentia terminalis, sessilis, paniculata, parva, ca. 4 cm.
longa, 7 cm. lata; flores 5-meri, corymbosi; pedicelli graciles,
ad 1.5 cm. longi; sepala lanceolata, 5—6 mm. longa, 2—3 m.
lata, apice obtusata, dense lineatopunctata, intus basi papillosa;
fructus subglobosus; stylus ca. 4.5 mm. longus.

Panama: Prov. Darien, Rio Tuquesa, at middle Tuquesa Mining
Company camp called Charco Peje, tropical wet forest, ca. 250 m.
alt., July 8, 1975, S. Mori 7034 (holotype, LL), small tree, 3 m.
tall, 4 em. dbh:

A taxon with affinity to Graphardisia subcoriacea (Lundell)
Lundell, it has longer narrower obtusate sepals more densely
punctate medially, and thinner leaves. The sepals are obscurely
papillate at base within.

GRAPHARDISIA OXYPHYLLA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex, 4 m.;
ramuli crassiusculi vel graciles; folia petiolata, petiolo margi-
nato, canaliculato, ad 9 mm. longo; lamina glabra, ovato-
lanceolata, 15—26 cm. longa, ad 9 cm. lata, apice acuminata, basi
acuta, dense punctata, integra; inflorescentia terminalis, panicu-
lata, ad 10 cm. longa et lata, pedunculata; flores 5-meri,
corymbosi et umbellati; pedicelli graciles, ad 1.6 cm. longi;
sepala ovato-elliptica, 5—6 mm. longa, 3.5—4 cm. lata, apice
rotundata, rubro-lineata, intus basi parce papillata; petala late
elliptica, ad 6.5 mm. longa, ad 5 mm. lata, basi connata ca. 2
mm., intus glandulifera, apice rotundata, parce lineato-punctata;
stamina ca. 3.5 mm. longa; filamenta 1—1.5 mm. longa, glabra;
antherae ad 2.7 mm. longae, lanceolatae, poris apicalibus dehis-
centes; stylus ca. 4.5 mm. longus.

Panama: Prov. Chiriqui, 2.5 km. from Questa Piedra along Rio
Monte Road, at stream, in forest, June 27, 1977, J. P. Folsom 3975
(holotype, LL), shrub of 4 m., calyx and pedicels white, 5-lobed,
corolla pale pink.

Although the sepals are described as white by the collector,
after drying they are reddish-lineate, with space between the

1986 Lundell, Neotropical Myrsinaceae 431

medial lines, and punctate laterally with wide margin. On the
basis of the features of the calyx, the relationship appears to
be with Graphardisia Seibertii (Standl.) Lundell.

The large sharply acuminate leaves have short thick canalicu-
late petioles. The relatively small flowers have very broad
petals which appear to be fringed in post-anthesis condition.

The filaments apparently are glabrous.

GRAPHARDISIA PURPUREA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex, ramuli
graciles; folia membranacea, glabra, petiolata, petiolo canalicu-
lato, 1—1.4 cm. longo; lamina integra, reticulata, glabra,
lineata, oblanceolata, 8—15 cm. longa, 3—5.5 cm. lata, apice
subabrupte acuminata, basi acuminata; inflorescentia terminalis,
parvissima, paniculata, 2.5—3 cm. longa, purpurea, bracteata;
flores 5-meri, corymbosi; pedicelli 4—6.5 mm. longi; sepala
libera, obovata, ca. 5 mm. longa, 3 m. lata, apice rotundata,
basi angustata, subintegra, lamina lineata et parvipunctata;
fructus subglobosus, ad 4.5 mm. diam.

Panama: Prov. Chiriqui, 6 miles N of Concepcion, Aug. 4,
1960, John E. Ebinger 751 (holotype, US; xerox & fragment, LL),
shrub, 4 ft. tall, bracts purple, fruit green.

Graphardisia purpurea is notable for its small infructescence
with large purple bracts, each bract subtending a pedicel in
fruit. It has short pedicels, obovate thin sepals narrowed and
free to the base, and rather conspicuously lineate punctation
medially which is small apically. Its entire leaves have slender
petioles, and both surfaces of the thin blade are finely
reticulate.

The taxon appears to be related to Graphardisia Wagneri
(Mez) Lundell, a species with conspicuously crenulate leaves,
and much longer pedicels up to 1 cm. long.

GRAPHARDISIA SERANOANA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex, 3 m.;
ramuli crassiusculi, glabri; folia petiolata, petiolo ad 5 m.
longo, marginato; lamina chartacea, dense nigrolineata, lanceo-
lata, 8—13.5 cm. longa, 3—5.5 cm. lata, apice acuminata, basi
subcuneata, integra; inflorescentia terminalis, late paniculata,
ad 7 cm. longa, 10 cm. lata, glabra; flores 5-meri, corymbosi;
pedicelli graciles, 1—2 cm. longi; sepala obovato-elliptica vel
elliptica, 4—4.5 mm. longa, 3—3.5 mm. lata, apice rotundata,
intus basi parce papillata, parce nigrolineata et punctata;
corolla ad 7 mm. longa, intus basi glandulifera; petala connata
ca. 2 mm., late ovato-elliptica, ad 6 mm. lata, apice rotundata,
2- vel raro 3-lineata, parce punctata; antherae ca. 3 mm. longae,
lanceolatae, poris apicalibus dehiscentes; filamenta subnulla,
basi glandulifera; ovarium glabrunm.

Panama: Prov. Chiriqui, road from Volcan to Rio Serano; road
that turns eastward 7.2 km. from Rio Serano, 3.2 km. along side
road, June 29, 1977, J. P. Folsom 4029 (holotype, LL), shrub of 3
m., flowers pink-white. a

432 Bhd. su0 ‘60 Got tA Vol. 59, No.

Closely related to Graphardisia subcoriacea (Lundell) Lundell
of Cocle Province, El Valle de Anton, Panama, Graphardisia
seranoana differs in its short marginate petioles, sepals openly
lineate and punctate, petals 2- or rarely 3-lineate and with
scattered lateral punctation, and slightly larger subsessile
anthers borne in the short thick tube at base of corolla.
Graphardisia subcoriacea has sepals with dense medial black lines
and denser lateral punctation, giving a black medial area as
contrasted with the open linear glands of the other taxon. Also,
Graphardisia subcoriacea has petals strictly 2-lineate, not 2- or
rarely 3-lineate as in Graphardisia seranoana. These differences
along with the subsessile anthers and marginate petioles dis-
tinguish the species.

GRAPHARDISIA SKUTCHII (Morton) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
Skutchii Morton, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27: 309. 1937.

GRAPHARDISIA USTUPOANA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex. 3 m.;
ramuli graciles, glabri; folia petiolata, petiolo ad 8 mm. longo,
canaliculato; folia subcoriacea, petiolata, petiolo ad 8 m.
longo, canaliculato; lamina oblongo-lanceolata vel lanceolata,
8.5—13.5 cm. longa, 3—4 cm. lata, apice acuminata, basi acuta,
Margine subintegra; inflorescentia terminalis, parva, paniculata,
3—4.5 cm. longa, glabra; flores 5-meri, corymbosi; pedicelli ad
2mm. longi, graciles; sepala dense nigrolineata et punctata,
ciliolata, anguste oblanceolata, ad 8 mm. longa, 3—3.5 mm. lata,
intus basi parce papillata, apice rotundata.

Panama: Prov. San Blas, on mainland in front of Ustupo,
overhanging river, Nov. 10, 1975, W. G. D'Arcy 9535 (holotype,
LL), shrub) ms) ‘tall bracts purplish white, fruit red.

Of probable affinity to Graphardisia subcoriacea (Lundell)
Lundell, Graphardisia ustupoana differs in its longer oblanceolate
sepals which are uniquely ciliolate. Only the calyx is present in
the holotype, and flowers at anthesis are needed to better
determine the relationships of the taxa.

GRAPHARDISIA WEBERBAUERI (Mez) Lundell, Wrightia 7: 46. 1982.
Ardisia Weberbaueri Mez, Fedde, Rep. Nov. Spec. 3: 97. 1906.
Graphardisia Vigoi (Lundell) Lundell, Phytologia 48: 140. 1981.
Ardisia Vigoi Lundell, Wrightia 6: 94. 1979.

Ardisia Weberbaueri Mez is represented in the Herbarium of
Field Museum by a fragment of the type, Weberbauer 1809, which
contains a single flower. This flower matches the holotype
flowers of Ardisia Vigoi Lundell, also from Peru, Jose Schunke
Vigo 8384 (LL).

This species is the southernmost representative of the genus.

SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM GRAPHARDISIA

Two other species from South America, Ardisia albovirens Mez,
Ule 9682, probably from Brazil, and Ardisia nigrovirens Macbr.,

6

1986 Lundell, Neotropical Myrsinaceae 433

Williams 5081 (holotype, F) from Peru, which I referred to
Graphardisia | (Wrightia 7: 46. 1982), appear to be species of
Ardisia as described. The anthers in Ardisia nigrovirens Macbr.
(see Vigo 1442) are longitudinally dehiscent, while those of
Graphardisia are dehiscent by apical pores.

PARATHESIS (A.DC.) Hooker f., Bentham & Hooker f.,
Gen. 2: 645. 1876

PARATHESIS BARUANA Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor; ramuli
graciles, minute puberuli vel tomentelli; folia minute puberula,
petiolata, petiolo 1—1.2 cm. longo; lamina chartacea, oblongo-
lanceolata vel anguste elliptica, 8—10 cm. longa, 2.5—4 cm.
lata, apice acuta vel subacuminata, basi acuta, perpunctata,
margine crenulata; inflorescentia axillaris, apice paniculata,
minute puberula, ad 5.5 cm. longa, longe pedunculata; flores
5-meri, corymbosi vel umbellati, minute tomentelli; sepala anguste
triangularia, acuminata, ad 1.5 mm. longa, extus minute puberula;
pedicelli 5—7 mm. longi; fructus subglobosus, ad 7 mm. diam.,
nigropunctatus.

Panama: Prov. Chiriqui, roadside to 10 km. below summit of
El Baru, W. G. D* Arcy 11050 (holotype, LL), flowers pinkish,
fruits reddish, tree.

Parathesis baruana resembles P. subulata Lundell of Guatemala
and Chiapas, differing notably in having conspicuously crenulate
mostly elliptic leaves. Its blades are densely black punctate and
with short linear glands dispersed throughout. The pubescence is
minute and varies from puberulent to tomentulose. The leaves are
glabrous except for the puberulent petiole and midvein.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"THE NAMES OF PLANTS" by D. Gledhill, viii & 159 pp., 7 b/w multi-
fig. & 5 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London &
New York, N. Y. 10022. 1985. $34.50 clothbound & $9.95 paper-
bound.

"Producing an interesting text which is equally as acceptable to
the amateur gardener as to the botanist", this small-sized valuable
expensive book is "an account of the way in which the naming of plants
has changed with time and why the changes were necessary" today
when the names of “all plants must conform to internationally agreed
Standards". The author then explains how this code was established
and how it functions. A glossary or meanings for about 5,000 Latin
or Latinized specific and other scientific plant epithets comprises
the bulk of this book. It makes an excellent adjunct text for courses
in systematic botany and a handy desk copy for texonomic and system-
atic professional and teaching botanists and their graduate students.

"MICROFUNGI ON LAND PLANTS -- An Identification Handbook" by Martin H.
Ellis & J. Pamela Ellis, iii & 818 pp., 206 b/w multi-fig. pl.
Macmillan Publishing Company, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1985.
$75.00. ,

Although this book was prepared by a husband-wife team now retired
from the Commonwealth Mycological Institute, it is equally valuable
in the United States, Canada and many other of the earth's places
that have turned hospice to voluntary and involuntary introduction of
plants and soils over the past few centuries. The book keys out, de-
scribes, gives hosts for over 3,300 species of fungi, and has over
2,000 carefully prepared drawings. The fungi are organized as pluri-
vores or specific feeders on root, bark, leaf litter, trees, shrubs,
woody climbers, herbs, pteridopnytes, and as parasites on rusts and
powdery mildews. There are both host and fungus indexes. This pub-
lication will be highly valuable to many mycologists, teachers, stu-
dents, and researchers as well as to field ecologists for years to
come. It is therefore an important book to add to university and
laboratory research library shelves.

"THE EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY OF ANT-PLANT MUTUALISMS" by Andrew J.
Beattie, x & 182 pp., 12 b/w fig. & 20 tab. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, Cambridge, London & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1985.
$24.95.

Because of its slight size, one might get the first impression
434

1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 435

that here is just a brief survey, but it is fortunate for readers
that it is far more than that. The book is concisely written and is
well documented with 30 pages of pertinent bibliography dating from
1883 to 1984 and listing several publications by Dan Janzen. The
fossil record places ant and angiosperm rise, adaptive radiation and
dominance in the mid-Cretaceous without interplay in pollination but
in non-floral vegetative structures -- roots, stems, and leaves.
Later some ant specialists developed mutualisms as in myrmecotrophy,
seed and fruit dispersals, but so little in pollination in compari-
son with other hymenopterans. This book should appeal to a wide
range of naturalists, students, teaching and professional biologists,
especially botanists, ecologists and entomologists.

"BELLAMY'S NEW WORLD -- A Botanical History of America" by David
Bellamy, 192 pp., 57 color photo., 36 b/w photo., 20 draw./
diag., 18 maps & 2 tab. Parkwest Publications, New York, N. Y.
10025. 1983. $24.95.

Recently I read a fascinating article on “cactus cops" protecting
these spectacular plants from thieves in our deserts, found out that
it was only the first chapter in this book, and promptly wrote to the
publishers for a review copy. The subsequent chapters also read en-
ticingly about other separate sections of our country and their plant
life nature and changes since exploration and early settlement days
as seen by the author travelling throughout so much of the U. S. and
as Shared to a great part of the world by the British Broadcasting
Television Series. And so the beautiful color illustrations and the
attention-holding conversational style text are explained. It is a
wonderful book for folks with any interest in plant life who have,
will or can't travel throughout so much of our vast country.

"COLD-BLOODED ANIMALS" by Maurice Burton in the World of Science
Series, 64 pp., 120+ color photos., 5 fig. & 2 b/w photos. Facts
on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $9.95.

The author is a former curator at the British Museum (Natural His-
tory), an important hand in several of the excellent British TV na-
ture films (so explaining some of the superb color photographs in the
book) and the author of other books (reviewed previously and appreci-
atively in this journal) as the excellent "Systematic Dictionary of
Mammals". He discusses how invertebrates, fishes, amphibians and rep-
tiles manage their activities heated only by the temperature of their
environments. He also explains how certain homeothermal birds and
mammals become "cold-blooded" during certain stages (hibernation,
resting) when they turn down their thermostats to conserve energy. In
the glossary "metamorphosis" is equated with a life stage rather than
a process. This book should appeal to a wide range of ages and in-
terests. It surely belongs in personal, school and public libraries,
as do the two following books in this series.

436 PAT Ol GT A Vol. 59, No. 6

"THE WORLD BEFORE MAN" by David Lambert & Andrew Currant in the
World of Science series, 64 pp., 120 color photos., 6 charts, 3
draw., 1 map, 1 b/w draw., & 2 maps, Facts on File Publications,
New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $9.95.

Author Lambert specializes in writing on scientific subjects and
author Currant is a curator of fossil mammals in the British Museum
(Natural History). The wonderful and profuse illustrations must come
from nature TV films and museum sources. With short, interesting,
logical text readers are informed as to what fossils are, where and
how fossils formed during different geological ages in different
kinds of places, in different continental locations, and how they are
reconstructed today from protist types of life, through plants, inver-
tebrates and vertebrates including prehuman types.

"HOW DOES IT WORK" by Chris Cooper & Jane Insley in the World of Sci-
ence series, 64 pp., 120+ color photos., 30 draw. & 5 b/w photos,
Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $9.95.

Like the two books reviewed above, this one has easily informa-
tive, quick-reading text for adult and young readers and excellent
modern illustrations about aeroplane and submarine locomotion, elec-
tric power at command, and examining our senses through new inven-
tions that enhance our survival and enrich our lives.

"THE BIOPHYSICAL BASIS OF EXCITABILITY" by Hugo Gil Ferreira & Michael
W. Marshall, xxiv & 484 pp., 130 b/w fig. & 11 tab. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, London & New York, N. Y. 10022.
1985. $80.00.

This study is a most helpful adjunct to specific treatises and the
modern textbooks on "biophysics, cell biology and electrophysiology
of excitable cells" because its achieved aim "is to describe the ori-
gins and derivations of the principles upon which these and other
books are based". The text covers such topics as ions in solution,
diffusion within and through membranes, membrane action potential and
noise, and synaptic potentials. The second half of the book consists
of “appendices which deal with many of the key concepts from a fairly
basic level". The mathematic part reviews algebra, calculus, trigo-
nometry, Sterling and Wallace formulas and probability theory. The
second part presents harmonic analysis of stochastic signals, Four-
ier expansion and integrals. The third part deals with physical chem-
istry of free energy and junction potentials. This text presents
with effective explanations “existing knowledge in a way that clear-
ly explains the basic principles underlying excitability in biologi-
cal tissues". Overpriced?

PHYTOLOGIA

An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication

MAY 5 1986
CONTENTS

a Puri ads
rv
e474
O) we 3 a OhRt Reta |
wy

BEAUCHAMP, R. M., Taxonomic rearrangements proposed for a flora

BOTAN)

of San Diego County, RSeaINCMEMA: “Ain scisitete get te ane de Od beiale 437
HOLMES, W. C., Studies on Mikania (Compositae) - XIII .......... 441
LUER, C. A., A review of some of the species of Lepanthes from

MAINES A WITTE) S'S 5 oh ici sian ile Yn binia'widie' le mci guorcun. aieg be 443

ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., Nuevos registros y taxa
interesantes de pteridofitas del Valle de Mexico. (Isoetaceae,

Peer eede Vy SEIAGINENACEAC) \! i.) (0.055: db bine oe oad wide Senin el dideia bl 451
LAMBOY, W. F., A note concerning the combination Aster

subgenus Ascendentes (Rydb.) Semple .........02.c0ccceeeceee 454
WHEELER, G. A., The status of Carex pampae Kalela (Cyperaceae)

RETIN TT PANMOPITIIE osc Ci ANS Wie Dk Wales ba bre ke OG okie ae nie bee 455
OCHOA, C., Solanum donachui, a new Colombian tuber-bearing

Rea a tle sia dy Leiutata ie pitas will kahd Bel G nal dsie boots GRID 461
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum

EINES ys CUR oP ESS SR MR A WAND NC DY RAE iy Pai 462
MOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews ............ ea SUES GY) SM 500
Index to authors in Volume Fifty-nine .......... 0c cece ccc eeeceeees 504
Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Fifty-nine ......... 504
DEEP MARER YDS Adis ook obasd bP ley a MOON Niele Wiad wieahadieey oe 512

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
590 Hemlock Avenue N.W.
Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00
after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost
in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following
number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is
received after a volume is closed.

a“

TAXONOMIC REARRANGEMENTS PROPOSED FOR
A FLORA OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

R. Mitchel Beauchamp
Pacific Southwest Biological Services, Inc.
Post Office Box 985
National City, California 92058

Compilation of a floral inventory of San Diego County,
California has revealed the need for several names which are
consistent with the majority of the listing. Fifteen
nomenclatural adjustments are proposed below to create a_ record
of valid publication.

APIACEAE
Eryngium aristulatum Jepson ssp. parishii (Coulter & Rose)
Beauchamp, stat. nov.
Basionym: Eryngium parishii Coulter & Rose, Contr. U.S. Natl.
Herb, 7:57. 1960.
Oceanside, San Diego County, California, S.B. Parish
4436, 1897 (US).
Synonyms: Eryngium Jepsonii Coulter & Rose var. Parishii
(Coulter & Rose)Jepson, Madrono 1:107. 1923;
Eryngium aristulatum Jepson var. Parishii (Coulter
& Rose)Mathias & L. Constance, Amer. Midl.
Naturalist 25:386. 1941.

ASTERACEAE
Isocoma acradenia Greene ssp. eremophila (Greene) Beauchamp,
comb. nov.
Basionym: Jsocoma eremophila Greene, Leafl. Bot. Observ.
Crit. 1:171. 1906.
Type: Southwestern part of the Colorado Desert, California,
Orcutt, Nov. 1, 1899 (US).
Synonyms: Haplopappus acradenius (Greene)Blake ssp.
eremophilus (Greene)Hall, Publ. Carnegie Inst.
Wash. 389:233. 1928; Aplopappus a. var. Gs
(Greene)Munz, Manual of Southern California Bot.
523719352

Isocoma veneta (H.B.K.)Greene var. furfuracea (Greene) Beauchamp,

Basionym: Biglovia furfuracea Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci.
ls87s 1665.

Type: Collection without a cited location (UC)

Synonym: Jsecoma decumbens Greene, ex C.F. Baker, West Amer.
Plants 2:12. 1983, or Leafl. Bot. Observ. Crit.
1:172. 1906; Haplopappus venetus ssp. furfuraceus
(Greene) Hall, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 389:226.
1928. Aplopappus v. var. f. (Greene)Munz, Manual
of Southern a Bot. 523, 1935.

43

438 Po Hever :@- bo OeGsl vk Vole 59oeNor
ASTERACEAE (continued)

Isocoma veneta var. oxyphylla (Greene)Beauchamp, comb. nov.

Basionym: Jsocoma oxyphylla Greene, Leafl. Bot. Observ. Crit.
Lsl7l oP reese.

Type: Jamul Valley back of San Diego, Palmer 134, 1875 (US).

Synonym: Haplopappus venetus ssp. oxyphyllus (Greene)Hall,
Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 389:225. 1928;
Aplopappus venetus var. oxyphyllus (Greene)Munz,
Manual of Southern California Bot. 523. 1935.

CAMPANULACEAE

Downingia concolor Greene ssp. brevior (McVaugh) Beauchamp, stat.
nov.
Basionym: Downingia concolor Greene var. brevior McVaugh,
Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 19(4):28. 1941.
Type: Cuyamaca Lake, San Diego County, California, L. Abrams
3851 (NY).

CELASTRACEAE

Euonymus occidentalis Nuttall ex Torrey ssp. parishii (Trelease)

Beauchamp, stat. nov.

Basionym: Euonymus parishii Trelease, Trans. Acad. Sci. St.
Louis 5:354. 1889.

Type: San Jacinto Mountains, Riverside County, S.B. & W.F.

Parish 957.

Synonym: Euonymus occidentalis Nuttall ex Torrey var.
Parishii (Trelease)Jepson, A Manual of _ the
Flowering Plants of California 610. 1925.

CUPRESSACEAE

Cupressus aarizonica Greene ssp. stephensonii (C.B. Wolf)
Beauchamp, stat. nov.
Basionym: es Stephensonii C.B. Wolf, Madrono 1(1):125,
Type: Upper limits of King Creek, a tributary of the South
Fork of the San Diego River, Cuyamaca Mountains, San
Diego County, at about 4909 ft. elevation, C.B. Wolf
9467 (RSA).
Synonyms: Cupressus arizonica Greene var. stephensonii (C.B.
Wolf)Little, Madrono 18(6):164. 1966

1986 Beauchamp, Taxonomic rearrangements 439

FABACEAE (Papilionoideae)

Lupinus densiflorus Bentham ssp. lacteus (Kellogg) Beauchamp,
Stat. nov.
Basionym: St Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
Type: "On Oak Creek hillsides, Kern County, 14 miles from
Tejon Pass, Mr. S. Brennan, Jr. (Specimen presumably
lost in the fire in 1986).
Synonyms: Lupinus densiflorus Bentham var. lacteus
(Kellogg)C.P.Smith, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 45:181.
1918. Lupinus arenicola Heller, Muhlenbergia 2:75.
1995, Type: "Near the first crossing of the creek
west of Caliente, Kern County, Heller 7699, April
7, 1905.

Lupinus excubitus M.E. Jones ssp. medius (Jepson) Beauchamp, stat.

nov.

Basionym: Lupinus albifrons Bentham ex Lindley var. medius
Jepson, A Flora of California 2:252. 1936.

Type: Mountain Springs Grade summit, San Diego County,

California, Jepson 118]5 (JEPS).

Synonyms: Lupinus excubitus M.E. Jones var. medius
(Jepson)Munz, Aliso 4(1):92. 1958; Lupinus grayi
S. Watson var. medius (Jepson)C.P. Smith, Species
Lupinorum 28. 1938.

Lupinus excubitus M.E. Jones ssp. austromontanus (Heller)

Beauchamp, stat. nov.

Basionym: ss austromontanus Heller, Mublenbergia 2:69.
1965.

Type: Tehachapi, Kern County, California, Heller 7825.

Synonyms: Lupinus excubitus M.E. Jones var. austromontanus
(Heller)C.P. Smith in Jepson, A Manual of the
Flowering Plants of California 532. 1925; Lupinus
albifrons Bentham ex Lindley var. austromontanus
(Heller) Jepson, A Flora of California 2:252. 1936.

Thermopsis macrophylla Hooker & Arnott ssp. semota (Jepson)
Beauchamp, stat. nov.
Basionym: Thermmopsis macrophylla Hooker & Arnott var. semota
Jepson, A Flora of California 2:245. 1936.
Type: Spencer Valley, San Diego County, California, R.D.
Alderson (JEPS).

440 Poi Ay Tei, by OG, TD Vol. 59), \No:.

HYDROPHYLLACEAE

Phacelia douglasii (Bentham) Torrey ssp. cryptantha (Brand)

Beauchamp, stat. nov.

Basionym: Phacelia Douglasii (Bentham) Torrey var.
Brand in Engler, Pflanzenreich 4(251):114. 1913.

Type: San Diego, San Diego County, California, M.E. Jones

3085 (POM).

Synonyms: Phacelia palmeri Vasey & Rose, Proc. U.S. Natl.
Mus. 11:532. 1888, non Phacelia palmeri S. Watson,
1871.; Phacelia stellaris Brand in Engler,
Pflanzenreich 4(251):123. 1913. Proposed as a new
name for Phacelia palmerji Vasey & Rose.

LIMNANTHACEAE

Limnanthes gracilis Howell ssp. parishii (Jepson) Beauchamp, stat.
nov.

Basionym: Limnanthes versicolor (Greene) Rydberg var. Parishii
Jepson, A Flora of California 2:412. 1936.

Type: Stonewall Mine, Cuyamaca Mountains, San Diego County,

California, S. B. Parish 4416 (JEPS).

Synonym: lLimnanthes gracilis Howell var. parishii (Jepson)

C.T. Mason, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 25:499. 1952.

RHAMNACEAE

Ceanothus greggii A. Gray ssp. perplexans (Trelease) Beauchamp,

stat. nov.

Basionym: Ceanothus perplexans Trelease in A. Gray,
Synoptical Flora of North America 1(1):417. 1897.

Type: Southwestern California.

Synonym: Ceanothus Greggij A. Gray var. perplexans
(Trelease) Jepson, A Manual of the Flowering Plants
of California 623. 1925.

ROSACEAE

Rubus glaucifolius Kellogg ssp. ganderi (Bailey) Beauchamp, stat.
nov.
Basionym: Rubus ganderj Bailey, Gentes Herb. 5:893. 1945.
Type: North Peak, Cuyamaca Mountains, San Diego County,
California, Frank F. Gander A2@8 (POM).
Synonym: Rubus glaucifolius Kellogg var. ganderi
(Bailey)Munz, Aliso 4(1):92. 1958.

Studies on Mikania (Compositae)-XI11

W.C.Holmes
Biology Department, Northwestern State University
Natchitoches, LA 71497 USA

Following are additiona] records preliminary to a treatment of
the Mikania of Mexico.

Mikania aromatica Oerst., Overs. Dansk. Selsk. Forh. 10.1863, is
cited by Kew Index as Brazilian. However, Williams (1975), states
that "a photograph of the origina] specimen in Copenhagen shows
this is the rather common Mexican (Vera Cruz, Oaxaca, Chiapas) and
Centra] American species, extending from Guatemala to Costa Rica.
The heads of the inflorescences are contracted into globose
glomerujles; ... Kew Index is incorrect in giving this species as
Brazilian. The Costa Rican M. tonduzii Rob. perhaps is to be
referred to this species." Tie.

Examination of the type specimen provided no information as to
the origin of Mikania aromatica. It appeared identical] to the
Brazilian M. smilicina DC. and was annonated as such by F.W. Klatt.
The only other data on the Jabel includes the name Mikania

aromatica Oersted and the abandoned before pubjJished name of
Mikania in combination with the specific epithet of the Neea
species mentioned below. Personal communication with (Mrs.) A.Fox
Maule, Curator of Type Specimens at Copenhagen, documents the type

locality of this plant.

“Whereas Oersted’s description is in Latin the report of how he
got the plant is in Danish which may be the cause of the confusion.
Oersted’s own collections are from Centra] America (Costa Rica and
Nicaragua) and from the Antilles. The collector of the Mikania was,
however, the Danish botanist and zoologist P. W.Lund who lived most
of his life in Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brazil]. He had made
experiments in making tea from another plant, Neea theifera Oerst.,
mixed with the Mikania. He sent both specimens to a friend in
Denmark, who submitted the plants to Professor Scharling, the
chemist, for chemica] examination, and to Professor Oersted for
description. The paper is a joint publication in the proceedings of
the Royal Danish Scientific Society."

Mikania aromatica is, therefore, from that location in Brazil

and is considered synonomous with M. smilicina. The plants referred
to as M. aromatica by Williams (1975) and nd Nash and Williams (1976)
should correctly be called Mikania tonduzii B.L.Robins. Heyde & Lux

3430, cited by Nash and Williams as ‘the type (of M. aromatica ?) is

actually the type of Willughbaea globosa Coult. (= Mikania globosa

Coult.). This plant of Guatemala and Oaxaca, Mexico is considered a
distinct species.
44)

442 PH a¥ish aD decOG TA Vol’... 595, Now. 7

Mikania tehuacanensis W.Holmes, sp nov

Suffrutex volubilis. Foliis Jate ovatis, ca. 4x 3 cm, apice
acuminatis, basi subcordatis vel truncatis, marginibus subintegris
ad crenato-dentatis. Capitulescentiis corymbosis. Capitulis 10-10 5
mm Jongis. Corollis ca. 5.2 mm Jlongis, dentibus Jimbi oblongo-
linearis, ca. 3.2 mm Jongis. Achaenis ca. 3 mm longis. Pappi setis
ca. 60, 5-6 mm longis, scabridis.

Shrubby vine to 2 m long. Stems terete, striate, densely
hispid; internodes to 12 cm Jong. Leaf blades broadly ovate, ca. 4
x 3 cm, apices acuminate, margins subentire to crenate-dentate,
hispid-ciliate, bases subcordate or truncate to an acute insertion,
upper surfaces nearly glabrate, lower surfaces hispid, densely so
on the nerves, palmately 3 or 5 nerved from the base. Petioles
2.5-3 cm Jong, thin, hispid. Capitulescence a corymb, 5-7 cm wide
and 4-6 cm high, borne on hispid branchlets 6-8 cm long; ultimate
branchlets 1-4 mm long, hispid; bracts similar to leaves but
smaller and with acute bases. Heads 10-10.5 mm Jong; subinvolucral]
bracts elliptic to oblanceolate, 8-9 mm long, hispid, nerved, more
markedly so on the abaxial] side, apices acute to acuminate
Phyllaries broadly elliptic, 8-9 mm long, the outer pair hispid,
apices acuminate, margins hispid-ciliate, inner pair gilabrate,
apices long acuminate, sparcely hispid, margins slightly
hispid-ciliate above the middle. Corollas ca. 5.2 mm Jong, tube ca.
2.2 mm Jong, throat apparently lacking, teeth oblong-linear, ca. 3
mm long, apices acuminate, glandular and pubescent with several]
jointed hispid hairs, inner basa] surfaces of teeth papillose with
hirsute glanular hairs. Achenes ca. 3 mm Jong, sparingly
puberulent. Pappus bristles ca. 60, S-6 mm long, white, the margins
scabrid.

Type: Mexico. Puebla, Tehuacan area, above Teotitlan de] Camino on
the road to Huautida from the lower edge of the oak-pine forest to
the top of the ridge, 2000-3250 m, 3 Aug 1961, Smith, Peterson, &
Tejeda 4144 (holotype: GH; isotype: F).

The new species is distinctive in having &@ corolla lacking 4
wel] defined throat. At maturity the corolla teeth are
oblong-linear and greater in length than the tube. The plant
resembles Mikania cristata B.L.Robins., but lacks the enlarged and
crested stipular-enations characteristic of that species

Literature Cited

Williams, L.O. 1975. Tropica] American Plants XVII. Fieldiana:
Botany 36: 77-110.

Nash, D.L. & L.O Williams. 1976. Flora of Guatemala. Fieldiana:
Botany 24, pt. 12: 1-603.

A REVIEW OF SOME OF STHE) SPECIES, OF
LEPANTHES FROM VENEZUELA (ORCHIDACEAE).

Carlyle A. Luer
3222 Old Oak Drive
Sarasota, FL 33579

The orchid flora of the coastal mountains of Venezuela is more
or less isolated and distinct from the orchid flora of the Cordil-
lera del Merida, the mountains of western Venezuela that are con-
tiguous with the Eastern Cordillera of Colombia. In the high
mountains of the adjacent departments of Santander and Norte de
Santander we have found numerous species of pleurothallids that
have been found in neighboring areas of Venezuela and illustrated
by G. C. Kk. Dunsterville in Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated. Very
few species from the coastal range have been seen or recorded from
the Eastern Cordillera of Colombia.

As of this date 49 specific epithets (encompassing about 44
species) have been attributed to the genus Lepanthes in Venezuela.
Of tnese, 41 have been superbly illustrated by Mr. Dunsterville in
Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated, 13 with erroneous determinations,
nine of which are undescribed species. One has recently been
described from neighboring Colombia; the remaining seven are de-
scribed below.

=" The species from the coastal mountains identified in Venezue-
lan Orchids Illustrated and the Flora of Venezuela as L. wageneri
Rchb. f., is one of the variable and widely distributed variations
(or populations) in the L. turialvae-complex. Exactly how to treat
this complex is not yet resolved, but, of course, the simplest
solution would be to include all the variations in one variable
species. I have drawn numerous plants from Costa Rica, Panama,
Colombia and Ecuador, each of which varies from the other in seem-
ingly inconsequential details. To give each a specific epithet
seems impractical at this time. Those populations that vary to a
significant degree, however, should be recognized.

Lepanthes wageneri does occur in western Venezuela. It was
described from Aspasica in the Eastern Cordillera of Colombia, and
it is relatively frequent through Colombia and Ecuador. In Vene-
zuelan Orchids Illustrated it is identified as the Costa Rican L.
decipiens Ames & Schweinf., and in the Orchidaceae by Foldats in
the Flora of Venezuela it is identified as the Costa Rican L.
barbae Schltr.

* Dunsterville's drawing of the species from the high mountains
of western Venezuela identified as L. aquila—borussiae Rchb. f., is
a form of L. rabei Foldats. This species is frequent and variable
in the high mountainous paramos of adjacent Colombia. Lepanthes
aquila-borussiae was described from a collection near Caracas in
the coastal mountains. Among Dunsterville's drawings the species
found near Caracas identified as the Guatemalan L. stenophylla

Schltr. seems to fit Reichenbach's meager description and sketches.
443

444 PSHE OPELOMG DA Vo1. 569, Wo. 77

oe The illustration of the species from the western Venezuelan
mountains identified as the Ecuadorian L. pteropogon kchb. f.,
confused us for years. We had found it in neighboring Colombia,

but never in Ecuador. The true L. pteropogon was described from a
collection by Jameson from around Quito. Believing that I knew
what L. pteropogon should look like, the true L. pteropogon was
described by me as L. pollex. It is still a common species around
Quito. The misidentified Colombian and Venezuelan species is
probably L. ruscifolia Rchb. f. which was described from a collec-
tion by Schlim from the Cordillera del Merida. Lepanthes ruscifolia
may also include L. dunstervilleorum Foldats, depending upon how
much variation will be acceptable,

a The species in Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated and the Flora of
Venezuela identified as the Guatemalan L. samacensis Ames was
recently described from the Eastern Cordillera of Colombia as L.

cercion Luer & Escobar. The sepals of L. samacensis are ciliate,
those of L. cercion are not.

a The species identified in the Flora of Venezuela as the Cen-
tral American L. ciliisepala Schltr. was recently discovered in
the Eastern Cordillera of Colombia and described by Luer & Escobar
as L. antennifera.

Lepanthes biappandiculata Luer, sp. nov.

Planta mediocris caespitosa, racemo congesto disticho foliis
grandibus latis breviore, sepalis late ovatis breviter acuminatis,
petalis transverse bilobis, lobo superiore oblongo rotundato, lobo
inferiore late subfalcato, labello bilaminato, laminis ovatis,
connectivis corporeque latis, sinu transverse bilobo cum appendici-
bus duobus pubescentibus.

Plant medium in size, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender.
Ramicauls erect, slender, 4-10 cm long, enclosed by 8-12 pale,
long-ciliate, lepanthiform sheaths. Leaf erect, thinly coriaceous,
elliptical, 5-7 cm long, 2.4-2.7 cm wide, the obtuse apex lightly
acuminate, the base cuneate into the petiole. Inflorescence a
congested, distichous, successively flowered raceme up to at least
8 mm long, borne behind the leaf by a filiform peduncle ca. 15 mm
long; floral bracts echinate, 2 mm long; pedicels 1.5 mm long;
ovary 1.5 mm long; sepals yellow-green, glabrous, carinate, broadly
ovate, the obtuse apices shortly acuminate, the dorsal sepal 4 mm
long, 4 mm wide, connate to the lateral sepals for 1.5 mm, the
lateral sepals oblique, 4 mm long, 2.25 mm wide, connate 1 mn;
petals dull orange with the border purple, minutely pubescent,
transversely bilobed, 1.3 mm long, 3.3 mm wide, the upper lobe
oblong with the end rounded, the lower lobe smaller, obliquely
triangular-falcate with the apex narrowly rounded; lip orange-
brown, suffused with purple, bilaminate, the blades ovate, micro-
scopically pubescent, 1.6 mm long, the connectives and body broadly

1986 Luer, Species of Lepanthes 445

cuneate, connate to the base of the column, the sinus. broadly
bilobed, pubescent, with 2 small, oblong, ciliate, appendices ex-
ternally in the sulcus, one behind the other; column stout, 1.5 mm
long, the anther dorsal, the stigma ventral.

Etymology: From the Latin biappendiculatus, "with two appendices,"
referring to the two external appendices.

Type: Venezuela: State of Miranda: epiphytic in forest near Guato-
po, Apr. 1961, G. C. k. Dunsterville 619 (MO); C. Luer illustr.
P1519.

This species was identified in the Flora of Venezuela as L.
ruscifolia kchb. f. and in Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated, as the
Ecuadorian L. papyrophylla Rchb. f. The latter was described from
a collection by Jameson near Quito. To date, L. papyrophylla is
one of the two "old species" from Ecuador that have not yet been
rediscovered, but from ieichenbach's description and Lindley's
sketches confirming the acute sepals and petals, and deeply sulcate
lip, it is obvious that this species from Eastern Venezuela is not
the same.

Although unusual, a pair of appendices, one behind the other,
seen externally on the body of the lip of this species has _ been
seen in extremely few other species (e.g. L. eumeces Luer).

Lepanthes calocodon Luer, sp. nov.

Species haec L. chelonioni Luer & [scobar affinis, sed
sepalis intus glabris, caudis sepalorum lateralium angustioribus,
laminis labelli oblongis glabris tantum apice incurvatis longi-

ciliatis, et columna graciliore differt.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender. Ramicauls
slender, erect, 2-4 cm long, enclosed by 3-5 minutely ciliate,
lepanthiform sheaths. Leaf erect, coriaceous, elliptical, obtuse,
1.5-2 cm long, 1-1.2 cm wide, the base cuneate into a petiole ca.
1.5 mm long. Inflorescence a loose, flexuous, flexible, few- but
large-flowered, successively flowering raceme up to 5 cm long
including the filiform peduncle ca. 2.5 cm long; floral bracts
lightly echinate, 1.5-2 mm long; pedicels 3-4 mm long; ovary cari-
nate-papillose, 1.5 mm long; sepals dark red-purple, carinate,
glabrous, minutely short-ciliate, the dorsal sepal ovate-triangu-
lar, concave, 15 mm long, 10 mm wide expanded, connate to the
lateral sepals for 4 mm to form a cupped flower, the apex acute,
acuminate, the lateral sepals ovate-triangular, concave, oblique,
15 mm long including the tails, connate 8 mm, 13 mm wide expanded
together, the subacute apices contracted into tails 5 mm _ long;
petals dark purple, transversely bilobed, 0.75 mm long, 6.5 mm
wide, the upper lobe minutely short-pubescent, narrowly triangular,
the lower lobe longer, long-pubescent, triangular-filiform; lip
dark purple, bilaminate, the blades glabrous, narrowly oblong, 4 mm
long expanded, the apices rounded, long-ciliate, incurved beyond

446 PalHevndmOclLt0 Golnk Vol... 595. Nee /7

and below the stigma, the connectives broadly cuneate, connate to
the column near the middle, the sinus obtuse with an oblong, short-
ly pubescent appendix; column slender, 3 mm long, the anther dor-
sal, the stigma ventral.

Etymology: From the Greek calocodon, "a beautiful bell," referring
to the appearance of the flower.

Type: Venezuela: State of Tachira: epiphytic in dwarf forest near
the pass between Zumbador and Guenequea, alt. 250U m, M. J. O'Con-
nor, Oct. 1969, G. C. kK. Dunsterville 1120 (MU), C. Luer illustr.
11516.

This species was identified as the Ecuadorian L. cCapitanea
Rchb. f. in Venezuelan Urchids Illustrated. Lepanthes capitanea
was described from a collection by Jameson near Lloa, very near to
Quito. It is fairly frequent in the mountains of central Ecuador,
but it has never been seen elsewhere. The flower is flat, conm-
pletely different from the concave, bell-shaped flower oi the
present species.

Lepanthes calocodon is very closely allied to L. chelonion
from the nearby mountains of Colombia, but L. calocodon is distin-
guished by the sepals glabrous within, narrower tails of the lat-
eral sepals, and long, oblone blades of the glabrous lip with long-
ciliate apices that curve inward beyond the very slender column.

Lepanthes glochidea Luer, sp. nov.

Planta parva caespitosa, racemo subdenso paucifloro quam folio
anguste ovato breviore, sepalis anguste ovatis acutis ciliatis,
petalis transverse bilobis, lobis longi-attenuatis ciliatis, label-
lo minuto bilaminato ciliato, appendice linguiformi.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose; roots filiform. Ramicauls
slender, erect, 4-6 cm long, enclosed by 6-5 microscopically sca-
brous, lepanthiform sheaths. Leaf erect, thinly coriaceous, more
or less suffused with purple, narrowly ovate, acute, 2.5-3.5 cm
long, OU.6-0.5 cm wide, the base cuneate into a 1 mm long petiole.
Inflorescence a subdense, successively few-flowered raceme up to &
mm long, borne behind the leaf by a filiform peduncle 5-8 mm long;
floral bract glabrous, 1-1.5 mm long; pedicel 1 mm long; ovary 1 mm
long; sepals yellow, suffused with purple, ciliate, ovate, acute,
lightly acuminate, the dorsal sepal 3.4 mm long, 1.5 mm wide,
connate to the lateral sepals for 0.5 mm, the lateral sepals 1-
veined, 3.6 mm long, 1.2 mm wide, connate U.8 mm; petals yellow-
orange, ciliate, transversely bilobed, 0.5 mm long, 2.5 mm wide,
the lobes similar, narrowly triangular, attenuate; lip orange,
bilaminate, the blades narrowly ovate, pubescent, 0.8 mm long, the
connectives broadly cuneate, connate to the base of the column, the
body concave with an obtuse sinus, the appendix long-ligulate,
decurved over long cilia on the convex, external surface of the
body; column 0.8 mm long, the anther dorsal, the stigma ventral.

1986 Luer, Species of Lepanthes 447

Etymology: From the Latin (Greek) glochideus, "with points," refer-
ring to the pointed sepals and petals,

Type: Venezuela: State of Trujillo: epiphytic in cloud forest
between Bocono and Guaramacal, alt. ca. 2500 m, Nar. 1961, G. C. Kk.

Dunsterville 605 (MO), C. Luer illustr. 11518.

In Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated and the Flora of Venezuela
this species was identified as the Ecuadorian L. millei Schltr.,
which is frequent in the high forests of the central part of that
country. Although the loose, flexuous racemes of L. millei were
originally described as being commonly shorter than the obtuse,
elliptical leaf, the racemes are often found growing much longer.
The racemes of L. glochidea are less than half the length of the
acute, marrowly ovate leaf. In addition, the sepals of L. millei
are entire, the petals are not ciliate, and the appendix is reduced
to a minute, obtuse angle in the sinus.

Lepanthes navicularis Luer, sp. nov.

Planta parva caespitosa, folio anguste ovato, racemo brevi
subdenso, sepalis ovatis subacutis, petalis pubescentibus' trans-—
verse bilobis obtusis, lobdo inferiore minore, labello bilaminato,
laminis breviter pubescentibus ovatis, connectivis latis, appendice
crassa naviculari.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender. Ramicauls
slender, erect, 4-9 cm long, enclosed by 6-7, minutely ciliate-
scabrous, lepanthiform sheaths. Leaf erect, coriaceous, narrowly
ovate, acute, 3-4.5 cm long, 1-1.2 cm wide, the base cuneate into
the petiole 1.5-2 mm long. Inflorescence a sub-dense, successive-
ly few-flowered raceme up to 7 mm long, borne behind the leaf by a
filiform peduncle 5-8 mm long; floral bracts glabrous, 1.5 mm long;
pedicels 1.5 mm long; ovary 1 mm long; sepals pale yellow-brown,
suffused medially with purple, ovate, subacute, more or less mi-
nutely subdenticulate, the dorsal sepal 2.5 mm long, 1.7 mm wide,
connate to the lateral sepals for 0.5 mm, the lateral sepals
oblique, l-veined, 2.5 mm long, 1.1 mm wide, connate 0.75 mm;
petals yellow, the upper lobe suffused with red, minutely pubes-
cent, transversely bilobed, 0.8 mm long, 1.9 mm wide, the upper
lobe oblong with the apex obtuse to rounded, the lower lobe
obliquely triangular with the apex rounded; lip red-purple, minute-
ly pubescent, bilaminate, the laminae ovate, 1.2 mm long, the
apices narrowly obtuse, the bases broadly rounded, the connectives
broadly cuneate, connate to the base of the column, the body thick
with the sinus protruding as an acute, triangular, prowlike appen-
dix; column 1 mm long, the anther dorsal, the stigma ventral.

Etymology: From the Latin navicularis, "boat-shaped," referring to
the appearance of the appendix.

448 Piha 0) 6 ih Vol. 59, No. 7

Type: Venezuela: State of ‘ierida: epiphytic in cloud forest, La
Carbonera, alt. ca. ZulU m, July 1962, G. C. k. lunstervilie 713
(30) 5 "CaeLuersiitusens Lisl 7-2

This species was identified as the Costa kican L. Jlindleyana
Verst. « xchb. f. in Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated and tne Flora
of Venezuela. Although similar, this species may be distinguished
by the subdense inflorescence with smooth floral bracts and short
pedicels appressed to the rachis, and a thick, triangular appendix.
kKeichenbacn described the rachis of L. lindleyana as "bene bipecti-
nati” indicating that the raceme was congested with two dense rows
ol pedicels. nis drawing also shows the floral bract to be echi-
nate.

Lepanthes ophiostele Luer, sp. nov.

Planta mediocris caespitosa, racemis suddensis foliis anguste
ovatis plus minusve aequilonpis, sepalis ovatis acutis, petalis
bilobis pubescentibus, lobis triangularibus aequilongis, labello
bilaminato breviter ciliatis, laminis lunatis, connectivis et cor-
pore latis ad columnam angustissimam elongatam super medium conna-
tis, et appendice oblonga pusescenti.

Plant medium in size, «piphytic, caespitose; roots slender.
kKamicauls erect, slender, 7-10 cm long, enclosed by 7-8 tightly
fitting, minutely scabrous, lepanthiiorm sheaths. Lear erect,
thinly coriaceous, narrowly ovate, acute, 4-0 cm long, 1.5 cm wide,
the base cuneate into a twisted petiole 3 mm long. Inflorescence a
subdense, successively many-flowered raceme up to 5 cm long, borne
behind the leaf by a filiform peduncle 8-20 mm long; floral bracts
and pedicels 1-1.5 mm long; ovary 1 mm long; sepals pale yellow-
brown, entire, carinate, ovate, acute, the dorsal sepal ligntly
concave, 3.5 mm long, 2 mm wide, connate to the lateral sepals for
U.5 mm, the lateral sepals l-veined, oblique, 3.5 mm long, 1.3 mm
wide, connate 1.2 mm; petals orange, red at the base, minutely
ciliate-pubescent, transversely bilobed, 0.6 mm lony, 2.5 mm wide,
the lobes triangular, acute, about equal in size; lip red, orange
toward the margins, bilaminate, the blades 1.5 mm long, minutely
pubescent, oblong-lunate with rounded ends, the connectives broad
forming a broad body with a cleft sinus and an oblong, pubescent
appendix, the body connate to the column above the middle; column
very slender, 1.75 mm long, the anther dorsal, the stigma subapi-
calle

Etymology: From the Greek ophiostele, "a snake-like column," refer-
ring to the long, slender column.

Type: Venezuela: State of Nerida, epiphytic in cloud forest between
Santa Cruz and Canagua, alt. 2000 m, Nov. 1973, G. C. kK. Dunster-
vader 1100 (MO), Cre Lue didnstre LSisk

1986 Luer, Species of Lepanthes 449

This species was identified in Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated
as the kcuadorian L. monoptera Lindl. Lepanthes monoptera was
described from a collection by Jameson near Cuenca in southern
Ecuador, and it is found commonly in southern and central Ecuador.
The habit, raceme, and all floral parts easily separate the two
species.

Lepanthes ophiostele is recognized by the slender, subdense,
many-flowered raceme that approaches the leaf in length, and _ the
slender, elongated column to which the lip is connate above the
middle.

Lepanthes pectinata Luer, sp. nov.

Planta mediocris caespitosa, foliis acuminatis quam racemis
distichis congestissimis longipedicellatis longioribus, sepalis
Ovatis obtusis, petalis magnis transverse bilobis glabris, lobo
superiore suborbiculato, lobo inferiore triangulari obtuso, labello
bilaminato, laminis ellipticis glabris, connectivis late cuneatis,
appendice segmentata pubescenti.

Plant medium in size, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender.
Ramicauls erect to subpendent, slender, 2.5-7.5 cm long, enclosed
by 4-8 closely fitting, minutely subscabrous, lepanthiform sheaths.
Leaf erect, coriaceous, more or less suffused with purple, ellipti-
cal to suboborbicular, 2-t cm long, 1-4 cm wide, the apex subacute
to obtuse, more or less abruptly acuminate, the base similarly
acuminate to the petiole 1.5 mm long. Inflorescence a very conges-
ted, distichous, long-pedicellate, successively many-flowered ra-
ceme up to 20 mm long, borne on top of the leaf by a filiform
peduncle 10-20 mm long; floral bracts subscabrous, 1 mm _ long;
pedicels 2-2.5 mm long; ovary 3 mm long; sepals red-brown, entire,
ovate, subacute to obtuse, the dorsal sepal 2.5 mm long, 2 mm wide,
connate to the lateral sepals for 0.5 mm, the lateral sepals
oblique, 2 mm long, 1.25 mm wide, connate 1 mm; petals orange, red
toward the base, glabrous (microscopically cellular-pubescent),
transversely bilobed, 1 mm long, 2.75 mm wide, the upper lobe
suborbicular, the lower lobe triangular with the apex rounded; lip
red-orange, essentially glabrous, bilaminate, the blades ellipti-
cal, 1.4 mm long, with obtuse ends, the connectives broadly cune-
ate, connate to the base of the column, the sinus obtuse with a
comparatively large oblong appendix with a long-pubescent terminal
segment; column 1.25 mm long, the anther dorsal, the stigma ven-
tral.

Etymology: From the Latin pectinatus, "like a comb,"
the congested, long-pedicellate raceme.

referring to

Type: Venezuela: State of Bolivar: epiphytic in forest along the
road to Santa tlena de Uairen, between km 114 and 136, alt. 900-

SS Se

11514.

450 P HeeoeOL 10 Geb A Vol. 59, Was 7

This species from eastern Venezuela was identified as the
Jamaican L. ovalis (Sw.) rawc. & Rendle in the Flora of Venezuela,
and as the Central American L. turialvae Kchb. f. in Venezuelan
Orchids Illustrated. Besides the distinctive habit with acuminate
leaves and smaller flowers, the large, segmented, pubescent, appen-
dix easily distinguishes this species from tne other two. The
appendix, however, is very Similar to that of several apparently
unrelated species from Ecuador.

Lepanthes scolex Luer, sp. nov.

Planta parva caespitosa, foliis ellipticis quam racemis sub-
densis longioribus, sepalis ovatis breviter acuminatis subdenticu-
latis, petalis transverse bilobis, lobis rotundis subaequantibus,
lapello bilaminato, laminis anguste ovatis obtusis, connectivis
oblongis, appendice oblonga pubescenti.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender; ramicauls
slender, erect, up to 4.5 cm long, enclosed by 5-7 closely fitting,
lepanthiform sheaths. Leaf erect, coriaceous, elliptical, acute,
up to 3 cm long, 1.2 cm wide, the base cuneate. Inflorescence a
subdense, successively few-flowered raceme up to 15 mm long, borne
behind the leaf by a filiform peduncle up to 10 mm long; floral
bracts and pedicels ca. 1 mz long; ovary ca. 1 mm long; sepals pale
translucent brown, ovate, minutely subdenticulate, the dorsal sepal
obtuse, shortly acuminate into the acute apex, 3.2 mm long, 1.6 mm
wide, connate to the lateral sepals for U.5 mm, the lateral sepals
oblique, acute, acuminate, l-veined, 3.2 mm long, 1.25 mm wide,
connate 0.6 mm; petals bright yellow, the upper lobe suffused with
red, glandular-cellular, transversely bilobed, 0.6 iam long, 1.75 mm
wide, the lobes subequal, suborbicular; lip bright red, bilaminate,
the lobes narrowly ovate, obtuse, glandular-cellular, 1.4 mm long,
the connectives oblong, the body rounded, connate to the base of
the column, the sinus obtuse with an oblong, pubescent appendix.

Etymology: From the Greek skolex, "a tapeworm," referring to the

appearance of the appendix.

Type: Venezuela: State of Trujillo: epiphytic in rain forest be-
tween Bocono and Guaramacal, alt. ca. 2000 m, Aug. 1902, G. Cy KY
Dunsterville 724 (SEL), C. Luer illustr. 11515.

This species was identified in Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated
as L. acuminata Schltr. from the northern part of Central America.
Although superficially similar, the Central American species may be
distinguished from this Venezuelan species by the narrower, twice
longer, entire sepals, proportionately larger petals, and a very
small, triangular appendix.

I am grateful to Mr. Dunsterville who generously supplied me
with pickled vegetative and floral material of the above species.

NUEVOS REGISTROS Y TAXA INTERESANTES DE PTERIDOFITAS DEL
VALLE DE MEXICO. (ISOETACEAE, PSILOTACEAE Y SELAGINELLACEAE)

Ma. de la Luz Arreguin-S&nchez *
Laboratorio de Botanica Fanerog&mica
Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6gicas
Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11340,
México D.F. Becario de COFAA.

Como resultado de las investigaciones sobre la pterido
flora del Valle de México iniciada en el afio de 1975, se
encontraron algunos taxa que resultan ser nuevos regis---
tros para la zona de estudio y otros que han sido citados
en trabajos anteriores pero que son poco conocidos, o ---
bien especies que existian en la zona y suponemos han de-
Saparecido de la regi6n.

En el presente articulo, aportaremos datos de nuevos -
registros y taxa interesantes de tres familias de pterido
fitas correspondientes al grupo comunmente llamado afin a
los helechos y en articulos posteriores trataremos al res
to de las pteridéfitas.

Al revisar la bibliografia tendiente a reunir informa-
ci6én sobre la pteridoflora del Valle de México, encontra-
mos que Reiche (1914) enumera 24 géneros y 84 especies de
pteridofitas y dentro del grupo afin a los helechos cita
los géneros Equisetum con una especie, Lycopodium con --
tres especies y Selaginella con tres especies. La menci6n
de estos taxa en el Valle de México, tiene que tomarse --
con cierta reserva, pues no es clara la circunscripcién -
del &rea y muchas’de las especies no crecen dentro de los
limites adoptados por Rzedowski (1979) y cuyo criterio de
limitaci6n seguimos en este trabajo.

Dentro del grupo afin a los helechos, encontramos cua-
tro familias; Equisetaceae, Isoetaceae y Psilotaceae re--
presentadas cada una con una especie y la familia Selagi-
nellaceae con siete especies.

Todas las familias antes citadas, a excepci6n de Equi-
setaceae, presentan nuevos registros o especies interesan
tes que comentar.

* Trabajo parcialmente subsidiado por el Consejo Nacional

de Ciencia y Tecnologia.
451

452 Po Vid Ode @nG chs Vols 59. ehsin7

FAMILIA ISOETACEAE, representada con la especie Isoetes
mexicana Underw,

Se trata de un taxa escaso, Pfeiffer (1922) y Conzatti
(1936) citan el ejemplar de Pringle 13261 del ano 1904 -
colectado en la Serrania de las Cruces, Edo. de México y
desde esa fecha no se habia vuelto a colectar hasta el -
ano de 1976 cuando se realiz6 una excursi6n en la Sierra
de las Cruces, Edo. de México a 3000 m de altitud, se en
contraron algunos ejemplares que estan depositados en el
herbario de ]a ENCB (Arreguin 711). En ese mismo ano, en
el Puerto de las Cruces, Delegaci6n de Cuajimalpa, Dis--
trito Federal a 3100 m de altitud se le colect6 y el ---
ejemplar quedo depositado en el herbario de la ENCB --
(Rzedowski 34261). En el ano de 1979, cerca de Tezoantla,
Municipio, de Real del Monte, Edo. de Hidalgo a 2800 m -
se encontr6 algunas plantas que estan depositadas en el
herbario de la ENCB (Rzedowski 36110).

En los tres lugares colectados en las filtimas fechas,
la especie crecia en sitios anegados y es una planta muy
escasa,

FAMILIA PSILOTACEAE, representada con una especie Psilotum
complanatum Sw.

Es una planta que al parecer existia en el Pedregal -
de San Angel, Distrito Federal. El Dr. Jerzy Rzedowski la
colect6 en el ano de 1966 en un sitio llamado La Candela-
ria, crecia entre las oquedades de lava a 2250 m de alti-
EWG,

Se han realizado diversas excursiones al Pedregal de -
San Angel y no se ha vuelto a encontrar, quedando como --
testigos de la existencia de esta planta en el Valle de -
México los ejemplares colectados por el Dr. Rzedowski y -
depositados en los herbarios de la ENCB y MEXU (Rzedowski
2 DARTS)

FAMILIA SELAGINELLACEAE, representada en el 4rea con el -
género Selaginella y siete especies.

Reiche (1914) cita las especies Selaginella rupestris,
S. aschenbornii y S. lepidophyllun.

Como resultado del estudio del material de herbario, -
apoyado por las observaciones de campo y los datos obteni
dos de la revisi6n bibliogr&fica, se aceptan para el Grea
7 especies; Selaginella lepidophylla, especie también ci-
tada por Reiche. Selaginella peruviana considerada por --
Tryon (1955) como nombre valido y pasando como sinonimo -
de esta especie S. aschenbornii y 10 que Reiche cito como
Selaginella rupestris, seguan la revisi6n de Tryon (1955)
corresponde a una serie de especies que antes se incluian
como S.rupestris, pero actualmente se segregan en varias
especies, En el Valle de México encontramos cinco de ellas;
S. arsenei, S, peruviana, S. rupinoola, S. wrightii y S. sellowii, --

1986 Arreguin-Sanchez, Nuevos registros 453

las cuatro primeras son especies poco frecuentes en la -
regi6én, no asi el caso de la filtima.

Selaginella arsenei Weath., se tiene una colecta del Mu-
nicipio de Real del Monte, Edo. de Hidalgo, colectada e
identificada en 1955 por los doctores R.M. & A,F. Tryon
5133 y depositada en el herbario de MEXU. No se ha vuelto
a colectar en el Valle de México.

Selaginella peruviana (Milde) Hieron., en los herbarios -
revisados y en las Areas exploradas no se ha encontrado -
esta especie, pero se ha considerado porque Tryon (1955)
cita un ejemplar de Schaffner 10 del Distrito Federal, --
depositado en los herbarios B y BM. En el mismo caso se -
encuentra S. rupincola Underw., Schaffner la colect6 en -
el Distrito Federal y la registro con el nfimero 11, los -
ejemplares estan depositados en los herbarios B, GH y US.
Selaginella wrightii Hieron., Se tiene un ejemplar deposi
tado en MEXU de Schaffner sin ntmero, 1875 del Penon, Va-
lle de México y no se ha vuelto a colectar.

Selaginella delicatissima Linden ex A. Braun, se trata de
un nueyo registro para la zona, con una colecta del muni-
cipio de Tlalmanalco, Edo, de México, a 2750 m de altitud
en vegetaci6n de bosque mes6filo de montana y el ejemplar
esta depositado en el hez:bario de la ENCB (S. Carrillo 8).

BIBLIOGRAFIA CITADA;

1) Conzatti, C. 1946. Flora Taxon6émica Mexicana. 1:144, -
Talleres Graficos de la Naci6n.

2) Pfeiffer, N.E. 1922. Monograph of the Isoetaceae. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 9:79-232.

3) Reiche, C. 1914. La vegetaci6n en los alrededores de -
la Capital de México, Tipograffia Econ6mica. 143 p.

4) Rzedowski & Rzedowski (Ed.). 1979. Flora Fanerogamica
del Valle de México. C.E.C.S.A, 1:1-59.

5) Tryon, R.M, 1955, Selaginella rupestris and its allies,
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 42(1):1-99.

A NOTE CONCERNING THE COMBINATION ASTER SUBGENUS ASCENDENTES
(RYDB.) SEMPLE

Warren Frank Lamboy
Department of Plant Biology, University of Illinois
Urbana, Illinois 61801

The recently published combination Aster subgenus
Ascendentes (Rydb.) Semple (1985) is not validly published, since
the author does not accept this particular taxon as a subgenus of
Aster. Instead he considers the group to be a new genus,
Virgulaster Semple. The International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (Voss et al., 1983) deals with such a situation in
Article 34.1], the first two sections of which read: "A name is not
validly published (a) when it is not accepted by the author in the
original publication; (b) when it is merely proposed in
anticipation of the future acceptance of the group concerned, or
of a particular circumscription, or rank of the group (so-called
provisional name) . ed

Thus, the combination Aster subgenus Ascendentes (Rydb. )
Semple is, by Article 34.](a), not validly published.
Furthermore, if it is argued that the combination was published in
anticipation of future acceptance of the taxon at subgeneric rank,
the combination is invalid by Article 34.1](b).

The privilege of choosing a name for this group, when it is
treated as a subgenus of Aster——-a taxonomic decision that I would

be inclined to support--is that of the worker who accepts the
taxon at subgeneric rank.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I thank Almut Jones for helpful discussion of the
manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Semple, J.C. 1985. New names and combinations in Compositae,
Tribe Astereae. Phytologia 58: 429-431.

Voss, E.G. et al. 1983. International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature. Bohn, Scheltema, & Holkema, Utrecht.

454

THE STATUS OF CAREX PAMPAE KALELA (CYPERACEAE)
IN SOUTHERN ARGENTINA

Gerald A. Wheeler
Department of Botany, University of Minnesota
St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, U.S.A.

Abstract

Carex pampae Kalela, which was described from Patagonia
(Argentina), has no taxonomic merit and the name, which is
illegitimate because it was derived from two entirely discordant
elements, should hereafter be placed in synonymy under both C,
subantarctica Speg. and C. atropicta Steud. as "Carex pampae

Kalela, pro parte."

In 1940 Kalela described Carex pampae from the Patagonian
region of Argentina and reported the species as ranging from
Neuquen Province southward to Santa Cruz Province. Barros (1947)
did not recognize C. pampae as a good species in a comprehensive
treatment of the Cyperaceae of Argentina, nor did he place the
name in synonymy at that time. Barros (1969) also failed to
mention this species in a more recent treatment of strictly
Patagonian Cyperaceae. The major purpose of this paper is to
clarify the taxonomic status of this entity in southern South
America.

Kalela (1940) described Carex pampae from plants
collected at four localities (see Figs. 1 and 2): (1) Rio Negro:
Angostura, 31-X-1937, Kalela 491 (syntype, H!), (2) Rio Negro:
near Menque, 31-X-1937, Kalela 512 (syntype, H!), (3) Rio Negro:
between Pilcaniyen and Bariloche, 1-XI-1937, Kalela 547 (syntype,
H!), and (4) Santa Cruz: Rio Zabellos, 16-XII-1908, Skottsberg
s.n. (lectotype [designated here], S!). Although Kalela (1940)
gives the collection site for the first three-named specimens as
situated in Neuquen Province, the labels on all three herbarium
sheets read "Rio Negro" Province; that the latter is presumably
the correct one in each case is supported by locality/political-
unit affiliations in an Argentinian gazetteer.

After careful study of the original description and
examination of the specimens listed above, it seems very clear
that Carex pampae was described from characters derived from two
distinctly different and distantly-related taxa, C. subantarctica
Speg. and C. atropicta Steud. Plants from localities 1, 2, and 3
are referrable to C, subantarctica (Fig. 1); plants from locality
4 are referrable to C. atropicta (Fig. 2). Of these species, C.
subantarctica is known only from Argentinian Patagonia——Neuquen
Province south to Santa Cruz Province, whereas C. atropicta
(typica) occurs throughout much of the southern portions of
Argentina and Chile.

455

456 PAY 40. LY OUGEIS A VolnS9, "No. 7

Because Carex subantarctica often occurs as a single-spiked,
unisexual plant, it was not surprising to find all flowering
material from Kalela's collections to be staminate. Therefore,
while it is clear that Kalela based the perigynium and achene
characteristics of C. pampae solely on Skottsberg's specimen,
certain other features of this species seem to be based, at least
in part, on his own collections. For instance, Kalela gives the
spike length of C. pampae as 15-30 mm long, with the staminate
portion being 15-25 mm. However, the staminate portion of the
spikes from Skottsberg's specimen never exceeds 10 mm and the
longest spike is under 20 mm. On the other hand, the length of
the longest spike from Kalela's material is approximately 30 mm.

Certain vegetative features of Carex pampae also seem to
based on characters derived from both the Skottsberg and Kalela
specimens. For example, Kalela described the basal leaf-sheaths
of C. pampae as dark brown, but often appearing dark-reddish-
tinged. After examining several specimens of both C. subant-
arctica and C. atropicta, I found the basal leaf-sheaths of the
former to be brownish (varying from light brown to dark brown),
whereas those of the latter are dark-reddish-tinged.

Based on perigynia characteristics alone, it seems certain
that Kalela considered Carex pampae to be closely related to C.
atropicta. Thus, the question arises, "Does the Skottsberg
specimen by itself represent an entity distinct from C.
atropicta"? After examining material of C. atropicta from
several herbaria (BAB, BM, CAS, F, GH, H, HIP, L, LIL, MO, NA,
NY, S, SGO, SI, UC, UPS, US; Holmgren et al., 1981), it is my
opinion that the morphological features displayed by Skottsberg's
specimen are well within the variation displayed by the species.
Some evidence for this claim is presented below. Furthermore, I
point out a critical morphological feature overlooked by Kalela
(on the Skottsberg specimen), which makes his interpretation of
a Single-spiked entity with short culms as specifically distinct
from a 2—4-spiked entity with long culms even more dubious.

Kalela (1940) described Carex pampae as having culms 15-30
cm long, with each culm bearing a solitary spike; in comparison,
those of C. atropicta were given as 30-60 cm, with each bearing
2-4 spikes. Yet, on close examination of Skottsberg's specimen
I found that one plant (see Kalela's Fig. 22, p. 68, plant on
left) possesses an old culm, approximately 15 cm long, that
bore two spikes the previous year, although the lower spike is
now represented only by a bare axis (i.e., all perigynia and
scales have fallen off) which is largely hidden by the upper
spike. All other culms on the Skottsberg specimen, each of which
appears to be single-spiked, are not yet fully mature, thus
contributing to abnormal, usually diminutive, dimensions for some
plant parts (e.g., culm length, achene length and width,
perigynium length and width).

I have observed a number of plants of Carex atropicta
sensu Kalela (i.e., plants with 2-4 spikes per culm) with
culms less than 30 cm, and in some cases the culms barely exceed

1986 Wheeler, The status of Canex pampae 457

10 cm. As well, I have seen a number of plants from Patagonia
and Tierra del Fuego with culms well over 30 cm that bear only a
single spike. And lastly, and most importantly, I have seen a
few plants of this species (such as the Skottsberg specimen
itself) that bear both l-spiked and 2-4-spiked culms on the same
rhizome. Indeed, it appears that plants with l-spiked and 2-4-
spiked culms often grow together and seemingly without
correlation between culm length and number of spikes per culm.

Based on all specimens examined, it seems clear that the
single-spiked form of Carex atropicta occurring in Patagonia and
Tierra del Fuego represents part of the normal variation of the
species, and thus is of no taxonomic significance. However, this
claim is not intended to include the predominantly one-spiked
plants from more northern locations (e.g., Cordoba and Mendoza
provinces in Argentina and Atacama Province in Chile), which
differ in several respects from the southern plants and which are
generally treated as distinct entities (the northern plants were
not mapped for this study).

Kalela (1940) in his description of Carex pampae failed to
designate a holotype. Two Kalela sheets at H (Kalela 512, 547)
are labeled C. subantarctica, and a third sheet, Kalela 491, is
labeled "C. subantarctica = C. pampae"; two plants comprising
Kalela 491 were photographed for Kalela's Fig. 23, and this is
the only sheet noted as representing "type" material of C.
pampae. The Skottsberg specimen at S was originally determined
as C. atropicta forma monodynama Griseb. by G. Klkenthal (as
treated here the epithet monodynama is only applicable to
northern plants), but in 1940 it was annotated to C. pampae by
Kalela. Based on the arrangement of the plants on this sheet,
there is absolutely no doubt that this was the specimen
photographed for Kalela's Fig. 22.

Because a holotype of Carex pampae was not designated at
the time of publication, a lectotype must be selected from among
the syntypes. According to the I.C.B.N. (Recommendation 7B and
a Guide for the Determination of Types; Stafleu et al., 1978),
whenever the elements on which the name of a taxon is based are
heterogeneous, all aspects of the protologue should be considered
when choosing a lectotype. Therefore, because it is absolutely
clear that Kalela's (1940) description of C. pampae was based
primarily on characters derived from Skottsberg's specimen, and
only secondarily on characters from his own collections,
Skottsberg's specimen is chosen as the lectotype.

To summarize, Carex pampae has no taxonomic merit and the
name, which is illegitimate, should hereafter be placed in
synonymy under both C, subantarctica and C. atropicta as

"Carex pampae Kalela, pro parte."

458 PH Yate 0 LE. OpGa BoA Voll. 595) Noee7
Acknowledgments

The writer thanks Prof. Gerald B. Ownbey for valuable
suggestions regarding the manuscript; and the curators of those
herbaria whose specimens were utilized in the study, particularly
those at H and S who supplied the Kalela and Skottsberg
specimens, respectively.

Literature Cited

Barros, M. 1947. Cyperaceae: Scirpoideae, Rhynchosporoideae,
Caricoideae. In: H. R. Descole. Genera et Species
Plantarum Argentinarum. Tomus IV (II). pp. 259-539.

1969. Cyperaceae. In: M. N. Correa (ed.).
Flora Patagénica, Parte II, Typhaceae a Orchidaceae
(exceptio Gramineae). Colec. Cient. Instituto Nacional
de Tecnologfa Agropecuaria 8: 38-92. Buenos Aires.

Holmgren, P. K., W. Keuken, & E. K. Schofield. 1981.
Index Herbariorum, ed. 7. Regnum Veg. 106: 1-452.

Kalela, A. 1940. Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der Flora
Ostpatagoniens I-III. Gattung Carex (part III).
Ann, Acad. Sci. Fenn. ser. A, 54 no. 5. pp. 50-70.

Stafleu, F. A., et al. 1978. International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (Leningrad, 1975). Regnum Veg. 97: 1-457.

Captions to Figures

Figure 1. Distribution of Carex subantarctica; stars indicate
the Kalela specimens (1 = Kalela 491; 2= Kalela 512;
3= Kalela 547).

Figure 2. Distribution of Carex atropicta (typica); star
indicates Skottsberg s.n., 16-XII-1908.

1986 Wheeler, The status of Carex pampae 459

ss =

ays —

sos —

s7s =

Figure 1

72°w c6ew 60°w

460

33s

40s

ass

Ss

'

Figure 2

BoM giph30 ak O.Gub A

72°W

eéew

60-w

SOLANUM DONACHUI, A NEW COLOMBIAN TUBER-BEARING SPECIES
by C. Ochoa*

Herbaceum, tuberiferum; planta valida, 15-20 cm alta, erecta, caulis basi 2.5-
3.5 mm crassus, plerumque simplex, paulo sinuosus, sparse pilosus, peranguste alatus,
internodia 8-10-20 mm longa. Stolones 40 cm vel plus longa, tubercula 10-15 mm
diam., alba. Folia imparipinnata, (5-)8.0-10.0 x 3.5-7.5 cm, (1-)2-3 juga, foliolis
interjectis defictentibus. Foliolum terminale lateralibus paulo majus (2.5-)3.5-4.5 x
2.0-2.5 cm late ellipticum usque ad suborbiculatum, apice subacutum usque ad
breviter subacuminatum, bast attenuatum vel late rotundatum. Foliola lateralia
anguste elliptico-lanceolata, apice acuta vel subacuta, basi rotundata, pubescentia
etiam in marginibus, petiolulis vix 1 mm longs praediti. Foliola pseudostipulacea
parva usque ad 7.5 x 3.5-4.0 mm, oblique elliptico-lanceolatada, usque ad anguste
subfalcata. Inflorescentia pauctflora (2-3), pedunculus 2-3 cm longus, ad basim
1.5 mm crassus. Pedicellus in medium vel paulo supra articulatus, sparse pilosus
tamquam calyx; pars superior (6-)7-8 mm longa, pars inferior (6-)8-9 mm longa.
Calyx 5.5 mm longus, lobi brevi triangulariter lanceolati. Corola parva, rotata, alba,
1.5-2.0 cm diam., acumina 2 mm longa, dense pilosa. Antherae late elliptico lanceo-
latae, 4 mm longae, surcus dorsalis bene manifestus, basi cordatae, filamenta minus
quam 0.8 mm longa. Stylus 7 mm longus. Fructus longe conicus. Species ad seriem
Conictbaccatam pertinet.

Typus J. Cuatrecasas et R. Romero Castaneda 24473, Magdalena: Sierra Nevada
de Santa Marta, ad planities versus meridiem at orientem: river Donachut: Meollaca
(vel Meuyaca), Colombia, prata cun arbusculis, 3320-3260 m alt., September 28,
1959. (Holotypus: US; Isotypus: COL. ).

* Taxonomy Department of International Potato Center
P.O. Box 5969, Lima - Peru.

461

NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XVI

Harold N. Moldenke

CLERODENDRUM Burm.

Additional synonymy: Siphonanthes Wescott, in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Aschers. in G. Schweinf.,
Beitr. Fl. Aethiop. 1: 119--120 & 278. 1867; F. Muell., Journ. Roy.
Soc. N.S. Wales 24275... 189. 189i Brigs, Bull. Herb. Boiss=. ser.
lente 348==3497 1696". FON. Wiilil<c, Bull. Herb. BoUss., SPEr. 2, 52
431--432. 1905; Chiov., Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., ser. 2, 29: 117--
118. 1922; Chiov., Fl. Somala 2: 362--364, fig. 208. 1932; Bruggeman,
Trop. Pl. 26--27 & 165--167, pl. 8 & 232. 1957; Hansford, Sydowia
Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 689--691, 694, & 697. 1961; A. R. Rees,
Journ. Ecol. 52: 9--17. 1964; Anon., Ind. Bibliog. Bot. Trop. 2 (2):
4 & 23. 1965; A. R. Rees, Hort. Abstr. 35: 161. 1965; Van Steen. &
Kruseman se FV Maliess Bulls 4 1348PG Vi. V9O7SOE Se Sms; (Contribs
Queens]. Herb. 6: 20. 1969; Van der Pijl, Princip. Dispers. Higher
PhiviatOds I.Ok & 50. 1969;.Anon.,°Biol, Abstr. .52-, 11385, (1971 )and
52: BeAeSalaGe., Sebi Vos Chappendalie. Proc. -innic.soG. No S.. Wales
96: 256. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 627, 636--637, 794, &
809. 1972; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 23: 318--319. 1972; Maiti, Pl.
Sci. Lucknow 6: 104--105. 1974; "B. J. G.", Biol. Abstr. 65: 3289.
1977; Isaacson, Flow. Pl. Ind. 1: 335. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 59:
406--428. 1986.

Ascherson (1867) lists an unidentified species of this genus and
another which he calls Cycfonema from Ethiopia.

CLERODENDRUM ACERBIANUM (Visiani) Benth.

Emended synonymy: C£Lerodendron holstii Glrke, Abhandl. Preuss.
Akad. Wiss. 122: 27 nom. nud. 1894; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl.
inop. Afr. 53° 3038. 1900:

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer,
Fl. Trop.-Afr. 5: 293--295 & 303. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Supp]. 1, imp. 1, 101. 1901; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43.
1904; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 3, 8, 9, 18,
V9; 21, 23, 32, 89, 92, & 9388 1936; Durand & Jacks, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, imp. 25 T)OVSaeate Mold... Aliph. List Cite 22.407, 556,
619, & 620. 1948; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 48, 54, & 64.
1948; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Supp]. 1, imp. 3, 101. 1959; Mold.,
Phytologia 57: 364--365 & 389--391 (1985), 58: 438 (1985), and 59:
254 & 259. 1986.

Keys to help distinguish this species from other tropical Afri-
can species of the genus may be found under C, dinkfagei Giirke and
C. discolon (Klotzsch) Vatke in the present series of notes.

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Hofst 3208 (L).

CLE200ENDRUM ACULEATUM (L.) Schlecht.
Additional synonymy: C£erodendron fruticosum P. Br. ex Walp.,
Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 115-in syn. 1845.
462

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 463

Additional & emended bibliography: Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. 4
[5], 3 (1): 383. 1800; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 4--12, 14,
20--22, 32, & 36. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 58: 180. 1985.

A key to help distinguish this species from other Cuban taxa in
this genus will be found under C. gnandifforum (Hook.) Schau. in the
present series of notes.

The Fernandez 2328, distributed as C. acukeatum, actually is C.
heterophyllum (Poir.) R. Br.

CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM var. LATIFOLIUM F. Muell.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 422, 424, & 427--
428. 1986.

It is worth pointing out here that Domin (1928) states, in his
treatment of C. «Loribundwm: "Species admodum variabilis, C. attenu-
atum R. Br. et C. medium R. Br. amplectens; varietas ovatum (=C.
ovatum R. Br., C. cardiophyltum F, v. Muell.. et verosimiliter quo-

que C. ¢Loribundum var. Latifolia F. v. Muell. Fragm. IX. 5, 1875) a
typo speciei longius distat iy emphasis ]".

Nothing else is known to me of this taxon beyond what is stated
in its bibliography.

CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM var. MEDIUM (R. Br.) Mold., Phytologia 39:
236... 1978;

Synonymy: CLerodendrum medium R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp.
1, 1: 510--511. 1810. C&enodendron medium R. Br. apud Spreng. in L.,
Syst. Vegi, ed2°16,-2: 7592 1825%

Bibliography: R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 1, 1: 510--511
(1810) and imp. 2 [Isis 1819:] 152. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan.,
ein sneoy.* 1821s Spreng. inv L., SystioVeg. fed. 16% 2¢ 759." 16255
Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 383. 1840; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3:
616. 1843; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 105. 1845; Schau. in A. DC.,
Prodr. 11: 671. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858;
Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 64. 1870; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Jara. Bot. Burtenz.; Ser?’ 3, 32895,9109,e8°7x. 1921);2DominsaBibie
Bot. 89: 1112. 1928; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 73 & 74. 1929;
Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1073. 19323; Mold.,
Alph. List Inv. Names 19. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 7.
1947; Mold., Résumé 266 & 273. 1959; Jacks..in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 39: 236. 1978;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 334 &
536. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl.
Ceyl. 4: 457. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 59: 424. 1986.

This variety is said to differ from the typical form of the spe-
cies in having the leaf-blades tomentose beneath and the calyx more
or less pubescent. Brown's original (1810) description is merely:
"foliis ellipticis breve acuminatis subtus tomentosis, calycibus
adultis corollisque glabriusculis, corymbis axillaribus terminalibus-
que laxiusculis".

The variety is based on a collection made by Robert Brown near
the Endeavour River and Bay of Inlets in the "Littora Novae Hollan-

464 PAHSYME TOOL OO GSROR ¥oi2¥59, Neve?

diae intra tropicum", Queensland, Australia.

Nothing is known to me of this taxon beyond what is stated in its
bibliography (above).. Domin (1928) is of the opinion that it is not
sufficiently distinct from the typical form of this variable species
to warrant nomenclatural designation. I look forward to how Dr.
Munir will treat it.

CLERODENDRUM FORTUNATUM L. in Torner, Cent. Pl. 2: 23 [as "{ontun-
ata"]. 1756 [not CLerodendron fortunatwn Blanco, 1837, nor
Blume, 1844, nor Burm., 1962, nor Sessé & Moc., 1894].

Synonymy: CLenodendrwn fortunata L. in Torner, Cent. Pl. 2: 23.
1756. C£enodendron fortunata L. apud Osbeck, Dagbok Ostind Resa
228, pl. 11. 1757. Cenodendravm fortunatum Retz., Nom. Bot. 155.
1772. C&enodendrvm fortunato Osbeck apud Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat.
170. 1777. VoLkameria pumila Lour., Fl. Cochinch., ed. 1, 388. 1790.
CLenodendrum angustifolium R. A. Salisb., Prodr. Stirp. 108. 1796
[not C£erodendron angustifolium (Poir.) Spreng., 1825, nor (Willd.)
Hassk., 1844]. C£enrodendrum foliis Lanceolatis, integerrimis L. ex
Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 5: 164 in syn. 1804. C£erodendron
fortunatum L. apud K. C. Gmel., Hort. Mag. Duc. Bad. Cariisre 2%
1811. CLerodendawm fortunatum Vent. ex Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 365. 1819.
CLerodendron pumilum (Lour.) Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2:
759. 1825. CLenodendron Lividum Lind]., Edwards Bot. Reg. 11: pl.
945. 1826. Cenodendrum Lividum Lind]. apud Loud., Hort. Brit., ed.
1, 247. 1830. CLerodendron fortunatum Buch.-Ham. ex Wall., Numer.
List 82, no. 2652 hyponym. 1831 [not Blanco, 1837, nor Blume, 1844,
nor Burm., 1962, nor Sessé & Moc., 1894]. C£enrodendron castanerfo-
Lium Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy. 205. 1836. C£erodendron penta-
gonum Hance in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 238. 1852. CLenrodendron
oxysepakum Miq., Journ. Bot. Néerl. 1: 114. 1861. C£enodendron
fortunatum Wall. ex C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 596
in syn. 1885. CLenodendrwm castaneifolium Hook. apud Maxim., Bull.
Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Petersb. 31: 84. 1886. C£Lerodendrum pentagonum
Hance apud Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 31: 84. 1886.
CLerodendron pumilum Spreng. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561 in syn. 1893. Cenodendrum fortunatwm Vent. ex
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 391 in syn. 1980. C&erodendron <notunatum L.
ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 386 in syn. 1980.

Bibliography: L. in Torner, Cent. Pl. 2: 23. 1756; Osbeck, Dagbok
Ostind. Resa [Itin.] 228, pl. 11. 1757; L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 320.
W7595 A058, ASperPl.. g 'edd o2'y 02: 8890e1 7635 IN. (be Burms, bh. Indica a7.
1768; Osbeck, Voy. China E. Indies 1: 369, pl. 11. 17713 [Retz.],
Nom. Bot. 155. 1772; Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat. 170. 1777; Reichard
in Los Syst J (PL.aSe 1:989/07805,. deaf goGmel. . inchs seSystowWat.> edt
L3scimpd “hy 2.20962 5 07897 MourcdeF i arGechinch: sceda Vente 388: (1790;
Nemnich, Allgem. Polyglott. Lex. 1: 1065. 1791; Lour., Fl. Cochinch.,
eds (Bye472H WSSeoRe Gneksyinch.» Syst.’ Nate, edactSocimpacts 22
962. 1796; R. A. Salisb., Prodr. Stirp. 108. 1796; P. Mill., Gard.
Dict., ed. 9, 1: Cfenodendron 2. 1797; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3,
182. 1797; Willd. in L., Sp. Pl.45ed. 4 [5], 3. (1)2 "QS@uct@G23 ‘Pain.
in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 5: 164. 1804; Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort.
Berol. 2: 659. 1809; K. C. Gmel., Hort. Mag. Duc. Bad. Carlsr. 72.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrawn 465

Wilts Pers... SpioP 1-3 23':) 364 & 9365. 18195: Steud... Nom.<Bot. ‘Phan...
ed. 1, 207. 1821; Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 2: 127. 1822; Blume, Cat.
Gewass., imp. 1, 82. 1823; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 9: 807--808.
1825; Hartweg, Hort. Carlsr. 80. 1825; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed.
16, 2: 759. 1825; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 807--808. 1826;
Lind]., Edwards Bot. Reg. 11: pl. 945. 1826; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed.
ie Lacec ae26;. MW. Hookss Curtis Bot. Mag. 56 .bser ew, dels ipl. 2925
(in textu). 1829; Loud., Encycl. Pl. 522. 1829; Loud., Hort. Brit.,
ed. 1, 247. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 415 & 416. 1830; Wall.,
Numer. List [82]. no. 2652. 1831; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 247.
1832; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy. 205. 1836; Blanco, Fl. Filip.,
ed. 1, 508--509. 1837; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 247.
1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Steud., Nom.
Bot... Phan, eds 2, 1: 383. 1840; Hassk., Flora 25: Beibl.. 27. 1842;
eee N. erie! 35 1OlO dO se. S435 Blanco. hlis Evia paged... 2,
355. 1845; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 473. 1845; Walp., Repert.
Bota, S¥st.. 43 101, W035. 105). 8007. 1845; Schau.: in A. DG..; Prodr.
11: 657 & 671--674. 1847; Hance in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 238.
1852; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handwérterb., ed. 1, 206. 1852;
Benth. in Hook., Journ. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 5: 136. 1852; Seem.,
Bot. Voy. Herald 405. 1857; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 105,
106, & 503. 1858; Benth., Fl. Hongk. 272. 1861; Mig., Journ. Bot.
Neerl. 1: 114. 1861; Balf. f., Edinb. New Philos. Journ., ser. 2, 15:
232. 1862; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 88 [ser. 3, 18]: pl. 5294 in
textu. 1862; Seem., Bonplandia 10: [249]. 1862; Lem., Illust. Hort.
10: pl. 358. 1863; Seem., Fl. Vit. 188. 1866; Hance, Journ. Linn.
Sera On hibOieeg sl Siew <p OvOssc Bes Gharkernn, Hookdes f om9 Flin Bruits.
India 4: 596. 1885; Henriq., Bol. Soc. Brot. 3: 144. 1885; Maxim.,
Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 31: 83, 84, & 86. 1886; Maxim.,
Mél. Biol. 12: 517 & 521. 1886; Forbes & Hems]., Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Bot. 26: 260--261. 1890; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Brig. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen-
fam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 143. 1895; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames,
imp. 1, 1: 335. 1911; Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Addit.
Ser. 10: 204 & 205. 1912; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 1,
2: 505, 554, & 584. 1916; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37:
12. MONS EoD Menris, Spia Bilanc..334s7 1.9182 Rea No. Parkers, Fore File
Punjab, ed. 1, 400. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 317 &
363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3,
3: 74, 75, 84, 108, 109, & viii. 1921; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1
(lite 28.5 19240R. INE Parken, Forhl.Punj..*ed. 2.) 400.. 1924s
Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 2: 1322. 1927; E. D. Merr.,
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 15: 266. 1929; E. D. Merr., Sunyatsenia 1:
30%) 1.9302) Stapf, Ind.. Lond. 2.238 .«1930;.- Ptei,) Sinensia-2<:,/6s- 1932;
P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 125 & 160--162. 1932; Dop in Le-
comte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 853 & 880--881. 1935; E. D. Merr.,
Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., ser. 2, 24 (2): 336 & 420. 1935; W. F.
Hoffm., Lingn. Sci. Journ. 16: 301. 1937; Mold., Alph. List Comm.
Vern. Names 13. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 19--21,
23, & 53. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16, 18, 19, 21, & 56.
1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 54, 57, 58, &
89. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 98. 1945; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb.

466 Po TO LO Gol cA Vol... 59, ,Hoort7

110. 1945; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 2, 82. 1946; Mold., Alph. List
Cit. 2: 410 & 556 (1948), 3: 666 & 727 (1949), and 4: 984, 1011,
1012, 1149, 1202, 1226, 1238, & 1243. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 126, 131, 133, 135, & 181. 1949; Chun & How,
Act. Phytotax. Sin. 7: 77. 1958; Mold., Résumé 161, 169, 171, 174,
190, 261, 263, 266--268, 272, 273, 392, & 449. 1959; Gerth van Wijk,
Dict. Plantnames, imp. 2, 1: 335 (1962) and imp. 2, 2: 505, 554, &
584. 1962; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38. 1967; Mold., Résume
Supp]. 16: 11 & 20 (1968) and 17: 5 & 8. 1968; D. R. W. Alexander,
Hong Kong Shrubs 25. 1971; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 3,
Tex@335e 100971.) fande Timp 23h 22505.55556. 5-8 584.0197, | AMold sska hth
Summ. 1: 272, 287, 292, 293, 299, 322, 441, 445, 449, 452, 453, 461--
465, & 467 (1971) and 2: 734, 865, & 972. 1971; Wittstein, Etymo-
log.-bot. Handwérterb., imp. 2, 206. 1971; Mold. in Woodson, Schery,
& al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 143 & 145. 1973; Mold., Phytologia
28: 448 (1974), 31: 395 (1975), and 34: 264. 1976; Walden, Wild Fis.
Hong Kong pl. 40, fig. 110. 1977; Isaacson, Flow. Pl. Ind. 1: 335.
1979 e MolideteePhy toilien Menien 26259), 927 728.) 282.5, 29 SIS eS4 9g) SEO.
391, 394, & 537. 1980; Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 55 & 218. 1981;

H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4:
419, 427, & 443. 1983; Walden & Hu, Wild Fls. S. China 38, pl. 40,
fig. 110. 1984; Mold., Phytologia 57: 334 & 335 (1985), 58: 405,
416, & 417 (1985), and 59: 101. 1986.

Illustrations: Osbeck, Dagbok Ostind. Resa [Itin.] pl. 11. 1757;
Osbeck, Voy. China E. Indies 1: pl. 11. 17713;.Lindl., Edwards Bot.
Reg. 11: pl. 945 (in color). 1826; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong
Shrubs 25 (in color). 1971; Walden, Wild Fls. Hong Kong pl. 40, fig.
110. 1977; Walden & Hu, Wild Fls. S. China pl. 40, fig. 110 (in
color). 1981.

A herbaceous or low semi-woody or woody subshrub or shrub, 0.5--2
m. tall, ill-smelling, usually with 1 or 2 simple erect stems or
few-branched, with all the young parts purplish, the young branches
minutely and softly brown-puberulent, becoming glabrescent in age;
stems cylindric, ashy-gray or blackish, softly hairy; branchlets
cylindric; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 0./7--2 cm. long,
sometimes subalate, almost flat and canaliculate above, rounded be-
neath, at first densely tomentellous, finally glabrescent; leaf-
blades thin-textured (when dried) or fleshy and stiff (when fresh),
oblong or broadly oblong to narrowly elliptic, elliptic, oblong-
lanceolate, or lanceolate or even subobovate, 5--15 cm. long, 2.5--6
cm. wide, apically acute or acuminate to abruptly short-attenuate,
marginally entire, subentire, or subsinuate to irregularly and
coasrsely dentate or denticulate (except at the base), basally cune-
ate or rotundate, dull dark-green above, paler green beneath, sparse-
ly pilose on both surfaces to finally glabrous or nearly so, some-
times "subtomentose" (especially on the prominent venation) beneath;
midrib often puberulent beneath; secondaries 5--8 pairs, prominent
beneath; inflorescence axillary, pedunculate, situated mostly near
the tips of the stems or branches, at first densely pubescent or
"tomentose", finally glabrescent, much shorter than the subtending
leaves, the cymes only 5--10-flowered, trichotomous, 2--4 cm. wide;
peduncles very slender, 1.5--2.5 cm. long; pedicels very slender,

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwm 467

0.5--1 cm. long; bracts oval, purple or purplish-red (or white?),
apically acuminate; calyx campanulate, ovoid, livid purple or purp-
lish, inflated, 5-angled, about 1.3 cm. long, deeply 5-parted almost
to the base, with acute sinuses, the segments broadly ovate, 7--12
mm. long, basally 7--10 mm. wide, apically acute or acuminate, sparse-
ly pubescent or finally glabrescent on both surfaces; corolla hypo-
crateriform, white or yellowish, often slightly tinged with pinkish
or madder-color, slightly longer than the calyx, externally densely
pubescent (especially the lobes), the tube subinfundibular, straight,
slender, about as long as the calyx, the limb obliquely subrotun-
date, reflexed in age, 5-parted, the lobes regular, ovate, apically
obtuse, finally revolute, the 2 lowermost often projecting; stamens
4, inserted at about the middle of the corolla-tube, nearly equal,
shortly exserted or to twice as long as the corolla, declinate, bas-
ally pubescent, finally recurved; filaments capillary, white; an-
thers ovate, sagittate, dark-brown, smooth; style filiform, shorter
than the stamens; stigma bifid, the branches apically acute; ovary
roundish, externally smooth, 4-celled, each cell l-ovulate; ovules
ascending; fruiting-calyx accrescent, persistent, reddish- or livid-
purple; fruit drupaceous, green to red, finally blue or black, glo-
bose, about 6 mm. long and wide, 4-lobed.

This distinctive species is native to southeastern China and is
based on an unnumbered Osbeck collection in the Linnean Herbarium in
London from Dane's Island near Whampoa, below Canton, in Kwangtung,
China. I have personally examined this specimen [Henrb. Linnaeus
789 [810], sheet no. 2], present in Linnaeus’ third enumeration and
inscribed "fortunatum" in Linnaeus' own handwriting -- it is plain-
ly what we now regard as C, fortunatun.

Collectors have encountered C. fortunatum on dry open hillsides
and grassy slopes under trees in mixed woodland, near streams, and
along roadsides, at about 60 m. altitude, in flower and fruit from
October to January and May to August. Alexander avers that it
flowers “in summer". Lau reports it "rare in loam on dry gentle
slopes" in Kwangtung, while Ching says that it is "common" in Kwang-
si; Taam found it “abundant on dry clay slopes" in Hong Kong. Woo
refers to it as an "herb less than 1 m. tall, common on hillsides"
in Hong Kong, the “bracts white, petals purple". Tsang reports it
"fairly common in dry clay of meadows" in Kwangsi and “abundant but
scattered on dry steep slopes in sandy soil" and "fairly common but
scattered in dry sandy soil of meadows" in Kwangtung.

The corollas are described as "white" by most collectors, in-
cluding on Chan 1057, Chun 9, Haier 3517, Herb. Canton Chr. Coke.
12872, Lau 20169, Peng & al. 872, Taam 1518, Tsang 21072 & 22642,
Tsiang 2604, Tsui 419, and Ying 456, as well as by Dunn & Tutcher
(1912) and as “white pinkish-tinged" on Chun 6825. However, on Tsui
834 it is stated that the "flowers" were "pink"; on Ying 390 "flow-
ers blue"; on Lau 728, Tak & Chow 2683, and Tsui 548 "flowers red";
on Ying 918 "flowers purple"; on Ching 7830 "flowers purplish"; on
Peng 1829 "flowers white & purple"; on Tso 20703 "flowers deep
purple"; on Tso 211781 “calyx and unopened flowers purple". One won-
ders if in at least some of these cases the collectors were referring
to the calyx or fruiting-calyx rather than to the corolla, as red,

468 Poltt. Ty' Oy la) (6, TK Vol. 59, No. 7

blue, or purple, but on Hu 9322 the collector definitely says “pet-
als pink changing to red." Hooker (1862) refers to the species as
"“scarlet-flowered". Possibly two color forms exist.

Common and vernacular names for CLerodendrum fortunatum include
"devil's lantern", "discoloured clerodendrum", "fortuné", "fortunate
clerodendrum", “ghost lantern", "gelukkige boom", "gelukkige lotboom}
"glorybower", "gllcklige Losbaum", "Gliicksbaum", "kuei-téng-lung",
"k'u-teng-lung", "kwai tang lung", "kwai tang lung shue", "livid-
bracted clerodendrum", “livid clerodendrum", “paak fa kwai tang
lung", and "spear-leaved clerodendrum". The vernacular name, "pin-
na", is listed for it from Sri Lanka, but this is erroneous --
“pinna" applies there only to C. serratum (L.) Moon.

CLerodendraum fortunatum is said by Sweet (1826) to have been in-
troduced into cultivation in England in 1784 from China, while the
so-called C. Lividum Lind]. was introduced, also from China, in 1824.

Seemann (1862) cites unnumbered collections of Champion, Hance,
Seemann, Wilford, and Wright from Hong Kong; of Loureiro, Millet,
and Osbeck from Canton; of Robertson from Whampoa; and of Bradley
and of Lind from undesignated lacalities in China, as well as Foa-
tune &5 from southern China. He comments that "Die im Linné'schen
Herbar aufbewahrten Exemplare stammen verscheinlich von Osbeck; die
Standort ist denselben nicht beigeflgt. CLerodendron fortunatum werd
vor etwa 30 Jahren in unseren Gdrten eingeftlhrt, und hat es Lindley
nach cultivierten Exemplaren als C. Lividwm abgebildet; doch scheint
es wieder verschwunden zu sein, wenigsten aus englischen Gdrten; in
deutschen mécht es vielleicht irgendwo noch stecken."

It should be noted that Seemann (1866) says “I may here remark of
a Chinese species (C. fortunatum, Linn.) that I was wrong in refer-
ring, from description, Loureiro's VoLkameria pumila (CLerodendron
pumilum, Spreng.) to it as a synonym. I have since seen the orig-
inal specimens of VoLkameria pumila, Loureiro, at the British Muse-
um, and find it to be entirely different from C. fortunatum." How-
ever, Merrill (1935) tells us that Loureiro's Vofkameria pumila was
described as “Habitat inculta prope Cantonem Sinarum" ard that
Hemsley (1890) "merely lists Loureiro's species as an obscure plant.
The description is good and it applies in essentials to the Linnaean
species, the type of which was a specimen from the vicinity of Can-
ton; it may be noted, however, that Seemann..... (1866) states that
Loureiro's species is not the same as CLenodendrum fortunatwm Linn.
This, however, may possibly be due to a misinterpretation of the Lin-
naean species itself. Mr. J. E. Dandy informs me that he could find
no specimen of YoLkameria pumila from Loureiro in the herbarium of
the British Museum, nor is the species checked in the Museum copy of
Loureiro's Flora Cochinchinensis as having been received from him.
Loureiro describes the leaves as large and tomentose; they are rela-
tively small, as compared with those of many species of C£enodendrawm
and are nearly glabrous in all specimens of the Linnaean species
that 1 have seen. In the original description of C&erodendawm for-
tunatum Linnaeus states: ‘Habitat in India;' the specimen on which
the species was based was collected by Osbeck near Canton, China.
For a species that presents comparatively little variation, and one
that is limited in distribution, it has accumulated a rather long

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 469

list of synonyms, all based on material from southeastern China

where it is common." In a personal communication to me, Merrill
states that "“Osbeck's specimens were from Dane's Island near Whampoa,
below Canton..... Osbeck..... in describing the same species in 1757
may be excused for his statement that it had not yet been described
by any botanist" [when it actually had been described by Eric Torner
for Linnaeus in the previous year].

Poiret (1804), after giving a lengthy and detailed description in
French, notes that "Cette plante croft naturellement dans 1'Inde &

a l'file de Java. Sonnerat 1'y a recueillie, & en a communiqué des
individus au citoyen Lamarck", in whose herbarium he saw a dried
specimen. He describes the leaf venation as “Leur principale ner-
vure, assez saillante, se divise en rameaux simples qui se terminent
par une courbure, dont le sommet de chaque rameau s'infere en arc
sur le rameau supérieur, a une petite distance des bords de la feu-
ille. Leur intervalle est occupé par des veines saillantes, surtout
a la face inférieure; transverses, disposées en réseau avec d'autres
plus petites, placées en un sens opposé aux premieres."

The species is used as a medicine by local herbalists in south-
ern China to treat bruises and is marketed as “Ramie Clerodendri
Fortunati". The plant serves as a host to Aphis gossypii.

Of his C. Lividum Lindley (1826) comments that it is "A new and
remarkable species of CLenodendron brought from China, for the Hor-
ticultural Society, in 1824, by Mr. J. D. Parker. Our drawing was
made at the Chiswick garden, in November of the same year."

The C. fonrtunatum accredited to Wallich and to Buchanan-Hamilton
was based on Walich 2652 from Assam, India. The specific epithet,
for some reason unclear to me, is sometimes written with an upper-
case initial letter.

It should be pointed out here that the CLenrodendron fortunatum
credited to Blume is a synonym of C. indicum (L.) Kuntze, that cred-
ited to Blanco is C. minahassae var. brevitubulosum H. J. Lam, that
credited to Burman is C. sernatum (L.) Moon, and that credited to
Sesse & Mocino is C. Ligustninwm (Jacq.) R. Br. The C. angustifolium
(Poir.) Spreng. also referred to in the synonymy (above) is a valid
species, while C. angustifolium (Willd.) Hassk. is a synonym of C,
dndicum (L.) Kuntze.

It should also be noted here that the Arbor zeylanica, fortunata
quibusdam Petiv., the Fautex f£ore pertato, fructu rotundo Kleinhof,
and the Planta fortunata, pinna zeylonensibus Herm., all included by
Poiret (1804) in the synonymy of C. (eae L., actually all be-
long in the synonymy of C. serratum (L.) Moon.

Among other errors in the literature may be mentioned that the
Schauer (1847) reference is mis-quoted as "11: 74" instead of 11:
674 by P'ei (1932), who also mis-cites the Walpers reference as
"1844" instead of 1845 and the Lindley reference as "1825" instead
of 1826. The Hance (1852) reference is often cited as "1852-1853",
the titlepage date. The Hooker & Arnott (1836) reference is often
mis-cited as "1841", but actually pages 193 to 288 of the work in-
volved were issued in 1836.

The Herb. Gasstrtm 14, cited below, is inscribed "Ex Ind. Orient."
but is also inscribed in Chinese on the reverse side, and I assume

470 PhbeVeT Ole) Getow YoT.. 59, Neat?

that it originated in China, not India. The Chun 5007, also cited
below, is a mixture of C. fonrtunatum and C. kaempferi (Jacq.) Sieb.

Dunn & Tutcher (1912) cite specimens from Happy Valley, above
Wanchai Gap, “and elsewhere" in Hong Kong, Lantau Island, Taimoshan,
New Territory, and Whampoa.

Hallier (1918) refers to the species as "hdufig" in Hong Kong,
citing Haffien 3517 in the Hamburg and Leiden herbaria. Maximowicz
(1886) cites an unnumbered Hance collection from Whampoa and one
of Millett from Canton, adding that "everyone" [omnes ] collected it
in Hong Kong. Hun & How (1958) cite Lau 28168 and Hainan Exped. 170
from Hainan Island. Bakhuizen (1921) cites only Hance 394 and Weisz
1914 from Whampoa and Hong Kong.

Keys to help distinguish C. fortunatum from other taxa occurring
in China and in Indochina will be found under C. canescens Wall.,

C. hemryi P'ei, and C. hahnianwn Dop in the present series of notes.

Material of C. forxtunatum has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C, canescens Wall., a very different taxon. On
the other hand, the Herb. Schreber 4.n., distributed as C, fortuna-
tum, actually is C. indicum (L.) Kuntze.

Citations: CHINA: Kwangsi: Ching 7830 (Ca--409506, N, W--1248680);
Tsang 22642 (S). Kwangtung: N. J. Andersson 4.n. [Whampoa, Dec.
1852] (S, S)3; Chow & al. 78046 (Ac, N, W--2895269); Chun 9 (N), 3071
(N); DahlstrBm 3245 (S); Ekeberg 4.n. [Canton] (Mu--787, S); Hance
394 (S); Herb. Canton Chr. Coll. 12872 (W--1248082); Lau 728 (N),
20169 (Bz--19271, Ca--611465, Mi, N); C. 0. Levine, Herb. Canton
Chr. Cokl. &6 (W--779091), 105 (W--778549), 769 (W--779037); Osbeck
s.n. [Canton] (S); Peng 1829 [Herb. Canton Chr. Coll. 136541 (Ca--
287560); Peng, Tak, & Kin 872 [Herb. Canton Chr. Coll. 12872] (Ca--
274717); Ping 1829 [Herb. Canton Chr. Coll. 13654] (Bz--19273);
Ping, Herb. Canton Chr. Coke. 11150 (Bz--19276, W--1248869); Tak,
Herb. Canton Chr. CokLl. 16624 (Du--200929); Tak & Chow 2683 [Herb.
Canton Chr. Coll. 14544] (Ca--319216), 2870 [Herb. Canton Chr. Coll.
14671] (Ca--319346); Tsang 21072 (N, S), 21225 (N, S)3 Tsang, Herb.
Lingnan Univ. 16624 (1); Tsang 2604 (N); Tso 20703 (N), 21181 (N);
Taut 419 (N, W--1754653), 548 (Ba, Bz--19272, Ca--611718, Mi, Ms, N,
Ob--89835, S, W--1754724), 834 (N); Ying 390 (Bz--19275, Du--250186),
456 (Du--250187, N), 779 (Bz--19274, Du--200925), 918 (Ca--359017).
Province undetermined: Herb. Gasstrabm 14 (S, S). CHINESE OFFSHORE
ISLANDS: Dane's: Herb. Linnaeus 810/2 (Ls--type, N--photo of type);
Herb. Osbeck 4.n. (S). Honam: C. 0. Levine, Herb. Canton Chr.

Coll. 306 (W--778637); E. D. Merril 10142 (Gg--32010). Lantau: Mog-
denke & Mo£denke 28110 (Ac); Tsang, Herb. Lingnan Univ. 16624 (S).
HONG KONG: Chan 1057 (Mi); Chun 5007 in part (Du--200923 in part),
5303 (Ca--358076), 6545 (Ca--357981), 6546 (Ca--357982), 6825 (Ca--
374003); DahLstrBm 4 (S); C. Ford 4.n. [Hongkong] (N); Fortune &5
(Mu--838); Hofman s.n. [July 1911] (Du--66771); Hu 6022 (W--2697288),
9322 (W--2711876); Taam 1518 (Ca--82701, Mi, N, W--2063807); Woo 229
i a 4 Wright 4.n. [Hongkong] (T, W--44915). HONG KONG OFFSHORE
ISLANDS: Little Hong Kong: Ying 612 (Pd). VIETNAM: Tonkin: Balansa
924 (W--2497128). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Dahé 4.n.
(S); GaBndah2 s.n. (S); Herb. Alstnoemer 4.n. (S); Herb. Swartz 4.n.
(S). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 11: pl. 945.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrawm 471
1826 (Ld, Ld).

CLERODENDRUM FORTUNEI Hems]. in Forbes & Hems]., Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Bot. 26: 259--260 [as "C2erodendron?"]. 1890; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 57 & 89. 1942.

Synonymy: CLenodendron? fortunec Hems|, in Forbes & Hemsl., Journ.
Eqns soc. Lond. Bot. +26: "2595 -1890%

Bibliography: Forbes & Hems]., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26:
259--260. 1890; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Supp]. 1, imp. 1, 101.
1901; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 162. 1932; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 101. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac. 5 "ed? li°57 & 895 19425 Ho NS ke ASSES Molde, Pl laLife 22°59).
1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 131 & 181.
1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. -Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 107. 1959; Mold.,
Resume 169, 174, & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 287 & 293 (1971)
and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 277, 282, & 537. 1980.

Hemsley's original (1890) description of this plant is as fol-
lows: "Frutex undique glaber, ramulis gracillimis lignosis, cortice
albido. Folia longe graciliterque petiolata, valde membranacea,
oblonga, cum petiolo usque ad 6 poll. longa, apice abrupte acumina-
ta, basi cuneata, margine integra, utrinque glabra, atro-viridia,
venis primariis lateralibus utrinque 5--6 curvatis inconspicuis;
petiolus gracilis, teres, usque 2 poll. longus. Flores paucissimi,
laxissime paniculati, angustissimi, bipollicares, paniculis termin-
alibus semipedalibus trichotimis, ramulis pedicellisque elongatis
fere capillaribus, bracteis minutis subulatis; calyx glaber, herba-
ceus, Crassiusculus, anguste campanulatus, circiter 3 lineas longus,
aequaliter 5-fidus, lobis lanceolatis acutis; corolla puberula, tubo
fere filiformi bipollicari leviter curvato, limbi lobis oblongis 3--
4 lineas longis; stamina glabra, distincte didynama, vix exserta; o-
varium glabrum, obscure lobatum, imperfecte 2-loculare 2-ovulatum?
Fructus ignotus."

The species is based on Fortune 20 from somewhere in China, de-
posited in the Kew herbarium. Hemsley (1890) continues: "Character-
ized by an exceedingly slender habit, few very narrow flowers, and
scarcely exserted stamens. Until the ovary and fruit are better
known the genus must remain doubtful."

Citations: CHINA: Province undetermined: E, H, Wikson 2770 [Loo-
kai] (Ld--photo, N, N--photo, V--10140). HONG KONG: Fortune 45 (S).

CLERODENDRUM FRIESII K. Schum. in K. Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr. Fl.
Deutsch. Stidsee 372 [as "C£enxodendron" ]. 1905; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67 & 90. 1942.

Synonymy: C£erodendron friesdi K. Schur. in K. Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. Fl. Deutsch. Sldsee 372. 1905.

Bibliography: K. Schum. in K. Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr. Fl.
Deutsch. Slldsee 372. 1905; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 44. 1908; H.
J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 278 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh.,
Bulli Jard. Bot. Buitenz’, Sers 35°32 94° 109s kav Ts V92TS° A. di.
Lam in Lauterb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 96. 1921; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67 & 90. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl.
Life 2: 60. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 149

472 P. Ai ¥. T/O°L0 Gy tok Vol. 59, Mou 7

& 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 200 & 263. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
335 & 445 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 325 & 537.
1980.

A small tree; branches stout, almost 6 mm. in diameter, glabrous;
bark black; pith in the internodes dark brownish-gray, with the ap-
pearance of being inhabited by ants; leaves decussate-opposite, com-
paratively long-petiolate; petioles 2.5--4 cm. long, rather deeply
canaliculate above; leaf-blades large, subcoriaceous, lanceolate,
18--25 cm. long, 5.5--8.5 cm. wide at the midpoint, apically atten-
uate-acuminate, basally narrowed or somewhat acuminate, glabrous on
both surfaces, black above and brown beneath when dried; secondaries
10 or 11 per side, conspicuous, more prominent beneath than above
(as also the veinlet reticulation); inflorescence paniculate, many-
flowered, interrupted, 12 cm. long; peduncles to 2 cm. long, slen-
der, glabrous; primary bracts herbaceous, ovate, to 6 cm. long. api-
cally acuminate; rachis glabrous; calyx 5 mm. long, 5-lobed to below
the middle, the lobes ovate, apically acute or obtuse, ciliolate,
imbricate, overlapping; corolla club-shaped, yellow, apically or-
ange, 2 cm. long, the lobes short; pistil twice as long as the corol-
la.

This species is based on a 38-cm.-long branch of Nyman 730, col-
lected at Sattelberg, at 600 m. altitude, in the Territory of New
Guinea, in July, 1899., deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now de-
stroyed.

The collection cited below is a mixture with C, magnificum Warb.

Citations: NEW GUINEA: Territory of New Guinea: W, MacGregor 4.n.
{Camp 1, 1889] (Mb).

CLERODENDRUM FRUTECTORUM S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit. 57: 249 [as
"CLenodendron" ]. 1919; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.
Clerod.] 63. 1936.

Synonymy: C£enodendron frutectonum S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit.
57: 249. 1919. CLenrodendron capitatum var. subdentatum DeWild. ex
Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16 in syn. 1942. C£erodendrawm capita-
tum var. nhodesiense Mold., Phytologia 3: 263--264. 1950. C£enoden-
dron capitatum var. condatum Peter ex Mold., Résumé 261 in syn. 1959.

Bibliography: S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit. 57: 249. 1919; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 9, 36. 63, & 93. 1936; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
16. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47, 48, &
90 (1942) and ed. 2, 112, 115, & 181. 1949; Mold., Phytologia 3:
263--264. 1950; Mold., Résumé 137, 138, 141, 148, 261, 272, 426, &
449. 1959; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 1: 9. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
221, 228, 235, 245, 441, & 462 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 211, 212, 218, 225, 235, & 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia
58: 421, 422, & 439 (1985) and 59: 102. 1986.

A shrub, to 3 m. tall, reproducing by suckers; stems and branches
rather robust, leafy, rather densely hirtellous or pilose-pubescent
with wide-spreading brownish hairs, sometimes trailing; wood light-
brown; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 1.6--16 cm. long, those
of the upper leaves 1 cm. or more shorter, all pubescent; leaf-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrumn 473

blades large, membranous, ovate, 14--22 cm. long, 10--14 cm. wide,
or the upper ones only 8--10 cm. long and 6--8 cm. wide, apically
shortly cuspidate-acuminate (the acumen itself abruptly acute), the
larger marginally rather coarsely and irregularly apiculate-dentate
from the widest part to the apex with up to about 9 teeth per side
and the smaller ones sinuate or all entire or subentire, basally
shortly cordate and 5-veined, shiny and regularly pilose with trans-
lucent multicellular hairs above, very densely short-pubescent es-
pecially on the venation beneath; inflorescence large, conglobate,
at the apex of the branches in the axils of the smaller leaves,
plainly stipitate; bracts spatulate, 12--15 mm. long, somewhat shor-
ter than the calyx, apically acuminate, pubescent; pedicels much ab-
breviated; calyx infundibular, 18 mm. long, pubescent, divided al-
most to the middle, the lobes ovate-lanceolate, 10 mm. long, apical-
ly short-acuminate; corolla white or creamy-white, 5 cm. long, about
3 times as long as the calyx, the tube slender, about 1.25 mm. wide
at the middle, 2 mm. wide at the base and 4 mm. wide at the apex,
externally glandular-pubescent, the limb broadly ovoid when unopened,
the lobes 9 mm. long, 6 mm. wide, apically very obtuse, much shorter
than the tube.

This species is based on Kassner 2473 from among bushes at Shi-
wale, Zaire. Moore (1919) notes that it has "Affinity with C. capi-
Atatum Schum. & Thonn., but quite different leaves and shorter corol-
las among other features".

CLenodendraum capitatum var. rhodesiense, previously regarded by
me aS a valid taxon, seems, rather, to be identical with Moore's
plant, and is, therefore, here reduced to its synonymy. It is based
on E, Mikne-Redhead 4303 from Bnrachystegia woodland in the Mwinilun-
ga district of Zambia just south of Matonchi Farm, collected on Janu-
ary 24, 1938, and deposited in the Kew herbarium.

ChLenodendraum frutectorum differs from typical C. capitatum
(Willd.) Schum. & Thonn. in having the stems and petioles rather
densely hirsutulous-pubescent with wide-spreading brownish hairs,
the upper leaf-surface regularly pilose with translucent multicel lu-
lar hairs, and the lower leaf-surface very densely short-pubescent,
especially on the venation.

CLerodendraum capitatum var. condatum is based on Peter 35876 from
Tanganyika,

CLenodendraum frxutectorum has been encountered by collectors in
the dense shade of forests, in Brachystegia woodlands, and on termi-
taria, at 1062--1100 m. altitude, in flower in January and March.

It is worth recording that the Verdick 409 collection is annota-
ted in the Brussels herbarium as "C£erodendron capitatum var. Sub-
dentatwm DeWild., nov. var."

The corollas of C. ¢autectorwm are described as having been
"white" on Peter 35876 and Watmough 225 and as "“creamy- -white" on
Quarnné 3102.

Thomas (1936) cites Kassner 2473 from Zaire, Chevalier 32a and
Passange 34, 35, & 36 from Nigeria, and Kenrsting A.191 from Togo.

Citations: ZAIRE: Bnedo 1048 (B ns opie 46 (E--2168594); Giorgi
S.n. [Envir. Elisabethville 1923] ( ; Homb£e 1 (Br); Kassner 2473
(Br--isotype, Ld--photo of oe sini of isotype); Quannée 129

474 PRY: TeO9 bo.0 -Geaiow Vol. 59, No. 7

(Br, Br, N), 1042 (Br), 1093 (Br), 1546 (Br, Br), 31702 (Br, Br, N),
5323 (Br, Br, Br, N); Robyns 1525 (Br, Br); RRPP. Salesiens S.363
(Br), S.716 (Br); Venrdick 409 (Br). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Peter
35876 [V.139] (B, B). ZAMBIA: E, Mifne-Redhead 4303 (N, N--photo);
Watmough 225 (S).

CLERODENDRUM FUGITANS Wernham, Journ. Bot. Brit. 54: 230--231 [as
"CLerodendron" ]. 1916.

Synonymy: CLenodendron fugitans Wernham, Journ. Bot. Brit. 54:
230. 1916. Cernodendrum utigans Wernham apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. “ayes 38, 66, & 93 sphalm. 1936.

Bibliography: Wernham, Journ. Bot. Brit. 54: 230--231. 1916; Fed-
de & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 253. 1922; A. W. Hill, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.
Clerod.] 38, 66, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 1, 47 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 113 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 139
& 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 223 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 214 & 537. 1980.

A scandent shrub; stems subterete, subfistular, striate, glabres-
cent; petioles about 1 cm. long, hirtous-pubescent to glabrescent;
leaf-blades thinly membranous, elliptic, 8--11 cm. long, 5--6 cm.
wide, apically shortly acute-acuminate, basally rounded, glabrous;
secondaries about 4 per side; inflorescence capitate, terminating
lateral branchlets, subsessile or very shortly pedunculate, compara-
tively small, scarcely 3 cm. wide during anthesis; exterior bracts
narrowly lanceolate, the interior ones broader, about 1 cm. long,
apically very acutely acuminate, silvery ciliate or subglabrous;
calyx-tube scarcely 2.5 mm. long, externally glabrous, the lobes to
4.5 mm. long, similar to the bracts in indument, the venation very
slender but very distinct; corolla-tube slender, 5.5--6.5 cm. long,
externally very sparsely glandular-pilose or glabrous, the lobes el-
liptic, about 1 cm. long and 5 mm. wide, apically rounded, glabrous
on both surfaces.

The species is based on Bates 676 from the edge of a path near a
forest near Mbimbili, Bitye, in southern Cameroons, collected on
December 15, 1914, probably deposited in the British Museum herbar-
jum. Moore (1916) comments that "This is readily distinguished from
most of the capitate species by the small heads and small bracts
and calyx-lobes, and from B.[sic] Tafbotii Wernham, its nearest ap-
parent ally, by the much longer corolla-tube."

Thomas (1936) cites only the type collection and states that
"Diese Art ist mir nur aus der Beschreibung bekannt; danach dirfte
sie der vorigen [C. cephalanthum Oliv.] sehr dhnlich sein". Nothing
is known to me either of this species beyond what is stated in its
bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM FULGENS Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 3, 529 & 609
[as "CLenodendron" ]. 1874; Mold., Phytologia 50: 255 & 268.
1982.

Synonymy: C£erodendron fulgens Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed.

3, 529 & 609. 1874.

Bibliography: Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 3, 529 & 609.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 475

1874; Mold., Phytologia 50: 255 & 268. 1982.

Nothing is known to me about this plant beyond the fact that Fir-
minger (1874) implies that it is cultivated in Indian gardens. Pre-
sumably it is one of the scarlet-flowered species, perhaps C. speci-
osi44mum Van Geert, which is widely cultivated there.

CLERODENDRUM FUSCUM Glirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 175 [as "CLenoden-
dnon" ]. 1893; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
S5E 761s 8h 9Seel 986%

Synonymy: CLerodendron fuscum Glirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 175.
1893. CLerodendron macrocatyx DeWild., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 7:
172. 1920. Cerodendron grandicalyx E. A. Bruce, Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 1934: 306. 1934. CLenodenduum macrocatyx DeWild. apud B. Thom-
as, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 61 & 94 in syn. 1936.
CLerodendrawm fuscum Vatke ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 31 in syn.
1962. CLenodendrwm fuscum Gilg ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 18: 9 in
syn. 1969.

Bibliography: Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 175. 1893; Glrke in
Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 341. 1895; Durand & DeWild., Bull.
Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 37: 124. 1898; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer,
Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 294 & 304--305. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Supp]. 1, imp. 1, 101. 1901; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Cong. Belg. Bot.,
ser. 5, 3: 134 & 255 (1909) and ser. 5, 3: 468. 1912; DeWild., Bull.
Roy.’ Soc. Bot? Belg? 51 (3) [ser. 2,1]: °91, 132, & 233. 1913; De
Wild., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 7: 172. 1920; DeWild., Pl. Bequaert.
2: 264--265. 1922; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1):
497 (1927) and 53 (1): 1072. 1932; Bruce, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1934:
306. 1934; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 35, 61,
& 93. 1936; A. W. Hill. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 68. 1938; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Supp]. 1, imp. 2, 101. 1941; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names 18. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. l,
48, 49, & 90. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6. 1947;
W. Robyns, Fl. Sperm. Parc Nat. Albert 2: 140 & 143. 1947; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 115, 116, & 181. 1949;
Mold., Biol. Abstr. 27: 1887. 1953; Hauman, Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl.
Afr. Trop. Ind. 1954; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3,
101. 1959; Mold., Résumé 141, 143, 144, 216, 263, 264, 266, & 449.
1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 10 (1959), 12: 6 (1965), and 18: 9.
1969; Bouquet, Invent. Pl. Méd. Tox. Cong. Braz. 32. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 228, 232, 233, 235, 242, 358, 445, 446, 450, & 462
(1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42
[Trav. Univ. Off. Bujumb. Fac. Sci. C.20]: [230]. 1972; Lebrun &
Stork, Ind. Cart. Répart. Pl. Vasc. Afr. 32. 1977; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 217, 218, 222, 223, 225, 232, 349, & 537. 1980; Mold., Phy-
tologia 58: 441 (1985) and 59: 112, 255, & 358. 1986.

An erect, scrambling, or scandent, brown- or violet-pubescent
shrub or small, slender, sarmentose, woody, sun-loving liana, to 8
m. long; stems hollow; young branches and branchlets short-pubescent
with dark-brown articulated hairs; leaves decussate-opposite, the
upper ones sessile or subsessile, the lower ones long- and short-
petiolate; petioles absent or 0.5--5.5 cm. long, more or less brown-

476 PutiiYoE-0rL 0 Gala Vol. 59, No. 7

or violet-villous, articulated at the base or 3--5 mm. above the
base, leaving a stout, oblique projection after falling (which aids
in climbing); leaf-blades papery-coriaceous, sometimes stiff and scab-
rous or soft and supple, broadly ovate or oval-orbicular to subro-
tund, 6--20 cm. long, 4--15.5 cm. wide, apically more or less ab-
ruptly acuminate (the acumen itself apically acute) or rounded to a
short mucro, marginally entire, basally deeply cordate with a round-
ed sinus, hirtous with violet or brown articulated and appressed
hairs on both surfaces (chiefly on the venation), more sparsely so
or glabrescent above, densely scrobiculate (under a hans-lens) be-
neath, with 3 basal secondaries and 4 or 5 lateral ones, all anasto-
mosing; inflorescence cymose, the cymes axillary or terminal, corym-
bose, oval, few-flowered, more or less long-pedunculate, to 20 cm.
wide, generally paired, di- or trichotomous; bracts and bractlets
linear, cream-yellow, the lower ones to 1 cm. long, the upper shor-
ter, to 5 mm. long, all shortly reddish-villous; peduncles 2--9 cm.
long, tomentose; rachis and cyme ramifications tomentose; pedicels
to 2 cm. long, shortly villous; flowers inodorous; calyx more or
less campanulate, white, yellowish-white, or cream-color to pale-
yellow or yellow, finally turning violet, showy, 1.6--2.8 cm. long,
8--12 mm. wide, externally sparsely pubescent with dark-brown artic-
ulated hairs, 5-parted to 1/3 its length, ciliate, the lobes ovate
to lanceolate or deltoid, 1.9--2.2 cm. long, basally 6--7 mm. wide,
apically acute or acuminate; corolla zygomorphic, hypocrateriform,
white or yellowish-white or internally white and red-spotted, exter-
bally purple-red, the tube slender, 1.5--3 cm. long, almost twice as
long as the calyx, externally densely reddish-pilose or sparsely
glandular-villous, the 5 lobes imbricate in bud, 5--10 mm. long, the
3 upper ones with a red spot; stamens olivaceous, long-exserted;
filaments green; style deep-violet, long-exserted, filiform, 6 cm.
long, as long as the stamens; stigma bifid; fruiting-calyx persis-
tent, rosy- or violet-white to mauve "no. 44 on the Seéguy color-
chart" (1936), composed of 5, free, oval lobes, enclosing the fruit;
fruit drupaceous, at first dark-green, later black, globose or sub-
globose, 12--13 mm. long, 12 mm. wide, externally glabrous and shiny.

This species is based on Stuhfmann 3061 & 3096 from the mountains
of Kajonsa, West Mpororo, Tanganyika, collected, respectively, on
January 28 and 30, 1892, and Pogge 335 from along the Lulu River at
9 S. lat., in May of 1876, deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now
doubtless destroyed. CLerodendron macrocakyx is based on Bequaert
1637, 2031, & 6492, the first from a secondary forest at Bomili, col-
lected on December 26, 1913, the second [now regarded as represen-
ting var. attenuatum Mold.] from a forest at Avacubi, collected on
January 20, 1914, and the third from between Masisi and Walikale,
collected on January 4, 1915 -- all in Zaire and deposited in the
Brussels herbarium. Of this taxon DeWildeman (1922) comments: "Cet-
te plante est indiscutablement voisine du C. scandens Pal. Beauv.
(cf. Baker in Flora of trop. Afr. V. p. 304), dont elle se differ-
encie tres fortement par les dimensions de son calice profundement
divise en 5 lobes aigus." C. gnandicafyx is based on Rogers & Gard-
ner 319 from Uganda in the Kew herbarium,

Collectors have encountered C£erodendrum fuscwm in shady, tropoph-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwm 477

jlous, virgin and secondary forests, the edges of gallery forests,
in sandy soil, sunny or partly sunny clearings, and old deforested
and abandoned cultivated areas, at 470--2000 m. altitude, in flower
in January, June, July, and December, and in fruit in January, May,
and August. Rogers & Gardner speak of it as "rare" in Uganda, but
Louis refers to it as “rather common" in Zaire. Troupin refers to

it as a "herbaceous liana" -- manifestly a contradiction in terms.
Goossens reports that the juice of the crushed leaves is used by
natives in the treatment of headaches -- "une gouette est introduite

dans la commissure de yeux".

Vernacular names reported for the species are "boondo makila",
"boondo na n'gula", “boone nala", "“ifonge", "kamakula",
"kasabiniola", “lungungu", “mbabi", "mbambake", "ndambula",
“wangange", and “yangange".

The corolla is described as having been "white" on Bequaert 1637
and Troupin 5524 & 6299, "yellow" on Giklandin 369, "Cream with a
central spot of wine-red" on Louis 1091, “pale-yellow with a large
spot of dark-purple in the center" on Louis 12781, “ivory-white with
a deep purple-red spot" on Bequaert 2031, "yellowish-white, the 3
upper petals with a red spot" on Bequaert 6492, "yellow, the 2 large
lobes vivid-red" on Lebrun 3233, "Cream, the 3 upper petals turned
back and splashed with crimson" on Rogers & Gardner 319, "“cream-
yellow with a carmine-lake spot [71 in the Séguy color-chart]" on
Louis 13065, and "the upper lip carmine-red" on Gosswercler 14040.

On Louis 1292 it is described as "jaune-creme, mais plus ou moins
macules de lateraux rouge-grosseille sur leur moitié", while on

Louis 9814 it was "jaunatre pale, la corolle largement maculeé d'un
beau rouge pourpre surtout la levre inférieure". It is possible that
several distinct color-forms are involved here.

GUrke (1895) describes the plant as “Ein mit braunen Haaren dicht
besetzter Strauch mit herzférmigen, stengelumfassenden B[ldtter] und
grossen gelben Kelchen".

Baker (1900) cites Stuh&mann 3061 & 3096 from Tanganyika, Dupuis
S.n. from Lower Congo, and Preuss 4.n. from Lunda. DeWildeman
(1912) cites Aland 464 & S.n., Chaedssends 292, Janssens S.n., Jes-
persen d.n., Seret 858bis, and Vanderyst s.n. from Zaire. In his
1909 work he cites Flamigni 114, Huyghe 4.n., Laurent 1955 & 4.n.,
Pynaert 245 & 292, Sapin 4.n., and Sexet 460. Thomas (1936) cites
Mifdbnaed 1060 & 1232 and Stuh&mann 3061 & 3096 from Tanganyika and
Bequaert 6492, Dupuis s.n., and Pogge 335 from Zaire.

Robyns (1947) describes CLenodendrum fuscum as an "Arbuste liani-
forme, se rencontrant dans tout les districts du Congo Belge occi-
dental, sauf le District Cotier, et s'étendant a travers de District
des Lacs Edouard et Kivu jusque dans le Ruanda et le Sud-Quest de
1'Uganda (Mpororo). 11 croit de préférence dans les formations
forestieres equatoriales et dans les defrichements forestiers". He
cites Humbert £682. Lewalle (1972) cites Lewakle 604 from Burundi.

Bruce (1934) asserts that her C. gnandicatyx is distinguished by
its conspicuous calyx, but "in other respects it is very similar to
C. condifolium A. Rich."

It may be noted, in passing, that the Glrke (1893) reference in
this species' bibliography (above) is sometimes cited as "1894";

478 Pcbio¥otO bu0eGalaA Vol. 59, Nowi7

similarly, the DeWildeman (1913) reference is sometimes mis-cited
as "1912", the titlepage date.

A key to help distinguish C, fuscum from other tropical African
species of the genus will be found under C, dinkfagei Glirke in this
present series of notes [59: 254--255].

The unnumbered Elskens collection cited below is a mixture of C,
fuscum and leaves of C. spfendens G. Don, while Vanderyst 19139 is a
mixture with C, excavatum DeWild.

Material of C£erodendrum fuscwm has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in some herbaria as C, spfendens G. Don and C. thompsoniié
Balf. [=C. thomsonae Balf. f.]. On the other hand, the Leontovitch
197, distributed as C. fuscum, actually is C. spfendens G. Don.

Citations: ZAIRE: Affand 416 (Br), 464 (Br); Bequaert 1637 (Br),
6492 (Br, Ld--photo, N, N--photo); Berger s.n. [1909! (Br); Boone 71
(Br); Calens 1725 (N), 2961 (N), 3651 (N), 3943 (N), 4937 (Gg);
Claessens 292 (Br); Cokectonr undetermined 507 (Br); Dupuis 4.n.
[Juillet 1893] (Br); Efskens s.n. [5 Mai 1913] in part (Br), s.n.
[15 Juin 1913] in part (Br); Famigni 114a (Br); G. Gilbert 65 (Br);
Gillandin 369 (Br, Br, N), 373 (Br, Br), 504 (Br, Br); Gikeet 193
(Br), 804 (Br), 3004 (Br), 3330 (Br), s.n. [Kisantu 1900] (Br), 4.n,
[Aout 1902] (Br, N); Goossens 1554 (Br, Br, N), 6055 (Br, N), 6125
(Br), 6160 (Br), 6764 (Br); Hulstaert 337 (Br), 585 (Br), 586 (Br),
599 (Br); Humbert £343 (B, Br); Janssens 4.n. [1909] (Br); Jespersen
$.n. [1910] (Br); M. Laurent 1916 (Br); Laurent & Laurent 4.n. [18-
11-03] (Br), s.n. [18-12-03] (Br), s.n. [20-11-03] (Br); Lebrun 691
(Br), 3233 (Br, Br), 5544 (Br, Br), 5587 (Br, Br); Louis 876 (Br,
S), 10917 (B, Br, Ca--962229, N, Vi), 1292 (Br), 5839 (Bm, Br), 9874
(Br, N), 10044 (Br), 12787 (Br), 13065 (Br, W--2091099); Putnam 9
(Br), M.479 (Br); W. Robyns 1332 (Br, Br); Roechoudt 13 (Br); Sapin
4.n. [Juillet 1906] (Br), 4.n. [Decembre 1909] (Br), s.n. [Juillet
1910] (Br), 4.n. (Br, Br, N); Scaetta 720 (Br), 753 (Br, Br), 784
(Br), 858 (Br); Senet 460 (Br, N), 8&58bis (Br); Troupin 5524 (N),
6299 (W--2375337); Ueentel s.n. [Iboko, juin 1900] (Br); Vanderyst
574 (Br), 5465 (Br), 9943 (Br), 9947 (Br), 14887 (Br, Br), 15114
(Br, Br), 19700 (Br), 19739 in part (Br), 27072 (Br, N), 27075 (Br),
4.n. [Octobre 1911] (Br), s.n. [Envir. Kisantu] (Br); Vanderyst &
Lambnette 5420 (Br). BURUNDI: Lewalle 3776 (Ac). UGANDA: Rogers &
Gardner 319 (Br, Ld--photo, N--photo). ANGOLA: Lunda: Gossweiler
14040 (B, Ul, W--2074409). CULTIVATED: Zaire: Callens 4155 (Ld).

CLERODENDRUM FUSCUM var. ATTENUATUM Mold., Phytologia 4: 176. 1953.
Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 27: 1887 & 2026. 1953; Mold.,
Phytologia 4: 176. 1953; Hauman, Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop.
Ind. 1954; Mold., Résumé 141 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 228
(1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 218 & 537. 1980.
This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its calyx during anthesis 2.3--3 cm. long, split almost to the
base, the lobes ovate and apically long-attenuate into a filiform-
subulate tip.
The variety is based on Conbisien-Baland 1609 from Eala, Zaire,
collected on July 7, 1932, and deposited in the Brussels herbarium.
Louis describes the plant as follows: “liane ligneuse de 3 m. de

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrawn 479

haut (en pleine foret primitive); ramiscules velus-violets; pétioles
articulés; grand calice blanc vaguement teinté de vert, pétales
coudés formant 5 poches a la base, puis dressés et convergents en
pyramide; corolla bilabiée 2/3, de meme couleur que le calice avec
belle tache rouge sombre (51 Séguy) a la base de la levre inféri-
eure; filets vert pale courbes, antheres vert sombre; graines d'un
noir intense a arille adaxiale, basilaire, oblongue, profundement
ruminee, orange vif (plus vif que le 196 de Séguy), entourées du
calice persistent rose-violace."

Lebrun refers to the "flowers" as “white, with a large purple
blotch at the base of the principal segment" (no. 6635) or "calyx
yellowish-white, corolla yellow, the petals spotted or streaked with
purple at the base (no. 691). He describes the plant as an “arbuste
lianiforme". Corbisier-Baland refers to it as an “arbuste sarmen-
teux décoratif". The calyx is also described by others as "rose"
and the fruit as black.

Collectors have encountered this plant in secondary and swampy
forests, at 470 m. altitude, in flower in January, May to August,
and November, and in fruit in January and September. The only ver-
nacular name reported for it is "mbambake e boliki".

The Bequaert 2031, cited below, is one of the cotype collections
cited by DeWildeman (1920) in his description of C. macnocatyx De
Wild., so in designating a lectotype for the latter, this collection
should be excluded from consideration.

The Leemans 194, also cited below, is a mixture with C. umbellatum
var. asperifo£ium (Thomas) Mold.

Citations: ZAIRE: Bequaert 2031 (Br, Ld--photo, N, N--photo);
Chaessens 15 (Br); Conbisien-Baland 1609 (Br--type, Br--isotype,
Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type); Goossens 2609 (Br), 2659 (Br),
2764 (Br), 6016 (Br, Br), 6175 (Br, N), 6176 (Br); Huyghe 4.n.
[1907] (Br); M. Laurent 1955 (Br); Lebrun 691 (Br), 1357 (Br, Br, N),
6635 (Br, Br, N); Leemans 194 in part (Br), 262 in part (Br, Br);
Louis 7582 (Br); Pynaert 241 (Br, N), 292 (Br). CULTIVATED: Zaire:
Conbisienr-Baland 4285 (Br).

CLERODENDRUM FUSCUM var. LANCEOLATUM Mold., Phytologia 4: 176. 1953.
Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 27: 1887 & 2026. 1953; Mold.,
Phytologia 4: 176. 1953; Mold., Résumé 141 & 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 228 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 218 &

537. 1980.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its leaf-blades regularly lanceolate, 5--7 cm. long, and 1.6--
3.2 cm. wide.

It is based on Dewul{ 755 from a savanna at Bas Uele, Zaire, col-
lected on March 10, 1935, and deposited in the Brussels herbarium.
Thus far it is known to me only from the original collection.

Citations: ZAIRE: Dewulf 755 (Br--type, Ld--photo of type, N--
photo of type).

CLERODENDRUM GALEATUM Balf. f., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 12: 91 [as
"CRenodendron" ]. 1884; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 1, 53 & 90. 1942.

480 PAH YT OuleO God A ¥ol. 59, Moa;J

Synonymy: C£enrodendron (Cyclonema) gateatwn Balf. f., Proc. Roy.
Soc. Edinb. 12: 91. 1884. C£enodendron galeatum Balf., Trans. Roy.
SoG Edd0Ds salisn2o0s hoo.

Bibliography: Balf. f., Proc. Roy.-Soc. Edinb. 12: 91. 1884;
Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: [Bot. Socotra] 235--236, pl.
80. 1888; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561.
1893; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 90. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kewis: aps! 2er Wer 501.1946; Mold... Alph.«list.Git.ok: 22519465
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 124 & 181. 1949;
Mold., Résumé 158 & 449. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 265 (1971) and 2:
865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 253, 386, & 537. 1980.

Lidustnationss Babi. 42.0l"ans« <ROY¥..506.,..Edi0D.. 31s, Pl,..80.
1888.

A shrub, tomentose-pubescent throughout and fuscous; branches an-
gular; leaves decussate-opposite, petiolate; leaf-blades broadly el-
liptic or oblong, rarely subobovate, 5--8.75 cm. long, 2.5--5 cm.
wide, apically obtuse or broadly acute (rarely emarginate), margin-
ally obscurely crenate and broadly revolute, basally narrowed,
lighter and rather more densely pubescent-tomentose beneath; inflor-
escence terminal, erect, rigid; peduncles 2.5--5 cm. long; primary
rachis regularly and racemosely branched, 1 or 2 times dichotomous,
the inflorescence-branches ascending; bracts large, foliaceous, ses-
sile, semiamplexicaul, ovate or elliptic to subrotund; bractlets
spatulate or lanceolate, stipitate; pedicels 6 mm. long; calyx 4 mm.
long, 5-lobed to about 1/3 its length, the lobes rounded, external-
ly shortly pilose; corolla-tube 6 mm. long, internally glabrous, the
posterior lobe cucullate-hooded and 1.2 cm. long, the others sub-
equal, elliptic, apically obtuse, externally strigulate, marginally
ciliate; stamens inserted in the throat of the corolla; filaments
thickened for the basal 3 mm., straight and villous, filiform and
strigulose above; anthers oblong; fruit drupaceous, 4-lobed, the
endocarp crustaceous, smooth.

This endemic species, obviously belonging to the subgenus Cycfo-
nema, iS based on Balfour 441 from the Haghier hills behind Tamarida,
Socotra. Balfour (1888) refers to it as "An interesting species
having its nearest allies in C. mynicoides, and C, pilosus, Benth.
and Hook. (Gen. Pl. ii. 1156), and a few other African species
ranging from Abyssinia to the Cape, all characterised by the produc-
tion of the posterior lobe of the corolla into a large helmet-like
hood. Upon this character Hochstetter (in Flora 1842, 225) founded
the genus Cycfonema, but Bentham and Hooker have reduced this to
CLerodendron, as the hooding is more or less apparent in many other
species of the genus. The inflorescence of our species is a very
marked feature with its large bracts, and this with the characters
of the foliage easily separate it from related species." A local
vernacular name for the plant is “duuha". The species is known to
me thus far only from the type collection.

Citations: SOCOTRA: Balfour 44} (L--isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA-
TIONS: Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: pl. 80. 1888 (Ld).

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendrawm 481

CLERODENDRUM GARRETTIANUM Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1911: 444 [as
be aglostel ea 1911; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37:
Sil OSes

Synonymy: C£erodendron gannettianum Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf.
1911: 444. 1911. C&enodendraum ganretianum Craib ex H. Hallier, Med-
ed. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 75 sphalm. 1918. Cerodendron disparifolLium
Bakh. ex Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 427 in syn. 1938 fie
CLerodendrwn disparifolium Blume, 1826, nor Hassk., 1921, nor Kochum,
1980]. C&erodendrum garethianum Craib ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15:
19 in syn. 1967. C£enodendrum garethianum Craub ex Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 462 sphalm. in syn. 1971.

Bibliography: Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1911: 444. 1911; Craib,
Contrib. Fl. Siam Dicot. 165. 1912; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.Jah-
resber. 39 (2): 319. 1913; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37:
75. 1918; Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 11. 1920; Bakh. in Lam &
Bakhoee Bull. vJard-aBotia Buitenz.,. ser. 353284, 1109,* &eviiak 1921;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 61. 1921; Dop in Lecomte, Fl.
Gen. Indo-chine 4: 851 & 868. 1935; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf.
1938: 405, 407, 424, & 427. 1938; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 17.
1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60 & 90. 1942;
H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 60. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 137 & 181. 1949; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind.
77. 1959; Mold., Résume 177, 262, & 449. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Sup-
pl. 5, imp. 2, 61. 1960; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 89. 1963;
Mold., Resumé Supp]. 15: 18 & 19. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 295,
443, 445, & 462 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 284
& 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 404 (1985) and 59: 325, 330, &
409. 1986.

A branched shrub, 0.5--1.2 m. tall; branchlets slender, at first
puberulent, jater glabrous; bark brown or red-brown; leaves decus-
sate-opposite, somewhat unequal; petioles somewhat unequal, 0.5--5
cm. long, canaliculate above, puberulent; leaf-blades thinly charta-
ceous, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 5.5--19 cm. long, 1.5--5.8 cm.
wide, apically acuminate (the acumen acute), marginally subentire
and ciliolate, basally mostly very broadly cuneate but sometimes cu-
neate, cuneate-rotund, or subcordate-truncate, very sparsely setu-
lose or short-pubescent above, puberulent on the midrib and secon-
daries beneath; secondaries 7--9 per side, the 2 basal ones mostly
very oblique, conspicuous above, prominulent beneath; tertiaries
transverse, conspicuous above, prominulent beneath; inflorescence
terminal, paniculate, subnutant, about 5 cm. long and 6 cm. wide,
leafy, the lower cymes axillary; peduncles 2--3 cm. long; lowest
bracts lanceolate, to 1.3 cm. long, foliaceous, apically acuminate;
pedicels to 8 mm. long, puberulent; calyx externally puberulent,
its tube scarcely 2 mm. long, the lobes lanceolate, about 5 mm. long
and 1.5 mm. wide, apically acute, ventrally pubescent; corolla white
or greenish-white to pale-yellow, externally puberulent, its tube
2--2.5 cm. long, scarcely 1 mm. wide, the lobes subequal, oblong-
spatulate, to 1 cm. long and 2.75 mm. wide, ciliolate; stamens in-
serted near the apex of the corolla-tube; filaments 1.7 cm. long,
glabrous; anthers oblong, 1.5 mm. long; style slender, 3.2 cm. long,
glabrous; stigma shortly bifid; ovary externally glabrous.

482 PansysT50 ‘boOAGsivA Vol; 53, one: 7

This species is based on Kenn 1309 & 1435 from evergreen jungles,
at 690--900 m. altitude, Chiengmai, on Doi Sootep, Thailand.

Collectors have found this plant growing in thickets, on mountain-
sides, in the crevices of limestone rock, and especially in light
evergreen forests and jungles, at 25--1200 m. altitude, in flower in
June and September. Smitinand refers to it as "scattered in ever-
green jungles" in Thailand.

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Smitinand 1722,
"greenish-white" on Kean 1309 & 1435, and "pale-yellow" on Iwatsuki
& al. 7.10976.

According to Bakhuizen (1921), who identified it as C. dispani-
folium Blume in 1920 and as C. degfexum Wall. in 1924, the species
greatly resembles these two species, but differs in that its leaves
are much smaller, thinner, and less pubescent. It may prove to be
only a variety of the latter taxon.

It may be noted here that the C. disparifolLiwm of Blume, referred
to in the synonymy (above) is a valid species with C. dispanifolium
Kochum as a synonym, while the C. dispanifolium credited to Hass-
kar] is a synonym of C, LaevifolLium Blume.

Fletcher (1938) cites for C. gannettianwn from Thailand: Kean
1309, 1435, 3392, & 9101, Mancan 1073, Put 1143 & 1939, and Winit
780, 1170, 1475, & 1476.

A key to help distinguish this species from other Indochinese
taxa will be found under C. hahnianum Dop in the present series of
notes.

Citations: THAILAND: Hansen, Seidenfaden, & Smitinand 11041 (Cp);
Twaisuki, Fukuoka, Hutch, & Chaiglom T.10976 (Ac); Kerr 1435 [King
photo 293] (Bz--19161--cotype, Ld--photo of cotype, N--photo of co-
type, N--photo of cotype, W--photo of cotype); Smitinand 1722 [Herb.
Roy. For. Dept. 9970] (Ld); Sérensen, Larsen, & Hansen 6857 (Cp).

CLERODENDRUM GAUDICHAUDII Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 10 [as
"CLernodendron" ]. 1920; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 1, 59 & 90. 1942.
: Synonymy: CLerodendron gaudichaudii Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst.
swilOs 1920%

Bibliography: Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 10. 1920; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jah-
resber. 48 (1): 497. 1927; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gen. Indo-chine 4:
852 & 873. 1935; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 59 &
90. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 60. 1948; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 136 & 181. 1949; Mold., Resume 175
& 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 299 (1971) and 2: 865. 1971;
Mold., Phytologia 31: 395. 1975; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third
285. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 291, 349, 386, & 537. 1980.

A small tree, 5--6 m. tall; branches terete, glabrous; bark red-
dish-brown, shiny, wrinkled; leaves variable; petioles 2--3 cm. long,
glabrous; leaf-blades membranous, obovate or obovate-elliptic to el-
liptic or oblong, 12--20 cm. long, 3.5--6 cm. wide, apically acute
or acuminate to obtuse, marginally entire or coarsely and irregular-
ly dentate or denticulate, basally rounded or sometimes obtuse,
glabrous and shiny on both surfaces; midrib rounded, prominent; sec-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 483

ondaries 12--14, recurved-ascending; veinlet reticulation distinct,
irregular; inflorescence terminal or subterminal, to 10 cm. long and
4 cm. wide, glabrous; peduncles 2 cm. long; inflorescence ramifica-
tions distant, branched; cymes 3-flowered; bracts and bractlets lin-
ear, very small; pedicels 4--5 mm. long; calyx campanulate, yellow
during anthesis, 12 mm. long, basally 10 mm. wide, externally glab-
rous, the tube practically obsolete, the lobes oval-lanceolate, 11.5
mm. long, 4 mm. wide, apically acute, distinctly venose, marginally
scarious; corolla yellow, glabrous, the tube cylindric, 12 mm. long,
the lobes spatulate, 5 mm. long, apically rounded; stamens somewhat
exserted; style slender; stigma shortly bifid; ovary externally
glabrous; fruiting-calyx accrescent, reddish, 2.5 cm. long, wide-
spreading;fruit drupaceous, 1 cm. long, black, shiny, composed of 4
pyrenes.

This endemic species is based on d'Akfeizette 480, Bauche 36, and
Gaudichad 135 from Hue and Tourane, Annam, and Bon 5466 from Son-
Thon, Tonkin, Vietnam. Dop (1935) adds unnumbered Chevalier and
Squires collections from Annam. Dop (1920) notes that "Cette espece
est voisine du CL. Robinsonii; elle s'en eloigne par le port, les
feuilles et le calice qui ne devient rouge que dans le fruit."

CLenodendraum gaudichaudii has been found growing at 1000 m. alti-
tude. The Baileys (1976) list it as cultivated in the United States.
A key to help distinguish it from other Indochinese taxa will be
found under C. hahnianwn Dop in the present series of notes.

As yet nothing is known to me of this species beyond what is giv-
en in its bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM GEOFFRAYI Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 8 [as "CLeno-
dentnon" |]. 1920; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1,
59 & 90. 1942.

Synonymy: CLercdendron geoffrayi Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4:
8. 1920.

Bibliography: Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 8. 1920; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jah-
resber. 48 (1): 497. 1927; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4:
853 & 881--882. 1935; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. i,
59 & 90. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 60. 1948; Mold.,Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 136 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 175
& 449. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 299 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971;
Mold,, Phytologia 31: 395. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 288, 386, &
537. 1980.

A large woody plant; branches pubescent; leaves decussate-oppo-
site; petioles 6 cm. long, pubescent; leaf-blades membranous, ellip-
tic-oblong, 25 cm. long, basally 9.5 cm. wide, 12 cm. wide at the
mid-point, apically abruptly acuminate, marginally subentire and cil-
iolate, basally truncate and subhastate with 2 rounded lobes, glab-
rous above, pubescent on the venation beneath; midrib rounded, very
prominent; secondaries 18, alternate, slender, somewhat recurved,
marginally anastomosing in intramarginal arcs, the 2 lowermost oppo-
site and bifurcate 1 cm. from the base; veinlets parallel, with dis-
tinct reticulation; inflorescence terminal, paniculate, pendent, 27
cm. long, 13 cm. wide, finely pubescent, the ramifications branched,

484 PoHoYotsO:b 0 GalA Vol. 59, Meu!?

trichotomous, the cymes 7-flowered; bracts and bractlets very small;
pedicels 1--2 cm. long; calyx campanulate, red, 10 mm. long, the
tube 4 mm. long, the lobes ovate, 6 mm. long, apically acute, 1-
veined; corolla white, puberulent, the tube 13 mm. long, the lobes
spatulate, 10 mm. long, apically obtuse; stamens long-exserted;
filaments glabrous; anthers oblong; style slender; stigma shortly
bifid; ovary externally glabrous; fruit unknown.

This little-known apparently endemic species is based on an un-
numbered Geoffray collection from Kep, Cambodia, where the plant is
said to be "rare sous bois". Dop (1938) comments that "Une seule
feuille a putetre examinée; cette espece se rapproche du C, hastato-
obLongum C. B. Clarke, insuffissamment décrit par 1‘auteur."

Nothing else is known to me of this taxon beyond what is stated
in its bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM GIBBOSUM Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 323--324. 1951.

Bibliography: Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 323--324. 1951; Mold.
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 152, 209--211, & 267, fig. 34 (1 & 2).
1956; Mold., Résume 155 & 449. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12:
36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 188. 1985.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 211, fig. 34 (1
& 2. 1956.

A shrub, to 2 m. tall; branchlets and twigs slender, gray, ob-
tusely tetragonal or subterete, glabrous or the youngest parts ob-
scurely puberulous, mostly prominently lenticellate, the youngest
parts often somewhat flattened and canaliculate (and then puberulous
in the channel); nodes not annulate; principal internodes 1.5--5 cm.
long; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles rather slender, 4--8 mm.
long, glabrous; leaf-blades chartaceous, quite firm, uniformly
bright-green on both surfaces, sometimes brunnescent in drying, el-
liptic, 3--8.5 cm. long, 1.4--3.3 cm. wide, apically acute or (most-
ly) acuminate, marginally entire, basally acute or acuminate, glab-
rous and lustrous on both surfaces; midrib slender, flat or slight-
ly subimpressed above, prominent beneath; secondaries very slender,
6--9 per side, divergent, arcuately joined several mm. from the mar-
gins beneath, prominulent or subimpressed above, very sharply prom-
inent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation very abundant, fine,
prominulent on both surfaces; inflorescence axillary and terminal,
mostly at the tips of the twigs, cymose; cymes 6--9 cm. long, 1.5--4
cm. wide, mostly simple or once dichotomous, 3- or 7-flowered, very
loose; peduncles filiform, 1--5.5 cm. long, often flattened, stram-
ineous or brownish, more or less spreading-puberulent or glabres-
cent; cyme-branches similar to the peduncle in all respects but
shorter; pedicels filiform, 3--11 mm. long, minutely puberulent with
widely scattered hairs or glabrate; foliaceous bracts apparently
absent; bractlets and prophylla linear-setaceous, 1--2 mm. long;
calyx thinly membranous, urceolate, gibbous-inflated, ovate, 8--15
mm. long, 7--11 mm. wide, glabrous or practically so, its rim 5-
lobed, the lobes ovate, about 2 mm. long, apically acute or apicu-
late; corolla hypocrateriform, zygomorphic, white, its tube cylin-
dric, about 2 cm. long, externally glabrous or slightly pilosulous

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 485

on the lower % and within, the limb 5-parted, about 1.5--2 cm. wide;
stamens 4, inserted about 1 cm. from the base of the corolla-tube,
exserted about 1 cm. from its mouth; filaments glabrous, 1.5--2 cm.
long; anthers dorsifixed, 2-celled; disk small, beneath the ovary;
ovary globose, externally glabrous; style about 3 cm. long, arched,
glabrous, narrowed from the base to the apex, slightly narrower at
the point of insertion; stigma 2-toothed; ovary 2-celled, with 2
ovules in each cell.

This endemic species is based on Boivin 1800 from the edge of the
sea near Sainte Marie, Madagascar, collected in September, 1888, and
deposited in the Paris herbarium. Other collectors have encounter-
ed this plant growing among gneiss rocks, in flower in August and
September.

A key to help distinguish this species from its Madagascar rel-
atives will be found under C, barzonianuwm Oliv. in the present series
of notes (58: 184--190).

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Bodvin 1800 (E--photo of type, F--photo of
type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type, P--
type); Decary 604 (P), 4614 (P), 4719 (P).

CLERODENDRUM GLABRATUM Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 295 [as "C£ero-
dendron" ]. 1900; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler-
Od 41 548,, 6) Link) 93.5 1936

Synonymy: C£enodendron glabratum GUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28:
295. 1900.

Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5:
516--517. 1900; GlUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 295. 1900; K. Schum.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495. 1900; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 2: 43. 1904; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
43, 77, & 93. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1,
49 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 116 & 181. 1949; Mold., Résumé 144 & 450.
1959; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 9: 3. 1961; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 235 &
445 (1971) and 2: 866. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225 & 537. 1980.

A shrub; branches glabrous, with small petiolar spurs after the
leaves have fallen, with a small supplementary bud plainly visible;
leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 1--2 cm. long, glabrous; leaf-
blades chartaceous or papyraceous, ovate-elliptic, 5--10 cm. long,
2.5--4.5 cm. wide, mostly about twice as long as wide, apically a-
cuminate, marginally entire, basally plainly long-attenuate jnto the
petiole, glabrous and shiny on both surfaces; inflorescence loosely
pseudo-umbellate, the cymes very many-flowered, the ramifications
glabrous or here and there finely downy; peduncles to 4 cm. long;
bracts and bractlets narrow-lanceolate or awl-shaped, sessile, 2--4
mm. long, finely downy; calyx Campanulate, about 3 mm. long, basally
narrowed into the pedicel, 5-toothed to about 1/3 the length, exter-
nally finely downy, the teeth narrowly triangular or deltoid, about
1 mm. long, apically acuminate, basally 0.5 mm. wide; corolla-tube
6--8 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, the lobes broadly elliptic, about 3 mm.
long and 2.5 mm. wide, apically obtuse.

This species is based on Stuhémann 7996 from Kondutschi, Tangan-
yika, Tanzania, collected in flower on May 9, 1894, and deposited
in the Berlin herbarium, now destroyed. Baker (1900) cites only the

486 Po a¥- 57 301 00 6G GA ¥ol.. 59, Mott]

type collection, but Thomas (1936) adds Braun 3648 from Tanganyika.

GUrke (1900) comments that “Habituell hat die Pflanze Ahnlichkeit
mit CL. toxicariwm Baker, in dessen Ndhe sie auch zu stellen ist.
Diese Art hat jedoch behaarte Bldtter und etwas grdssere Kelche,
deren Zdhne breiter und nicht so lang zugespitzt sind."

The E. Walk 54, distributed as C. glabnratum, actually is C. glab-
num E. Mey., while Peter 24343 is C. incisum Klotzsch.

Nothing further is known to me of C, gfabratwm beyond what is
stated in its bibliography (above).

CLERODENDRUM GLABRUM E. Mey., Comm. Pl. Afr. Austr. 273 [as "C£eno-
dendron" ]. 1838; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 383. 1840.
Synonymy: CLenodendrum capense Donn. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan.,
ed. 1, 207 nom. nud. 1821. Cerodendron glabraum E. Mey., Comm. Pl.
Afr. Austr. 273. 1838. C&enodendaum capense Don ex Steud., Nom.
Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382. 1840. Ehnetia triphylla Hochst., Flora
27: 830. 1844. Amenrina triphylla (Hochst.) A. DC., Prodr. 9: 513.
1845. Cerodendron capense Eckl. & Zeyh. ex Schau. in A. DC., Prodr.
11: 661 in syn. 1847 [not C. capense Walther, 1947]. C&enodendron
glabrum Sond. ex Harv., Gen. S. Afr. Pl., ed. 2, 292. 1868. Amenrina
Aniphylla DC. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1,
1: 106. 1893. Cenodendron capense D. Don apud Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 560. 1893. C&enodendron ovale Baker
in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 298. 1900 [not C. ovae Klotzsch,
1862]. Siphonanthus glabra (E. Mey.) Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll.
Welw. 1: 842, 1900. Sxphonanthus glabra Hiern apud Thiselt.-Dyer,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 172. 1904. Cerodendrawm capense Ecklon & Zeyher
apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 76 in syn.
1936. Amerina triphylla Schau. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 4 in
syn. 1942. Cenrodendron capense Don ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
16 in syn. 1942. Cerodendron ovale Kunth ex Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names Suppl. 1: 6 in syn. 1947. C£enodendron gfabrum var. capense
Ecklon & Zeyher ex Mold., Résumé 263 in syn. 1959. C&enodendrom
glabrum E. Mey. ex Menninger, 1960 Price List Flow. Trees [3] sphalm.
1960. Amenrina triphylla A. DC. apud Palmer & Pitman, Trees South.
Afr? Si 1963 initsynS 197-2.

Bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207. 1821; E. Mey.,
Conm. Pl Afr. Austr? 273. 1836: Harve Gen. Seo AfreuPl oedl 4;
269. 1838; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382 & 383. 1840;
Hochst., Flora 27: 830. 1844; A. DC., Prodr. 9: 513. 1845; Walp.,
Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 110--111 & 114. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr.
11: 661. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 19, 105, & 106.
1858; Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6 [Bot.] 1: 257.
1861; Harv., Gen. S. Afr. Pl., ed. 2, 292. 1868; Schinz, Verhand].
Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 31: 206. 1890; GUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 179.
1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 106, 560,

& 561. 1893; Sims, Sketch Check-list Fl. Kaffr. 63. 1894; Briq. in
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 175. 1893; Wood &
Evans, Natal Pl. 1 (1): pl. 45. 1898; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer,
Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 293, 297, 297, & 515. 1900; Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl.
Coll. Welw. 1: 842. 1900; H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Cap.
5: 218--220 & 225. 1901; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 172.

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrwm 487

UOO4-Sin.eror. (Pll. Caper Colianye236,) ipl. L205) Fiigke2s 1907); Sims
For.) lv. Rortug,.. iE. Afire: pili 98\ 1909s; IN de Britton) Fill.) Bermuda
318. 1918; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 1, 403. 1918; DeWild.,
Pit Bequaert (2 2264: WO22E RepiN. \Parker. ‘For. Fl... Pungabsved. 2)
403. 1924; Galpin, Bot. Surv. S. Afr. Mem. 7: 13. 1925; Good & Ex-
Gali WoOurne Bot. Brat.68,, Suppl. 2) 1408 193055 Stapf, India iond

2: 238. 1930; Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk, Med. Poison. Pl. Southeast.
Afvtned. 1, 154==155 & 230. 19325 Smuts.) Kew) Bull. Mise. Inf. 1933:
418. 1933; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 11, 25,
43, 76, & 93. 1936; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 23. 1939;
Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn 3, 15, & 37. 1939; Mold., Prelim.
Ait.) List dinvNames5'. 195% 215, 235: 251° 8 40. 9405 bee He RES 2
Bailey, Hortus Second, imp. 1, 188. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Comm.
Vern. Names 5. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 2, 4, 16, 17, 19,
21, 24, & 40. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1,
5, 19, 45--52, 72, & 90. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 49. 1945; J.
Hutchins., Botanist South. Afr. 363. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 106, 560, & 561. 1946; Mold., Alph.
Rage Cater 252321 54.7 724+ 8167 1 Shy, 165:0974.,.~17 67.206, 22057 234,

237, 275, & 297. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6 & 7.
19475 5Molds;/ Aliph, Liste Cit... 22 327, 407, 422,429, 449, 620,. 628," &
641. 1948; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 644 (1948) and ed. 1,
imp. 2, 644. 1949; L. H. Bailey, Man. Cult. Pl., ed. 2, 845 & 1051.
1949; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 718, 748, 761, 762, 849, 902, & 942
(1949) and 4: 996, 1040, 1104, 1140, & 1193. 1949; Mold., Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 9, 35, 116--121, 158, & 181. 1949;
R. O. Williams, Useful Ornam. Pl. Zanzib. 61, 198, & 358. 1949;
Mold., Phytologia 4: 45. 1952; Wild, Rhodes. Agric. Journ. 49: 289.
1952; Wild, Veg. South. Rhodes. Term. 11. 1952; Wild, Vict. Falls
Handb. 158. 1953; Mold., Journ. Calif. Hort. Soc. 15: 87. 1954;Par-
dy, Rhodes. Agric. Journ. 52: 414. 1955; Wild, Rhodes. Agric. Journ.
52: 538. 1955; Wild, Observ. Veg. Sabi 8. 1955; Anon., Assoc. Etud.
TaxetFl Affi. Trop. Ind.99552063,019565..R., NeoParker’,) for. Fle: Pun-
jab, ed. 3, 577. 1956; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict.
Hort., ed. 2, 1: 504 & 505. 1956; Coates & Palgrave, Trees Cent.
Afr. 427--[429]. 1957; Menninger, 1959 Price List [2]. 1958; Kil-
lick, Bot. Surv. S. Afr. 32:°50, 70, & 112.°1959; Mold., Résumé 12,
41, 49, 141, 144--146, 148--150, 152, 153, 161, 216, 234, 261--268,
272, 273, 284, 344, 426, & 450. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 9 &
10. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 106,
560, & 561. 1960; Martin & Noel, Fl. Albany Bathhurst 92. 1960; Men-
ninger, 1960 Price List Flow. Trees [3]. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
2: 8. 1960; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 582 & 584. 1961; Hansford,
Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 694. 1961; Menninger, Flow.
Trees World 283. 1962; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 3: 28. 1962; Watt &
Breyer-Brandwijk, Med. Poison. Pl. S. East. Afr., ed. 2, 517 &
1047--1048. 1962; F. White, For. Fl. North. Rhodes. 365 & 367. 1963;
Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 441 & 444--
445. 1963; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 9: 3. 1964; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed.
2, 731. 1965; F. White, Webbia 19: 674. 1965; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
12: 6 (1965) and 13: 4. 1966; R. H. Compton, Journ. S. Afr. Bot.
Supp]. 6: 66 ; C. A. Sm., Comm. Names S. Afr. Pl. 106, 439, 469, 498,

488 ParisYosts Oy Le iGeieA Vol. 59), iNew *7

& 600 1966; Anone, * Assoc. ‘Etud’s Tax. Fl. Afn. Trop. 19662 56.
1967; Friedrich-Holzhammer in Merxmlller, Prodr. Fl. SUdw. Afr. 13
(122): 5. 1967; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 15: 8, 14, & 18. 1967; Moll,
For. Trees Natal 139. 1967; J. M. Watt, Lloydia 30: 2 & 4. 1967;
Mold., Résumé Supp]. 16: 8. 1968; Moll, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 34: 75.
1968is.Uphor, Dict. Econ. Pls edi. s2sS7 WES Wilde Kinkidey 2 cor &
53. 1968; Gledhill, East. Cape Veld Fils. 201, fig. 2. 1969; Richards
& Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 237. 1969; Van der Schijff, Check
List Vasc. Pl. Kruger Natl. Park 81. 1969; Farnsworth, Pharmacog.
Titles 5 (11): v & title 15121. 1970; Fosberg, Atoll Res. Bull. 136:
109. 1970; Fosberg & Renvoize, Atoll. Res. Bull. 136: 64 & 152.
1970; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 46. 1970; Stoddart, Ben-
son, & Peake, Atoll. Res. Bull. 136: 127. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharma-
cog. Titles 5, Cumul. Gen. Ind. 1971; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla.
138 8935: OUST Se Mold Re sFar En eoummc thes Coie Os G2—22Os) C304) COS,
CAO CAs Cals LAO 2D lO S= 2502 OBE Cl ls HSB SOUS Ao 44
444--446, 452, 454, 461, & 465 (1971) and 2: 491, 622, 866, & 970.
1971; Renvoize, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B.260: 230. 1971; Palmer &
Pitman, Trees South. Afr., ed. 2, 3: 1963--1965 & 1967. 1972; Ven-
ter, Journ Si. Afre (Bote s8e 231.797 2s Alitschuls Drugs Foods "2467
iieeedacobsens Kirkiaege Vz W973 2. sheer aA. PZ Banleys Hortus
Second, imp. 18, 188. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1753 &
1754 (1974) and 4: 2080. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 442 & 448
(1974) and 31: 389 & 391. 1975; Renvoize, Kew Bull. 30: 151. 1975;
L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 285--286. 1976; Long & Lakela,
Fl. Trop. Fla., ed. 2, 738 & 935. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 34: 261,
268, & 273. 1976; Venter, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 42: 216 & 230. 1976;
Mold., Phytologia 36: 39. 1977; Fosberg, Kew Bull. 33: 143--144.
1978; Isaacson, Flow. Pl. Ind. 1: 335. 1979; Fosberg & Renvoize,

Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 7: [Fl. Aldabra] 220--222, fig. 35 (3 & 4).
1980; J.T. -& Reo Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 466. 1980;
Moiid = Phytol..Meme’ 2521, 7158855 92189 922530 228=-230 5023250250 5
236 8 240 Se P242 29248 E4245. 6 247425 9G S415, 6949), 1373, 0986-4. 58856391,
392, & 537. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 251 & 259. 1982; Reis in
Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 251. 1982; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Das-
san. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 411 & 457--459. 1983; Mold.,
Phytologia 57: 338 & 458 (1985), 58: 181, 189, & 197 (1985), and 59:
259, 335, 346, 424, & 428. 1986.

Illustrations: Wood & Evans, Natal Pl. 1: pl. 45. 1898; Sim, For.
Fl .*@ape /Cokongtpl. 020, -f9q. 22 27907 § Sim, For. oFl... 2PontugecBs Att.
pl. 98. 1909; Coates & Palgrave, Trees Cent. Afr. 428. 1957; Moll,
For. Trees Natal 139. 1967; Gledhill, East. Cape Veld Fis. 201, fig.
2. 1969; Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr. 3: 1964 & 1965. 1972.

A wide-spreading or sprawling, densely leafy, much-branched, de-
ciduous or evergreen bush or half-climbing shrub, or small spread-
ing tree, 1--12 m. tall, growing singly or in groups, the whole
plant fetid or "smelling like cooked meat"; trunk single, upright,
branched, to 30 cm. in diameter; sap colorless; outer bark grayish-
white to brown or yellow-brown, thick or thin, pulverulent, rough,
cracked in age; wood white or tinged with red-brown, fairly heavy
(weight 43.1 lbs. per cu. ft.), hard (relative hardness 3.0), moder-
ately strong, elastic (elasticity coefficient 331 tons; modulus of

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enrodendrwm 489

rupture 3.96 tons), dense, close-grained; medullary rays fine, pores
small, numerous, distributed irregularly in short radial lines;
blaze white, streaked with yellow; crown spreading, leafy, often
drooping; stems often numerous, simple or branched; branchlets
slender or rather stout, obtusely tetragonal, very conspicuously
lenticellate, the bark light-gray, usually glabrous or sometimes
obscurely pulverulent when young; nodes indistinctly annulate;
principal internodes 2--9.5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite,
ternate, or quaternate, with an unpleasant feline odor when crush-
ed; petioles slender, 0.9--2.5 cm. long, flattened and strigillose
above, glabrous and rounded beneath, borne on a rather conspicuous,
corky, and elongated cicatrix; leaf-blades firmly chartaceous or
subcoriaceous, somewhat fleshy when fresh, dark-green or yellowish-
green and glossy above, much lighter beneath, ovate or elliptic-
ovate to oblong, 2.7--14 cm. long, 1.8--7.6 cm. wide, apically acute
or acuminate to obtuse, marginally mostly entire or rarely with a
few scattered teeth, basally broadly and abruptly acute or short-
cuneate, glabrous above except for the midrib, glabrous and dense-
ly punctate beneath; inflorescence axillary in the uppermost leaf-
axils and terminal, the cymes opposite or whorled, solitary, com-
pound, very densely many-flowered, to 7.5 cm. long and 6 cm. wide,
several times bifurcate, puberulent throughout; terminal panicles
corymbose or subcorymbose to pyramidal or thyrsoid, densely conges-
ted, composed of 2--7 cymes; peduncles rather slender (or the ter-
minal ones stouter), 1.5--3.5 cm. long, minutely puberulent or sub-
glabrate; pedicels very slender, 2--10 mm. long, puberulent; bract-
lets and prophylla linear or linear-lanceolate, 2--6 mm. long, glab-
rous or strigillose; fiowers richly fragrant, the perianth pentam-
erous; Calyx campanulate, 2--6 mm. long, externally glabrous or
puberulent and with numerous sessile spherical glands, the rim 5-
toothed, the teeth short, subulate-triangular or -lanceolate, 1.5--
3 mm. long, apically acute; corolla hypocrateriform, white or fre-
quently tinged with pale-pink, the tube straight, 5--12 mm. long,
externally finely puberulent and glandulose, the lobes obovate, 3--4
mm. long, subequal, reflexed in age, apically rounded-obtuse, mar-
ginally somewhat wavy; stamens 4--6, twice as long as the corolla-
lobes; style subulate, long-exserted, partially persistent on the
fruit; stigma bifid; ovary oblong, externally glabrous, imperfectly
4-celled and each cell 1l-ovulate or 2-celled and each cell 2-ovu-
late; fruiting-calyx accrescent, 5--7-toothed; fruit drupaceous,
small, globose or subglobose, 8--12 mm. long and wide, oblique,
shiny, at first green, then white or cream-color to yellowish, black
when mature, externally glabrous, centrally mucronate, 4-furrowed,
1--4-seeded, usually easily dividing into two 1-seeded bony pyrenes
of which one is often infertile.

This species is based on an unnumbered Drége collection from "ad
ripas Basche, alt. 500 ped." in South Africa. It is native to trop-
ical and southern Africa from Tanzania, Kenya, and Angola to Malawi,
Mozambique, and South Africa, also in the Comoro and Seychelles
Islands; widely cultivated for hedges and for ornament in tropical
and subtropical parts of both hemispheres and tending to escape and
become naturalized. It is widely utilized as a hedge plant in Sierra

490 Pri ¥oR0 OL Gobok Vol. 59, Mae'7

Leone and arrow-shafts are made of its stems. In South Africa a de-
coction of the leaves, mixed with milk, is used as a purgative and
vermifuge for calves. In Tanzania the leaves and twigs are made
into a steaming infusion over which fever patients bend or sit.

Many African tribes rub the leaves over their hands and face before
attempting to take honey from bees' nests to prevent being stung.

In Zululand and Zaire the leaves are used to produce a cough and
fever remedy and an infusion from the roots is taken orally in cases
of snakebite, especially that of the mambas. The Zulu also use the
leaf as one of their remedies against internal parasites such as
tapeworm and roundworm, while an infusion of the juice of the roots
with Iboza nipania N. E. Br. is taken as an emetic and expectorant
in the treatment of various rheumatic conditions and stomach-ache.
The Sotho employ the leaf infusion in cases of colic, while a leaf
decoction applied to the wounds is supposed to inhibit the develop-
ment of blowfly and other maggots in animal wounds. Others place
the pounded leaves in the armpits and on the neck of children suf-
fering from convulsions in order to induce them to sleep. An infus-
ion of the root-bark is used as a vermifuge for donkeys and it is
believed by some practitioners that the odor of the plant will repel
beetles. In the Transvaal the leaves, in solution, are employed as
a disinfectant and in the treatment of coughs, colds, and colic.

The wood is said to make excellent timber. The Zulus use the wood
as tinder for starting fires.

The leaves of this plant are often infested by the fungus, Megi-
ola clenodendricofa P. Henn., in Sierra Leone (e.g., on Deighton
1225).

Sim describes CLerodendrum glabraum as “A small and often bushy
evergreen tree, 15 feet in height, 6--12 inches in diameter, with
grey bark often damaged by insects...... It occurs in the coast dis-
tricts [of the Cape] from Port Elizabeth to Natal, also more inland
in Transvaal and Tropical Africa."

Galpin (1925) describes the species as a "Tree 15 to 20 feet
high; stem about 9 inches in diameter. Only attains arborescent
size along the northern borders of the flats in sandy loams, and I
have no local information as to its timber value"; Sim asserts that
it is "seldom used". Parker (1924) describes the plant as “Indigen-
ous to tropical and South Africa. Occasionally grown in gardens
in the plains. This plant has much the appearance of a Ligustrawm."”

GUrke (1893) notes that "Einige Ahnlichkeit, besonders in Bezug
auf die Blattform besitzt die vorliegende Art [C. formicarwm] mit
dem in Capland einheimischen C. glabrwm E. Mey.; doch ist dieser
durch die sehr lang zugespitzten Kelchzipfel verschieden."

Palmer & Pitman (1972) tell us that C. gfabaum "is a distributed
species of coastal bush and forest, often on stream banks, of bush-
veld, and in South West Africa of mopane scrub, extending from the
eastern Cape [of Good Hope], through Natal and Zululand -- from the
coast to the Frakensberg -- and Swaziland, to the Transvaal, Bots-
wana, and Ovamboland in South West Africa, and northwards to tropi-
cal Africa. It is a widespread species in the Transvaal, and about
January, when it is usually in bloom, it can be noted along many
roads from Pretoria northwards through the Waterberg. It may be a

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 491

shrub, a small tree -- on the coastal dunes short and deformed --
or a tree up to 12 m high in forest; either deciduous or evergreen;
with a trunk up to about 30 cm in diameter..... This is one of the

rain or weeping trees of South Africa. Small insects known as frog-
hoppers suck the moisture from the branches and this forms a spittle
and later drops of 'water' that fall to the ground below. Two but-
terflies which are known to breed on the tree are the Purple Brown
Hairstreak, HypofLycaena phiklipus and the Natal Red Bar, Spindasis
natalensis, which is particularly common along the Natal coast. The
former....breeds on the leaves and females may often be seen search-
ing for a suitable plant on which to lay their eggs. The larvae of
the Natal Red Bar...... live in tubes in the stalks which are formed
by ants eating out the pith, and from these they emerge at night to
feed upon the leaves. The verbena tree, in particular the form with
sweet-smelling flowers, makes a good garden tree and may be grown
from seed or cuttings. It is fast-growing and young trees repro-
duced from cuttings often flower when 30--90 cm high -- at about one
year of age.

Collectors have found C£enodendrawm gfabrum growing in sandy soil
as well as in black or rich red-brown loam and even in copper-bearing
soil in areas of 500 mm. annual rainfall and in cultivated soil of
hedges, often in old degraded areas of native culture, in thickets
and secondary growth, in churchyards and bushy sandy places, sandy
seaside areas, on maritime dunes and in coastal bush and forest and
their margins, on anthills, in coconut plantations, on riverbanks
and along streamlets, in light open forests and coppices, in white
sandy soil of mopane scrub, in semi-karroid areas, on wooded kloops,
and in closed, dense, high, and xerophilous forests, as well as open,
mesic, deciduous forests, from sealevel to 1930 m. altitude, in an-
thesis in every month of the year, and in fruit in January, March,
May, June, August, November, and December.

Hornby refers to the plant as “widely distributed [in Mozambi-
que] along with Spinostachys, Sideroxykon, Cussonia and many other
genera", while Balsinhas found it growing on littoral dunes with
ALob, Euphorbia, Commiphora negkecta, C. schtechteri, Bridelia sp.,
etc. in the same country, as well as with Mimusops sp., Diospynos
notundifolia, Acacia knaussiana, etc. Bayliss refers to it as "lo-
cal" in Cape Province, but Gledhill (1969) reports it "common in
dune bush and coastal bush of Alexandria and Bathurst divisions and
also in Albany. Occurs also in Natal." In Natal it is said by Moll
(1967) to occur in "Forest margins and sometimes a canopy tree in
disturbed forests". Acocks calls it a "frequent small tree" in Cape
Province, while Scheepers refers to it as a "rather infrequent ruder-
al" in the Transvaal. Hiern (1900) speaks of it as "not uncommon"
in Loanda, Angola.

Killick (1959) avers that the plant is only "occasional in for-
ests and in mixed communities around sinks" in South Africa; Smuts
(1933) describes it as “very common in sandstone soil" in the Trans-
vaal. Frazier describes it aS a “Common woody shrub to 2 m. tall
inland of coastal sand dunes at the edge of coconut plantations" in
Tanzania. On Zanzibar island Faulkner found it "in open bush forma-
tion a short distance from the foreshore in white sand". Compton

492 Ph ¥ TaD L 2Grolt oft Mol. :59, ae i7

reports it from the "middle veld" in Swaziland, while Jacobsen
(1973) refers to it as "rare in thickets on dolomite outcrops" in
Zimbabwe. Stoddart and his associates found it in the sand beach
community of mixed native and introduced species on Assumption is-
land. Huber (1963) tells us that it has been introduced in western
tropical Africa as a hedge plant. My wife and I have found it in
cultivation in Florida, in the Hawaiian Islands, and in Sri Lanka.
In the Kruger National Park it is “associated with scrub on the
banks of dongas and on anthills" according to Van der Schijff.

Dale & Greenway (1961) aver that the species is found only in the
coastal districts of Kenya, citing Dake 3571, Graham 1954, and Scott-
ELLiot 6103.

A key to help distinguish C. gfabawm from its non-capitate rela-
tives is given under C. dusentci GUrke in the present series of notes
(59: 335); another, distinguishing it from other commonly cultivated
taxa, is given under C. bethunianum Low (58: 195--198), and others
under C, discolor (Klotzsch) Vatke (59: 259--260) and C. indicum
(L.) Kuntze.

The corollas of Cenodendrawm glabrum are usually described as
"white" [e.g., Dale & Greenway (1961), Huber (1963), and Venter
(1972) and on Barbosa & Balsinhas 5532, Barbosa & Lemos 7578 & 7841,
Edwands 2923, Estéves de Sousa 160, Faulkner 671, 1690, & 2552,
Forbes 631, Faazdien 1125, Gakpin 774, Hornby 2556, Herb. Barley 4.n.,
Lemos & Balsinhas 17, 78, & 91, McChLintock 4.n., Manques 2496, Rodin
4076, Schijff{ 4218, Schkieben 2635, Suehino 4.n., Tanner 2306, 3031,
3325, 3550, & 3671, Tonne 1731, Welwitsch 5625, 5651, & 5710, Wald
5864, and Wood 1204], but are said to have been “pure-white" on Win-
ten & Giedss 7011, “white-cream" on Sidey 3879, “white or pinkish" by
the Baileys (1976), "pale-pink" on Bayliss 4400 & 6073 and Scheepers
848, "pink" on Acocks 10976, Compton 31271, and Nata Herb. 12121,
"“cream-pink" on Sidey 3157 & 3620, “white, tube pinkish" on Jaasund
2068, "“pale-purple on white" by Martin & Noel (1960), “purplish-
mauve on white" by Gledhill (1969), "pale-violet" on Torre 2628, and
"Violet" on Wal 54,

Common and vernacular names reported for C. gfabawm are "bitter-
blaar", “bush clerodendrum", “bush glorybower", "huilboom", "“ifamu",
"kuwakilo", "manuelambeua", "“manunhelambeua", "“manunhelambeva",
"mlanyuni", "mohlokohloko", "mongkangkani", "mothlokuthloku",
"motlhokutlkoku", "“mselenkanga", "mtiwa-nyuni", "mtozatoza", "mukula-
usihu", "“munukha-tshilongwy" [=smells of cattle dung], "palo de
perico", "“stinkblaar", “stinkboom", "truitjie-roer-my-nie",
"umphehlacwathi" [=twirl the fire sticks], “umkukambiba",
"umqangazane", “um-qangazane", “umqagazani", “umqupongo",
"umgqagongp", "“um-quaquane", “umquaquane", “um-quogongo", "“umqwaqu",
"umqwaqwanam", “uphehlacmathi", “verbena tree", and "weeping tree".

Gibbs (1974) reports negative results from the HCl/methanol test
and the absence of syringin from the stems and of cyanogenesis from
the leaves.

Curran reports finding a stem diameter of 6 inches on a 20- foot
tree of this species. Schijff and Bayliss both refer to the flowers
as "unpleasant" scented, while Rodin even goes so far as to describe
them as having a "skunk-like odor". Most other writers and collec-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 493

tors assert that the flowers are "beautifully fragrant". Paimer &
Pitman imply that there is a pleasantly fragrant form of the species
and one that is not. The Degener 4.n. and Forbes 631 collections,
cited below, represent a very broad-leaved form.

Meeuse, in commenting on Transvaal Mus. 15759, avers that it is
"Related to C. gfabnrwn. Keys out to C. gkabratwm in Thomas' key,
but calyx-teeth are erect and I can find remains of petioles on
thigs. I feel inclined to make it a var. of C. glabnum." Dale 2116
and Esteves de Sousa 160 are intermediate between C. glabratwm and
C. glabrum, with the remains of the petioles conspicuous. Wanmela
53310/6 is also intermediate. Pedro & Pednrogar 1432 is rather typi-
cal C. glabnwm, but the petiolar remains are quite distinct and the
leaf-blades are very thin (rather than thicker in texture as is usu-
al). Gomes e Sousa 1668 seems to be typical C. gfabnum, but, again,
the petiolar remains are very obvious on the stems.

The fruit of CLerodendrauwm glabraum is eaten by birds such as
white-eyes and bulbuls in South Africa. The leaves on Tanner 2847
are described as having been "thick, dull green, flaccid".

The Baileys (1948) refer to the species as “adapted to S. Calif.
and S, Fla. [U.S.A.]" in life zone 9, but in England, according to
Synge (1956), it must be grown in a greenhouse. Williams (1949)
lists it from Zanzibar and Pemba islands. The Morales Ruano collec-
tion, cited below, seems to have come from wild (naturalized) mater-
jal -- its accompanying label gives no indication that it was taken
from a cultivated plant. Pencilled floral sketches accompany Suehc-
no 5.n. Gomes e Sousa 1711 is said to match perfectly Welwitsch
5625, 5627, & 5721 in the British Museum herbarium. Schfechter 6285
seems to be a topotype collection, from Bashee, and is, indeed, an
excellent match for the type collection from that locality. Krauss
100 is the type collection of Ehnetia triphylla.

Pearson (1901) cites Cooper 3496, Drege 4.n., Galpin 2937, and
MacOwan 748 from Cape Province, South Africa, Galpin 774, Herb. Wood
4170, and Thorncnroft 48 from Transvaal, and Bowker 549, Cooper 1220,
Drege 4.n., Gernard 638 & 726, Gerrard & McKen 661, Hewdrtson 4.n.,
Knauss 100, and Wood 7551 from Natal.

Thomas (1936) cites the following collections: from Mombasa -
Scott ELLiot 6103; from Tanganyika - Busse 2310 & 2433, Hildebrandt
1298, Holst 3076, Holtz 520, 1916, 2539, & 2730, Lyne 47, Schkieben
2635, and Stuhémann 192, 293, 7375, 7481, 7522, 7558, 7559, 7648,
7655, 7689, 7691, 7703, 7705, 7718, 7744, 7780, 7841, 7896, 7899,
8452, 8497, 1.628, & 1.632; from Mozambique - Kink 4.n., Peters 4.n.,
Rodrigues de Carvalho 4.n., and Schkechter 12004; from Natal - Bach-
mann 1148 & 1150, Landauer 97, Rudatis 383 & 1825, and Wood 939 &
6661; from Cape Province- Britten 4.n., Dadge 3485 & S.n., Ecklon 4,
n., and Schechter 6285; and from Angola - Gossweiler 157 and Wet-
witsch 5625, 5651, 5657, 5721, & 5725.

Good & Exell (1930) cite Gossweiler 157, 463, & 1529 from Angola,
asserting that the species is "Widespread in Tropical and South Af-
rica". Baker (1900) cites Sentt-EkQiot 6103 from Mombasa, Monteiro
bon. and Welwitsch 5625, 5651, 5656, 5657, 5710, 5721, 5752, & 5753
from Angola, Kink 20 from French Island, Kink 4.n. from Tanzania,
and Forbes 4.n. and Kink 4.n. from Mozambique. Hiern (1YUU) Cites

494 PublaWs To LeO ats Tak Vol 2°99 ,"llos 77

the same Welwitsch numbers, all from Loanda, as well as his no. 5655
as "perhaps that species" from Icolo e Bengo, Angola.

Reis & Lipp (1982) cite Tanner 3677 from Tanganyika; Van der
Schijff (1969) cites his nos. 170, 597, 1608, 1744, 3445, & 4218 from
the Kruger National Park; Friedrich-Holzhammer (1967) cites Winter &
Gicss 7011 from Namibia; Altschul (1973) cites Watt & Braandwyk 1731
from South Africa; and Jacobsen (1973) cites hiS no, 3657 from Zim-
babwe.

Huber (1963) cites Deighton 3349 & 4623 from Sierra Leone, giving
the species' natural distribution, as known to him, as "From Mombasa
southwards to the eastern Cape Province; also in Angola." Hutch-
inson (1946) cites his no. 2449 from South Africa.

It should be noted here that the C, ovake Klotzsch, C. ovakifoki-
um Engl,, and C, aehmannii Glrke, often included in the synonymy of
typical CLerodendwm gflabnawm, actually belong in the synonymy of C.
glabrum var. vagum (Hiern) Mold., as does also C. gfabraum var. ovale
H. H. W. Pearson; C. gfabawm var. angustifolium E. Mey., however, is
regarded by me as a valid variety (q.v.).

For some reason not obvious to me, Thomas (1936) regards Drege
3485 [Key, 8-6-1832] as the type collection of CLerodendrwm glabrum.
The Meyer (1838) work, in which C. gfabawm was first described,
is usually cited in bibliographies as "1: 237" and the year of pub-

lication as "1835", "1836", or "1837" [as, for instance, by Hiern
(1900) ], but page 237 occurs in fascicle 2 of two continuously paged
fascicles and pp. 173--326 were not actually published until January
14 and 20, 1838.

Material of typical C£enodendawm gfabrum has been misidentified
and distributed in some herbaria as C. eniophyfQum Glrke, C. glabnra-
tum Glrke, C, ovale Klotzsch, C. ovake Kunth, C. phfomidis L., C.
Anichotomum Thunb., C. txichotomum var. fangesii (Dode) Rehd., Vo£ka-
meria acukeata L., Nuxia congesta R. Br., and even Rubiaceae sp.

On the other hand, the FaufLkner 671, Schkieben 2635, and Sidey
3157, distributed as typical C. gfabawm, actually represent C. gfab-
num var. angustifolium E. Mey-, while Hnatiuk 731313 and Wood 1623 &
1624 are C. glabaum var. minutiflonum (J. G. Baker) Fosberg, Dahe-
trom 1517 & 1942, Edwards 1553, Galpin 9059, Gibson 3, Govt. Herb.
Salisb. 33103, Greentow 4.n., Meebold 12835 & 12842, Read 1019,
Schkieben 9204, and Werdeumann & Oberdieck 1805 are C. glabaum var.
vagum (Hiern) Mold., Walther s.n. [July 1934] is Cafodendron capense
Thunb. in the Rutaceae, and Haptnom & Lindberg 4.n. is something in
the Myoporaceae.

Citations: FLORIDA: Dade Co.: Buswell 4.n. [Miami, Jan. 17, 1937]
(Bu, Ws), 6.n. [Miami, Feb. 7, 1937] (N, N, N,N), o.n. [May 15,
1937] (Bu); Herb. N.Y. Bot. Gand. ace. 2304 (N); Phillips 1906 (Tu--
79038); Smale & Alexander s.n. [Miami, May 15, 1937] (H--83119).
GUATEMALA: Sacatepéquez: Morales Ruano 1374 (F--605688, Ld--photo,
N, N--photo). BERMUDA ISLANDS: Main: 0, Degener s.n. [Aug. 3, 1921]
(A, Ms). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Busse 2360 (Br), 2433 [Peter 51872]
(B); FauLkner 1690 (S); Faazéen 1125 (W--2810810); Jaasund 2068 (Go);
J. Proctor 2504 (N); Tanner 2306 (Ba, Mi, N), 2847 (Ba), 3031 (Ba,
N), 3325 (Ba, Mi, N), 3550 (N, Na), 3677 (Ba, Ca--1218827, N). ZAN-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 495

ZIBAR: Faulkner 2552 (S); E. H. L. Knause 16807 (B), 16808 (B).
KENYA: Dae 2116 (Af), 35717 (Br), 3804 (Br); Napier 6247 (Br); Wake
54 (Ew). MALAWI: Stofz 1166 (Af, Cp, N, N--photo, S, S). MUZAMBI-
QUE: Inhambane: Gomes e Sousa 1668 (Af, Br), 1717 (Br, Ul); Torre
2648 (U1). Gazaland: Herb. Gazaland Exped. 4.n. [July 1915] (Ld),
Sen. [VIII.1915] (U1); Gaandvaux Barbosa & Lemos 7826 (U1), 7841
(U1); Lemos & Balsinhas 78 (U1), 97 (U1); Torne 6675 (Ld, Ul);
Transvaal Mus. Herb. 15759 (Tm). Lourenco Marques: Baksinhas 278
(U1), 724 (U1), 735 (U1); Borfe 326 (En); Connell s.n. (Af); Esteves
de Sousa 160 (Af); Figueuredi Gomes e Sousa 3776 (S); Gnandvaux Bar-
bosa & Lemos 7578 (U1), 8666 (U1); Herb. Lab. Quim. Serv. Sarde
39201 (U1); Hornby 2556 (Rh); Junod 122 (U1); Lemos & Balsinhas 17
(U1); Marques 2496 (Mu); Schfechter 12004 [Herb. Then. 1.2927] (B,
Br, L, S, Vt, W--553350); Sousa 160 (U1); Tonne 1731 (U1), 2502 (U1),
7586 (U1). Zambezia: Wild 5864 (U1). Province undetermined: Baxr-
bosa & Balsinhas 5532 (U1); Pedro & Pedrogar 1432 [Sul de Save]
(Af). NAMIBIA: Rodin 9050 (Mu); Winter & Giese 7011 (Mu). BOTSWANA:
PoLe-Evans 3231 (Cb). SWAZILAND: Compton 31271 (Mu); Kemp 694 (W--
2781905). SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Province: Acocks 10976 (Af); Bayliss
BS.4400 (Ba, N, W--2616805), 6073 (Ba, N); Bowie 4.n. [Albany] (Bm);
Drege s.n. [Basche] (L--isotype, N--photo of isotype, S--isotype),
ben. [Key Isl.] (N--photo, S, S); Eckfon 4.n. [10.3] (L); EckQon &
Zeyher s.n. [Uitenhaaf] (S); E. P. Phitlips 177 (Mu--4058, Mu--4221);
Schlechter 6285 (Af, Br, Cb, S); Sidey 3620 (W--2410037); C. A.
Smith 3809 (Cb); Thorncrogt 48 [Natal Herb. 4705] (Na); Weekes 4.n.
[Cape of Good Hope] (W--41181). Natal: D. Edwands 2933 (Mu); Forbes
631 [Natal Herb. 21009] (Ms, Na); Gerstner s.n. [Natal Herb. 22611]
(Na); Knauss 100 (Bm, E--140859, Ld--photo, Mu--65, N--photo);
Kuntze 4.n. [Clairmont 10/ 3/94] (N, W--554738); Natal Herb. 966
(Na), 12121 (Na); Peter 45290 [V.11] (B); Sidey 3879 (W--2552756);
O. West &79 (Cb); J. M. Wood 939 (W--206542), 1204 (Na--5701), 6661
(Na--7645), 10978 (Vi). Transvaal: Baeyer 4.n. (Tm--20940); Dahe-
stnand 616 (Go); Galpin 774 (Ka--92274, Ld, Ld, S); Kassner 1334
(Br); Knige 182 (Af); Rodin 4076 (Ba); Scheepers 848 (Mu); Schij ff
4218 (B); Sch€echtenr 6285 (Ca--299094, Cb); Schlieben & Strey &304b
(Mu); Strey 3562 (Mu); Thoancrogt 42 [Herb. Transvaal Mus. 9622]
(Cb); Wanumela 54410/6 (Af); O. West 122 (S). REUNION ISLAND: Lotsy
T.11 (Mu). INDIA: Bombay Island: Herb. Bkatter 15039 (Xa). HAWAIIAN
ISLANDS: Oahu: Suehino 4.n. [Aug. 4, 1939] (Mu). CULTIVATED: Aus-
tralia: M. S. C&emens 43441 (Mi). Bermuda: Bailey, Whetzel, Degen-
en, & McCaflan 121 (Ba), s.n. [Aug. 3, 1921] (Ba), 4.n. [Montrose,
Mar. 1, 1922] (Ba, Ld--photo, N--photo); Brown, Britton, & Wortley
1641 (B, K, N). Brazil: Curran 337 (W--920213); Glaziou 6653 (B,
Cb, Cp, K, N, P). California: McClintock 4.n. [West Los Angeles,
Sept. 4, 1945] (Gg--361161, N), 4.n. (Oct. 24, 1945] (Gg--361162);
McCLintock, Spaulding, & Spaulding 4.n. [October 25, 1945] (N);
Walther &54 (A, Ba, Gg--170500), 4.n. [Santa Monica, Aug. 27, 1927]
(F--647688), S.n. [Santa Monica, Sept. 1928] (Gg--159787). Florida:
Herb. Bailey s.n. [Royal Palm Nurseries, June 19, 1937] (Ba).
Hawaiian Islands:Caum 4.n. [6/11/32] (Bi); Isenberg 4.n. [June 19,
1941] (Bi); A. R. Mo£denke 93 [H. N. Moldenke 21866] (Mi); H. NJ &
A. L. Mo£denke 21842 (Mi); Suehino 4.n. [Aug 4, 1939] (Bi, Bi). In-

496 PR Ov PhO 1G ST Vol. 59, Ros 7

dia: G. L. Shah 4868 (Xa). Java: H. Hallier C.126 (Le, X, X). Sri
Lanka: Collector undetermined 125/49 (Pd). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS:
Sim, For. Fl. Colony Cape pl. 120, fig. 2. 1906 (Ld).

CLERODENDRUM GLABRUM var. ANGUSTIFOLIUM E. Mey., Comm. Pl. Afr.
Austr. 273 [as "CLenodendron" & "angustifolia" ]. 1838; B.
Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 76 in syn. 1936;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 245, 386, & 537. 1980.

Synonymy: Clerodendron glabrum & angustifolia E. Mey., Comm. Pl.
Afr. Austr. 273. 1838. C£erodendron glabrum angustifolia Sims,
Sketch Check-list Fl. Kaffr. 63. 1894. CLenodendraum glabaum var.
ma a oe E. Mey. apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt.
Clerod.} 76 in syn. 1936. C£erodendron gkabrum var. angustifoliom
E. Mey. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20 in syn. 1940.

Bibliography: E. Mey., Comm. Pl. Afr. Austr. 273. 1838; Harv.,
Gen)..2SirtAfrie’ Piles s¢ Edide2 269)1838'\5:Sims.,, ‘Sketch Check=iisterl.
Kaffr. 63. 1894; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ]
76. 1936; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20. 1940; Mold., Alph.
List Inv. Names 17. 1942; Mold., Résumé 263. 1959; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 445. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 245, 386, & 537. 1980;

H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4:

458. 1983.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the leaf-blades ovate-lanceolate and only half as large. It is
based on an unnumbered Drége collection from "Ad ripas fluvii Key,
alt. 500 ped. (V,b)", Cape Province, South Africa -- probably the
sheet in the Leningrad herbarium marked "var." on the label repre-
sents this same collection. Thomas (1936) does not regard the vari-
ety as sufficiently distinct to be regarded as valid, but does not
cite the aforementioned collections.

The material of this taxon cited below has previously been re-
garded and distributed as typical C. gfabrum E. Mey.

Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Fauwfknen 671 (S). CHOLE ISLAND:
Schkieben 2635 in part (W--2214364). MAFIA ISLAND: Schfieben 2636
in part (B). SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Province: Drdge s.n. ["var."] (L--
isotype).

CLERODENDRUM GLABRUM var. MINUTIFLORUM (J. G. Baker) Fosb., Kew
Buller BB'S 193;.. Y7FBx

Synonymy: C£erodendron minutifLorwm J. G. Baker, Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 1894: 150. 1894. Cerodendrwm glabrum “sensu Fosberg" ex Fosb.
& Renvoize, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 7: [Fl. Alcabra] 222 in syn. 1980.

Bibliography: J. G. Baker, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1894: 150. 1894;
Schinz, Abhandl. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellsch. 21: 90. 1897; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Supp] 1, 1mp..1, 101. 190i; Voelzkow, Abhand1.
Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell. 26: 552. 1902; Hemsl., Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 1919: 128. 1919; Durand & Jacks., ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2,
101. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 122 & 182.
1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 101. 1959; Mold.,
Résumé 155 & 451. 1959; Fosberg & Renvoize, Atoll Res. Bull. 136:
64, 109, & 152. 1970; Fosberg, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B.260: 218 &
225. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 258 (1971) and 2: 869. 1971; Ren-

1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrun 497

voize, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B.260: 230. 1971; Renvoize, Kew Bull.
30: 151. 1975; Fosberg, Kew Bull. 33: 143--144. 1978; Fosberg & Ren-
voize, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 7: [Fl. Aldabra] 220--222, fig. 35 (3 &
4). 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 247, 392, & 537. 1980; Mold., Phy-
tologia 50: 251 & 259 (1982) and 58: 189. 1985.

Illustrations: Fosberg & Renvoize, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 7: [Fl.
Aldabra] 221, fig. 35 (3 & 4). 1980.

An erect deciduous shrub or small straight tree, to 5 m. tall;
branchlets slender, rather pale, the younger portions pale-yellowish
or cream, pilose or tomentulose, the indument varying in density,
lenticellate; lenticels white; nodes prominent; principal internodes
abbreviated; leaves sparse, soft, decussate-opposite to alternate
or ternate (often on the same plant), distinctly petiolate, usual-
ly clustered at the tips of the branchlets; petioles slender, 1--2
cm. long; leaf-blades ovate to elliptic, 5--9 cm. long, 3--6 cm.
wide, green or light-green to gray-green on both surfaces, often ni-
grescent in drying, apically acuminate or more rarely acute or even
rounded, marginally entire, basally acute to attenuate or obtuse to
subcordate, frequently sickle-shaped and conduplicate, subglabrous
on both surfaces, on sterile shoots sometimes larger, more broadly
ovate and basally subcordate; inflorescence mostly terminal, the
cymes small, dense, 2--4 cm. long and wide, slender, irregularly
branched, tomentellous-pubescent or pilose throughout, occasionally
some in the upper leaf-axils; pedicels short; flowers strongly frag-
rant; calyx campanulate, 2--3 mm. long, externally woolly, the rim
subtruncate to very shallowly dentate or lobed, the teeth minute,
deltoid; corolla white, hypocrateriform, externally more or less
minutely pubescent, the tube cylindric, 5--6 mm. long, |] mm. wide,
often almost 3 times as long as the calyx, the limb 2--4 mm. wide,
the 5 lobes oblong, 2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, apically rounded or ob-
tuse; stamens 4, exserted about 5 mm. from the corolla-mouth; pistil
single, elongate; style equaling the stamens, apically purple; stig-
ma shortly bifid; fruiting-calyx accrescent, spreading to almost
patelliform, persistent, stiff; fruit drupacepus, orange-yellow or
orange, globose to obovoid, 4--6 mm. long and wide, apically rounded
to papilliform and glabrous; seeds solitary in each cell, turbin-
ate, about 7 mm. long and 4 mm. wide.

This variety is based on an unnumbered W. L. Abbott collection
from Aldabra, deposited in the Kew herbarium. Fosberg & Renvoize
(1980) describe the calyx as "2--3 cm long", but this is obviously
an unfortunate typographic error -- "cm" instead of "mm".

Fosberg (1978) comments that C. glabrwn is "An extremely variable
African species with a very wide distribution, extending over the
whole of southern Africa, north to Angola in the west and north
through East Africa to Kenya and Uganda; missing from Madagascar but
possibly represented there by C. hwnbexrtii Moldenke, which seems
similar in many respects. (CC. qafabaum is found in one of its forms
on Chole Island, near Mafia. Phis species varies widely in leaf
size and shape, as well as in the density and nature of the indument
of the young parts, inflorescence, and flowers. C. minuti¢£onrwm Ba-
ker seems to fall well within this range of variation, so that it is
appropriate to combine the two. The only feature noted in which

498 Pritt VorsTie1O) LO eiGy Tan Vol..459,, Noe > 7

they rather consistently differ is in the margin of the calyx, which
in African specimens has prominent triangular to triangular-acum-
inate lobes, while in Aldabra material it is from subtruncate to
minutely denticulate or with very low scarcely denticulate lobes.
This, with a tendency toward wider, sometimes even subcordate, leaves,
seems to warrant maintaining it in varietal rank. A number of vari-
eties have been proposed for mainland African plants, mainly on leaf
characters, but none matches this island population." He and Ren-
voize (1980) assert that the Aldabra plant is "A constituent of the
inland scrub communities. Flowers mainly during the wet season, but
responds to unseasonal rains. A favourite food plant of tortoise."

There appear to be two forms of the variety -- one is a form whose
leaves are very thin and turn black in drying, usually remaining
perfectly flat in pressing (e.g., Fosberg 48701 & 48836, Fosbeng &
McKenzie 49644, and Frazier 40); the other is a form whose leaves
remain gray-green in drying, are thicker in texture, and tend to be
conduplicate (e.g., Fosberg 48747, 48803, 48938, 49149, 49207, 49371,
Esai 49400, 49491, & 49746, Fosberg & Grubb 49155, and Frazier
708).

Recent collectors have encountered this plant on sandy shores, the
shores of lagoons, in guano pits, and in mixed scrub on limestone,
at or near sealevel, in flower from November to February, and in
fruit in January. On South Island Fosberg reports it “Very local in
deep pits and fissures in prominent champignon near the coast"; on
West Island Wood found it "locally common". Ridgway asserts that
the plant has a "Strong, sharp, attractive perfume to the flowers
and leaves".

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Renvoize 967 and
Wood 1624 and "white or cream" on Ridgway 110. Wood reports that
his no. 1623 exhibits anthers that are fertile and exserted, while
on his no. 1624 they are sterile and included.

Fosberg (1978) cites (in addition to the collections cited below)
the following: Dupont 51, Frayer 77, and Thomasset 251 from Aldabra;
Fnazaer 4.n. from Mentor; Dupont 105 and Stoddart 1069 & 1103 from
Assumption; Thomasset 4.n. from Cosmoledo; and Veevens-Carnter 110
from Astove.

Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as typical C. gfabnwm E. Mey.

Citations: COMORO ISLANDS: Aldabra: Abbott 4.n. (Ld--photo of
isotype, W--286411--isotype); Hnatiuk 731313 (W--2834336), Assump-
tion: Frazier 708 (W--2878696). South: Fosberg 48938 (W--2878407),
49149 (N, W--2878421), 49207 (W--2878408), 49371 (W--2878380), 49391
(W--2878396), 49400 (W--2878395); Fosberg & Grubb 49155 (W--2878381);
Fosberg & McKenzie 49644 (W--2878394); Frazier 40 (W--2878695);
Hnatiuk 4.n. [Cing Cases, 26/3/74] (W--2834345: Renvoize 961 (W--
2835358), 1013 (W--2940261). West: Fosberg 48701 (W--2878409),
48747 (W--2878416), 48803 (W--2878415), 48836 (W--2878405), 49491
(W--2878404); Hnatiuk 731501 (W--2834337); D. Wood 1623 (W--2835360),
1624 (W--2835359). SEYCHELLES ISLANDS: Astove: Fosberg & Graham
49746 (W--2878378); Ridqway 110 (Ld, W--2834346). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA-
TIONS: Fosberg & Renvoize, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 7: [Fl. Aldabra]

1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwmn 499
Pevmetige 35 (3&4). V980e(Ed)’:

CLERODENDRUM GLABRUM var. VAGUM (Hiern) Mold., Prelim. Alph. List
Inv. Names 40 hyponym. 1940; Phytologia 13: 306. 1966.

Synonymy: C£enodendron ovale Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise
Mossamb. Bot. 1: 257. 1861 [not Baker, 1900, nor Kunth, 1947].
CLerodendron errtophyflum Girke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 178. 1893.
CLerodendron ovalifolium Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. A.124: 341.
1895.[not A. Gray, 1862, nor (A. L. Juss.) Bakh., 1970]. C&enoden-
dion nehmanni Giirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 294. 1900. C2&enodendron
nehmannti Glrke apud K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495.
1900. Siphonanthus nehmannii (GUrke) Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll.
Welw. 1: 842. 1900. Siphonanthus glabra var. vaga Hiern, Cat. Afr.
P]. Coll. Welw. 1: 842. 1900. Sxiphonanthus glabra var. incarnata
Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll. Welw. 1: 842. 1900. Cenodendron glabrum
var. ovale H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Cap. 5: 219. 1912.
ChLerodendrum glabraum var. pubescens Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:
[Gatt. Clerod.] 77. 1936. C&erodendrwn rehmanni GUrke apud Thomas,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 77. 1936. C£erodendraum erio-
phyllum Giirke apud Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 77.
1936. Cerodendriwm ovale Klotzsch apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 76 in syn. 1936. C&erodendaum ovakifolium Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 76 in syn. 1936. C&enodendron ghab-
num var. ovate (Klotzsch) H. H. W. Pearson ex Mold., Résume 263 in
syn. 1959. CLenodendron gkabrum var. ovate Pearson ex Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 3: 30 in syn. 1962. C&erodendrwm eraphyllum Girke ex Mold.,
Résumé Supp]. 15: 19 in syn. 1967. C&enodendraum criophytum Guerke
ex Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 237 sphalm. 1969. Cenro-
dendron rnehmannik var. tenuifolium Merxm. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
388 in syn. 1980

Bibliography: Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6
[Bot.] 1: 257. 1861; Vatke, Linnaea 43: 537. 1882; Gurke, Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. 18: 178. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
1, 1: 561. 1893; GUrke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. A: 94 & 124
(1895) and C: 341. 1895; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 250. 1898; J.
G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 293, 298--300, & 515.
1900; Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll. Welw. 1: 842. 1900; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Supp]. 1, imp. 1, 101. 1901; H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Cap. 5: 318--220. 1901; K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
28 (1): 495. 1902; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 44. 1904; Sim,
For. Fl. Cape Colony 286. 1907; RUbsaamen, Marcellia 10: 106, fig. 9
& 10. 1911; Dalla Torre, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 1328. 1913;
B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 43, 76--78, 93, &
95. 1936; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 38. 1939; Mold., Prelim.
Alph. List Inv. Names 23 & 40. 1940; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Sup-
pl. 1, imp. 2, 101. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 21 & 40.
1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 48--52 & 89--
91. 1942; J. Hutchins., Botanist South. Afr. 399 & 400. 1946; Jacks,
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561. 1946; Mold., Alph.
List Cit. 1: 23, 174, & 254 (1946), 2: 407, 628, & 641 (1948), and
3: 762, 849, & 977. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 2, 115--121, 181, & 183. 1949 [to be continued ]

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"A REVISED HANDBOOK TO THE FLORA OF CEYLON" Volume 5 edited by M.
D. Dassanayake & F. R. Fosberg, ix & 476 pp., 51 b/w multi-fig.
& 1 tab. Amerind Publishing Co., Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi. india
for the Smithsonian Institution & The National Science Founda-
tion, both of Washington, D. C. 1985. $30.00.

Like the 4 earlier volumes, this one brings up-to-date and thus
available the rare Trimen's excellent flora (1893--1900), Alston's
additions and corrections to it (1931) and Abeywickrama's checklist
(1959) with the local field and several herbaria studies by family-
specialist systematists and native student collectors. In this vol-
ume H. Huber prepared the Annonaceae, C. Grey-Wilson the Balsaminace-
ae with fine illustrations, M. D. Dassanayake the Cochospermaceae
and the Bixaceae with 7 multi-figured drawings, B. C. Stone the Ru-
taceae with 9 multi-figured drawings which could have been much more
valuable with veining details added to single leaves and leaflets,
and T. Koyama (our longtime confrére at the New York Botanical Gar-
den) the huge Cyperaceae with 35 detailed figured drawings. All ac-
counts give family characteristics, keys on generic and specific
levels, distribution, ecologic notes, and specimens examined.

"HANDBOOK OF OREGON PLANT AND ANIMAL FCSSILS" by William N. & Eliza-
beth L. Orr, vii & 285 pp., hundreds of fossil drawings, charts
& maps. The Orrs, P. 0. Box 5286, Eugene, Oregon 97405. 1981.
$10.95 paperbound.

A tremendous amount of information in geology and paleontology is
presented between the covers of this book. The authors duly credit
the Rev. Thomas Condon as founder in these fields in this state and
among others our long-time friend, Ralph Chaney. Most of the fos-
sils found in Oregon appear in the sandstones of the changing west
coast and its river mouths. Consequently most of these fossils are
marine echinoderms, mollusks, sea and andromodous fish, a whale and
plants represented mainly by pollen. The next largest find is in the
John Day formation with lake fish, reptiles, birds and the many
amazing mammals like elephants and camels. There are also listed
plant fossil genera recorded in previous literature from thallophytes
through monocots. The drawings given of so many fossils and/or
restorations add much reality to their names. Some valuable charts
are printed so miniscutely even with clear space left on the page.

The geological maps are very helpful. This is the only complete
report for the state on this subject and so is highly valuable.

500

1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 501

"ECOLOGICAL INTERACTIONS IN SOIL -- Plants, Microbes and Animals"
edited by A. H. Fitter & associates, viii & 451 pp., 104 b/w
fig. incl. 18 photos. & 67 tab. Blackwell Scientific Publica-
tions, Oxford, Boston, Massachusetts 02108 & Palo Alto, Cali-
fornia 94301. 1985. $57.00.

The 33 papers by some 60 authors on all aspects of soil biota are
from a conference presented by the British Ecological Society giving
assorted pertinent scientists opportunities to integrate their
edging and overlapping research interests as to roots, root hairs,
nematodes, mycelia of saprophytic and parasitic fungi affecting
not only soil plant parts but also underground animals, specialized
mycorrhiza, collembolans, ants and other small insects, earthworms,
soil bacteria, and soil protozoa in their complicated varying micro-
environments on and below the soil surfaces of crops and forests.
This is an important new emphasis for such interested researchers,
professors and students. This book should be an important library
acquisition for all institutions where such work is being done.

"BIOPHYSICAL PLANT PHYSIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY" by Park S. Nobel, xiii
& 608 pp., 111 b/w illus. & 15 tab. W. H. Freeman & Company,
San Francisco, California & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1983.
$34.95.

This is an introductory (?) level text dealing with such topics
as diffusion, solutes, light and photochemistry, bioenergetics, and
leaf and plant fluxes. There are problems planned for each of the 9
chapters. There is a full 8-parted appendix with such items as
symbols and abbreviations, logarithms and trigonometric functions,
and Gibbs free energy and chemical potentials. Then are given the
answers to the chapters' problems. The author's predecessors to this
book came out in 1970 and 1978. This new edition adds pertinent
ecological considerations very effectively since it “emphasizes
physical concepts that are important for a broad biological under-
standing of processes, particularly in vivo."

"A NEW LOOK AT THE DINOSAURS" by Alan Charig, 160 pp., 1 color pl.,
3 charts, & 3 maps, 104 b/w photos., 104 draw., 6 charts, & 13
maps. Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985.
Reprint of 1983. $9.95 paperbound.

The skilled author of this book is the curator of fossil amphib-
ians, reptiles and birds at the renowned British Museum (Natural
History). Most of the many excellent illustrations come from this
source too. Hundreds of different kinds are shown, described and lo-
cated on every continent but Antarctica where some may well be yet
undiscovered under the ice from warmer Pangean times. They reigned
overlappingly and successfully for 140 million years beginning about
200 million years ago. Suggestions for their demise are still just
that. True dinosaurs are distinguished from the other reptilian

502 P HovoT sQeLa0eG J. 5A Vol. 59, Nae '7

archosaurs (which include crocodilians that persist today and ptero-
saurs that died off) because of their erect limbs supporting the body
from beneath with the elbows pointed backward and knees forward. The
closest descendants of these "true" dinosaurs (s.s.) are birds. I
would like to summarize with: "This clearly and interestingly writ-
ten and profusely illustrated book is definitely the best of the
many that have been written about dinosaurs". It is how I evalu-

ate the book but it is given here in quotation marks because it is
also the recommendation of the important expert, George Gaylord
Simpson.

"SHARKS OF THE WORLD" by Rodney Steel, 192 pp., 32 color & 68 b/w
photos., | chart & 124 draw. Facts on File Publications, Inc.,
New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $17.95.

The author was formerly in the paleontology department of the
British Museum: he therefore knows much about the ancient as well
as the modern elasmobranchs or members of the Class Chondrichthyes.
An appendix gives a "Check-list of Sharks Living and Extinct" arran-
ged taxonomically. With today's use of sophisticated free-diving
equipment, the development of underwater photography, and the de-
tailed physiological (mainly sensory) testing, the scientifically
oriented and the naturalist-interested members of the public can
now watch and/or read facts about sharks rather than myths. Docu-
mented true stories of assorted killer sharks and their human vic-
tims make quite some reading!

"JAPANESE GARDENS" by Katsuo Saito, Quick & Easy Series, 62 pp., 32
color photo., 1 b/w photo & 7 draw. Charles E. Tuttle Co.,
Rutland, Vermont 05701-0410. 1985, 19th printing. $3.95.

"FUN WITH FLOWERS" by Katsuo Saito, Quick & Easy Series, 62 pp., 33
color photo. & 24 b/w draw. Charles E. Tuttle Co., Rutland,
Vermont 05701-0410. 1985, 8th printing. $3.95.

These near postcard-sized, plastic-bound booklets have on the
lefthand or upper side page descriptions, often with ink drawings,
of the corresponding right-hand or lower side one. On the right-
hand or lower side pages there are in the one book beautifully re-
produced color photographs of attractive Japanese gardens and in the
other booklet there are, again beautifully reproduced, photographs
of floral arrangements set according to different Ikebana School
patterns. Considering the excellence of these reproductions, the
prices are bargain ones. These lovely booklets can be real souve-
nirs from Japan, printed there, available here, taking up no
valuable space in luggage. They make lovely little gifts (for
Garden Club, etc.) and prizes for family and friends especial-
ly for gardeners or those “laid up" -- they are sO easy to handle.

1986 Moldenke, Book reviews 503

"AMERICAN ARCTIC LICHENS 1. The Macrolichens" by John W. Thomson,
xiii & 504 pp., 269 b/w draw., & 340 geog. dist. maps. Columbia
University Press, New York. N. Y. 10025. 1984. $55.00.

The author is a teaching-research-field botanist with 14 expedi-
tions to the American Arctic and European Lapland as a basis for
this book and other publications. His work pattern is prodigious
and careful. We have admired him throughout our many decades of
friendship. The introduction gives a survey of the geology, climate,
geography, previous lichen literature, and ecology of the region
with varying habitat descriptions on different soils, rocks, bones,
antlers and as epiphytes on bark and twigs, or growing over other
lichens, or vagant like "Masonhalea nichardsonii, which is never at-
tached to the substratum but when dry rolls with the wind, then
spreading and coming to rest when moistened." The text starts with
a clearly planned key to 62 arctic genera. In the rest of the text
they are presented alphabetically with the main literature, generic
descriptions, keys to their species, descriptions giving microchem-
istry as well as morphology, really superb drawings (mostly by
Bethia Brehmer) and clearcut geographic distribution maps. Not only
lichenologists will need this excellently prepared study, but so
will ecologists, naturalists, teachers, etc. I understand that this
publication has been given a prestigious award. It is certainly de-
serving of such recognition.

"THE FAMILIES OF THE MONOCOTYLEDONS - Structure, Syolution, and Tax-
onomy" by R. M. T. Dahlgren, H. T. Clifford & P. F. Yeo, xii &
520 pp., 225 b/w multi-draw. & 7 tab. Springer-Verlag, New
Yorks; Ns. Y. 10010. 1985. $98.00:

lf readers have not been following the recent literature of these
authors, as well as that of R. B. Fagen, N. and K. Jacobsen, S. R.
Jansen, B. J. Nielsen and F. N. Rasmussen, who are recognized on the
title page as “in cooperation with", H.-D. Behnke, the A. N., C. V.,
T. S. and V. S. Rao-s, N. Holmgren, A. Cronquist and A. Takhtajan in
part, they will find a very different arrangement herein which may
well be that to be followed by most taxonomists and/or systematists
of the near future. This “presentation gives great weight to evolu-
tionary considerations....doing away with old heterogeneous families,
and arranging the new smaller and more homogeneous ones according to
their presumed relationships....based on an extensive body of evi-
dence." The text considers the morphological and chemical character-
istics of monocots, their origin and evolutionary patterns, and
their subsequent classification into superorders, orders, families
and genera. The structural drawings are many and very well executed.
This is going to be an important study book for students and
scholars.

Index to authors in Volume Fifty-nine

Aguirre-Claveran, R., 59

Alllorge:, les 93

Arreguin-Sdnchez, M. de la L.,
Gil 62 sales aol
BahGingeris) Krtsiud 03:5) S09
Beauchamp, R. M., 437
Beetle, A. A., 287

Cav Vali adie Sree 27

Cruden, Rr Wresaro i3n0.309
DiltonaM. Oke, wc 7
Edblom, G., 291

Flores Granados, C., 1
Fontella Pereira, J., 224

Galvan-Villanueva, R., 34
Glad, J. B., 360

Gomez Ps 1S, Diy 58

Halse, R. R., 360

Herrera Arrieta, Y., 95

Holmes, W. C., 441

HookSsaiS:..5, o1

Horn, C. N., 290

Huerta-Muzquiz, L., 1, 35

Jones, A. G., 149

Lamboy, W. F., 454
Lesite, S.., 8

fay Bel ee url emer aal |

Luer, C. A., 443

bundelil..5 Goeles. 420
Magafia, P., 221

59,Mateo-Cid, L. E., 9, 17
Mendoza-Gonzalez, A. C., 1, 9, 17,
35
Moldenke, A. L., 148, 391, 367,
500

Moldenke, H. N., 100, 234, 406,
462

Moore, D. C., 381

Ochoa, C., 461

Palacios-Chavez, R., 65, 67, 72

Oixinoz—Gavciial,| Disa 6by Kb7ee 2

Ramos-Zamora, D., 65, 67, 72

Races Ga Rat 290

Sagdstegui-Alva, A., 227

Ste dohnwhes Bi5.W389

Sastre wiG,, 323

Spencer: iL piBepard

Taylor, D. D., 383

TCO? LE a93

Uae MOA eases he

Thomas, Re Di Sle, BB 44888

Turner,.o Bir be5o895, 91,4269 dil,
SHS Sa Se

Wheeler, G. A., 455

Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Fifty-nine

Ab£es 6755127 541325 139

Acacia, 975,257,
428, 49]

Acanthospeumum, 385

Acetabulania, 11, 13, 39, 42

Acrochaetiaceae, 48

Acrochaetimm, 26, 48

Acropora, 9, 11

Acrosornium, 26

Adiantum, 381

Aechmea, 221-223

Aegiphila, 113

Aeolanthus, 350

Agalinis, 319, 320, 385

Ageratina, 322

Agmenelkum, 54

Agrostis, 301

Ahngeltia, 26

265, 385, 417%

Aina, 301

Algae, 6, 11, 19, 20, 40, 41

ALLiospeumun, 92

Aklodape, 358

Afob, 49)

Alysicanpus, 384

Amanyllidaceae, 85, 88

Amenrina, 4396

Amonpha, 395

Amphinoa, 10,

Amphona, 14

Anabaena, 3

Anacystis, 13

Andropogon, 95, 257
385

Annonaceae, 509

Anthericum, 399

Antithamnion, 52

155.205 S45 Jil

» 303, 304,

504

1986

Anthoxanthum, 304
Antiphytum, 326
Aphanocapsa, 3
Aphis, 469
Apiaceae, 437
ArLopappus, 437, 438
Apocynaceae, 93
Aptera, 384
Anbonr, 469
Arbutus, 132
Ancottonia, 149, 150, 219
Andisia, 432
Anenanria, 385
Aristolochia, 385
Anthnraxon, 385
Anthrodesmus, 2, 4, 8
Antnospina, 54
Anundinaria, 384
Anundinella, 294, 300
Ascendentes, 454
Asclepiadaceae, 224, 234
Adckepias, 382, 384, 385
Aspanagopsis, 39, 48
Aster, 384, 454
Asteraceae, 89, 91, 227, 269,
2EVEMSILT 46 3205-7322, 323
Asteneae, 454
Asiertonelka, 14
Astenocystis, 15, 46
Axikliffonae, 245
Baciklariophyceae, 2, 5
Balfourtanae, 132, 134, 135
Baksaminaceae, 500
Bangia, 48
Bangiaceae, 48
Bangiales, 19
Bankenia, 342
Banrtonia, 385
Berberidaceae, 70
Berberis, 67-71
Berkinia, 107
Biddulphia, 14
Bigelovia, 437
Bigelowda, 384
Bixaceae, 500
Blumea, 245
Bonnemaisoniaceae, 48
Bossiella, 20, 26
Bostrychia, 40, 54
Botrychium, 381, 385
Botnryococeus, 2, 3

Index

Botnyoglossum, 26
Bouchea, 264

BouteLoua, 96, 287, 289
Brachypodium, 95

505

Bnachystegia, 265, 351, 410, 473

Bruachytrichia, 22
Brachytrychia, 56
Brahea, 96

Bridelia, 491
Bromeliaceae, 221, 223
BromeLiorideae, 221, 223
Bromus, 96, 98, 99
Bryopsidaceae, 44
Bnayopsis, 10, 13, 38, 39, 44
Buchnera, 385
Buddlejaceae, 363
Bulbochaete, 4
Bulbostylis, 384. 385
Bwunannia, 384

Burserna, 97

Calamintha, 384

Calea, 269
Cakkianrthron, 26
Cakkithamnion, 26, 40, 52
Caklophyllis, 26
Calodendron, 494
CaLopogon, 384, 385
Calothrix, 13, 22, 56
Canex, 455-459
Canphephorus, 384
Canya, 385

Canyopteris, 234
Castanea, 381
Catapodium, 386
CathartoLinum, 72, 75

Caulerpa, 10, 11, 13, 38, 39, 44

Caukerpaceae, 44
Ceanothus, 440
Cecropia, 417
Cembrae, 134
Cembroides, 134, 135
Centroceras, 15, 26, 52
Ceramiaceae, 19, 41, 50
Cenamiakes, 11, 19, 41
Ceramium, 10, 11, 15, 26, 28,
40, 52
Cenataulina, 14
Ceratium, 2, 4
Ceratophyllum, 385
Cercosponella, 112
Chaenorrhinum, 381

506 PHO Ye Te On ORG aA Vol... 59, Meer 7

Chaetangiaceae, 42 499

Chaetomonpha, 22, 38, 42 CLerondendron, 420
Chaetomorphaceae, 42 CLethna, 384

Chamaeliniun, 384 CLosterium, 2-4

Champia, 15, 28, 52 Cnidoscolu4, 96, 384
Champiaceae, 52 Coccochlonis, 13
Champiapanvula, 11 Cocconeis. 10, 11. 14. 24
Chasmanthium, 385 Cochkospermaceae, 500
Cheilanthes, 59, 63 Codiaceae, 44
ChecLopkecton, 60, 63 Codium, 20, 22, 38, 39, 44
Chlamydomonas, 2, 4 Coekachne, 306, 307
Chhonekla, 2, 4 Coelasinum, 2, 4
ChLonocodon, 234 Coekentenata, 369
Chkonophora, 267 Coelonachis, 385
ChLorophyceae, 5, 11, 20, 41 Cokkinsonis, 384
ChLorophycophyta, 38, 42 CoLobopsis, 417
ChLonophyta,4 ,5,10,13,16,18,22,39 Colpomenta, 14, 24. 39, 46
Chnoospona, 39, 46 Combretum, 257

Chondria, 28, 40, 54 Commiphora, 491
Chondrichthyes, 502 Compositae, 89, 92, 281, 318,
Chnomophyta, 10, 14, 18, 24 441, 454

Chroococcaceae, 54 Conaklina, 28, 39, 50
Chnroococcus, 2, 3, 22 Conallinaceae, 18, 19, 39, 41, 48
Chnysophyceae, 2, 5 Conallinoideae, 19, 41
Chrysophycophyta, 2 Condia, 126, 236, 424
Chrysophyta, 3, 5 Coneopsis, 384, 385
Chraysopogon, 299 Conylus, 381

Chrysopsis, 384 Cosmarium, 4

Cirsium, 385 Crassulaceae, 321
Chadophona, 22, 38, 39, 42 Crematogaster, 357
CLadophoraceae, 42 Crotalaria, 384, 385
Cladophoropsis, 13, 39, 44 Caucigenia, 2, 4, 8
Clanedendium, 415 Crauoriekla, 48

Cheistes, 384 Crayptonemia, 28
CLerendendron, 126 Crayptonemiales, 19, 20, 41
CLerendon, 126 Cupressus, 438
CLerodendrom, 115, 419, 486 Cusonia, 267

CLerodendron, 106, 107, 109, 110, Cussonia, 491

DPQ=bNS SALT, “HUST 21, bBo Cyanophyceae, 5

125, 234, 236, 243, 246, 247, Cyanophycophyta, 54

250-253, 255, 258, 267, 268, Cyanophyta, 2, 3, 5, 10, 13, 18,
325, 330, 332, 333, 335, 336, 22, 38

338-340, 342-344, 347, 349, 351, Cyclonema, 110, 248, 250, 255,
353-355, 357-359, 406, 409, 410, 258, 266, 333, 410, 462, 480
412, 414, 415, 417-420, 423-428, Cyckostachya, Yb, YY

462-464, 468, 469, 471-476, 479- Cyckotekla, 3

483, 485, 486, 496, 499 Cymbella, 3

CLerodendrum, 100-103, 105-115, Cymbopogon, 111, 304

117-126, 234-255, 257-268, 324, Cymopolia, 10, 11, 13

325, 327-355, 357-359, 406-409, Cynanchum, 385

411-415, 417--419, 421-428, 462- Cynoglossum, 381

1986

Cyperaceae, 455, 458, 500

Cyperus, 385

Cypripedium, 381

Cypselea, 385

Cyrtomium, 381

Cystoseina, 18, 24

Dactylis, 361

Dactylococcops1s, 3

Dasya, 28, 52

Dasyaceae, 19, 41, 52

Dasycladaceae, 42

Daucus, 361

Delesserniaceae, 19, 41, 52

Delissea, 315, 316

Densigforna, 112, 118

Dentaria, 381

Derbesia, 13, 22, 44

Derbesiaceae, 44

Dermatolithon, 28

Dermocarpa, 22

Dewnonema, 39, 48

Desmanestia, 24

Desmidium, 4

Desmodium, 385

Dichanthium, .305

Dictyopteris, 11, 14, 24, 46

Dictyosphaerts, 13

Dictyota, 10, 14, 24, 39, 46

Dictyotaceae, 46

Digenia, 15, 54

Digitaria, 96, 98, 99, 301, 410

DiLophus, 14

Dinophyceae, 2, 5

Dinophycis, 4

Diospynos, 389, 391, 393-395,
397-399, 401, 403-405, 491

Dipkazium, 60, 62, 63

Dipterocarpus, 328

Dodonaea, 137

Downingia, 438

Daosera, 385

Daymanria, 384

Dulkichium, 385

Duranta, 333

Dyssodia, 385

Ebenaceae, 389, 405

Ebenus, 391, 399

Echeandia, 373-380

Echinacea, 385

Ectocarpaceae, 44

Ectocanpus, 24, 39, 44

Egena, 344

Index

Egnegia, 18, 24
Eisenia, 18, 24
Elaphoglossum, 60, 63
Elata, 91, 92
Eleocharis, 385
ELephantopus, 384
ELymus, 96
Endosperumum, 417
Entada, 257

Enteromorpha, 10, 13, 22, 38, 39,

42

Entockadia, 42
Entophysalis, 13
Epidendron, 384
Ephitemta, 3
Equisetaceae, 451
Equisetum, 451

Enagnostis, 293, 299, 305, 310

Exnigeron, 381, 385
Exiocaufon, 385
Exiochkoa, 98
Exrithnockadia, 28, 46
Exithnrotrichia, 15
Exnodesmis, 44
Enxyngium, 385, 437
Enxythrina, 257, 396
Enythnocystis, 28
Enythropertidiaceae, 46
Enythrotrichia, 48
Euastnun, 4, 8
Eucalyptus, 422, 423
Eucferodendra, 236
Euclenodendron, 118, 124
Eudesme, 11, 14
Euglena, 2, 4
Euglenophyceae, 2, 5
Eulakia, 302, 305
Eulophia, 385
Euonymus, 438
Eupatoniastrum, 323
Eupatorieae, 322, 323
Euphorbia, 491
Euphorbiaceae, 147
Eurycakyx, 115
Euthamia, 385
EvoLvulus, 381
Fabaceae, 439
Fanadaya, 340, 428
Festuca, 361

Ficus, 323

Fostiella, 11, 15, 28, 50
Fnagilanuia, 3

508

Fautex, 469

Fuinena, 385

Falaxaura, 11, 15, 39, 48
Galinsoga, 91, 92, 269
Galinsoginae, 281

Gamochaeta, 227, 228, 231
Gannotia, 298, 299, 307
Gastrockorium, 28

Gauna, 385

Gaylussacia, 384

Gekidiaceae, 10, 48

Gelidiekla, 15, 28, 39, 48
Gelidiopsis, 50

Gatédiun, (105-25. 18, 265,395.48
Gelsemium, 384

Gentiana, 381, 384

Geobakanus, 385

Geraniwn, 381

Gerandianae, 134, 135
Gesneriaceae, 365, 366
Giffondia, 11, 14, 24, 39, 44
Gigartinaceae, 50

Gigartinales, 19, 41
Ghoeocystis, 2-4, 8
GLossocanya, 234

GmeLina, 114

Gomana, 363

Gomananthus, 363

Gomphonema, 3

Goniokithon, 15
Goniotrichaceae, 46
Goniotrichium, 15

Goniotrichum, 28, 46

Gonyaulax, 4

Gracilaria, 15, 28, 30, 39, 50
Gracilaniaceae, 50

Gramineae, 99

Grammathophona, 24
Gnaphandisia, 429-433
GratelLoupia, 30, S95 50
Grateloupiaceae, 50
Griffithsia, 30,
Gutierrezia, 385
Gymnogongrus, 50
Gynosigma,
Hackekochgoa, 98, 385
Haemalocelis, 30
Haematococcus, 4
Hagenbachia, 379, 380
Haimeda, 10, 13,22, 44

Pichi WoT OL ee eT A

Halobacterium. 84
Halydris, 18, 24
HapLopappus, 437, 438
Hedyotis, 79, 80
HeLenium, 385
Heliantheae, 91, 92, 269, 281
Helianthella, 320
Helianthus, 384
Hekictotrichon, 302
Helminthockadiaceae, 48
Herposiphonia, 10, 16, 30, 40, 54
Hesperophycus, 24
Heteranthera, 290
Heterodeuma, 48
Heteropogon, 306, 423
Heuchera, 381
Hexastylis, 384
Hifdenbrandia, 48
Hildenbrandiaceae, 48
HoLeus, 361, 385
Holmskioldia, 259, 264, 348
Homo, 276

Hondeum, 96

Houstonia, 79, 80, 381
HumbolLdtia, 417
Hyaloserts, 317, 318
Hyalotheca, 2, 4
Hydrangea, 381
Hydrockathnus, 24, 39, 46
Hydrocotyle, 385
Hydrophyllaceae, 440
Hyparrhenia, 265
Hypnea, 16, 30, 39, 50
Hypneaceae, 50
Hypoglodssum, 52
Hypolycaena, 49]
Hypoxdd, 385

Hyptis, 385, 387

Tlex, 384, 385
Inuleae, 227

Ipomoea, 97

Isachne, 306, 307
Tschaemum, 303, 305
Isocoma, 437, 438
Tso0etaceae, 451-453
Tsoetes, 385, 452
Ts0tria, 381

Jania, 10, 16, 39, 50
Jansenella, 302
Juncaceae, 34

Juncus, 34

1986

Justicia, 385
Kalmia, 385
Kanwunskia, 97
Kickxia, 385
Kinchneriella, 4, 8
Kopsia, 93

Kylinia, 16
Lachnanthes, 384
Lachnocaulon, 384
Laminaria, 18, 24

Index

MacnoLobium, 358
Magnolia, 384, 385
Mahonia, 67-70
MakLomonas, 3
Mafvaceae, 360
Manekia, 149, 150
Masonhalea, 503
Mastigocoleus, 56
Mayaca, 384, 387
Megalosiphon, 337, 338
Mefanophyceae, 20, 41
Melanthium, 384

Laurencia, 10, 135 16, 30, 40, 54 MelLastomaceae, 113

Leiophyllae, 137
Lepanthes, 443-450
Leptanthus, 290
Leptockadia, 30
Leucothoe, 384

Liagora, 16, 30, 39, 48
Liatris, 384, 386
Liemophona, 10, 14, 24
Ligustrum, 490
Likaeopsis, 385
Likiaceae, 373, 379
Lilium, 384
Limnanthaceae, 440
Limnanthes, 440
Limonium, 385

Linaceae, 78

Lindera, 385, 387
Linum, 72-75, 77, 78, 320
Listena, 381, 384

Lithophy£tum, 10, 16, 30, 48, 50

Lithothamion, 30, 48
Lithothrix, 30
Lobelia, 320, 384, 385
Lobekiaceae, 315
Loganiaceae, 361
Lolium, 98

Lophiola, 385
Lonicania, 227-231
Lugentes, 89

Lupinus, 384, 439
Luzula, 34
Lycopodiaceae, 229
Lycopodium, 385, 451
Lyngbya, 3, 22
Lyonia, 384

Maba, 389, 391, 395, 396, 399 ©

Macananga, 418
Macnanthera, 384
Macnocystis, 17, 18, 24

Meliola, 119, 238, 490
MeLobesra, 30
Melobesrordeae, 19, 39, 41
Mekostnas 2. (45 NOs sae24
Mertsmopedia, 3
Metastelma, 224, 225
Michoacana, 137, 138
Micranthae, 315
Micnastentas, 2, 4, 5
Micnockadia, 30
MicrocofLeus, 13, 22, 54
Microcystis, 2, 3
Microgramma, 58
Microphtebodium, 58
Mikania, 441, 442
Mimusops, 491
Mitnocarpus, 384
Montezumae, 137, 138
Mougeotia, 5
MuhLenbergia, 97, 98
Murdannia, 386
Mutiseae, 317
Myoporaceae, 494
Mynica, 385, 387
Myristica, 417
Mynsinaceac, 429, 431, 433
Najas, 381

Nama, 320

Napeanthus, 365, 366
Navicuka, 4

Neea. 44]

Nemacystus, 46
Neomerss, 11, 13
Nephtocytium, 2, 5
NesolLuma, 396
Neurofaena, 269, 281
Nitzchia, 10, 14
Nitzschia, 24

Nodtoc, 56

509

510 PH YT 0 UL eOeeaI “A Val... “59, miee*7

Nostoccaceae, 56
NothoLaena, 60, 61, 63, 64
Odontonychia, 386, 387
Oedogonium, 5
Oenothena, 386
OlLdenkandia, 79, 80
OLeaceae, 234
Onychonema, 2, 5
Oocanpae, 141
Oocystis, 5
Ophydockadus, 16
Ophyocytium, 2, 4
Onchidaceae, 443
Oscillatonia, 3, 13, 22, 54
Oscrkkatoniaceae, 54
Osmanthus, 384

Oteiza, 269, 270, 281
Ovieda, 427, 428
Oxytenanthera, 410
Pachydictyon, 24
Padina, 14, 24, 39, 46
Pakmella, 2, 5
Pandorina, 5
Paniculata, 105, 118, 124
Panicum, 386, 410
Panacembra, 132
Panathesisb, 433
Pankinsonia, 386
Pannya, 134

Paspakum, 97-99
Pediastraum, 5, 8
Pelagophycus, 18, 26
Peklaea, 61, 63, 64
Pekvetiopsis, 26
Pentodon, 386
Peperomia, 149-220
Pertdinium, 2-4
Perymenium, 281
Peyssonnelia, 48
Phacelia, 440
Phaeophyceae, 11
Phaeophycophyta, 38, 44
Phaeophyta, 16, 19
Phakangium, 380
Phiebodium, 58, 61, 63
Phosunidium, 22
PhyLlitis, 61-64
PhyllLophoraceae, 50
PAnaceae, 127, 129
Pinguicula, 386
Pinnularia, 4

Pinus, 59-61, 67, 127-147

Paper, 149, 150, 218, 219
Paperaceae, 149-157, 159, 160,
162, 164-166, 168-170, 173, 174,
176-183, 187, 188, 192-195, 197,
198, 200, 201, 203, 205, 206,
211-220

Pkanta, 469

Platanthera, 384, 386
PLectonema, 24

PLeopektis, 58

PLeurosigma, 10, 14
PLeurotaenium, 5

PLocamium, 30

Poa, 306

Poaceae, 99

Podaechmea, 221

Podostemon, 384

Polanisia, 385

Polygala, 331, 384, 386
Polypodiaceae, 58

PoLypodium, 58, 62, 63
Pokygogon, 98

Polysiphonia, 11, 16, 19, 32, 40,
aly 525) 54

Pokystichum, 386

Pondenrnosae, 137
Pontedenriaceae, 290

Porites, 9, 11

Ponokithon, 10, 16, 32
Ponphyra, 32, 48

Potamogeton, 385

Prxemna, 238, 334

Paenanthes, 385

Prionitis, 32, 39, 50
Psiadia, 333

Psrclocarnya, 385

Paclotaceae, 451, 452
PsrkLotum, 452

Pterts, 386

Pterocarnya, 386
Pterochonsria, 32
Pternockadia, 10, 16, 32, 39, 48
Ptenosiphonia, 32
PtiLothamnion, 52
Pyrnophycophyta, 2?
Pyrrophyta, 4, 5

Quadrigula, 2, 5

Quercus, 59-61, 67, 132, 137,
139, 140, 381, 385, 386
Ralfsia, 46

Ralfsiaceae, 46

Rhamnaceae, 440

1986

Rhexia, 384
Rhizochnysis, 2, 4
Rhizoclonium, 22, 42
Rhizosolenia, 14
Rhodomefaceae, 19, 40, 41, 52
Rhodophyceae, 11, 20
Rhodophycophyta, 38, 46
Rhodophyta, 10, 15, 16, 18, 26
Rhodymenia, 32
Rhodymeniales, 19, 41
Rhynchospora, 384, 386, 387
Ricinus, 347, 348
Ripocephatus, 14
Ripochephakus, 11
Rivularia. 3

Rosa, 311, 361

Rosaceae, 440

Rosenvingea, 39
Rosenvingia, 46

Rubiaceae, 79, 344

Rubus, 361, 440

Rudbeckia, 385

137, 138

Rumex, 386, 387
Rutaceae, 494, 500
Rzedowskianae, 134

Sabatia, 384, 386

Sabazia, 91, 92, 269, 281
Salsola, 423

Sanango, 363, 364

Sanguinatia, 381

Sanicuka, 385

Sangassaceae, 46

Sargassum, 26, 39, 46
Sannacenia, 386

Sauvagesia, 313

Saxifnaga, 381

Schistocanpha, 269-286
Schizothnrix, 13, 54

Schollena, 290

Schnrebera, 234

Sekerolinon, 72, 78
Sconrodophkoeus, 358
Scrophulania, 381
Scrophulaniaceae, 319, 363, 365
Scytonema, 24

Seytosiphon, 26
Scytosiphonaceae, 46

Sedum, 321, 322

Sekaginella, 277, 386, 452, 453
Sekaginelkaceae, 451, 452

Index

Senecio, 89, 90
Serenoa, 386
Serotinos, 141
Setaria, 307

Seymeria, 81, 381, 384
Sidafleea, 360, 361
Sideroxylon, 491
Sitene, 381
Siphonanthes, 462

511

Siphonanthus, 332, 338, 416, 419,

420, 486

Sium, 386

Smilax, 385, 386
Smithona, 32
Solanum, 461
Sokidago, 385, 386
Sorghastrum, 98
Sorghum, 98
Spatoglossum, 15
Speunatochnaceae, 46
Sphacelaria, 10, 15, 39, 44
Sphacelaniaceae, 44
Sphagnum, 84
Spindasis, 491
Spinogyna, 5
Spinostachys, 491
Spirulina, 13
Sporobolus, 96
Spyridia, 40, 52
Squamanriaceae, 48
Squamata, 340
Staurastriun, 2, 3, 5, 8
Staunonets, 4
Stenanthium, 384
Stenocalyx, 353
Stenocarpha, 91
Stephanodiscus, 4
Sterculia, 267, 381
Stigonemataceae, 56
Stipulicida, 387
Stokesia, 381, 384
Striatella, 15
Strobi, 134
Stnobus, 134
Struvea, 44
Surinekla, 15
Synedra, 4

Synura, 4

Syzygium, 257
Taenioma, 40, 52
Taxodium, 386
Taylonielka, 52

512

Tephrosia, 384, 386
Teraminalia, 257
Terpsinoe, 4
Tetnanema, 365, 366
Thakkassia, 9, 16
Thekypteris, 385
Themeda, 303
Theramopsis, 439
Thyopsis, 229
Tofieldia, 384
TnacheLomonas, 2, 4
Tnagia, 385
Traibonema, 26
Trichomanes, 384
Tridax, 92

Tridens, 340, 384
Trihlium, 381
Traipogon, 299, 302
Tropidoners, 15
Tsjeron, 357
TyLeria, 313, 314
Udoteaceae, 44
ULothrix, 5

Ufva, 14, 22, 38, 39, 42
ULvaceae, 42
Untola, 386
Uranulania, 93
Utricularia, 385, 386
Uvulania, 381
Vaccinium, 384
Vallisneria, 386
Valonia, 14, 44
Valoniaceae, 44

PH VT OL Ome fA

Vol.

Vaucheria, 44
Vaucheriaceae, 44

59, No. 7

Verbenaceae, 100, 114, 234, 324,

340, 462
Verbesina, 320
Viburnum, 385
Vicia, 361
Vingulastern, 454
Vitex, 257
Vokkamena, 344

VoLkameria, 110-112, 234,

464, 468

Vulpia, 97
WahLenbergia, 385
Wiklughbaea, 441
Wikkughbexa, 93
Woodsia, 62, 63
Waangelia, 10, 16
Wurdemannia, 48
Wurdemanniaceae, 48
Xanthidium, 5
Xanthophyceae, 2, 5, 44
XanthophyllLum, 245
Xenococeus, 24
Zenkeria, 307
Zephyrantheae, 88
Zephynranthes, 85-88, 381
Zizania, 386
Zonaria, 26
Zostenella, 290
Zygnema, 5
Zygophyceae, 2, 5

Volume

Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number

dates

December 6, 1985
December 13, 1985
January 11, 1986
January 23, 1986
February 14, 1986
February 21, 1986
March 12, 1986

409,

3 5185 0 2698

0225

A rey migra aimee a

. bs
Fae ge.
8 P as °
~ = . - " z - -
oe < ana ~ . =, .
: - : - - - ~ Satta ech mentemcbartie aches ane ns ee rire otha nate tiageeetonntee rence eo
- ~ : . PunLicheacheneencteemtaetammmen male ee een ATA LAAT SAPS SRG AGENTS at ripe pra chatipder erage VENEER NG
ee ee ¥ ct A ee ey pn on te tee ea he ea tc ene au oa ont —her~ er eae irtthetntelontealshnesttichetehentantenred anor tie inn
Rea eraee SST toe en Nation ip ceobanan pene ngempe oon seeoomonned mere tpe meen ee eA ier iewayteetiattomie cantando nee ee re an tat pssneuee mon htt tate ape Lb pete acetate ehahegoc ee a
ear es eee ae pee ee ee en Oe an AES eh RUN PROP ERT es Stithhdhheadeh des Seton in 2 2 el aged Matec stereentuaaet tna re scicnercameomresheenne ee atten
prac pas tp novetlnentmesneecnnenar-an stp uae sarap np rooeun pene are emg ee I tia Rt PS Ts ere Soins -
pelienietnietathine eee ee a ms ane a

os eitaevonbocges . :